Enigma of Darkness

by Btsam

Summary:

Taehyung, young master of Kims when come to the world after isolating himself in the grief of his Grandfather's demise instantly becomes the talk of the town in a negative way, holding many secrets he fears no one, not even the true blood Jeon Jeongguk, the heir to Jeon's group, the one he hates for siding with Solace, the power holding group in city.

 

With shaking revelations from a mysterious group 'Umbra' and a turmoil in city, will Taehyung be able to keep his strong behavior or will things take a different turn when his determination is shaken by the love and warmth provided by true blood?

Chapter 1: The troublemaker

In the gentle shower and darkness of night, while many may rest and rush to their home or confine themselves to the warmth of their houses, some were busy doing works unknown to all. This chilly night didn’t stop a few to lurk around and becoming the eyes of justice. 

A shadow moves and gets close to the border where the shipment was being checked. A heavy truck stops, several men jumping from it and checking around them and then smoothly covering up their tracks, a man walks out from the shadows and says something to them, the driver hands him the paper, both talking about the business while glancing around.

Not far from them another shadow watches them, takes several photos then hides, pressing something on the mobile the shadow vanishes. In the next second, a loud alarm rings making the people there curse and look around in panic. The papers that were being taken to sign were quickly thrown inside the truck and they hurriedly try to get in to get away but are surrounded by the guards with guns pointed at them. The culprits quickly kneel and surrender, the officer commands them to check the trucks and press move quickly to take photos, gasping as they see the goods.

 

.

.

.

.

 

Jin gets up early in the morning walking towards his dining he sees the news headlines on the front page written in bold as if shouting in his face “Omega trafficking: Is Solace corrupt or the mysterious ‘Umbra’ plotting against them” 

He stares at the picture where the group of pitiful omegas were tied up and sitting in a truck and police officers pull the culprits away, frowning he clicks his tongue, seeing yet another scandal related to omegas being trafficked. 

Disappointed with the people he pays no more attention to this news and opens the paper turning pages to what interests him the most, business columns. He without looking frees his hand and a cup is carefully handed to him in between his beautiful fingers by his butler with the aroma of black coffee rejuvenating his senses.

He elegantly sips his drink, his alpha pheromones showing happiness making the butler standing next to him smile in pride. He quickly places the boiled eggs, cutting them skilfully with a knife, and readies himself to feed if the master says so. 

Jin is the elder son, the handsome and elegant alpha, heir of the Kims Group. His father was still in health and age to manage the business but decided to pass it to his son seeing him ready to take over. He wanted to spend time with his wife and roam around the world. Jin took great care of the business from the time it was handed to him and whenever faced any problems his father would come and help him. Not interested in mating and marriage it was best suited for him.

A maid comes to them and informs them of the arrival of his assistant, Jin nods and tells her to let him inside. Namjoon on the orders walks inside, well dressed, tall, and handsome, young man, working by Jin’s side since the time Jin took over the business. He clears his throat and without a delay informs Jin of the important meetings he has for today. Jin nods still going through the paper.

Handling the biggest tech company of Gandok, his day passes by working. Jin uses this morning hour to relax and rest while reading the newspaper and magazines, having breakfast with his family if they are present, taking care of things at home, and planning for the day. Each minute is precious and devoted to some task.

Namjoon closes the tab, he straightens up, hesitates, and then speaks again “There is something I would like to have your attention to…it is about the young master.”

Jin for the first time looks up from the newspaper towards him. “Tae…?” Jin sighs internally “What did he do now?”

Taehyung is the younger brother of Jin, loved dearly by his parents and elder brother, and spoiled and free spirit. His father planned to send him to business school but he showed no interest and went to college to study arts and pass time with his friends and spend money here and there. Others might say he is a waste but to Kims, he is their beloved young one. They are possessive and could destroy anyone who tries to speak ill of their young child, thus, making people hesitate and shut their mouths not saying anything, still, whenever Taehyung causes trouble the complaints are sent to Jin to discipline his brother.

He remained isolated from the world after his Grandfather's death and didn't show his face until recently and quickly became famous with his attitude and indulgence in activities that could irk the people in power. He is different and addressed by those who have seen him as a beautiful and deathly weapon. His beauty is not described but is told to see by one's own eyes to understand. However, handsome and charming features he may have, people are afraid to approach him. 

Namjoon opens his bag and takes out a college magazine, turning the pages he pushes it towards Jin. Jin hands the newspaper to his butler who carefully folds it, feeling bitter as the complaint of the young master came to them. Jin leans to read the article ‘The clown city’ his eyes twitch and he says Namjoon to pick it up and read the article for him.

Namjoon anxiously stares at the black ink and sees Jin waiting for him to start he pushes his specs up and starts reading. 

“In the world where genders are divided into alphas, betas, and omegas, discrimination is ought to occur as the power is held by one and the ability to let society sustain is held by other, betas acting as buffers and working hard to curb the differences and maintain a bridge between two sides, regardless of the weakness and strength people know to create hierarchy and differences and it becomes stressful to try to live in harmony. 

But with the help of certain leaders and visionaries, these differences were put down and harmony was established in the place, making it grow and flourish into one of the most beautiful and rich cities and the heart of the country. 

This city, named Gandok, gave birth to three rich groups Ji going by the name Solace after they took up the power, Jeons, and Kims. The three families together envisioned a beautiful society and established harmony with their hard work and efforts later it was taken and carried out by their heirs. The ultimate aim was to make the city flourish and live in peace. 

When a place is running smoothly it becomes an eyesore to some, same happened with Gandok as a foreign influence tried to grasp control here for their benefit and challenged these three companies which were now recognized as pillars of Gandok. Solace played strategically and showed immense power pulling the company out of the city and becoming people’s favorite. 

In the long run, Solace took an upper hand and became the biggest power supported by the friend companies and decided to establish a single power and an empire in the city, giving a reason that a single power will make others think again before acting. They established their roots deep in the city, slowly spreading it to every corner of the place, and eventually reached the seat of the mayor. Ji Yeon, the powerful alpha and the only heir surviving in his family, is loved and supported by the people of the city, they trust in him and felt like he could help them maintain what they want in society. 

Things were smooth running for them with the help of financial provider company Jeon group funding and supporting them throughout, their sailing was smooth until one day emerged a rebellious group that stood against their regime wanting them to back down. This started the development of the biggest power fight in the city of Gandok famous for giving the richest people in the world. 

This rebellious group known as ‘Umbra’ is a mysterious society of people and just like its name works in darkness. They came up with many shocking facts about the darkness of this empire as the saying a single pillar can’t hold on for long, Solace has several cracks unknown to the eyes of the public but Umbra took it into their hands to reveal the true face of Yeon causing a ripple in the calm minds of people. A place that was calm like a lake suddenly started to have ripples with a single drop of pebble named Umbra.

Is not it dubious how the city felt the need for an empire and someone from the three pillars was just so right to take this position? It all seemed sketchy and filled with plots. Umbra exposed what we can’t see, what goes in the darkness of this flourishing city, and how safe are the omegas in this holy land, the revelations that began to pour on daily became the nightmare for the Ji group.

The threat that was taken as a joke started to strangle Solace as it gained popularity among the weak and suffering groups and more rebellious groups emerged. That city which looked calm, prosperous, and propagated equality seemed to hold dark secrets, people started to question higher-ups.

Alas! What could the person on the throne do when people start questioning him? He started to look for the mastermind of the Umbra rather than giving answers. No one knows who runs it and how it is funded but they do know it is the future and a threat to this empire. The higher-ups want to remove this thorn to maintain their power while the Umbra is calmly doing its work…

Beware of shadows 'cause they can tell the truth about you.” Namjoon wipes his face and stops as Jin gestures him to.

This article was written to irk and target two companies, Jin knew that it might have caused a small storm and reached the people concerned. He holds his forehead rubbing it “Tell”

His meaning was obvious and Namjoon was smart enough to understand that he means to inform all that went on after this article was out. Namjoon straightens up and gives detailed information about how the college students were advertising and saying it was the true media and Taehyung as their hero while the higher-ups just gritted their teeth and were smiling and telling him to guide and discipline the young master and to not cause troubles and not follow whatever is shown on the media. Jeons are quiet and have not responded as of yet.”

Namjoon inhales and continues “This article was displayed on the news and was criticized even talks about Kim being against the ideology of Solace and questions on Kim group not acting as the famous pillar was raised and taken into account ultimately giving this article the name of propaganda. The authorities from the college also gave a warning call and want you to handle it well.

Jin grits his teeth hearing it “Is not my brother allowed to say his views…what did he say?”

“The young master says dogs bark…he is not obliged to understand their language and respond.” Namjoon positions his specs again not knowing what else to do after saying that statement. Taehyung doesn’t like to hear a no especially when he did nothing wrong.

Jin feels his head start aching again he turns to his butler and asks him to prepare another coffee for him and also asks about his brother’s whereabouts.

The butler hesitates and informs “Young master didn’t come home yesterday, he said he would stay in his friend’s house and will behave.”

 

 

Hearing the last word Namjoon coughs to not laugh while Jin grits his teeth, standing up to get ready. He orders his butler to serve Namjoon breakfast while goes to his room to get changed. It is going to be a long and stressful day.

.

.

.

.

.

While Jin was worried about how to handle the mess caused by Taehyung, his friend on the other side of the city was dealing with the same headache aka Taehyung on the phone line.

“Eh…what kind of request is this? What are you planning to do?” Hoseok says as he stares at the phone in his hand with the unbelievable request made. He is a beta with a strong ability to make elixirs and potions that can be effective and treat like the best medicines offered by science. But Hoseok is an arrogant man and doesn’t like to supply his medicines to anybody, his place is open for a soul aiming to help omegas. He also likes to address himself as the witch of Gandok. 

His house is built near the outskirts and has not had many people who live nearby. The place looks creepy from the outside with the many pots and fields growing various herbs and creepers covering the house. Hoseok is known to all in Gandok and outside the city because of his peculiar talent and look, he wears a nose stud, has many piercings on his ears, his hair is braided into several parts, and rest falls up to his shoulder and he always wears dark clothes. He is a beauty that knows all that is happening in Gandok but prefers to live alone and mind his own business unlike the one on the call.

“What do you take me for?” He says, tired of the person on the other side of the line.

 

 

“Oh, a very handsome, famous, and one and the only witch who has no other match for him” The chirpy voice of Taehyung from the other side of the phone answered, Hoseok could feel the grin.

 

 

“Flattery will get you nowhere” Hoseok responds to the compliment rolling his eyes, though there was a smile on his lips hearing it. Taehyung was like a breath of fresh air, his presence is always positive and affected people in a good way, this is the reason why Hoseok was still indulging him.

 

 

“I mean it so please do it for me, you have seen me, and no one will guess anything wrong I have the perfect personality to get on with it,” Taehyung says voice deep and vibrant.

 

 

“It is not just this….there are many risks and I have not done anything like this before, nobody asks for anything weird like you do. I am Jin’s friend, to begin with, I will only listen to him” 

Hoseok studied in school with Jin and is a good friend of his, their bond is very strong and Jin has helped him in a lot of ways especially by supplying him with the materials he needed for his experiments. 

 

 

Hoseok hears the whining tone of the person “You know how upset Hyung will become when he will come to know that his little brother is rejected for a favor by his best friend, and you know how angry he gets when he sees my tears and…and Hyung…they are coming…and about to fall” Hoseok hears sniffles and sighs in defeat, the exaggeration was too much to handle.

 

 

“Taehyung stops being so overdramatic, does Jin even knows how I am tortured by your requests?” he asks exasperated.

 

 

Taehyung ignores him going back to his point. “So should I come tomorrow? Will it be prepared by then? Tomorrow is perfect. Five in the evening is fine with me, okay, Hyung I should give you time to carry on with your work. See you tomorrow bye bye” He hangs up the phone Hoseok tries to call his name but hears nothing, he slumps on the sofa holding his head in his hands.

 

 

“You always lose to him, the great witch is weak for that brat,” Yoongi says leaning on the door, another beta, and partner of Hoseok. They live together and Yoongi helps Hoseok in experiments and its supply. He has been with Hoseok for so long to the point that Hoseok couldn’t do a thing without his help.

He smiles watching Hoseok and his misery. He has accompanied Hoseok in various escapades, a brave beta with excessive strength, some say Yoongi is not beta but something else or it must be because of magic but this secret is only between the two of these inseparable beings.

 

 

“He is a person to lose for.” Hoseok smiles fondly thinking of Taehyung.

 

 

Yoongi snorts shaking his head “He is trouble maker and you are weak for him” 

 

 

 

“He is a total sunshine and has been always there to help me in need.” Hoseok stands up looking around for things that he will require to make a potion. “Help me,” he says looking at Yoongi with a bright smile who quickly walks towards him and places a kiss on his head.

 

 

“What does that brat wants now?”

 

 

 

“Oh, you will be surprised,” Hoseok says shaking his head.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 2: The second pillar- Jeon

Summary:

Jeongguk is concerned of the mysterious Umbra and has his suspicion on someone.

The office building of the Jeons group is lively with people quickly walking towards their seats all looking anxiously at the clock as it is about to strike 10, some gasps and try to shoo away the group of people who were blocking the entrance, some giving themselves one last look in the mirror to see they are proper and well dressed and some quickly taking rounds checking everything in place. 

This place is one of the most famous buildings in Gandok, the highest with a beautiful structure, giving employment to many alphas and betas. They need to follow the rules of their boss- to always be on time, keep the place clean, wear proper clothes, keep their voices low or shut their mouth, give maximum effort on work, and be seated in their cabins before 10’ o clock which was the time for the President to arrive. No voices should be heard or nobody should roam around during the time he enters the office, though he was not going to check each one of them and it was impossible to do so but the President has very keen hearing skills and many have lost their jobs because of it. 

This office is the very heart of Gandok, it holds the finance and security sector of the place in its command, the head office of various other departments, all in control of President Jeon Jeongguk, who is an arrogant, rich, powerful, and a very handsome, the only true blood alpha in the city.

Betas and omegas shiver just hearing about him even alphas are no exception. Jeongguk is the most handsome and reserved by nature true blood many have seen. He lives a very disciplined life, owns most of the load of the city, takes care of his family, a very devoted son, brother, and citizen of Gandok. He doesn’t interact much with media and seldom gives interviews, if not at work is seen with his family.

If not for him being still young at the time they gave the supreme power to Solace, he might be the one ruling Gandok. Yeon is older than both Jin and Jeongguk but still sees the two as his threat.

Being young but still holding a personality that can make even the elders shiver is how Jeons, the second pillar of Gandok is the mightiest even while being second. Some say it is their choice to be second or else no one could compete with them. This is in a way true as the hard work Jeongguk puts into his company and the welfare of the city and the dedication he has including the strict training he got since childhood, he could surpass anyone. He is just a silent beast.

Jeongguk is not seen much by the people and when one comes out on any occasion it is a feast to the eyes of the omegas, alphas, and betas. Even when they fear this person the manliness and the strong pheromones he carries make them attracted to him.  

 

 

Today the staff at the reception and the secretary of Jeongguk’s assistant is sweating as there is a group of omegas who are blocking the entrance and are not leaving the place even when the security uses their Alpha tone to order them. Such a motivation of sticking there means something big happened to them but nobody cares because they know how much their President hates these kinds of acts and stays far from the omegas. 

These omegas are not even afraid of all the alphas in the building, they are determined to meet the president, they were a group of prettiest-looking girls and handsome boys who were blocking the entrance. The guards blush while trying to stop them until they hear the chime of the clock with its needle on the number 10. The staff gulps and hold their breath in fear because at exactly 10’ o clock, the car stops at the entrance and their President has arrived right on time.

 

 

“Oh my god, we are dead.” the beta at the reception whispers, gulping. Several bodyguards form a chain around the car as the door to the car is opened and Jeongguk Jeon steps out elegantly. His guards all wearing black uniform and black glasses look more like robots, they bow to him and then in a swift move pushes the group of omegas from the way in seconds but this still brings a crease of dissatisfaction on the handsome face of the President. 

He is young and glowing, the temperature of the car and that of outside brings a blush to his cheeks, straight posture and imposing aura, black hair gelled back, well-fitted suit, he was shining as he enters the building, his assistant opens the umbrella following him, hands tucked in the pocket Jeongguk stops near the entrance, his assistant looks around trying to calm his racing heart. He looks at his assistant, who was a middle-aged Alpha, working for a long in the company, a very dedicated employee.

 

 

“Mr. Han,” he says voice booming with domination.

 

 

“Yes sir” the assistant has his head down, no one can look at him straight in the face or meet his eyes, they fear the true blood. The assistant was informed by his secretary about this problem and knew he has to come up with a suitable answer. 

 

 

Jeongguk says nothing just tilts his head to the line of omegas standing over there, shouting and calling the pillars fake and rotten, telling them to back down if they can’t provide security to omegas. The assistant gets anxious and quickly informs “Sir, we tried to clear them up but they are here to protest and won’t back down.” 

 

 

Jeongguk stares at the bowed head of the assistant, his red eyes boring into the assistant’s soul. “They are determined to meet you and won’t listen.” the assistant continues hesitantly.

 

 

“They won’t listen to alphas here?” Jeongguk raises his brow.

 

 

 “It is not just that…they have brought someone powerful with them,” The assistant says anxiously.

Jeongguk stops in his track, his face showing a minute softness that soon dies down and vanishes away. 

“He is here again?” Jeongguk asks not turning back. Mr. Han nods. Jeongguk says nothing and just moves to the elevator, letting the protestors be. It is not the first time they are here. 

After the rise of Umbra, these protestors are almost everywhere, there is a huge rise in protests in Gandok, especially in front of the office of three pillars. This rise in protest has become a headache for the ministry and they are ready to go to lengths to catch the culprit.

Jeongguk reaches his office, which was a big room with a library on one side, a sofa set and a big desk on the other side, various photos hanging on the wall, and big pots of plants on each corner adding color to the room. The place was clean and held a soothing aroma. 

The AI detects him and the screen opens showing his recently read documents, this software was made for him by Jin’s company. Jeongguk stares at the confidential file named THE KIMS, he pauses staring at the document his mind rewinding the pages he checked and investigating the background of all the Kims.

He found nothing that was not known to him, nothing suspicious or out of the way that would make them the prime suspect of being Umbra. He had never doubted Jin and others for being the suspect in something like this but still, anything is possible in Gandok. 

He for most had the doubt about the younger one in the family who was hiding from the world and then a few years later showed his face, changed from what he used to be before, but Taehyung being at home had no contact with anyone and is clueless of many people and disinterested in the power, he will not profit anything from this. 

Jeongguk remembers something and opens the file named Taehyung Kim. A small-sized photograph of a person opens on the first page. A young man without no hint of a smile, just staring at the soul of the person watching him with his heterochromatic eyes appears on the screen. 

Wearing an orange-colored sweater over the shirt he looked wrapped in warmth but it was not reaching his eyes. Jeongguk moves away going to the big glass window and looking down at the street where the omegas were protesting. 

He sees the binoculars hanging on the stand next to him and picks them up and focuses closely below watching the crowd. After moving a little he finds the one searching for, there stood that college student dressed in rich and brightly colored showy clothes, different from others, he held a board in one hand and the other one was carrying his mobile. 

He was looking at it with a smile on his face, pink rosy lips perking up in a beautiful arc, the chilly wind making his cheeks and tip of nose pink, to Jeongguk’s surprise Taehyung looks up as if knowing he was being watched, the heterochromatic eyes meet his. 

Taehyung has two colored eyes red and other one cyan color, a rare one. A grin spreads on his lips knowingly, he keeps his mobile in his pocket and quickly takes out his binoculars from another pocket and focuses on Jeongguk, then waves at him mouthing “Caught’Ya”

Jeongguk’s pupil dilates seeing this, the breathtaking handsome devil even dares to wink at him and keeps looking up. The true blood alpha says nothing, nor smiles, he just moves back and goes to sit on his chair, a thought crosses his mind, the photo on the screen does no justice to the actual person there. He wastes no further time and calls his assistant to give a message to Jin about his brother, then goes back to his work. 

Jeongguk also asks his assistant to connect him to the mayor’s office, he has an important thing to discuss. The assistant quickly does so and the phone is picked up by Yeon’s receptionist, booking Jeongguk’s meeting for the evening. 

 

A little far away from Jeons in the headquarters of Kim’s group Jin comes out of an important board meeting, discussing the notes that Namjoon took. He goes through it again, his reminder vibrates making him remember the event. He quickly asks his assistant, “Namjoon have you informed Taehyung of the party, he can’t ditch it this time” 

 

 

Namjoon nods “Yes I did but he seemed to be in hurry and didn’t hear about my instructions on the type of clothes to wear” he hands a set of papers to be signed.

 

 

Jin glances at the papers but this was a more pressing matter. His brother has not attended these social gatherings and was not used to them, moreover, it will be his first time meeting with ministers, journalists and other high ranked people. Jin was nervous, if not for his father pushing him to take Taehyung there and his absence Jin would have never agreed to it, not for now. He knows the people and also knows what it is like to be in events like this, you have to pretend to smile in odd situations and be calm whatever the conversation may be but Taehyung is not like any of them present there and can cause trouble for himself. 

“What? He was in a hurry? Get me in contact with Hoseok I think he is again up to something, this brother of mine knows how to worry me” Jin says knowing well his little brother.

 

 

“Good news is that the tracker is inside the car he has taken so we can get him on time”

 

 

Hearing this relief washes over Jin, “Okay, but I hope he is not getting into any trouble.”

 

 

“Umm…that I am doubtful of” Jin looks at Namjoon and then holds his head in defeat.

 

 

“This boy will make me older in no time” Jin stands up “Let’s go I have so many things to deal with and also have to buy a gift for the birthday boy.”

  

 

 

Jin has just stood up when a call from the receptionist outside takes their attention. Namjoon picks it up and informs Jin that it is from Jeongguk’s office. Jin takes the phone in his hand and hums to whatever the other person says on the line, his face turning ugly as time passes by. He silently puts down the phone looking up at Namjoon.

 

Then sits back on his chair dialing a number, the phone is picked up but Jin hears no hello instead a sound something being sprayed, he opens his mouth to speak but the brother on the line asks him to wait as he has to do a very important work. Jin feels his head will pop up in anger, he starts scolding the line. Namjoon pushes his specs not knowing what else to do seeing his boss being like this.

“Where have you been for the whole day, no breakfast, no lunch, no wishing your brother and even delaying to call back, didn’t Namjoon inform you of the important event of today?”

Jin keeps scolding for a minute and hearing nothing on the other side he stares at his mobile, “Hello…hello!”

Namjoon smiles knowing Taehyung might have put the phone away from him while Jin repeats the ten rules he and his father laid down for Taehyung, he hears a faint whine on the phone and a soft and child-like tone melting Jin’s heart “I don’t want to go there.”

Jin who was on the 8th rule of not going anywhere without guards, suddenly stops hearing it, feeling like a cat put a soft paw on his ear, his ears turn red but still angry he asks “What? Why?”

Then not waiting for Taehyung to answer he speaks on his own “Is it because of them…Tae you have already caused those brothers so much trouble it is good enough they are inviting you to their special event…back then when you were still a child, you went there each year and it was a painful memory the cousins would want to erase…like you accidentally made a beta stumble on Jimin’s cake, pushed open the sprinklers on Jeongguk, spoiled Jimin’s dress with drink, took away his partner to eat with you, announced on speaker how Jeongguk used to become shy when sitting next to omega in school…” Namjoon tries to hold back his laugh hearing all this.

While Jin just elaborates everything with a poker face as if reading a document, going on with his troublesome achievements at the beginning of his teen years. Taehyung quickly tries to shut him up “These incidents were all not fully my fault, things happened but Hyung please…spare me”

Jin shakes his head “I can't help this time, you know the father is not here we both need to represent our family, you already have a troublemaker image in their eyes, and you need to work to improve it”

Taehyung feels annoyed, it was true that he did all those things but it was all when they were just teenagers, later as soon as Taehyung started to release and detect pheromones he never went to these gatherings, he always felt them to be fake and didn’t want to smell their fake pheromones. He avoided social gatherings and would rather spend time with his college mates and party with them. 

He sighs and agrees to it having no other option. Jin sighed, face brightening up with joy finally his brother was talking of things that make sense, but the brightness doesn’t last long as he recalls the call from Jeons today and enquires “Did you join the protest at Jeon’s office?” He asks voice soft this time.

Taehyung grins hearing it and sighs in satisfaction, he expected this to happen and likes to trouble that true blood “Yes” he says unashamedly.

“Why?” Jin asks confused, his brows scrunching and lines forming on his forehead. He tries so hard to remain calm but the pheromones start enveloping the space around him.

“Because I missed him” Taehyung hangs up the phone, making Jin stupefied, he stares at the phone and then not understanding it, calls for his assistant attention on the matter. The room fills with a roar of his brother’s name.

Chapter 3: Omegas are not pets

Summary:

Taehyung goes through quite an eventful day.

 

Taehyung stares at the phone in his hand defeated he slumps down on the chair. His friend Elian who was watching his change in expression and knew about the conversation that took place couldn’t help but smile. Young and cheerful Elian is a good friend of Taehyung and a beta, sharing the same dorm room with him, which Taehyung uses as his freedom den from all the blinding light of high social groups. They formed a friendship at the beginning of college with Elian being a fan of Taehyung’s knowledge and ideas that cause him trouble. They are young and vigorous and like to take challenges.

Taehyung has a big trust in him and the two have shared some secrets making them confidant. Elian is not rich like Taehyung but felt no awkwardness being around him, he aspires to join Kim technologies in the future and has certain plans set for his future research and experiments. He is famous in college as a tech geek and is also famous for his beautiful smile. It is so brightening that even Taehyung feels calm and happy seeing it. 

Knowing well of the conditions in Taehyung’s house and the kinds of life these pillars spent, Elian couldn’t help but admire them. He waits for Taehyung to calm down then speaks trying to divert his attention to something they decided to do. 

He clicks on the mail he has been waiting for and smiles showing it to Taehyung. Taehyung looks at the text and a small note below it, smirking at the information provided to him. He sneers seeing the face of the fat man sitting in the room not far from Yeon Ji and smiling at the camera. He checks the information once again and puts the phone away, taking out his phone and playing the game he was master in. His friend had already turned to the other side and was typing something on his laptop, after a few minutes of silence and only clicking sounds of his keyboard keys and the light sound of the game. Elian stops asking the question bugging his mind.

“Don’t you think Mr. Jeon will be suspicious of you?” He asks staring at the codes he has written on the computer.

Taehyung has just started playing the game, hearing the name, his hand trembles slightly, making his player fall from the cliff, seeing the game over he makes a face and starts playing again, “He will, definitely”

“Then what are you going to do?”

“He might be already suspicious about me, let him be when the time comes we will see.”

Elian couldn’t help but look back at the calm and composed face of his friend. “You are really brave being like this with that person, knowing well how angry he can get.”

“When young, I used to make him angry just so he can pay attention to me…” Taehyung puts the phone back in his pocket and leans on the chair looking at the ceiling “I was so childish” he says the last sentence to himself and sighs. Then turns to Elian,

“Will umbra be there?” 

“What do you think?” His friend asks.

Taehyung smiles getting up and ruffling his head, he glances at the screen in front and points out the mistake Elian was trying hard to find. He checks his wristwatch, he was getting late and need to quickly meet the person he was getting ready for about a week.

Taehyung walks out and looks up at the clear evening sky, showing its orange tinge and casting long shadows on the ground. Gandok is a place that has a balance of both natural beauty and technological advancement. It is a hub of industries and crowded with people, the roads of the main areas are always busy and filled with vehicles and passersby, many people come here for jobs while others just for traveling. The honks of vehicles, chatters, and noises from places all mixed up and becomes a daily part of its people. 

Walking by the vendor selling magazines, Taehyung catches a glimpse of the business magazine with Jeongguk’s photo on the cover, he pauses and then starts walking again not turning back to have a look. He hurriedly crosses the road and waits for the bus to arrive, the air ruffling his hair. The omegas standing on the stand stare at him in admiration and then turn away. The stand had a display with bright colors and text flashing on it “Only for Omegas”. Taehyung leans on the display. The solid stand of the display had the letters Kim technologies imprinted on it on one side. 

The bus stand also had a big advertisement over its head with Yeon Ji’s wife smiling in it, a middle-aged beautiful woman, wearing a red dress and matching lipstick smiling brightly, advertising and giving credit to her husband’s effort on Omega’s safety.

Taehyung smiles, at the beauty of the place and its people, he can say Gandok is a beautiful place if some pests are removed from society. A bus stops in front of them, a smug-looking Omega male conductor opens the door, glancing at all the passengers wanting to board it.

“No alphas and betas can board in, if found will be charged accordingly.” He says the sentence monotonously he has repeated it every time while clearing his ear with his small finger. Taehyung smiles and is the first one to get inside the bus, he nods at the conductor giving him cash, and then glances at all the seats that were almost filled with omegas. He was about to walk in but the conductor holds him down.

“Where is your neckband?” The conductor asks, Taehyung was confused and touches his neck on reflex.

“What do you mean?” He asks confused.

The conductor looks up, “Don’t you watch the news mister? Every omega is asked to wear the band on their neck to save themselves from alphas due to an increase in cases?”

Taehyung scoffs hearing it, “So go and tell them to wear a band on their mouths if they can’t control themselves. Why should I wear it?” He looks around him and finds all the unmarked omega wearing it, feeling frustrated he shakes his head “I don’t have it.” 

The conductor clicks his tongue in disapproval and shows him the message displayed on the digital belt of the upper deck used for storage. These messages were in control of the ministry and they make the rules. “Then you cannot board in, are you trying to seduce an alpha on the way?” The conductor asks with a smirk on his face. 

Taehyung grits his teeth, this was a new piece of information to him, his eyes shrink ready to punch the conductor but a soft-spoken omega with a baby bump stops him. “I have one with me you can wear it.” 

Taehyung takes the band in his hand and rubs its soft surface with his fingers while moving forwards. He glances at the male and female omegas there and then hands them back to the omega with respect. 

“Wearing it will make their assumption of you seducing an alpha correct, I would rather not wear it. I am not responsible for any person who can’t control their lust, but if one-day alphas start wearing it then I will say we took the measure.” The omegas all look at him uncomfortably touching the bands of their own.

This regulation was circulated just a few days ago and made mandatory for all omegas who are going out and coming late from work. The band was suffocating and felt like tying you up in chains, making omegas feel their vulnerability. This band came into force earlier while there was no single power and the pillars removed it seeing how degraded it makes omega feel but now it is here again making Taehyung feel what changed from then to now. 

It has a chip made in collaboration with the Jeon and Kim group as soon as it senses fear in Omega’s wearing it at a certain level several small spikes come out of it and can cause harm to the culprit. But this technology was made to build self-defense tools for omega and beta, this purpose never passed and turned into a bill from the desk of ministries and was rather converted to this.

Omegas are not vulnerable as people say, they are just not gifted with immense strength like alphas. Many of the famous painters, writers, and visionaries are Omega in Gandok. They are calm, cheerful, hard-working, and patient beings. Taehyung has seen his mother and grandmother and knows what a wonderful gender this is. 

The Omegas in the bus smile and look at the conductor, one of them stands up and says “He is not wrong it causes rashes and feels like I am a pet. Why should it be made compulsory in an omega bus are not we safe here?” 

Another speaks hearing her “But my parents feel relaxed and let me go out of the house if I have it. I would rather have my freedom of going out and can bear it for a while”

Taehyung smiles ready to answer but another one beats him to it, a male omega answers softly “Just because it is bearable and gives you a moment of freedom doesn’t make us free. We cannot be forced to wear it, we could have self-defense tools or they could educate more the alphas on how to control themselves rather pressurizing us to become pets of theirs”

They look at the conductor and driver in a threatening way. The conductor who was marked already lived half his life, sighs and looks up at Taehyung “You, my friend are brave but a fool too. It won’t be easy for you here.” 

He lets them pass, not wanting any scene on the bus. These buses were especially run for omegas to not have any trouble while commuting alone. The plan suggested by the Jeon group and the bill passed by Solace. Each seat had an inhibitor in case of the sudden arrival of heat. Taehyung glanced at them and could see they were old and empty and not replaced. He doesn’t comment or complain to the driver moving back to his task. 

He takes a few steps in the middle of the bus and stands there unmoving even blocking passage for other omegas to enter. They look tiredly at him but say nothing. He asks “Lily if you are in here raise your hand.” Taehyung has taken this much pain for this person named Lily going on the bus G-23.

The male and female omegas all look at him awkwardly and silence ensues in the bus. The conductor watching this impatiently calls to him.

“Hey you, move, move, don’t block the way”

Taehyung turns at the conductor then glances back at the omegas and still doesn’t give up, a girl sitting not far shyly asks “I can be the Lily you are asking for” Taehyung looks at her in surprise, another one also raises her hand, making the passengers laugh at him.

He leans on the headrest of the seat and smiles, letting the omega behind him pass. “I am honored but it’s a pity that the thing down here won’t wake up for one of its kind.” He winks at the ladies, making them giggle. A girl in the back seat having various piercings, dark eye shadow and lipstick looks fixedly at Taehyung. Chewing on a bubble gum in her mouth she claps, dressed in ripped jeans and a crop top, her arm covered in tattoos, she seemed different from others.

“I am impressed, you handsome man come sit here next to Lily” She pats the seat next to him. Taehyung nods seeing her and moves, having an intuition that she is the one he is looking for.

The bus starts moving at speed and the travelers busy themselves in their world while the two at the back keep talking slowly about something.

Lily teases “Didn’t think ya to be like this.”

Taehyung glances at himself and then relaxes on the seat “I know I am too handsome and breathtaking.”

Lily rolls her eyes and then hands him a plastic envelope “This is what you asked for, where is my thing?” She asks eyeing Taehyung.

Taehyung lazily opens the seal of the envelope glances at the content inside and then nods in satisfaction, “Good work is paid well.”

“You know no one ever asked me to deliver such things” She points at the packet. Taehyung smiles keeping the packet securely inside.

“Urgent times need urgent measures” Lily scoffs hearing the big words from him.

“What good could these tickets, batches, and photos bring, couldn’t you have taken these on your own,” She asks a bit curious.

“A project I am working on but can’t go to places so I contacted you” he takes out another envelope and hands it to Lily, she peeks inside at the cheque and her eyes shine in excitement. “I would be glad to work more in the future with you, feel free to contact me” she winks at him. Taehyung nods and then looks outside the window at the lamps lighting up as darkness surrounds the streets and watches the children running along with the bus or passerby going back home with tiredness enveloping them.

“Oh yes! Can I have your number?” Lily says. Taehyung turns his attention to her. She was about to give him her reason but a beep sounds in Taehyung’s phone he checks it and his smile vanishes away to complete coldness, then smirk forms on his lips. He nods at her and saves his number on her phone.

“Call for business and only when it is urgent.” He gets off the bus at the next stop. Standing alone in the quiet stand he texts Namjoon and Yoongi “We were investigated.”

The message is read quickly and a response comes both saying the same thing “There is nothing to hide” Taehyung sees the text. Then replies to Yoongi.

“What about that spray Hyung gave me?” Taehyung asks.

Another reply comes quickly “You better stay away from true blood alpha if you want to live longer.” Taehyung feels satisfied with these words as if they were praised. 

He pockets the phone and smiles going to a dark-looking street with litter lying around and only the sound of wind and rustling of pamphlets could be heard. The walls were painted with graffiti the display lights flickered from the shops. There were several groups of people scattered around the street, smoking, dancing, shouting, having arguments, or just staring at the people. He without a hint of fear walks lazily on the street to reach his destination.

Oakpond bar is located in an area famous for groups of gangs. This place is not for everyone to roam around but the bar there is quite luxurious and best for the people to hide from the media and the eyes of others. Taehyung enters the bar and looks around for his friend who called him there.

This place is like a net of all sorts of people and activities, it can be a simple bar to unknown and to known a den of making contacts and getting information. 

His friend sees him and comes to him quickly hugging him. His nose scrunches as he moves away “What is this man?” The friend says glancing at him weirdly. Taehyung shushes him while laughing loudly. 

He drags the friend to the counter and orders a drink, the friend who was still puzzled suddenly gets enlightened and smacks him on the back “hmm… I get it now” he wiggles his brows “seems like you were busy with somebody before coming over here”

Taehyung chuckles but doesn’t respond talking about other things, and asking about his friend's life, while his friend was getting drunk and speaking nonstop about his troubles Taehyung’s attention is taken by the laughter of a man. He turns to look and finds the person he has seen the photo of today walking by with another man like a good acquaintance in a private room.  

The man named Lai, the judge who released the alphas involved in the case of abduction and trafficking, and the lawyer Nitis, who helped to reverse the case fighting in favor of the accused were the two persons. He gets up to go after them and then sees them entering a room filled with ladies welcoming them with big smiles. Taehyung raises his brows, amused at what he saw, and walks back to his friend. 

  

His friend grabs his hand and smiles “Thanks for calling and meeting me here. I ran out of cash do you have some?” He asks wasted. Taehyung nods and puts some cash in his coat's inner pocket.

“Don’t ask me for this again. I am not always indulging” He gets up pats his friend's face, orders a cab then pulls him up to the exit, waiting for the cab to come while breathing in the fresh air. The air inside was filled with various pheromones making Taehyung suffocate.

Taehyung sees a slight movement on his left and quietly watches as several men slowly approach the back exit of the bar and lock it. Some nicely dressed men and women walk towards the entrance. Taehyung narrows his eyes and turns his face to the other side as the group glances around them. 

The group enters, and Taehyung shrugs them off from his mind and pays attention to his friend who was fully leaning on him and almost sleeping. This person, Eric was not exactly his friend more of a classmate who is always there whenever he requires a favor. 

Taehyung pushes Eric away from his shoulder and then quickly settles him in the cab that arrives just on time. He straightens up but in the next second is pushed by someone, Taehyung turns to deal with the person but stops there in shock as he sees the scene in front of him.

People were running out of the bar, the sound of gunfire and several people from the media were rushing in from the entrance, there was chaos, the panicked crowd not minding who they push, just wanting to stay away from danger or being put to jail. Some curse and shiver saying ‘who called the police’, ‘look there are cameras, hide your face’. 

Taehyung is pushed by many he wanted to see what is happening inside but is not able to enter as the people keep nudging him and one tries to stick to him “Such a good smelling omega…are you in heat, do you want me to help you out” The alpha asks. Taehyung glares at him punch him in the face and walk away.

He wanted to call a cab for himself but didn’t get the time and the drinks were showing an effect on him, he had walked for a long and felt drained. He stops near an alley and opens his mobile to hire one. It was a coincidence that just then a call for help reaches his ear. Though media and public opinion may say anything Taehyung is a man of high moral grounds as soon as he hears the call, he forgets his condition and goes to look into the matter.

A man tries to drag a girl toward a hotel, several other men were watching the scene and laughing. Seeing that Taehyung came there to help her and shouts at him, the man stares at first, releasing the girl. The girl tries to run but he snatches the clutch purse from the woman, the group laughs again and stops only when Taehyung steps near.

“Give that back” They laugh more smelling the omega pheromone and the man holding the clutch walks towards Taehyung with a big grin. Taehyung tries to grab the bag but the man takes out a knife. Seeing it Taehyung pulls back his hand as the knife points at him. He grits his teeth and gestures for the girl to run. The man tries to stop her but Taehyung kicks him on the leg making the man stumble forward he snatches the bag, feeling a sharp sting on his hand. 

The group watching the show approaches near to grab him but Taehyung quickly runs using the clutch to defend himself as one of them stops and comes near, he uses the purse like a blade scratching the faces of the man with the metal lining, then runs as fast as he could.

He was not far from the main road and if lucky could get help there. Tired and out of breath, he feels like he can’t take it anymore and falls on the road. The honk and sudden break of the car put him to senses, he turns back and sees the group stop in front of him, then seeing the cars, the group pales and runs away. Taehyung breathlessly puts his bleeding hand before his eyes to protect his eyes from the blinding lights of the car and gets up slowly, looking at his clothes. 

There was a sudden sound of the opening of car doors and the smell of familiar pheromones tinged with anger entered his nose. His face pales.

“Darn it”

Chapter 4: The unexpected meet

Summary:

Taehyung meets Jeongguk after a long time.

 

Jeongguk as scheduled reaches Yeon’s office at the appointed time after ending his meetings. He nods to the omega at the reception so that she could inform Yeon of his arrival and sits on the white sofa next to a potted plant. The coffee table in front of him had a beautiful decoration and magazines and newspapers were kept neatly to one side. Glancing once at the magazine with his cover photo, he pays the whole of his attention to the newspaper that catches his eyes with the headlines on another disclosure made by Umbra. 

The lady does her work quickly and asks him to go inside. The Mayor, Yeon Ji, a middle-aged alpha, is a strong alpha with several medals to his name in the military and has long served as the General of the army. He has several victorious stories to tell and merits to show to people, then was chosen by the groups as their Mayor for the city because of his incredible performance at that time. After acquiring this position he became quite famous for his friendly nature and charity. 

He is acknowledged by the masses and is seen various times in the news doing charity or opening schools, orphanages, old age homes, and even building shelter homes for stray animals. He is seen to be the one taking care of the city as a whole. Tall build, a fit body, and sharp features, Yeon Ji is very attractive and has a beautiful wife, Laia to serve him. Smart, elegant Laia is an idol for many omegas.

They have an omega son and an alpha daughter, both living abroad to complete their studies and have recently come back to Gandok to learn and manage the responsibilities they have to take as Ji’s. Apart from this Yeon Ji is also famous for having a kept woman, he even has an alpha son from her. She has occurred a few times in front of the media and is quite known to all. Not able to gain the status of the wife, Ovisia is still satisfied as long as he is taking care of her and their son.

With a cigar in his mouth and pen in his hands he signs several documents while talking to his secretary about several affairs of the ministry. His dark-colored mustache adds beauty to his features. He looks up at Jeongguk as the true blood alpha enters and smiles getting up and shaking hands with him. The two have distinct and attractive auras. Jeongguk takes his seat and waits for him to complete what he is doing, Yeon quickly frees himself and smiles seeing Jeongguk.

He is really fond of Jeongguk, being relatives and powerful figures in Gandok, they have many things in common. Yeon admires Jeongguk and his work and has many a time hinted at a marriage proposal for his daughter. The families lookup for each other and have close bonds, but Jeongguk is not ready for marriage yet and doesn’t talk about it.

“How are your parents doing? Tell your mother to visit Laia when she has time” Yeon says sitting back in his chair.

Jeongguk smiles slightly “They are fine. I will inform the mother of this.”

Yeon exhales the smoke and leans on his chair “It is good to have a son like you, while mine, he is more interested to put a bet on the Equestrian race than learning about a thing or two of this responsibility. My daughter though makes my hopes high.”

“When the time comes, people get serious” Jeongguk answers positively. He then gets to the point “I checked everything, nothing suspicious is detected.”

Yeon takes a puff of tobacco silently hearing it “Mr. Kim and his wife are clean and so are their sons. As for before them we know the history.” Jeongguk continues.

This time Yeon speaks up sitting straight “I saw the file and know about other things. There are matters I want to avoid but don’t you think that it is easier for that elder son to do this? He also wanted to take off his name from being recognized as a pillar.”

Jeongguk hums “I don’t think that this will anyhow benefit them. If they back out they will be the ones to lose the most whether in terms of name or fame and Mr. Kim has not specifically said this himself, it is just a rumor that circulated after he was absent for two meetings, we can’t trust everything that the others say.”

“What if it is true? Is he judging me from what Umbra circulated about me? I can assure you all this is propaganda against me to blacken my name”

“But Mr. Guano has to apologize to the public and Jeons group. He took our money and our people’s, broke their trust, and deprived them of houses. Promising to build apartments and then fleeing with money is a big scam and a proven one. He also needs to add that you were unknown to his plan…as you were right?” Jeongguk presses the last words. Yeon looks at him quietly and then smiles.

“Of course, I would never agree to such deals and would rather look for the welfare of the society, no one is more scared of the weight that contract holds than me” Jeongguk nods hearing it.

“What about that younger Kim?” 

Jeongguk becomes silent upon hearing it, he sees Yeon showing interest in Taehyung, “As you said he is young…and naive” Jeongguk answers after a thought.

“Hmm…so you feel we should put them aside as a suspect? Who else can it be if not from among us?” Jeongguk understands that Yeon is suspecting his people to be involved in the incident but doesn’t show.

“We will keep looking for the culprit, he won’t be able to hide for long…”

Jeongguk stands up “You should not miss today’s function, I will take my leave as there are still preparations to be done.”

Yeon stands and suddenly smiles holding his forehead, “How can I forget to share such important news with you…on another thought, it would have been better if I personally informed your parents about it but I couldn’t hold up.”

Jeongguk calmly waits for Yeon to tell him the news. Yeon looks at him filled with pride “You are being promoted to the position of General. With your strength and merits in serving in the military, it was decided that more stars should be tucked in your uniform and you will be promoted as soon as possible as I have these duties to handle.” Yeon smiles.

Jeongguk narrows his eyes, he knew that the ministry was deciding on this matter but didn’t think it to be like this and so early. After completing his studies, he served in the military and earned fame among other alphas and betas, later he took into his hands the business of his family. “If I am appointed General then you…”

Yeon laughs hearing it “Of course without saying, as soon as I hold my position of a marshal I will carry my duties well and make a safe environment for omegas here, setting an example for others, there is a lot to be done but I have my hands tied, this opportunity will make us bring a good change in Gandok” There was pride in Yeon’s face. 

“They said that we will soon have control over everything here, your hard work seems to show its result. Jeongguk as your future marshal and the only power of Gandok I assure you to maintain the peace and integrity of this place but for that, you also need to prove your dedication when the right time comes.” 

Gandok covers a huge area of land and is quite a big place, when the people settled here, many a time they had to defend their land from outsiders, because of its unique location and beautiful scenery it became quite famous and people wanted to take this place as their own, several times alphas tried to protect this land and thus an army was build to permanently solve this problem. Jeongguk and Yeon trained for the same and though there were many small cities near, Gandok stayed separated from the rest maintaining its own peace and nature.

The ministries here comprise the elders of three pillars and various big shareholders involved in their business and have a higher rank in administration in Gandok.

Jeongguk stares at him, his face showing nothing that goes in his mind but there was no hint of excessive happiness that Yeon expected. He just nods. Yeon reciprocates it. Then Jeongguk takes his leave without a word.

Yeon sends him out then turns back with a serious face, he sprays the room with another scent quite irritated with true blood pheromones.

Jeongguk walks out with a grim face and goes inside the car without a word. He tells his driver to take a long route as he has to think over some things. The driver nods and a car of guards follow him as they take off.

Jeongguk and Yeon are not just working together, they are also relatives. His parents told him to always support Yeon or else he would have investigated the Mayor on his own. He couldn’t do so for the sake of his brother. He was thinking of everything that happened in the office, it will get more troublesome after these ranks are assigned to them, he sighs holding his forehead when a shadow crosses his view and the car suddenly stops.

“Mark” He angrily says the name of the driver. The beta shivers pointing at someone in front of their car. 

Jeongguk glances in front and sees the bloodied hand of a young man trying to block the blinding lights. When the person stands up his eyes widen seeing the familiar figure and tells his people to go catch the gang that ran away. His anger rises to see the condition of Taehyung and comes out of the car angrily, not minding controlling his pheromones.

Taehyung hisses in pain and notices the blood on his hand but what shakes him is not his wound but the familiar pheromone, eyes wide in surprise, he curses openly and looks around to find a route to run away but his hand is grabbed and Jeongguk stares at the wound. He scrunches his nose and pulls Taehyung closer sniffing him then straightens up, piercing gaze fixed on Taehyung but no words come out of his mouth. Taehyung meets his eyes and gulps. He feels dizzy and focuses his eyes again on Jeongguk and hiccups. The effect of alcohol suddenly affected him as the adrenaline calmed down. 

His head feels fuzzy and a distant memory resurfaces. Taehyung and Jeongguk are not strangers to each other belonging to the families of the pillars, they were familiar with each other. He was very young just five years old when he first met Jeongguk. The true blood alpha was taller than him and very good-looking. Taehyung and Jin went to his house to play with his cousin when Jeongguk came and greeted them, what caught Taehyung’s attention was the red color as soon as their eyes meet. Taehyung felt like he has seen an angel, he dropped the astronaut toy that he liked very much and came to Jeongguk and stared at him.

Seeing the gaze of little Taehyung, young Jeongguk said hello to him. Taehyung pointed at Jeongguk’s eyes and said to his brother happily “Eyes like Tae’s, Hyung, I want to keep him like mama and dada.” Both Jin and Jeongguk was surprised to hear this while Jin laughed at his brother's cuteness, Jeongguk who was eight year old didn’t react much, he just stared and before the proposal could be accepted or rejected, Jeongguk's cousin said no to Taehyung angrily and took his cousin away from him.

Taehyung blinks his eyes and then looks back angrily at Jeongguk thinking about this memory. Jeongguk meets his eyes just staring without a word, seeing the man not speaking Taehyung says.

“I don’t want to marry you” and tries to pull his hand away from the tight grip, but was of no use. Taehyung looks up again and pouts “You rejected me, now is my time,” He says with determination.

Jeongguk remains quiet with his scrutinizing gaze doing the talking. Taehyung feels his head spinning and the pheromones in front of him were doing no good to him, he was feeling hot and wanted to get closer to the person in front of him. He slowly draws closer to Jeongguk and hides his face in the sturdy chest of the alpha, he sniffs it once and smiles trying to adjust his face or hide it in the coat of the true blood, the place was warm and had a good fragrance. 

“Don’t tell hyung…” he mumbles and hands the purse to Jeongguk “Return this to the girl wherever she is” he says clenching tightly on Jeongguk’s arm. Jeongguk still holding Taehyung’s hand looks down at the purse taking it from the drunken omega he throws it to the guard standing not far from them, then grits his teeth watching Taehyung trying to nest his head in his coat, panting and scrunching his eyes in pain.

He mercilessly pulls Taehyung towards the car and pushes him inside to sit. Taehyung wanted to protest but no words come from his mouth, he gives a deep growl but stops himself when the car smells the same as Jeongguk.

“Carl get this back to whoever it belongs.” He orders the man standing on the other side of the car and gets inside as well. He picks up a water bottle and opening the cap hands it over to Taehyung.

Taehyung was still having his eyes closed and doesn’t bother to bring the bottle to his lips, he just keeps it in his hands. Seeing that there is no movement Jeongguk impatiently takes the bottle away and makes him drink by his hand. Taehyung opens his eyes and looks at the President of Jeon group feeding him water, he takes a big gulp, eyes wide like a baby being fed. Jeongguk watches all this without a word. There was a small smile evident in his eyes but nothing shows on his lips.

Satisfied Jeongguk takes away the bottle, Taehyung smiles at him awkwardly and says his thanks but that was not all in the next moment from a cabinet inside the car Jeongguk takes out a first aid kit and moves to treat the wound. Taehyung who was now a bit sober having been fed chilled water tries to pull his hand away but again with failure. He was cursing himself internally being with Jeongguk in such proximity he wanted to get away. 

He shakes his head “Thank you Mr. Jeon, but I should head back now, there is no need for this” 

Jeongguk shows no reaction and acts like he didn’t hear a thing, he pulls out a disinfectant and ruthlessly puts it on Taehyung’s wound to clean it. Taehyung hisses in pain, his eyes showing a glint of anger. Jeongguk looks up into those eyes.

“Sober now?” He asks mocking Taehyung. 

Taehyung wanted to punch him but refrains, taking the bottle and drinking more from it. He doesn’t pay attention to what Jeongguk is doing until the true blood releases his hand closing the box and sitting straight. Taehyung checks the bandage that was cleanly wrapped around his wrist, he makes a face not expecting it to be done so cleanly but what was he expecting, it was Jeongguk that he was talking about. 

He sighs, feeling awkward then says thanks and gets out of the car as he sees the person named Carl coming back with a girl. He inhales in the air outside and walks up to them. Taking out his mobile he calls for his car. 

The girl who was wounded comes there and thanks him and the guard of Jeongguk who was able to catch the gang. Jeongguk looks at the gang and tells his guards to take them to the station. They solve the matter quickly in a blink of an eye. Taehyung just watches all this from the side while waiting for his car. The lady walks up to him and hesitantly says. 

I…” She tries to say something but stops. Taehyung looks at her and smiles “I know you owed him money but this is not how it should be returned and I helped you, there is nothing more to it, you can rest assured. If possible return him the money and cut ties”  

He hears a honk and soon his driver comes and stops in front of her, happily he gets inside, waving at the lady, and tells him to drive fast. Then the lights from the cars at the back draw his attention, remembering something, anxiously he smells it on his jacket and sighs in relief.

Taehyung turns to look at the black car moving after he is safely taken away in his car. He turns back and touches his heart, feeling pain suddenly, and curses Jeongguk for it. The driver looks at him horrified as his eyes fall on the wound. Taehyung rolls his eyes witnessing it,

“Don’t tell hyung” He says again and tells the driver to just take him to his dorm and not open his mouth.

Chapter 5: The birthday party

Summary:

The party celebrations begins and so does the greetings and meetings of the famous people.

Taehyung walks up to his dorm in a hurry, his body sweating and heat rising making him almost lose his senses. He bites his lips as a groan leaves his mouth and quickly presses the button of the elevator. He leans on the metal frame and works on his breathing, his eyes turning darker and then going back to normal, before his senses could turn completely cloudy he hears the ding of the elevator and gets out approaching his room.

He swaps the card and opens the door, running towards his room and searching in his drawer while groaning. His friend comes to his room with a smile wanting to talk to him in a happy mood but seeing his condition Elian’s worry rises.

“Taehyung?” He calls and walks inside to grab Taehyung who was searching madly all the drawers in the room. Getting a mixed scent from him Elian stops in his tracks, wide eyes and open-mouthed he just stares as Taehyung finally finds what he was searching for taking out a vial, Taehyung shakes it and then takes the medicine in an injection and injects the suppressant in his body without a delay.

Elian stammers seeing Taehyung calming down and resting his head on the bed “Did you just…by any chance meet your…m…mate?” His face looked pale and worry was evident in his eyes.

Taehyung groans upon hearing the words but his fuzzy mind makes him nod his head. Elian feels a pang in his chest and looks at Taehyung in disbelief he wanted to ask but couldn’t form words to know who his mate is as he might feel bad. He hears a sigh from Taehyung and clenches his fist scolding himself in the mind for being distracted.

He walks and sits next to Taehyung on the bed. Taehyung feeling his presence near him leans his head on Elian’s leg closing his eyes. “I will be okay in a minute,” He says, not noticing the anxious and lost face of Elian.

Elian wanted to pat his head but stops remembering how they become annoyed in heats and ruts when someone other than mate touches them. He just says “Don’t worry I am here” and takes a deep breath not knowing what else to say.

Taehyung groans a bit and then says “I have a party to attend in a while” He tries to get up and staggers walking towards the washroom “I will be fine don’t worry but there is something you need to do for me”

Far from them on the other side of Gandok, the party had just begun when Jin arrives at the venue. It was a huge event with all the big names present there or about to be present. The attendants with proper etiquette and well-dressed welcomes guests with a smile on their faces. Inside the venue which is also one of the parts of the residence of the host, the decoration was done beautifully and was able to mesmerize each of the guests. The banners of birthday wishes and huge bouquets were decorated in the interiors along with golden-colored balloons. The tables were set with white flowers and light golden decorations and filled with various snacks and drinks. 

There was also a big empty place for guests to gather, talk and greet each other. These events are said to be good occasions to make connections, thus, the guest was enthusiastic and seemed to enjoy the party that had just begun.

Jin smiles seeing all the familiar faces, then glances around and not finding the one he was looking for, he nudges Namjoon “Where is Taehyung?”

His assistant quickly makes a few clicks on the tab and answers “He will be here in a while.” Jin sighs in relief and moves ahead confidently to meet and greet people. 

This party was quite extravagant and almost all the famous and rich people could be seen there as it was the birthday party of Jeongguk’s cousin and Yeon Ji’s nephew, Jimin, a very famous socialist in Gandok. He is more famous for his charms and handsomeness than his work, he is quite in demand in this high-income group and people want to be on good terms with him, for being in good books of both Jeongguk and him as his magazine is quite famous and is also used as a tool to promote their agendas and achievements.

Jimin’s father is the son of Yeon’s younger uncle and is married to the sister of Jeongguk’s father making Jeongguk and Yeon relatives and in the same group more or less. This is also the reason why the Jeon family is in support of the Ji group and their actions. Some actions come from the heart some are just to show others.

Jimin walks down the stairs in his red tuxedo and fox fur scarf wrapped around his neck, holding a white Persian cat in his arms. The cat Luna snarls seeing the gathering down there as they step down. Jimin pats her head and walks in grace with a proud smile on his face, head held high and smile on his lips. The people all look towards him clapping and wishing him as he gets down. A few of his friends come forwards kissing his hand and wishing him birthday wishes while several cameramen move forward and click their photos capturing the moment. 

 

Jeongguk walks towards his cousin slowly, giving him time to enjoy the moment. Seeing him there Jimin bursts into a huge smile “Hyung” He says hugging him. Jimin is shorter than Jeongguk but is very strong in personality just like his cousin and uncle. Jeongguk wishes him and the assistant brings over a huge gift. Jimin’s eyes brighten up seeing it, he reaches out to pull the ribbon and then claps in excitement seeing the famous portrait he wanted to have and thinking to buy it sooner. It seems Jeongguk managed to buy before it could even go for bidding. 

The guests all smile and look at them in awe, discussions, and gossip heightens and they start to compliment the two brothers. Jeongguk remains quiet hearing it but Jimin smiles and responds to the comments he likes. 

Jin who was watching this scene hears a snort and turns to see Taehyung standing there clearly annoyed, he seemed to be unease but his speech was still the same when he says, “What a show off”

Jin scrunches his nose and stares at Taehyung. His brother just smiles noticing Jin’s worried and suspicious glance, he leans to peck his cheek making him move back in alarm and wipe his face in disgust “Do that again and you are dead.” He threatens to make Taehyung grin. Namjoon shakes his head and smiles seeing the exchange.

“And what is with these pheromones…what are you up to now? Do you think this place is…” Jin wanted to scold Taehyung but Namjoon stops him showing him the people looking at them curiously. Jin huffs and puts a smile on his face “Conceal it…and don’t dare to cause trouble here” 

He warns Taehyung and drags him to meet several people he wanted his brother to know of, some of them were like their well-wishers while some are just people they have to interact with even if they don’t want to. Taehyung half-heartedly greets them and straightens up as Jin glares at him. 

The old men all comment on Taehyung’s articles and his burdening his brother. They even educate him on how to behave like a responsible brother also going through the memory of their time in college and how they behaved, not sparing to show off their grades and affairs. They also judge Taehyung sizing him up and smiling smelling the pheromone until they meet Taehyung’s eyes and step back in fear. He was quite dangerous when shows anger through his eyes.

Jin wanted this meeting to be a peaceful and introductory one, not expecting these old men to start disciplining his brother then and there. “Elders the respect you give you get. I understand now why my brother didn’t bother to greet you at first.” Jin furiously answers as he notices their reactions and takes away Taehyung from there irritated with the men. He turns to Namjoon and tells him to block all the contacts from each of them, they don’t need moochers like them. 

Namjoon happily complies. Taehyung sighed this is the reason he hated these gatherings, they would point fingers at him and Jin won’t be able to bear it. It is not like Taehyung is wrong he just can’t agree with all that others say and sometimes questions and correct them which they couldn’t bear to tolerate.

He was worried about his brother ruining his reputation because of him. “Hyung, you don’t need to do this, it doesn’t affect me, I will greet them properly don’t make a loss for your business because of certain comments” Jin doesn’t reply to this he just holds Taehyung's hands and takes him to get something to drink, juice for his Taehyungie.

Taehyung stares at the cup and then makes a face and sips it. He watches as Jin and Namjoon both choose hard drinks, they still treat him like a child. Jimin who was watching all this from far nudges his brother whose attention was already on Taehyung.

“Why did Jin bring his baby brother here? Is he here to cause me trouble? I don’t like him” Jeongguk smiles slightly upon hearing it.

“Why though? He has already stayed away from you for many years” He asks.

“Why you ask? Don’t you remember the troubles he used to cause at home and school? I can’t forgive him” Jeongguk pats Jimin lightly hearing this. It is true that when they were young the three used to be together. Jimin and Taehyung used to play together, more like fighting with each other and Jeongguk were there to sort out their disputes. 

Taehyung always wanted to have Jeongguk’s attention on him but Jimin steals him every time taking him away, this made them enemies, but their family unknown of all this wanted them to play together, so they did play by destroying each other toys. If not for Jeongguk they would have already killed each other.

 

When all this didn’t work Taehyung decided to trouble this elder and make him focus on himself but this method always earned him scoldings from elders and spoiled his image in front of them. He was truly naive and stubborn.

“We have grown up,” Jeongguk says thinking about the past but Jimin doesn’t feel the same. Jin notices their gaze upon them and waves at the two. Jimin smiles and waves back. Jin takes Taehyung to meet them, he had to wish the birthday boy but Jimin was very busy and surrounded by guests not leaving his side, now was a good chance for them. 

Taehyung sees the man standing next to Jimin and his steps falter but is dragged by Jin without a second thought.

They stop in front of the birthday boy. The families of Jeons and Kims have always been friends so there were genuine smiles when they meet. Jimin and Taehyung used to play together with Jeongguk looking after them as their elder. They went to the same school, Jeongguk was their senior and had to often involve himself in their fights and apologize on their behalf. Taehyung cut himself off from them when he was reaching the age of differentiation and has formally met now.

Jimin stares at him with wide eyes not expecting Taehyung to be an omega, there was nothing in him like an omega, and he couldn’t help but snort, losing his elegance. Taehyung raises his brow hearing it making Jimin shiver and moves a bit back. However hard he may claim he hates Taehyung or curse him but in front, he was always scared of this person. 

Taehyung smirks satisfied, the rest three watching this scene try to avoid it, as long as they don’t cause trouble, it is fine. Jin greets Jimin hugging him and also handing him the birthday present. Jimin’s eyes become crescent in happiness, he always likes and admired Jin Hyung.

Jin sees Taehyung quietly standing without saying a word and nudges him. Taehyung lazily looks at the two and says without any enthusiasm “Happy birthday, you still look the same I last saw you…short” more like you wish kind of attitude. 

Jimin wanted to smile but it was impossible to, he sneers hearing it. Jin glares at Taehyung as a warning. Taehyung straightens up scared of his brother and becomes an animatic. He smiles widely and waves at the two brothers.

“Happy birthday Jiminie…How are you Jeonggukie?…nice to see you two. Hehe,” He makes his jaws hurt with the smile. Jimin looks at him with a horrified expression while Jeongguk couldn’t help but chuckle, hiding his smile that was spreading wide.

Chapter 6: Waltz my way to your thoughts

Summary:

Jimin tricks Taehyung and gets tricked.

 

Jin laughs embarrassed by the whole situation and glares at Namjoon who was smiling. He was about to say something to make the situation less awkward but fortunately, the music starts playing loudly welcoming everyone to the dance. A famous tradition on Jimin’s birthday as he likes waltz dance the most, classical dance is what makes the party a remembrance for life. The guests waited for this moment eagerly and burst into talks and whispered happily looking for their partner to join in the ball. 

The marble floor glowed with lights welcoming the pairs to stand in the middle and start with the dance. Jimin gets excited hearing the music, he is always the first one to begin dancing, choosing the prettiest omega from the guests. Today, he had his eyes fixed on one of a beautiful beta and wanted to ask her for the dance, forgetting about the person in front of him, he was about to go look for his partner when Taehyung blocks his way.

Taehyung has not attended Jimin’s birthday since his late teens. They met after a very long time but he knows about all things that happen at these events, especially one involving ‘the pillars’ and their close ones. 

He smiles sweetly at Jimin “Since we have met after a long and have lots to catch up why not have the first dance with me?” Taehyung asks with a mischievous glint in his eyes, it was always fun for him to watch the angry and troubled face of this person, it gave him quite a satisfaction. 

When young they would always compete with each other. It always started with them bickering and showing off their toys then leads to breaking each other toys and finally moving to break each other’s teeth. This is the reason why Jeongguk was asked to be with them, the family used to know how they might end up.

Taehyung and Jimin’s mother were friends and used to meet a lot causing them to meet as well, who would have thought their son to become enemies with each other? Jin tried each time to put sense into Taehyung’s head to not be like this but Taehyung was very fond of Jeongguk and wanted him to be with him just like he was with Jimin, they had the same eye color they were a match Jimin should be out of it. Jimin had a reason that Jeongguk was a good brother and should not be near a troublemaker person like Taehyung and that leads to more bickering and fights. 

When they grew a bit older they made gangs that used to always fight and make fun of other ones. These two were the notorious and loud students of the school and often seen in the Principal’s office Jeongguk used to be the one to end their gang wars, with his group of friends and rescue the two. Their family prayed for these two to grow up and be tolerant of each other. This prayer would work on Taehyung in a very sad way. He completely separated himself from everyone and remained isolated for years before coming out to the open.

Jimin takes a deep breath to not lose his calm self and wanted to say no but the contented look on Jin's makes him hesitant. Jin was happy as his brother was trying to mix with his group again forgetting how they used to be in their childhood. Jimin scared of the intentions of Taehyung almost hides behind his brother “Hyung” He says wanting Jeongguk to rescue him but Taehyung was bold enough to still call for him.

“What are you afraid of…me?” He asks, staring with his heterochromatic eyes at Jimin, they looked a bit hurt and droopy for being rejected, like a cat wanting to get pats. The alpha couldn’t help but stare at him almost giving in but hearing Jeongguk’s little cough he comes out of the trance.

Jimin narrows his eyes “You think you can trick me into it…I won’t but since you are my guest I will give you a fair chance…” He smiles looking at Taehyung and then side glances at Jeongguk who by the time got another guest and was shaking hands with them. Jimin knew Jeongguk could only help him in this situation, he has been at this party for a long and never have Jeongguk agreed to dance with anyone or even talk if someone asks for it.

Taehyung unknown of the thoughts in Jimin’s head waits no longer and says coolly “Come on what are waiting for…” He boldly reaches out to pull Jimin’s hand but the hand that clasps in his were different and familiar, he looks up and his voice breaks as he sees the person in front of him is Jeongguk, it was too late to undo the action and words that have already left his mouth “Dance…with…..me” He says getting slower.

Jimin grins satisfied that he pushed Jeongguk in between them at right time. Jeongguk frowns at the two especially at Taehyung, looking at their hands, ready to decline, he stares at Taehyung unimpressed and smells the distinct scent again.

Jimin controls his happiness seeing the hesitant face of Taehyung and says “Well…I am sorry Taehyung my brother doesn’t dance with anyone and you choosing him is next to choosing no one, I am afraid you have to watch it from afar” Jimin quickly leaves before Taehyung can get a hold of him.

Jeongguk stares at Taehyung thinking about something and then asks “Do you really want to dance?” Taehyung could see he was asking just to not make Taehyung feel bad about being rejected but Taehyung doesn’t want to face the defeat. 

“Why? Will you join me if I say yes?” He asks fearlessly. Jeongguk was speechless for a moment then after further thought, he nods slowly. Jin sees this and squeezes Namjoon’s arm in excitement. 

Namjoon was however confused, from the information he received and perceived things while being with Jin, he knows Jeongguk hates getting close to omegas then what was this closeness for? This was not like him at all. He tries to remove the death grip on Jin on him but fails and gives up.

Taehyung stares at the true blood unable to form words. He wanted to protest but Jeongguk was quick, carefully taking his hand in his and pulling him towards the circle where the others have already gathered, he waits for the music to change and pulls Taehyung closer by the waist.

The woody and spicy mixed scent reach Taehyung making him gulp. He feels like he is traveling to an ancient bank where sun-drenched lemon, aromatic apple, and cedar are being worked and in the next minute turns to the rain forests where a man is busy grinding the sandalwood to an aromatic paste. The smell is warm, sensuous, mysterious, and sultry. It goes from hard to soft, rough to smooth. Taehyung clenches his jaw to control himself to not get swayed by it.

The effect of the suppressant was still on but Jeongguk pheromones were really strong. The alpha, omega, and beta all have a distinctive scent that could be detected once you get close to them. Their effect is quite high and when in heat and ruts it increases and attracts the people around them. A suppressant is used to inhibit its effect and pain caused by the onset of these ruts and heat and inhibitors are used to inhibit the smell of pheromones from reaching others. Taehyung mostly likes to wear an inhibitor, it is not that he is ashamed of what he is, he just finds it more suitable that way to mix in the crowd. Today, he didn’t put it though and unfortunately met Jeongguk. 

Taehyung narrows his eyes but follows Jeongguk’s steps as the music slowly starts, their steps progress slow and graceful. Jeongguk held the omega carefully as if Taehyung is the most delicate thing in his hands. Taehyung’s floral scent like a fresh rain-bathed flower trying to attract the bees around enters his senses. Taehyung knows Jeongguk doesn’t involve himself with any omegas but at the moment he doesn’t seem to be feeling any unlikeness towards him.

Though Jeongguk’s eyes were fixed on Taehyung, the latter was busy looking around the place at the various eyes watching them. He thoughtfully looks at the people gossiping and passing jealous looks at the two. “Why are they behaving like this?” The omega asks.

“When did you differentiate?” Jeongguk asks instead.

Taehyung stares at him and then a smirk reaches his lips “Does it matter, I was a bother before, you didn’t like me then so what is the difference now?”

Jeongguk narrows his eyes at the statement “Why do you think so?” He asks, back straight and posture beautiful, while guiding Taehyung through the steps.

“Isn’t it so?” Taehyung asks back. They match the steps to the slow and steady music, holding each other gently. Their black and white tuxes complement each other on the shining floor.

Jeongguk wanted to say something but stopped himself, he sees Taehyung hesitantly glancing around at the girl watching them and smiles in understanding, “Just look at me” Taehyung subconsciously meets the red orbs and feels like he could not help but get absorbed in it.

Jeongguk smiles a bit while moving the two through smoothly in between pairs. They were quite close and could smell each other scent. Taehyung was amazed at the restraint of Jeongguk though he doesn’t like the pheromones of others he was quite indulgent at the moment not showing the disparateness on his face. 

Taehyung smells the pheromones of the true blood and could not help but look at his face again, the Jeongguk he knew had changed a lot but in a very handsome way, his jaw seems sharp, perfect button nose, dark brows, beautiful pink lips and then his eyes fall on the eyes watching him. Taehyung feels a shiver run down his spine.

He has always liked the challenge and watching those eyes was one of them. They held dominance and a sense of danger. They looked lethal and showed love for only a few people. Taehyung stares for a while as if he is determined to count the number of eyelashes and also engrave his image in Jeongguk’s mind.

“You really have the same color as mine but whom does the other one match?” Jeongguk asks in a whisper. Taehyung’s eyes dilates upon hearing this, many questioned him about his eyes, some found it weird, others hard to look at but Jeongguk was not fazed but rather curious about them. He was so lost in the thought that he forgot to reply to the alpha’s question. 

“If we keep standing in one place we might disturb others” Jeongguk whispers a bit amused. Taehyung glances around him and sees them standing in the middle. Jimin was glaring at him for stealing his limelight and his brother, the photographers were busy taking their photos. 

 

Jimin wanted to pull Taehyung away, he now understood why this person came here. To take his brother and peace of mind away. Their families had also gathered, all surprised and attracted to this show. Taehyung feels awkward being the center of attention of so many people and tries to move away but it seemed like Jeongguk was still not done, as the grip on his waist does not loosen a bit. 

He hears another round of gasps and gossip. Jeongguk was unfazed by the discussions he was more interested in the person in front of him. They have met like this after a long time and he missed this little ball of trouble but this was not the only reason he decided to dance. There is something secretive about the person in front of him or as always he is going to cause trouble and Jeongguk wanted to understand him and his moves.

He helps Taehyung take a twirl and then leads him with his movements.

“How is your wound?” He asks.

Taehyung looks at him and then at his hand and just nods “It is fine…thanks”

Jeongguk pulls the sleeve down and sees the dressing still on and nods in acknowledgment. Taehyung stares at him not knowing what to say to him. Suddenly a thought occurs in his mind and he looks at Jeongguk with an accusing gaze “How many times have you done this? You seem to know well how to dance”

Jeongguk smiles lightly hearing it, his whole body trembling in happiness, “I didn’t I promise…just wanted to keep this first dance for someone special” He was right, he never participated in this event and therefore the surprise and jealous eyes were targeted at the two and several photos were taken. 

Taehyung shows his shock by his face but then thinking of it again he narrows his eyes and suspiciously glances at Jeongguk, then the realization hits him, he was jealous of something like this, why was he jealous? He sees the smile on Jeongguk’s face as if he knows what is going on in his mind. 

“Are you trying to flirt with me?” Taehyung glares at Jeongguk.

Jeongguk looks at him in surprise unable to answer.

Taehyung stops and excuses himself hurriedly walking away from this alpha and going to the side where snacks were being served. He glances once again at Jeongguk who wanted to follow him but someone stops him and starts having a conversation. Jeongguk gives him a side glance and greets the person. Taehyung takes a deep breath of relief, opening his shirt's first two buttons to breathe some fresh air, and picks one cupcake but another little hand also reaches for it both not taking their hand off the poor cupcake.

Chapter 7: The missing doctor

Summary:

Taehyung meets Yeon for the first time in a very eventful evening.

 

Taehyung looks down at the young boy wearing specs, well-dressed in a suit, and hair styled neatly. The boy feels hesitant by the stare from the handsome man but does not back off, scrunching his nose, he tries to meet the gaze. The small nose and rosy lips, even the face-cut remind him of the true blood he had danced with a few minutes before. 

Taehyung smiles, eyes softening as the hesitant gaze fixes on him. “Little one, you should not put your hands on something that belongs to others.”

The boy glances at the cupcake, the colorful sprinkles on the frosting attracting him, making his mouth water and then anxiously looks up at Taehyung. The person in front of him is very handsome. When he saw Taehyung approaching the table he was awestruck and forgot to grab the cupcake that was in front of him.

This big brother doesn't seem to be in the mood of giving the delicious cupcake to him. He composes himself and says “This is mine as I touched it two seconds before you.” His tone was soft, the threat was like a whisper in Taehyung's ear. It was not like this was the only cupcake left there but both had their eyes set only on this one.

Taehyung raises his brow “What if I say I didn’t wash my hands after coming from the washroom, would you still like to eat it?”

The boy looks at him with wide eyes, he scrunches his nose again and pulls back his hand wiping it with a clean handkerchief. Taehyung smiles smugly take the vanilla cupcake and was ready to put it whole in his mouth but the boy stops him.

He looks up at him in horror and shakes his head, “You should not eat it, wash your hands…” Taehyung snorts hearing this the boy frowns and continues “And should not make that sound, it is not good”

Taehyung sighs, keeping the cupcake aside, he asks. “Who told you this?”

The boy smiles his eyes shining, “My brother.” He admires his brother. Taehyung looks down at the little one and leans to his level.

He pats the head of the little one “It is good that you follow rules but don’t be too stiff, you can let go sometimes…like now” Taehyung points towards Jeongguk and says “Or you will become like him…annoying” He makes a face, then meets the eyes of the little one.

The boy frowns and opens his mouth to retort but Taehyung beats him to it. He points to the various pastries that were placed on the table “Want to taste them?”

The little one looks at him skeptically not able to decide, Taehyung smiles “Don’t worry my hands are clean, I was just joking” This makes the boy frown but also relaxes his nerves, putting his guard down a smile bursts on his cheeks with a red flush. This big brother is not that bad.

“A few won’t be a problem right?” He asks almost in a whisper. Taehyung chuckles picking up a plate.

“Which one?” He asks raising his brows. The boy flushes more and stands next to him pointing at various delicacies he wanted to taste. Taehyung places them carefully on the plate and the two sit on one side, out of sight of Jeongguk to enjoy it.

“Mommy, daddy, and hyung don’t allow me to eat them much. They say it is bad for health.” 

He takes a smile bite, pauses while chewing it, and then after cleaning his mouth speaks again “But my friend in school brings donuts sometimes and I eat them with him. He brings extra, just in case Corwin snatches it from us, we have a few left with us” 

Taehyung’s ears perk up at the last sentence “Who is Corwin?” He asks.

“Corwin is the boy who has a group of tall friends, the class does whatever he says, if we don’t follow, he causes trouble for us.” The boy answers him while taking another bite. His specs slide a bit down. Taehyung helps to position them so that he can eat without hindrance and asks,

“Are you afraid of him?”

The boy thanks him and then hesitantly says, “A bit…no one stops him from doing anything”

“Have you told your teacher or brother about it?”

“No…he threatened us to not tell the teacher and hyung might get angry if he hears it...what if he changes my school, I made a good friend here.” Taehyung sighed upon hearing it, he could see the fear in those eyes.

“Okay, I have a method that will help you…you will be like Spider-Man saving your class, bring your ear closer” Taehyung whispers some ways to it. The boy listens to it in shock and surprise then his eyes start to shine in amazement and he nods vigorously, feeling determined, small fists clenched tightly.

The two hear a cough and look up to see Jeongguk standing there, both of them sit straight and properly. Jeongguk glances at the empty plate and then back at the two.

“Hyung” The boy anxiously stands up. Taehyung was not surprised to hear who his ‘Hyung’ is, he had already guessed it. While it is the first time they met, he was aware of Jeongguk having a little brother.

“Enjoyed the dessert?” He turns to the boy in a reprimanding tone “Jaehan, why are you not with mom and dad?” Jeongguk asks ignoring Taehyung for a while.

“Jaehan” But Taehyung was not the one to let others ignore him easily “Hi Jaehan, I am Taehyung, your brother and I are acquaintances.” He introduces himself and shakes hands with the poor little bean.

“You know my brother?” Jaehan asks happily.

“Oh yes! Very well and that cousin of yours, Jimin too. You know your brother was not that disciplined either.” Taehyung says casually waving his hand.

Jaehan looks at him eyes going wide he shakes his head. “No, you are wrong my brother is the best”

“Heh! How come I can't see it.” Taehyung eyes Jeongguk for once meeting his gaze he quickly focuses back on Jaehan. “Do you know he used to play with sweaty people, putting hands everywhere while playing, even showering together…”

Jeongguk cuts him, boring his gaze deep in Taehyung’s heterochromatic one as the two meet again. “When did you see me like that, you used to have your classes or do you always like to sneak peek and follow me around?” Taehyung wanted to laugh it off but the gaze makes his throat dry and an awkward, nervous laugh slips his mouth. 

Jeongguk smiles and then holds Jaehan’s hand in his bringing his brother to his side and telling him, “Don’t listen to what he says. Didn’t hyung tell you to stay near mom and dad or your nanny?”

Seeing Jaehan’s sad and sorry face, he sighs and then asks him to greet Taehyung properly and adds, “He is my brother.” Taehyung nodded watching the two males, they looked alike.

He claps his hands as if he got to know something very hot and spicy, “Ah! a solid proof of Mrs. Jeon's fertility.” Jeongguk widens his eyes upon hearing it, quickly covering Jaehan’s ears. He wanted to scold Taehyung but words don't form in his mind because of the shock. Jaehan stares at the two.

“Brother, what is fertile?” It was too late the little one already hears it. Jeongguk glares at Taehyung. Jeongguk and Jaehan had a huge age gap between them Jaehan was just a ten-year-old boy. Jeongguk was a rare true blood and thus was exposed to many responsibilities and training early. He had to spend most of his time away from home. His mother missed that mother-son relationship and wanted to see her child growing up in front of her, thus, decided to have another one in the family.

Taehyung was about to answer on his behalf but a loud sound of applause grabs their attention they turn to look at the person who has entered and applauded for the performance of Jimin, finding it none other than Yeon Ji. 

Several cameras clicks and people gather around the very famous and important guest of the night. Jeongguk controls his emotions quickly, he takes Taehyung and Jaehan to one side that is less crowded and excuses himself to go over to greet Yeon. 

Yeon, the middle-aged man, with strong looks and dominant aura glances at Taehyung and then smiles shaking hands with Jeongguk. Taehyung watches silently the formal greetings of the two and the wife, daughter, and son of Yeon accompanying and standing next to him. 

His son is fair skin, golden-haired omega boy, with a piercing in one ear and a tattoo of a butterfly on the neck. Kayle lazily looks around, seemingly not much impressed with everything while the daughter was quite alert and beautiful with proper etiquette, she smiles at Jeongguk, then greets Jimin heartily, handing him the present. 

The three moves to the side letting Yeon talk to Jeongguk alone. Jeongguk’s mother greets Laia and her daughter while Jimin stays with Kayle, introducing some guests to him. 

Yeon takes a glass of drink in his hand and starts a conversation with Jeongguk, “Saw you dancing with that pretty son of Kim” Jeongguk nods turning to see Taehyung talking to Jaehan’s nanny and patting his head.

Unexpectedly, Taehyung then turns towards them and starts approaching. There was a smile on his lips but a hostile look in his eyes. Jeongguk doesn’t comment and silently watches as Taehyung shakes hands with Yeon. He somehow didn't want this meeting to happen but there was nothing he could do now so he silently watches the two.

“Hello, Mr. Ji, finally we meet,” Taehyung says with a small smile.

Yeon was surprised to see the youngest one come and greet him on his own, he was quite bold and beautiful. Beauty runs in the Kims family. Jin also excuses himself from a guest and comes forward to join them seeing that his brother is there. There was a sense of shock in Yeon’s features, he glances at Jeongguk in confusion but quickly covers it up with a smile and greets the two.

“Never thought I would find your brother here. He has quite a reputation around and seems to be at odds with me.” Yeon checks Taehyung again “If only his grandfather know how he has been doing now, the old fellow might feel pity.” Yeon smiles while pressing on Taehyung’s wounds.

The people around feel suffocated seeing the mix of several pheromones trying to dominate each other but Taehyung was unaffected he just smiles sincerely.

Suddenly the phone of everyone present there beeps. They check it and look at the words with wide eyes.

A black screen with a white dot keeps beeping in all the cell phones and turns to a beautifully written “Umbra”. Panic and curiosity rush in all present there. Yeon’s smile wipes away and his face turns grim as he sees the letters.

It was time to release another dark story of Gandok and bring it to light, the darkness pushing things out for the world to see. Several number flashes on the screen and then slowly starts to pause at the words-

Case File #223

The guests suck in a deep breath as they see the photo of the famous scientist of Gandok shown on their screen.

A mysterious and calm male voice speaks, sounding like an AI-generated voice.

“Welcome back people of the sleeping Gandok. As promised I Umbra is here to reveal yet another truth and open yet another mystery. The missing case of Dr. Frode.”

There were gasps as people hear it. Yeon looks angrily at the content shown. Glaring at his assistant who quickly makes calls to several people not waiting for him to give orders.

“On the evening of June 21st, Saturday, Dr. Frode send an alarming text to his wife that said ‘I am in danger, run’ and was never found after that. Police searched him everywhere but he was missing without a trace. He had been working in his lab and was last seen leaving it for the home like usual but never reached his destination. What could have gone wrong? Why was his life threatened? Was it because of the research he was successful in? Or something he was planning to reveal?

Dr. Frode has worked for making omega’s life pain-free, he has successfully made heat pills and also was working to reduce the aggressiveness of Alpha in a rut. He was the one who openly talked against the use of collars. The famous scientist who is involved in producing suppressants and inhibitors. The one who should have been awarded and praised by many suddenly went missing."

"Did he run away in fear for his life or something terrible happened to him? Just before his disappearance Dr. Frode was very busy with his research on the medicines of Jen pharmaceuticals. After his wife had a miscarriage, his colleagues said he was troubled and blamed the famous company for his loss."

“The suppressants used by the Jen Pharmaceuticals that is funded by Solace, if used for long will cause permanent infertility, miscarriages, and chances of sudden death. You might be thinking this was just an assumption he made and nothing like this is true but wait check your emails there is a whole report and study he made to make this remark, before he could bring the whole matter to light, he was gone.

The question arises how do I know all this? The answer is simple it happened in the darkness.

A video starts playing before showing Dr. Frode in an anxious and hurried tone, he says to the camera if you don’t find me then I am probably dead by now. I am being threatened and targeted by Jen Pharmaceuticals. If something happens to me then it is them that man. He…he…is responsible for my loss, I have proof. I am not mad just don't want others to suffer like me.

There was a sudden noise of something falling and the video cuts there. 

Yeon grits his teeth and looks at his people to get an answer, the tech company tries to take this down but it was still late and people saw everything, several eyes look at Yeon with various thoughts in mind. 

Umbra speaks again “He is no more missing. The great scientist is dead and if you want an answer just check the new site of Jen Pharmaceuticals, there is something hidden in the ground of this site.

A blurry picture flashes in front of them showing a few cars and something carried out like a dead body by men.

We should always keep our enemies near us to check on their moves, the dead don't speak but they are watching you. Hehe…Wake up!”

The video ends, and there was silence in the hall, the men accompanying Yeon were almost sweating while the shareholders of Jen pharmaceuticals wanted to run away. Jeongguk orders his men to stop them. He then turns to Yeon waiting for further orders, his face serious.

The assistant of Yeon anxiously informs him “We couldn’t trace it, this was not live, the video has already passed through various sources to mix its parent source and had strong firewalls we didn’t get much time to trace the parent path. Someone outplayed us.”

Yeon throws the glass angrily causing the sound to echo in the hall. The guests all shivered “Then do as it is said, investigate the matter” Yeon grits his teeth. Jeongguk nods to his men as he receives the order. 

Taehyung who has been reading the report silently clicks his tongue “tsk, tsk tsk…Mr. Ji, you should choose your friends wisely. You have quite a reputation if only Ji ancestors knew what you have been doing now…the old fellows might feel pity.” The words pierce right where it hurts most. Yeon grits his teeth, trying to control himself to not slap the omega in front of him, he laughs loudly as if nothing happened and focuses on Jin.

“Your brother is fierce, was it the reason you hid him all this while..it is a pity he is an omega but regardless of what the Umbra says our place is safe for omegas and these people if what they did is proven to be right then they are no more my friend. For me, Gandok is above all”

Taehyung smiles upon hearing it, his phone vibrates, he excuses himself then checks his phone and brings it up to his ear, gives another glance to Jeongguk, and then moves away.

Jin receives a text from him later that he will meet Jin at home. He turns around to look but doesn’t find him there. Feeling anxious and bitter about all the happenings Jin takes his leave. Jeongguk and Jimin watch everything but remains quiet, they were the host and could only try to stabilize the situation.

Chapter 8: This brother of mine

Summary:

Jin enquires Taehyung of his doings while Hoseok, Yoongi and Namjoon tries to pacify the situation. Taehyung meets Jeongguk again in wrong situation.

Whenever Umbra knocks on the door of the people of Gandok, it leaves them restless for a while. The same happened today, after yesterday’s event, all newspapers held the big headlines of this new case and the information related to it. Not only that, it seems like no one slept at night as there was a huge crowd protesting in front of the site of Jen pharmaceuticals wanting the officials to dig the truth out. They wanted justice for the doctor and for the deaths these medicines have caused.

Throughout the night, many new cases were filed and all claimed that it was Jen who caused them miseries. The earlier calm and quiet city suddenly started burning with justice for the deceased. Many other dark secrets of the company were fetched out and it seemed like this company was selling poison to the people all this while in form of medicines.

Yeon was beyond angry, one by one all his friends have been digging a grave for him and there was also a fear that Jeongguk would question him and doubt him. He needs Jeongguk on his side as that will boost the confidence of people towards him. Jeons has always managed to get the goodwill of society and Yeon needed this rapport, if only his daughter has managed to woo this son of Jeon things would have been better but now Yeon has to take his steps wisely as people are becoming violent and wanting answers for all these dark truths that are coming in light.

The news was traveling like a current to everyone, Yeon was asked questions from the ministry regarding the matter, and he grits his teeth and answers them that they should hand him the power or the situation can get out of his hand in no time. He reasons that it was due to a lack of certain powers that he is not able to put his hand on this organization defaming him. The ministry tells him that they will inform him later about the progress and their decision as for now he should clean his name from the mess.

 

In all this chaos, few had a good night's sleep. Taehyung wakes up and stretches his muscle. A small virtual assistant that looked like a penguin wishes him good morning. 

“An important reminder today is the last day of submission of the assignment,” the voice says mechanically.

“Uh-hmm,” Taehyung hums and brushes his teeth. The assistant then asks for his permission to tell him the news and weather forecast. Taehyung answers it and then hears the news, his lips arc up hearing the news of Umbra and the protests and truths related to Jen pharmaceuticals. He, in a happy mood, pats the penguin to stop it and then comes downstairs to have breakfast. 

After taking the suppressants he was already losing his strength but dragged himself to the party as asked by Jin. However, after returning from there and doing his work he retired to sleep and woke up late the next morning. He was very hungry at the moment and wanted to have a peaceful breakfast.

His steps pause as he enters the dining hall. He is welcomed by not just Jin and Namjoon but two other guests. Hoseok and Yoongi were also sitting and having breakfast with others. His mind starts thinking of all the possible reasons for their presence in the morning, then chooses the most plausible one, makes up his mind to deal with the consequences, and finally greets them all sitting in his place. 

The butler comes to him happily wishing him a good morning and smiles as Taehyung kisses him. He pulls the chair for Taehyung to sit on and puts everything that Taehyung likes on his plate. The butler has been working for them since Taehyung was a kid and is loved by him dearly.

Seeing that Jin is busy reading the newspaper, Taehyung quickly glances at Hoseok and with his eyes asks about the matter there. Hoseok tries to answer but Jin clears his throat watching the two. “I sometimes feel he is more spoiled by you than his parents.” Jin scolds Hoseok lightly.

Hoseok shakes his head “He is just young. I help him in ways I can”

Jin may not say it but feels happy and proud of his friend and so was the butler who serves Hoseok and Yoongi more toast and juice. Jin focuses on his brother “So what was all that for?”

Taehyung tries to feign innocence and slowly chews on the food, taking his sweet time, his eyes travel to Namjoon who was about to bite on his toast, and eyes him to pacify the situation. Namjoon closes his mouth and sighs internally. He was always the one ground between the brothers in situations like this. He looks up at Jin.

Jin speaks again “You know you are not just someone walking on the street, you are a Kim, and being in the family of ‘the pillars’ they keep every information on you. You think you can fool others using inhibitors or some scent and walk around casually. Do you have the idea of the trouble it can bring?”

Seeing that Jin is about to lose his temper and scold the young master. Namjoon quickly says, “Wasn’t it good though, many people were present there, Mr. Ji came with his family, wouldn’t it be better this way, we can also keep an eye on what they think and how they are going to act now that they have seen the young master.” Taehyung smiles in satisfaction hearing it. Yoongi just shakes his head knowing well the scheme of the little one. Jin thinks about it and nods.

“Even though it is good but if people came to know what will they say and how will they put up things together, won’t they blame him and Hoseok for scheming?… Moreover, I doubt them not knowing things.” Jin pauses to take a sip of his coffee.

“Then when the right time comes young master has to tell his reasons.” Yoongi answers all agreeing to it. Taehyung nods as well but Jin was not finished yet.

“It is not just his fault, you two should not support him in his escapades each time, he may cause trouble for you” Jin turns to Hoseok and Yoongi. Both nod knowing he means well for them and this was also the truth. They can’t put this up for long when Jeongguk is involved in it.

Jin says out loud what was in their mind, “Being like that to Jimin is understandable but Jeongguk is elder than you and has always been good to you…what is this aversion from him, he also told me that you protested in front of his office many a time before”

Taehyung makes a face at the mention of the name he looks at the omelet on his plate and stabs the fork in the yolk “He is annoying, anyone who favors Solace is insufferable.” He wanted to have his breakfast, not be interrogated like this but he is at fault and listens to whatever is said.

Jin feels like his stress level is rising “We all have to favor him, Solace is ruling this land you have to accept it. Just because some shady organization comes and tells you some things it doesn’t change the fact that they have the power.” Hoseok and Namjoon try to stop Jin but they were too late the words come out of his mouth.

“Grandfather didn’t like it, he knew the truth and if he has been here he would have agreed to what Umbra is saying” Taehyung answers a bit angry.

Jin loses his temper “Grandpa just assumed things he wasn’t able to prove, you know what happened to him because of his obsession to prove things” The atmosphere becomes tense, they all look nervously at Taehyung as he gets up from his chair with red-rimmed eyes. 

“Grandpa was not obsessed he was right.” His voice cracks, and he leaves the dining hall, hurt and angry, leaving the four in a bitter mood.

“Taehyung come back and talk to me. This is not how you should act.” Jin shouts but Taehyung just shuts his door. Hoseok pats Jin’s back telling him to calm down.

“You should not bring up his grandfather in the conversation, you know how sensitive he is for him. After his demise, our Taehyungie has been more closed off” 

“Just because I am an elder I have to understand why doesn’t he understand that going or challenging someone like Yeon in the face is threatening your own life. I am not worried about the image I am worried about him, I am worried about his life.” Jin has always had good instincts and this time he was scared of something wrong going to happen to his brother. He was planning to call his parents, but something felt not right and he wanted to talk to Jeongguk about it.

Hoseok looks at Jin in pity. He knows Jin’s worries are genuine and he is not reckless like Taehyung. He takes into consideration the well-being of whole family while acting on anything. Taehyung on the other hand is young blood, bold, brave, and impulsive. If something happens he puts himself first to protect his family. They both have the same goal but his brother’s method is unjust towards himself.

Yoongi who was watching them says after a while “The most concerning thing is Tae’s increased dose of suppressants, he comes to our house every month and sometimes two times a month or more than that, he even uses inhibitors as you noticed yesterday.” Jin, Namjoon, and the butler present there all look at the couple in shock. This was kept hidden from all of them, they never knew Taehyung was going through something so stressful, he never showed it to them, nor looked haggard or in pain.

Namjoon positions his specs “This can only mean one thing…that he has found his mate but is not with them or acceptable to it.” Jin feels like a blow on his face.

Hoseok embraces Jin patting him on the back. “While I am an outsider and have no say in this matter, for how much I know Taehyung he is not like what others say. You need to trust him more. You forget who brought him up it is you people and your love. Do you think someone with this guidance goes astray? With the problems that he keeps hidden from you, it shows his love alone is comparable to all of you together.” Yoongi says making Jin look down in guilt on his words earlier.

He curses “ I need to talk to him,” he leaves the table leaving the three behind. Hoseok looks at Namjoon and Yoongi “Let’s continue to eat.” he decides, the two other nods and digs in.

They were only able to eat just a few spoonfuls when Jin comes down, furious and ready to throw his hands “He ran away, this brother of mine knows only to worry me…Namjoon.” Jin shouts his assistant name. Namjoon coughs quickly getting up to check his tab.

Taehyung who had skilfully managed to get down from the window jumps landing in the garden. He smugly gets up, shows a middle finger to the thorns that were threatening to cut him, and turns to leave but stops in his tracks as he sees the true blood watching him quietly. Taehyung curses turning towards the wall again, he reaches for his pockets and sprays the liquid on him almost bathing in it.

Jeongguk watches his every move quietly. Taehyung narrows his eyes thinking about the reason for the arrival of this person, then recalls his actions of now and hesitates to go forward. Jeongguk walks towards him, lazy steps having all-time in the world. He was here in Kim's residence to talk about work and interrogate this person.

“Running away?” He smiles seeing Taehyung’s hesitation and then his eyes fall on the face of Taehyung. It seemed like he has been crying or is not in the best of his mood. Jeongguk had known and seen Taehyung cry before, but that was when he was a kid. This grown-up man with red-rimmed eyes and a red nose looked pitiful. He couldn’t help but change his mind wanting to cheer this little troublesome omega. 

An urge to tease him intensifies “Should I call Jin?” And opens his mouth in an action to show he was about to shout, the next second Taehyung pushes him towards the big pillar shutting his mouth with his hand, their bodies close enough to pass warmth to each other. 

Jeongguk looks at him with wide eyes, inhaling slowly, he didn’t like the pheromone on Taehyung but there was something with this person that he could not push away the omega whenever they come in contact with. Taehyung glares making the true blood’s eyes wrinkle in a smile acting scared.

Taehyung looks around and then at the true blood and seethes “Don’t you dare.” The alpha chuckles internally and nods to show his sincerity. Taehyung gives a doubtful glance at him and realizing their proximity and position he quickly moves away looking anywhere but him.

He curses in his mind and glares at Jeongguk again “What are you doing here?” He asks visibly irritated.

“It was a meeting decided from before, there are certain things that can’t be done and talked about in the office,” Jeongguk says honestly. It was then that Taehyung notices Jeongguk’s guards and assistant on the other side waiting for his orders. He glares at Jeongguk “Say a word about this to hyung and you are dead.”

Jeongguk smiles. This was the first time someone threatened him, he liked the sound of it coming from this omega’s mouth. His red eyes shine in alarm and he quickly cages Taehyung, changing their position, almost hiding Taehyung in his embrace. Taehyung wanted to complain but the sound dies inside his throat as he hears Jin shout his name. He curses on the circumstances for Jin finding his disappearance so soon. 

Jeongguk chuckles whispering to him. “It is the second time you kept my mouth shut. Shouldn’t you reward me with something”

Taehyung meets his eyes and then smiles “In your dreams” he kicks Jeongguk’s shin, pushing the true blood away, and was about to slip away. Jeongguk holds his hand making him turn around irritated.

“What?” He asks ready to attack again.

Jeongguk calls his assistant and picks up his coat, all this while holding Taehyung's hand. Taehyung tries to pull his hand away but fails to do so, the assistant also acts as if he sees nothing. Jeongguk releases the hand after placing the coat in Taehyung's arm.“Take this it is still chilly out there.” Taehyung stares at the coat in his hand, his hand trembles with the familiar pheromones emanating from it, he wanted to throw it back but couldn’t, angrily he looks up at Jeongguk and wears the coat.

“It stinks” he complains and runs away. Jeongguk smiles hearing it and goes inside, lips still pulled up in a smile.

Chapter 9: Gandok

Summary:

Taehyung and his friends discuss about the next article and he tells them about the Gandok' s true history.

Taehyung walks up to his room and sits on the chair with a long, tired sigh. Elian completing his work looks up from the book at him and narrows his eyes as they travel to the coat, questions arising in his mind.

“That’s some strong smell…want to choke me with it?” Taehyung gives him a side glance and stares back at the laptop screen. His head tilts a bit, he sniffs the scent and calmness engulfs him.

After a little while he responds, “Is it strong?” He asks curiously. Elian rolls his eyes “Of course it is…so strong that it can make you dizzy. Is somebody trying to mark his territory?” He asks, Taehyung chuckles upon hearing that and leans back on the chair.

“Maybe trying to show his potential” He smiles looking at the ceiling.

Elian raises a brow hearing it, he feels a bit heartbroken about the reason he couldn’t understand. “Why don’t you take mine, we have been together for long, you won’t be repelled by it” Taehyung gives him his whole attention the deep color of his eyes boring into the dark brown of Elian. His friend hesitates there was no repulsion in Taehyung he was clear about it but the words slip his mouth.

Elian wanted to stare back but was not able to for long. Taehyung smiles, “You know it doesn’t matter. I just want to see what his intentions are” Elian feels disappointed about being rejected but his attention goes to the coat again.

“So who offered you this?” He asks trying his luck.

Taehyung’s finger pauses on the keyboard and the red eyes of the true blood and his handsome face flash in his mind. The scent fills his senses. He stands up takes off the coat and throws it on the desk, but his eyes don’t leave it, staring at it for long. 

“The only one with real power in Gandok,” Taehyung says, mind lost in thoughts. He comes back to his senses when he hears Elian choke in surprise.

“Mr. Yeon…is he…Oh god! That pervert” Elian was out on his horses thinking of all the scenarios Taehyung might be in. Taehyung not able to bear it smacks his head lightly.

“It is not him.” He rolls his eyes “You need to learn a lot” He says and then busies himself with his work. Elian wanted to ask more but seeing the speed of Taehyung’s typing, he shuts his mouth knowing well that Taehyung doesn’t want to get disturbed at the moment.

After a while, he notices the silence in the room and then sees Taehyung get up quietly and wear the coat again, he wanted to comment but fears being wounded by the scolding of Taehyung and letting this incident pass. He was surprised to see Taehyung almost burying himself in the coat.

Taehyung works for an hour and then closing the laptop he starts packing his things to attend the class. There was lots of work to be done and he wanted to get on with everything quickly. His phone starts to ring, and a number flashes on the screen, he picks it up without further thought, goes to his room he closes the door not letting Elian hear anything.

It was not the first time Taehyung did it so Elian was not affected by this and didn’t think much about it but later Taehyung came with a smile on his face and asks Elian to switch on the t.v as “the pillars” are there to address the people about the recent matters.

This is not the first time the pillars have broadcasted a message or held the conference together, it was a norm in Gandok and whenever there is any incident or matter that needs the three to come together and show the people they are there for them or congratulate them on events, they do so and make decisions for Gandok accordingly. Yeon holds the main power and he decides to broadcast these meetings. The three need to participate and sign the papers and laws made.

A logo of the three wolves in brown, black, and white flashes on all the digital screens of Gandok, in the order of Jeon, Ji, and Kim, the three support systems of Gandok. Then the three handsome men greet the people Yeon sitting in the middle and Jin and Jeongguk on his left and right.

Taehyung remembers when his father used to be on t.v like this. He once during the broadcast ran up to him to offer him the chocolate grandfather brought to him. The other two men, that is Jeongguk and Yeon’s father smiled at him while his father kissed him on the head and made him sit on his lap, telling the assistant to not bother. Taehyung remembers he was just 3-4 years old and after a while, he dozed off in his father’s arm.

Time has passed and his father wanted Jin to take up that seat. Jin looks like the perfect person for this job and Taehyung wanted nothing better than this for his brother, he believes in him and his family. His eyes travel to the person on the other side and seeing the suit that he touched and felt in the morning, his heartbeat quickens and something stirs inside him pulling him towards that man.

He wanted to take his eyes away but couldn’t help and stare. Jeongguk looked different here, serious and straight with a dominant aura. It doesn’t look like this person can smile and tease others. Taehyung thinks of him smiling at someone else and the thought makes his blood boil. He curses himself for these weird thoughts and focuses on what his brother is saying.

Jin smiles at the camera. He has a different attraction in his charms that could make others glued to him and hear what he has to say. He was knowing he has the attention of everyone and thus proceeds in a soft and polite tone. “Dear people of Gandok, we know you are enraged and feel betrayed and lost with all the happenings but don’t forget you have us who will till the end fight for justice of the society and its people. We are here to hear your grievances and work on them. There is nothing that can not be solved if we work calmly and peacefully. I am very disappointed to see some of us burning down the posters or damaging the property, interrupting the work and schedule of others. Your anger is justified but when have not we tried to put things in the right order, you need to believe in us and our judgment.”

Jeongguk nods and adds as Jin stops, his voice was firm and low. “In a time like this don’t create chaos by marching on the streets and blocking the roads, justice will be served to the one who deserves it. We are working on the case and the results will be shown to all of you, it takes time as we don’t want an innocent to be put behind bars. I would like you to act calmly and not do anything that would bind us to take strict actions.”

“Hunh, always so strict,” Taehyung says burying his head unknowingly in the coat.

Yeon then speaks “It is a shame that some shady organization wants to break the peace of this place but we won’t let them win and use us, our getting hyped by someone who never reveals their identity and claims they want good for us is quite concerning. I want you all to think rationally and distinguish between right and wrong. All the culprits, if found guilty will be put behind bars but it is also important to note to not trust anything like this wholeheartedly. Someone having such dubious means of working cannot be relied upon. Soon you will hear a piece of good news as I will show you what a hoax this organization is and watch together as it crumbles down.

Last but not the least, Jen pharmaceuticals are shut down, the medicines are quick to be removed from the market, and we will also compensate the families that are affected by it.”

Taehyung smirks and checks his watch, his smile spreading wide. Yeon was about to say more but the network gets disrupted and Umbra flashes again on the screen. Elian gulps looking intently at it.

There was no video this time but a text “If this is a challenge then it is accepted. See you soon :)”

The broadcast stops. Elian tries to say something pointing at the screen but was not able to. Taehyung smiles seeing him, finally, one word comes out of his mouth. “Brilliant”

Taehyung chuckles hearing it and ruffles his hair “Time to go. Meet you later” Elian nods and bids him goodbye.

Taehyung reaches the class just on time but was not able to focus fully on the lesson his mind was elsewhere. He writes something in his journal throughout the lecture barely listening to what the teacher is explaining. There was a bit of discomfort in his body but these days he goes out fully prepared as he is meeting the true blood often, unfortunately. 

The bell rings, he quickly gets up and picks his bag up, and readies to go out when a group of students stops him, Taehyung knows them, they are the planning committee and editors of the magazine he writes an article. They have not met since the last article he wrote. 

He could see the complaints written on their faces and grins greeting his fellows. They try to scold him for not attending the meetings but he calms them down by his reasons for being busy and telling them gossip about the party he attended making them forget the complaints. They get excited and listen intently while walking together with them to their designated room.

Taehyung studies in the best college in Gandok and the magazine published by their Department has a value and brand name as it has been going on for a long. One copy of it goes to the ministry. They say it is refreshing to read the ideas of young ones and also select potential people based on the articles published and their insight.

A budget is allocated by the college for this club to publish their articles and thus each year they select the best writers and visionaries through a test and make them join the club. Taehyung also came through this door and met his friends there.

It was a group of eight people with Taehyung included. They kept the strength low to manage according to budget, rest money was allocated for printing and distribution. While many of them were quiet and share their ideas only on paper there were some very verbal and outward. They had colorful personalities, each different from the others but together they have made quite a name with their articles and work. 

Taehyung smiles hearing them bickering and adds a thing or two in between fueling the fire. They walk into their room and sit together to discuss the next topic. He silently listens to what they are suggesting not opening his mouth, he was still wrapped up in the warmth of the coat and felt at ease. 

They were from different departments and write articles on various topics including environment, economy, polity, history, literature, and so on. Taehyung was not bounded to one, he has done quite a research on Gandok and comes up with various ideas and opinions. He has studied business and art and now focusing on journaling and has more plans for the future. He is crazy about knowledge and is also good in technology thanks to his parent company and has a vision. People may say names to him but his friends and teachers admire him.

He lets them argue on their topic to be published. There were a few interesting ones and though they were eight it was very difficult for their President Abi to manage. She is an omega, soft-spoken only till the time they listen to her but once things become intolerable for her she is not less than any other alpha.

Taehyung watches quietly as each of them discusses the topic and then wavers from it, discussing the recent conference that happened, then more arguments and ideas emerge but no conclusion was made. He could see Abi losing her patience and knowing what is coming next. Abi, tired of this bunch the editor turns to Taehyung and asks his opinion.

She knows to whom Taehyung belongs and feels it is best if on certain topics he gives his permission. Taehyung silently rubs the edges of the journal in his hand and thoughtfully answers them “What about the importance of the history that we had, to know what we had and lost in the process” He looks at the people present there and smiles.

The rest frown hearing it, one even smacks her lips and says “Nothing new, next” 

Taehyung doesn't mind and continues, “Do you know the complete and authentic history of Gandok? It is very rich and colored in layers want to hear it?”

A few look at him bit bored by the idea “Who doesn’t know about it?” while the rest look at Taehyung with a glint in their eyes, “So what is it? Do you know something more than us?”

“I stumbled on some articles and books that seem to have some very dark information about our past” A smile appears on the faces of everyone present. They will talk about authenticity later it was fun to hear Taehyung’s stories.

Taehyung smiles and without further delay takes them to their past “We all know that Gandok is named after the true mates Gana and Dokja who with their small family and friends lived on this peaceful land in harmony with nature. The people who would come here would never want to leave for the peace and the sense of belonging to this place and the love the pair give to them. 

This place had exotic wildlife and nature with people so down to earth and living in harmony. There was also a description of people talking to trees and animals and respecting their wishes, praying to them as gods.

 

Gandok started becoming famous among the masses for its calmness, beauty, and richness of culture. The mates worked hard for this place, while Dokja used to protect the land along with his army of wild animals, Gana used to feed people and take care of the ill, she never let any hungry person go by. 

They had two beautiful children, a son, and a daughter, those kids were loved by all. The people here asked them to guide and be their leader. Dokja agreed and took it as his responsibility to look after his people. Soon their children grew up and took over them. Before handing over the responsibility to them, he made the rule to treat everyone kindly, don’t let a stranger go away hungry, and look after the people and nature. Never harm them.

After these two mates died their children named this place after them in their memory and carried on with the tradition to take care of people and the land and live in harmony with nature. It was said God has given them powers and only they can keep the place in this shape. They were the famous and kind-hearted ancestors of the Ji group. A few more generations passed when this place was prosperous and famous, and something strange happened. 

Once a man came to them in the middle of the night, in a very haggard condition, and asked for refuge. They made him relax and asked about who he is while tending to his wounds. The man told them he has come far from this land, he has a big family and five siblings.

His father is a religious person who believed in the existence of god and feared them, they lived in a deserted place but still, his father felt like owing someone for this mercy and thus started sacrificing an animal to the god to show his sincerity. After understanding things and nature he condemned this practice. They argued and he asked his father why would god want his creation to be offered to him it is just he who is doing it to convince himself.

The father got disappointed in his ungrateful child and told him to leave the place, this child left the place and went in search of peace. He traveled everywhere and ultimately find this place. The man was very handsome, young, and brave. He lived in the shelter provided by the people and helped them with chores. The daughter, Lila, of the head of the Gandok, Eldad, fell in love with his simplicity and nature. She was the only child of the family.

Eldad was a simple man, following the teachings of his lineage, he was not ready to let someone from the outside rule the place and was not ready for marriage. He had someone in his mind and wanted his daughter to marry that person but she was determined and didn’t want anyone but him as his husband.  

For the love of his daughter, Eldad started to train and teach the man the various teachings and practices of Gandok and named him “Leor”

Leor proved to be a good and worthy person of his teachings and was praised by everyone around him but the head was still not impressed he wanted to test this man and was patient to go to any conclusions, meanwhile, he also send Akio, the childhood friend of Lila and a very trustworthy and brave young man whom Eldad wanted to make his son in law on a mission to search for the background of Leor.

Later Eldad started to sense a decline in his health, he felt tired and restless, the physicians said that he needs to rest and administered medicines but none were working on him. He was teaching Leor when his health suddenly became worse, he was not able to breathe and fell to the ground dead. 

Leor called for help but none was able to save Eldad. They were all saddened by the death of their head and the last Ji. Lila was left alone her mother died when she was young and now her father left her too. She was devastated. The rituals were performed and a decision was made that since the daughter liked Leor and he was trained by the head himself, they will go with the heir's wishes, and with a small ceremony of marriage and coronation they made him the next head.

As soon as he became the head, Leor decided to change some rules, the people of Gandok were simple and followed him without questions. He divided them into groups according to their ability and body capabilities. Alphas will do difficult work, they are strong, the beta will help with chores with omegas and omegas will raise the family. A hierarchy and differentiation were set. People joined and followed him, they found nothing wrong in any of it. 

Little did they know that their silence inculcated a feeling of inequality among them. The alphas started to take omega and beta-like powerless beings. They treated them as someone who needed to be taken care of and kept as a possession. Betas were in the worst situation treated like servants in every household. They were restricted on many things.

Though it may seem even everything was not in favor of the alpha, some alphas hated to be so, they were restricted to doing their duties as a bread earner, and protector and if a family had no alpha they would feel weakened and looked at in pity. 

Among these people, certain people with revolutionary minds didn't just sit and watch their miseries. One day while Leor was asleep an omega comes to his house and marks his chest with a cross, she didn’t want to kill him she just showed she has power and if she is made limited to raising a family she would rather destroy the root of it. She holds the most power.

This lady was the beginning of the emergence of the first pillar can you guess who she was?” The seven people listening to him intently shakes their head. It was not like they have heard the history but it was mixed with folklore and changed accordingly to be exact about one thing. 

“She was my ancestor, belonging to the Kims, Carla, she belonged to the bloodline of the daughter of Dokja and Gana, a distant relative of the head, their bloodline may have changed but they were still belonging to the Gandok pure roots. 

Chivalrous and bold was she, her beauty lies in her bravery. She should have been put behind bars for her deed but she was not scared. Openly protesting against this hierarchy, she told omegas to throw the aprons and come out of their houses. You are not just a homemaker but also the maker of generations to come, you can work and do chores more efficiently than alphas. Omegas are the miracles that give birth to alphas, how can they be below them?

They thought she is a nuisance but cannot deny her righteousness. She said she is not comparable to alpha and beta but it should be her decision to think about what she can do or not and a group of people joined her mission. They called her the savior of omegas and believed in her. This made her a big competitor of Leor.

Seeing people agreeing with her despite her having the courage to harm him, he felt bitter. The wound was still stinging and fresh but he acted calmly and thought of a plan. He said that he was wrong to neglect them and apologized to her. Not only that he also said that he has a family and knew he was wrong to his mate he apologized to her too. He said he would help her in achieving these goals and joined forces to emerge the next pillar of ‘harmony’ living among the genders that have now turned almost biased against each other. This ensured his place as the head and also retained his respect among people.

Later on, another incident occurred in a very famous family living in Gandok since the time of Dokja, his friend, Jeon. They were quite a popular and prestigious family. The present heir of the family showed his anger after finding out about the looting of the fauna and flora that were treasured by Gandok for generations. 

He was furious as this was not the first time he warned Leor of this theft. Seeing that no action is still taken on it, he took his followers and went on a hunger strike till proper care is not done to the wildlife and herbal plants of the area. Many joined him in this fight and Jeon became famous as the ‘protector’ of Gandok, another challenge for Leor.

It was as if with the sudden death of the last Ji the Gods left Gandok for its downfall. Leor took the name Ji but during his period as a head, he faced many challenges and was questioned about many things. 

This was not all the darkest period was yet to arrive which still makes the big historians of Gandok saddened and shivered with what happened at the time. Three famous families all witnessed the wrath of God.”

“How do you know about this?” One of them asks curiously about everything.

Taehyung glances at each of them then gets up moving towards the window and looking outside at the setting sun and the birds flying back to their nests. “There are few who act, some who watch, and others who silently record the happenings, few of these recorded journals touched the hands of my family, written them. They have proofs and dates. They could have been wrong but the history matches them and these journals answer the mysteries of the past. My grandfather passed it on to me…Do you want to know what happened next?” He turns to them with a pensive look on his face. 

Chapter 10: Gandok II

Summary:

Taehyung continues with the history of Gandok

“It started when Akio returned and found out that Eldad is dead and Lila has married Leor and is the mother of his child. The shock was too much for him, he was too late to deliver the truth and lost everything. They were not mates but had a good bond and he had thought that he would convince her to not marry Leor. 

He tried to meet Lila, to tell the truth about this person, and also suspected that the death of Eldad was not natural but was not able to even meet her shadow. Furious with the happening he wanted to rebel, many still supported him and others will be on his side when he tells them the truth. 

Keeping this in mind he openly rebelled and in the meeting of the head and elders, he blamed Leor for treason. He said that “This man was a liar, a killer, greedy and evil. His story was a lie and he was using them to gain control and power over this place. He has no siblings and his father was not a fanatic but it was he who forced them to follow his path and sacrifice everything. They mysteriously died and he claimed to have found the power of God in him and went to places to preach his religion.

The place he went before coming here bathed in blood in his presence then when people started to be suspicious of him and found the proofs he ran away and came here.” People were horrified hearing this, this was troublesome and evil.

A pious place of Gandok is in control of evil now but the people there were not yet convinced by what he said, they wanted proof of his crimes. They could not just believe in everything being said. They feared if they take Akio’s side and goes against the head without solid proof, they would be doomed, thus, two groups were formed, one who bravely stood against Leor and the other who wanted assurance of proof. 

Leor gritted his teeth and claimed that Akio is just jealous and taking out his frustration of not being the head. The elders were in dilemma and for the first time they thought they rushed things and made a mistake. The other two prestigious families were also having certain disagreements with Leor’s decisions and now this. It was like troubles surrounded Gandok.

If whatever Akio said was true then they caused a sin, they made the devil sit on the throne. Akio fearlessly said that Leor can keep the name but he can never be a Ji, he is a disgrace and full of lies, he even accused Leor of doing something to Eldad. It was hard for Akio to believe that his head and master is gone. 

They knew Akio was the one to trust and thus became dubious of Leor’s intentions. Even Lila started to doubt Leor’s actions being with him all this time she found certain aspects of his personality were completely hidden from her. 

She wanted to meet Akio and ask him what he found and what proof he has but was stopped by Leor each time then one day as she heard her child’s cry and went to check up on him she saw a dreadful scene. No one knows what she heard and how things escalated but later everyone found Akio was stabbed in the chest by Leor. 

There was shock and sadness in Akio’s eyes when he fell dead to the ground. He tried to reach for the baby but took his last breath in the middle. Lila rushed back to her room in fear and shut herself in the room, she never spoke about what she saw and heard and acted strangely from that day onwards. Akio was her childhood friend they have been together for a long and now he was dead in front of her eyes. 

She heard the reason that Leor told others. He found Akio in his child's room ready to kill the heir Leor had to stop his madness then and there. Some witnesses saw Akio slipping into Leor’s house and before they could act this happened. None know what exactly came into Akio’s mind. They felt that he was jealous and wanted revenge and thus pulled back their support with him as the proof of Leor’s crime was buried with him, never found.

Akio might have expected something like this as he left a letter for Lila telling her the truth, maybe this was the reason he came to their house. She found that letter. It is not known what was in it as it never was obtained fully, it was lost never to be found again.

Having no proof for the accusations of Akio, Leor was not convicted and people apologized to him, they were doubtful but nothing could be done. Lila from that day onwards began to act differently towards Leor. She stopped eating anything and tried to attack Leor once, keeping her son away from him. Seeing her condition, she was given medications for sleep, she couldn’t bear the loss of her father and Akio and committed suicide, hanging herself from the balcony for the people to see. 

After witnessing this the elders and people realized one thing, they are doomed, they rushed things and made mistakes. Now the Gods are punishing them, they were not able to protect the daughter of Ji, and they were not able to protect the plant and animals. They have angered God but they could do nothing and just accepted this ill fate and let Leor keep holding the place.

There was more sad news to come, the Jeon, Irwys sitting on hunger strike died due to no actions taken by Leor in time, making the Jeons family lose their calm and blame Leor for the death of their heir. 

Not far from this incident, Carla Kim lost her young child. He went out to play and was never found again, the omega boy was lost and the extensive search also could not find him. She couldn’t control herself and like a mad person looked around everywhere became and started digging around the place where she knew her child played. Who would have thought her craziness would result in something and they found the body of the child? 

She died of the sadness and blamed it on the elders for trusting the seat to Leor. She was determined that it was he who took revenge on her. She even warned the Kims to beware of Leor and his generations to come, and stand up and fight for the people, when God turns away you have to stand for your people. Protect them from Ji. Let the movement go on and become a pillar for Gandok”

One of the listeners sighs “If only we all could get true mates things might have been easier. If Lila and Akio had been mates this would not have happened.”

Taehyung looks at his fingers thinking of something, then continues “When you are broken and at your worst, small hope and motivations also work same happened with Gandok while the three families disagreed on everything and had a feud with each other and it seemed like this place will see its lowest, a monk traveled to this place and happened to witness this rivalry.

He smiled at the three pillar families understanding the situation and interrupted them “I have been to many places and wandered around looking for the place that the Goddess wanted me to send a message to, it seems this time I came to the right place. 

The Gods have not turned their back on you, your test has begun and she has chosen you three to support this place. I can see the past and future and knows there will come a time when the chosen one will sit in the place, sacrifices have to be made, and the love for the place and people will bring the two close, the chosen pair can bring the glory of Gandok back. 

The moon goddess has planned it, the powerful and kind rulers of Gandok. I can see, powerful and stubborn they are. Your work is to come together and make a path for them, teach them the teachings taught to you by your ancestors. Gandok will heal and harmony will come. Long live this place. May peace be upon you.”

The monk went away after saying this, his aura and speech made people kowtow to him, no one knew where he has gone and where he came from but in this darkness, he was the only light. The problem remained with Leor holding the power. They didn’t want him to fully have everything in control and thus the other two families decided to work together and dissolved the head post.

Instead of one, the three came to power with the motive of teaching their people and heirs the principles of Gandok. The three powers became the presence of Gandok until Yeon took the charge in his hand and claimed he is the prophecied one and is trying to take control of the power lost by his ancestors again.”

They sigh hearing it, having doubts in their mind they put up their questions, “it is right that Yeon Ji is not the best one but according to the story you told, Umbra can be from your family too, like your brother? Won’t he?”

Taehyung laughs hearing it “That is for you to decide and search on your own”

He then pauses and asks instead, “What if it is Jeons? They are difficult to handle and boot lickers” He shrugs.

“Maybe they are still under the pressure to return the favor just like Kim’s still following and proceeding with the matters of the Pillars” Abi answers meeting the eyes of Taehyung. She could sense the hostility of Taehyung towards the Jeons and Ji.

Taehyung becomes speechless and thinks about it but the editor smacks his hand on the table “We will do this story. Taehyung will you write it?”

Taehyung nods “That will be my pleasure” his eyes shine in a mischievous glint thinking of the reaction he will get as the story is published.

The knock on the door grabs their attention, and a very beautiful blonde girl peeks in with a smile “Are you guys in for some fun?” She asks showing them the tickets in her hands. The editors all shout in excitement seeing the tickets to a show. 

They then stare at Taehyung as he starts to pack his things, he avoids going to anywhere to party or even spend time with his friends, being very private about his life and time he spends alone but they wanted him to come along. “Is there a chance to bring a friend along?” He asks.

The blonde girl, Gabele, their publisher smiles wide upon hearing it. “There is always room for a new friend. Who is she?” She asks wriggling her brows.

Taehyung rolls his eyes “Just my dorm mate, he is always busy with books. I want him to relax a bit” They make loud noises of disappointment and get ready to leave.

“The meal is on me” They hear Taehyung say and shout in happiness forgetting everything else and focusing on a fun night.

Chapter 11: Trouble likes me

Summary:

Taehyung is just an innocent boy liked by 'troubles'.

Taehyung waits outside the shop while Gabele goes inside it to look for the papers she needed urgently. He sees the dark clouds surrounding the sky and shivers a bit feeling the chill air. He has been indoors for almost a week working on the article he has promised before and now was waiting for the printed copy and its effect.

Not prepared for the weather he came out in thin clothes. Looking around his eyes fall on the group of old people sitting around the fire, chatting and having tea. This was his chance to warm himself up till Gabele finishes her work.

He walks closer to them and hears their topic of discussion. They were all talking about how impressive Yeon is as a leader and criticizing Umbra for causing turmoil in the minds and lives of people. His lips pull up hearing about it and walk up to them asking permission from them to join the group.

They find it awkward for a young and attractive boy to join them but happily agree to teach him their wisdom. He sits there with thanks. No one recognizes him. They don’t expect the young master of Kims to join them in their talks.

One of the elders continues taking a sip of his tea “You can’t deny the efforts Umbra is putting in for us, a government needs the challenge to improve, and Umbra is the one.”

Taehyung was impressed with this first elder who looked quite maintained and healthy. “Rubbish” but the other elder didn’t feel like Taehyung and contradicted him saying “Yeon is the person destined to be the one to change Gandok for good, with him here things have changed.”

Taehyung wanted to clap but focuses on the cookies offered to him by the third elder. “I don’t agree,” the third one says “You are completely disregarding the efforts put on by the young boy…what is his name…the Jeon” the oldies all try to think of the name. Taehyung munches on the biscuit and watches them then gulping it down he answers impatiently.

“Jeongguk,” He says, and then realizing the words slip from his mouth he shuts it with a sour taste. 

“Ah! Yes, the handsome young man…if I had an omega daughter I would have married her to him” The others laugh hearing it. Taehyung doesn’t. He feels the cookies are tasteless and puts them aside.

“What if he has some defect…some things look beautiful from far,” He asks seriously.

The elders all look at him in disapproval, not happy with his level of intelligence. They look at him like he is a fool sitting among wise men who know nothing but babbles. Still, they answer him, as he is young and needs to learn.“I am sure of it that he is different. As long as he is there we are safe” The fourth elder says dreamily. Thinking of all times the Jeon family saved Gandok.

“They are all doing good except for their younger brothers…like that boy Jimin throwing extravagant parties or the other one Taehyung trying to defame Yeon” he shakes his head. “The articles he writes, who read it, nobody” the elder answers on his own. Taehyung almost splutters the tea he was sipping off.

He clears his throat “Is he wrong? What should he do to make his image right?”

The second elder looks at Taehyung as if he has increased his level of sympathy in their eyes. There was pity filled with affection for the young one who wants to learn. “You are such a nice kid, he should be of your age, and just like you should respect the elders, listen to them not go against them. Gandok has always respected his elders not turning against them.”

Taehyung raises his brow and says “Gandok stopped having a single leader until recently”

The third elder smiles and says “We have Yeon now, he and his mate will bring peace and bring back harmony. Look at him making so much effort. I believe in the prophecy don’t you all” The elders all exclaim thoughtfully and nods in agreement in a hushed way as if they are scared to talk about something that is sacred. Taehyung smiles hearing, he gulps the dark liquid and gets up bows to them, and bids them farewell.

“It was nice talking to you…hope you remember this face” he says and leaves as he sees his friend looking for him.

Gabele sighs seeing him “I was looking for you,” She says. Taehyung raises his brow upon hearing it.

She points at Taehyung’s back, he turns and finds a group of beautiful omegas standing there. They look at him with a smile and pull him with them to a bus waiting for them. 

Taehyung tries to stop them but listening to their giggles and happy faces he knew he won’t be able to resist their charms. His friend waves goodbye to him with a devilish grin. Taehyung gets an ominous feeling and doesn’t have to wait long to know the reason as when he looks up at the building near which they stopped he realizes his intuition was right.

A few omegas already waiting there for them waves the banner and welcome them to join the protest. This protest was for an omega girl kidnapped by a group of alphas. Two days after the incident, there is still no news of any progress to find the girl. The omegas were angry and wanted answers from the Pillar standing there for their safety. 

Taehyung sighs in defeat and walks forward to take his position. He makes a new slogan then and there and shouts it loud. All the omega burn in passion and roar in aggression hearing it joining him. The staff watching the show shake their heads. By now almost all of them on the ground floor have known Taehyung and his power to instigate people to protest he was like a revolutionary ideal, his presence gives them strength.

Mr. Han,  the assistant of Jeon, knocks on his door wiping his sweat as he gets permission he goes inside and fidgets a bit seeing his boss busy with some very important paperwork. He hesitates but ultimately tells him. “Sir, the young master of Kim is here again and is making the omegas protest vigorously, the agents will be here soon, this thing won’t look good when seen by others.”

Jeongguk who was noting something pauses after hearing the word Kim, he listens to his assistant silently and then says two words “Call him”

The assistant gets nervous “Sir, he doesn’t listen to any of us.”

Jeongguk looks up at his assistant in disappointment and goes to the glass window putting on his binoculars he looks down at the entrance. His junior of middle school was moving to and fro in confident steps and raising the banner in his hand he was shouting something others joining him. A bag hanging on his back wearing thin clothes in such weather. Jeongguk was not impressed.

“Announce to them they could be arrested for disturbing the peace of office, hindering the works of others, and causing chaos in a workplace. If they still want to stay they can and as for their leader tell him Mr. Jeon has requested a word.”

The assistant looks at the tall and straight back of the alpha and nods standing in confidence. He goes and announces as was asked. The omegas get scared but Taehyung smiles “Is this what Mr.Jeon has to say in his defense?”

He continues “We are staying maybe prisons are safer than these streets of Gandok” The omegas all roar in praise and they again shout out their slogans loudly. Taehyung smiles at the assistant, a short cunning, and specifically annoying-looking smirk that irritates the assistant and all others present there.

The assistant quickly connects the number with the boss and tells him of the happenings. There was amusement in Jeongguk’s tone when he hears it, as if he expected this outcome but took the chance. He disconnects the phone saying a simple ‘okay’ making the assistant puzzled on what to do.

Then in the next minute, Taehyung gets a text from Jeongguk.

‘Your brother will be called in a while to stop it you can follow my assistant.’

Taehyung’s eyes widen reading this he grips his phone tight and as if he is already aware of where Jeongguk is and what he is doing at the moment, he looks up at the glass window, straining his neck and glares. Sure that Jeongguk could see him. Then turns to one of his friends and tells them something in the ear. The protestors all quiet down, they look in hatred at the guards and any of the staff they could see of Jeon and leave in a minute completely emptying the place like none were even here.

The assistant, Mr. Han was shocked by the sudden silence and wondered what magic the boss did. He watches as Taehyung enters the building and asks him to lead him to the boss. Mr. Han was not able to believe his ears were but holding back his surprised look he takes this ticking bomb towards the elevator. 

Taehyung looks around at the well-furnished and big office building of Jeons and wonders how so many people work here and survive without making any noise. 

He peeks inside the rooms to make sure the employees are present and finds them busy at work, some a smile others standing near the coffee machine but everything was going in silence and neatly in a well-mannered way. He was shocked by this behavior and not able to hold his curiosity back, asking the assistant.

“Does your boss knows some dark magic, why is everyone acting like some spell is cast over them?”

Mr. Han coughs hearing it, this was not good for his age, he can’t be asked these questions and shakes his head “Calm mind and body give more efficiency, we are told to not get too loud and disturb the calmness of others.”

Taehyung makes a face and abruptly turns to see the other side not calculative in his action he knocks on the beautiful vase creating an echo of noise throughout the gallery. The vase breaks into several pieces and catches the attention of everyone present there. Mr. Han almost pukes blood seeing this. 

The workers stand up abruptly wanting to see what is going on and the cleaning staff comes in action quickly wiping the floor off any pieces and cleaning the floor properly and putting a wet floor sign and leaving. Another one comes and puts a new vase that seems to have been in their reserve matching the previous one.

A man with a batch and ID card hanging from his neck comes over to hand Taehyung a note of warning but seeing Mr. Han he stops. Taehyung though unable to understand what that is asks for it. Thus, the man hands him the note with a warning ‘Presence of mind is important while working. Hope this doesn’t happen the next time.’

This all happens in 3-4 minutes. Taehyung’s mouth was open and eyes wide watching all this in shock and as everything settled in his mind a ‘wow’ falls from his lips and he chuckles, clapping even loudly making another sound in the silent corridor.

Then turns to Mr. Han and apologizes “Sorry, my mind and body are not calm right now.”

Mr. Han would have dared to answer back if it was someone else but Taehyung also holds a scary aura like Jeongguk so he just nods and makes way for Taehyung to enter the elevator first. Wanting to drop this devil in his boss’s office and leave.

Taehyung walks inside the lavish elevator and sees his reflection, he then looks at his plain t-shirt and jeans, and messy hair. His hand reaches to it wanting to comb them straight but they stand up again leaving no room for improvement. 

Finally, after a minute or two they reach the most famous person’s room but his steps pause just before the entrance to the room. There was a strong smell of the true alpha covering the place. He stands there struck in place. Fingers tightening in a fist he looks at the big door of the office, his heartbeat quickens, however hard he tries to feel that he is strong and will survive everything. It has always proved wrong. 

Taehyung looks away hesitantly searching his pocket, his eyes tear up, and the assistant looks at him in alarm asking if he is fine. Taehyung slowly asks for water and excuses himself to one side away from the door. The assistant may not like him much but he could feel the heightened pheromones of Taehyung and knows it might be hard for an omega to enter that door. Even he used to have a hard time before.

Taehyung is not the only one who is affected by this many have been in trouble with these pheromones before, his boss usually keeps it in check there might be a reason for him to be like this. Then it strikes him and he tries to reason the situation “It is because of the case you were protesting for. Sir is worried as the more we delay in finding her the fewer chances are for her survival, he is determined to have information on her before leaving for home”

Taehyung nods unable to understand fully what this man is saying. Mr. Han guides Taehyung to the washroom and tells him to relax and come out when he is ready. He was afraid his boss will not like the smell of omega pheromones in the corridor and his room. 

Taehyung shuts the door and leans on it working on his breathing silently, his head was feeling a bit dizzy as he looks around at the place. He walks towards the basin and looks at his eyes in the mirror that was changing color like a current passing through them. 

He leans closer and stares at his eyes, the blue and red of the heterochromatic eyes were interchanging and mixing, turning to the currents of purplish and slowly becoming purple. Taehyung flinches seeing this as if he could feel the sudden energy passing through his body. He closes his eyes and eats a pill crushing it in his mouth and tasting the bitter taste of the medicine, his breathing quickens and his grip tightens on the basin.

Not able to withstand it, he pushes the tap and moves his head below the running water, the cool water clears his sense and his groans fills the place. After a while of soaking in the water he gets up. Takes the towel from the stand and wipes himself dry, setting his hair.

He looks back at the mirror, checking his eyes as it becomes normal again. Only a small light of purplish remains that too fades away as he blinks. Splashing water on his face he cools himself down and within five minutes becomes stable enough to face the person in that room.

He walks out acting normal as if nothing happened inside and he just went there to check himself, with the same attitude he asks the assistant to inform the boss of his arrival. Mr. Han sees his face and the decrease in his energy level. He was however satisfied with how well the omega controlled himself and gave the credit to the teachings of the Kim family.

He nods after ensuring that Taehyung is fine and goes to the office, after confirming that he needs not to stay in the office he calls Taehyung opening the door for him. Mr. Han was worried for the omega, feeling that he may be not able to face the true alpha but recalling the times these families have been together, he leaves as told by his boss. As Taehyung goes inside the room he closes the door and leaves.

Taehyung sees the assistant leave and then back to the big spacious room with a simple and monotonous color scheme, minimum furnishing, and a big desk in front of him where Jeongguk was sitting with his specs on and signing some papers, he sees the glass window and the stand with binoculars on it. There was also a portrait on the wall of Jeon's family on one side of him.

Taehyung then looks to his right and left at the library and the walls with several medals and certificates, and various portraits, his eyes reach to the ceiling and see the chandelier lighting the place, simple but expensive.

An AI voice reaches his ears “No weapons detected” taehyung rolls his eyes hearing this.

“Sit”

Jeongguk says without looking up. Taehyung sees this person again, wearing a fitting suit, Hair done nicely, and smelling good, this man always looks like he is ready to rob you of your titles. His head tilts to see the face more clearly in those specs. Jeongguk looked very serious and busy at work. Taehyung pulls the chair slowly and sits in front of him watching him. Then stares at him silently, it felt like he has seen this face after a long time. 

He watches everything silently those dark hairs, thick eyebrows, defined nose, red-tinted ears, beautifully carved lips, and the smile on that handsome face. Taehyung was awestruck to the point that when that head raises his eyes moved along with it like charmed by it. He watches as those pink lips move and says something but his mind was clouded to be able to hear anything. 

“Taehyung” he hears the call of his name and meets the red eyes of the true alpha.

“Am I so pleasing to the eyes?”

Taehyung frowns upon hearing those words but says nothing his eyes were still on the face not able to answer anything. Jeongguk raises a brow and drops the pen on the desk leaning back on the chair and silently watching Taehyung.

There was a different look in the eyes of Taehyung, it held softness, longing, and admiration. Jeongguk wanted to tease the younger but when he feels this intensity of emotions he is shaken and drawn towards them too.

They remain quiet for a while silently looking at each other, no sound was made or heard until Jeongguk’s mobile chimes. Taehyung flinches with the tune and comes out of the trance. Jeongguk with an annoyed expression looks at the mobile and then keeps it aside when he looks up Taehyung was glaring at him.

“Why were you looking at me like that?” Taehyung asks with doubt in his gaze as if Jeongguk started it. Jeongguk finds this very interesting.

“Oh was I? My bad.” 

Taehyung was not happy with the answer but doesn’t dwell deeply on it and with another glance, he looks at the desk rather than the person.

“Why did you call me?” Taehyung asks before Jeongguk could answer his phone starts ringing he looks at it, gesturing for Taehyung to be quiet. His tone changes dangerously as he enquires about the progress of the case and scolds the person on the line asking for the information on his desk in an hour.

He also turns to a side and goes up to look at the map of Gandok and gives a few locations to check on for clues and asks to call him as soon as they feel something dangerous.

Jeongguk was known to be good with instincts and has helped many times with clues. He even goes from his busy schedule to join the searches if the case is pending for long. Taehyung was aware of it and was not surprised to hear it.

“Why are you here?” Jeongguk asks putting the phone on the desk and sitting back on his chair.

“I didn’t plan on coming here but there was no one to take the responsibility so I was sent to take your interview for the magazine” Taehyung lies through his teeth quite nicely.

Jeongguk nods in understanding, pushing him further into the hole Taehyung was digging for himself. “Oh, so you might be having the questions prepared? Ask…I can entertain you for a while” Jeongguk takes a glance at his watch and says.

Taehyung grits his teeth not able to tolerate this obnoxious person in front of him and then pretends to search for something in his bag and takes out a notepad, opening it up. He glances at Jeongguk once and then back at the notepad, taking his time looking at the page.

“What? Not able to recognize your writing?” Jeongguk asks amused.

“It is not that…” Taehyung looks hesitantly at him and then says “Why is there a binocular over there” Jeongguk turns to look back at the stand and then at Taehyung.

“Is this what is written there? Took you too long to ask.” 

Taehyung nods in answer, unashamed. He wanted to knock this person out with that stand and does it in his thought feeling relaxed by the thought of it. 

“To spy on someone” Jeongguk brings him back to reality and says looking at Taehyung in the eyes. The omega fidgets in the seat with the gaze and looks back at his notepad. He ignores the amusement in the voice of Jeongguk and even the insinuation of the words.

“Then my next question is…” Jeongguk's phone chimes again. Taehyung stops and looks at it. 

Jeongguk speaks instead, the question he wanted to know “I am curious about one thing young master Kim”

Taehyung looks up from the page and asks nonchalantly “Shoot”

“How are you able to read questions from a blank sheet of paper?” Jeongguk doesn’t show it on his face but Taehyung could hear the amusement in his voice. He laughs in embarrassment hearing it.

“What are you talking about?” He tries to dodge but fails when the AI speaks again.

‘The opened page is blank’

Jeongguk smiles upon hearing it. “There is a camera behind you that is showing me your blank notepad” Taehyung jerks his neck to turn back almost twisting it and then catching the camera he laughs more “Oh…haha…very thoughtful of you,” he says closing the notepad and shoving it inside the bag. Cursing the AI for meddling in his privacy.

“Then I will take my leave.” He gets up to go. Pushing the bag up on his shoulder he stands up and sees that Jeongguk is busy with his phone he takes this chance to escape but the loud voice of his brother reaches his ear.

“Hello” Taehyung stops in his tracks, gulping loudly.

“Mr. Kim I hope I am not disturbing you at the moment. It is just your brother is here with me he was found outside the building joining the protest, was kindly brought inside my office, then pretended to interview me with a blank sheet of paper, and is now trying to escape without a proper goodbye.” Jeongguk looks up at Taehyung, his face looked serious but Taehyung knew he was enjoying this.

The omega grits his teeth and walks closer, he could imagine the face his brother might be making at the moment ready to chew him alive. He moves in front of Jeongguk and bows a proper ninety degrees making Jeongguk taken by surprise.

“Mr. Jeon I am sorry if I have offended you in some way, my intentions were pretty clean and motives quite innocent. I was here to look at the architecture and scenery in the premises of your building and was quite astounded by it when I was caught off guard by your assistant, still, I followed you here and am very thankful for your hospitality and I would rather not want more. I bid you goodbye” Jeongguk tries to remain calm but Jin couldn’t he shouts on the phone.

“TAEHYUNG KIM YOU ARE COMING TO MY OFFICE RIGHT NOW AND FOR THIS WHOLE WEEK TO LEARN A THING CALLED DECENCY”

Taehyung looks aggrieved at the phone wanting to close his ear. His brother was too loud. Jeongguk’s office could shake with the roar. “But why do I have to go there to learn that when Mr. Jeon here has taught me a lot already.” Taehyung glares at the amused Jeongguk.

“I am honored,” Jeongguk says “If that’s the case you can be an intern here and learn from my people. Jimin is going to join the office regarding his magazine work you can join his project” Taehyung wanted to put him to death, strangle him, and hang him from the chandelier but his brother thought otherwise and agrees to it happily.

“That is quite nice of you Jeongguk. I am handing my brother in your care then. Taehyung we will talk at home today. Sorry, Jeongguk for the trouble I will discipline him well. Take care.” Jin says and disconnects the phone.

“You…” taehyung wanted to complain but Jeongguk ignores him and calls his assistant. 

Before Taehyung can say another word he starts explaining to his assistant about Taehyung’s internship in their branch office and tells him to do the preparations then dismisses him. Mr. Han looks at Taehyung who was standing there fuming, he wanted to laugh but was scared of the two so leaves without making any noise. 

Taehyung could only open his mouth and close it in annoyance. He then glares at Jeongguk and leaves. Jeongguk watches him leave, shaking his head he goes back to the pending work. He had a lot of stress recently but at this moment it seems that it has lifted somehow. There was a relief washing over his mind and a sense of peace. The pheromones this omega omitted were unpleasing but his presence had a soothing effect on Jeongguk whenever they met. Jeongguk couldn’t help but act differently in his presence. Taehyung was a mystery the more he met the more curious he was getting. 

Chapter 12: Save Merlyn

Summary:

Jeongguk finds the girl but meets someone familiar in the station.

 

It is not like Gandok is a place of crime. There are happy days most of the year but in a diverse place with a big population there are times when crime happens and none can do anything about it. In recent years, these incidents have escalated, the reason being the connections with the higher-ups, the perpetrators are not afraid of being caught, and they could be saved by the ministry. 

Jeongguk is aware of it and therefore wants to set an example that none is above law. He doesn’t like the methods of Umbra but can also not deny that this hideous organization has caused terror in the criminals. Like today, Umbra challenged the Pillars to find the Girl and the aggressors or it will take the task into its own hands to unveil the truth. 

This may seem like a threat to the pillars as if Umbra has eyes on their every move and progress. Jeongguk hated people who work without showing their faces. He has always been in front whether it is his merits or faults. He has accepted everything facing both disapproval and praise from the public. 

So when this message flashes on the mobile he is angry at himself for letting this organization mock him. They are at fault as they were unable to trace the girl’s whereabouts and it seemed like she just disappeared in thin air.

Jeongguk watches the footage of the place where the kidnapping happened, playing it again and again to find any clues. He was quiet. It was like a challenge to his experience. What is it that Umbra has found which makes them so sure that they will find the Girl if he cannot? Either way, they are at advantage, if he succeeds it will be to the advantage of Umbra for inciting him, and if he fails then to they will have the upper hand.

This matter was serious she was a young girl and vulnerable. Jeongguk was not here to compete, he has a family ad values people, he knows how it feels like to lose someone and how it feels like when you have no news of your loved one. As time passes, they are pushing her more toward death.

He played the video once again when his eyes catch something, he stares at the vehicle that was used to kidnap the girl and later was seen in one of the videos to have met an accident and fallen from a cliff. Jeongguk was not sure whether this is a clue but he could take the risk. The vehicle looked clean before but later had soiled up near the tires. He looks up at the map and checks the places which can potentially be the places for it to get dirty. 

The girl Merlyn was kidnapped while going out to her school by the same route that she usually takes, taking a walk through a road of about two kilometers and then waiting for the bus at the bus stand. She has done this for a long but that day was her bad luck as she became the victim of the crime of some alphas, dragged into their car, and taken away. Later the car was seen to have run down the cliff, and the car was pulled up one died in it but they still don’t know the whereabouts of the other. It seems like they ran away from Gandok.

The three alphas involved in crime are all the goons of Mr. Will who took financial help from Jeongguk to step up his business and provides security services to small businesses. This case made Jeongguk look down in shame. He got scolded by his father for trusting someone as low as Will and thinking he could keep checking on them. 

The odd thing is that this matter first became an issue when the college article on exposing the truth of these security services was revealed by the editing committee of Taehyung’s friend. They wrote about this not-so-trustworthy person and said this is a wrong move by the pillar. Now it seems these college students were right.

It is not the first time these pillars did anything wrong, Kims also made some bad decisions and apologized in public when their AI caused a breach of privacy of people and hacked their systems. Humans make mistakes but their mistakes affect a vast majority of people. 

A message on Jeongguk’s mobile breaks the silence of the room. 

‘The girl will give you answers

-UMBRA :)’

Jeongguk stares at the text and sends the file to a folder. The AI hums and says “Can’t be traced” He looks back at the text and wonders who is behind this. His phone vibrates again and the squad put on the case calls reporting from the field. Jeongguk was speechless when he hears the news that they found the girl, he doesn’t let them finish, asking if she is fine and conscious, he asks if they brought medical help and tells them to take her to a safe place and not pressure her much. He even tells them to record everything and that he will be there in a while to see her himself.

He doesn’t let the man on the other side speak and adds not to inform anyone not even her family and doesn’t let the media get a whiff of it.  

Putting down the phone Jeongguk glances at the paper spread on the desk in front of him, all of it linked to Yeon and the questionable dealing that has happened to be going on between Yeon and his friends. He didn’t tell anyone this but this person, Will, was never his choice and Yeon asked him to do this favor to the poor guy, as he is trustworthy and will use the money appropriately.

Jeongguk regrets not keeping a check on this person when he was dubious of their intentions. Many other files were quite confidential and were proof that the whole ministry is involved in something big. 

Jeongguk wanted to question and get to know how Yeon will deny these facts but Yeon calls him first taking him by surprise. He picks up the phone and hears the elated voice of the alpha leader greeting him with profound enthusiasm. Jeongguk could get a hint that something has occurred with him to be this happy on phone.

Yeon tells Jeongguk that the ministry approved their request and the day is finally coming that he wished for. He is going to be the leader of Gandok. He laughs on the phone and says.

“The day finally came that we all wanted, my ancestors wanted, they would be happy to know that I am finally going to fulfill their dream to bring the same harmony and peace back. To finish umbra or any other organizations targeting Gandok and its unity.” 

Jeongguk just stares at the papers and lets Yeon say whatever he has in his mind “You know Jeongguk I never believed in the prophecies, my wife used to and she said to me you will one day as well. It seems like that day has arrived, this is going to be true and with it, the Gods will return to Gandok. Don’t you think so?”

“God never left Gandok, it is just we stopped looking for them, got busy with our matters but there are still people who care and think of them, to whom we people of Gandok are thankful.”

Yeon becomes silent for a while, this is not what he wanted to listen and feels bitter with the words of Jeongguk. “Then their prayers have only made way for us, for the truth.” It seems like Yeon understands he got carried away and got much excited on the phone so he composes himself and says in a somber tone.

“We are going to get very important responsibility and show our sincerity from day one. I want you to chalk out drafts and plan out how we are going to catch the culprits and the ones we have doubts about. This task is not easy and only you can do it. We will bring a revolution in Gandok.” Jeongguk pauses and stares at the pages, his jaws clench but a yes slips from his mouth like a loyal person of the government. He was always taught this and never went astray on this path. He will do whatever is good for Gandok.

Yeon becomes satisfied with the answer “only a few days left for the big event let’s talk about the rest when we meet. Congratulations Jeongguk!” Yeon disconnects the phone. Jeongguk stares at it for a while several thoughts in his mind. 

His assistant comes to him to tell him that there was a call from Yeon’s assistant and he has agreed on a suitable time for the meeting. He even congratulates Jeongguk. Seeing the alpha lost in thought Mr. Han thinks he is worried about the girl and tells him that they have two hours free before the next big meeting and can be utilized to see that girl.

Jeongguk looks up at the mention of this and nods telling him to prepare to leave and inform the station about it. Mr. Han nods and leaves immediately while Jeongguk gives a final glance at the papers packing them up and calling his lawyer.

“Work on the papers we have planned before.” He says and disconnects and leaves for the station to look for the girl.

After thirty minutes of the drive and several thoughts occupying his head, when he arrives at the place he sees across the long corridor in a hall there a lonely young girl sitting with a slight fright on her expression, she was tearing up as the police interrogate her, while her body covered in cuts that were attended by the doctor and proper bandages and band-aids were tied to her.

She was a young girl, wrapped in a blanket, her face pale and her body shrinking in fear as the officer presses her on the matter. Jeongguk feels bad for the girl. Merlyn starts to tremble and holds the blanket tightly around her. 

Jeongguk moves quickly to interrupt the officer but stops in the next second when he sees a familiar and smiling face appear there with a cup of coffee, putting it carefully in the officer’s hand telling him to stop for a while and sit in front of the girl holding her hand. The girl meets Taehyung’s eyes and nods to him as he says some reassuring words, with his coaxing she looks up at the officer and tells him something.

Taehyung smiles take the cup back from the officer and places it in her hands telling her to take a sip. Jeongguk quietly watches as Taehyung tells the officer about something and interacts with the girl in between. 

Jeongguk was still not able to get the thoughts of what Yeon told him away from his mind. It was going on in a loop but seeing Taehyung in front of him those thoughts pauses and vanishes away replaced by the omega in front of him.

He sees another girl with a very distinct style of clothing and several piercings standing next to Taehyung and pats him. She says something to him and laughs.

An officer walks over to Jeongguk and tells him that the girl was found by Young master Kim’s friend Lily. She thought it would be wise to call him and when the police reached them this girl was only opening up to Taehyung and is clinging to him.

Jeongguk raises a brow and stares at the officer who said this, the officer continues “She said the moon goddess told her to only trust him.” Jeongguk looks back at Taehyung again. He feels a bit of discomfort hearing this and tries to ignore it.

“And you believed in it?” He asks.

The middle-aged officer with a trimmed mustache and good physique and fair skin rubs on his nape. “Sir, Gandok still has some orthodox believers.” Jeongguk glances at the officer. The officer quickly shuts his mouth not speaking further. Standing straight in fear of being scolded he even holds his breath.

“I hope you don’t add these statements in your reports officer.” Jeongguk says giving him a reprimanding look and walking towards the two. 

The officer couldn’t help but murmur to himself “Who would in their right mind write young master Kim’s name? His family is intimidating and especially him.” He follows hurriedly Jeongguk who had by now reached the two and silently listens to what the girl is trying to say. His eyes reach Taehyung who had been looking everywhere but him, avoiding his gaze.

There was eerie silence with his presence there, only the sound of a machine working not far could be heard. Merlyn was too scared to look at him and the officer questioning the girl was sweating in nervousness to not make any mistake that could get him a scolding. Lily however gawked at Jeongguk and elbowed Taehyung, wriggling her eyes to finally see the famous Mr. Jeon up so close. 

The doctor who has attended to the girl quickly comes there and gives him the report. They go to one side and tell Jeongguk that, “the perpetrators tried to sexually assault her however she acted bravely and they could not succeed in penetration. In the process of saving herself, she got her bones of leg and chest broken and got several bruises and cuts. 

She recognizes the faces of the perpetrators but the Young master of the Kim family has asked for some time before we enquire her about them. It is right as her condition is not good.” Jeongguk hears from the officer about the more details that occurred before the incident. Merlyn just rejected and scolded the man who was stalking her which made the man and his friends act this way.

“How much time does she needs according to you?” Jeongguk asks the doctor.

“We can do it tomorrow,” the doctor says. He nods and tells the officer to let them leave for today but in proper protection to their home and keep watch on the three.

He then excuses himself from everyone present there and pulls Taehyung with him to one of the empty rooms. Taehyung wanted to protest but seeing that he was not angry just curious he entertains Jeongguk.

As soon as they come into an empty room. Jeongguk takes a chair and sits folding his leg on the other and looks up at Taehyung who was watching him quietly. “You are everywhere in Gandok.”

Taehyung rolls his eyes at that, “And you stalk me?” He retorts.

“The girl is traumatized why are you entertaining her fantasies?” Jeongguk comes to the point.

“What fantasies?” Seeing Jeongguk's sharp gaze at him, Taehyung realizes his position is very questionable in this incident. So he tries to clear up his name “I had no clue of anything about this matter. I was in my dorm when Lily called me and told me the girl from the news is in front of her house in poor condition and called my name. Seeing someone in need, do you expect me to sit quietly?”

“So you went there and involved yourself in the matter where Umbra and pillars are already invested and a girl says that the Goddess told her about you? Do you even understand if this goes out what will this make you?” Jeongguk puts things straight to make sense.

“Do you want the truth and her betterment or think about right and wrong?” Taehyung asks, “she has given her statement on what happened, put those criminals behind bars or Umbra will happily do it in your instead.” Jeongguk looks at him meaningfully and stands up.

“You trust Umbra more than me?” He asks getting closer. Taehyung shifts back, “Do you know them personally?” Taehyung rolls his eyes upon hearing this.

“Or are you worried about me?” He continues, gazing like a hawk teasing its prey.

Taehyung hesitates but still doesn’t forget to bite back, “The doctor is still here, do you want a mental check-up?” Jeongguk chuckles upon hearing it. He sees Taehyung’s pale face and red nose and stares at him.

Taehyung meets his eyes “I am not that brave, it was not easy to look at her in that condition especially when someone trusts you like that. She needed my help, she has been in the worst state for hours, at such a young age fighting alone with three alphas. Even if that makes me a suspect I would not be fazed and would rather help her as much as I can.” Taehyung moves away and opens the door to leave. Jeongguk doesn’t stop him, just warns instead.

“I hope you are not doing anything wrong or I will be the first one you will face.” Taehyung stops hearing this he turns to glance at Jeongguk once then slips away not answering. 

Jeongguk's lips form a thin line, the face turning serious. He fixes his coat buttons and goes out towards the officer asking him to make a statement in the press, provide security to the omega family and compensation, do medical checkups, and submit the reports to him.

His eyes fall on the departing figure of Taehyung and a thought flashes in his mind, he has been seeing this person a lot recently but most of the time it is Taehyung turned away from him as if he is hiding many things from him and the world. What is it like to face this person? To know the real him? Will he be happy or will he regret that day? 

Jeongguk doesn’t realize when his hand reaches his chest where his heart is, as if assuring it…everything will be fine.

Chapter 13: Troubles in paradise

Summary:

Taehyung thought he had things planned not expecting from Yeon to play a piece against him.

Taehyung spends several days with Merlyn, going to her house from time to time till she was able to stabilize her emotion and smile a bit. Many omegas and alphas were asking and questioning her chastity, at school she was bullied and took a break. 

Taehyung tried to wait for her at school so that she may not feel scared while returning but she stopped going there, saying that she is troubling him and also wants a break for a while. He didn’t insist much as he knew all this was not able to help much in school as she was still not in the condition to fight back. 

Her parents were concerned for her but the presence of Taehyung and his friends was like support for them. His friends would come to her and spend hours playing and bringing food and laughing. Though she would not be involved much in the laugh but spend time with them and stay there till they leave. Her parents were very thankful for Taehyung and his friends.

Taehyung still didn’t give up and went with her to the psychologist and also took her to various places in Gandok. She became close to him like his little sister and only trusted him.

He was loved by her family and assured them that he will find her offenders. “What if they are not caught?” Merlyn asked Taehyung once.

“They will one day, Jeongguk is after them, he is very strong and I will also look up to them, they can’t run away for long” Taehyung smiles reassuringly at her. She wishes him goodbye as he leaves trying to settle into her life again without getting scared for his and her parent’s sake.

Taehyung talked to the police often to know the status of the search. They said they are preparing for an event and have to put things on hold but they have informed other districts and will eventually get some information.

Taehyung wanted to talk to Jeongguk but he was busy not answering his calls, tired he decided to wait for a while and have a look on his own in these matters which too had to be put on hold due to the conditions as followed. The next day his magazine’s latest edition came into the market and with it came many more troubles.

The beautiful and usually quiet Gandok goes through another wave of disorder as two big happenings take place. The first one was with the article published in the popular magazine ‘The Turbulence’ by Taehyung Kim named ‘The holy land with a dark past’ and the other was about the news of Gandok getting its official head and leader after years of rule of the three pillars. The pillars are about to dissolve into secondary levels of ministry and a single main leader is to be formed.

These two happenings made the people go crazy, whoever anyone turned to is talking of this big news. With the article published by Taehyung, some questioned its authenticity, others agreed to it while many said this is just another stunt by pillars to pull each other down. 

A few people were against the formation of a single rule while some said as true mates they ought to have a throne of Gandok as being prophecied.

The article and this big news both made the people come out on the streets some protesting against one ruler while some protesting against the wrong history shown by the pillar. There were violent as well as peaceful protests everywhere.

To add to the chaos Umbra also gave its view and spoke on the latest news, they left a message.

‘Only a few people are awakened and brave to stand up and speak. Gather up the people of Gandok to witness your downfall.’

This scary message left people with more confusion, they were indecisive and unable to figure out whom to support. Yeon wanted to take things quickly in his hand but didn’t expect Kim to play this card. He was furious with the protests against him taking the higher position and the support shown to the article of the young master of the Kim family. He called for the meeting to take action against this college magazine and lessen its freedom. 

Jeongguk and Jin were also not expecting something like this to happen. They have both read the article and though it has caused quite an impact on the people they didn’t criticize or praised it like others. Their view was the same on this that some things are good to be left hidden. It was too late the city was in chaos and people were again on roads protesting and demanding answers.

It seems in recent years Gandok was in its revolutionary phase, there was always a protest on something or the other. Some blamed it on Yeon for not being able to maintain a balance while some said it is the fault of the Kims who wants no peace for the land. There were a few who even came up with a theory that Jeons was the one who are not maintaining law and order and wants the two pillars to fight each other.

Many speculations and theories but no answers, the biggest question was who is Umbra and how is this organization founded and funded. Many things were going on in Gandok the answers to which are difficult to find. In all these happenings there is one name that shined the most. Taehyung Kim. He was just a college student but has the most impact on society through his words and actions.

When Yeon calls for the meeting Jin and Jeongguk were against the decision to limit the freedom of the press but seeing how the people reacted to everything they agreed to put some leash on the articles related to the Pillars and Gandok’s reputed families.

Yeon however was not convinced and took it to another level and gave orders to seal the office of The Turbulence until proper investigations on their sources of information is done. Taehyung was punished to lay low and locked up in the house by his brother for causing unnecessary chaos in the place. He was scolded and told to not move out or go to college. It was important as the protestors wanted him to apologize for ruining their history and Ji’s family name. 

Yeon wanted more severe punishment but agreed to the two families as he has just put the article and not instigated people to protest and come on the roads. The people however were angered by the pillars saying they are misusing their powers. There were many happy but more of them were saddened by these new happenings.

Though all this was quite frustrating, Taehyung was not affected by these incidents he was more shocked and furious by the other news. He had arguments with Jin, even saying he is not using his position righteously and is joining hands in the wrong. He was against the rule of Solace over Gandok. He never liked them, but this was not personal, this was his insight into what is to come. 

Taehyung had arguments daily with his brother, he even showed his anger to his parents who called him and put sense in him. Frustrated and tired he put tantrums and broke various things but no one listened to him.

His butler and maids were worried for him but were instructed to not go to his room. Tired of everything he became quiet and would just remain in his study day and night. Jin was worried but this was the only way to keep his brother safe. He had powers but the situation at the moment tied his hand and his parents told him not to act till they come back. 

Taehyung unknown of all this was irritated and frustrated with the fact that there is going to be a martial rule in Gandok in a few days and all he could do is sit and wait to see Gandok’s downfall. Pitying him Jin finally provided him with his phone and other things to pass the time with the condition being that he is not allowed to post anything.

He argued with Jin about it but there was no result, he was furious. There was nothing they could do even if house Kim protested against it Jeons were with it. Taehyung was angered to the extreme by everything specially Jeongguk. 

When Taehyung wrote that article he was expecting things to take a turn but not expecting to eat a lash from Yeon with this horrible news. His plan was ruined and his actions went to waste. Sitting in the study where his grandfather used to read books to him. He stares at the library and recalls all the times and the expression his grandfather carried while telling him about his time in Gandok.

How proud and happy he used to be of their place and how much thankful he used to have to the Gods for not turning their back on them. His thoughts come to a halt when a call from his friend in the editing department brings him back to the present.

Abi in a panicked tone tells him that there have been violators on the campus and they are looking for their office. They are trying to hold them up but these people were very aggressive and armed. Taehyung could guess what their intentions might be, he doesn’t wait for long and quickly prepares several things in his bag and then does what he should have done long before. Using an expensive vase he breaks the window and climbs down the house hurting himself but not stopping till he gets his freedom.

He runs away from his house blocking his pheromones for none to realize his presence. He hears the shout of people but doesn’t care. Once out it is difficult to catch him.

Taking a lift from a person not far from the house he goes to the college and what he sees makes him shiver. He was late. There was a fire set in the middle of the campus by burning their books and articles and everything kept in their room. 

The police arrested the protestors but it was of no use they already did the damage. These violators included students of their college and outsiders. Taehyung stares helplessly as the students try everything to stop the fire.

His eyes water seeing it. He runs with all his strength not caring about the flames and pushes the burning pile with his hand to save the books that may be beneath and still have not caught fire. These were their hard work treasure. This was his life. After the death of his grandfather, the only thought that occurred in his mind and also pushed him out was to save Gandok and write to people and awaken them but now their treasure was wiped out and burned to ashes.

There was smoke and heat all around and the strong smell of wood and plastic burning. The books were caught in the fire easily, burning with large flames, he looks around in frustration wanting to pick up anything that is not burned, burning his hand in the process but doesn’t stop. Feeling the heat and sweat over his body and unable to breathe he still carries on like a crazy man searching the place and trying his best to extinguish the fire. 

His friends and other people try to pull him out and make him come to sense but he was losing his composure. Days in confinement and then this. Taehyung knew it is just the beginning, his eyes water, frustration coming out in form of tears but he doesn’t budge he wipes his tears and keeps taking things he could find. Some books make him hiss as they burn his hand.

His sleeves catch fire and his face and his body feel like burning up. Sweat forms on his face. His friends successfully put down the fire but there was nothing much left to save. He feels dizzy as he notices the remaining piece of the burned map of Gandok. His visions start to fade and a soft voice of a woman enters his ear.

He frowns and tries to look up for the source his eyes change color and a figure flashes in front of him. A lady in a beautiful flowy white attire, looking at him in pity. Amidst the smoke, she was like a pure and relaxing figure looking at him and reaching out to him. She calls his name.

Taehyung feels his heartbeat quicken this is not the first time he has seen her, she was there when he was differentiating, when his grandfather died, when he met Jeongguk again and now. Taehyung is scared of her. She comes to him whenever he is in pain and anxious. However beautiful and motherly she may look Taehyung has associated her with his pain and doesn’t want to look at her. 

There has been an incident that made him avoid her and be scared of her. Only he could see her and that caused a shiver in his body. He backs away telling her not to come near. The figure seems to be saddened hearing it and stops. His eyes water again and he shuts them in fear “Go away leave me alone” traumatized by her presence he loses consciousness.

He hears her say something but is not able to understand it and when he opens his eyes, he finds himself in the infirmary of his college with a drip attached to his vein and a Venturi mask on his nose, he pulls it down and turns to look. His friends were all standing there waiting for him, as they see him open his eyes they sigh in relief. One of them calls the nurse while others start scolding him telling him not to do this stupid stunt again. 

Elian seemed like he would cry any minute and Abi was still not stopping with her scoldings. He smiles at them slowly and gets up looking around.

“He takes a chance “Did you see a woman here?” He asks.

“Who?… There was only you there, no one else was ready to go to that length and what were you trying to do there when everything burned down?” Gabele says irritated.

“There was no woman in a white dress?” He asks again making them look at him in worry, the nurse walks into the room and smiles upon hearing it. She informs them that this happens when someone gets into anxiety and in this situation, they sometimes hallucinate things. They sigh in relief while Taehyung remains quiet and checks his hand which has been bandaged. 

He stands up worrying everyone again. “How long have I been unconscious?” He asks.

They look at him in pity “For the whole day, your brother is coming to get you.” Elian informs.

Taehyung looks at him unimpressed then takes out the drip from his hand, a little dizzy but does so, they try to stop him but he doesn’t listen to any of them and runs away from there saying…

“Tell my brother that I want to stay away from ‘the pillars’ of Gandok.”

He leaves without another word. The nurse looks at his friends and shrugs saying she will inform the head about it and leaves them there.

Taehyung goes out in the open and sees the dark streets and walks aimlessly to wherever his steps take him. He finds a vendor selling food and takes up a snack to fill his stomach. He was not in pain, just hurt. When young his grandfather used to ask him what he wanted to become and he would always have different answers to the same question but one thing remained common in all answers.

He wanted to bring the glory of Gandok back. Make Gana and Dokja proud of their people. His grandfather used to laugh and pat his head proudly saying only he can.

He used to tell Taehyung to not be afraid in speaking the truth. Taehyung was just like others he was not interested to take up the business of his family, he wanted to be among people, helping them, making them aware of their powers, and motivating them like his grandfather used to do to him and so he joined this college to work in this popular magazine, he tried his best to get selected and felt he could make a change with his words.

Now his words were burned down, his tool was taken away making him feel lost and helpless. The thing he feared the most is going to happen. Yeon was going to bring an autocratic law to his homeland. 

He stops in front of the music bar that he has come to several times before. This is one of the expensive places of Gandok and is mostly occupied by the higher classes of society. Taehyung enters inside not bothering his unkempt look. He was more in need to drown his thoughts in nothingness than to worrying about his appearance.

The lights and music were brightening and warming up the place but his favorite spot was near the counter with dim lights hiding him in the crowd. The various scents, colorful shimmering dresses, beauties, handsome men, chatter, and laughter reach every corner of this famous bar. It seems like everyone is happy here. 

Going straight towards the counter Taehyung asks for a drink and not bothers to hear the gossip going on around him after he enters the place. The bartender on the counter, Steve has known him and greets him with a smile, he sees Taehyung’s appearance and looks at him in concern “Rough day?” He was a man of few words and didn’t involve himself much with these rich people.

“Very.” Steve nods hearing it he doesn’t ask much, there is usually no need, when people get drunk they start speaking on their own. Steve goes to bring Taehyung his drink. When he comes back, there was a smile on his face.

“Somebody wants to join you.” Taehyung doesn’t look up and declines “Not interested.” He says sharply but the subject of talk shamelessly walks near and sits next to Taehyung on the high stool, comfortably resting his hand on the counter.

“That’s sad, I thought you need good company” Jimin smugly answers and grins as Taehyung rolls his eyes looking at him.

“In your dreams” Taehyung retorts. Jimin doesn’t mind, ordering a drink for himself. He smelled good wearing a cologne that accentuates his pheromones and makes it enticing. His hair was gelled, and he was wearing a red suit with a white flower sewn on the left side. His whole appearance was hot and flirty. Many omegas and betas wanted to approach him but hesitated to see him sitting with Taehyung.

To Taehyung he still looked like a thorn. Unpleased Taehyung glances at him again “What are you doing here when your family should be celebrating the big success?” He comments. Jimin grins and elegantly takes a sip of his drink.

“I am giving you company. I tried to do what I can but you are miserable” Jimin shows his sympathy.

“Thanks,” Taehyung says dryly. Jimin remains there.

“So what happened to you? Has running from home became this difficult these days?” He wiggles his eyes.

Taehyung asks for a refill. “None of your business” He answers Jimin. Jimin pouts hearing it then takes out a scent and sprays it on Taehyung.

“The smell of smoke was choking me” He fans his face “Now you are a bit bearable.” 

“That you can never be,” Taehyung asks for another refill. Steve nods and fills the glass again. Jimin raises his brows “Deeply wounded it seems. Is it about the incident at your college, were you there?” He asks concealing his smile.

This time Taehyung has his attention, he stares at Jimin and chuckles, clinking his glass with Jimin’s he smiles “To my temporary freedom. They think they could hide things from me and protect me but it is not easy. This path was never meant to be easy” Taehyung takes a big gulp of the drink and asks for more.

“I am a fool,” Taehyung says after a while. “A fool who wants to save this damn place from these so-called saviors.”

Jimin raises the glass “To the new Gandok.” He smiles. Then turns leaning his back on the counter and facing the crowd “Do you think anybody cares about a thing here? As long as they are fed and have money to entertain themselves?”

“Go and ask this from your brother, is not he the one who…” Taehyung stops speaking his hand tightens on the glass and his whole body feels like tingling. Jimin looks at him surprised by his sudden quietness before he could question he sees an interesting scene in front of him and whistles.

The place becomes quiet all heads turning towards the entrance as two very powerful and familiar figures enter the bar. There were gasps of surprise and it seemed like people stopped breathing. Jeongguk lets the lady enter first and then goes inside followed by his guards and assistant that lead him to a place distant from the crowd. 

He was in his usual business look but still was able to rob the breath of the people with his sturdy and dominant personality. His grey coat was folded and placed on his arm while the waistcoat was accentuating his defined shoulder muscle, and broad chest, hugging his waist nicely and sleeves were neatly folded till his elbow exposed his arms.

Next to him was the daughter of Yeon, Ella Ji, standing elegantly in a nice red dress, beautiful and bold, tall figure and reserved personality. She smiles a little as Jeongguk gives her way to pass. Then walks next to him to their table.

The waiter pulls the chair for her, and she smoothly throws her hair back in a beautiful way and sits down. Jeongguk sitting opposite her. They talk about something. Mr. Han helped them with the menu and settled down on the table next to them. The guards remain standing turning towards the crowd.

Intimidated by them the crowd goes back to doing what they were busy with and the chatter starts again. This time filled with gossip about the four people of the famous families present in a same place at the same time. 

Chapter 14: Hard to say, difficult to hide

Summary:

Jimin enjoys the show but is left puzzled by Taehyung in the end.

“Why did you stop talking? You are not even watching the interesting scene that I am enjoying” Jimin nudges Taehyung seeing him suddenly very quiet. Taehyung was not aware of what Jimin saw but he already knew who has arrived. He can always know. 

He doesn’t remember when but his heart just starts beating fast whenever Jeongguk is near him. He always gets to know them even when they have not met face to face. It was like Jeongguk has magic to pull him towards himself. Taehyung hates this feeling, this intuition, and wanted to end it but it was impossible, it was innate.

A group of omegas standing not far from him were very loud in their talk and since the time Jeongguk entered they have been acting like a fan, not able to conceal their excitement and talking about his every move and fawning over his etiquette and appearance. 

They were even impressed with Ella and were discussing her fashion sense. Their loud conversations made Taehyung know whom Jeongguk was accompanying. He chuckles drinking more “So he has time for this but not for my calls,” he says bitterly.

Jimin was lost in thinking of good headlines for his magazine article and prepared to snap some pics and earn fame from his cousins. He was not able to hear what Taehyung just said and leans in to ask “What?” 

“Nothing. Go and disturb your brother, not me.” Taehyung bites his words. “Who does he think he is?” The drink starts to speak on behalf of Taehyung making Jimin amused.

Jimin witnessed how much in childhood Taehyung was fond of Jeongguk and wanted his company. It was annoying at that time but now when he thinks of those times they were memorable and made him smile. The Taehyung of now has changed, he doesn’t carry his heart on his sleeve anymore and has learned the art to keep things to himself and not show or say anything that he feels. 

Hearing him muttering in anger like that made Jimin amused, he wanted to meet the old Taehyung again that is hiding inside this big one. Taehyung asks for another refill. He was angry for not finding a place to be away from these people. “I will tell him what a hypocrite he is.”

Jimin raises his brow hearing this and then burst into a grin as a mischievous thought crosses his mind. He was well aware that Taehyung and Yeon were not on good terms with each other. He wanted to see how things will go when Taehyung sees Ella sitting with Jeongguk. His childhood crush.

He pats Taehyung on the shoulder to make him turn and see. Taehyung follows his line of sight subconsciously and sees Jeongguk’s back to him. The man was sitting straight and nods at whatever Ella was saying to him. He then stops the waiter and serves her the salad on his own. Taehyung clenches the glass in his hand making the pain shoot and tears him up.

He should not have turned and witnessed it. This scene makes him feel so many things at the same time that he was suffocating. 

“Wow…they can make a nice couple,” Jimin says watching his brother. “At least someone among us in on a date.”

Taehyung feels a pang in his chest and gulps down the drink asking for another. His eyes water, he turns and looks at the two people sitting not far from them again and chuckles “This is how it should be.” He drinks another mouthful and just quietly stares at the back of Jeongguk. The drink never felt this bitter and however hard he wanted to drown he was not getting drunk. 

Irritated he turns to Steve, “Get your new guest the best bottle of wine.” Taehyung points toward Jeongguk’s table. Steve also looks in the direction of the table and hesitates a bit it was Jeongguk that Taehyung was asking to serve. This man is very strict in public, Steve has heard his friends talk about Jeongguk and knows he doesn’t like presents and these kinds of gestures.

He looks again at Taehyung and finds his gaze on him. His legs quickly move to go to fetch a well-stored bottle. Jimin whistles, “And what about me?” He asks, wiggling his eyes, sticking to Taehyung against his wishes.

Taehyung smiles as he calls Steve again and says “If you have rat poison serve it to this man.” Steve tries not to smile. Jimin rolls his eyes.

“This is what I get to accompany you?” He asks offended.

“No one asked for it.”

They start with their bickering Taehyung at this point was too drunk to be bothered and saying whatever he feels for Jimin. Both are ready to throw hands like their younger self. And just like always before the situation escalates the person who always solved their matters approaches them.

The people again become quiet watching the scene intently. It was always a matter of great interest for the people of Gandok to watch the interactions of these big families and know about them and their relations with each other. 

Jimin smiles seeing Jeongguk, he opens his arm ready to embrace his brother but before that he pushes Taehyung “You were saying something about my brother. Why don’t you tell him that face-to-face?” 

“Jimin” Taehyung hears the familiar voice of the true alpha and his back straightens, the familiar pheromones fogs his senses. “Taehyung?” Jeongguk says surprised not expecting him to be here. A turmoil rises inside Taehyung’s heart, he wanted to drown in this soothing pheromones but his rational side wanted to run away from it.

Jimin hugs Jeongguk with a bright smile and then pats Taehyung’s back, “Look my beloved brother is here to meet us.”

Jeongguk's attention was on the omega in front of him. “Taehyung did you send us that drink?” Jeongguk asks seeing Taehyung not greeting or looking at him. Taehyung avoids turning back and doesn’t respond. His grip was tight on the glass, staring at it as if trying to hypnotize it. The pain from the burn makes him grit his teeth.

Jeongguk takes a step closer, he was not expecting Taehyung to be there. It was he and Jin who has decided to put Taehyung at home to not get him involved in any trouble but the omega managed to get out, moreover he could not sense the pheromones of Taehyung. “I thought you…” Jeongguk closes his mouth as Taehyung suddenly stands up.

“You thought I was locked up in the house?” Taehyung chuckles dryly, still not looking at him. He opens his wallet passes the card to Steve and takes a bottle of whiskey “add this to the bill.”

Steve nods and goes to pay the bill. Jeongguk wanted to frame his word nicely but is interrupted by Ella who joins them seeing Jimin there. There was a smile on her face for her cousin. “Jimin,” she says with a smile hugging him, and then notices Taehyung who was still having his back to the three.

Her eyes narrow at his presence. She has read the infamous articles of this person and is aware of his attitude. She has no liking for this man who leaves no chance to defame her father.

“What is he doing here? Is not calling my family traitor enough that he is roaming around freely?” She shows her disdain finding Taehyung they're not at all ashamed of her words. Taehyung chuckles upon hearing it, he takes his card back and turns to meet the eyes of Jeongguk.

“Unlike others, I can differentiate between wrong and right. A dog is a dog even if it tries to act like a wolf.” He glances at Ella once, her pheromones making him lose his temper, he wanted to get close to Jeongguk to not have to bear the smell of her pheromones. Though they were like citrus. Taehyung was not liking a bit of it. His instincts were also telling him to become territorial and push Jeongguk away from her.

He wanted to pull his hair in irritation. She grits her teeth in anger hearing Taehyung’s arrogant statement, ready to teach him a lesson. There were many ears in the place and words like these will be published in the headlines the next day.

She wanted to tear down this man’s pride and make him see the dirty floor but she was not alone there and has a public image to maintain. “The same can be said for you,” She says trying to conceal her hatred.

Jeongguk was surprised not by what Taehyung said but by his appearance. He looked pale, disheveled, tired, and lost. It was like he has lost a battle. His appearance was not like usual. He was not even able to stand straight but was trying hard to throw daggers at Jeongguk. 

Taehyung ignores Ella clearing his ear, seeing his attitude Ella wanted to say give him a dose of poison and put him in his place but a look from Jeongguk makes her stay where she is. It was like Jeongguk was able to sense what she was up to. Angry and embarrassed she asks Jeongguk to just leave this person there and go from there back to their table.

Jeongguk however doesn’t move. Jimin was like a bystander watching the show and eating a snack passed by some waiter. He has a grin throughout the exchange of dialogues. 

Taehyung finds no use in him staying over there anymore and tries to take his exit but Jeongguk stops him.

Jeongguk’s gaze falls on his bandaged hands “What happened?” He asks in concern but Taehyung shrugs his hand away.

Their eyes meet and Taehyung could see the determination in this alpha’s face and eyes. It was like nothing can change him from doing what he wants. Taehyung feels frustration build up in him again. All this time he was trying to suppress his emotions and drink the sorrows but a look from Jeongguk and it all came back like they were never gone.

He almost pleads. “If you care then don’t do what you are doing, this is our place we have to save it not let it go from our hands.”

Jeongguk narrows his eyes and tries to hold Taehyung as he stumbles. Taehyung stares at Jeongguk’s hand on his arm, “You won’t understand how hard it is.” He murmurs.

Jeongguk was not able to understand what he meant and says sincerely “You are drunk let Jimin take you home.” Taehyung chuckles hearing it and looks up at him. He pinches Jeongguk’s cheeks making Jimin almost burst into a laugh. “So caring. If only all this was true.” Jeongguk stands there silently letting him speak while carefully holding him.

“Then why didn’t you pick up my phone?” Taehyung complains pointing at Jeongguk. He glances at Ella who was on the call and shrugs there was no use saying these things.

His frown settles down and a smile appears on his face, being accepting of the situation. “It would have been all fine if things were this way.” 

“No.”

A female voice answers loud enough to reach his ears in the noise. Taehyung jerks back in horror losing his balance. Jeongguk holds him again, worried for him. He turns to Mr. Han and tells him to call Jin. 

Taehyung unaware of this turned to find the same woman again, this time he could see her face more clearly. She was beautiful and the small moon on her forehead shone as she stares at Taehyung, standing quite close to him. Her grey iris pierced Taehyung’s vision, she seemed to be angry at Taehyung. Afraid of her he instinctively moves towards Jeongguk, she glances at Jeongguk and her face changes expression, it was like a surprise washes over her and then she vanishes in thin air.

Taehyung hits Jeongguk on the toe when he moved back. Jeongguk frowns and holds him still. “What’s wrong?”

Taehyung looks at him and then back to search for the woman finding her nowhere his face looks as if he has seen a ghost. He feels like he is turning crazy and will lose his senses completely in no time. Scared of everything he runs away from there. 

Jeongguk calls him but that doesn’t make him stop. Jeongguk looks in the direction Taehyung was looking and sees nothing special. He turns to Jimin who shrugs finding it odd himself. 

Jeongguk enquires from Jimin “What happened to his hand?”

Jimin sets his hair in position and says “His editorial office was sealed then some protestors robbed it and materials were put on fire, he tried to save anything he can.”

Jeongguk was shocked to hear that, so they were the wounds of burn. He was not aware of this, and Yeon told him he will not take any action other than some restrictions and now the protestors caused such a big incident. 

Without further thinking, he runs after Taehyung calling his name but finds him nowhere. His eyes fall on the moon brightly lit in the sky and feels pain in his chest like before. He checks once again but Taehyung was gone. Mr. Han walks to him and tells him Mr. Kim is on call. Disappointed to not find Taehyung, Jeongguk gives up, he glances once more and returns back informing Jin of what he saw.

He looks at the wine Taehyung ordered for them and takes a sip, feeling anxious for some reason and recalling the words said by Taehyung.

Chapter 15: The beta and the dog

Summary:

The ceremony is about to begin and with it the troubles in the pillar's life.

 

Taehyung comes out of the bar anxiously, the first reason was, him seeing that lady again and the other one was, he has to stay away from Jeongguk’s pheromones to not get affected by them. If stayed away in time the pheromones will not affect him much. He hears the call of his name and quickly hides behind a wall to not be seen by Jeongguk.

He watches as Jeongguk looks around calling his name. Clenching the bottle tight to his chest he closes his eyes and leans on the wall, not wanting to be noticed by the alpha. After a while and regulating his breath, he peeks again and sees Jeongguk’s disappointed face. 

Taehyung was surprised that Jeongguk came looking for him and was even upset to not find him. Then Mr. Han comes and the emotions on Jeongguk’s face disappear, Taehyung takes this chance and quickly leaves the place. 

Walking and drinking, he becomes the talk of the passerby who either whispers about him or avoids walking next to him. Taehyung doesn’t care about the opinion of the people, he sees a park and goes inside to rest on the bench, lying down he looks at the starry night.

He was exhausted and wanted to rest for a while, the darkness was soothing for him and the stars made him remember the people whom he love but has left him. His grandparents. “Grandad I miss you.” He stares at the twinkling stars “Have you met Gana and Dokja…are they still together? Will they understand me?… Are they disappointed in me?… Are you?”

There was only silence in response and the loud chirping of crickets. Taehyung takes a few more sips from the bottle. His phone starts to ring. He sniffles and takes it out, wiping his eyes, he squints and stares at the caller ID showing “Jinnie hyung” He keeps looking at the screen. Then as the ring stops he turns the phone off. 

“Sorry, I want to be alone.” He says as an apology, muttering it to himself.

The cool air causes a shiver. Taehyung turns to one side and lies in the fetal position. “I won’t give up easily” He mutters. The breeze feels like lulling him to sleep. He dozes off in the calm of the night, and the bottle slips from his hand and rolls over to one side. The lady in white stands there watching him, then slowly sits on the grass, pulling her leg near to her chest, she stares at him. 

“No sense of fear, this is how chosen ones are…but you are causing your suffering. Acknowledge me.” She says softly. Her voice was calm and her presence divine. Taehyung’s body relaxes as she touches his forehead, pushing away the hair covering his forehead. 

She then looks up at the moon and hums slowly in a beautiful mild tone, like a mother singing a lullaby to her young ones. Taehyung quickly falls in deep sleep and a dream appears, he finds himself running around a foggy place but he was not anxious, a beautiful humming sound calls him towards it, he was not afraid of what he will witness, this sound was helping him to see the path clearly, he gasps and a smile appears on his face as the sound leads him to a field of flowers. He is mesmerized by the beauty but before he could touch the flowers, he hears a deep voice call his name.

“Taehyung.” Jeongguk’s voice reaches his ear making him shiver and open his eyes. He sits up and hisses feeling soreness in his body from sleeping on the wooden bench. He looks up at the sky that was slowly turning lighter. The sun was about to appear in the sky. 

He gets up and comes out of the park walking slowly toward his home. There were few people on street. Some cleaned the place, others got up early for exercises while some doing their work, and few medical shops were opened but it seems like the city was still asleep and quiet. Taehyung stretches his back and starts to walk looking for a vending machine to drink something. His head was in slight pain and his mouth dry.

 

 

 

After walking a while finally he finds a vending machine and takes out his wallet, pressing the buttons on the machine he yawns and waits to collect the bottle. He hears a groan not far from him. Taehyung tries to avoid it but there was bark and a dog comes near him sniffing him. The dog backs away as Taehyung looks at it. Then barks at him anxiously wanting his attention.

He hears the painful groan of the man again. Taehyung quickly washes his face and follows as the dog trots away toward the voice of his master. Taehyung smells the pheromones of a beta lying on the side of the road with a dog sitting near him and sniffing him anxiously, running around the lying man.

He squats near them and stares at the man, he now notices the dog and how weak the dog was looking. The dog gets alert as Taehyung puts his palm on the beta’s forehead to check his temperature. Finding him not harming the owner, the dog goes to his previous position.

Taehyung shakes the man, “Mister, you need to go to the hospital. I will call an ambulance.” Taehyung says. He still was a bit dizzy but sober enough to make sense of the situation. The man lazily opens his eyes and looks up at him.

“Moon goddess?” He says to Taehyung.

Taehyung narrows his eyes hearing that and smiles. It is not the first time he has heard it but Taehyung doesn’t believe in all this, all he believes is in his actions. “You are high on fever and deluding yourself, it is just me a passerby.” The man nods but keeps staring. He wanted to say more but was not as the coughing fit starts.

 

“Let me call an ambulance for you.” Taehyung tries to take out his phone but the man stops him again. His gaze was hazy and his body trembling. He shakes his head “Too late.”

Seeing his gaze fixed on him, Taehyung stands up goes to the vending machine and takes out several more snacks and bottles of milk then comes back to them and calls the man. “There is not much I can do at the moment, it is still early in the morning but have something to eat.”

The man weakly looks at him and tells him to feed his dog “Lizu is hungry.” His mouth was dry and his speech was not clear. Not even loud. Taehyung understands him, his hearing was better than others, he looks at the two and sighs. Sitting in his expensive clothes on the street he helps the man to get up. The dog gets anxious seeing this and sits up on its two legs, barking weakly at Taehyung, then licks the hand of the man as his body trembles.

Taehyung makes the man leaning on the wall and speaks “Let’s talk after you have eaten.”

He puts the straw in the water bottle and helps the man to sip from it then takes out another packet of snacks and puts it in his palm to feed the dog. The two feed from his hands, the man watches him and asks “Why are you helping us?”

Hearing this sudden question, he was also puzzled but nothing comes to his mind. “I don’t know,” Taehyung says being honest. He was just passing by but couldn’t ignore them.

The beta nods feebly. His face was wrinkled, pale, and dirty. He had been on the streets for quite a while. His clothes were tattered and the dog was also not doing well.

Taehyung looks at them and says. “I am afraid.”

The man who seemed to have a little strength was not able to understand at first. Taehyung continues looking at the clear sky and silent street “What if I have gone mad? What if I can’t see the future anymore? What if this is the last minute of my freedom? Of Gandok’s freedom…I am afraid I am a failure.”

The beta takes a break and stares at Taehyung, he smiles, “We all are.”

Then removes Taehyung hand not wanting to drink anymore. He glances at his dog whom Taehyung was feeding milk now. Taehyung quickly tries to open the carton of milk but the beta declines. “My mother used to say Gandok knows to survive on its own, we contribute nothing.” He wheezes and coughs more. 

“It has fallen and then risen again depending on the goddesses whose blessings are still with us. You, my friend, need not worry.” It takes a long time for him to complete the sentence but seeing how patient Taehyung is and how he is helping them without asking anything in return he wanted to console this kind human and also got the courage to speak.

Taehyung remains quiet hearing it, he then tears open a packet of small bread and hands it to the man. The man slowly takes it in his hand and stares at it, looking at the food as if it had brought up some old memories.

“I am sorry this was the only thing available in such a short time,” Taehyung thinks that the man didn’t like the bread and milk. The beta smiles holding it tightly in his hand and shakes his head.

“I lived with my mother, worked in a big company, was able to pay bills, and own a small apartment. Then greed and power took control over me. I did all I can to earn money, affecting the lives of others. I lived a lavish life, women, luxuries everything. Then my mother passed away.” Tears fall from his eyes as he recalls it. His voice was slow like a whisper. Taehyung had to lean in to understand.

“You don’t need to tell me your reason. We should go to the hospital. You will get better soon” Taehyung pats the back of the beta as he coughs again. 

The beta stubbornly shakes his head “I prayed for this moment and you came here. This dog remained even when I treated it badly, it stuck to me, in my worst of times, it wagged its tail waiting for me. I was angry about it, starved it, and kept it locked but it didn’t leave me. Then one day I got trapped in my net and was thrown away by my colleagues to hell.”

“A big scandal and I got my karma. here I am on the streets now with no one recognizing me but you took pity on me and helped me, this is what mother meant when she said it rises and fall and stands up again. If you fail today you will succeed the other day. If not you then someone else will, that’s how life is.”

Taehyung pats the head of the dog who was obediently lying down near Taehyung recognizing him as a friend.

“In this life, I have met all sorts of people but only a few left an impact. I think I have seen you before somewhere.”

Taehyung smiles “I am just an ordinary person.” The man wheezes again.

“Then you have judged yourself wrong. There is something in you that you need not fight but accept.” Taehyung sits next to the man and leans on the wall looking at the rising sun.

“Is it always this peaceful?” he asks mesmerized. The sunlight falls on their faces, making his face shine with the golden light.

The man smiles “Yes this is the most beautiful time of the day. I prayed this moment to be my last and wanted someone to take care of Lizu for me. I never cared for this dog enough. Now I want to repent. Can I? Please look after him” Taehyung sees tears fall from the beta’s eyes. 

“He needs you,” Taehyung says anxiously, he has been calling the ambulance while talking to the man but no one was picking up the phone. The man coughs and his face almost turns blue with a lack of oxygen.

The dog also sits up anxiously. It checks its master and whines. The light in the digital billboard suddenly lights up and advertisements start to show up. Today is the ceremony to officially provide the seat and title to Yeon Ji and Jeongguk Jeon. The advertisement was displaying the achievements of Yeon as a pillar.

It praised his works in every field, especially in trade and business and the increase in the economy. It showed his undying love for this land and its people and the happy family that Yeon made here. Taehyung shakes his head his focus was on the sick beta and was continuously trying to reach out to other hospitals for an ambulance.

He sees as the beta coughs blood and stands up to look out for any pharmacy near. The beta stops him but he was restless. The dog starts barking towards the empty street.

Taehyung turns and finds several men in Gandok’s police uniform taking their positions around the place. He narrows his eyes. The beta also gets afraid of seeing it. The men look at the two and avoid them. Then one of the officers comes to them and tells them to leave the place and find somewhere else to lie down.

Frowning Taehyung asks them to help him as the beta is very sick and he can’t reach out to emergency services. The alpha glances at the sick beta and shrugs. 

“We have closed every shop and service for the time being in this area. The grand caravan of the superiors will move from near here. This place is under high-rated security till the time the ceremony gets over. Your friend has to adjust for a while.”

Taehyung wanted to throw his hands hearing it, he shouts losing his composure. “These are emergency services, what if someone needs it urgently, you will let them suffer for something like this?”

“Listen, mister, there has been lots of violent protest and hooliganism in the streets, it is because of the people of this place, that the ministry is bound to take these actions. This is under the orders and supervision of Jeons, you can understand what level of security there is going to be. Take your friend somewhere else. A few blocks away from here, there is a home of a doctor maybe he can help.”

Taehyung doesn’t say anything else he gets down and pulls the beta on his back pushing him up he quickly runs for the way the policeman told him to. 

“Can’t we help them?” One of the policemen asks pitying them.

“They are just homeless, no one wants them, many die daily, how many are you going to help? Take your position” The officer says and orders others to get in position.

Taehyung grits his teeth hears it and runs fast the dog follows him, they are noticed by everyone present there but none come forward to help. He grits his teeth seeing the force everywhere, frustrated with the situation and nervous for the beta. He does his best to run fast.

The beta coughs more blood, staining Taehyung’s clothes, and then quiets down. Taehyung was panting with the running but still doesn’t give up and started searching for the house he was told about.

He reaches the place and presses the doorbell several times. An old man comes out ready to scold the intruder but seeing Taehyung in such a condition, he gets worried and asks about the matter. Taehyung pants and forcefully voices and in pain tells him the condition of beta and quickly asks him to treat him.

The old man brings them inside and tells the man to lay down the beta on the bench. As soon as Taehyung puts the man down, his hands fall limply to the side. Afraid Taehyung looks at the doctor. 

The doctor checks the pulse and eyes of the beta and says Taehyung brought him late. The doctor couldn’t help as the beta is already gone. Taehyung frightened of what he just heard was not able to understand at first, he just looks at the man who seemed like he is sleeping. 

He then touches his back and chuckles dryly without any humor in his eyes. “Have I brought the wrong person? There is a mistake maybe, I was in a hurry.” The doctor looks at him in pity.

“We were talking a while back he told me about his mother, I made him drink water but didn’t force him to have milk and bread.” The old doctor quietly listens. “I should have not listened to him.” 

“You could not have helped him anyway,” The doctor says.

Taehyung moves back hearing it, he brushes his dirty fingers over his hair and repeats what the doctor said: “He can’t…” Tears well up in his eyes and a nauseating feeling develops in his gut. The doctor pats him on the shoulder. “Call your family and inform them.”

Taehyung stares at the doctor “I don’t know him, not even his name. He didn’t tell.” He looked lost.

The doctor sighs hearing it, he checks Taehyung again, then calls someone, an old lady comes to him, and he speaks to her slowly then both glance at Taehyung. “I will help you to cremate him.”

Taehyung nods, he hears the bark of the dog and turns to see the tears in its eyes. His head feels clouded, only thought coming to his mind was, this is a dream, he will wake up and things will be fine.

He doesn’t have much memory of how the cremation took place, he was there through it all, heard the prayers, did the rituals, and walked back in the car. It was when the car stops that he comes to his senses.

“We will have to wait till the ceremony gets over,” The doctor says. Taehyung looks up and sees the digital screen showing the oath being taken by Yeon and Jeongguk standing there. A drop of tear falls from his eyes and a thought comes to his mind.

It all happened because of them.  

Chapter 16: The dice in enemy's court.

Summary:

Yeon takes the power as a leader and sets rule for his people.

 

Jeongguk runs through the track early in the morning, the sweat dropping from his forehead, slipping through his neck, and soaking his sweatshirt. A few guards were standing on the turns, guarding, and alert if he needs any help. 

Jeongguk has to mostly busy himself with work and sometimes has irregular working hours so he maintained a strict routine of exercise every morning. The early morning run is very important for him and he never misses it since the time he joined the military, he has been regular in taking the morning exercise routine strictly. It also helps him to regulate his pheromones easily. 

He looks up at the rising sun, his eyes looking brighter in the morning orange light. He increases his speed and takes a few more laps before his watch rings and it was time for him to stop. He slows down, the attendants quickly come to him one having a towel and the other a bottle of water. One takes his headphones away. 

He goes inside to freshen up, he was at his home this weekend. Jeongguk has his own house, and it is convenient to be there after late hours or early morning of work but during weekends or special events, he stays at his parents’ home. 

Today is one of those days. He goes to his room knowing well his family will make the first meal a little longer for him with their gossip and plans for his future. This happens always. 

As he walks down after readying himself. His parents and brother were already settled in the dining, there was a loud and angry noise of his mother coming out. Jeongguk stops not being used to these loud noises and assesses the situation before joining them.

His mother was irritated with the subject of their conversation. Several maids greet him, and he nods at them but his attention was taken away by his mother.

“It seems like Kims don’t discipline him enough, is this how one should play with their history, he does it deliberately to pinch us. This happens when you don’t take responsibility as a parent.” Mrs. Jeon says and pushes the magazine away in disinterest.

Her younger son watches her and scolds, “Mama should not talk while eating.” He pushes his specs up.

Mrs. Jeon looks at her son lovingly and smiles “Baby it is you who is eating…just look at my little one, so well mannered.” She pats her son’s head. Then suddenly makes a face as if remembering something awful.

“Listen don’t talk to that hyung you met at the party again.” She tries to educate her son.

“Taehyung hyung?…” Jaehan recalls happily “He is nice. Why can’t I talk to him?” He asks puzzled. 

Mrs. Jeon makes a face hearing it “What is so good about him? You will have a wrong influence being by his side.”

Mr. Jeon glances up from his newspaper to his wife and shakes his head in disapproval, “Don’t teach him things like this, you have never met that boy for long how can you judge him?” Mr. Jeon asks.

Mrs. Jeon was not embarrassed by her actions and says “This magazine is proof of his rebellious nature and inadequate behavior. You men hide things but in my group of friends they were all mocking and whispering behind our backs, my poor sister-in-law was not able to say a word.” Mrs. Jeon says aggrieved just thinking of the party she attended and felt humiliated.

“Only you have the guts to call her poor.” Mr. Jeon was amused and goes back to reading the newspaper.

The long table had various dishes and beautiful antique cutleries and dishes. The food wafts mouth-watering smell. It was all prepared according to the likings of their elder son who has a very special day today. The proud parents were waiting for Jeongguk to begin the breakfast. Meanwhile, Mrs. Jeon read the article in the infamous magazine and fumed in anger. She has read it several times already.

“What has Taehyung done this time to make mama so angry in the morning?” Jeongguk walks in and asks. He gets closer to his parents greeting them respectfully and hugging his mother. Jaehan quickly greets him. Jeongguk looks at him and then sits next to him.

“Your mother is very angry with the young master of the Kim family.” Mr. Jeon points at the magazine. He has seen Taehyung as a child several times accompanying his father and grandfather. The child was a bundle of energy but not harmful. 

Jeongguk's eyes fall to the cover page of ‘the turbulence’ magazine and get the idea of what the matter could have been. Taehyung has written another controversial article for his mother to feel this way. She is like that each time something related to Yeon is written she gets her blood pressure high, thinking about her sister-in-law.

Jeongguk says nothing. He has already read the article and has seen how it affected the government, how it poked the wounds of the people Taehyung might have wanted to do, and also how it affected Taehyung and his family. He asks the butler to put the magazine away.

The butler nods handing the magazine to a maid and asking her to put it in the store. He then serves Jeongguk and others breakfast. But Mrs. Jeon’s gaze was on the magazine that was taken away. She boils up again as if waiting for Jeongguk to show her disapproval of that Kim kid.

“Can you imagine what goes on in this person’s head? How troubled was my sister after reading it and Ji’s would not tolerate this nonsense.” She says looking at Jeongguk wanting his opinion.

“Though not all facts are written, the history can’t be considered as wrong, I am amazed that he has so much knowledge of Gandok,” Mr. Jeon says making Mrs. Jeon chuckle dryly.

“You are worried about the facts?” She scolds.

Mr. Jeon ignores her statement. “And his other articles make me remind of my time as a young man.” Mr. Jeon smiles adding fuel to the fire. The Jeon couples were family-oriented people, their love for family and friends was immense and it is reflected in Jeongguk’s nature also.

Mrs. Jeon or Bella Jeon has a big social circle and likes to gain media attention with all her parties and meetings with friends. She likes to dress well and buy all sorts of expensive and antique items to decorate her house. 

Eric Jeon is simple compared to her, he is not that ambitious but has a good insight into things. He is a very learned man and a decent human being, very well known for his humble nature. They are very good parents and have created a very warm atmosphere at home.

Their house is considered luxurious and classy ranking second in the beautiful houses of Gandok. First in ranking is Kim’s, with its beautiful design, interiors, and facilities. Mrs. Jeon is always silently competing with Mrs. Kim as fueled by her friends.

But that’s not all to her, she is a good mother, a good sister, and cares for the people around her. She even treats her maids and butlers like a family. She just gets influenced easily is all.

Jaehan was not able to understand why his mother was so angry with the handsome hyung he met at the party when he has been so friendly with him. He comes happy as the name is mentioned in front of him by his family and curiously asks his brother.

“Hyung when can I meet Taehyungie hyung again?” Jaehan asks making Jeongguk look at him.

He sees the happiness in his brother’s eyes and knows Jaehan has grown fond of Taehyung but this name is like a taboo to them at the moment and he was not sure what the future holds.

“It is difficult to say,” Jeongguk answers slowly. He knows certain things are going to change from today onwards. 

“Stop saying his name and eat your meal quietly.” Mrs. Jeon scolds Jaehan.

She then looks excitedly towards Jeongguk, “How did the date with Ella go?” She wiggles her eyes. Her husband shakes his head again keeping the paper aside and eating the meal.

They had everything and the only thing now Mrs. Jeon wanted was a good partner for her son. Yeon has talked to them about his daughter and they were considering this proposal.

“It was not a date. We were just there for work. It was dinner time so she proposed to go to that place.” Jeongguk says sincerely making Mrs. Jeon disappointed but she doesn’t give up.

“She is a very hard-working and beautiful lady with proper manners and way of talking. What do you think?” She tries to get an answer from Jeongguk.

Jeongguk thinks about the evening and Taehyung comes to his mind, his disheveled appearance and disappointed face have impacted JeongguK. He recalls the words Taehyung has said to him and with doubt, he turns to his father and asks. 

“Dad, am I doing this right?” He asks as if unsure of where this all is going.

Mr. Jeon was not expecting this question from his son. Jeongguk has never asked anything like this before. Always sure and sticks to his decisions and makes plans for himself. This uncertainty was new and he was taken by surprise.

He wipes his mouth and looks up at his son, “You have been stronger than us, more diligent, strategic but there are times when even the uniform doesn’t do the needed justice…Just remember never to let down your conscience.” He answers, recalling the words said by Jeongguk’s grandfather when he was made the head of Jeons. Now it seems his son also requires the same advice. 

Jeongguk looks down at his plate and nods. The meal then goes on silently as Bella also feels it was no use to disturb her son for some trivial matters. It is his big day and he needs to feel good. They make jokes and talk about here and there, small little harmless talks. 

They were interrupted by the butler who informs them of the arrival of the uniform that he has to wear for the occasion. The master tailor was also there to dress him up. 

Jeongguk nods, he looks at his parents “Have you done your preparations?”

The two nods and Jaehan says a sweet yes. “Okay, then I will leave first.”

He gets up and goes out. Mr. Han was waiting for him, as soon as he sees Jeongguk, he and the tailor quickly bows to him. Jeongguk looks at his assistant and asks something that was on his mind.

“Did you contact Jin, was Tae…young master Kim able to reach home?”

Mr. Han shakes his head “Mr. and Mrs. Kim arrived yesterday. It seems the family was busy and didn’t pick up my phone. We can hope for the best” He answers. Jeongguk nods not dwelling further on it and leads the master tailor to his dressing room.

The program was to be started early in the morning by 9 am with the welcome of all dignitaries. Jeongguk, Jin, and Yeon arrive before the time to supervise once all the preparations and smooth proceedings of the ceremony. They were hosting such a big event in Gandok and wanted to show others how beautiful their land is.

The three were wearing buttoned-up fitting uniforms with golden strings and buttons attached to the right, matching pants and hats carrying the emblem of the pillars, the three wolves. The boots were shining and adding beauty to the whole attire. Jeongguk wore black, Jin had white color and Yeon was wearing a green color uniform. 

The three looked like major military personnel attracting the attention of everyone present. The meeting was organized in the hall of the Pillars where the three live broadcasts the meetings. In the compound of the building, snacks were served and lunch preparations were being made to be carried out after the event.

Many major companies put their efforts to make this ceremony the best. The three stand on the platform and welcome the members of the ministry as they appear on the stage when their name is called and their titles are told. They shake hands and get seated. 

The families of the pillars and the ministries all occupied the front rows and seats and the back ones were for the press. 

The journalists were very excited as they could see all the dignitaries sitting together and their families who usually are not there to be present here at the moment. It was a big event.

Their main attention was on Mr. and Mrs. Kim who had arrived in Gandok after a long time. It has been months. They are a young-looking beautiful couple. Jin has similarities with his father while Taehyung with his mother. 

Isa Kim was looking beautiful with her blonde hair and red gown. She is always praised for her sense of fashion. Gareth Kim sitting next to her, suited in blue looked happy and proud of her son. They were very elegant and reserved and spoke only a few words and smiled as others congratulated them. 

They would occasionally exchange a few words with each other and smile. When young they were the highest-rated couple and the people of Gandok always liked to watch their little interactions and talk about how much love these two held in their eyes for each other. 

The charm was not lost on the audience watching the live broadcast from home or streets applauding as they see the couple. They quickly become the talk of the media as seen after a long time.

The live telecast of the program was done and the whole of the Gandok was watching the ceremony. The people were given a day off to not miss the ceremony. 

All the eyes were fixed on the pearls of Gandok, shining in their uniforms. The program starts with the trumpets and music performance of the squad trained by the Jeons corporation, which showed their skills in combat.

Followed by it was a documentary on the Gandok of the past and its development in it under Yeon’s leadership.

It showed the achievements of the pillars and the necessity felt during their reign, of a head leader that was before the custom of this place. Three positions were decided by the ministry for the three heads of the big families.

Yeon is the leader making the laws, Jeongguk the General commanding the discipline and Jin is the chief for carrying out the technological check and rule on the whole of Gandok’s technological freedom and advancement. 

Jin’s position was decided by the ministry after pressure from the Kim family and Yeon was not happy or ready for it. He wanted only two positions but has to reconcile under the pressure.

The names of the three were called in the order of their position and the title along with the badges were pinned to their uniforms. The proud parents' Jeon and Kim applaud as their son is given the title. 

After the titles were given the three take oath loudly to serve Gandok and the people and show their sincerity in providing justice, equality, and safety of the place and work for the land’s prosperity.

As the audience settles down and the official title and power are handed over to Yeon. He wastes no time and goes to the podium, happy and excited he looks up at the camera during the live telecast and says. 

“I, Yeon Ji, the proud descendent of the Ji family, today thank you all for fulfilling the wish of my forefathers. They always grieved and wanted to see the Gandok as it was before and today I achieved it. But this is just the beginning, with the help of the two families we will establish the same unity and strength of this place as it was before.”

“I dreamt last night where I saw a handsome man calling himself Dokja smiling at me. He said he has hopes for me. I bowed to my great ancestor and took his blessings. Today when I stood here I am more confident and sure of what I am doing is right for this place.” The Ji family applauds loudly, others join them.

Yeon continues with a somber expression, “The time has come to put things back in order as it was before. Who else other than the Ji knows what this place needs and requires.”

“My ancestors have served this land most systematically and peacefully. It is because of their blood, sweat, and tears that we have grown up to be the Gandok of today and I would not let any foreign undercover organization take that prestige, that peace, and equality away.”

“We will catch Umbra and end their terror. We have always risen together and we will this time. I will carry you all on my wings to the heights we have never thought before but for every larger goal, we are tested by the Gods, and sacrifices are to be given.”

“From this moment onwards Gandok will work on certain rules for the smooth functioning of the government. No omegas will be allowed to step outside the house after 10 p.m.” there was silence in the hall. The ministers were smiling and Ji's family again applauded for Yeon's others joining in.

But the ones watching the news were not. The journalists look at each other, and the families all talk slowly. Jimin quietly watches and smiles watching the reaction of the people.

Yeon continues “No one is allowed to protest or plan rallies.”

“It is mandatory for omegas to wear collars and alphas to spend their time in rut centers during emergencies. We are going to open several rut centers for the well-being of our strong working force i.e, alphas.”

“Alphas can use betas as their rut partners with their consent. The betas will also fill up the workplaces for the omegas and alphas who are not well.”

“In case any kind of malpractice is found the punishment will be severe.”

“The J.S. F. A. T (Jeon's special forces of arms and tactics) will take up control for the safety and discipline of the people.”

 

“The press has the power to write articles criticizing the policies but no articles or thoughts on the defamation of the three big families and the leaders will be entertained. There will be strict actions against the one involved in it.”

“No one is allowed to write stories or poetries that may instigate or hurt the feeling of people or cause rebel in them.”

“Even the pillars will have their data checked in times of emergencies. No one is above law.”

“In case of discrepancy the titles of the leaders can also be taken away, your conscience for work ethics is important.”

“Kim corporations will thoroughly check the sites promoting anti agenda against the ministry and sites feeding wrong information and history to the people and take strict actions. We need to discipline our youth and youngsters and promote the feeling of equality. We will focus on giving them the right information and materials to enhance their knowledge so that no foreign organization can cause a rift in our society.”

“More laws will be passed and provided as per the demands of the situation. I request you all to help the government in catching Umbra. The snake is a venomous creature, hiding it by your side is fatal.”

“With this, we look forward to happy cooperation and a wonderful future ahead. Thank you.”

The ministers all stand up and applaud the power of Yeon Ji. He bows to them and then gets down coming near Jeongguk.

They have just taken a breather when the message tone in their mobiles rings at the same time. All already familiar with the tone become quiet knowing well an uninvited guest has arrived. They quickly check their phones and gape reading the congratulatory message from Umbra.

 

“It is my honor to be addressed by the new leader of Gandok in his first speech. I congratulate you and hope you enjoy the small period of power that you will be holding. Just was disappointed and wanted to ask Yeon Ji. 

 

On this special day, the Ji family looked enthusiastic but they lack two members, was wondering were Lady Ovisia and her son were not invited or if my eyes are deceiving me and they are there. :)” 

Yeon fumes reading the message. Ovisia, his kept woman whom he very cunningly tries to keep away from the eyes of the media and people was called out in front of so many people. He sees his wife looking at him in hatred and also finds the official smirking reading the message. 

They were enjoying it silently, he wanted to break their necks and make them taste dirt. Jin wanted to laugh but composes himself. It was about Gandok so he does what is best suited for the moment.

To distract people he goes to the podium and says his small speech. "I, Jin belonging to the very prestigious Kim family will hold my responsibilities sincerely and believe in the Gods of Gandok that integrity and peace will come to this land." 

Yeon applauds loudly, for the first time thankful to the Kim family. He composes himself thinking this is not the time for revenge-seeking.

Jeongguk lost in several thoughts, also says a few words, "I, Jeongguk Jeon, have and will always do my duty with a pure conscience." 

Yeon quickly walks towards Jeongguk as he steps down.  “It is time you show your loyalty to Gandok. We have the leads, collect the proofs and catch that young master who has been deceiving us all with his lamb-like appearance.”

Jeongguk was quiet throughout the ceremony, he didn’t feel the laws put on people were in any way human but remains quiet as he was always told to listen and believe in the government or the leader. 

Sometimes even the lion when kept in bars acts as a pet, not knowing what powers it holds. 

The message from the Umbra made him restless as he knew what Yeon was planning, he feels a sudden jolt in his heart but still nods. There was no delaying this any further.

Chapter 17: Fall of a hero

Summary:

The one against the flow struggles the most.

Taehyung watched the whole ceremony, saw his parents, and how Jin saved the day for Yeon. He saw the reaction of people. Some celebrated while some were doubtful. He and the doctor waited in the car till the traffic was allowed to move.

By the time their car started moving, he felt tired. Lizu was quiet, heartbroken with how its master left. Taehyung was sad but was also exhausted, he knew he was going to get scolded by his parents now that they are here and had found out that he ran away from home.

He goes to the old doctor's house after the traffic jam clears up. The wife of the doctor had prepared a meal for them. She looks at Taehyung in pity and asks him to wash up before going out, he still had blood stains on his shirt.

Taehyung just nods not knowing how to thank the two people who helped him in time he was not able to think straight. He takes whatever clothes were offered to him and after a long time looks at himself in the mirror.

Taehyung was not able to recognize himself. He looked different, distraught, sighing he splashes water on his face and then turns on the shower. The warm shower gives him relief, he closes his eyes staying in the warmth and letting his body get cleansed of all dirt and thoughts.

When he opens his eyes and looks at himself in the mirror, a crescent moon shines on his forehead. He gets scared by the glowing symbol and stumbles back almost slipping but catches the handle on the wall in time. 

Afraid of what he saw, he nervously looks back at his image but there was nothing now, his forehead was clear of any symbol like it never existed and it was just his hallucination.

Scared, he gets out of the shower and dries himself. His hand pauses thinking about something. He looks towards the door then at the clothes that he wore before and takes out a small bottle and drinks the content, emptying the bottle. 

His face scrunches in distaste but thinks become fine after a moment. He clears his throat and comes out to meet the old couple. The old lady with a loose bun and several wrinkles on her face sees him and smiles.

“So handsome you are young man. Come eat before the food gets cold.” Taehyung smiles upon hearing it. He notices they have fed Lizu a meal, the dog was not touching it so the doctor was coaxing it and telling life goes on.

Taehyung feels the warmth run through him. His eyes tear up and he looks down at his plate. The woman serves him a big serving of food. He hides his tears by eating a mouthful to change his mood. The food was good making him eat more than he intended. 

He spends an hour with them and tells them who he is. They were shocked but said nothing about his image or talk about anything related to the matter. Their focus was on the dog and him alone. 

Taehyung decides to make Lizu stay with them for the time being and when he has prepared everything at home, he will come back for the dog again. The old couple agrees to it. They were living alone. They had a daughter who is married and living happily with her family. A company of a dog was a good idea for them.

Thanking the couple several times Taehyung takes his leave but hears the whine of Lizu. The dog was still crying about the loss. This makes Taehyung feel pain in his chest. He sits down in front of Lizu and rubs the face of the dog lovingly.

“I won’t abandon you. Just give me some time. My instincts say it is not the right time for you to come.” Taehyung gets up and runs away from there, not turning back or he would become weak for the dog.

He wanted to first assess the situation and then go back home. He wanted to talk to Namjoon but before he could dial the number, Yoongi calls him.

Surprised by his sudden call, Taehyung quickly wipes his eyes, he receives the call, clearing his throat he greets Yoongi. 

He hears the irritated response from Yoongi. “What did you do this time Taehyung?” Yoongi asks enquiring him.

“What did I do?” Taehyung asks back narrowing his eyes. 

Yoongi seems to speak slowly and informs him “Jeongguk Jeon was here, he left after talking with Hoseok that this witch is not telling me about. They checked our lab. I have my theory that he knows about everything.”

Taehyung halts hearing it, he sees the building of his dorm in front and feels his heartbeat quicken. Jeongguk was somewhere near, his heart could tell. He contemplates what to do next when Yoongi speaks up, “I told you it is too risky but you and Hoseok didn’t listen to me. Now he has closed his lab for an unknown amount of time. Do you think he is pressurized to do so?”

Taehyung’s grip tightens on the phone “Tell Hoseok hyung I am sorry to be a bother. I will do everything I can to return the favor he has done to me.”

Yoongi was surprised to hear it. He didn’t want the favor in return, he was just feeling uneasy. He sighs. “All I could say is, you should be careful. He is an intimidating person. I don’t know how Hoseok was able to smile seeing him.”

“This day was ought to come. I just didn’t expect it to be so quick.” Yoongi felt dread hearing Taehyung’s serious tone. 

“Is everything okay with you? You are at home right?” He enquires again.

Taehyung avoids answering the first question, “Thanks for warning me hyung. I will go back to my house after collecting some things from my dorm. Goodbye.” He hears a sharp inhale and quickly disconnects the phone not wanting to be scolded at the moment. 

He walks quickly towards the building. His mind was telling him to stop and run away but his heart pulling towards the building. He reaches the stairs when his mother calls him. They were all on time as if warning him to think again before taking action.

Taehyung chews on his lower lip and tries to delay but his mother keeps calling him. Defeated, he picks up the phone, she too was sounding tired and anxious. “Where are you?”

She asks quickly, Taehyung rubs his nape and answers truthfully “Dorm.”

Her voice becomes loud hearing this and she inhales deeply “What are you doing there? You are freaking me out? Were not you told to stay at home?” There was something said behind to which she responded “I know what I am doing.” 

Taehyung sighs in irritation. He was not a kid. Hiding things from him and feeling they could save him this way was them being childish. “How do you expect me to stay locked up?” 

She softens her voice hearing this. “Mom apologizes for that but it was the only way to keep you safe, please come back or I am sending someone to pick you up. You don’t know what is happening here.” Taehyung could hear her cursing silently then hears her trembling voice.

“Have you eaten? You were not in your dorm the previous night…” She starts asking and getting worried. Taehyung closes his eyes hearing her worried tone. Only a mother can sense when her child is in danger. He wanted to tell her but stops thinking she will know it eventually.

Taehyung could run away and hide or go back home but whatever he does his family has to get the backlash. He has caused trouble for them because of his nature. 

Taehyung wanted to listen to her more, feel her embrace, it has been long since he heard her he could only say. “I love you Mom and I am sorry.” His voice trembles. She stops whatever she was asking and Taehyung hears her whimper. 

“Mom loves you too much.” She passes the mobile to his father. Taehyung knows she might have got emotional hearing this and could hear his father and butler asking what has happened anxiously.

Before his father could speak he disconnects the phone and stands in front of the door, seeing it being unlocked. He takes a deep breath. Then looks around and finds a vase picking it up, he throws the flower and holds it in his hand then enters the room. 

Elian never leaves the door open, he doesn’t like the pheromones of others coming in so Taehyung knew it is some intruder and his heart knows well who that intruder is.

Taehyung stops as he sees the black uniform of the intruder, and has his back on him. He recognizes who this person is, he could smell the strong pheromones. 

Jeongguk speaks up looking around the room “So this is the place where you stay, study, and make plans. Didn’t expect it to be so nicely decorated.” He stares at the several photographs of Elian and Taehyung and his group on the wall. 

Then turns just in time and looks at Taehyung. His gaze was deep and holding many questions. His hands were in his pocket and back straight and his expression somber.

Taehyung stares at Jeongguk, the cap with gold lining and emblem was suiting him. The dress was a good fit and if not for the situation and his hatred towards this being he would have complimented Jeongguk but seeing him here in his room makes Taehyung nervous and fume in anger.

“What are you doing here?” Taehyung asks still holding the vase. Jeongguk’s eyes fall on it and he raises his brow hearing the sharp tone. Leaning on the study desk, he folds his hands over his chest.

“I will gladly answer your question but before that, I just want to know what are you up to Taehyung. What have you been planning all this time?” 

Taehyung chuckles hearing this “At least I have a clear conscience not like you, the government puppet.”

“Taehyung.” Jeongguk says sharply and points at the contents on the desk “Do you recognize these things?” Taehyung’s face pales seeing the items, it was inhibitors, blockers, pheromones scents, etc. He has hidden very safely but Jeongguk somehow got them all.

His patience loses, past days of struggles resurfacing, when young he admired Jeongguk. He always felt that Jeongguk was best suited for the head of Gandok with his abilities. But the Jeongguk that was now in front of him with the badges on his chest and the position he held. It made Taehyung lose his composure.

He throws the water from the vase over Jeongguk’s face. The alpha was able to react quickly but still can’t protect his uniform to get soaked. His eyes shine brightly as he looks up at Taehyung. His pheromones heightened.

Taehyung feels a pressure on his chest but still voices out while gritting his teeth. “You are a murderer, a venom. I feel ashamed to have admired you once.” His eyes water up and his lips tremble.

Jeongguk clenches his fist hearing it and feels a pain in his chest. His pheromones' strength lessens and the shine in his eyes dulls.

Taehyung unknown to this continues, “Who gave you permission to check my place?” Then recalling the ceremony he laughs dryly “Of course, you have all the permission to do so? Can’t an omega carry all these things with them?”

Jeongguk looks at him sharply. He hides his emotions and stares at Taehyung. He could see the person in front of him has changed. He is not the same boy that Jeongguk was looking for. 

“The one thing I hate most is lies. You can’t deceive me any more. What else is there that I don’t know about you?” He asks.

“You know nothing about me.” Taehyung seethes, the clock was ticking and Jeongguk was not looking in a mood to end his interrogation without getting answers.

“I have time today. Start telling.” Jeongguk says glancing at his wristwatch.

“You think your methods are any better? There is no answer you will get from me. You are blackened just like the color you wear. Soaking your sins like they never exist.”

“Are you the right person to preach to me? Have you thought about your brother, who has sleepless nights worrying about you? Your parents or hyungs who can bear any prejudices and losses just to protect you? Did you think of them when you were using these things and planning something behind their back?” Jeongguk says angrily making Taehyung shiver. Tears fall from his eyes.

His lips tremble as he looks up at Jeongguk “I had my reasons. I know I am the worst and accept it not like a pretentious person like you who has lost his voice.”

Jeongguk understands that Taehyung won’t answer easily so he doesn’t waste his time and takes out the handcuffs. “You are being detained for carrying illegal things, suspicions of being the mastermind of a hideous organization i.e treason against the government and imposing threat to the General of Gandok and attacking him.” Jeongguk held no humor in his voice and looks straight into Taehyung’s eyes.

He comes forward to cuff the omega. Taehyung was not giving up easily, he was ready to slap some sense into Jeongguk but Jeongguk hold his wrist, twisting it behind his back. Taehyung hisses in pain and elbows him on the chest. 

Jeongguk feels a bit of pain that doesn’t do him much harm but he was surprised to see the swift move of the omega as he takes a turn and untangles his hand that was held by Jeongguk, strangling it around the alpha’s neck and tightening the hold standing behind him.

“You have no idea how difficult it is going to be there at the base, I won’t have much control in your case” Jeongguk tries to stop him.

Taehyung chuckles hearing it, his breath tickling Jeongguk’s nape “You have no control over anything in the first place. Once stand for your people, you will see what the other side of the world looks like, and how it feels like when your loved one is hurt because of your limitations. And what actual strength is when you go against the flow.”

“You are making this hard for you,” Jeongguk says holding Taehyung’s hand wanting him to give up on it quickly. Taehyung hears the sound of steps and sees Jeongguk’s team which was hiding all this time in another room come out with their guns pointed at him.

“No need,” Jeongguk says making them put the gun down. 

Jeongguk’s alertness was very high and his reflex top notch. In just a simple move he breaks off from the grip and flips Taehyung onto the desk, holding both his hands behind and pressing his head flat on the wooden board.

Jeongguk then cuffs his hand and makes him stand up properly. Taehyung was not ready to meet his eyes. They go down the stairs in front of everyone in the dorm. The place becomes silent but as soon as Taehyung steps out, gossip spread throughout the campus.

Taehuyng sees the black cars waiting downstairs and speaks up. “It is you who is going to regret this.” Jeongguk wanted to comment but the omega cuts him adding, “I want to sit in another car.” 

Jeongguk nods to his men seemingly not happy with any of this, “Be on guard, this person is quite fierce.” He let them take Taehyung to another car. The vehicles quickly move to their base.

Taehyung sees the scenery change in front of him, and then halfway on the route, the person sitting next to him asks his men to hold him down. They put a black cloth on his face to not let him see further and Taehyung feels a prickling pain, he was injected with something.

He wanted to question as his senses start to give up, he could hear Jeongguk’s voice asking them if they did it and the man reply with ‘Yes Sir.’ Taehyung wanted to show his anger but loses consciousness.

When Taehyung regains his senses, he finds himself in a dimly lit room with only a table and chair in front. There was a bulb hanging above the table and a huge glass window in front that looked dark. 

Taehyung knew what that means, he was being observed. He tries to adjust to his surrounding and finds cameras pointed at him, he stares at the metal handcuffs on his hands, binding him to the chair.

He felt uncomfortable, his back was aching and his neck felt like it has been sprained. He has no idea who carried him over here. He tries to move his hands making the cuffs make a noise.

He looks back again at the dull walls of the interrogation room and a memory resurfaces. He smiles thinking of the time when his Grandfather told him about a place like this. He always thought about how it looked and never expected to see it this way.

“You are the first one to smile while sitting on that side of the chair and the position you are in.” Yeon’s voice reaches his ear, as he enters the room and notices the smile on Taehyung’s face.

Taehyung looks up at him and narrows his eyes, seeing Yeon with two guards, one in uniform and the other in a suit following him. “Should I be pleased that the leader of Gandok is personally here to question me?”

Yeon shrugs hearing it, controlling his anger “For stubborn people like you I like to interrogate.” He then checks up on Taehyung. “You were unconscious for quite a while and wasted my time with your beauty sleep.”

The suited man walks next to him with a folder and a box. He opens the documents sliding them in front of Yeon and then places all the vials that Jeongguk took from Taehyung’s room displaying them in front of Taehyung.

The man then stands at the back near the wall. Yeon taps on the table. “Care to explain.”

“Why? Can’t you read?” Taehyung mocks acting arrogant. 

The guard with a baton comes forward ready to beat him up but Yeon stops him. “That won’t do, his family won’t like to see his bruised and broken body, get the bucket of water, he might be thirsty.”

The guard goes out with a nod and brings a bucket of water. He sees both Yeon and Taehyung silently staring at each other and hesitates then as Yeon nods he pours the water from the bucket brutally on Taehyung's head, emptying it over him. 

Taehyung breathes sharply as the cold water makes him breathless. He tries hard to act calm and tries to focus back. “Turn the temperature low, it is too hot here.” Yeon orders. 

The guard nods and passes the instructions. Taehyung feels a shiver, he looks up at the vents that were present on all four sides. The vents start to make a sound and cold air fills the room.

“I don’t have any answers to your questions.” Taehyung seethes.

“Why don’t we start talking about what you were planning with all this? What is your purpose as an umbra.”

Taehyung narrows his eyes hearing it. “Is that what you think I am?”

Yeon expected this to be his answer. “Your family is taking the backlash. People are criticizing the Kims for keeping a traitor at home. Want to see them falling to disgrace?” He takes out his mobile and clicks on the video of a news channel reporting the scene outside his mansion.

A female reporter speaks, “With the sudden arrest of the young master of the Kim family. Questions have arisen on what could have been going on inside the head of these pillars. Were they planning to cause a rebellion against Solace? A recent talk with Ella Ji surfaced a piece of new information.”

Taehyung sees Ella acting upset and in disbelief as she stares at the camera “My father is heartbroken he has never expected someone from among us families could be plotting something so big against him. He just wanted to make this place better than before.”

Taehyung chuckles upon hearing this, the news reporter then says “The doubts are clearing slowly, the young master of the Kim family, Taehyung Kim, has always been in news for his notorious articles of defaming the Ji family, and then according to reports several illegal things were found in his room that has been sealed now. It seems like on the very first day of their reign the great Yeon Ji successfully captured Umbra.”

“This shocking news is not taken quietly by the people who have shown their anger on social media and have criticized the Kims. Various people came up with stories on how Taehyung was arrogant and irrational in many things, lacks manners, and is using the power of his family name.”

Taehyung grits his teeth seeing this he watches as the people in masks walk near his mansion and throw ink bombs and stain the walls. They also have written traitor. Several were arrested but they were laughing and saying it is for the good Gandok.

He looks up at a satisfied face of Yeon. The temperature was turning his lips purple but he didn’t show any signs to please Yeon.

“So who else is involved with you?”

“You are a fool wasting your time.” Taehyung feels his hands turning numb. “Sit here as long as you want and freeze to death with me but you won’t get any answers.”

The guard quickly wraps a cloth on Taehyung’s face and another hand pushes his head back. They pour water on him, making him suffocate and struggle on the chair, thrashing his legs. Then stops when Yeon tells them to. 

“Can you speak now?” Yeon asks as they unmask him. His face becomes pale and it was hard to breathe for him, still, he musters up the courage and looks Yeon in the eyes.

“I am innocent. I did nothing that would affect the security of this place.” Taehyung struggles to speak.

Yeon laughs “Very disappointing.” He asks to lower the temperature more. “You are the reason for the misery of your loved ones. Hoseok’s lab is sealed permanently. Jin’s title and position will dissolve. If you don’t open your mouth yet they will soon join you here with punishment severe than this.”

Taehyung feels like his heart would stop with the coldness. He was losing his senses. Tears fall from his eyes, “Don’t disgrace them thinking they are my weakness. My loved ones are my strength.  They are innocent. I wanted to hide my scent and collect news for my articles so I bought these potions. There is nothing else other than this.”

Yeon smiles “So you are saying, you have no link to Umbra?” 

“I was there with you at the party when we got their message. You have no proofs to link me with them.” Taehyung says panting. He tries to move his numb and freezing finger. The cold metal was bruising his wrist.

“So you won’t answer that easily?” Yeon orders his men to bring the injection. “Just so you know Hoseok made an antidote for your potion. It will give the said evidence. Your time is ticking up and the truth is going to reveal itself in an hour.” 

The men hold Taehyung up and inject the antidote into his wrist. He cries and yells that he gave them answers for whatever they asked but they become deaf to his yelling.

Taehyung tries to free his hand but was not able to do much, the metal was tight on his wrist. He looks around wanting to find something to get free but sees nothing. The cold metal presses against his skin causing bruises. Taehyung hisses but keeps trying to get rid of it.

Yeon leaves seeing him struggle. The room is locked again with his cries of pain and struggle. Taehyung feels his head burning and his chest about to explode in pain. He feels like this is the end, his death is near and then everything around him stops. 

His heart stops and the body falls forward on the table, lifeless.

Chapter 18: Heart knows what mind doesn't.

Summary:

Yeon lits the fire burning Jeongguk and Jin.

 

“Anyone in my place would have done the same. Many incidents lead to him being a prime suspect and Taehyung’s attitude is no better.” Jeongguk calmly explains to Jin. The alpha just walked into his room wanting answers for Taehyung’s arrest.

Jin wanted to bail out his brother as soon as he heard about the arrest. He was knowing Yeon is planning something against his family but didn’t expect Taehyung to give in so easily and not say a word to him. He was furious and ready to ruin the place to bring back his brother.

Only the three working heads of the pillars are allowed to enter the base. It is situated in a mountain cave and spread to a large area around the valley, with a dome-shaped highly advanced roof protecting it.

The roof remains open mostly and is closed in an emergency or at the time of training. This place can withstand high and low temperatures as well as several other disasters.

 

It is made with the efforts of the three. Solace provides the funding, Kim Corporations provides them with highly advanced technology, and Jeon with manpower and training facilities. JSFAT gets trained here.

This is the place where most secret investigations take place. Jeongguk holds the most power now. After he was appointed head, he took control over this place cutting the share of Solace to only 30% and leaving the rest to his own. Not only this, he invested in the infrastructure of the base and build it again in the strong building that it is now.

Yeon being the leader and marshal still can interfere and check on investigations but the final decisions are to be made by Jeongguk in this regard. There is always a loophole in these big working models and a chance to make things run according to one’s greed, thus, laws are to be passed year after year to mend those flaws.

No one in Gandok except the head of Pillars and the members of the base are allowed inside not even in a 5 km radius. The phones get tapped and the activities of an unauthorized person are watched. Outsiders are stopped by security if they try to step within the boundaries. 

Once a photo of the dome was leaked but was quickly taken away, if people know about this base they know nothing about the activities inside of it.

The people here are vowed to secrecy and not a word is leaked outside. Jeongguk was not sure if Taehyung should be brought here but Yeon insisted. He agreed to it but still was skeptical and asked his men to cover Taehyung’s face and sedate him before entering the area.

Jin walks into the office of Jeongguk, wanting answers regarding his brother’s arrest without any notice, and putting charges on him that are just based on assumptions.

Jin spats angrily hearing Jeongguk’s reasoning, “Then what do you expect him to do, say yes or decline? Would you believe if he says no?”

Jeongguk grits his teeth “I warned you about all this in the meetings. If not we three have information about almost everyone in Gandok. Do you think wearing inhibitors or fake pheromones could hide the identity that is been written on paper?”

Jin glares at Jeongguk “My brother has the highest awareness than all your trained personnel here. If he does something he has a reason to.”

“That makes him more of a suspect, he has a reason. What? Helping that organization collect the data? Doesn’t he know pheromones are important for our species? And hiding them intentionally is not a personal choice. It is a crime.” Jeongguk’s red iris burns Jin with his gaze.

“We are not torturing him, he is just kept there to be interrogated and until we get the full proof he will not be in any danger,” Jeongguk adds confidently. 

Jin chuckles hearing it, “With Marshal Yeon here, I am not going to believe in your words. I have told you before. It is because of Taehyung we are tolerating you all and this goddamned place. My family is ready to leave. We don’t want the title, the prestige all we want is freedom from the place that is doomed.”

He had been aware of the motives of Yeon. His parents and he had already planned things and were secretly laying out the plan to leave the place and settle somewhere else. It is because Taehyung loved this place that they keep delaying and waiting for the right moment.

“You are one of the important authorities here still couldn’t keep a look on him, running away will put him in more danger than ever. He is a prime suspect now, there is no freedom for him.” Jeongguk feels irritated hearing Jin’s plan of escape.

He looks at the legal papers and knows all this is crap now. If Yeon is wanting to interrogate Taehyung, they can’t say no without a proper political reason. These papers won’t work anymore.

“You don’t need to worry about my brother. My parents and I have earned experience enough to make way for us. They are prepared. We want to live peacefully. Even if that means I have to give up on everything my family built till now. We are ready. 

Give me my brother back, you are just targeting him to hide your incompetence in finding Umbra. I want to see him and make sure he is not tortured and injured.”

 

Jeongguk wanted to retort but suddenly his chest starts to hurt as if someone is squeezing it mercilessly. He tries to ignore it but the ache becomes unbearable making him breathless and feel hot all over. He holds his chest tightly with one hand and takes the support of the desk with the other, fingers squeezing on the glass. 

Jin watches him in shock, he wanted to look closely but was not able to. The pheromones of Jeongguk were suppressing his own and his alpha side was not wanting to submit to this true alpha dominating him. 

Jin quickly calls Mr. Han to check on what is happening. Mr. Han runs inside with a guard and looks at Jeongguk in worry. His pheromones were acting abnormally. Making the three in the room suffocate, they were not able to go near him. 

The pheromones felt threatening and ready to cut their air off. Jeongguk’s eyes water and groans slip his mouth. Mr. Han quickly calls a doctor while staring at Jin. There were only these two in the room.

“Do you think Jeongguk is a baby and I would not be harmed if there is a fight between us?” Jin scolds and puts a halt on Mr. Han's doubts leaving no space for speculations. He knew what was going on in this assistant’s head. 

Jeongguk was not able to understand what is happening to him. All he could feel at the moment was pain and suffering. He felt a gust of sorrow, overwhelming him and drowning him in the ocean of darkness so deep that he would not be able to see the light again.

He for once was scared as if something important to him was slipping from his hand. He tries hard to keep his eyes open but it was becoming difficult. Many jumbled noises were reaching his ear, it felt like he was trying to stand in stormy weather.

Jin asks Mr. Han in concern. “What is going on? Is this a sudden rut?” He sees the power of the true alpha pheromones. None of them could put a step near. They had to stand outside the room and almost want to submit to him getting on their knees.

Mr. Han shakes his head. “This never happened before in my time working with him”. Jeongguk fists his hand and smashes the glass table making the two flinch in fright. They could do nothing and just watch him. It seemed like he has given control to his inner beast.

He was groaning loudly almost roaring in pain. His eyes give a dangerous glint, he looks up at Jin. Staring at him like finding someone similar in him. Jin quickly shuts the door to the room, cutting the view and locking the true alpha inside.

The doctor comes in a hurry wanting to look inside. He sees scared Jin and Mr. Han and the deathly pheromones spiked in the air and scrunches his nose. Jin stops him to not open the door but the doctor shifts them aside peeking inside the room.

The three watch quietly as Jeongguk opens a small knife and makes a cut on his wrist, the wound starts to bleed. Then as he gains a bit of consciousness, he searches for an injection in the drawer, taking in the medicine he injects it into his shoulder. His hand was still bleeding and his eyes shut in pain.

He falls back on the chair, tired and heaving. Mr. Han ventilates the room and then the doctor rushes near. Jeongguk opens his eyes there was an orange glint in his eyes that quickly subsides. 

He stares at the doctor as if ready to shred him to pieces. The doctor hesitates and then says “You should not delay this anymore and get your checkup done.” 

Jeongguk doesn’t respond and lets the doctor bandage his hand. He has still not overcome by the feeling, his heart was still beating fast, and his brain telling him there is danger somewhere. He was not able to understand the threat he is feeling and for whom. 

He sits up, this is not the first time he has felt this pain. It happened once when he had gone for training. He had the same kind of attack at that time. This one came with more intensity but had the same effects. He felt he is in great sorrow and then had to inject a tranquilizer to calm himself down. 

He thought it was a rut at first but it never occurred after that not until today. He wipes his sweat and looks up at Jin. 

His phone rings. Jeongguk sees the ID. It was a call from the interrogation room. Seeing the important call, he receives it immediately, dismissing the doctor.

“Sir, there is an emergency, Mr. Kim has stopped responding, he has been like that for some time. We sent a doctor inside. He has stopped breathing.” Jeongguk narrows his eyes.

“What do you mean by stopped breathing? Isn’t he still under the effect of sedatives?” Jin hears Jeongguk say and gets the hint that it is about his brother. He becomes pale upon hearing the news. He holds the chair tightly and looks at Jeongguk in nervousness.

“What happened to my brother?” He asks, his voice trembling.

The comrade hesitates “Sir, he was injected with an antidote to curb the effect of the potion.” He answers Jeongguk.

Jeongguk ignores Jin and asks. “Who injected it?”

Jin couldn’t take it anymore. Each second was heavy on him, he snatches the phone putting it on speaker. 

“Sir…this.” The man hesitates. 

“SPEAK.” roars Jin.

“Respected Leader Yeon Ji.”

Jeongguk grits his teeth. “How did this happen?” 

Jin couldn’t believe it. The last time he saw his brother, they argued. He scolded Taehyung and told his butler to not let him out of the room. His chest starts to heave, face pale. If something happened to his brother? The thought of it makes his eyes show a murderous glint. His gaze was fixed on Jeongguk. Ready to tear him apart.

“Mr. Yeon interrogated and punished the omega and injected him with the antidote.”

Jin sees red upon hearing this. He lunges at Jeongguk, grabbing his collar. Mr. Han and the guard pulls him away. Jin shouts angrily wanting to tear Jeongguk apart. “You lied to me. What does he mean by not breathing? What happened to my brother? Tell me or I will kill you all.”

Jeongguk wanted to answer but no words comes to his mouth. He was not believing to what he has heard. He was not going to say it until he sees it by himself. Taehyung’s face flashes in front of his eyes making his eyes water and a shiver runs down his spine. 

Jin pushes the guard and Mr. Han away. “I want to see my brother…right now.” He cries.

Their phone starts to ring at the same time. Jin heaves angrily but seeing the shocked face of Jeongguk and his assistant he quickly takes out his phone.

The shock becomes tenfold as the screen shows the Umbra logo playing animatedly. The AI-generated voice speaks up…

“I heard I am being caught. Oops. It seems our leader didn’t do his assignment correctly. You forgot I am the shadow. I can be everywhere, in your houses, offices, memories, thoughts, and your darkest secrets. Hahaha…Leader Yeon you are my favorite. I reside in you. Let’s unveil more truths in the future. Taehyung Kim will be remembered by me.” the voice laughs and the message gets over.

Chapter 19: His mate

Summary:

Jeongguk sees his mate.

 

Yeon was happy with his success and celebrated it with his friends, in a beautifully decorated room. He was getting the best services and praise from the officers as they join him. They are not permanent residents of the base but had come here along with Yeon to celebrate and watch what the young Kim says.

Unfortunately, he didn’t say much but this didn’t stop them from enjoying the success of Solace. They were all involved with the Solace group and cheering for their big win.

Soon their smiles turn to shock as they see Umbra’s message, their faces pale. None look up at Yeon scared they will see the wrath of the leader. 

Yeon throws the glass angrily spilling the drink on the carpeted floor, “I will not let them live in peace. How dare they ruin my plan.” 

The officers around him become quiet. They get the seriousness of the situation. They all thought with Taehyung’s arrest will make Umbra quiet and scared of them. 

 

They thought they grabbed the mastermind. Taehyung will eventually spit out the truth and the organization will be done for.

 

But the plan seemed to have failed. An officer rushes to them and informs Taehyung is not in good condition. This makes them tense and regret believing in Yeon. 

 

Taehyung was not just an ordinary person. If anything happened to him his family won’t sit quietly. They will all be punished for it and no one wants history to be repeated.

 

Yeon grits his teeth. “That good-for-nothing boy got stumped in just cold temperature.” He was not worried about Kim, he has the power now. What made him angry was he didn’t get any information out of that boy. 

 

The reporters reporting on the whole matter also get caught in shock unable to say anything. They try not to comment on the message, waiting for any official announcement. The matter took a more interesting turn than they expect it to happen.

The situation was chaotic, all those celebrating against Umbra become quiet and perplexed. What should have been the end seems like was not even the beginning. Nothing changed.

In Jeongguk’s office, there was silence as the eyes were trained on the screen, only a far sound of t.v was heard, where the audio recording was played again and again on the news channel. 

Jin stares at his phone and then turns to Jeongguk and Mr. Han, not able to take it anymore. Their life had become a mess. Their property was vandalized with sprays, the brother was arrested and the family name was put down for nothing, without any evidence in hand. 

He had freedom in the base earlier, he can’t interfere in the investigations but could have seen his brother. With this new distribution of power. His control is limited and he can only go to Jeongguk for this favor. Jin curses Yeon, it is all because of him that his family is suffering. Taehyung was right to hate this man. 

“Do you need more proof now? Give back my brother to me.” He cries in pain.

Jeongguk grits his teeth, they were mocked by Umbra. Taehyung can be the key to this organization but there is no way for an investigation to be carried out by keeping him here. If Kims leaves the place, many will turn against them. This family has a good following of its own.

Moreover, Kims hold valuable power in their hands. They are necessary for Gandok. Their technological research is no joke. Jin is important to Gandok so is Taehyung. He could see things are slipping from his hands and decided to first check on Taehyung.

He was upset with the situation. If what his men say is right and something has happened to Taehyung. He is to be blamed. He left Taehyung alone there to deal with his brother. He should have known Yeon wanted to speed the process of investigation and would interfere.

He should have been there to monitor everything to not let the situation get worst. He got carried away and believed he could handle things easily, he gave the way for Yeon. He is the reason for the misery of the Kim family.

Mr. Han waits for Jeongguk orders. He was scared of Jin and knows how difficult it is for the brother to hear about the sad news and not be able to see him. He could see the mess of things and could barely believe what he heard.

Taehyung was a handsome boy who would always cause trouble in front of his office but was very righteous.

Jin was trembling with both anger and sadness. He was losing his senses to his alpha instinct of protecting his family. He calls his parents telling them to get ready he will bring his brother back. He tells his father about the news, wanting to take Gandok down with them.

They were about to go out to see Taehyung when another disaster occurs. Suddenly the ground starts to vibrate, the light flicker, and the place turns to complete darkness. They hear loud sounds of wind and the howling of wolves. Unyielding. It could cause a shiver to anyone present there.

The lamps and decorations start to make noise as they shake and fall. Not wasting any time, they run outside in open. A base is a safe place but it was important for Jeongguk to assess the situation and pass orders to protect Yeon and not let others be panicked.

This weather condition occurred out of nowhere. They look up at the sky as the dark clouds cover the place. The lightning and thunder were sharp and deafening. The high cries of wolves were causing goosebumps to the newly appointed soldiers in the place.

Jeongguk transmits the information to the center to close the roof. Han and Jin rush out, they look above at the big roof that makes a loud screeching noise as it starts to shut. The wind was angry ready to turn everything to dirt.

Yeon's angry voice keeps coming from another transmitter in Jeongguk's hand, asking, "What is happening here? Get me out of here quickly."

 

Jeongguk grits his teeth. He quickly shouts an order to his men in the control rooms, telling them to save the leader and take him to their safest place. His eyes were trained on the roof that was about to cover them from this disaster.

A soldier rushes to him. “Sir, something is wrong with the readings… the machines are acting abnormally.” Jeongguk sees the rise and dip in the graphs, making him confused.

No reading made sense. It was like the tremors appeared only in the vicinity of the base. The calamity was acting only on their base. Jin shouts in the noise. “There are no tremors felt in the city. It is just happening here.” He informs as told by his father.

They feel the earth shaking, his transmitter gets an incoming, and the soldier speaks loudly, reporting from outside. “This is beyond explanation, Sir. The weather has suddenly turned worst. the rain and fog have covered the place. Visibility is zero.”

Jeongguk glances at everyone coming out to look at this strange happening and checks the roof again. There were still three minutes for it to cover the base. The wind has stopped but the thunderstorm and rain were causing trouble.

 

His true blood alpha senses tingle, he could see the abnormal weather and the lightning that threatens to fall.  sees the rods protecting them and hears the angry roar of lightning, causing a deafening sound to echo in the place. 

They close their ear unable to bear it. Some of the equipment gets burned and sparks come out of them. The roof finally covers the base. They sigh in relief saved from the catastrophe of nature. 

Jeongguk orders his men to regulate the temperature inside the base and then turns to Jin.

"Come with me." He gets another call on the transmitter. 

“Sir…something strange is happening here. Mr. Kim…his pheromones have changed…he is showing movements again.”

Jin was ready to run to his brother but halts after hearing this. The man on the transmitter sounded nervous and spooked. 

"I might be hallucinating but I think I saw a strange moon mark on his forehead"

 

Both Jeongguk and Jin look at each other in surprise. This was odd. They shake it off not believing it.

 

"General…he…he is an Alpha.” Jeongguk stares at the transmitter and then runs toward the office. 

 

“I KNOW.” Both Jin and Jeongguk shout at the same time.

 

Jin grits his teeth hearing Jeongguk say it. 

 

It is easy for Jeongguk to have data on anybody. The records are in his database. When Taehyung came out of his isolation and wrote those articles. He quickly became popular and an eyesore for Yeon.

Yeon asked for his information that was with Jeongguk. Jeongguk studied the data and saw Taehyung's classification. He was alpha. What surprised him was when he met Taehyung and found his pheromones to be an omega. 

He became suspicious and wanted to observe closely. Thus, each time he saw Taehyung, he went close to him by any chance he got, to scent the pheromones again. Taehyung had always the same scent on him. 

He didn’t want Yeon to meet Taehyung for this reason. Yeon has also known about their identities. Taehyung deliberately meets Yeon at the party and from that day onwards Yeon was affirmed, he is the Umbra and wanted to put him under arrest.

Jeongguk stops in front of the office. It was quiet in all chaos and seemed to be colder than the rest of the places. His hair tingles. Foreboding envelopes him. He stops Jin there. 

“Wait here,” he says.

“No. I want to go with you.” Jin was tired now. He was happy his brother is fine and wanted to take him to the hospital, and put him under proper care.

“Stay. Tell your father to not act irrationally.” Jeongguk says in a commanding tone, leaving no room for argument. He has known that Kim won't just sit after knowing their young one is hurt.

Then he alone enters the building. The noises and the howling were stopped. Things went back to normal as if nothing happened. The lights turn on again. 

 

Jeongguk looks up at the light, then at the corridor in front. His alertness increases with each step.

 He feels the steps getting heavy but could not stop his body from going further. He enters the office where his team were keeping a watch from the glass on Taehyung and asking him to calm down. 

 

They were all standing in front of the glass and instructing Taehyung to not do anything. Alert and scared.

 

He narrows his eyes once he enters inside, and his steps pause. The pheromone of the alpha was very strong here, it was affecting the staff. They were shaking in fear but to him, it smelled different.

 

A blend of aromas forming an intoxicating scent washes over him. He feels like he is sitting on a lawn near a bed of roses and a campfire is lit in front. He is having an old book in one hand and coffee in another. The dry and chill air couldn’t affect him as the scent of these ingredients mixed makes him feel warm inside.

Jeongguk feels like he has found his home, his calmness center. He inhales sharply wanting to take the scent in as much as he can. It was addicting and pulling him closer, calling for him.

The red color of his eyes starts to change to orange. His true blood alpha instincts overpower him. He clenches his fist, wanting to control himself but this is something his heart, body, and brain wanted.  

“LEAVE.” He orders. 

The four comrades turn in shock hearing his angry tone and quickly rush out wanting nothing better than this. Jeongguk walks up to the window and stares at the person inside the room.

 

In the dull-lit and gloomy room, he sees Taehyung sitting in the soaked clothes, in the same position, he left him there. He was cursing the staff and trying to get rid of the cuffs. 

 

He keeps checking the door as if scared of what is to come from there. His face looked like he wanted to run away from the encounter that is about to happen. 

Jeongguk's brain tries to ingrain the image in his head. The light was dull but his eyes could see his mate. He sees the beautiful eyes, nose, ears, and lips of his mate, which he didn't care for before. Taehyung was a beauty.

He was told in the class that true mates are the rarest being and unfortunately only a few lucky ones have been there throughout the history of Gandok. The first one is Gana and Dokja. No true mates survived after the two for long.

Once one sees his mate their heart tells, their senses tingle and point it to them. They feel the pull and that feeling is so strong, so pure, and memorable that one can only wish to have a true mate.  

Jeongguk stares at Taehyung in front of him, his amber eyes glinting in the dark. He touches his chest and feels it pounding crazily. His mind and heart were calling his mate’s name. He was the lucky one with a mate. His wish was fulfilled. Happiness bubbles up in his true blood ego.

 

He has mixed emotions overflowing inside. His eyes tear up. It feels like a dream. Taehyung can’t be his mate. This person, out of all people in Gandok. Jeongguk least expected this to happen.

 

His mate was an alpha and a male. He was not just shocked but was speechless. He has known this person since his childhood. All this time the mate he was searching for was just by his side. 

 

He stares at his mate and feels like time has stopped for him, he has traveled back to childhood and could see the old memories moving like a reel.

 

Little Taehyung stands in front of him carrying his teddy with an innocent smile and determination, telling him their eye color matches and that he will marry Jeongguk. 

 

The boy with a teddy follows him everywhere and when his tooth breaks off, he gives Jeongguk a toothless smile and shows the tooth that he kept for Jeongguk. Wanting him to treasure it.  

 

The little one always wants to separate Jimin from Jeongguk and wants to have Jeongguk to himself. 

 

Jeongguk would always hide whenever Taehyung was near, afraid of this person. This chubby boy would fight with Jimin and only stop when is scolded by Jeongguk.

 

Time flew by turning Taehyung into a teen who would always brighten up seeing him, copy his moves, want to go to study where Jeongguk is, and try to act all good and proper in front of him. 

 

Jeongguk used to get annoyed and wanted to get rid of this nuisance admirer. Taehyung has made his life difficult. He was involved in all the fights and has a gang at a young age. He would beat up anybody who talks badly about Jeongguk. 

 

He would use his money on his group members who fill him up with any information on Jeongguk. 

 

The feud with Jimin was intense and he has to solve their daily brawl. He was scolded by teachers because of them, as most fights were started for him alone.

 

Jeongguk was always busy because of this troublemaker, rescuing him from troubles. Little Taehyung throws tantrums toward doctors and nurses but Jeongguk’s one glance gets the stitches done. 

 

His appropriateness was only for Jeongguk and in his presence. Jeongguk felt bad seeing him bruised but was tired of even caring for and educating him. Taehyung was just an attention seeker.

 

Jeongguk missed that little one, he liked the person but never much cared about him, he was more interested to spend time with his friends. Taehyung was a burden to his brotherly duties. But after his absences in later years, Jeongguk realized how much he missed that annoying presence.

 

Years after when he saw that little one grow into a handsome adult things had changed. They were changed. Taehyung stopped looking at him. 

 

Jeongguk became curious. There were no greetings exchanged between them.

 

Taehyung would be there to protest against him, he was there to say things against them and criticize him. He would stare at Jeongguk in hatred, and will quickly change paths seeing him. 

 

Jeongguk remembers all the times they met. Taehyung's look of giving up on him at the bar, his frustration and anger for him, he noticed it all.

 

He would even avoid a touch. He remembers the things they said to each other before his arrest. He remembers how he never once took Taehyung's side completely while this man always followed him like a tail since childhood. 

 

Jeongguk was always on the opposite side of the road where they stood. He liked Taehyung's presence but never dwelled on it.

 

“I feel ashamed to have admired you once,” Jeongguk remembers Taehyung saying this, making the tears fall from his eyes.

 

Jeongguk has been mean to this person, not because he hates him but because he is in a position where he can’t take sides. He is always pressurized to look after his aunt’s family or to support Yeon. 

 

If he doesn’t have a ground strong enough for himself, they will all use him for their benefit. He was young when he took over control of the power. These prestigious families tried hard to wind him up their sleeves and make him their voice. 

 

Jeongguk has to work hard and sacrifice many things to show his strength. In the process, he never realized when he became the person he is now.

 

He stopped having a soft corner for anyone, hurting the ones who are good to him. For him, Gandok is first and family second. Rest is always later. 

 

Any threat to the peace of Gandok becomes his enemy. Taehyung, whom everyone sees as a threat, turns out to be his mate.

 

He presses his palm on the window, watching the man struggling to be freed. Overwhelmed with emotions, he throws the monitor on the ground. A cry of defeat slips from his lips. 

 

He was betrayed. He was kept in dark. Something so big was kept hidden from him. The true blood alpha was not wanting to accept this.

 

“It is you who is going to regret this.” Taehyung words echo in his head. Taehyung was knowing about it all this time but never came to him. 

 

He angrily pushes the table away. The anger and sadness made him crazy.

 

The heat was rising in his body, soon he will lose to his instincts of an alpha mate. His mate was there in front of him and he never once could know about it. He stares at the glass and wanted to break it to pieces. 

 

He picks up the chair ready to throw but sees the face of his beautiful mate and stops, slumping on the ground, his eyes water.

 

He was told the feeling of the first encounter is pure bliss and hard to forget but the situation in which he met his mate makes him chuckle dryly. He laughs while his eyes cry.

 

Since young when he heard about some lucky ones having their mates. Jeongguk wished to have a mate for himself whom he can trust, whom he can spoil, live happily and take good care of. He stopped showing interest in just anyone. 

 

He believed he will find the right one and now when he found his mate, they were in this situation. Apart from a wall in an interrogation room. 

 

He had always pictured a decent surroundings where he accidentally meets the person and finds out they are mates. He is not a romantic but he knows people expect their partners to be. 

 

He wanted to show that side of himself to his mate. He clenches his fist, his eyes filled with tears as he stares at the male in the other room.

 

The heat starts to rise in his brain, fogging his mind. His mind and heart were calling for his mate and his body itching to touch him, protect him, hide him in his embrace. True blood alphas are rare and true blood alphas with a true mate were the rarest beings.

 

He seethes thinking his mate was in danger and had almost lost his life. His fingers wanted to claw Yeon apart. The voice in his head was continuously calling him to get to his mate, mark him and possess him, protect him from any danger, and tear apart whoever becomes a threat to him. Tear fall from his eyes at this disgusted thought. 

 

He goes towards a drawer and takes out the content from inside. Jeongguk fights his instincts and voices in his brain while injecting the suppressants into his vein. 

 

He watches his mate saying something. He doesn’t understand what is going on, just could see Taehyung begging to be freed.

 

Jeongguk rests his body by leaning on the wall, letting the medicine take its effect. His eyes were fixed on his mate, worried about whom Taehyung was talking To, was he fine? 

 

He chuckles. They are not ordinary pairs. His mate seems to not like him. He clenches his jaws and takes two syringes filled with a suppressant and sedative. He calms himself down and controls his mind.

His mate. His alpha mate. It was time to finally meet him.

Chapter 20: Near yet so far

Summary:

Jeongguk meets Taehyung.

Taehyung feels the chill air numbing his senses and the antidote making his body feel weird from the inside. It was burning and causing a sharp pain in his heart. He was sure he could not last for long. Tears fall from his eyes as he thinks of his parents and brother. He wanted to see them once. 

He wanted to apologize to Hoseok and tell him that he is not just the best friend but the best brother like his Jinnie hyung. He wanted to ask for forgiveness from Yoongi and ask Namjoon to take care of his brother.

But his lips felt numb, his chest felt tight and everything around him was turning dull. Taehyung thinks of his mother and wanted to call her but his body gets numb and not responding to his will.

Still not giving up he tries to open his eyes and requests the guards there to call Jeongguk. Maybe the true blood alpha will for once take pity on him. He opens his eyes and sees whiteness everywhere. Not able to withstand the light, he closes his eyes, scared of losing his eyesight.

He hears several voices talking in a language he couldn’t understand. They kept saying something indecipherable to him, scared and anxious as to what is happening he shouts, 

“Who is there?” The voices become quiet only for a while.

 

Taehyung feels goosebumps all over him. He tries to pay attention to them and is surprised when suddenly they start repeating one sentence in his language. 

 

“Who are you?”

 

He opens his eyes but sees no one there. “I can’t see you.” He calls, scared, his body was unable to move he was lying there and looking around anxiously.

 

“Am I dead?” He asks.

 

“Not sure if dead sees us.” The voices answer and laugh. 

 

“Why can’t I see you?” Taehyung asks still not able to understand what is going on and what is wrong with him.

 

“We have no appearance, we can be anything you want us to be, just think about it and we will be manifested in that form.” Taehyung frowns but then subconsciously thinks of people like him. 

 

He opens his eyes and sees several humans circling him, staring at him, and smiles gracing their faces. He shivers looking at them.

 

“Where am I?” He asks, shivering from fear. “And who are you guys?”

 

“We are the protectors the ones who formed and protect nature. We are the forest, land, wind, rain, mountain, flora, and fauna.” The humans look alike says staring at him.

 

Taehyung stares at them and then sees their changing appearance. The forest becomes a deity with a wooden crown up her head, the land master becomes a male and has a solid crown, and the wind deity has grey eyes staring deep into his soul while her beautiful features were calm. 

 

The rain had a cloudy appearance with lightning circling his forehead, the flora was beautiful with flowers around a vine crown while the fauna had antlers over his head. The mountain deity was giving him an aloof look. 

 

They check themselves and then laugh at Taehyung. “Is this how you imagine us human?” 

 

They all say it together. Taehyung feels embarrassed, hearing them he couldn’t help but remember the story his grandmother told of these deities. She believed there was a power protecting us.

 

“What…what do you mean?” He asks hesitantly.

 

“It is simple, our appearance is your imagination. We don’t know how we look, you gave us a good appearance.”

 

“You are lying,” Taehyung says. They shrug upon hearing it and just as Taehyung thinks the wind master should be a male. The wind goddess changes to a male. Taehyung scares away wanting to run but was not able to move.

 

“Why am I here, wherever I am?” He asks.

 

“We are told to protect you, child. Moon told us you are special.”

 

They nod and then start talking to each other “Did you see that mark, it has been a while since someone is marked.” 

 

Taehyung looks at them and chuckles in disbelief. “I am definitely on drugs, this is hilarious...so if I imagine Jeongguk and beat him up here, will it turn out true?”

 

They turn to him at once and become curious “Who is Jeongguk, chosen child?” 

 

“He…” Taehyung stops as he suddenly remembers the said person’s cold face and his nose turns sour. He shakes his head.

 

“No one.” They look at him quietly and then the deity of fauna moves forward and pats his head.

 

“You can’t stay here for long. You seem to be from Gandok. We were the protectors of that place, we were remembered and respected by your people, and some even prayed to us. We helped them.”

 

“Then people started neglecting us, they don’t need us anymore.” They tell him. Still talking in sync.

 

“No…no we …we are lost we always want you with us.” Taehyung looks up at them with wide eyes. “Even if this is a dream and I am hallucinating, this is the truth. We need your blessings.” 

 

They smile upon hearing him. “You are sent here to be protected, this is not the end for you. You have a long way to go, pass the hurdles, prove your sincerity to us…You are a beautiful creation dear one.”

 

Taehyung shakes his head. “I am a nobody, just a powerless soul, watching the destruction of Gandok.”

 

The deities smile “You are the most powerful, your heart has the power. The moon says you have a powerful person by your side, you can do it. Moon waited for you for so long, the blessings of the moon are with you. Even we can’t harm you easily. We will help you give those bad people a scare, but your work has just begun. Prove that the blessings are worth it for you.” 

 

Taehyung’s eyes close and the voices fade away. He feels like he is being pulled by something. He quivers in the chill air surrounding him, the wet clothes sticking to him again, and hears jumbled instructions.

 

He opens his eyes in discomfort, he was back to Gandok, back to the dark and dull interrogation room. There were noises on the speaker, he tries to focus and sits up again. The noise becomes louder.

 

He hears the people observing him shouting in fear “What is that on his forehead?… Has he started breathing again?… Is he fine?…Mr. Kim you are told to not move and cause any trouble.”

 

Taehyung stares at the glass wall in front and scoffs. “How can I move in this situation?” His throat hurts as he speaks. His lips were dry and his eyes were swollen. The metal on his wrist seems to be cold like ice and tight. He stares at them and then suddenly realizes what has changed as they shout.

 

“You are an alpha. What is going on here?…where did the mark go?” They ask spooked as the moon on his forehead disappears.

 

His face becomes pales and he stammers trying to make them listen to him. “Now that you know remove these cuffs.” He was not left with much energy, was very hungry, and wanted to just lie down in peace away from all this for a while.

 

He still had glimpses of what he saw in his mind and was not aware of how long he was unconscious. Taehyung was not sure that whatever he saw was the truth. He still had a bit of hope and wanted to give his best to save Gandok from the rule of Yeon. He wanted to prove that he meant what he said.

 

Suddenly his heart starts to pound rapidly and senses tingles. He could feel the presence of the true blood alpha near. His hands tremble he looks towards the door and shouts forgetting about anything else.

 

“Take me out from here quickly. Remove these cuffs.” He tries to pull his hand from it but the cuffs were tight bruising his skin.

 

He hisses and then looks up at the door again, his heart was beating so fast that it could leap out any moment. He tries hard to be freed.

 

Eyes glancing towards the door. He bites on his lips as it starts to tremble and his eyes water. He checks around in the room “Take me out, please…I beg you…just let me go…”

 

The uniformed men in the room ask him to stay calm and be patient but after a few minutes, there were no sounds from their side. Taehyung looks anxiously at the glass and then at the door.

 

“Remove these cuffs, let me go you bastard, just let me go.” His voice becomes louder as he seethes.

 

“Taehyung.” He hears the voice of the woman that always comes to him whenever he becomes very anxious or troubled. 

 

Taehyung glances at her scared. Her gaze was fixed on the glass. “He is here. The time has come.”

 

Taehyung’s breath hitches, and the cry slips from his mouth. He begs her. “Help me…let me out. I will do whatever you say once I am out, just let me go this once.”

 

“This was destined to happen. You have to acknowledge him and me. I want you to be protected and only he can do that. With him, your path will become easy. ” She speaks calmly walking closer to him. The moon on her forehead was the same as his.

 

“You are the moon goddess?” Taehyung says finally pushing the word out of his mouth. She stares at him, a beautiful smile on her lips.

 

“Yes…you gave me this form. I am with you since childhood but you forgot about me. You are scared of me and ignored me.” She chuckles a beautiful melodious laugh. “You were impatient for this day to come when young and told me that you always wanted a mate like him. This day had to come.”

 

“No, no, no… I am not ready…please help me.” She walks near him, looking at him with love in her eyes. She stares at the iris slowly turning purple and sighs.

 

“You need to understand why I am here. I am here to help you. You are here to change the destiny of this place. You are special.”

 

“No…you are wrong. I am not special. I am just an ordinary person who used to love this place, and its people but now I hate it the most.” He looks down at his bruised wrist and cries, tears falling from his eyes. “Why me?” He cries and decides to tear his skin to get out of the cuffs and run away. The goddess stops him. 

 

“You should not be scared of him.” Taehyung scoffs upon hearing it.

 

“It is not him that I am scared of…I am scared of myself losing control.” He wants to say more but the door to the room opens.

 

His blood drains and his heart almost skips a beat as he sees the person on the door, his recent nightmares. The man he is avoiding the most was standing there looking at him. Taehyung blinks the tears away and tries to free himself but he was late. Jeongguk walks inside, closing the door behind him.

 

His eyes were trained on Taehyung as he steps near. The Goddess vanishes as the true blood alpha enters the room. Taehyung shrinks in his chair. He was scared. He was not able to make eye contact. 

 

Jeongguk inhales deeply as he approaches near. The suppressant was injected but the true blood was still affected by the pheromones of his mate. The room was concentrated with the beautiful scent. He approaches Taehyung and leans to his eyes level, the amber eyes staring at the purple. 

 

Taehyung shivers as he inhales the familiar scent of his mate, tears fall from his eyes and his fingers tighten into a fist as the fight with his inner self was becoming useless seeing his handsome mate in front.

 

Jeongguk moves closer, true blood alpha lost in the pheromones of his mate, leans and inhales the scent gland on the neck of Taehyung. His warm breath caused tickles on the skin of Taehyung.

 

Taehyung’s breath hitches, he wanted to move away but Jeongguk grabs his face. His hands cupped Taehyung’s face and turned it to face him. The eyes searching for something.

 

Taehyung’s body starts to react to his mate, he feels the longing and pain shoot in his spine and hisses to control his urges to embrace the mate in front of him, but the stubbornness drops down as he hears his name called by his mate.

 

“Taehyung,” Jeongguk calls still holding him. The warmth from his hand seeped into Taehyung’s skin, burning him with desires. His name when called by the true blood in this situation causes butterflies in his stomach, the whisper-like sound makes him soft.

 

Jeongguk stares at the lips, they looked dry and pale, he frowns and then looks at Taehyung’s face, finding him weak and pale. His heart feels the pain and his frown deepens. He moves his thumb touching the lips that felt dry to his touch.

 

He looks back at Taehyung then leans closer wanting to moisten the beautiful lips of his alpha mate. Taehyung shivers discovering what is about to happen, his body starts to anticipate the touch, toes curling down and eyes closing in the ecstatic feeling. 

 

Jeongguk inhales watching his mate being so docile, he tilts his head, nose touching the cold skin of his mate, inhaling the scent, and his finger slowly rubs on the neck of his mate, arousing desires in the two. The soft and pale skin was pulling Jeongguk to get marked.  

 

His thumb touches the lips again, this time pressing it with hot desires in his eyes, moistening his lips he leans more, ready to capture the rose petals and taste them, the only thing in between them was his thumb. Jeongguk was not able to cross the line.

 

A voice inside his head stops him. He blinks several times, the suppressant takes its full effect. His heart sinks as he registers what he was about to do. He stares at Taehyung and the way he has grabbed his mate. 

 

His hands tremble. He quickly moves back like being scalded by the scene. His eyes turn wide and his breath hitches as Taehyung opens his eyes and looks up at him in confusion.

 

His purple eyes stare at Jeongguk, curious as to what has happened. They did nothing but the air felt warm, their heartbeats were fast, and their breaths shaky. Taehyung’s eyes were still filled with desires as he stares at his mate there was a smile grazing his lips and the crescent moon shining on his forehead. 

 

Jeongguk’s heart was a mess, he was not sure if he is normal anymore. His body was acting weird seeing his mate who holds the beauty of the whole world.

 

“Taehyung,” He calls for the second time, this time there was hesitation in his voice. He is scared of what this mark is. He is scared of himself, being lost to his desires. 

 

His eyes never leave the mark as his hand searches for the syringe of the suppressant for his mate. He sees Taehyung staring at his tied hands and then looks up at Jeongguk and chuckles.

 

“We are close yet so far,” Taehyung says and moves his hands but the shackles don’t allow him. “My true blood alpha, don’t be afraid of the mark. Your mate is blessed by the moon goddess. We are special.” Taehyung looks up at Jeongguk. The dark purple in his eyes blended with the darkness giving him a mysterious aura.

 

“Can you please release me from this?” He asks sweetly. Jeongguk moves a step forward, gravitated by his mate. He halts as he realizes what he was about to do.

 

Taehyung watches him curiously, he leans back on the chair and chuckles. “It seems I am not liked by my mate enough but worry not, I can break my wrist and get rid of these shackles. Nothing can tie me for long.” He smirks then clenches his fist and harshly pulls it causing a cut below the thumb.

 

Jeongguk looks at it horrified and stops him. “Don’t hurt him…I mean yourself…I will release you.” His eyes travel to the mark, he quickly looks away not wanting to stare. 

 

Taehyung smiles and watches as Jeongguk releases him. He rubs his wrist, then in a swift move turns around and kicks the chair, aiming it towards Jeongguk.

 

Jeongguk moves away and the chair hits the glass. He turns to Taehyung, surprised and tricked for the second time when is pushed on the wall harshly. 

 

Taehyung grins looking at him closely. The shock in Jeongguk's eyes makes him laugh, illuminating his soft and beautiful features. Then, he releases Jeongguk and walks back sitting up on the table. 

 

He stretches his body and moves his shoulder to relax them, and in a relaxed manner rubs on his wrists. He looks around and airs at his wet shirt.

 

Taehyung meets Jeongguk’s eyes, sees the true blood quietly watching him, and sighs. “You might be having questions, ask whatever it is. Since we are in this situation, there is no better moment.” Taehyung says checking the handcuffs and playing with them.

 

Jeongguk looks at the nonchalant attitude of his mate. It seemed like he was not at all affected by his presence. It was different, powerful, and very attractive to him. He is always surprised by Taehyung since childhood. 

 

Jeongguk may not know much about Taehyung but understands, Taehyung can hide his emotions well. He looks at his mate in concern and says.

 

“I want to talk to him.”

 

Taehyung was cursing Yeon and looking at his wrist hearing Jeongguk say this, he scoffs. “Do you think I am somebody else and not him? I am him, more powerful, a true him. It is me who stopped myself from telling you who your mate is.” He grins.

 

“I did the right thing.”

 

Jeongguk grits his teeth hearing it. He could see Taehyung acting strong as if he is not affected by his presence but this was all a pretense.

 

“This mark…what has happened to you?” He asks.

 

Taehyung smiles as he locks and unlocks the handcuffs. He looks through one of the cuffs at Jeongguk. “This is the mark to prove who is the true mate of Gandok than the one claimed by your great leader Yeon.” Taehyung giggles.

 

“I don’t know why Moon Goddess likes me and took me under her care, maybe there were not many options left in Gandok…Yes, this can be the reason that is why we are put together to be mates.” Taehyung scratches his chin and acts thoughtful.

 

Jeongguk narrows his eyes upon hearing it. He was not wanting to believe whatever Taehyung has to say but the mark was mocking his beliefs.

 

“Since when?” Jeongguk grits his teeth.

 

Taehyung raises his brow. Jeongguk could see the little tremble in his hand that he hid nicely and doesn’t comment on it, letting the alpha act his way. 

 

Taehyung was unable to say a word at first but Jeongguk’s dark, interrogative gaze makes him answer. “Since I came back,” he says looking away as if feeling a bit guilty. 

 

The true blood alpha tries to hold up but his eyes give away the quiver of his heart, a very subtle movement that if Taehyung had not seen would never have believed it himself.

 

“Why?” Jeongguk almost shouts.

 

“You have no right to ask me why?” Taehyung bites back.

 

“Don’t I? I am your mate Taehyung.” Jeongguk's heart aches his throat bobs as he controls his emotions. 

 

“No, you are not? You can’t be. I never wanted it.” The words slip from Taehyung’s mouth, and he becomes silent hearing himself. Tears fill his eyes. Jeongguk was broken from inside hearing it. He blinks, trying to move the moisture from his eyes.

 

“So you decide for us? You hate me so much now?” Jeongguk asks his voice giving off his emotions.

 

Taehyung’s grip tightens on the cuffs. “Yes…I decided for us…would you have ever wanted this for yourself? A male, an alpha, the annoying attention seeker who troubled you since childhood. The one who is against your opinions and decisions. Who stands against your family and thoughts, who protest against you, who has a bad image in Gandok, and who is nothing more than a spoiled young master of a Kim family? Would you have ever wanted me as your mate?”

 

“That is not for you to decide,” Jeongguk shouts and clenches his jaw.

 

“It is. I was naive when young but growing up I realized life is different from the way I used to see it. Maybe I had always known you are my mate but this is something very cruel to both of us, it is imposed on us, you can have a better life without me. I can’t give you any happiness that you deserve, no kids, no normal family life that you have wished for.”

 

Taehyung stares at his fingers and bruised wrist. “There will always be fingers pointed at you, no one would want to accept this kind of relationship. There have never been any incidents where an alpha and true blood alpha have been together. Do you think this is normal?”

 

Jeongguk wanted to protest but Taehyung stops him. “I know you and also know this is not what you wanted but I can openly say it while you…you would have succumbed to it. You will take things as your duty.”

 

“I am not a person to be with someone just because they have no other choice, this is my life. I wanted a partner who really wanted me. You might take me as your responsibility but I am not. I will never accept you as my mate.” Taehyung wipes the tears that fall from his eyes, irritated with himself for getting emotional.

 

Jeongguk heaves hearing it, he was strong but the words were too harsh for him to be calm. “Do you really know me?”

 

Taehyung looks up at him in surprise. “No one has ever known me, you just have your opinions about me that you think are the truth. Have you ever asked me?”

 

Taehyung knew he was guilty of not telling him. Jeongguk looks at the bruises on his wrists and tears up. “I found my mate and was rejected by him, have you thought of how I would feel?”

 

He continues, “You might have made some scenario about it. You thought hiding will save us, will do a good deed for you.”

 

Taehyung asks angrily. “What do you expect me to do then? Each time I tried your actions made me stop myself. We are no match. I don’t want to have anything to do with you." 

 

"I have died several times with the sorrows, where were you when my grandad died? Where were you when he asked for your help? Now that you know you have a mate you are here but would you have cared if I was not the one?”

 

Jeongguk looks at him with wide eyes. The accusations were half-truths and misunderstandings. He shuts his eyes and inhales deeply.

 

“I have always cared for you but that was all I could give you. My love and emotions were only saved for someone who is my mate or is going to be in a relationship with me. Jimin is my brother, caring for him was natural but caring for you became surprisingly natural with time. I did everything to save you but that is not for you to know.”

 

Taehyung chuckles, these reasons were holding no meaning for him now. He has been tortured here under the nose of his mate. He gave chances to Jeongguk but each time his mate made him regret it.

 

He has seen people suffer, seen them in pain and it all was because of the tyranny of these people. Taehyung looks up in hatred at his mate.

 

He throws the cuff away and walks near Jeongguk. He touches the hat of the General, sliding his fingers on it. Jeongguk remains motionless, his eyes watching Taehyung’s every move. 

 

Taehyung pushes the hair behind Jeongguk’s ear and tilts the hat a bit. Then slides his finger on Jeongguk’s ear. Cold fingers traveling down to the neck. “We are fire and ice. We should stay away or I will burn you. This is the last time we should meet. Let’s be strangers and live life as we were living. There is no future for us.”

 

“Taehyung…” Taehyung shushes Jeongguk keeping his finger on his lips. Jeongguk can see their closeness and longing becoming unbearable for Taehyung. He was controlling his palpitations and pain so hard. They were both alphas and both had the same urging of protecting their mates, marking them, and keeping them close. 

 

Taehyung has been controlling it for so long, he has control but it can only last for a while his mate is there and knows about his existence. The alpha wanted to have this man for himself and show the world whom the true blood alpha belongs to.

 

“I won’t stop to fight for the wrong even if that makes us face each other on the battlefield.” Taehyung leans closer to Jeongguk’s ear and whispers “What would you do if your mate is the Umbra?”

 

Jeongguk grips Taehyung tightly upon hearing it. His eyes showed a trace of fear and disappointment. He clenches his jaw. Taehyung smiles liking the reaction. “Stay away from me. We are not mates. Forget about me.” 

 

Jeongguk takes the syringe in his hand, he wanted to inject it but shivers as Taehyung surprising them both, leans and kisses his neck at the sweat gland. The rough lips cause tingles and arouse the suppressed desire inside Jeongguk.

 

“Goodbye,” Taehyung says. “Do it.” He holds Jeongguk's hand having the syringe. The meaning was obvious. Jeongguk wastes no time and pushes the needle into Taehyung’s arm.

 

Taehyung moves away, his eyes tearing up as the pain rushes and spreads in his body. He groans stepping back almost losing his balance. Jeongguk holds him quickly. 

 

The pheromones of the two mingle into a warm and spicy mix. Taehyung takes deep breaths. His eyes searched something on his mate's face.

 

He grabs Jeongguk's shoulder tightly as the pain becomes tenfolds,  making him hiss and shut his eyes. He needs to mark and get marked or this pain will keep happening, he needs to accept the person holding him. Taehyung was reluctant to follow the desires of his nature. 

 

“I am sorry,” Jeongguk says understanding his emotions and pushes another needle into his neck. Taehyung opens his eyes, he says nothing but his eyes convey his thanks.  

 

His body starts becoming heavy. Jeongguk holds him carefully in his arms and embraces him to calm Taehyung's nerves and heat. 

 

"I am sorry. I will have to stop you from putting yourself in any danger. I won't give up on us. This time I will pursue you and get to know all that is hidden inside your mind."

 

Jeongguk keeps a tight grip and watches as the hold on him loses and his mate's eyes close slowly by the effect of a strong sedative, going to deep slumber. He sees the mark getting lighter with time and takes off his hat putting it on Taehyung. Hiding the mark.

 

He carries Taehyung up in his arm and takes him outside where Jin and his father was having a conversation and several guards standing on hold. Namjoon pushes his specs and informs Jin of the arrival of Jeongguk. 

 

Seeing the true blood with his brother coming out. Jin anxiously rushes to them. “What happened to him? Why is he unconscious?"

 

Jeongguk was not willing to leave his mate and was not willing to give him to Jin who wanted to carry Taehyung but he does when Jin glares at him. His eyes not leaving Taehyung watching him sleep peacefully. 

 

“He is fine, just sleeping. Jin…you all can’t leave Gandok. My mate has to stay in Gandok.”

 

The three listeners were startled. Jin almost falls if not for Namjoon holding him up.  

Chapter 21: The true blood alpha won't sit quietly

Summary:

The Kim family is shocked to hear the news of mate.

There was an awkward silence in the Kim mansion. Jin, his parents, his friends, and his assistant were all sitting quietly in the living room, recalling the big news that Jeongguk dropped on him.

Everyone in the family who heard about the news fell into silence. Everything happened so quickly that Jin didn’t even get to interrogate Jeongguk about it. They were rushed to their cars and sent away as the Jeongguk’s men informed them that Yeon was coming there to check on Taehyung.

Jeongguk told them he will handle Yeon and they should leave. Namjoon didn’t waste the time and hurriedly took them away.

In the present time. Taehyung was under the observation of the doctor while staying safely at home. The doctor who checked on Taehyung informed them there were no major injuries or health issues, which was miraculous as Jin told them Taehyung had stopped responding for some time. There were bruises, weak health, and the effect of drugs which will go away with the medicines given. 

Taehyung’s mother bites her lips, hearing about the discomfort his son had felt her heart was shattered into pieces. “I told you something is wrong, my senses warned me. You two didn’t take action on time.” She says hurt to see her son in such a condition. 

The doctor leaves them going back to the patient to keep a watch on him. Isa turns to her husband thinking about the mate thing. “Did we make the mistake of not being with our sons and planning for leaving the place?”

Gareth pats her hand and shakes his head “It is not your fault, you were just doing what could have been good for them.”

She was not finding peace in the words at the moment, all sorts of scenarios forming in her brain. She was feeling guilty and blaming herself for not taking care of her child. “But look how things have turned out to be, he was struggling all this time and didn’t share anything with us and my elder son was putting all his efforts to play several roles at the same time. We burdened them both.”

Jin sitting next to his parents embraces her and places a kiss on her forehead to calm her, “Mother needs not worry, we have no complaints. Taehyungie and I love you dearly. It is good that he is resting or I would not have been given the chance to sit beside you.” The parents smile upon hearing it. Taehyung likes to cling to his mother even after growing up.

Hoseok feels guilty thinking about all the things this family went through in just two or three days and more is to come their way but they were still smiling and acting strong. He looks up at them and apologizes for keeping things a secret. “I never intended to hide things. Tae never fully disclosed what he was doing, he said he was doing it to gain information. We should have informed you from the first day itself.”

“But why was he doing this?” Jin asks unable to understand his brother, he turns to his parents “Is it because of Grandad?”

The couple glances at each other and then at the children in front of them. They were all aware of the changes in Taehyung’s behavior after his grandfather’s death and knew he might be blaming many for it. Taehyung became more secretive and would always sneak out from home.

The reason that led to the Grandfather’s death were many and none. They were not sure which among the many led to his end and could only speculate. Gareth wanted to investigate but as soon as he started the investigations, several dreadful warnings came to him, threatening him to end it.

Jin met with an accident and a photo of someone spying on their work also was sent to him. He caught the culprit but was stopped by his family to not dwell further. This didn’t get the closure they wanted but at least they were in peace. A person once gone becomes a memory. They lived with that memory but Taehyung was not satisfied with leaving things behind.

Isa sighs and shakes her head, “We are still not sure what occurred at that time. Dad was getting paranoid about things. He wanted Yeon to give up on the power, this could have caused trouble for all of us as pillars. Jeons had to interfere to pacify the situation.”

“But Jeongguk was not the head at that time right?” Yoongi asks confused. They could see Taehyung has grown hatred towards the two big names Ji and Jeon. While the former one was understandable but later was against their understanding.

“Yes, he wasn’t but his father started involving him in matters concerning the families. Jeon took him when they were talking and he may have known things or said things that lead to Dad’s condition.” Gareth fills in some gaps in the information.

“This is messed up. We can’t blame Jeongguk for things we don’t know fully about and we can’t take his side either. What to do in this case?” Jin looks at his parents.

Gareth smiles “Dad was very attached to Taehyung, he loved him more than anything, and he has known something that we could never know of. One thing is for sure. He said the mates have been a very sacred thing in Gandok and if there is one true mate we need to protect them.”

The group has heard about it but hearing it from Gareth they know it is not just folklore, it has importance. Gareth continues “He believed in the prophecy of that monk. There had been few mates after the said prophecy but none lived long after differentiation. Dad asked me to promise him if ever I found the next true mate. I need to hide their identity from the people, protect them with all the power I have…he may have known about Taehyung.” 

“Then that means these two are…” Jin shivers thinking about it. They look towards the stairs where Taehyung’s room is and gulp.

“What can we do now?” Namjoon asks, intrigued by everything he heard so far.

Gareth sighs “From my understanding things didn’t go well between these two. They have not marked each other. There might be a chance our son has rejected to be Jeongguk’s mate. He is stubborn and knows no grey just black or white.”

They look in shock at Gareth not believing their ears, “Dad this is Jeongguk we are talking about. If anyone can handle the troublemaker my brother is, it is only him and Taehyung is always following him since childhood. This should have been his happiest day.” Jin was not able to digest this information.

“If it had been, he would have acted before, you know he was avoiding it.” Yoongi pours a bucket of cold water on Jin, bringing him back to reality.

Jin was quiet. Hoseok claps gaining their attention, “I have talked to Jeongguk, he can intimidating at times but the way he is tolerant of Taehyung shows how much he cares for him”

Jin agrees, being close to Jeongguk in the work environment and sharing time as leaders, he has seen Jeongguk in various moods and knows how scary he can get. “You have seen him in family gatherings, if you once look in his work environment, you would feel dread. He is someone who can scare people by looks. He looks up at Taehyung as his family, but I am not sure how he is reacting now. For a true mate, this situation is pretty serious. He might be hurting a lot.” They couldn’t help but sigh together thinking about all possible scenarios. 

Unknown to all this in the room upstairs Taehyung has been sleeping for a long time. The effects of drugs were slowly going down. The doctor and nurse were there to keep a watch on him and look after his injuries.

He was in good hands and thus after half a day of rest finally he opens his eyes the big bunny plushie kept not far from him is the first thing that comes into his view. The bunny was looking at him with its big, cute eyes, and on its head was the familiar hat that Taehyung can recognize anywhere.

He narrows his eyes looking at the hat, and the unbearably handsome face of his mate flashes in front of him. Taehyung takes a deep angry breath, picks up the penguin from the side table, and throws it towards the bunny knocking off the hat from his head. The hat falls away out of his sight.

The penguin starts talking, telling him the weather and the news. Taehyung tells it to shut up then lies on his back looking up at the ceiling in victory, “Are you here moon goddess?” He calls.

There was silence in the place and then Taehyung sees a movement from his peripheral view he turns to see the moon goddess standing in the room smiling at him.

He sighs and sits up. The light-colored pajamas were giving him a young appearance. The baby of the Kim family.

“How can I be sure you are not the crazy imagination of my mind?” He asks.

The moon goddess moves and sits in front of him on the bed. Her eyes travel to his face, then she taps on his forehead and the mark appears again. She points to the mirror. Taehyung stares at his face in the mirror focusing on the mark.

“This proves I am real.” She says in her soft, comforting voice.

Taehyung’s gaze was fixed on the reflection for some time unable to move or say anything. He was trying his luck to prove everything to be a mistake but the mark made him quiet. He looks back at her “And why me? What do you expect me to do?”

The moon goddess opens her mouth to tell but Taehyung quickly waves his hand shushing her up “Skip the part where you call his name please” He says irritated.

The goddess chuckles, “The mates are an important part of our species. They not only depict love but togetherness, care, responsibility, protection, fertility, and kindness. The pain of one can be felt by the other one, and the danger to one can be sensed by the other half. This bond brings hope to many who felt love is just an illusion. Gandok was meant to be led by these mates but greed won and the mates were killed before they could take over the power.”

She looks at Taehyung lovingly, “I wanted to save you from that end. I am here to keep an eye on you two and have protected you since childhood.”

Taehyung frowns hearing it, “But, us, we are both alphas.” Taehyung thinks of Jeongguk and then looks at the smiling Goddess, “You planned this to make me suffer?” He wanted to roll over and sleep for another day.

She laughs hearing this, “How can I make my child suffer? Wasn’t it you who imprinted on him? Jeongguk was destined to be who he is now and so were you. I am here to help you two.”

She pats his head, Taehyung could feel the cold but assuring touch on his hand and his frown vanishes, “Gandok stands divided, confused about to choose between the three families, they don’t trust anyone not even their Gods. Flora and fauna are in danger so are you. I want you to protect your people from evil. The place flourishes when people love and worship nature and respect it.” The goddess explains.

Taehyung was not sure if this is the thing he wanted to listen to. He has different opinions about things. He is righteous but acts according to the situation. He can be violent and can be calm. 

“Isn’t violence and non-violence both important, if there is no evil then there is no definition of good. Why do you want us to change? Why do you think they need mates to help them, a leader to put sense in them?” Taehyung asks unable to understand her motives.

“Freedom is most important. Freedom of thought, expression, choices, and living. We have entered the darkest times of Gandok. You need to find answers to all your doubts, all that has happened, the past is needed to be opened and the new future should be laid in front of people.” Taehyung was surprised to hear it.

Since the death of his Grandfather, none has said this to him. They talked about the past like it is taboo. Even talking about the history of Gandok was a big matter. The families wanted to hide their wrongdoings and put blames other. Each has its own handwritten history to tell their generations.

The goddess stands up “Your fight is to bring back and treasure what is always yours.” She turns to look towards the door. “We will talk again, I want you to get well soon. You will know what to do next in a while.” There was a mischievous smile on her lips. Taehyung wanted to question it but the goddess vanishes away.

He remains seated looking at the door as the maid enters the room slowly not wanting to trouble him but finding Taehyung awake, she yelps in surprise and shuts the door quickly, calling for a nurse and doctor. 

Taehyung rolls his eyes. He waits patiently for the doctor and acts obedient when the doctor checks him up. He then notices his bandaged hands and the room looking like a hospital ward. 

“I am fine.” He says moving his wrist.

The doctor nods hearing it, he wanted to inform others but Taehyung stops him. “I will tell them myself.” They nod still unsure. Taehyung could understand their concern with his family up their throats, their worry and hesitation were obvious.

“I will tell if I am in discomfort,” Taehyung assures them and walks out of the room, with all the attendants looking at him in concern and a mix of relief.

As he gets down the stairs, he could feel the silence in the mansion. He turns to the attendant walking behind him and asks “Is no one there?” He was puzzled as to why the atmosphere felt a bit tense in the house today.

The man wanted to answer but at the same time, Jin who had been sitting in the living room with his family and friends looks up from his fingers and speaks loudly continuing the conversation they were having.

Jin seems irritated and scowls thinking about something, he turns to Hoseok and says.

“How can someone not want to be with Jeongguk?” He was not able to understand his brother. Yoongi, Hoseok, and Namjoon try to answer it but were unable to say anything as nothing comes to their mind.

Taehyung scoffs hearing it and speeds up his steps. He wanted to answer but Jin speaks again making him pause at the entrance. The attendant behind him gulps and prays for Jin in his mind.

“That alpha is the most eligible bachelor, even the ministry has their eyes on him, and my brother was running away from him. Just make me understand.” Jin was very confused.

“Same as you are not able to say your feeling out loudly to Namjoon…just make me understand.” Taehyung stands there with a smirk, hands in his pajama pockets, watching in delight as Jin’s face turn red in shame and Namjoon sputters the tea he took the sip off. 

Hoseok and Yoongi try to hold their laughter while his parents were unable to laugh or cry just watching their son in happiness. 

Taehyung looks at the people there acting like mourning over something. He rolls his eyes. He should have known they will get like this if something happens to him. He wanted to lighten up their mood and his brother gave a nice chance serving himself on the platter.

“What…what are you talking about?” Jin stammers and then frowns “Why are you out of your room? You are still not healed.” 

Taehyung ignores his brother and goes towards his parents sitting in between the two and then pushing his father more towards the side. He pushes them till Jin gives up his place and goes to sit on another sofa. Happily, he lays down putting his head on his mother's lap. 

“I am feeling better now.”

His parents smile watching him. Isa pats his head lovingly and kisses his hair “Such a grown-up baby.” she calls.

“Why do you tease your brother?” His father asks in an amused tone. Taehyung closes his eyes.

“He deserved it for taking the wrong side.”

Jin scowls, “I was just saying what is right, don’t you know how difficult it is for one to be separated from their mate for long, especially for the true blood alpha? He will not sit quietly and do nothing.”

“What can he do when I told him that we are nothing but strangers,” Taehyung answers making everyone quiet. His mother stops in her action and glances at her husband in concern.

Gareth pats Taehyung’s leg, “Young man it is not that easy. His pain can be felt by you. His longing will become yours, a true blood alpha never gives up easily. We are with you in this but will you be able to stay strong for long?”

Taehyung wanted to be stubborn and say yes but his words are cut by the loud ringtone of Jin. Jin was surprised to see Jimin calling him out of nowhere. He wastes no time and picks up the phone. All were ears to their conversation but were surprised when after formal greetings and asking about Taehyung’s health Jimin requested to talk to Taehyung.

Jin robotically passes the phone to his brother, putting it on speaker. They were surprised as to what these troublemakers had to discuss. Taehyung frowns as he sees the ID and sits up listening to the hello of the person on the line. Just thinking of the smirking face from the other side makes his blood boil.

“Speak,” Taehyung says annoyed.

“Wow… is the medicine bitter or are you jealous of my charms.” Taehyung rolls his eyes.

“Have you called to show concern? I am moved to tears.” Jimin laughs hearing and so do others present in the room.

“No…no…don’t let your tears fall so easily for me. You are no more an ordinary person, everyone in Gandok knows you now. I am just here to inform you that you need to give your precious time to our editorial project.” Taehyung frowns upon hearing it.

“What project?” He asks irritated.

“Oh…you forgot…understandable with the name you were making in for a while. You have already been absent to work for two days and I as the leader of the project understands and favor you being part of the family but no more absents will be entertained.” Jimin continues. Taehyung stares at the phone clueless.

“What the hell are you talking about? What family?” He asks. He hears Jimin acting spoiled asking someone to lower the temperature. It is hot. 

He wanted to kick this person sending him to a desert area.

“It is the editorial project for interns organized by Jeon group, my brother asked to make you join it. Though I was against it I can’t say no to him. Seeing your attitude you don’t like the favors that have been done to you. As expected from the young master of the Kim family.” Jimin says amused.

Taehyung stands up angrily, he wanted to reject the offer and say no but Jimin speaks again “See you tomorrow at 10. Come with your portfolio, intern. Bye bye. Kiss kiss.” He disconnects the phone. Taehyung looks at it angrily wanting to throw it away. Jin quickly comes to him taking away his phone carefully.

They look at him with amused expressions, especially Jin who was the happiest of them all, grinning brightly as he sits in ease and looks up at his brother, wriggling his eyes, “I told you true blood alpha won’t sit quietly.”

 

Chapter 22: Don't be afraid, I am here.

Summary:

Taehyung joins the intership and meets his mate again.

 

Jeongguk looks up from the paper at the attendees in the meeting. His gaze was sharp and his jaws clenched. Their meeting had been going on for two hours and the temperature in the room was quite high because Jeongguk was not at all satisfied with whatever was presented to him.

“If this is all you have prepared and worked so far. I have to question my ability to put you in this position. What made you think you can present this to me?” He scolds them.

The workers all shivered and look down in shame, their faces seemed like they were ready to cry any moment. Jeongguk pushes the file away. “Just a day you got to mend your mistakes.” The employees quickly nod. 

Jeongguk looks at each of them, “Your work holds the responsibility for Gandok, your families, and for our company. Any idea that you put here should be thought out by not being greedy for sales and fame. We already have that. Jeon Corporation works to make people feel safe and secure. The ideas you presented today should have been sold to money mongers, not in my office. Give in written to why I should not fire you.” 

He dismisses them. The employees all hurriedly bow to him and leaves, not able to breathe in the room anymore with the spike in Jeongguk’s angry pheromones. 

Jeongguk sighs and hands the papers to Mr. Han telling him to shred them. He leans on the chair and closes his eyes not able to sleep last night. “Keep an eye on their work.” He says, still irritated by the employees.

Mr. Han nods, notes several things, and then closes his laptop. The phone in the meeting room rings up loudly making Jeongguk groan. His assistant quickly takes the call and then informs Jeongguk that his father is waiting for him. 

Jeongguk frowns but quickly gets up to meet his father. It is not always that he comes to the office unless an urgent matter is to be addressed or Jeongguk needs him.

When Jeongguk reaches the room of his own office. Eric Jeon was sitting there with a somber face, looking at a business magazine on the success of several small industries. 

Jeongguk greets him sitting opposite to him. There was an awkward silence. Mr. Han wanted to leave but Eric stops him, so he just stays standing behind Jeongguk.

Jeongguk’s assistant has known him well and knows almost everything about him. There was no reason to keep him out of this talk. Eric was sure that maybe he will put some sense into Jeongguk if he as a father failed to do so.

“Mr. Ji called me today and told me about whatever happened on the base,” Eric says in a low voice.

Jeongguk expected something like this to happen, after releasing Taehyung he knew Yeon won’t be happy with him. He nods. “I released young master Kim and told Uncle Ji that my men will take over and deal with this matter in their way. We will keep a watch on the Kim family and stop their move against the ministry, if any.”

Eric was quiet and patient letting Jeongguk continue, “Kim family is important for Gandok and the oldest like us two. They have the right to carry that legacy and not be defamed without any proper evidence since we didn’t have any solid proof against Taehyung Kim. It was wrong to keep him in custody.”

Eric sighs “But you also promised if there are any wrongs done by Taehyung Kim, you are the one to be blamed for it?”

Jeongguk remains quiet. Eric takes off his glasses and rubs his eyes in tiredness, “Son…I hope you have a good reason for putting yourself in this situation.”

Jeongguk nods “I have.”

“But do you know the consequences of these words said by you?”

Jeongguk becomes quiet again. “You gave Solace the power over us. You know how that Kim kid is, however right his actions are, they are always against Solace. After what has been done to him, he won’t sit quietly and you will pay the price for it. You served yourself on a platter to save him. Do you know what this means? Ji got power above both Jeon and Kim.” Jeongguk was already knowing about it but hearing it from his father still felt like a sharp knife.

He has thought about these things and knows this can turn things against him but Jeongguk has been in this work for long and knows about Gandok. He has been thorough about it and feels he can do this. His mate believes he has potential more than others. Jeongguk wanted to believe in his mate’s belief.

“I had no other choice. With the situations at hand, we are more or less his pawns. I just wanted to make sure someone is safe amongst us.”

“Why?” Eric asks not able to understand what made his son take this big step putting himself on the line but seeing Jeongguk quiet again, he sighs.

When he handed over the company affairs to Jeongguk he also told him that whatever decisions Jeongguk take he will be there to support him. His role is to guide and advise him along but Jeongguk has to take his path. Now in this situation, it was a test for him to stick to the words.

“We are always with you. It would be better if you visit home, your mother is worried about you and hope the day will come sooner when you are going to talk about your reason.”

Jeongguk nods again, this time being thankful to his father. “Just remember what I told you. You are better and more powerful than any of them. If the time comes don’t risk your happiness. You have already been pushing yourself so hard.”

Jeongguk meets his father’s eyes and though he says nothing his father understands that he is being grateful. Eric smiles and stands up opening his arm to hug his son. They talk about the other matters regarding board members for a while and then Eric leaves not wasting Jeongguk’s time anymore.

Jeongguk sits in his seat, a bit relaxed from the conversation he had earlier. It is good to know that someone is there to support you. Mr. Han approaches him after sending his father away and informs him of another great arrival. 

“Sir, young Master Kim has arrived at the office to start his internship.” Jeongguk feels like his breathing stops for a minute as he hears it. He nods acting unbothered and calm while a storm arises in his body.

“Tell Mathews to keep an eye on him and Jimin. They always cause troubles when stayed together.” Mr. Han hesitates to hear it.

“They are mature now will they still act the same way as before.” He was doubtful.

Jeongguk smiles “We have time you will see.”

Jeongguk looks back to his screen dismissing his assistant to check the mail. His hand pauses and then he quickly clicks on the link, scrolling through the files, he chooses the department and checks their camera footage. 

His eyes search for the person he has been thinking of lately and pauses there as his beautiful mate appears on the screen with annoyed expressions and bickering with Jimin.

Jeongguk watches it for a while as Jimin gives him a tour of the place. He searches for any signs of injuries or discomfort on his mate. He was worried that Taehyung might not be feeling well. His eyes don’t leave his mate watching him standing quietly while Jimin keeps on saying something.

The alpha in him wanted to go and embrace his mate. Jeongguk touches the screen wanting to reach out to his mate. Then groans embarrassed by himself he leans back on the chair closing his eyes. 

It is not easy to stay away from your mate when they are just a few floors apart. A call distracts him, and Jeongguk goes back to his work, busying himself not thinking of his mate.

Taehyung was however not as happy as Jeongguk. He hated to be called to that office and wanted to drop his name but the goddess tells him not to do so. The moon goddess wanted him to go to the place as it would help him with their task. Taehyung was not willing but there was a point and he accepts it. 

His family was surprised by his decision. They tried to enquire Taehyung if somebody was forcing him then thinking of Taehyung’s nature they don’t talk about it and respects his decision.

He, however, instructs his family to not get too excited and hyper of him finding his mate and not tell anyone until he says. His parents also talk about their plan to move out of Gandok and how they have now dropped it for a while. Taehyung would have accepted this offer if it was not for the moon goddess and the promise he made. He understands them and says he is fine to live here.

His mother gets excited, she was happy that his son is going out. With the things that happened to them, Taehyung blamed himself for the trouble the family went through. They had a long talk the night before and both parents tried hard to make Taehyung understand that most of the time things get out of hand and there is no one to blame for it. In times like this family should stick together and not blame each other. 

They were not angry but worried for their sons. If Taehyung was thinking he was wrong, they blamed themselves too for not being there with their sons. After everything was settled Isa was happy that they can try to live normally again.

The people still trust them and they are together, they can overcome any danger. She orders different suits for Taehyung to wear. He wanted to stop her but seeing how happy she is he follows her wishes. 

Finally, he reaches the office and is greeted by Jimin with wide arms ready to pull him in a hug. Taehyung dodges it skilfully and looks around the place.

He has been to this building but never to this block. The interiors of this place were beautiful. The walls were decorated with old magazine articles that one could have found only in archives. Taehyung has read a few of them and knows what importance they hold in Gandok.

Everything around him whether the potted plants or the rooms and the arrangements of furniture and the refreshments for employees were all arranged symmetrically and aesthetically. 

The people around him all looked and smelled nice, they had smiles as they pass by and bowed to them. The environment was light and friendly, the people were busy at work but also relaxed.

Taehyung was impressed. Jimin introduces him to the staff and leaders of various departments of their magazine. He keeps talking and telling him something which he doesn’t hear a word of until Jimin pauses making him almost bump with the alpha. He was ready to have a verbal fight with Jimin but the alpha points at one room.

Taehyung turns to it and was amazed to see a big library in the office. There were books all around him. This was quite a big collection. He gapes in shock. He wanted to stay there and read every book it has. Jimin smiles proudly.

“My brother wanted to show this place to you. This place is a treasure he has accumulated. You can come here anytime you want and have access to any book. Your ID card gives you special benefits.”

“I was not lacking any.” Taehyung shrugs but his excitement could be seen in his eyes. For once he was excited and happy to come here. He inhales deeply and goes over to take out one book but Jimin stops him.

“Not now alpha boy, let me introduce you to your team first. They are waiting for you.”

Jimin drags Taehyung to another spacious room with various compartments for each of them showing him a desk with his name. He then introduces Taehyung to his other teammates. “Meet him, he is Derek” The man with a soft smile looks at Taehyung and bows to him. Taehyung does the same. “He is going to be your assistant. He is very talented. I checked his work, you will like it.”

Derek says thank you and then goes back to his work. The next to meet him were Fred, and George, two young boys enthusiastically waving at him, and Charlie, the beautiful girl who quickly bows to him and then goes back to manage her piles of books. Her specs were thick like her talent in work. Taehyung meets them all, his production department was filled with talented people.

Earlier he was playing the roles of all these departments but now his work was lessened and Taehyung had to just work on putting his ideas.

After meeting and chatting with them all, he was exhausted from seeing all departments. Jimin was very active and bickered with him throughout making him exhausted mentally. This place was no joke. They went out with all the arrangements. 

He was exhausted after meeting the editorial, circulation, promotions, and marketing departments. The sales department was on another floor with other departments attached to it.

 

Taehyung felt hungry and tired just after half a day. Finally, Jimin leaves him telling him to collect his ID from the library and get his papers from there to start with work. Taehyung nods and goes away. He sighs thinking about getting some alone time.

He walks towards the library. His steps start to feel heavy as he goes inside. The librarian tells him to wait as she assembles everything. Taehyung doesn’t mind, he was not well and wanted to rest for a while. He sits in a far corner. 

He was feeling very tired and his head starts to throb. His body starts to feel hot and dizziness overwhelms him. It was like his body was waiting for his attention and as soon as Taehyung tried to rest his whole body started to tingle. 

He takes a deep breath and tries to calm himself down but the only thing his body wanted was his mate. The longing for a mate suddenly arose in him. 

His heart was itching to reach the mate and wanted to stay in his presence. Taehyung groans and grits his teeth in annoyance, just the thought of being with Jeongguk makes him frown in anger.

He wipes his eyes as they start to water. With the little strength left in him to make sense of things he checks his bag and pockets for the possibility of carrying any suppressants but there weren’t any. 

The doctor has advised him to stay away from all those unless it gets out of hand so he didn’t keep one not expecting this to happen. Taehyung doesn’t want to give up on his instincts but his vision was turning blurry with the heat rising inside.

He was in a quiet place and as a groan slips from his mouth, it makes him embarrassed. The heat was traveling down, arousing him, sticking his clothes to his skin. He felt very uncomfortable, it was with more intensity than the last time he saw Jeongguk. 

He puts his head down on the desk, the sweat dripping from his forehead. His hand was itching to do something with his arousal as it was becoming unbearable. He has felt the touch of his mate and has been acknowledged and embraced by him.

Taehyung wanted to see him again, feel his touch and do more with him. He bites on his lips to control these absurd thoughts and fights his instincts as much as he can until he smells the familiar pheromones of his mate.

The smell of moistened soil and fresh air mixed with the spiciness enters his senses. He inhales deeply, feeling calm in the scent.

The smell becomes stronger engulfing him, protecting him and comforting him, doing just according to his wishes. Taehyung relaxes, his eyes were still shut but the nerves start to relax again. The air that seemed to have cut off fills his lungs again. 

He sits up attracted to the pheromones and leans on the back of his chair. His head tilts and he sees the familiar figure sitting right behind him. Their chairs stick together making them apart by a small plastic frame. His purple eyes stare at the black locks and pale neck. 

He leans more almost spraining his neck and rests his head on the shoulder of his mate who seemed to have adjusted himself to accommodate his position. This was awkward but the situation he was in was more crucial. 

The pale neck looks inviting, he wanted to bite it and mark it. He inhales deeply and checks his mate again. This has to be a dream as Jeongguk was just sitting there silently without any movement.

Taehyung smiles, “Why am I seeing the person I least want to see?” His words contradict his actions as he moves closer and nuzzles Jeongguk’s neck. Taehyung’s actions become out of control. He turns to a comfortable position and stares at the straight back of his mate.

“Since you are just my imagination, let me mark you.” He says and pulls the collar, exposing the pale shoulder. His heartbeat quickens and he looks up to see the reaction of his mate. His finger touched and pressed the skin on the neck and traveled to the shoulder.

Jeongguk was sitting there like a statue. He was not moving or looking at Taehyung. He just sat there letting Taehyung do whatever he wants to. He behaved like an imagination. Acting only in a way Taehyung wants him to. 

 

He was afraid that he showed how he was aroused by the touches and the scent of his mate, Taehyung will run away or not let him be there. He was here to comfort his mate not to trouble him thus, controlling himself and clenching his fist he lets Taehyung act.

Taehyung licks his lips wanting to bite on the bright skin. Jeongguk shivers seeing how things escalated he gets nervous and quickly moves to stop Taehyung to not make him regret it later. 

He was able to save the spot but his hand gets bitten by Taehyung like a wild little wolf who has recently grown his teeth and wants to use it. Jeongguk watches as his mate meets his amber eyes. 

His breath hitches with the look on his mate’s face, seductive and robust. He reaches out and holds his mate’s head carefully as Taehyung bites his hand angrily.

He inhales, controlling his inner desires to not frighten Taehyung. “Be good. This will not last long.”

Taehyung releases his teeth from the skin and licks it, smiling at the true blood alpha, “I hate you.” He grins. The heaviness in his head makes him frown and his eyes droop. The pain was severe. Jeongguk moves his chair and embraces him. 

In the quiet library, only their light whispers and the dragging of chairs could be heard. He rests Taehyung’s head on his shoulder carefully. “I won’t let any discomfort happen to you.” He pats Taehyung’s head and covers him in his overcoat. 

“Hyung.” 

Jeongguk shivers hearing Taehyung call him that. He tilts his head to look at his mate.

“You are so good in my imagination. I am sure this is not real.” Taehyung hugs him tightly taking Jeongguk by surprise. He was stunned for a while unable to respond. He grits his teeth and nuzzles his mate wanting to live this moment longer.

“I am happy this is not real,” Taehyung whispers. Jeongguk's happiness fades away and his hand pauses as the words get registered in his brain.  

It hurts more than the bullet he once took in the training. His eyes quickly water surprising him. He wanted to move away but Taehyung’s arms were tightly hugging him. 

He had felt the discomfort of his mate while in his office. The first thing he did was to check on Taehyung. He saw Taehyung walking towards the library slowly. His face looks pale and his walk seems dragged. 

Dread filled his senses seeing that his mate was in discomfort. He quickly left the office with his assistant, telling Mr. Han to handle everything outside the library and let him comfort his mate. This was the reason Jeongguk wanted his mate to be near him.

They have both met each other, their natural phenomenon will pull them towards each other. If they fight with their instincts their body will be troubled and small periods of intensive discomfort will occur, to make them surrender and proceed to mark.

Usually mates don’t go through this pain as they are naturally attracted to each other but if they have a slight hatred towards each other, the bond becomes a curse for a mate. Jeongguk has heard about the stories of mates being abused or killing each other to get rid of this.

The repercussion is if one does any harm to his mate, he/ she has to suffer the consequences. If one dies the other loses his sanity. 

In the condition that Taehyung is in only his pheromones can calm him and vice versa, this is the power of the bond and the reason why this is a rare phenomenon. 

When he entered the place. The librarian was anxious and wanted to approach Taehyung to send him to the infirmary. Mr. Han quickly takes her away with the help of Jeongguk’s bodyguard giving space to Jeongguk. 

The true blood alpha only planned to sit next to Taehyung and provide as calming pheromones as he can. He didn’t expect Taehyung to become a rogue and play with his senses and emotions.

Jeongguk looks at his mate calmly breathing in his arms wanting to pry open his buttons.  Teasing him in a way possible. He holds the hands of his mate in his and tells him to behave in a soft tone.

He was sad that this is for a while and Taehyung may remember it as a dream but was happy to spend the precious time, only he knows how difficult it is for him to control his senses. 

He was hurt that Taehyung’s hatred for him is to this extent. He doesn’t let negative thoughts fill his brain. His mate is in his arm safe and fine, this is what he needed. The words said by him are what he deserved for being so distant from this person.

He kisses the head of his mate and rocks him slowly to sleep. It is fine with him even if he has to help his mate by playing the role of his imagination.

Their time has just begun he can wait for an eternity to make Taehyung his.

Chapter 23: Time is all I have

Summary:

Jeongguk plan fails but he still has hope.

Taehyung wakes up and looks around at the quiet library. There was no one there except him. A faint floral scent was spread in the air. He moves his neck and arms and finds no discomfort in his body as if he lay in a very comfortable position all this time. 

Flashes of Jeongguk holding him tight makes his heart sink, dread fills his mind as the possibility of Jeongguk being there occurs. He looks around anxiously again.

A lunch box placed in front of him catches his attention. His stomach growls seeing it. He picks it up and goes towards the librarian, having hopes that it is not placed here by somebody he doesn’t wish to see. The librarian was sitting in her place doing the work.

“Excuse me,” Taehyung says slowly, embarrassed with how he spent his short rut in the place without any warning.

He looks at her apologetically, “Sorry for causing you trouble. I don’t know how I went into a rut and fell asleep." 

The librarian looks up at him and waves her hand in anxiousness, "No...no. I don't mind it at all. Next time you can just tell me. I will vacant the place if needed." With her boss supporting this man, she didn't dare to say any offensive words or show that she was bothered.

Taehyung becomes quiet finding her more nervous than him. "Was anybody here in your absence or is this placed by you?” He asks politely showing her the lunch box.

The librarian looks at him, then realizing she is acting weird she controls her emotions and smiles, “No...no one was here. I left the place closing the door behind. It is fine, we were told about you not being in good health. This lunch box is provided by the senior boss for all the interns on their first day of work. All the best.” She pulls up a smile and sits back again.

Taehyung looks at her awkward smile and then at the box and nods. She hands him the papers he was here for. He thanks her and was about to leave when she calls him.

“Mr. Kim, there is a room in the right corner. If ever you feel any discomfort or ill you can rest there for as long as you want.” Taehyung bows to her with thanks and leaves the library.

It was very awkward to be in a place so friendly and caring. He felt like he is working under his brother and then the name Jeongguk appears in his mind. He finds both Jeongguk and his brother no different in the attitude that they carry. It was suffocating.

Nonetheless, he was happy that all that happened was his imagination, his rut taking away his senses and not otherwise. He looks at the camera in the gallery and a thought of Jeongguk going through the same thing flashes his mind. 

He stares at the camera for long thinking how will his mate cope with it and then realizing whom he is thinking of he scolds himself and moves away. Cursing his bad luck to be the one to deal with this.

When Taehyung enters the room his team was busy chatting with each other. They were discussing Taehyung’s case in the news and gave their views on it. Taehyung first stands silently listening to whatever they had to say.

The group was not loud but had a lot to say. “With those looks and status, there can be many enemies of a person,” Charlie says checking her nails and then she pats on the table loudly making them flinch.

 

“What if he is here to spy on the Jeons? Is it sensible to let him in?”

Taehyung’s assistant shakes his head “I don’t think so that is the case and it is a strong accusation given you have no proof to base your opinions on. If anything, the other pillars are not fools to trust someone or let them in so easily. These pillars have something going on that they are hiding from us.”

 

Fred and George look at the two and ask leaning in, excited and vibrating in enthusiasm. “Like some alien theory or conspiracy against the leader. Is that it? Wow. Shall we cover this?” 

Taehyung shakes his head, not able to bear it anymore. He knocks on the door grabbing their attention. They quickly stand up seeing him, looking at each other anxiously and then greeting him. 

Taehyung walks in and asks them to sit. They do so still unsure of how much he heard.

“If you are worried about how much of your conversation is heard by me then I must inform you that I heard it all.” The group looks down in shame unable to say anything. Derek wanted to apologize but Taehyung stops him.

 

“The points that you put forward were immature and lack substance, if this is how you are going to cover articles, I doubt that I can pass your writings. But you have a good scope for gossip columns and joining old age clubs and firing up rumors.” He smiles looking at them. The group was put more in shame.

“Let me get this straight and clear some of your doubts. I am that infamous person who has written many articles which can go to archives for being the most controversial writings or the writings of a propagandist. I am not ashamed of it. I write what the facts are. I work hard to get information even using pills to cover my pheromones in finding the truth.”

“This is all I have done. I have charges of being a part of that obnoxious organization and it is still under investigation. You can think of me whatever you want but when we are working give it all you have without being biased to any party.” 

Taehyung meets eyes with each of them, wanting to make them understand and leave no room for doubts and discussion. “For me, this work is more than putting in the fact, it is worshipping the talent that you got and taking responsibility for whatever you are writing. Your articles can change the life of the people involved in it so be genuine and truthful to them and yourself. Now that I have said it all let me introduce myself to you once again, properly.”

“I am Taehyung Kim. The pillar Kim's youngest Heir. I am here to learn and gain experience, and so are you. Let’s teach and learn from each other. Please take care of me.” He bows to the group. They look at him with wide eyes and then quickly bow in response, all introducing themselves again with a little awkwardness and guilt.

Taehyung smiles. “It is good now. Then since we have wasted quite a time we can start with work right away.” He tells them they nod and smile at him.

Taehyung walks up to the whiteboard and takes a marker writing several topics including the arguments and criticism of his and Jimin’s articles. Previous policies and laws. He turns to them. “We are going to test each other. These are simple works, we are going to write a report on any one of these. Let’s see what depth we can reach and submit the work in an hour. All the best.” He goes to his desk. The rest hurry to their places, choosing the topics. 

The room becomes quiet with only the noise of the clicking of the mouse and the scribbling of pens and pencils. When Jimin comes to the room, he applauses at them. 

“Wow. What an atmosphere. So hardworking.” Taehyung looks up at him from his diary and as Jimin winks at him, he regrets looking up. He busies himself again not wanting to be bothered by this adversary.

Jimin makes a face being ignored so brutally. His clothes were changed to a velvety suit and used a concentrated scent that could block someone’s nose. A soft fur scarf draped on his neck. 

He walks towards Taehyung. “Young master Kim are you avoiding me again?”

 

“At least you understand.” Taehyung answers. Then narrows his eyes noticing now the over-dressed Jimin. 

 

Jimin raises his chin proudly and waves with the tail of his scarf at Taehyung, burying his cheeks in the fur scarf “I am missing my baby today.” He says referring to his cat. Taehyung rolls his eyes. 

“Then go back to her. You are doing nothing here anyways.” Taehyung goes back to writing marking some specific points when a familiar feeling overwhelms him and his pen pauses. 

 

He is here. 

 

Taehyung looks up anxiously at Jimin. 

Jimin narrows his eyes “Don’t act afraid. I am not here to give you overtime. I am a good boss. Your boss is just here with a piece of good news.”

 

Taehyung stands up, “I need to go to the restroom.” He wanted to run away. Jimin waves his hand.

 

“Yeah. Yeah, your boss can wait.” Taehyung wanted to comment on it but the matter was urgent. He needed to get away from there. He reaches the door and was about to open it when the pheromones of Jeongguk become strong.

 

His steps pause as the familiar scent engulfs him. He steps back moving quietly next to his chair.

 

Jeongguk knocks on the door and enters the room with Mr. Han following him and the guards position themselves outside the room.

 

Jeongguk with his dominating and sincere aura makes everyone present there quiet. He looks around at the room and then at Taehyung for a brief second. 

The interns quickly bow to him, happy and wanting to squeal to have seen him in such close distance while Taehyung stands still watching his mate with both hatred and longing.

 

Jeongguk nods once at the interns, “I hope you have a good time here and have adjusted well.” The intern bows again and thanks him, nodding their head in excitement.

 

Jeongguk then moves towards his target for whom he came shifting his work a bit later. He walks to where Taehyung and Jimin were standing and looks up at Taehyung.

“It seems someone is not happy to see me. No greetings Mr. Kim?” Jeongguk asks watching Taehyung, acting naturally like they always talk. Taehyung looks away not wanting to stare at the handsome face and remember it later. 

Seeing Taehyung turning away Jeongguk doesn’t give up, he continues, “Jin might…” Before Jeongguk could say more Taehyung grits his teeth and bows.

 

“Good afternoon Mr. Jeon. Good afternoon Mr. Han. It is nice to see you two. It is exciting to know that you can suddenly intervene on interns without notice.” Jimin rolls his eyes hearing it, fanning himself with the fur. 

Mr. Han wanted to hide in shame, being dragged into the kill that was targeted towards his boss, and nodded awkwardly bowing to Taehyung in return while Jeongguk stands still, unfazed by the tone. 

 

The only ones to have it tough were the unfamiliar interns with their mouths agape.

“I hope I am welcomed anywhere in my building like this from now on, with more smiles and quick greetings,” Jeongguk answers and walk closer. Taehyung scoffs thinking of Jeongguk as a showoff. His eyes unknowingly travel to his mate, checking him up. 

 

It has been a day and his protective alpha instinct wanted to be sure that his mate is doing fine.

Jeongguk understands that look, he was controlling his urge to embrace his mate and show him off to the world. He was happy even if it is just instincts, Taehyung cared for him.  

“I hope Mr. Kim will work hard and learn good things from us,” Jeongguk says with a slight smile.

Taehyung narrows his eyes and then looks at Jimin. He has doubts, with this big entertainment journalist over here he can only learn to gossip. Jeongguk and Jimin reads his expression. Jimin taking it as a compliment bursts into a peal of laughter.

“At least I am useful in some way. Right brother?” Jimin asks Jeongguk. The true blood alpha pats his head. “You are.” He answers making Jimin all smiles. Taehyung frowns, he doesn’t like to watch this display of affection in front of him, making him nauseate.

He wanted to shrug it off but a slight want of being patted like Jimin arises in him. He sulks unknowingly. Lost in thought he feels a light and warm pat on his head, more like a caress, he looks up in surprise at Jeongguk.

 

“How are you?” Jeongguk asks his eyes calm and his voice soft. Taehyung moves away from the touch making the true blood alpha regret his action. He forgot and unknowingly did it seeing his mate sulk. His little angry alpha looked fierce.

 

“Good.” Taehyung answers in a sharp tone.

 

Jeongguk’s eye travels to the lunch box seeing it still sealed. He looks up at Taehyung and sighs silently. “It seems Mr. Kim doesn’t like the lunch provided for the interns. If it is not according to your standards and expectations give me a chance to order something you would specifically want to eat?”

Taehyung frowns and checks his lunch box. It was a nutritious food, some were his favorite items. He looks up “No need. I am not hungry.” His stomach growls at the right moment, making him embarrassed. He forgot to eat lunch and now the mention of the food made him hungry.

 

Jeongguk raises his brow. “I have an even better option you can join me for a meal.” He says slowly trying his luck and not losing a chance to tease his mate.

 

Taehyung looks up at him with wide eyes and then clenches his jaws. He opens the box and with a pair of chopsticks eats the rolled omelet angrily. 

 

The creamy and soft texture of the egg melts in his mouth making his hunger satiate a bit. His eyes close in delight and anger vanishes away.

Jeongguk wanted to laugh but controls himself. “Well, then another time maybe.” He comments. Taehyung avoids him putting another piece in his mouth. Jeongguk looks at him satisfied and then turns to face others in the room.

They were still standing quietly watching the interaction of the three. Jeongguk asks Jimin. “Did you inform them about writing in a new publication of the magazine?”

The eyes of the interns present there shine in excitement hearing it. Even Taehyung stops eating and pays attention to him. Jimin pouts hearing it.

“You killed the surprised brother.” He almost whines. 

Jeongguk smiles lightly “You can tell them the details and decide on what they want to write.” He looks back at Taehyung expecting him to be excited just like others. 

Taehyung pauses. He has been eating the food and realizes that Jeongguk tricked him into it. His blood boils thinking about it.

He raises his hand. “I have a very interesting idea to propose. I wanted to write it for some time.” 

They look at him in expectation only Jeongguk and Jimin feel something ominous coming their way when they see the heterochromatic eyes of Jimin glinting with excitement and hatred toward Jeongguk.

“There is a news that has been suppressed and not talked much about. On the day of the ceremony of the leaders of Gandok with the tight security and diversions and blockage of paths, a few lives were put in danger, a friend lost his life. I want to bring attention and ask who will take responsibility for it. Solace or Jeon Corporation? Will that friend of mine ever get justice?”

There was silence in the room, all were shocked to hear this news. Even afraid to breathe. Taehyung’s eyes were fixed on Jeongguk. It flickers to purple and turns back to its same color. He was being punished by his inner alpha for hurting his mate but kept doing what he wishes.

Jeongguk was startled to hear about this information, especially the part where Taehyung said that his friend lost his life. Jimin speaks first, “What are you talking about? My brother did nothing.”

“Really?” Taehyung asks looking back at Jeongguk. “I can hand over a report with the names and locations if you want. Minute by minute.”

Jeongguk was not knowing about any of this. His shock was reflected on his face. “Taehyung…you…”

“Mr. Jeon I will send you the report to carry out an investigation. You do that nicely, right? I also want to know whose fault it was.”

Mr. Han could sense the dilemma his boss is going through, they never expected, something like this to happen. Jeongguk was just here to see his mate again unable to control his urges and was now blamed for the death of his mate's friend. 

 

He quickly makes up a thing to rescue Jeongguk from this situation. “Sir, we need to leave. We have delayed the meeting and the people should not wait any longer.”

 

Jeongguk nods coming back to his senses and looks at Taehyung again, helpless and clueless. “No need to write anything yet until we check into the matter.” He answers and wishes others good luck and leaves.

 

He calls for Jimin who seemed to be angry with Taehyung and takes him outside to not cause any trouble inside. “Let me have a word with you.” 

Jimin looks at him angrily, “Why didn’t you let me talk?”

 

Jeongguk shakes his head. “You are angry. There won’t be any talk in this state.”

 

Jimin looks at him with fierce eyes. “He is not allowed to call you out like that in front of interns. There is one thing I am clear about. You didn’t do anything wrong.” Jeongguk smiles upon hearing it and pats Jimin's head.

 

“Regardless, something like this happened and I was not aware of it. He has a reason to be angry.”

 

Jimin was fuming at this point, he takes off his scarf angrily. “Seriously why do you take his side and tell me to be calm always?”

Jeongguk pinches the bridge of his nose. “We are all on the same sides. Taehyung is not well, take care of him as your brother, if you see any discomfort in him inform me, and don’t stress him a lot.”

Jimin shakes his head in disbelief. Jeongguk sighs “He is a good writer just help him not do anything that turns people against him more than they already are.”

 

“You want us to get closer?”

 

“Just don’t bother him much.”

 

“And what about him?” Jimin asks Jeongguk angrily.

 

“Don’t cause trouble for me, you two are grown up now,” Jeongguk says already thinking of various things at a time.

 

Jimin nods Jeongguk looks at him once and then leaves. He was not sure how much Jimin will follow his advice but was hopeful of not causing trouble.

Mr. Han looks at Jeongguk as they wait for the elevator. “Sir, I informed the team to look into the matter and report it within a week. I am sorry, I should have been alert and known about the matter.”

Jeongguk gets in the elevator. Mr. Han followed him. “You can’t be present everywhere.”

“I don’t know what that child saw and went through but it seemed like he is in very much pain.” Mr. Han says thinking about the expressions Taehyung made when he talked about it. Jeongguk also knows he saw how Taehyung was suppressing himself from bursting into tears.

It makes his blood boil to think something occurred on that day. He tries to think of the day and remembers he arrested Taehyung and a memory of Taehyung calling him murderer resurfaces. His heartbeat quickens and his fist clenches.

“Tell the team to report it within two days.”

Mr. Han nods and quickly dials the number calling somebody. 

Jeongguk was lost in the thought, in his mate’s anger and hatred towards him and this case. He stares at his reflection in the door while thinking about what could have happened. 

“Sir, when are you going to tell your parents about young Master Kim?” Mr. Han asks taking Jeongguk by surprise. He has thought a lot but was still unsure about this.

 

Mr. Han looks at the numbers going up. “You can’t change the fate.”

This makes Jeongguk look away in guilt. “I don’t mind him being my mate. I am just ashamed of myself. He was always there in front of me. He knows everything about me but me on the other hand only knows bits and pieces of him and what he went through.”

Jeongguk turns to Mr. Han and asks “How did you learn everything about your partner?”

 

His assistant was startled to hear the question, expecting it in the least, and was not able to say anything at first. Then after a thought he answers, “It comes naturally once you start paying attention. We have spent many years together so it ought to happen. You have just begun this journey give yourself some time.”

Jeongguk sighs, “Time is the only thing I have at the moment.”

Mr. Han could feel the hopelessness and defeat in his boss's tone. He understands Jeongguk well and knows he would never say and suffer everything silently. He has always been like this. 

 

Being a true blood alpha in itself is a cruel thing for a person. People put their hopes up on that person and take him as an almighty. Then topping it off with a mate is harsher than the changing seasons.

 

A mate who hates and not wants to do anything with his partner is the hardest slap anyone can get on their face. When Jeongguk broke down after meeting his mate and being rejected by him. Mr. Han was there. This young man tried to conceal it but he knows how much strength it requires. He wanted to motivate this person and tell him to not give up.

“Young master Kim is just angry and sad. You are true mates he can’t stay away for long. Didn’t you say he was always there with you, now that he knows you are only his how can he stay away? You should not lose hope he will come back to you.”

Jeongguk becomes quiet upon hearing it, this felt like the most relieving thing he wanted to hear at the moment. Mr. Han wanted to say more but shuts his mouth. He was relieved and stunned to see the expression this true blood alpha made by hearing his words. 

In the reflection, he could see Jeongguk’s soft smiling face like that of a youth who has been experiencing the first ray of love falling on him.

Chapter 24: I will accept your hate

Summary:

Jeongguk feels guilt as he hears about the beta friend of Taehyung.

 

Jeongguk sighs and gazes at the mark below his thumb that he has made several efforts to keep hidden from everyone around him. The bite mark was made by Taehyung with great intensity and passion. 

Jeongguk still remembers that look and couldn’t help but feel happy about the accidental mark that he received from his mate. It was a treasure for him and he very much wanted to keep it for a longer period.

It was a bit painful at first, his doctor was very angry with him for being reckless and playful. Jeongguk didn’t explain the circumstances and let him apply the medicine and bandage the wound. 

He traces the mark that has lightened now, slowly healing. He was happy to receive it but with it fading slowly he wanted to keep looking at it and frame the image in his mind. 

Two days passed after the incident and he was not able to talk to Taehyung or have a moment with him. His mate avoided or ignored him and busied himself with the work. Taehyung was adjusting well with his teammates and slowly forming a bond with them. 

Jeongguk even tried to free himself and rushed down to meet Taehyung and drop him home but was ignored by the alpha. His motive was to talk to his mate and ask him about the case. 

However, it didn’t go as planned and Jeongguk was not bitter about it until the next day when his alpha mate called his roommate and went with him, ignoring Jeongguk completely.

Jeongguk watched them leave together in front of him. He just stood there as Taehyung grabbed Elian's sleeve and pulled him towards the car, and went away. His mate never glanced at him. Jeongguk was not able to stop Taehyung knowing well the alpha would not listen to him. 

If Jeongguk has not seen Taehyung in his vulnerable phase he might have believed that Taehyung is not at all affected by the mate bond but Jeongguk has been paying attention to Taehyung a lot recently and has seen how easily this man can hide his pain and suffering if he wants to.

Jeongguk was not sure how good that friend of Taehyung is. He wanted to know more about this person. Earlier when he had to arrest Taehyung he only looked into the information of his friends and didn't get into detail. Now that this person was in front of him Jeongguk got curious. 

If someone in Gandok should be approached for obtaining data on anyone, it is Jeon Corporation. This true blood may look quiet and obedient to the leader but is a very lethal weapon, intentionally being dormant. 

He looks around at his staff on the ground floor. None dared to raise their head and watch this scene, in fear of him scolding them. Jeongguk then asks Mr. Han to prepone his appointment with the delegates and goes back to his room to carry on with his work. 

Today is the third day and he has no hope of talking to Taehyung. He has just occasionally glanced at Taehyung from the screen and carried with his work. He is worried for his mate, he has to leave for a few days and won’t be there in the office. He doesn’t know how Taehyung will manage if the rut occurs again or how he, himself is going to pass the day without looking at his mate up close.

Mr. Han knocks on the door and enters inside when Jeongguk calls him. He sees Jeongguk moving his finger on the bite mark and sighs internally. This has been going on for three days. His boss just keeps staring at the mark not saying anything or ordering him to call his mate.

He even suggested shifting Taehyung’s department. Mr. Han was willing to take him as an intern but Jeongguk denied. He knows Taehyung is quick-witted and if he came to know about this arrangement, he will quit in no time. Jeongguk wanted to win him not scare him away.

Mr. Han could see how Jeongguk is hiding his longing by engaging himself in the work but occasionally would steal glances at his mate or the accidental mark left by Taehyung. Jeongguk sometimes feels sudden discomfort and craves to look at his mate and go near him. Since he can’t do it all the time, he becomes angry and remains locked in the place.

He has not even visited his parents when they called, telling them that he is busy. With the mark on hand, he could not have been able to hide the truth from them. 

Mr. Han is a simple-minded person in terms of relationships. His family arranged a partner for him and he agreed to marry that person and mark them as his. He never thought that there can be so much helplessness, longing, disagreements, misunderstandings, love, and hate in a relationship between two people who have just recognized each other as mates. 

He remembers his early days when he married his partner, in his honeymoon phase, he acted like a teenager, fond and so much in love with his wife that even if she scolded him he felt like she is praising him and wanted his attention all the time. He was always on cloud nine at that time and so full of stamina. Thinking about it makes his cheeks red.

Jeongguk could sense something is wrong with his assistant as Mr. Han was just standing there saying nothing. He clears his throat bringing back the attention of his assistant to himself.

Mr. Han gulps, waving away his youthful moments, and comes back to the present, skimming at his boss in pity. “Do you need medicine? Shall I call the doctor?” He asks.

Jeongguk looks up from the mark at his assistant’s blushing face, his amber eyes boring deep into the soul of Mr. Han, causing the assistant to step back. Jeongguk looks quite wild when his pheromones peek or when he thinks of his mate and signs of a rut occurs. 

Mr. Han hesitates, his fear showing on his face making Jeongguk realize what is going on. He blinks several times to calm himself down and not let his instincts take over him. He was busy with his work and doesn’t know when his thoughts drifted towards his mate and that friend of his.

“Did you get the information?” Jeongguk asks. 

Jeongguk could have accessed the data on his own without the assistance of any other person, but as he was about to do this, he recalled the article Taehyung wrote about him. Pitying Jeongguk's future mate who would be caged by him.

Taehyung had written in that article how this powerful true-blood alpha is a threat to his future mate as this true-blood has access to information on everyone in Gandok.

Just imagine being a mate of this person and finding out he is keeping an eye on you, having data on everyone you meet and talk to. Can it get more creepy than this?

Recalling those words in the article, his hand pauses. He stares at the screen and then retracts his hands, afraid he is acting like that creepy, self-centered true-blood alpha. He is, however, impressed by Taehyung. His alpha mate was known all along about him being his mate but still didn’t hesitate to publish articles like this about him. Was he portraying his insecurities and bad luck?

Jeongguk sighs, even then he is required to obtain the information on that person. Taehyung was in his custody, he has to keep an eye on his movements and the people he converse with so that he could find the person behind Umbra. Taehyung is the key to the door leading to that organization.

Jeongguk grits his teeth and asks his assistant to collect information on that person. Mr. Han was surprised but obliged quickly. This method was a long route that Jeongguk had to choose. He doesn’t want to intentionally offend his mate.

“Yes, it is here. That boy is not a threat. He is a good friend of the young master and has been his roommate for a long. They have different departments but spend a lot of time together. His family history and other things are here for you.” Jeongguk nods, scanning the file handed by Mr. Han.

“The team has investigated the matter disclosed by the young master and handed the report.” Mr. Han says, making Jeongguk finally move and turn to him. He becomes serious, scrutinizing the folder in front of him.

Mr. Han reports about the case, “On the day of the ceremony, the J.S.F.A.T was deployed in all the areas near the venue of high security and local cops a little further from that. Young Master Kim had to face the consequences of the protest against his articles and had a bad day at that time.

He didn’t go home on the day of the event and spent the night outside in a park as witnessed by some. He met this homeless beta who was sick and needed urgent medical attention but didn’t get it because of the diversions and restrictions in that area.” Mr. Han tells him about how the cops didn't help him much and Taehyung had to take the beta on his back and run to save him.

Jeongguk’s hand holding the folder trembles. He clenches his jaw as Mr. Han continues with what occurred after that. He stares at the file of the person concerned and feels a storm of emotions in his chest. 

He closes his eyes in shame as Mr. Han goes on in detail. The only thing running through his mind was that his mate was dealing with all this alone. 

He remembers his mother once asked him to pick her up on his way home as she was near his working area. She was at a party with her friends, they were talking about their children and she happened to start missing her son. Jeongguk could not say no to her mother’s request and agreed to pick her up. 

When he went there, the ladies were a bit intoxicated by alcohol and were discussing Kim's family. Her friends were talking about how spoiled Isa has made her younger child. He would never spare a glance at anyone who is not of his status, would throw tantrums if things are not his way, doesn’t go out if his favorite car is not there, doesn’t like to do anything, and spends money partying and writing false stories about people. They were blaming him for being a burden on his family.

Jeongguk knew that these people are just putting their jealousy into words by defaming that child. He stood up for Taehyung and told them that all this is a lie and they should not spread rumors about a person whom, they barely know. He was polite but his tongue was sharp like a knife making them shut their mouth and dismissing the meeting.

His mother was not happy with his intrusion. She knew that what they said was extreme, but there was no need to get involved in matters of the others. Jeongguk said nothing to his mother but disagreed with her statement.

However, he never thought that Taehyung would sleep on the street or help a dying man to this extent. He untangled another side of Taehyung than the one he used to know in his childhood. He sometimes wonders how many surprises Taehyung holds for him.

Jeongguk stares at the papers in the folders, his chest feels tight as Mr. Han keeps going with what Taehyung had to face throughout. He now knew he deserved this punishment. He deserved his mate’s hatred, his anger for not being there for him, for being the cause of his troubles. Not once understanding him or looking for him.

He wanted to apologize to Taehyung and also wanted to settle this matter. Jeongguk holds many responsibilities to the point where it becomes tiresome. On that day, on the advice of his parents and Ji's family, he just deployed his team, handing them over the task of security around the venue.

His family suggested he should rely on his team rather than checking things on his own. Jeongguk still took charge of the security of the venue and left the rest to the officers to manage.

Since there were many influential and higher officials coming as a guest. The place has to be under strict security. Jeongguk planned everything before a meeting with his officers and made arrangements for the smooth running of the program while not causing trouble to the public in case of an emergency.

He can’t and didn’t check the arrangement later, handing the responsibilities to his well-experienced officers. This case was the lack of empathy by the team and an unfortunate mishappening. He can’t deny this was the fault of his personnel. 

The team is trained to put their emotions back and do their duty or always be in the position given to them. This was not totally their fault either.

Mr. Han could understand what Jeongguk is thinking and sighed, “The leaders are the most important part of a society. They are the voice and are in charge of people. Of course, when it comes to security, they become the priority. There is nothing we could have done. The ministry was there the security was tight. This…this incident was unfortunate?”

Jeongguk closes the folder, “When a person loses somebody, they would least like to understand the helplessness of the other. Who is more powerless than them at that moment? Do you think he doesn’t know whatever you said?”

“Sir…” Mr. Han was at a loss for words. He could not bring up something to make Jeongguk feel better. Fortunately, they were distracted by a call. Jeongguk picks it up and hears silently from the person on the other side of the line.

Mr. Han was aware of his body language. He knows something serious has occurred and watches as Jeongguk goes towards the glass window and looks down. 

Jeongguk instructs the person on the line in a firm tone. “Follow him. I will be there.” 

He then turns to his assistant, “Make arrangements. We are leaving immediately to follow someone.” Mr. Han bows and walks out. 

 

Alone in the room, Jeongguk stares at the two folders and quickly stores them in a safe place. He clicks on the screen and goes through the footage. 

 

Taehyung was doing his work when he receives a call. He looked happy at first, but soon his smile wipes off with whatever he heard on the call. He gets up, immediately leaving the office, not even answering the calls of his teammates. 

Jeongguk and Mr. Han quickly leave the office. The guards were already there waiting for him. Seeing him coming out of the elevator, the guards bow to him, opening the door to let him in. He then nods at his men as a signal to move. 

They were aware of their task and coordinated with the one following Taehyung. Mr. Han was filled with the information while he was with Jeongguk in the elevator. It was a mystery to where this person went in such a hurry.

Finally, after driving for several minutes, they reach the place. Jeongguk was surprised to find a cemetery in front as the car stops there.

“Are you sure this is where he came to?” He asks in a rigid tone. The guard nods. 

Jeongguk was stunned. Many questions surface in his mind, the first being why would Taehyung be here. Then he orders the driver to park the car a bit far from the place to not be noticed easily.

He looks at the place from his car. The white-painted metal fencing in the cemetery is low. He could see the tombs of the dead lined up with the occasional trees grown in places and grass hills covering the ground. 

With the sun high on their heads, he has to squint his eyes to spot Taehyung. He walks out of his car. Mr. Han pulls up the umbrella following him in a hurry. The bodyguards also take their position, keeping a check around.

Jeongguk walks inside the cemetery, keeping a reasonable distance not to be spotted by Taehyung, and watches as Taehyung searches around frantically for someone. He even calls out for someone. Jeongguk was curious. His eyes are trained on his mate as he darts here and there and then finally stops at a place. 

Jeongguk’s view cuts to where Taehyung is standing. He moves a few steps standing below a tree, in the shadow of it. He sees Taehyung standing in front of a tomb, panting and looking at a dog sleeping there.

Taehyung calls the name of the dog. Jeongguk could not hear it clearly. He stares at the dog with golden fur who reacts immediately and sits up, barking at Taehyung at first and then just waiting for Taehyung to act. Taehyung leans down, rubbing the head and neck of the dog while calling him again. 

Jeongguk's heart aches as he sees Taehyung cry and wipe his nose. The dog whines and licks Taehyung’s face. Taehyung sits down and hugs the big dog in a loving embrace. Patting and rubbing the dog that looked weak and obedient.

Jeongguk's eyes moisten as he sees Taehyung crying and talking to the dog. Mr. Han disconnects the call he was on. He had dialed a number to get information on the matter as soon as he saw the cemetery. 

“Sir this dog is of the beta we were talking about. It has been living with the doctor who helped Taehyung and yesterday ran away from their home. They were not able to find it and contacted Taehyung. It seems that the dog was missing his master and has now finally met his new master.”

Jeongguk looks down having some indescribable emotions surge through him. His throat bobs as he tries to control himself. His eyes trained on Taehyung’s every move. He watches as Taehyung talks with the dog and hides his face in the fur. 

Giving one final glance at his mate he turns back to go to his car. Mr. Han was about to follow him but stops as he sees Taehyung looking around for something. His eyes fall on them. 

Mr. Han hesitates, astonished as to how this alpha realized that they were watching him. They were not in his view and could not have been found that easily. He calls for his boss slowly.

Jeongguk was not able to understand at first, but after hearing his mate, he pauses, “Mr. Jeon.” Taehyung calls in an angry tone.

Jeongguk gets startled by being addressed like this. He faces Taehyung as the alpha approaches them. The others, understanding the sincerity of the situation, step far from them to give them privacy.

Jeongguk glances at the reddened eyes, nose, and ears of his mate, from crying. He remains quiet and just stares.

Taehyung gets irritated seeing him standing there unabashedly and saying nothing. He folds his hands over his chest and asks. “Mr. Jeon you seem to have a lot of time to follow around the insignificant employees. Do you do this quite often?”

“You are not insignificant,” Jeongguk says sincerely.

Taehyung was not one to be easily impressed. “Oh! Is that so? Does this gives you a reason to do it?”

Jeongguk shakes his head. “No. I was just concerned.”

“Concerned or curious?” Taehyung asks. Jeongguk remains silent. 

The alpha sighs, “Don’t give me more reasons to hate you.”

This statement hurts Jeongguk. Taehyung could see it in his eyes. 

“I am sorry. It was my fault.” Jeongguk apologizes sincerely. 

Taehyung was startled hearing it. This was the first time Taehyung has heard Jeongguk apologize like that. He remembers, in school, Jeongguk had to do it many times for him and Jimin but never has he heard of Jeongguk being at fault, at least, not in front of him.

The astonishment could be seen on his face. Taehyung puts his hand down, his eyes showing hesitation as he asks. “For what?”

“For the mishappenings to your friend. I am sorry.” Jeongguk says. 

He doesn’t clarify the situation or state whose fault it is, taking the blame totally on himself. Taehyung has heard once from his brother that the responsibility they hold, they have to be sorry for the wrongdoings of their team.

He feels his heart sinks. Jeongguk continues, seeing him not accepting the apology, “I will accept your hate towards me, but there is nothing like capital punishment for this behavior shown by my team. All I can do is suspend them for some time. Still, if you feel like this doesn’t give justice to your friend, you can write that article on me.”

Jeongguk has always been blunt with his words. When stating facts, he shows no emotion or sugarcoats them. Taehyung would have been infuriated if he has not known this true blood well enough. He stares at the true-blood alpha in front of him.

There was silence in the cemetery, with only the dull sound of wind reaching their ears from time to time. The dog barks, causing the two mates to look at it.

Taehyung flutters his eyes, clearing the thought in his head. He moves a step forward, looking at his mate in the eyes, "You..."

He has just started to speak when Mr. Han approaches them in a hurry with an apology on his lips, interrupting the two.

He informs Jeongguk of an urgent call and hands him the phone. Jeongguk hears the person on the other side speak, “Sir, we got some important information on Umbra.”

Jeongguk unknowingly looks back at Taehyung at the mention of that name. Taehyung was throwing daggers at Mr. Han for interrupting them. Mr.Han stands there apologetically and bows to him several times.

Noticing Jeongguk's gaze on him, Taehyung faces him and gets startled by his look. He wore the same expression as was on the day when he came to arrest Taehyung. 

Jeongguk says to the person on the phone. “Send me the file. I will check it myself.”

Taehyung could sense what it is about. He narrows his eyes, curious for the information. The true-blood alpha just looks at him and says, “There is a car waiting for you outside, it will drop you safely to wherever you want to go.” He leaves without looking back. 

 

Mr. Han bows to him again and follows his boss with the umbrella in his hand.

 

Taehyung makes a tired face watching them leave. He takes out his mobile and sends a text to someone, then sits down on the ground as Jeongguk gets away from his sight. He pulls the dog into his embrace again. 

"You might be knowing what that call was about," Taehyung says, looking at the dog. The moon goddess appears in front of him and smiles, shaking her head.

Taehyung glances at her. “You can be my cheat card if only you were a bit sincere towards me.” 

Taehyung hears a light chuckle, “That will be unfair to your mate.” The moon goddess says. 

“He is my good child.” She looks at the way Jeongguk went to. Taehyung wanted to gag hearing it.

“I can sense what it is about,” Taehyung whispers as he kisses the dog.

Chapter 25: Mr. troublemaker and Mr. Nuisance

Summary:

Jeongguk goes away for work bringing troublemakers together.

 

Jeongguk reaches his office. The AI scans him and welcomes him wholeheartedly, telling him about noteworthy movements in the office.  Jeongguk opens his coat button and sits on the chair, hearing whatever the intelligence was reporting. He calls Mr. Han and instructs him on getting particular files to his room. 

He sighs, stares at the screen in front of him, and then clicks on the files sent to him. There were various images of a shadowy figure and videos of it hiding in the shadow, clicking pictures of the illegal trade being carried out at night. 

Jeongguk remembers this case. It was about the trafficking of the omegas across the border. Umbra brought it to light. He also remembers the list of the men of his team that were on duty in that part and colluded with these traffickers to get things done. 

He wanted to punish them, but they were mysteriously found dead in their apartment, and some accused ran away. This part of the information is obscured from the press, nor did Umbra get a whiff of it.

Jeongguk, however, feels Umbra is a strong organization capable of digging out every truth. He scans the file sent to him and plays the videos, looking closely at the minute details. There was a dark shadow of the man lingering around the areas with illegal activities, watching them and snapping their pictures.

Jeongguk narrows his eyes he tries to look closely at the figure. The man in the video was well prepared, he was the darkness himself. Camouflaged in the blackness. It was difficult to identify him with just this video. Jeongguk was disappointed, he felt like wasting time on this.

He then checks the photos that were sent to him, they were all the same as the video except for the one where the person stands near a flickering lamp, and before he could disappear, the team managed to get the shot of it. 

He was not sure if they were going after the right person. Some evidence was significant to make progress in this case. He can use this picture to scan it with the individual records of the people of Gandok. All this requires time and his presence on the base.

His team confirmed that this person is the one collecting information for Umbra and if identified can lead to them. Jeongguk was, however, not excited. The person was very clever in hiding himself, the physique was quite general to stand out among others.

Still, he doesn’t neglect this piece of the puzzle and decides to run it through his database to obtain the list of people with the same physique. 

The problem is, he has to immediately leave for the base. This highly specific data was accessible only in that place.

Jeongguk stares at his watch and the work he has in hand. He couldn’t delay either of them. Mr. Han knocks on the door just in time with the files in his hand. He comes to Jeongguk giving him the files and briefing about each of them in short.

Jeongguk nods while signing the papers, reading them once himself. He then asks his assistant to make arrangements for departure. He wanted to go through these files as quickly as possible and leave in an hour for the base. 

Mr. Han was surprised but dutifully nods, ready to make arrangements. Jeongguk stops him as he was about to leave the room and gives another instruction “While we are not here. I want to get every information on Taehyung if he goes somewhere other than his home.” 

Mr. Han hesitates but courteously nods and closes the door. Jeongguk stares at the paper he has to read, then sighs. At times, he hates himself for being in a situation where he has to act this way. 

He was a bit nervous about what the result will be like. Is he going to get another piece of evidence pointing at Taehyung? He clicks his pen thoughtfully. 

Today after meeting his mate Jeongguk felt a stretch of relief that could help him for another day. He was relying on the drops of water to quench his thirst. 

He checks the mark on his hand, thinking of this turn in his life. Jeongguk decides to catch up on the sleep while on the way.

 

 

Taehyung on the other side of Gandok was also not doing any better.  He brought the dog, Lizu to his home as he can’t take it back to the office. The first thing the dog did entering the place was pee on the entrance and scratch on the expensive sofa that is Isa’s favorite. 

When the butler and the maids saw this, they were all frightened. The butler even looked at Taehyung in disapproval, lightly scolding him for causing trouble for Madame. He wanted to take the dog outside but Taehyung was not ready.

They wanted to dismiss the situation before Isa detects it. It was too late. Taehyung’s mother sees it all and scolds Taehyung pinching his ear in a tight grip. It was painful, Taehyung cried in pain, and none could help him.

His father and brother were not home and the madam looked scary when disciplining her child. No one on the staff could say anything in the middle.

Lizu, nevertheless, is a brave dog. It tries to bark and defend its master. Taehyung shushes it up holding her mouth to not bark or they will be thrown out. He begs his mother that he will discipline her and take care of everything.

His mom was not ready until she gets to know where the dog came from. Taehyung does not tell them the details just informs them that its master is dead and the dog has nowhere to go. He found it lying in front of the grave. 

This brings tears to the eyes of everyone present there and they accept the dog sincerely, feeding him quickly.

Taehyung sighs, rubbing his ear and watching as his mother abandons him and takes care of the dog now, even finding the dog beautiful. After making them agree to have this dog at home, Taehyung leaves for the internship again. 

He had come out without notice and knows how much overreaction he is going to get from Jimin for this.

He takes Jeongguk’s car and arrives at the office. While in the elevator he stares at the number on the side plate, unknowingly his mind repeats the floor number of Jeongguk. He waves the thought away as soon as it appears still it causes him irritation.

 Fortunately, the elevator door opens to his department. He takes hasty steps toward his office, thinking about the reasoning to give them. 

His feet halt when loud noises of celebrations are heard coming from inside. Taehyung stops in shock hearing loud cheers of birthday wishes. 

Not one person was in sync, it could make the listener’s ear bleed. He takes a deep breath and opens the door, hearing his team singing loudly, hurting their throats. 

He was horrified. Have they forgotten where they are to sing this loudly? They stop as he enters. Their faces flushed, big smiles plastered on their countenances while wearing birthday caps, and holding party poppers, birthday cakes, and snacks. Taehyung’s eyes go wide. He felt a headache coming. 

He is their leader and just once when he was out for work, they did this. “What is going on over here?” He asks in a stern tone.

They don’t get the hint from his tone or expressions and smile. “We are having a small birthday party, we tried to stop you but you were in a rush,” Derek answers. The one Taehyung thought was sensible in the team.

Taehyung holds his forehead, before he could warn them, they hear footsteps approaching their way. Several staff members in uniform enter with ID cards hanging on their necks. Taehyung could see the disciplinary department written on it. 

He and the rest gawk at them in disbelief. Is this an office or a school? The handsome officer looks at each of them, then takes out a notepad and says with a profound look.

“Just for the record. This is the production team of the print media department and you are the interns in order of the alphabet, Charlie Ruth, Derek Smith, Fred Wynn, George Phylo, and Taehyung Kim. Say yes in affirmation.”

The five interns say yes together with a nod like dolls with spring heads. The officer hums in satisfaction and flips the page of the notepad. 

He looks up. “I am Jackson Wang, the officer in charge of the disciplinary committee set up for maintaining the discipline of the place by our President. With me here are the members of my team, Mark Tuan, Youngjae Choi, and Jinyoung Park.” 

The interns nod awkwardly, bowing to them, the team also bows in return, all dressed up nicely and posing to intimidate them. Taehyung shifts to one side taking a good look at each of them. He puts his hands into his pants pocket while watching the interesting show.

“Okay! Now that introductions have been made let us get to work. We must report any indiscipline caused. There are certain rules to heed while in the office.” 

He moves his pen over a point and reads it aloud. “Celebrating in the office premises. Against the rules.” He ticks on the pad. The rest just watches them closely. Taehyung’s team stands there awkwardly still holding the whistle in mouth and cake and snacks in hand.

“Shouting while in office.” The one named Mark points out, clicking his tongue in annoyance. Mr. Wang ticks it. His team shows concern, highly disappointed in these interns.

“Sticking tapes on the desk, making the property dirty.” The third officer says. They shake their head in disapproval with each point being marked. 

Charlie quickly removes the decoration feeling guilty and nervous as they tick this option.

“Using flammable products while in the room.” The fourth one speaks up. Each of the officers speaks the point one by one. Taehyung was trying to peek at the list of the items under disciplinary action. He couldn’t help but chuckle seeing the long list.

The officers turn to him and check him out, then the one holding the list gazes at the page and goes through a point below, “Making fun of the officer.” He ticks it giving Taehyung an enraged look.

Taehyung was surprised by this deduction in point. He moves back indulgingly. Officer Wang then closes the notepad. Officer Choi moves forward to put his statement. 

His gaze held dissatisfaction with the attitude of the interns. If not just an employee here, he would have torn their applications for internship. 

He clears his throat and says in a stern tone, “You are working in the prestigious Jeon corporation that needs no introduction in Gandok. As being under the roof of this prestigious pillar you have to follow and respect the rules and regulations of the place which you failed to do so."

"Since it is your first time, the punishment will not be harsh. We are here to inform you that the interns of the production department are suspended from today’s work and need to leave the office immediately.” His punishment didn’t feel that bad in the ears of the interns. Their eyes shine in excitement making him frown.

“You have to take this time and reflect on your behavior and write a report to the Chief Executive Officer showing your sincerity.” Mr. Choi turns to Taehyung “You being their leader, have to give a two-page report. The disciplinary committee has completed their work here.” The officer nods and then stares at them.

Taehyung and the others were all stunned for a whole minute unable to say anything. Then one of the officers clears his throat and looks at his watch, “You have four minutes left to leave the building.” 

They come to their senses, quickly moving to their desk to collect their bags. Taehyung wanted to push these uniform employees a bit further to see that rules list but remembered how he contributed to a points deduction, he restrains himself and strides out leisurely. He was tired and early rest is a good thing. 

His team follows him, still wearing the caps and holding the decorations. They remain quiet throughout the way until they reach the parking lot. Taehyung skims at his dumbfounded team and couldn’t help but chuckle.

“Whose birthday is it?” He asks.

Charlie looks at him with a gloomy expression, “Mine.” She then clasps both her hands and bows to Taehyung in forgiveness, “It is my fault, because of me, we are punished.” 

They never said it openly. They were all a little afraid of Taehyung for his reputation in the community. They were warned by their families to keep their eyes open and not do anything that can anger Taehyung. He is very dangerous and delinquent. He could ruin their life if he wants to and they have no power over him.

He was put in prison and has written objectionable articles, it is better to not mess with him and focus on their work.

The delinquent Taehyung stops and glances at the four of them, “It is not your fault. If you want to see the fault in this incident it is in the shrill and poor singing method. The voice was so loud, out of sync, and totally out of tune.” Taehyung gives a deep analysis and out-of-context reasoning.

The interns could only grit their teeth and nod, agreeing to it. Taehyung watches these dumb people and sighs.

“Happy birthday,” He says to Charlie and walks closer to Fred.  He checks the cake in Fred's hand and takes a cherry from it, putting it quickly in his mouth. 

He then thinks of something and turns to them “Since we are free, utilize it by partying somewhere.”

The team becomes happy hearing it. They were a bit sullen when thrown out of the building for being hooligans, now as their leader proposed a good plan their spirits turn high again.

Taehyung smiles looking at them. He starts to walk away but had just taken a step ahead when a red Mercedes Benz stops in front of him. Taehyung rolls his eyes noticing the person inside. 

Jimin pulls the mirror down and wiggles his eyes at Taehyung. “Is it your team that got a suspension for a day?” He asks with a smirk. 

"As expected from the famous Taehyung Kim. Just three days at work and..." Taehyung ignores him and turns to change ways but the beautiful car blocks his way again.

“Want me to ride you?” Jimin winks.

Taehyung sighs, he leans on the window meeting the gaze with Jimin “Eager to ride me?” The intern at the back couldn’t help but suck in a breath. Jimin used to these jabs and chuckles.

“Depends…if your assets interest me.” Taehyung stands straight moving his finger on the body of the car.

“My assets have high demand.” Taehyung folds his arm over his chest. Jimin rolls his eyes. He glances at the minions behind Taehyung and waves at them.

He says a little loud to let them hear. “Making a name this early. You will shine like your leader.” The team could just smile awkwardly at it.

Jimin sees the cake and their appearance and gets excited “Whose birthday is it?”

Charlie moves in front and bows to him, "It is mine. Sir" she answers respectfully. Contrary to their view on Taehyung, they all think highly of Jimin and take him as their role model.

Jimin smiles wishing her. “Since you all have proved yourself futile today. I as an elder brother would like to give you a chance to show your party skills to me.” Jimin gives them a brilliant smile blinding the four.

They quickly agree. It was one thing to party with friends but a whole new meaning to the word party when it is with the family of pillars. They were beyond happy. 

“Will brother join us?” Jimin asks coquettishly.

“Not interested. Are not you busy?” Taehyung quickly rejects him making his team droop. He look at their wilted faces and wanted to ignore them. 

“No” Jimin laughs unashamedly. “Come on, no one wants to be around you. Don’t turn the few doing favors to you.” Taehyung glares at Jimin who grins looking at him. 

Charlie requests Taehyung to join them. Taehyung feels like he should not indulge but it was the truth. His life has changed from before. He is not seen in the same picture anymore. That picture has turned darker.

He still has to face college and people. Jimin is the best choice to start with. He thinks about it and then nods, seeing how they were all waiting for his answer. 

Jimin smiles and lets them all in. The group was excited, checking his car, and praising Jimin throughout the way while Taehyung gazes out the window, looking at the changing scenery.

They stop at their destination chosen by Jimin. As soon as Taehyung comes out of the car and glances at the club his first instinct was to turn and leave but Jimin catches him dragging him along, not listening to any of his protests.

Taehyung didn’t expect to come to this place not because it is not according to his standards. This night club ‘Super Nova’ is quite famous for being one of the luxurious clubs of Gandok. What makes Taehyung stay away from this place is, it is owned by Jeongguk.

Jimin walks inside easily getting access by the guard being a frequent visitor here. He tells the group proudly. “My brother was a teen when he visited this place with his friends. He was so fascinated with the environment, colors, and” Jimin winks at Taehyung “Beauty of this place that he wanted to buy it." 

"When the owner of this club wanted to retire Jeongguk took this club from him. Hehe…he is very passionate about even small things.” They walk through a passage.

 

 

“Seems like a drunk decision to me.” Taehyung comments. The rest disagreed with him but didn’t dare to say so, except his childhood foe Jimin.

“Is that so? How did you get to that conclusion? He gave this place such a beautiful name. Super Nova. He said with so many colors and people coming together in one place, forgetting their difficult times. This looks like a supernova from above.”

“That confirms my hypothesis,” Taehyung says wriggling away from Jimin’s grip. He looks at his crumpled shirt and was ready to cuss at Jimin. The group sees the tense situation interferes with taking the two inside.

They had just entered the place and already sweating because of these two. As soon as they get inside the main hall with colorful lights and loud music. Their mouth hangs agape seeing the beauty of the place. 

This establishment was spectacular. There was a big disco ball moving in the center with huge speakers set in the middle and a dance floor occupied by a few people. It was still early and not many have turned up yet but they can all imagine what it be like at midnight.

To one side was a big bar and stools placed. On the other was the lounge area. The waiters were continuously busy serving people. On the first floor were games for entertainment. Taehyung could see people smoking playing snooker and darts and looking down from the big glass walls.

It was still early for party time but the gathering was there, enjoying their time. They were all dressed nicely. It takes time to adjust to the mix of scents. The interns look at their clothes and wanted to cry. 

They felt so underdressed while the two big shots next to them were worthy enough to take the spotlight. Jimin was always ready like he is about to party. Even when seen in the office, he is always at his best. 

Taehyung on the other hand was wearing a dark blue shirt and light-coloured pants. Simple, yet with his looks and physique of an alpha anything he wore turns out to be picturesque worthy. The interns were really jealous.

Jimin takes them upstairs to a private room. The light music playing outside is blocked with a faint sound of instrumental played inside. It was against Taehyung’s understanding as to why Jeongguk owned something like this. Taehyung thinks of the young Jeongguk coming to a place like this and being fascinated. 

He looks curiously at the place. It was a well-decorated and lavish club. He walks towards the glass wall and looks down at the people dancing in pairs. Then thinks of Jeongguk doing something like this, going all crazy while drunk and dancing. He shakes his head just the idea of that rigid man dancing like crazy while drunk makes him laugh.

The team was very happy to be there. They quickly decide what to get from the menu. They planned to spend some time eating and drinking and as soon as the party comes to its full swing, they will go all out dancing.

Jimin glances at Taehyung when the drinks are served and call him, “Young master Kim…are you thinking about my brother?”

Taehyung rolls his eyes, seeing the reflection of Jimin displaying his stupid grin on the glass, and walks back to his seat. He snatches the glass from Jimin’s hand and drinks the hard liquid. Jimin fills the glass again, happily.

“Want me to get drunk?” Taehyung raises his brow at Jimin.

Jimin smiles unashamedly “Scared?”

“Bring it on. Let’s see who can’t handle their alcohol,” Taehyung sits straight and drinks the content, emptying the glass again.

“Your turn.” Jimin also happily does it. The two alphas act childish while the poor interns watch them, sipping on their drinks slowly. 

They have heard about these two troublemakers, and now witnessing them was much better. They were not certain whether they should interfere or enjoy the show.

“I don’t understand one thing,” Jimin says as he gulps more of the drink, “How are you so rude to Jeongguk? Didn’t you like him?”

“None of your business.” Taehyung doesn’t leave space for argument. Jimin surrenders.

The group watching them suddenly gets excited at the mention of their CEO's name. “It is a pity we were not able to see him today. I want to know about him.” George turns to Jimin “You might be knowing well about him.” He was all jumpy with excitement. He seldom speaks but seeing him so elevated for Jeongguk doesn’t sits well with one of the boisterous alpha. 

Taehyung snorts hearing it, he sips his drink not looking up. Jimin raises his brow, “Do you think I know nothing about my brother? Are you challenging me?” He says to Taehyung both drunk and ready to tear each other apart.

“You not worthy of my challenge,” Taehyung says while watching the ice melting in the glass. The four present there whistles in excitement.

“Ok then let’s see who knows Jeongguk better.”

Taehyung takes the bottle pouring himself more of the intoxicating liquid and finally meets the gaze of Jimin.

 

“Bring it on.” 

Chapter 26: The adventurous night of the club

Summary:

Taehyung doesn't cause trouble. Troubles come to him.

 

Jimin smiles in victory as Taehyung says those words. When Taehyung isolated himself from them, Jimin was most happy with it. 

When they were kids, he hated Taehyung with a passion. Nothing seemed to go fine whenever this person was near him and his brother.

Jimin hated how Taehyung had made his life hell, but when this person was not around, he realized that Taehyung is the reason his childhood was memorable. He remembers most of it because of the fights and troubles they caused to the elders.

He still hated this person but also started missing him. His life didn’t feel that exciting anymore. He focused on his career and worked to achieve what he is doing today, but the gap was still there.

He was happy and edgy to finally meet Taehyung. He read his articles and would always get keen on how this alpha is not changed much. Later when he met Taehyung, this foe of his seemed distant and silent.

Today after a few glasses of drinks and a little pestering from him brought that young and daring Taehyung back. Jimin feels the adrenaline rush. He grins, gulping down the intoxicating liquid emptying the glass, and scrunches his face at the smoky taste.

He says to the interns. “Did you know if not because of me, this man over here would have never met the true blood alpha?” Jimin then smiles lightly, thinking of them when kids. He points to Taehyung. “Say thanks to me for being two months older than you. You should call me hyung and bow to me. I made you meet my brother.”

Taehyung meets his gaze and clinks his glass with Jimin. “Thanks to you, I never once had a proper conversation with your brother. You were always there to interrupt us.”

Jimin sighs upon hearing it. It was partly true, he was always there, and he doesn’t regret it. The interns lean forward, interested in their talk, not wanting to miss a word. They wanted to know more about the life of the families of the pillar.

“Have you ever thought about it in a way that I was there to save my brother from your claws?” Jimin raises his brow. 

“My brother is a true blood alpha, the rarest kind, and has to always be at his best, as expected by others. He was always under pressure over small affairs, then, there was you wanting his attention all the time, causing him troubles.”

Taehyung pauses upon hearing it. He looks at the glass. His hands were numb, and his mind had a voice of its own. He hated to discuss Jeongguk when sober, but at this moment, with this person here, he wanted to reminisce and show who knows best.

“You think only you understand him better? Your family made him a stiff person. I sensed it while still a toddler. This gave me more reason to be near him. I wanted him to be like us. Young and free.”

Jimin was pouring the drink for himself and others, as these words register to him, he glances at Taehyung, then shakes his head in disbelief. 

His locks fall beautifully over his eyes. Charlie blushes, eyeing these two handsome alphas. 

“He is different from us and has different priorities, responsibilities, and goals. He is happy as long as his family, friends, and people are happy.”

Taehyung leans back on the sofa and raises his glass in front of the light. He examines the liquid as the light makes it look lighter in color. “I know this. Being different than others is a boon and also a curse."

Taehyung's one eye and the liquid matches in color, "However, he never uses it as a boon. All I have seen him is succumb to his responsibilities, play an idealistic role in society, and follow someone who is trash. He says he doesn’t like people who lie but has no problem if it is one from the family.”

Jimin grits his teeth. He sucks in a deep breath, ignoring the trash and liar part, and turns his attention to Taehyung, observing his behavior. “Indeed, hyung does not like people who lie to him, but he himself lies to others, hiding his emotions and his feelings and covering them up in a lie." 

"His no is not always a no. Sometimes it is forced out of his mouth for the contentment of the person in front. He will do anything for everyone but will never say a word about it or let others know about it. For their well-being, he can lie.”

Taehyung’s hand shivers. Suddenly he craves and longes to see that face again. The number of times he faced Jeongguk from the day, the true blood alpha found him as his mate flashes before him. Taehyung bites his lips in anxiousness. 

“Yes, this gives me more reason to hate him. I have always seen him work hard, look after us, and carry the burden for others. Why is it so hard for him to say no? Why is it so hard to understand that it is too late? Why does he try to be so idealistic?” 

Jimin's eyes go wide, noticing the change in the expression of Taehyung. He could see the helplessness, anger, and frustration in the tone and face of the alpha.

“I believe you have a very shallow understanding of my brother Mr. Kim. He is a general, a pillar, a head of a big company, and an elder in his family. Do you think you can understand him?” 

Jimin continues, his tone sharp. “You were not here for quite some time and knows not many things about his past. His actions can never be biased and self-centered. He is not lucky like us and he is not the one to regret it either.”

Taehyung quickly wipes away the tear that dares to fall from his cheek. He knows this and still wanted to hear it again. It is this nature of Jeongguk that the moon goddess loves. 

It is this attitude of Jeongguk that Taehyung admires and hates. He feels guilty to reject, but also could not accept this mate bond. Not until he knows the truth about his grandfather’s death.  

“This shallow understanding of mine tells me that a general, a true blood and a pillar should always be firm on the ground of righteousness and not be wavered by the mundane family business.”

This time it was Jimin who becomes quiet as this was the truth. His family was the reason Jeongguk accepted many things that he shouldn’t. The two alphas put a dagger in each other’s hearts and become silent.

The interns sit dumbly. The air becomes tense again in the room. George elbows Derek to say something. They were not knowing fully where the context of the conversation shifted to. 

There are many things that outsiders don’t know about these pillars. They are only shown the sides these parties mutually agree to portray.

Derek tries to come up with something until he hears the sniffles of Charlie. They turn to her in surprise and watch her wipe the tears staining her cheeks. 

“This is what I always thought of the pillars to be like. The sacrifices, love for people, selflessness, and righteousness. Oh my God.” She sobs. “Our boss is so good. I will work hard to bring glory to his media department.” She cries.

Taehyung and Jimin stare at her dubiously. They don’t know how she concluded all this and what kind of stories she built up when young, but it lightened the atmosphere. They either didn’t understand or skipped the part where Taehyung said their leader was trash and a liar. 

Jimin gives an awkward smile to the group and sighs in relief internally. It is good this way. The other interns also get enlightened by her words and applause for the two, flowing in the flood of emotions. 

Taehyung regrets joining this group of idiots. Charlie gains confidence with drinks and dares to ask them. 

“Are we going to judge the winner?”

Both the big-shot alphas give her a condescending look. Taehyung speaks first, “Are you capable of judging me.” They are not normally this rude, but when together, their wilderness and robustness come out.

The applause that was still going on stops, and the interns cower. Jimin chuckles, finding it fun to bully these fools, and adds. 

“You think I will sit quietly and watch you make my brother lose?”

Taehyung rolls his eyes. “Don’t get ahead of yourself. I am not losing to you.”

The poor interns could only keep their mouths shut and look around nervously. Jimin pities them, seeing how they will cry if pushed further. He turns his attention back to Taehyung.

“Okay, let’s make it more interesting. Whoever loses has to do everything the winner says for a whole day.” Jimin wiggles his eyes in excitement.

Taehyung puts the bottle on the table with a loud thud. He stretches his hand and grins. “Deal”

Jimin shakes his hand with him. “Deal” 

The four members have their ears perked up. They were excited to know what was going to happen next. Their elation cools down again when the alphas quickly sit straight, take out their phones, and start typing. The clueless intern watches them with wide eyes.

“What is going on?” Derek dares to ask them. The two alphas shush him.

“Don’t disturb. Play somewhere else. I need to win this.” Jimin answers him while Taehyung pays attention to the screen. 

Jimin tries to steal a glance at Taehyung's phone but is booted by the alpha. Taehyung glares at him and shifts to the other side, calling him a cheater.

The four interns awkwardly watch the two alphas act childish and wait for some kind of clarification. It was not how they thought this was going to be. They expected something to happen, some kind of a show in front of omegas and betas or a word battle, but this didn’t even reach their imagination.

They have heard and now seen Taehyung is not fond of the true blood and expected a battle full of curses and punches to happen, followed by some juicy and interesting information on the most handsome true blood. 

The bubble, however, burst immediately and here they were just watching the two alphas busy on their phones.

They focus on eating food while the two quietly play with their phones. The food here was tasty, making them forget about the challenge as they took a bite. Their focus shifts to the food rather than what should have happened.

 

 

Finally, after taking a lot of time, both the alphas stop and look at each other with shining eyes as if they have done something extraordinary for the welfare of the citizens.

“Are you ready?” Taehyung asks, his voice sounded drowsy and his vision was unclear. He was smiling all the time. The same was with Jimin. 

They were trying to open their eyes wide and look at the screen. Both giggle and hide their mobiles from each other, fully out of their usual character.

Then the two stand up and with great difficulty, manages to move to two different corners of the room. They mumble something on their phone and smile wide when succeed in doing their task.

Jimin grins. “At the count of three, we send it.” Taehyung nods and follows him obediently. The group that had almost fallen asleep after eating the food and having drinks sits up straight, getting some action from the two. 

They hold their breath and wait for what is to come. Jimin starts the countdown.

“1…2…3…Go.”

He says and presses the send button. Taehyung also does so. They glance at each other’s screen, then falls on the sofa in satisfaction and big smiles.

“Now we wait,” Taehyung says, raising his hand in the air, to stretch his body.

“Uhmm…sorry to interrupt…but what are we waiting for?” George asks, clueless and intrigued. 

It was their first time to spend time with affluent people. He thought he would learn something from them, get motivated, and be inspired. He didn’t expect them to be like this.

The oblivious other three also nod, waiting so long for some answer. Jimin sits up straight and fills them with the information, carrying a proud smile. 

His voice slurs as he tells them. “We can only be judged better by Brother. So we sent him a message explaining how much we know him. The one who gets the first response wins.”

The four interns were stunned for a complete minute. They were too shocked to breathe. They look at each other and keep their mouth zipped. It was beyond their understanding. They felt it is the gap in their status. The well of people might be acting this way always. 

Both Taehyung and Jimin unaware of these thoughts, remain calm, as if they did the most sensible thing. The two then ask the waiter to get them the cake to celebrate the birthday and bring more snacks.

Charlie smiles wide as the waiter brings a big cake and places it in front of her, with beautiful decorations in it. She quickly takes photos and makes a wish before blowing out the candle. 

Taehyung also joins in the unsynchronized singing and eats the cake. The two alphas were acting very close. It was funny how they were pinching each other cheeks and calling some stupid sugar-coated names, even feeding each other.

“Don’t feel bitter if you lose. Honey bear, have this sweet delicacy to cheer you up,” Jimin says, feeding Taehyung. The young master makes him taste too.

“You too, two months older hyung, taste this cake and rest your tongue for a while.” Both had venomous speech but eyes filled with smiles. It was scaring the interns.

The troublemaker duo checks their phone from time to time and gets disappointed each time. It was already more than fifteen minutes and they got no response from the true-blood. He didn’t even read their text. 

Disheartened, they stand up and ask the team to join the party downstairs. The night has just begun. They are going to busy themselves with dancing.

The group feels rejuvenated. The loud sound of the speaker does something to their heartbeat, making their feet move to the rhythm of the music, pulling them toward the dance floor. They dance, ignoring everything else.

Charlie tries to act composed and dance like a lady with Derek, while Fred and George almost injure others nearby. Taehyung moves slowly to the music, closing his eyes and being happy alone, rejecting anyone approaching him. Jimin manages to find an omega partner for him.

Taehyung feels his throat get dry. He looks around, trying to locate Jimin, and sees him dancing with two omegas. He walks up to them and starts checking Jimin's pants pockets, without a word. The girl excitedly watches him being this straightforward and giggles when Jimin shouts at him.

“Yah! You pervert.” Taehyung is not affected by these barks. The omegas watch as the handsome alpha is harassed, and finally, the other handsome alpha manages to get what he wanted.

Taehyung takes out the phone from his pocket and checks for any notifications. Seeing none, he smiles in satisfaction. It is okay if he didn’t receive a text, and even better if this person also didn’t get any. 

The omegas liking this straightforwardness, slide their hand over Taehyung’s chest. Taehyung’s eyes change a slight color making them excited and intimidated. Jimin pulls the two back.

“Don’t bother him. He is practicing celibacy. Just focus on me.” The omegas were shocked to hear it and chortled. Taehyung wanted to punch Jimin, but it was good riddance.  

He goes to take another glass of drink. Moon Goddess calls him. “Taehyung.” She says urgently. Taehyung frowns and turns to her with sheer surprise written on his face.

“You also like nightlife, moon goddess?” She gives him an impassive glance. Taehyung nods, noticing her silence. “I forgot you are moon…night…whole night.” The more he says, the more senseless and annoying it sounds.

“You need to help her.” She completes what she has to say, ignoring Taehyung’s statement. Taehyung narrows his eyes.

“Who?” Someone puts their hand on his shoulder. His eyes flicker to purple and he quickly pulls the hand, ready to throw the person around.

The familiar face and voice stop him. “Taehyungie it is me,” Hoseok says. Yoongi holds Taehyung down and glares at him. Hoseok pats Yoongi on the arm to pull his hand back. He pushes his hair behind and gives a bright smile to Taehyung.

“Why is everybody here?” Taehyung asks pointing at the two. 

He was wasted and kept staring at the two nicely dressed men. Then his eyes go wide as it registers to him who they are. 

He becomes a bit sober, looking around anxiously, “Is hyung here too?”

Hoseok gives a sheepish smile. “Why would he be here on our date night?”

Taehyung makes a face hearing it. He shouts to be listened to by them above the noise. “Didn’t know you had such a bad taste to come here.”

Yoongi snorts, hearing it. He raises his brow. “Look who is saying.” 

The moon goddess doesn’t let the conversation go, standing in between him and the couple. “Taehyung, help her now.” 

Taehyung looks at her in confusion. He was not able to understand what she is talking about. Help who?

They hear a loud crashing sound followed by curses. The sound was loud enough, grabbing the attention of everyone there. The music stops, and all eyes turn to the direction of the noise.

A group of buffed alphas, standing at one side of the club, holding the stools, looked at everyone angrily. Their pheromones spiked, causing loud gasps among the people present there. 

The leader shouts, “You all think you are above the law. When our great leader Ji specifically mentioned that no omega will stay outside after ten, then what are you doing here? Aren’t you here ready to serve us mighty alphas?”

The buffed men laugh, hearing it, looking at the poor omega on the floor. The bottles, glasses, and tray were lying around her. She was dripping in the drink. Her arm was bleeding. Taehyung narrows his eyes. 

He has heard about these incidents but never stayed late after being released from the base to witness them. Today, for the first time, he came across such an incident. 

It seemed like these people took the responsibility, to discipline people and make them follow rules.

He has read headlines and news of daily arrests of these gangs, but since they did nothing severe and just told people to follow Yeon’s rules, they were released after a night's stay in a bar. He snorts. He visioned this to happen.

The manager and security all gather to protect the omega and ask the men to calm down or they will register a complaint and take strict action.

“Whom are you telling to calm down? We are here to teach these omegas a lesson. They have committed a felony. They should be at home doing household chores, not seducing us.”

The men pat their captain’s shoulder in praise, laughing at his words. As no strictness was carried against these gangs, their confidence was soaring. They look around at everyone present there. 

“To all the omegas present, remember this face, as this will be your last time to remain out of your home this late.”

The manager stops him as he leans to get the omega. He threatens with Jeongguk's name, but these men are drunk and come with a motive. 

Their pheromones turn sour, choking everyone, and causing the omegas to feel pain and cry hard.

“This is his club. They will handle it. Why do you ask me to interfere?” Taehyung mumbles. Moon goddess hears him. 

“That man has ulterior motives and won’t stop with just words.” She says.

Taehyung chuckles upon hearing this. It was weird. In a place where there are laws and police. It is not his duty to defend somebody. It is a legal matter.

Hoseok and Yoongi hear Taehyung saying something. They wanted to enquire, but the lady was a more pressing matter than this. 

“Let me show you the consequences of going against the supreme leader.” The buffed leader says. 

His goons lunge at the staff and manager, pushing them away. The leader takes his chance to grab the omega’s arm and pulls her up.

He grabs her chin and looks at her lustfully with a grin. “Smelling so good. Are you getting into heat for me, dear omega?” The man says, his eyes shining red.

His men wound the staff with broken glass bottles. The smell of blood and pheromones spreads in the place. The people present there all watch in horror. Scared by the scene going on in front of them. 

None dares to help. These people were supported by the leader, acting as their moral police. Taehyung grits his teeth. 

He wanted to ignore it, but the sound of cries, laughs, and smell of blood, all reaches him, making his blood boil. His jaws clench as a loud sound of ripping off the cloth echoes around. 

His eyes turn a complete purple, and his hand moves. A loud cry of pain penetrates the ears. A paring knife cuts through the air and pierces the neck of the leader, making him bleed and cry in pain. 

People suck in a breath as the leader turns towards Taehyung. All the eyes were now on him. Taehyung watches as the lady moves back, covering her body with torn clothing. 

His eyes meet the man. The moon goddess standing next to him also glares with a challenging look at the man. The two held the same rage in their eyes, one white and the other purple.

Taehyung breaks the silence, checking his fingers and clicking his tongue.

“Aiiishhh! My fingers slipped.” 

 

Chapter 27: The unique audio messages

Summary:

One hell of a fight.

 

The leader glowers at Taehyung. The veins of his arms bulge as he clenches his fist. The knife stuck in his neck, and the blood slowly seeped into his t-shirt. 

Taehyung’s vision is blocked when Hoseok and Yoongi walk in front of him guarding him against the leader.

Taehyung’s surprise turns into a smile. As expected from his big brothers, he was happy seeing them being defensive of him. He stands up, leans on the two, putting his arm over their shoulder. 

“What are you two doing?”

He asks, smiling wide. Yoongi looks away. He could guess how drunk this little alpha was, however hard Taehyung tried to act sober. Hoseok answers sincerely, 

“He has to pass through us before thinking about touching you.”

The leader scoffs upon hearing it. His gang follows him, standing behind him and twisting their wrist, ready for another fight. Their eyes gleamed in excitement.

Taehyung whispers to the witch and his partner, watching the gang. “Do any of you know how to fight?” 

The couple shivers hearing it. They pass an embarrassed look at each other and then stare at the muscular man in front. 

Hoseok has always been busy in his lab brewing various potions. He never thinks of using his power on these violent tasks.

Yoongi, on the other hand, is not a person to ask for trouble. He remains away from people and likes his own space. Hoseok and he carries a few potions wherever they go. They were determined to use it today for their safety.

Taehyung chuckles, knowing them well. “Neither do I..hehe” He laughs, proudly.

The couple wanted to shut his mouth and wipe off that laugh from his face. They were not in an amusing situation. The man in front of them was ready to beat them to a pulp, and laughing at the moment, that too so loud, was like intentionally making the man lose his sanity.

Moon Goddess pokes Taehyung, “What to do?”

“What do you think?” Taehyung answers back. Yoongi and Hoseok look at Taehyung in confusion as to what this means. 

The man could not bear being ignored by these three anymore. He swings a punch at Hoseok, wanting to get rid of them. However, Taehyung helps Hoseok dodge it, pushing him back. 

Hoseok’s eyes widen, and a cry slips from his mouth, not in fear but because his back makes a chattering sound, when Taehyung grabs his collar and pushes him back. He holds his waist and tries hard to straighten up. Yoongi quickly comes to his rescue. Taehyung clicks his tongue.

“Hyung, you need to work out,” Taehyung advises coolly while landing a punch, on the leader’s sturdy chest in retaliation. The gang and the people on the sides all gasp, watching it.

Taehyung’s face turns red. He was sure his knuckles cracked. The man’s chest was rock hard. He cries and calls the moon goddess. 

The Moon goddess smiles and pokes at the chest of the leader that was attacked before by the alpha.

The leader feels a hard blow and falls back with a loud thud, surprised and in pain, vomiting blood. The gang members were shocked seeing it. Some get down to check their leader, worrying for him as the buffed man writhes in pain.

“Why didn’t you handle it before?” Taehyung cries in pain and disbelief. He was rubbing his knuckles tightly to lessen the pain.

She smiles, looking ethereal and calm like always. “You were not ready then.”

The group seethes seeing their leader being in pain and put to shame. They move forward to attack. Taehyung and his friend prepare to face it, but a loud shout makes them halt.

Jimin walks forward, pushing aside the people as he walks from between the crowd and loudly applause for Taehyung.

“What a show! Mr. Kim, you have a habit of putting a spotlight wherever you go, though this time, you have a rival. It will be tough. Don’t get the fame alone let’s see who has more power.” Jimin walks and stands next to Taehyung so do the interns following his suit. 

Charlie had already left to take the poor lady to a safe place, away from these alphas.

Yoongi had a premonition before coming tonight that this place was not a good choice. Now, his instincts were mocking him. Others seemed to be sure that they would handle the matter. Only Hoseok and Yoongi knew this situation was wrong from the beginning when these two were in the same place.

The one who can handle them is not here. The couple wipes their sweat and joins the fight leaving the outcome on luck. Some staff members and people who came there to the party also get encouraged and join them.

The gang members at first hesitated. They knew the identity of Jimin. He belongs to the Ji family, whom they cannot offend. It was risky to attack him, yet hearing the cry of the leader they lose their rational side.

Angrily, the men attack each other. One defending, the other attacking. There were no rules in this battle. They used anything that could be useful to beat up others. 

The club becomes noisy again. This time with the sound of glass shattering, metal clashing, cries of people, and punches and kicks thrown at each other accompanied by loud cursing. 

Those who find the chance either vacate or hide in a safe place, not to be involved in the fight. Still, some were brave enough to stand on the side and watch in excitement as the famous names were fighting in the club. Few even record it.

Yoongi grows angrier with each passing time as another man comes and tries to hit Hoseok. He roars and lunges at them, ready to put them out of their senses. 

Hoseok smiles, getting excited to test his potions on these people. Yoongi pulls one person down while Hoseok pours the magical concoction, making the person lose consciousness.

“This comes in handy.” Hoseok shows a victory sign.

A buffed man pulls out a stool and throws it at Jimin. Taehyung saves him just in time. They shake hands. Jimin pats Taehyung. “This doesn’t mean I owe you anything.”

Taehyung ignores it he asks the more pressing matter, “Did you get any response from him.”

Taehyung dodges an attack while Jimin punches the man in the face. Then fetches his phone and gives a disappointed look. “No.”

Noticing that there was no response from Jeongguk, both take their anger out on the men attacking them, taking turns to punch them.

These men seemed to be a gang in the nearby area. They call more people as they are being fatigued by these alpha and beta forces grouped. 

The manager also calls the police and informs higher authorities of the development. The trouble has escalated quickly beyond his preparations and expectations.

The Super Nova club was known for its safety and good services. There was a good, friendly atmosphere in this club, attracting all genders, but today history changed. 

The wounded manager watching all this grits his teeth. He was a loyal man under the service of Jeongguk and took good care of this place. Today he saw the loopholes in his management.

He was angry with how wildly these people were clashing and turning the place into a mess. He grits his teeth as more bottles and glasses break, items of furniture are thrown in the clash, and seats are torn apart. He wanted to shoot them all.

Finally, in the loud noise of quarrel and heated environment, Jimin shouts, happily. “I got a text. Yayyy…” 

Taehyung halts upon hearing this. The dismay surfaces on his features. His hand trembles a bit. He clenches his jaw and angrily kicks the man in front of him. His blood starts to boil.

His phone starts ringing. He sees the ID of Jeongguk and scoffs. There was no use in talking to this person. He ignores it. The call keeps on coming making him irritated. 

He angrily picks it up. The adrenaline rush makes him bold. He can even face a massive wave like this true blood.

“Taehyung,” Jeongguk’s voice seems to be anxious and rushed. Taehyung dodges the attack from a man and answers.

“I am busy at the moment. Do not distract. Call your brother you DOOFUS.” The buffed man takes this chance and punches him in the face. 

Taehyung feels his head go dizzy. His vision blurs. He feels lightheaded and could taste the blood on his tongue. The man laughs, watching him hurt, and mocks him.

Jeongguk was repeating the word Taehyung addressed him when the groan and hiss of Taehyung, reaches his ears. His grip tightens on his phone. 

“Taehyung, what happened?” He angrily asks, but Taehyung disconnects. Nothing good comes out for Taehyung when he is near this true blood.

Taehyung still pulls up his remaining strength to teach this man a lesson. His lip was cut, his cheek bruised, and there were cuts on his hand. His team was also in the same situation. Taehyung was determined to take them all down on his own.

He has just pulled his punch up in the air when the atmosphere inside the club turns hushed. The people feel heavy in their chests and stop whatever their actions. 

The familiar pheromones with heavy intensity fill the place. A sudden pressure develops around the people, making them abruptly fall to their knees. 

Taehyung skims around him and was surprised to see people shivering and looking down at the floor. The pheromones of the true blood felt angry and disappointed. Taehyung hears footsteps approaching him.

“Moon Goddess?” Taehyung calls, but she was nowhere to be seen. He wanted to make sure he was not hallucinating. How can the true blood be here? He was on the call a while back.

“You dare to hang up on me in such a situation.” The dominating voice of the true blood reaches his ear. Taehyung, the only one standing in the crowd, turns and faces Jeongguk.

Jeongguk pauses as he sees the bruises and cuts on Taehyung. His jaws clench, and his steps quicken. He strides closer and grabs the chin of the alpha, looking at the scratches.

“Who did this?” He asks, glaring at Taehyung, the amber eyes piercing the purple of Taehyung.

Taehyung shrugs his hand away. He is a healthy alpha with a will to fight till his last breath. He clenches his palms into a fist, ready to fight Jeongguk. 

Jeongguk watches him, not at all amused. His eyes travel to the interns, his brother, and Jin’s friend. The place was a mess with everything destroyed and glass shards and furniture lying around.

He could feel and hear the crunch of glass wherever he step. It was a miracle that none of these people got seriously injured. As if they were protected by the moon goddess.

Jeongguk knew that all of these fools know nothing about combat or a small fist fight, still, they were here trying to face such a big gang. There was something very strange about them. 

His gaze sharpens on the gang lying there wounded, hissing in pain. Jeongguk looks at Taehyung again, the strangest one with many wounds.

“Watcha looking at? Me here. How dare you twext Jimin first? You no right to talk me.” Jeongguk rolls his eyes upon hearing the weird formation of the sentence. 

It was hard for Taehyung to speak with the cuts. The pain shoots while he speaks. He was not aware of what he is even doing at this point.

“I called you first. I am here for you, is not it more valuable than texting.” 

Jeongguk answers with a sigh. He has known about this stupid game of the two troublemakers. This is not the first time they did something like this. 

In school, they would write letters anonymously and place them on his desk, the one whose letter is read is called the winner, and the other one was a loser. It was a pity Jeongguk used to throw both without reading. 

At the age of six, they used to do it with their best toy. Then with clothes, then with precious items, and after a long time, in their adulthood, they did it again with the message.

Taehyung mind was too hazy to think straight. He frowns, not satisfied with this justification, and throws several weak punches at Jeongguk, cursing him in indecipherable language. Since his mind knew, this was Jeongguk, they were not that powerful. 

Jeongguk watches him take out his anger like a puppy using his paws. His focus shifts to the moon mark that appears on his mate's forehead. Jeongguk quickly pulls Taehyung into an embrace. 

He pushes Taehuyng's head towards his chest in a comfortable position and hides the mark from the eyes of others, wrapping his mate in his overcoat, putting an end to the anger of this drunk alpha.

Taehyung falls into the embrace of the alpha. Jeongguk holds him firmly, “It is fine now.” He whispers.

The words act like a switch. It makes Taehyung relax, his eyes start to droop, and he loses consciousness as the pheromones calm him down, resting in Jeongguk's arms. 

With the help of Taehyung, the people in the crowd were able to take a breather as the suffocating and domineering pheromone lightens. They look up and gasp, watching the true blood alpha embracing young master Kim. 

Before gossip could emerge. Jimin stands up and sobs as he sees his brother.

“Brother…I was scared to death.” He wobbles as he walks towards his brother and hugs Jeongguk pushing Taehyung to one side. Jeongguk sighs but holds them both tight. 

The buffed men hearing him say those words feel their wounds ache more. They were brutally beaten by these two alphas.

“We will talk when you are sober.” Jeongguk words make Jimin shiver. He quickly acts like he is unconscious and didn’t hear a word. Jeongguk sighs, holding the two big-size alphas in his arm.

The gossip that was about to explode, falls quietly with heavy disappointment when they see it is just brothers in a brotherly hug. 

Yoongi and Hoseok glared at the men as they dust their clothes. If needed, they were ready to use a few more punches. Jeongguk’s team comes inside and takes the gang into their custody. 

Jeongguk watches as they leave. “Leave the one who punched Taehyung for me to deal with.” He orders the officer. The officer nods and leaves.

Jeongguk glances at his sleeping mate. In times like this when Taehyung has his guard down and remembers him not as a mate but as the Jeongguk he used to be from before, he becomes very close. Jeongguk wishes that Taehyung acted in the same way when sober, it would have been good.

He turns to Yoongi and Hoseok. Yoongi was checking Hoseok’s arms and face for any wounds. Hoseok smiles and pats his shoulder, noticing the frown on his partner. 

“Don’t worry, these wounds will heal quickly with my potions. I should have chosen some other place. We can carry our date at home.” Yoongi nods, sighing that no major issue occurred. 

“Meet at Kim’s mansion.” They hear the true blood say, their plan for a nice dinner at home is also crushed.

The couple nods and leaves Jeongguk glances at the two drunk troublemakers and then at Mr. Han, who seemed to be very sympathetic towards him. 

He asks his guard and Mr. Han to take Jimin home. Mr. Han looks around the place, horrified by its condition.

The disco ball hanging in the middle falls, crashing loudly. His eyebrow twitches, and he quickly adds it to the list of things to work on. Jeongguk smiles, watching him worried.

“Didn’t I warn you about them?” He points at the two troublemakers and then carries Taehyung with him, to the car.

Taehyung lies unconscious on his way home. Jeongguk was happy to hold the hand of his mate. He was even able to touch the face without being shoved into the wall. He cleans the wound and applies medicine. 

“It seems, you are the only one who uses this first aid kit.” He smiles and watches as Taehyung breathes calmly. The mark on his forehead was gone. Jeongguk hesitates and then after a long thought, places a kiss on the forehead. 

He looks at his mate closely and sighs. His time is near, he is trying to control it but knows he can’t any longer. The true blood alpha wants to mark. 

It has started showing its wild form. His chains are becoming weak. The exercise, concentration, and work don’t help to distract him. 

If this keeps going, he will have to take a few days' leaves and go to some place secluded, to not bother Taehyung. He was worried about how strong the true blood will react when it breaks the chain. 

Taehyung opens his eyes. The hazy eyes stare at his mate. He frowns, seeing Jeongguk this close to him. “Hyung”, he says and pokes Jeongguk’s cheek.

“It is you.” He hiccups. Jeongguk holds his breath and watches as Taehyung leans closer, looking at his face. The heterochromatic eyes slip to the lips and then move up, meeting the gaze. His lips move. 

“You are a poisonous mushroom, dull and boring.”

Jeongguk inhales, that was there again. A new childish way to insult him. He was not sure why he is called so. Taehyung keeps poking his cheeks. 

Jeongguk holds the finger and meets the eyes of his mate. The frown deepens on Taehyung’s face as he tries to free his hand.

“What are you doing?” Jeongguk asks.

“I am battering you to death,” Taehyung answers, determined. He was unfocused and spoke slowly.

Jeongguk smiles. “Do it then.” Taehyung’s eyes widen. He watches as Jeongguk loosens his hold and gulps in surprise.

“Why do you want to do it?” Jeongguk asks, seeing Taehyung motionless, looking at him with big eyes.

Taehyung looks away upon hearing these words, “This is what I should do to know the truth.” He mumbles and closes his eyes. 

Jeongguk waits for another response from him but finds none. He sits straight, thinking about what Taehyung said just now. He knows there are many things Taehyung blames him for happening.

His phone rings, and he checks it to find Jin calling him. As soon as he receives the phone, Jin starts insulting his club and people. If not for Namjoon taking the phone and talking calmly. Jeongguk would have disconnected it.

He informs Namjoon that he is on his way and Taehyung is fine, he was able to hear Jin carrying his insults even after not having the phone. 

He glances at Taehyung and wonders if he learned it from his brother. Jeongguk checks the notification on his phone. He opens the messaging app and finds the message send by these two.

He was at the base going through the data of the people. Jeongguk had planned to stay there for a day or two to work on things from there. His focus was on the screen scanning the data.

Mr. Han walked to him anxiously and informed him about the gang lingering outside the club. He wipes his sweat and tells him that Jimin and Taehyung also went there. Jeongguk sees the cam recording of the place sent by the manager.

He could see the buffed men staring at the club. At that moment, the matter had not escalated. Still, he prepares to leave for the club. Mr. Han was unsure, their club could handle things easily.

“Remember what I told you before, those two have the habit of getting into trouble.” He watches as the data was still running and anxiously waits until the screen shows the list of people matching the image. 

Jeongguk asks the manager to not let any omega out of the club without security and sent them in his private vans. He knew what this group is up to.

Jeongguk wastes no time. He quickly transfers the data and closes everything, rushing to leave the base. On his way back, he goes through the recording and calls Yeon’s office, informing the authority that he will take action if anything happened inside his club.

The matter concerned Yeon, it tied the hands of cops making these gangs boastful.

His phone chimes again. Jeongguk sees two text notifications. He looks at the names of Jimin and Taehyung and asks the driver to go fast. These two were at it again. They have started turbulence in the situation. He didn't read the voice message sent to him, he knows what they are up to.

These two and the gang outside are a perfect stage for trouble. His head starts to ache. There was already so much to do and then this uncalled situation. He receives another recording showing the gang causing trouble inside.

They were confident after being acknowledged by Solace indirectly. Yeon said anyone who follows the rules and sticks to it is contributing to the welfare of Gandok, and we should appreciate their efforts.

These gangs were the so-called moral police of Gandok. He could have asked Jin to handle it, but that brother will become violent and his involvement in matters concerning Ji is risky at the moment.

A loud bell rings at 10 O'clock followed by a siren that could be heard everywhere. Warning everyone, it is time for omegas to get indoors. Jeongguk watches the rush on the street and the cops posted everywhere. 

The manager of the club calls him and tells him that he can’t do anything as the young masters have involved themselves in the fight. His men were wounded and needed medical attention. 

Jeongguk grits his teeth and checks the text sent to him. He skips the audio message the two sent him, instead inquires in the text.

“I need a valid explanation.” He sends the text. The car was still a few blocks away from the club. Mr. Han turns to Jeongguk. He watches Jeongguk dialing a number again and again.

“Sir, you were right. I should have been more alert with these two.” Jeongguk meets Mr. Han’s gaze but says nothing. He anxiously calls Taehyung when the alpha picks up his phone.

The call makes his blood boil. He could sense the situation inside. He strides, his pheromone spiking to make them all surrender. 

Knowing that no serious harm was caused to his men, Jeongguk relaxes. He finally opens the voice messages to hear what the two had to say to him.

Jimin's voice reaches his ear. He was trying to whisper the words. The soft voice of this violent alpha speaks like reciting a poem in a preschool with all sincerity.

 

“You are my best brother, the true blood, the fiercest, with power untamed.

 

In your veins flows the fire with dominance acclaimed.

 

I know my brother since day one,

 

There is no alpha and beta that you have not outdone.

 

I will always support you brother, and be there to sing about your contributions,

 

Watch you rise and smile and live happily with absolution.

 

Love you brother. *kiss* *kiss* *kiss*” 

 

Jeongguk hears a cry. “I miss you brotherrrrr….” The voice message ends.

It takes Jeongguk some time to process what he just listened to. It was nothing new for him to hear Jimin praise him. Whenever drunk this man starts calling him and telling him how much he loves him, but this message was unique.

Jeongguk replies “I am touched, but I hope there is a good reflection on your actions sent to me in 3000 words.”

He then glances at Taehyung, sleeping soundly. He takes out a bottle of water from the cabinet and drinks at the same time while playing the audio file sent by Taehyung.

The deep, honey-kissed voice of Taehyung is heard clearly in the car. Taehyung clears his throat.

“Yeah…huh…ya…Your brother thinks he knows you more than me,

 

He has even got the Audacity to challenge me.”

Jeongguk chokes on the water, coughing violently, not at all prepared for Taehyung to start rapping. The driver and the guard glance through the mirror in alertness and worry. He waves at them.

“Keep going, no problem.” They nod and focus in front. Jeongguk wipes his face and stares at Taehyung. Then plays the audio.

“I have seen you conquer battle and have seen you soar,

 

I know your secrets, and thoughts to the core.

 

I have seen you rise to the status of the king,

 

I have witnessed your journey and your every wing.

 

He claims and thinks he knows it all,

 

I have also seen you stumble and seen you fall.

 

I wished to be there to support you,

 

Some things stop me, you have no clue.

 

This decision is very difficult to make,

 

I was happy once to be your mate.

 

It is past that I can’t forget, but I know you well,

 

Your brother is still not on this alpha’s level.” 

If Jeongguk was surprised before, he was stunned at the moment. He gulps and plays the audio again, trying to match it with the image of the person sleeping next to him.

Then quietly leans on the door, resting his chin on his palm. The words play like a loop in his mind.

He couldn’t help but cover his eyes with his fingers, his mouth twitches. He was trying to control it hard but couldn’t, making his body tremble, and chuckles leave his mouth. 

The driver and the guard become alert. They have never heard Jeongguk laugh like this and becomes anxious, as there might be something making their boss mad.

Jeongguk laughs. The street light falling on the car shows his handsome face stretched to a smile. He takes out his phone and types a text.

“Young master Kim never fails to impress me. First prize to you. Thanks for taking care of me.”

“Also do not forget to hand in a report, reflecting on your actions and thinking of new ways to handle such situations in 3000 words.

 

-From the true blood alpha you know so well. :)”

Jeongguk pockets his phone and looks outside the window. The fatigue from the day was gone, his life has taken a new turn for good.

 

Chapter 28: A mother's love

Summary:

Taehyung regrets some of his actions.

 

Taehyung wakes up in the morning with a headache. He groans as Lizu keeps pulling on his blanket to wake him up. He sits up, defeated by the dog. His throat felt dry, and his body was aching everywhere. Holding his head, he curses the bright light entering the room.

As the clock moves to 7, his penguin wishes him good morning in a cheerful voice and makes a squeaking sound. Then proceeds with the motivational thought for Taehyung. 

He groans upon hearing it and rethinks of his decision on having this annoying thing. The penguin carries on with its duty and warns him about the light shower that day.

Taehyung holds his head and falls forward on the bed, unable to control the pain. The penguin keeps doing its job. It proceeds to the news that involves primarily the work of the Yeon Ji empire. The visits Yeon made to places strengthened the infrastructure of the Gandok and security in collaboration with Jeon corporations.

Lizu barks at the penguin, not liking its voice like Taehyung. The alpha curses the two for being loud. He wants to quieten the penguin but halts as it narrates the news about the incident that took place in the famous supernova club where the young masters of the pillars showed their power, taking down the alphas who were patrolling against people breaking the laws. 

Taehyung sits up straight upon hearing it. He stares in hatred at the penguin announcing the news. He was not expecting anything better from these journalists. They will twist everything he does and takes the chance to call out his name as the highlight of the incident.

Lizu paws at the penguin, successfully causing it to fall, yet the wounded penguin fulfills its responsibilities, relaying the news. The dog and the penguin battle with all their might while Taehyung busies himself with checking his phone. 

It is hard to even look at the screen at the moment. He has no memory of what happened the previous night and wanted to make sure he called his brother to take him home. His eyes travel to notifications.

Taehyung opens Jeongguk's message and reads it. His eyes narrow at what this text means. Has Jeongguk lost it? Then he clicks on his voice message. His face pales. The memory of the previous night in the club floods in. His childish competition with Jimin, their recording the message, and then fighting with the buffed men. 

His face changes color as the memory of Jeongguk holding him resurfaces, and him calling Jeongguk words and poking his cheeks makes Taehyung go red in shame and annoyance. Taehyung shouts in horror, throwing the phone away. 

He pulls the blanket and falls on the bed, lifeless, covering himself in a blanket in shame. “Just die already.” He shouts to himself.

Lizu paws the penguin and licks it, rolling it on the floor. Taehyung remains motionless. He kicks the blanket and punches his pillow in anger. Then sits up, making Lizu alert.

Taehyung glances at the dog, then moves forward and grabs its face, and starts shaking it. “Why did you go there? Just why?”

The clueless dog gets dizzy and barks at him, making Taehyung move back onto the bed, scared and gaining back his senses. He stares at the dog. 

Isa hears the noise and knocks on the door. She enters after peeking inside. She smiles, watching Taehyung and Lizu staring at each other, and walks inside with a tray to sit on the bed.

Like morning dew, she looked fresh and elegant in her purple dress and younger than her age. She smelled pleasant and comforting. Taehyung looks at his mother in surprise.

“How is my son feeling now? I have brought some soup to relieve your hangover.” She says, stirring the soup gently to cool it a bit. 

Taehyung looks at her and then at the bowl, he sits properly. “My head is hurting.” He answers and reaches out to take the bowl when she holds his palm. 

“Your mother will feed you like old times.” Taehyung nods and gives a feeble smile. His mother was acting differently today. She used to do this when he was young, but later she started giving him privacy and space.

Today, she appears to be anxious and was smiling half-heartedly. Isa looks at his face, checking the bruises and cuts.

She feeds him a spoonful. “Mom.” Taehyung was about to say something but she shushes him.

“I was told that parenting two alphas will be a difficult task. You will face many challenges. Yet it did not scare me. You two were so small and so good. Just the thought that I gave birth to you made me proud.”

Taehyung pauses as he hears the last line. “Mom, I used to always cause trouble for you three.”

Isa smiles upon hearing it. She feeds him another spoonful. “No, you were always lively. Watching you, I lived my old time. When young, I was also like you two, loud and lively.”

“Then what changed?” Taehyung asks, sitting closer to her. 

He had been close to his mother and grandfather. She was the one he feared and loved the most. As she feed him, with each spoon of soup, Taehyung felt he was living the time again as a kid. It felt warm, like the sunlight in his room.

“Exactly, then what has changed sunshine?” Isa looks him in the eyes and gently speaks her emotions out. 

“It is not easy to forget what my son suffered and went through while hiding his feelings from us. His family. Do you not trust us anymore? Do we need to dig into things to find out the truth?”

Taehyung was speechless for a while. He tries to think of all the things that happened and is not sure which one of them she is referring to. 

“It is hard to pick one when you have so much going on. You thought you could keep hiding all this from me. Whether it is your college or your personal life. It is cruel to know things about you this way.” Her gaze held sadness.

Isa has always been like this. She was an independent woman. She is of no comparison to the pillar, but her family holds a good status in Gandok. Her father was an officer and taught her daughter well. 

She was not afraid of anything until she had her two sons. Their being so vulnerable and little made her heartache, and she, for the first time became scared and worried to protect them. Since then, she did everything to be assured her two sons are doing well.

Whenever she returned from holiday, she would get all the information on them and then deal with them accordingly.

Taehyung understood his mother found out about everything that happened before and is not okay with it. He inhales, taking another spoonful of soup from her, he takes away the bowl from her hand, keeping it aside. 

Before Isa could protest, he lies on her lap and holds her hand. “Have I made you worry?”

She looks down at her son and brushes his hair with her fingers, thoughtfully. Taehyung then answers.

“I thought I could handle the situation, and telling others would only worry them. Most of them are caused intentionally by me.” He talks about the previous day's incident.

“I would have appreciated it if you had talked it out of your own will. Looking back at the past with how we made you stay at home, without your phone, thinking we are protecting you. I feel we wronged you. Your mother, of all things, was unable to understand you, and that makes me ashamed.” 

Taehyung looks up at her and shakes his head. “You do not need to be. I am not angry. I didn’t blame you for anything instead, when I was caught, it was due to me that you three had to witness those remarks and hatred. I let our name down.” Taehyung says and kisses her hand.

“Never think like that ever again. You two would never put the name down. I have confidence in you two and us. Yesterday, I realized that you have set yourself on a path that is very difficult to take. You are entering a phase where even if I try to hold you, I can’t. It showed my limits.” She blinks, not letting the tears spill out.

Taehyung looks at her in worry and sits up. Isa rubs his arm in care and says, “I know you are a very responsible brother and a son but Tae baby, you need to know, we want you safe. I want my family to be for each other, share their worries and happiness.”

Taehyung closes his eyes, feeling the warmth of his mother. It has been long. “It was an omega, those men were after. I had only two options. One was to watch them do that crime, and the other to stop them. Which one would you have chosen?”

Isa smiles upon hearing it. She was like Taehyung during her college days, ready to stand up for anyone in need. It was her attitude that made Gareth fall for her. She rubs on his hair gently. She never doubted her son's actions but was also worried about the current scenario.

“Things are not like before. Earlier, what was done in fear, can now be done legally. You have to be careful. It seems Ji has some hatred towards you.”

Taehyung nods. They had forgotten about Lizu all this while. When Isa glances at the dog, she looks at it in surprise. Isa points to something. 

“That cap is not yours. I have seen it before on…” She pauses. Taehyung raises his head in shock and finds Lizu holding the cap between her teeth.

He cries in defeat and goes to snatch the cap. The dog and the human try to battle each other. Isa watches Taehyung trying hard to take it. 

She silently observes as Taehyung tells Lizu that this cap was off-limits and never to touch it. She knows about this cap, her son also has one similar to it. It is their uniform, their honor. 

Handing something so precious to someone shows Jeongguk's feelings toward Taehyung. He was a man of fewer words and more action.

It takes time to adjust to the reality that the children have grown up. She watches her son lovingly, missing his presence at home, then goes up to the dog and pats Lizu on the head, asking her to release the cap. The dog obeys her immediately.

Taehyung holds the cap, protecting it in his arms, and glares at Lizu. Isa chuckles, seeing him like this. “I remember now. It belongs to Jeongguk, right?” She wiggles her brows.

Taehyung says nothing, “Is there something that bothers you?” She asks, her appearance and voice calm, enveloping Taehyung tenderly. She could understand the struggle of her son, the denial of his feelings.

“You were fond of him, acting like his tail. It was hard to get hold of you when he was around. My little Tae wanted to marry this hyung so bad.” She chuckles, remembering it.

“It is still astonishing to know you two are the destined ones.” She holds Taehyung’s face in her palms and makes him look at her. 

“You should know, a relationship is built on trust and communication. Certain things cannot be understood unless discussed openly.”

Taehyung looks away. “Why does it have to?”

“It is not a necessity but a part of life,” Isa answers.

Taehyung rubs lightly on the fabric of the cap. “Is it okay to go with the feelings that are conditional?”

Isa stares at her son, watching his minute actions, “For how much I understand feelings, it always starts as a response to a condition. My love for you, our family, there is a response to certain conditions that erupted in unconditional love. So, will you drop that feeling if it has emerged from a condition or let it take you to a level where no strings are attached.”

“I met Jeongguk yesterday. He has always been mature and disciplined. Our families differ on various matters. We have some disagreements, but what is common in both these families is they care for their people.”

“He told us that he will officially introduce himself as your mate only when you are ready. I respect those who know the value of words. Still, I would never tell you to rush things. You can take your time. Whatever your decision, we will support you.”

Isa doesn’t know, but as a mother, her instincts tell her that the future holds several tests for Taehyung. She worries for her son and wants him to be among people who understand and compliment him. 

“There are many things that are not under our control Taehyungie. If it had been possible, I would have already hidden you in my womb to protect you from this world. I can’t bear to see you struggle alone.” Taehyung was stunned as the words register him. He meets his mother’s gaze.

“Sometimes I just can’t feel proud that my baby holds the ability to bring back the glory of Gandok. I always wanted normal life for you two even if you were born in the Kim family. It was just my desire to protect you from all these cases. I can understand how you are feeling at the moment. It is not easy to accept. It is not easy to say yes and it is cruel to be pushed by your nature against your wishes but if there is love, things become smooth. This is the only way.”

Taehyung feels his throat dry and painful, and his eyes water. “I don’t know what to do anymore.”

Isa kisses him on the head. “Listen to your heart, to the moon goddess. She will show you the way. As a kid, you told me once, you can see her. I thought you made an imaginary friend. Now I realize you were always special. Distinct eyes, handsome face, smart brain, my baby has it all, isn’t it?” She chuckles, trying to lighten the mood.

“You have to tell us sunshine, whatever troubles you. We have all grown up to understand each other more. I still hold the capability to beat up whoever tries to harm my son. You two were the best things I could ask for. You two are my pride. You can never let me down in any way.”

They hear a knock and look up to see Gareth and Jin standing there. Gareth pushes his son inside, smiling at how emotional his family is getting early in the morning. Isa smiles and opens her arm to give her elder son a warm hug. 

Jin and Gareth had been there for a while and heard the heartfelt conversation. Jin has always wanted to be like his parents, strong and clear in their thoughts. He stands up straight and glances at Taehyung. 

“Regretting your actions?” He asks.

Taehyung remains quiet. Gareth teases him. “Get up. You have to go to your internship.”

Taehyung trembles hearing it, the text messages flash in front of him. “I don’t want to go anywhere.”

Jin looks at the bruised face of his brother and sighs, “Why do you get involved yourself in these brawls? If something serious has happened to you?”

Taehyung pouts hearing it “Moon goddess was there to save me.” Taehyung looks at the three. At times like this, they could notice even though Taehyung had grown up, he is still a baby to them.

Gareth ruffles his hair, “Don’t worry about the news, we will handle it. You just focus on your work and studies. You can shift to a private condo if the students are causing trouble there.”

Taehyung shakes his head. “It is fine. I should learn to deal with my problems.” 

Jin hearing it presses on the bruise making Taehyung cry in pain “Like this?” He asks.

Gareth smiles patting their heads “Still so childish.” Isa sighs, watching them. She stands up next to Gareth with a smile as their sons argue with each other, both pulling each other legs. 

Gareth holds her hand, squeezing it lightly. If not for the dog, they would not have known what Taehyung faced that day. They were unaware of many things, and it broke their heart that there was no one to wipe the tears of their son.

“He will be fine. He has us and Jeongguk.” Gareth whispers to her. She nods.  

Jin picks up the phone and hands it back to Taehyung. “There are duties you cannot run away from.” Jin checks his brother’s face and clicks his tongue. 

“I am not going to let that bastard go off the hook easily.” Their arguments change course to Jin worrying about his brother. He pushes Taehyung to get up and take a shower so that he can apply patches to relieve the pain.

After hours of pampering from his family, Taehyung is dropped at the office building for work. He looks up at the tall building and shuts his eyes in irritation. His family manipulated him. 

He walks inside and curses himself for clocking in at the same hour as Jeongguk. He glances around. The hall was quiet and clear from the alpha signs. Taehyung inhales in satisfaction and sprints to catch the elevator before Jeongguk gets a glimpse of him.

He presses the button of the elevator and pants from the adrenaline rush. Suddenly, the scent of familiar pheromones fills his lungs. Taehyung looks up and witnesses his nightmare standing with his assistant and guard, watching him with a raised brow.

He smiles awkwardly at them and bows to hide his expression. "Good morning, you can go first." 

 

He turns quickly to leave. Jeongguk asks his guard to pull Taehyung into the elevator. The guard takes immediate action. Taehyung wanted to protest, but his voice drowns when Mr. Han makes an excuse and leaves the elevator.

The door closes with only the mates inside. Jeongguk watches Taehyung quietly while his mate fidgets in the place. He stands next to Taehyung and checks the bruises. 

Taehyung steps back, glaring at Jeongguk. The true blood takes another step to get close. Taehyung backs off again. The true blood takes yet another step until they have nowhere to go.  

"What do you want?" Taehyung asks angrily.

Jeongguk studies Taehyung's face and then sighs in helplessness. "Your face tells me you are mad that I didn't stay yesterday with you for long."

Taehyung frowns. He checks his reflection, which clearly reflects how vexed he is, and then glances at Jeongguk's smiling face. 

Don’t know about love but he really despises this true blood alpha's confidence unconditionally.’

  

Chapter 29: What am I doing here?

Summary:

Jeongguk drags Taehyung to his office.

Seeing Taehyung bubbling in anger, Jeongguk refrains from teasing him further and steps back. He had not expected to meet Taehyung as soon as he reached the office, yet having him act all awkward while standing in front of the elevator was refreshing. 

He folds his arms over his chest and observes as Taehyung sighs in relief. Jeongguk could see Taehyung mustering up all his strength and frustration to get back to him. 

He patiently waits for it and as soon as Taehyung opens his mouth to say a word, Jeongguk gestures him to stop. 

Taehyung frowns, his breath getting stuck in his throat being asked to wait like that. Jeongguk leisurely types something on his phone. Taehyung waits patiently, counting numbers in his brain, letting this true blood complete his task. 

The elevator bell rings, followed by the opening of the door. Taehyung was pleased. If not taken out his anger, he could at least get rid of this person. He was ready to leave. He sees Jimin rush in front of the elevator. 

Jimin did not seem to be happy. He forced a smile and greeted his brother, handing Taehyung some documents. He hurriedly says. “Take this to brother’s office. I am very busy.” 

There was a pause in his sentence and a plea in his eyes directed towards Jeongguk, but the true blood was not fazed by it.

Taehyung's frown deepens, glancing at the documents and then at Jimin, he shouts, “Why should I do this?” 

The elevator closes, making his words crush and fall on the floor. Jeongguk smiles and goes back to looking at his phone.

Taehyung turns to him, still not satisfied. “Why didn’t he just hand it over to you?” He asks Jeongguk who was still busy on the phone.

He waits for an answer. Jeongguk does not spare him a glance. He was focused on his phone. Getting no response and growing impatient, Taehyung becomes curious. 

He wanted to know what is so important that he could not get a simple reply and an urge to peek on the phone becomes intense. 

Taehyung unknowingly leans towards Jeongguk, eyes traveling towards the screen slowly, eyebrows rising, wanting to get a view of the screen. 

A smile crosses true blood alpha’s lips. 

There was a very relaxing and homely presence in his mate’s scent. Even the shampoo he used seemed to have a pleasant fragrance. Jeongguk's view was slowly getting cut by the black, lustrous hair. 

He does not say a word, instead opens the messaging app and clicks on Taehyung’s profile. His fingers work faster as he clicks on an audio message.

Taehyung’s drunk voice echoes in the elevator. The poor alpha gapes, his face pales, and his body almost loses balance, hearing his drunk rambling. 

He looks up bitterly at Jeongguk, wanting to claw that smug face of true blood. Jeongguk increases the volume making Taehyung hiss in embarrassment. 

He stutters, “You..You give me your phone.” and tries to snatch the phone from Jeongguk.

Jeongguk effortlessly succeeds to aggravate Taehyung, again in a short span. Taehyung in this moment, was like a bee buzzing around him, asking him to delete the audio, threatening and attacking him. It was immensely amusing for Jeongguk.

The elevator reaches its final destination. Its door opens, making the receptionist alert. She stands up to greet Jeongguk like her daily routine. Her greeting slows down as she sees the scene in front.

The alpha lady watches Taehyung trying hard to get the phone from Jeongguk. She was unsure if Jeongguk smiled, but he seemed to enjoy it. 

 The door closes again. Taehyung turns to check the door. He was tired by now. His mouth was hurting and his body was still sore. He glares at Jeongguk taking the defeat.

Jeongguk meets his gaze. “This request of yours I can’t fulfill. I like to hear it.” Taehyung's face reddens upon hearing it. He curses Jimin for this incident. Jeongguk pinches his cheek and walks out.

Taehyung quickly picks up the papers, that have fallen on the floor and follows him. The alpha lady in the reception hides her astonishment quickly and greets the two, giving a professional smile. The true blood walks proudly with a red-faced Taehyung following him.

The alpha enters the room, sulking and tired of this true-blood alpha's behavior. He was unaware of Jeongguk being so insufferable. 

He hears the AI greet Jeongguk in a sophisticated way, then there was a pause. 

“Good morning Mr. Kim. It is good to see you again.”

Taehyung looks up at the AI “I know you can’t say the same for your boss.” The AI becomes silent.

Jeongguk inhales. He walks towards his desk, “Sit here.” He points at the chair in front. Taehyung wanted to talk more to the AI but listens to Jeongguk with a sour face. 

The room had a faint scent of Jeongguk's pheromones. It felt like it had rained freshly, and Taehyung was taking a walk in a forest, walking on wet soil. It was soothing. Taehyung’s irritation slowly diminishes.

Mr. Han walks inside. He quickly helps Jeongguk to take off his coat. The true blood sits on his chair. The AI informs him about the various emails and reports from their agencies. Mr. Han also takes the seat next to Taehyung and starts typing something. 

Jeongguk and Mr. Han keep discussing the work while both examines some notes and data. Taehyung, like a kid tagging along, waits patiently for his turn. 

The assistant and boss exchanged work-related information and study various files, talking about the market and other things, Taehyung was least interested to know.

Meanwhile, he checks the furniture, its quality, polish, and smoothness. He even studies the things placed on the desk, rating the cleanliness of the floor. 

Tests the sturdiness of the chair, slightly jumping on it, then looks around and tries to read the names of various books on the shelves. 

He squints his eyes at the family portrait and after working so hard, he finally yawns, working through them all. He was exhausted.

As he covers his mouth with his palm, he realizes the place he is in, then the crucial question of why he is here wasting his time arises, and finally, Taehyung comes back to his senses. 

He slaps his palm on the desk loudly, bringing the attention of the two to himself.

“What am I doing here?” He asks, eyes narrowing at Jeongguk, resembling a cub. 

Jeongguk checks his watch. There was dissatisfaction in his tone as he answers. “Took you quite long to ask.” 

Jeongguk had been aware of Taehyung's every move, even Mr. Han was, with how loud his actions were, but both remained silent, letting Taehyung be the way he is.

Taehyung fumes upon hearing it. He starts counting the numbers again. He did not want to be rude in front of Mr. Han and forced a smile, hissing the words out of his teeth. “I was being considerate and patient.”

Mr. Han wanted to smile at the answer. He goes through a bundle of files and on permission from Jeongguk, hands one to Taehyung. 

The alpha frowns and takes the file, opening it. His eyes go wide as he recognizes the photo attached to the document. He sits back, glancing once at Jeongguk, then back at the file, and without saying a word, studies it.

Taehyung finally gets to know the identity of the master of Lizu. The one he failed to save that day. The beta looked quite good in the photo. He was a middle-aged man working in the finance company that Umbra had exposed. Taehyung looks at the name. Shane Kai.

He calls the name again and then remembers this man was involved in various schemes that scammed people off their wealth. He recalls that the beta told him of being no saint, and has done many wrongs. 

If it had been someone else, in place of him, they might have said that the man got his karma. Taehyung was not sure what to think at the moment. 

He remembered the crying faces of people, old and young, being robbed of their savings, then the face of the dying beta worrying about his dog resurfaces.

The eyes and the words of the man gave him a different picture. Taehyung was unsure if he wanted to read what led to the man being in that condition. There was no use. He was satisfied with just knowing the identity and giving a name to that person. 

“Taehyung. Look at me.” Jeongguk's voice breaks through his thoughts, pulling him towards the true blood. Taehyung looks up. The true-blood alpha's serious gaze makes him suddenly feel guilty and anxious for no reason. He wanted to look away.

“You did nothing wrong. You showed light to a lost person. The care he thought he didn’t deserve anymore was given to him by you. To him, you were the angelic force. He is resting in peace. Don’t blame yourself. I have just given you this file to give closure to this matter. You can keep it if you want.”

Taehyung feels his eyes water. “Sometimes circumstances and greed make us do evil things. A person is born evil is not always true.” Jeongguk continues. Taehyung glances at the file again.

“It may be his mother’s blessings that in his last moment, he met you.” Jeongguk tries to make Taehyung realize no one is there to blame.

Taehyung shakes his head. He returns the file to Mr. Han. “I will change his name on the plate.” He answers slowly. There was no point in thinking about these things now. Time has passed and so will this memory. Taehyung gets up ready to leave.

Jeongguk stops him. “This is not the only reason why I wanted you here.” 

Taehyung frowns, “What is it?”

Jeongguk leans on his chair and in a relaxed manner answers Taehyung. “My discipline committee informed me of your team’s behavior. They were highly disappointed, so I have decided that as a punishment you have to stay with me today.”

Taehyung’s eyes which were glistening with tears earlier, suddenly become dry. He stares at Jeongguk for long, quiet minutes.

Mr. Han feels like sweating as the silence ensues. He was impressed with Jeongguk’s bold attitude to annoy the little alpha. 

The true-blood alpha was not affected by the strong, condemning gaze thrown at him. He sits straight. “You can stare at me throughout the day. I won’t mind this either.” Mr. Han feels like choking now.

Taehyung had already cursed the disciplinary team in his mind. He punched Jeongguk’s handsome face too, still his face turns red in agitation as this insufferable man keeps talking.

He quickly declines. “Not interested. Seeing it once gives me nightmares.” 

Jeongguk smiles lightly and hums. “Are you sure…as this is the face that can turn you into a poet.” Taehyung clenches his fist, being tortured like this, he wanted to wipe that smile off that face. 

Mr. Han felt like running away from these two. He wanted to become invisible. Jeongguk, the daring true-blood alpha speaks this time in a sincere and professional tone.

“I am not telling you to do nothing while here. What is your team working on at the moment?” He asks, changing the course of the conversation.

Taehyung remains quiet. Jimin discussed the cases they were thinking to cover, but Taehyung had not got a chance to research them. He glances at the glass wall, then at the ceiling, and anywhere except Jeongguk and chews on his lips, trying to come up with an answer.

“You have done nothing.” Jeongguk wastes no time in stating the facts.

“I was not given the time to,” Taehyung says in his defense, emphasizing each word to engrave it in Jeongguk's mind. He looks at Mr. Han for support. 

The poor assistant nods with him agreeing to his condition. Jeongguk avoids the two, thinking about the work he has planned for Taehyung, and states.

“This field is a bit different both for you and Jimin. We cover mostly criminal and law-related articles. Jimin specializes in entertainment and you…” Jeongguk pauses. He wanted to say a decent word to upset his mate.

The pause becomes a bit stretched against Taehyung's liking. Mr. Han wipes his face, gazing at the file, not daring to look at these two. Taehyung was not so patient anymore, and couldn’t tolerate being humiliated like this. He rolls his eyes. He is never ashamed of anything, he does.

“Infuriate. I specialize in infuriating the leaders of Gandok. This is the word you might be thinking of.” Taehyung completes it without shame and in a sharp tone. Jeongguk bites on his inner cheek to not smile at the revelation.

“Sooo…if you need any help, we have the data here.” Jeongguk doesn’t let Taehyung indulge in anger further. Mr. Han quickly hands Taehyung another file. 

Jeongguk continues. “These are a few cases that we want to cover.” Taehyung’s eyes shine seeing the first case.

Jeongguk knew what Taehyung would like and is good at. He has known him since childhood and understands his almost every expression. 

“Taehyung, the reason you are here today is not just for punishment. I wanted you to be here.” Jeongguk reveals, making Taehyung look up in surprise.

“I have to leave for work and I have no clue how long it will take to manage things. I wanted to have some time with you before leaving.” Taehyung feels his heartbeat quicken.

“That…that has nothing to do with me. I am not interested.” Even though these words do something to him. Taehyung wanted to deny any feelings.

“I am not asking this as your mate. I am requesting this as your hyung.”

Taehyung becomes quiet upon hearing it. He wanted not to be involved with this person, but with their families being so close, it is difficult. Jeongguk has never asked for something from him. This was the first time he said it this way. Taehyung felt different. This change was not acceptable.

Nonetheless, he accepts. “As long as it is work-related I can stay.” He answers. Jeongguk nods, slightly relieved.  

Mr. Han thanks the moon goddess internally as things turn nicely. He gets up and shows the arrangement for Taehyung's workplace. He also shows where the snacks are and where he can rest if tired.  

Taehyung felt skeptical about everything as if this will not be the last time for him to work there. He thanks Mr. Han and gets back to reading the case files while Jeongguk busies himself with a call. 

He eyes as Taehyung talks to Mr. Han and then turns to another side, walking towards the glass wall.

“Yes, mother. Good morning. How have you been?” Jeongguk greets her.

Bella answers him in a caring tone and asks about his health and work. Jeongguk informs her about it obediently. She then takes a deep breath and gets on to the purpose of her calling at this hour.

“Your aunt called me today and cried on the phone. She sounded so weak and down. I was unable to form words that could console her.” Jeongguk slightly presses his forehead with his finger, pressuring them lightly. He knew what was about to come. 

His eyes travel toward Taehyung. The alpha was busy reading the papers and eating a sandwich given to him by Mr. Han.

“Is it because of Jimin?” He asks his mother, looking at the bright day outside the glass wall.

Bella’s tone becomes loud and slippery at the mention of the name. “Yes. If not for you, I don’t know how that matter would have ended. She was crying and telling me it is all because of that boy Taehyung Kim that her son acts this way.”

Jeongguk was looking at the clouds that had formed patterns in the sky, the birds that were flying high. As the name of Taehyung registers him, his eyes cast down. 

“Why are you blaming him for something Jimin was equally involved in,” Jeongguk asks.

Bella can sense the bitterness in the tone of his son. She is his mother and is aware of the affection his son has for both of these alphas. She quickly denies her involvement in the matter, stretching on the fact that it was said by Jimin’s mother.

“This is not me who is saying this. I am just relaying the words. I know that it was not completely his fault, however, can you blame a mother? Jimin was doing fine all these years, and as soon as the two met, they started stirring troubles again.”

“They had valid reasons this time. The method was wrong, yet you can’t blame them with the way these two always are.” Jeongguk pinches the bridge of his nose. 

He respects his aunt like his mother still there are things that he can’t agree on and put up with. His family is a strong believer in family values, and Jeongguk is too, but he also knows to differentiate right from wrong.

He doesn’t like to always tell Jimin that he is at fault when many a time his brother is just doing what he felt was right at that time or causing innocent mischief. Jimin’s mother wants him to be idealistic like his cousins, pressuring him to be more in their company than the Kim boy.

Jimin hated it. He didn’t like his cousins except for Jeongguk. Taehyung was the only person in the family that interest him. Taehyung used to get irritated and furious quickly, ready to attack. He would never shy away to attack anyone who troubles him. 

Jimin liked this type of feline personality and wanted to irk him more just to get a reaction from him. Their fights made him lively.

Bella was still trying to defend her sister-in-law. “What reason is there? He should support his uncle and not go around making trouble for him. She was agitated. She said she felt guilty and apologized to Yeon, telling him she will educate Jimin. Her son, however, does not understand this. The two had a disagreement, now Jimin is not talking to her.”

“Hmm…” Jeongguk was not surprised. This always happens whenever Jimin does anything that could affect Yeon.

“She says only you can make him understand. Talk to your brother, he listens to you tell him his mother’s situation.”

“Okay.” Bella sighs and then changes the conversation to other trivial matters. Jeongguk wishes her goodbye after a while.

When he turns towards his desk. He notices Taehyung leaning to one side of the chair and reading the file. Half of its pages were lying on the desk fluttering with the air, and the rest were threatening to fall. His legs were stretched. It was painful to just watch someone sitting in such a posture.

“Sit straight. Clip the pages back.” Taehyung hears him. He pouts and sits straight, eyes not leaving the line he is going through. 

He looked the same as when he was an adolescent. He has just grown taller. Jeongguk remembers when they used to gather at Jimin’s house, he would go to the study and read books.

Taehyung at that time was not interested in even studying but would come and sit there. He would pretend to read books and take this chance to glance at Jeongguk from time to time. 

If Jimin comes to disturb him, they would fight there and cause disorder for Jeongguk, leading to them, being thrown out. 

If lucky and Jimin doesn’t show up. He would unabashedly watch him. On some occasions fall asleep just by holding books for so long. Jeongguk had known it all but pretended to be unaware.

Taehyung improvises his tactics. He would later not just steal glances, but try to make conversations as well. He would tell about his day, not concerned whether Jeongguk is hearing him or not. Even if Jeongguk doesn’t answer, Taehyung would smile and carry on. 

Jeongguk remembered every incident and story he told.

Before Jeongguk could realize it, a shift occurred, and Taehyung became quiet, indulging more in books than the company. 

Later, it was Jeongguk, who would find Taehyung in the study and not the other way around. 

He was not sure whether he was happy that Taehyung has started showing interest in books and studies or sad that he doesn’t look at him that often. 

He would find Taehyung in various awkward postures while reading the books. Sometimes leaning on the book fully, hurting his backbone, and other times torturing the chair and his body. 

He was so interested in it that he would forget to eat or drink or even pay attention to his posture. Jeongguk would ask the attendants to provide him with snacks from time to time. 

What amused Jeongguk was the fact, that Jimin also started to indulge in this activity to compete with Taehyung. At least these fools came up with something favorable for their future.

Jeongguk smiles, thinking about the past. He sits on his chair. He had started his work but couldn’t progress much as Taehyung starts mumbling while turning the pages. 

He inhales, ready to stop Taehyung, but his phone rings again, making him busy with yet another call.

Taehyung's phone beeps. He looks up from the paper to check the text sent by Jimin, and grins smugly, reading it.

'Why did brother call you in the office?'

Another text follows it. 'Why are you not answering?'

And another. 'Tell me.'

Taehyung glances at Jeongguk. The true-blood alpha was busy on a call. Taehyung's eyes shine in mischief and he quickly sends back a text.

'Because he loves me.'

Chapter 30: Fractured hearts

Summary:

First argument hurts more than anything.

When Jeongguk was done talking on the phone, he busies himself in work. After a while, he hears Taehyung’s giggle, unhurried and excited. Jeongguk would have avoided it if not for his experience with this alpha.

He narrows his eyes at Taehyung, feeling suspicious of him. “What are you so happy about?” He enquires.

Taehyung quickly closes his mouth shut and focuses back on the paper. His lips threaten to raise again, but he controls them, turning his face into an adorable pout.

Jeongguk wanted to probe, but the AI beats him into it, “Increased in heart rate, strain on the cheeks, the face is flushed, lips are raised. The face gives signs of controlling laughter, eyes show something is going on in the mind of Mr. Kim.”

Jeongguk raises his brow, very impressed by his AI while Taehyung was exasperated, he gives a hostile glance to the AI. 

“You just can’t tolerate people being happy.”

“I am designed to tell facts.” The AI answers.

Taehyung exhales sharply. “Oh! Well, then I will make sure to change some settings.”

The AI becomes silent with the threat, then dares to speak again. “You can’t silence the truth.” 

Taehyung was ready to throw his hands, he gets up from his seat to teach the AI a lesson. Jeongguk seeing all this sighs.

He only wished to work and have his mate by his side. It was that simple of a wish. He shuts his eyes wearily, then inhaling deeply, he diverts Taehyung’s attention towards him to stop the man from bickering with intelligence.

“Are you happy to be here?” Jeongguk asks, grabbing the opportunity and asking the point that caught his attention.

Taehyung turns to Jeongguk, throwing daggers with his gaze. The anger diverted to this true blood. “You can dream on.” His tone was razor-sharp. 

Jeongguk smiles, ready to push his boundaries further. A knock on the door captures their attention towards it. 

Jeongguk eyes his watch. There was no one due at this moment. He allows the person to come in, overlooking the glint of excitement in Taehyung’s eyes.

“Mr. Jeon. You are warned.” The AI says, noticing the change in Taehyung, and becomes silent.

Jeongguk intended to question his AI, but the answer becomes obvious when Jimin enters the room. Disappointment and disapproval written all over him. He glances once at Taehyung, who grins and winks at him, then goes straight to his brother.

His whole appearance seemed like a dark cloud. Jeongguk could even detect the sourness in his pheromones. 

The AI greets him and becomes quiet, watching the show like Taehyung. Jimin slaps his hands on the desk loudly and cries.

“Brother you can’t do this to me.” He heaves with the emotions bursting out through him.

Taehyung notices the new suit, different from the one he wore in the morning. He wonders how many pair of clothing this man carries with him. The perfume was also not able to hide the sourness of this alpha, making Taehyung very satisfied.

Jeongguk’s eyes travel to the hands that were rudely put on his desk. His jaws clench. These two people have the same behavior. His sharp gaze falls on Jimin. Both he and Taehyung had bruised and bandaged hands and faces, yet they dared to act so brazenly in front of him.

Jimin quickly removes his hand, as if scalded with the gaze, and stands straight, scared of those eyes. His eyes water, still not able to believe what he read.

Jeongguk sighs. “What have I done?” He asks, clueless. 

Jimin points towards Taehyung “Why is he here?”

Taehyung opens a packet of chips and munches on it, crushing it noisily. He smiles smugly at Jimin, making the alpha fume. Jimin turns to Jeongguk and with a pitiful gaze continues.

“If it is about work. Why didn’t you ask me? Don’t you believe in my ability?” Jeongguk feels like his headache will approach soon. 

This is his office where he maintained quite a strict environment. Until now, no one dared to go against the rules till these two arrived and started causing trouble.

“It is not like that.” This makes Jimin step back in disbelief, his world crumbles down before him, and the dark clouds appeared to have started raining on him. He stutters. 

“Then…then what he said is true.”

Jeongguk raises his brow upon hearing it. His intuition was right. He is never disappointed with his observation of Taehyung.

“What did he say?” He asks wearily and glances at Taehyung. 

Interrogating glare makes Taehyung almost swallow the potato chips whole. Taehyung's agony was evident on his face. He curses Jimin under his breath and tries to handle the situation before it gets out of hand.

“Nothing…nothing is said. I have to discuss one case. Can we do it now?” Taehyung shouts and laughs awkwardly, trying to change the conversation. 

He didn’t expect Jimin to talk about the text directly to Jeongguk, that too this early before he could come up with any countermeasure.

“You reap what you sow.” The AI adds its wisdom. Taehyung crushes a potato chip, thinking of it as crushing this AI. His message is relayed to the intelligence that immediately shuts up. 

He stands up, ready to cover Jimin’s mouth before this person utters more nonsense in front of the true blood.

“He said you love…” Taehyung covers Jimin's mouth with his hand and kicks him on the leg, making Jimin cry in pain. The words get stuck in his throat, unable to come out.

Jeongguk was surprised. The context was clear to him now. His gaze on Taehyung makes the alpha embarrassed. Taehyung takes the anger out on Jimin. Pressing on his foot two more times with a glare to shut him up.

He tries to clarify the blame put on him. “What he means is I told him I love…the room, so nice it is. Very well decorated.” 

Jeongguk nods, not buying it, while Jimin grimaces upon hearing the lousy explanation. He glances at the room and almost pukes. It was never according to his standards. So dull.

He rubs the area Taehyung kicked and does not go astray from the truth. “No, he said you love..” Taehyung pinches Jimin on the arm, causing the alpha to hiss in pain. Jimin's eyes sting in pain. 

Taehyung answers loudly, drowning Jimin’s words. “AI…I love it too. Such an intelligent and honest thing you have here.” Taehyung feels the pain in his heart and almost vomits blood telling these lies. His face turns red, and it was becoming so difficult to smile anymore.

“Lies.” The AI rubs the salt in his wounds. Taehyung cries in anger. He grips tightly on Jimin’s arm and glares at him, hissing the words.

“Can you for once act smart?"

Jimin is a brave alpha and is not scared easily. He pushes the hand away and mouths back. “I won’t let you stay with him. You are a threat.” 

Jimin grits his teeth, both whispering to each other. Jeongguk watches the two clowns perform in front of him. He felt tired and annoyed with the noise.

He clears his throat. Taehyung looks at him, he knows they will get in trouble, and his brother will be informed about the incident if he is unable to act quickly. 

He laughs releasing Jimin’s arm, and walks towards the true blood, standing next to him.

“Jeonggukie hyung, you know he doesn’t like me. I only  told him I am staying here for a promise I made to you.” Taehyung speaks coquettishly. 

Jeongguk inhales, not buying this either. He was regretting his choices at the moment. There was a pile of papers he had to go through which can only be done once these two stopped dancing over his head.

Jimin copies Taehyung, limping to the other side, and says in a soft baby voice. “Brother he is not a good company. Let me stay here to help you.”

Taehyung scoffs. “Talk about yourself. Who do you think are?” His tone becomes normal, deep.

“Better than you,” Jimin replies, bickering with him.

“I was asked to be here not like you, inviting yourself shamelessly,” Taehyung answers proudly.

“I make opportunities for myself.”

Jeongguk shuts his eyes, trying to control his irritation. Nothing has changed. He was wrong to think that they have grown up.

The two alphas become quiet as the strong, true blood pheromones spike in the air. They look down at the alpha sitting there. Jeongguk’s jaw was clenched, his eyes flicker and the specs of amber appears in them. 

The two alpha steps back in fear. Jeongguk glances at the two one by one. “Quiet or you two will be punished severely.” He utters each word slowly, in a dangerous way, making the two alphas shiver.

Both the alpha shut their mouth without hesitation. “Sit” Jeongguk orders them.

The two follow, not saying another word. Jeongguk first addresses Jimin. “You are good at your work, but I wanted Taehyung to be here. I called him for a reason. You don’t need to worry or question my decisions unless necessary.”

Jimin was not satisfied but couldn’t talk back. “It is not about who is favorite, who gets more time. You both have to learn to consider my wishes also.” Both the alpha becomes silenced.

Jimin forgetting this simple thing suddenly feels ashamed of himself. They have always wanted Jeongguk to choose among them, forgetting Jeongguk too can have his desires and choices. 

He quickly bows and apologizes. “Being elder than him. I will ask for an apology first.”

Jeongguk sighs. He calms down and walks up to Jimin, and ruffles his hair. “Get back to work. Don’t waste your time here. We will talk later.” 

Jimin leaves, glaring once at Taehyung. Taehyung sighs and turns around his chair, thinking of leaving as well. Jeongguk calls him, making him stop near his desk.

The true blood approaches him slowly. He puts his hand in his pocket and leans near Taehyung’s ear. Taehyung was enveloped in his mates pheromones, making him close his eyes and inhale the scent. 

He shivers as Jeongguk whispers in his velvety voice doing something with Taehyung’s feelings. 

“I love you.” 

Taehyung’s heartbeat quickened, and his eyes trembles. He never imagines these three words to sound so beautiful to the ears. It was hard to control his emotions. 

He holds his chest which was pounding so loud that it could be heard by Jeongguk. He tilts his head meeting Jeongguk’s gaze. The true blood was standing so close to him. Taehyung could feel the warmth on him.

His eyes travel to the moist lips making his lips move and suck in a breath. It was hard to breathe. He felt the frustration and happiness together at that moment. 

Taehyung was anticipating more, his eyes travels from Jeongguk’s lips to his eyes, waiting to hear more, but the true blood was just standing there quietly, observing him. 

He opens his mouth to question Jeongguk. The true blood inhales near him. His tone was amused.

“Is that what you wanted to hear?” The sultry voice of his mate tingles his ear. Taehyung was unable to respond for a second. Then it registers to him that Jeongguk was teasing him. 

Taehyung's thoughts were crushed, hating the situation and himself. He picks up the potato chips and furiously stuffs them in Jeongguk’s mouth, embarrassed with the whole thing, wanting nothing else, but to shut this alpha. 

He never expected Jeongguk to play him like that. For once, he thought that the true blood was telling the truth. He hears the chuckle of his mate and regrets anticipating more.

“Shut up.” He says and sits back to reading the case file.

Jeongguk chews the chips slowly and smiles, noticing the red ears of his mate. “Do you want me to skip the like step to love?” He teases Taehyung. 

Taehyung hides his face in the file and apologizes. “I am sorry. Sorry. I won’t do this again.” Jeongguk hums in satisfaction. 

He ruffles Taehyung's hair slowly, patting him on the head, liking the velvety feeling on his palm. 

He was not in a rush and understands Taehyung is still unprepared to accept him fully. He is also new to these feelings and is unsure of himself, to take their relationship to this level. 

One thing Jeongguk is sure of now is that he wants to spend his life with Taehyung. He is not ashamed to accept that it is because of the mate bond that he wants to confidently go on with this. 

He has always set boundaries when it comes to dating. He never went on casual dates and has never thought of anyone in that sense. He was sure that he will find his mate. It was told to him by someone. 

He, even though had liked Taehyung, never thought of him as a partner, wanting to be loyal to his future mate. Jeongguk feels lucky to have Taehyung as his mate.

He will fall and make Taehyung fall in love with him. Witnessing Taehyung’s reaction, he knows he has hopes to succeed. 

Mr. Han knocks on the door and informs Jeongguk of the meeting. Jeongguk nods. He checks Taehyung, who was still red in shame, and speaks softly. “Be good. If you want anything, inform Mr. Han.”

Taehyung doesn’t respond, trying to focus on the document. Reading the same line again and again, still unable to understand a word. His mind was reeling moment they had earlier. 

Mr. Han helps Jeongguk in putting the coat, shows him the notes, and discusses their conditions, noting everything they leave for the meeting. Taehyung sighs as the door closes.

The last few minutes have been quite suffocating for him. He wanted to disappear from the world. He inhales, mortified with the situation, and shouts in frustration.

Then thrashes his hands around, falling on the desk, tired and defeated, questioning his life. His body was aching, his lips hurting. He fetches his phone from his pocket and texts Hoseok. This brother of his has not contacted him. 

‘Hyung you should have taken care of me yesterday.’ He texts to divert his mind, then keeps the phone next to him, staring at it. 

The phone vibrates. Taehyung checks it, still not getting up from the desk.

‘With Jeongguk there. I was not needed. :)’ Hoseok replies.

Taehyung throws the phone aside, irritated to even see that name. He curses Jeon and Ji, then sits up, thinking of using another method to divert attention.

With a determined look, he hums and walks around the room, checking every corner and decoration, then stands near the glass wall. He squints his eyes and views far ahead, blinding himself with the bright light. He picks up the lens and is mesmerized watching everything from up there.

Taehyung then turns towards Jeongguk's desk and mimics the true blood scolding Jimin. He hums, well pleased with his acting. Then goes back to his desk, yawn slipping his mouth. He settles himself on the sofa and promises to only lie down for a while.

He picks up his phone and checks about the incident that happened yesterday. Taehyung knew that those men were taken away by Jeongguk but there was no news of them after that. The articles only showed them having several criminal records.

He, Jimin, and his brothers were passed clean with Jeongguk’s influence. Super Nova was closed for a while until renovations are completed. Taehyung feels pity for the place. 

His eyes fall on an article reporting how the poor true blood has to take care of these influential people. He works hard, but his relatives, like leeches, use him as their shield.

He closes the phone and puts it aside, staring at the ceiling. “Who has written this article?” He runs his mind His eyes droop, and in the presence of the pheromones of his mate. Taehyung drifts to sleep.

When Jeongguk returns to his room, he finds Taehyung sleeping on the sofa. He walks towards the sleeping alpha, expecting this to happen, then covers him with his coat. 

He goes towards the desk and clips the documents together. Then throws the packet of chips in the dustbin and picks up the pen stand that has fallen on the carpet. He gets busies with his work. 

After a few hours, seeing the dusk, Jeongguk stops his work. With Taehyung sleeping there, it was easier to do the work without any disturbance. 

He takes quiet steps towards Taehyung with the first aid box and studies the face of his mate. He sits there then slowly rubs on Taehyung’s hair and forehead, telling him to wake up. His tone was soft and pampering.

Taehyung opens his eyes, dazed with sleep. He smiles at Jeongguk and holds his palm resting his face on it, and goes back to sleeping again. 

Jeongguk feels a tingle in his heart like someone was scratching it with its paws. He chuckles, watching his mate lovingly. Still, with a heart of a stone, he wakes Taehyung up, pointing at the first aid box. 

“It is time to apply medicine.”

Taehyung frowns. He checks the hand he is holding and pushes it away realizing it is Jeongguk’s. He sits up fully awake. 

Even after a working for whole day, this man looked so fresh and handsome. The only difference Taehyung could see now was the rolled-up sleeves.

If it was his old self, Taehyung would have ogled at this scene shamelessly. He looks away and says. “I can do it.”

Jeongguk ignores him, opening the packet to apply the medicine. He asks Taehyung to lean forward. Then applies the medicine to his lip and cheeks. 

He keeps his eyes trained on Taehyung’s face as if drawing the image permanently in his brain.

“Hyung never leaves his eyes from the wound while applying the medicine,” Taehyung points in a decent way to look away.

Jeongguk pauses and then smiles slowly. “He is not your mate.”

“Neither have I agreed on us to be one.” Taehyung raises his brow.

Jeongguk doesn’t comment on it changing the topic. “Next time protect yourself more efficiently, or do you want me to train you?” He asks lightly.

“Kim's family has good trainers.” Taehyung answers. Jeongguk nods, expecting it, yet he pushes further with an insufferable smug.

“You will get certain benefits if you join my training class.” Taehyung hisses as the medicine causes the wound to ache. Jeongguk halts, then applies more carefully.

“Pull up your shirt.” Jeongguk demands, making Taehyung gape.

“What? Are you serious?” Taehyung was ready to tear him apart.

“Do you want me to be?” Jeongguk reverts, amused, and stands up. He removes the gloves and throws them in the dustbin. Then turns to Taehyung.

“I have appointed a few good bodyguards for you. They will visit your house tomorrow. If you…”

Taehyung frowns upon hearing it and gestures to him to pause for a bit. “Wait…wait. What are you talking about?”

“Bodyguards. If you want to go around Gandok, it is better this way.” Jeongguk states the obvious.

“Where did this come from?” Taehyung stands up, clenching the coat.

“What is wrong with it?” Jeongguk's brows deepen, unable to understand it.

“I don’t want it. I don’t like it.” Taehyung says. “You think I can’t protect myself.”

Jeongguk senses Taehyung’s anger. He tries to calm him down. “Taehyung it is not about that.”

“Then what is it about?” Taehyung cuts him in. “I have been fine all this while, and now all of a sudden, I need to have bodyguards. It is not about them even. I don’t want to be watched over by anybody.”

Jeongguk sighs. “Times have changed. You know things are different now. I can’t be everywhere…”

Taehyung cuts him again, fuming in anger. The words slip his mouth before he could register. “Is it about me troubling you to clean after my mess?”

Jeongguk was beyond disbelief. He tries not to shout back at his mate. “Taehyung, you are making no sense now. Who among us doesn’t have a bodyguard? ”

The alpha was determined, he hated this thing the most. “Why should I have people around me, watching me, following me in the name of guarding me? I always said whether I am a Kim or not, I want to have my freedom.” Taehyung’s eyes redden, it stings his eyes and heart at the same time.

“You took it without any proof that I am guilty, and now you want to have your men around me, guarding me and watching me. I don’t want it. I want my freedom and space.”

Jeongguk was hurt hearing those words. He didn’t mean any harm. It was only per the situation. He knows Taehyung wants to live freely, not like the other people in his family, yet this was also the truth that Gandok is not the same.

Many lurk in the dark, ready to harm him. Jeongguk is working with an agency that knows these things more than anyone else. 

“I am doing it for your safety.” He says slowly, trying to put some sense in him.

“I was safe before what has changed now? If anything, I as an alpha can handle it. The only change I can’t adjust is me being watched and followed and put in an observation cell like this.” Taehyung points to the walls of the office.

Jeongguk looks at him with wide eyes. He was not knowing that this is what Taehyung thinks of this place. He inhales and still tries to reason out things. 

“There are things that you can’t always control.”

“Yet you are allowed to control my life?” Taehyung asks, frustrated with the whole conversation. He was not able to understand why they can’t leave him alone. It is not like he was not in danger before. 

Taehyung has been writing articles and has been subjected to the hatred of many. If anything, it is Jeongguk's fault that he became the subject of public talk and violence. Then this person stands here and boldly suggests he has bodyguards.

He wants to show his mercy. Taehyung was annoyed beyond imagination.

“What have I done to control your life?” Jeongguk looks at him in disbelief and heartbroken.

Taehyung’s hatred heightens for this person. It is like he never wants to see another side of the situation. He grits his teeth. Tears slip from his eyes. 

“I am not your mate. Accept it and move on. You will understand then.”

“Taehyung,” Jeongguk says in a strict tone, ready to scold him, but the alpha was in no mood to hear anymore. He packs his stuff.

“I am done here. I don’t want your favor and care.”

Jeongguk hurries to stop him but is pushed away by Taehyung. “Taehyung. Listen to me. This is not just my decision.”

“Whatever, I don’t want it. Goodbye.” the alpha says and strides away, shutting the door fiercely.

Jeongguk stands there helpless and motionless, unable to comprehend how things turned this way. They were having a good time since morning and then suddenly this happened. He holds his forehead and sighs.

It was his fault he should not have brought this up at the moment. He laughs bitterly thinking how Taehyung can come up with hurtful words so easily.

 

 

Mr. Han walks in, concerned as he saw Taehyung leave the room angrily. He checks up on Jeongguk. The true blood was in a solemn mood. 

Mr. Han's experience told him that they had some disagreements. He knew they have many things to work on and communicate on. It will take time for them to understand each other. 

He, nonetheless, does his duty to inform Jeongguk about the time to leave and helps in arranging papers. 

Jeongguk’s eyes fall on the empty seat where Taehyung sat before. “What kind of person do I seem to you?” He asks Mr. Han, lost in thought.

Mr. Han was confused. He looks up from the file. “Sorry?”

Jeongguk shakes his head. His eyes travel to the pink hue of the sky. “Nothing. Is all the preparation done?” He asks.

Mr. Han nods, “Let’s go.” Jeongguk says and leaves the place.

Chapter 31: No one is going to know

Summary:

Taehyung misses Jeongguk but is not going to accept it.

 

Yeon walks towards the table and throws the newspaper in rage on the glass, grabbing the attention of his family and friends seated around the table. 

Yeon's friends and business partners visited his house with their spouses and were having a sociable tea time and conversations when Yeon walked in enraged.

“After holding all this power, I still can’t put a finger on this boy. He is always there on the headlines to mock me.” Yeon seethes, opening his coat button, and sits aggressively on the sofa.

The butler quickly serves him his favorite liquor. Yeon gulps it down in one go asking for more. His face wrinkles in irritation. The sight of these headlines in the newspaper was an eyesore to him.

He ignores the greetings to his guest, cursing the young master Kim in his mind. His family and friends glance at the newspaper that cited Taehyung helping an omega when the rest just watched the show. The article praised him. 

Taehyung is a black sheep in Gandok, his actions are always criticized negatively, however just they are. Only a few dare to praise him, but Yeon was salty even about that.

His wife, Laia tries to lighten the situation. “Honey, you should not get so angry. It is not good for your health.”

Taehyung was not the only reason that made Yeon furious. He was informed that The Kim corporation has once again canceled one of his projects, saying it is against their principles to build this technology. 

Yeon wanted to control the people and make them think the way he desires, having complete control over their minds. The biggest hurdle in this goal is Kim's group which holds that weapon but is not ready to bring it to his use. 

He was bitter as the two sons of Gareth always manage to wound him by their actions while he could not do much harm in return. He turns to his secretary. 

“Tell them to teach these media outlets a good lesson so that may know what and whose favor to write next time.” The secretary quickly nods and notes it.

Yeon’s friend and a foreign business partner, Mr. Klausner, a well-known businessman who owns a large estate, read the news with interest. He cuts the cigar and warms it, then holds it between his lips. He burns the tobacco, takes the gentle puffs, and points at Yeon, languidly speaking. 

“It is partially your fault. You let that true-blood dog do whatever he wants. Despite being your relative, you have no control or benefit from him."

Mr. Klausner meets Yeon's gaze, "He is more popular than you. His name alone makes people agree to his terms. Yet you failed to tame this wild dog when young, in your favor. Is not he the one protecting this lad?” Klausner was a shrewd businessman and knew well whom he is dealing with, he was not someone to mess around with. 

He is an outsider that came here for pure business purposes and knew if he desires to establish his empire here, he must make the three on his side. While Yeon was easy and his friends, the other two were hard to crack. He can only reach them through Yeon.

Yeon wanted to agree. He has thought about it quite a lot, he even asked his daughter to impress Jeongguk and go on dates, but none of it worked.

Ella was silently having her herbal tea, and when the name of Jeongguk comes into the conversation, she becomes alert. She was trying hard to get closer to Jeongguk and their relationship showed a little progress.

It was still difficult to call it any name as Jeongguk treated her nicely and respected her, but when it comes to being friendly and close to her, that man would become stiff and step back.  

She bites her failure and speaks in Jeongguk's defense. 

“Uncle, don’t blame Dad or drag Jeongguk in this. He is there to help his family. If I become his family. He will not indulge with this person anymore. I have met Taehyung Kim. He is nothing, but a rotten, over-pampered kid that knows to throw tantrums. No one is interested in people like him and would want to be in his company for long.”

One of the ladies sitting there and silently listening to them chuckles. She puts her cup down, then elegantly wipes her face. Her studs and diamond ring shine like her face and red dress. 

Pushing her hair back, she leans towards Klausner holding his arm. The couple smiles glancing at each other. Nina gives her advice. 

“If this is the case, then my dear child you should hurry and grab this true blood alpha. He is young, rare, and powerful. It will lighten your father’s burden and give you healthy kids.” 

She was young compared to Klausner. "Like I got my alpha." She pecks on her husband's cheek.

The other lady, who was older than all of them, sitting next to Laia also provides her input. She pats Laia's hand in a caring way and with a sigh declares. 

"If he was interested he would have made his move. It seems our baby girl has failed to impress him the way she should. You have such a beautiful body and smart brain put use of it or is he having someone else in his mind.”

Ella's jaws clench upon hearing it. She could see the smirk the aunt gave her and the challenging gaze made her boil in anger. They were all ladies from affluent families. 

They had chosen their partners based on their positions and wealth and used every means to woo them and make them theirs. She knew what they were pointing at.

If she is failing to make him fall for her, it is her lack of ability. Only Ella knows how impossible this task becomes when it comes to Jeongguk.

“He is seeing nobody. Dad has already talked to his parents. He is a conventional person and cannot be pursued by these methods.”

The aunts smile upon hearing it. "Oh my poor girl, you don't understand. In the end, he is just an alpha who goes into a rut. They are really the same." An old widow answers. They looked elegant and beautiful but were filled with rotten and practical thoughts in their mind.  

Yeon and Laia don't stop them from giving these ideas to their daughter. They were all ambitious. Each has their interest laid out in the open. 

They wanted to make Ella understand marriages are like business transactions. One should go with the ones that have profitable prospects. 

Yeon seethes thinking about the Jeon family. “They have been silent for a while now. I doubt if they are considering this offer or not.”

The ladies glance at Ella pitifully. She is a beautiful and smart alpha lady. She looked attractive with that pale and toned physique but had such bad luck with this person. 

Ella grits her teeth, being challenged like this by these old ladies. “Then if this is the case. I will ask my sources to help me. I feel Jeon's family wants a push from our side.”

Yeon looks at Ella and doesn’t comment. He believes in his daughter more than his son. He is a proud man who feels that nothing can stop him for long in achieving his dream. 

A car stops outside with a loud screech. The maids quickly rush to attend to the person who has come. Kayle, the omega son of Yeon, walks inside tipsy and unkempt, he throws his coat towards one of the maids and walks inside to greet the guests.

His neck displayed the passionate night he had and his body reeked of alcohol and strong alpha pheromones making the guest in the room scrunch their noses in disgust.

Kayle, unbothered by this, unashamedly waves at his family and leaves for his room. Yeon grits his teeth turning to his wife and daughter. “Where was he last night?”

His wife hesitates and then says. “He went to a party with his friends. I told him to go where you asked for.” 

Yeon was not against his son partying but doesn't want unnecessary attention in their life. He suggested that his son should go to the bar of his friend where no paparazzi or Umbra can track him.

The guests laugh upon hearing it. “At least someone among us is enjoying their youth.”

They go back to talking about other things. Ella excuses herself and calls someone to work on the idea that clicked in her mind. 

She thinks of Jimin and then puts the thought aside. Her cousin was of no use to her except for being a topic to start a conversation with Jeongguk.

Jimin sneezes loudly, then looks up at Taehyung standing not far from him. He narrows his eyes, trying to read the other person. He was sure Taehyung has cursed him, but getting no indication of that sort from the alpha, he clicks his tongue and goes back to working.

He is loaded with work, studying the proposals of news articles handed to him. He rejects almost all of them, saying nothing interested him. 

An unknown number calls him and fills him with ambiguous information that they have a piece of good news that can put the whole Gandok in surprise, but it will be only transferred to him provided he makes it to the cover page. 

Jimin was not much interested. He has received these kinds of calls many times. He ignores it. When the mail arrives and Jimin checks it, he frowns. His pheromones spike in anger. He reads the details and inspects the picture, then sends the mail to the trash.

He looks up and finds Taehyung talking to one of the people discussing work. He wanted to approach this person but decides otherwise. 

Taehyung has been acting weird since Jeongguk left. He is being workaholic, spending his day in the room, researching and writing articles.

His team was exhausted and on the verge of having dark circles. He still made them work overtime. Jimin interferes and sends them home taking pity on them. This didn't change Taehyung's behavior, he continued the same next day.

Taehyung has not been in a good mood and would get angry quickly. He would seldom talk or go out to eat or engage with others. He even said that he wanted to finish this internship sooner and go back to college.

Jimin didn’t know the reason. He was waiting for this person to solve the issue on his own. Jimin was burdened with extra work. He continues to take calls and instruct his people on work. 

In the evening when he was finally free Jimin takes a round towards Taehyung’s room. He finds the person immersed in writing something, then turns to his group who were about to faint in exhaustion. 

After the incident at the lounge, they began to admire Taehyung and praised and listened to him. They never thought Taehyung was such a workaholic. Taehyung was the opposite of how they understood him through the media.

They were all scared of him and if he asks them to stay, they do so without any questions. Jimin understands them well. Anyone can get intimated with this young master Kim.

He smiles and claps, grabbing their attention. “It’s lunchtime, go grab something to eat, it is on me.” 

The group that was about to take their last breath rejuvenates upon hearing it. They quickly get up ready to get away from their diligent leader. Taehyung wanted to stop them but Jimin doesn’t let him, blocking his view.

He pulls Taehyung out of his chair and drags him towards the canteen to fill their stomach. Taehyung protests but gives in when Jimin doesn’t budge. They walk into the noisy and crowded canteen and grab an energy drink.

While the two stand at one corner and take a bite of their sandwiches, Taehyung hears the group next to him talking about an event hosted by the Ji group. 

His attention is drawn to their conversation and he listens to them carefully. They were talking about an invitation there and discussing the party and the dress to wear. 

He turns to Jimin. “What is this event that they are talking about?”

Jimin who was busy on his phone was not able to understand at first then hearing the discussion, it clicks his mind, and he frowns, not interested in this.

“Something uncle usually does to celebrate his success. He has made a deal with a foreign investor and wants to celebrate it along with celebrating his success of becoming a leader of Gandok.”

Taehyung nods thinking about it. “Do you know the investors?”

Jimin looks up at Taehyung meaningfully, “That’s not my job to check.”

Taehyung nods. He plays with the cap of the bottle thoughtfully and then asks another important question. “When can I get the pass?”

Jimin smiles. “No problem. Your family would probably be there.” Taehyung nods. 

He chews on his lips, thinking about something, and asks hesitantly. “Is he going to come there?”

“He who?” Jimin asks with a smirk.

Taehyung pulls his lips in a thin line. “You know who I am talking about.”

“No, I don’t.” Jimin plays naturally.

Taehyung looks at him in irritation, crushes the bottle, and stands up to dump the bottle harshly in the dustbin. “Then don't bother.”

Jimin laughs and shouts at the departing back of the grumpy alpha. “He won’t. He won’t be here for a week or so.” Taehyung pauses upon hearing it.

His heart feels heavy, yet, he keeps moving. He coaxes his mind that he is not affected by someone's absence.

Sometimes, the brain doesn’t register what is being told to it, easily. The same happened with Taehyung when he decides to sleep after a tiring day at work.

He was exhausted mentally and physically and wished to sleep, yet after lying for an hour and twisting and turning, sleep was nowhere to be found.

There were only thoughts of the true blood and the argument they had. Taehyung knew he is at right and won’t apologize for his behavior. He is frustrated and disappointed in Jeongguk. 

He tries to shut his eyes and count sheep to sleep, but nothing works. He turns around in his bed, unable to sleep. The face of Jeongguk keeps interrupting him. 

He turns to the other side, annoyed with his mind. The curses slip his mouth, and he stares at the ceiling of his room, thinking about his life that seems no more in his control. 

Ultimately when nothing works, Taehyung picks up his phone and scrolls through the news. He comes across one of the interviews with his brother. 

His brother was talking about the latest research and its application, he seemed composed and in a good mood, smiling and at times looking at the person next to him. The camera didn't show whom he was with, Taehyung expected it to be Namjoon. 

Taehyung admired Jin’s confidence and always felt proud of his brother. He listens carefully to the answers of his brother. The interview was taken at a party after a business event.

The camera then turns to the person standing next to Jin, Taehyung's eyes widen as he sees the true blood standing there, talking to someone. He looked the same as when Taehyung saw him in the office. Attractive and incomparable.

Taehyung didn’t expect them to be together during this interview. He looks at the video in surprise. Jeongguk asks the interviewer to just focus on Jin, he was the attraction of the event but the interviewer requests him and Jin also asks him to go with it. 

Jeongguk listens to his brother, he seemed quite laid back during this interview. His voice sounded like he was a bit drunk. Taehyung was not so sure, he just felt hypnotic and couldn’t stop himself from increasing the volume.

Jeongguk looked at the camera and talked about Jin and how good his research is, he also praised Jin’s other works. Then the interviewer started talking about what to expect from him in the future, Jeongguk like a professional answered it smoothly. 

Taehyung pauses the video, he lies down on his back, staring at the ceiling. His hands go towards his chest which has suddenly started to beat fast. The voice, the words still ring in his head, it was his mate’s voice. 

Taehyung, whenever watched the interviews of Jeongguk, wondered if he is the same person whom he knows. That feeling was still the same. He closes his eyes and the teasing voice and faint smile of Jeongguk makes him shiver. His mind has become a victim of Jeongguk’s charm. Taehyung detests it.

He opens his eyes quickly and gulps, tapping his finger over his chest, thinking of letting the thought that has come to his mind slip away. His eyes fall toward the lit screen of his phone. 

He reasons himself. "No one is ever going to know."

Contemplating his thought, he chews on his lower lip then puts on his earpiece and listens to the part of Jeongguk again. 

His gaze remains fixed on the true blood as Jeongguk answers the questions staring at the camera. The handsome and bold features of his mate make him sigh internally. He loathes the fact that he staring at the person he claims to hate. 

His thoughts come to pause as the pleasant and attractive voice with the crispiness makes him relax. He asks his penguin to save this part of the clip for him. He keeps repeating the clip, his anxiousness long gone. 

The irritation slowly vanishes and finally, his eyes start to droop. He falls asleep listening to the silvery voice of his mate, lulling him to sleep.

Chapter 32: The Dark Grove.

Summary:

Taehyung enters the mysterious forest and an unusual thing occurs.

 

Early in the morning at 6 O’clock. The digital devices of the Gandok give a text alert. The busy and tired people of Gandok, remain asleep while the several who were awake quickly click it. 

They were not able to hold their shock when the alerts keep on coming like an alarm, the people who were asleep also get up scared and anxious as to what happened so early.

Soon the screen flashes with the answer they were wondering, the logo of the Umbra appears and the text notifications keep on displaying on the devices of the damned organization making them curse under their breath and wonder what and who is targeted this time.

“Good morning my good fellows.”

“Umbra is delighted to inform you that we made a friend and together we are going to reveal the true color of darkness.”

“Say hello to my friend who is mysterious and hates the light, the Dark Grove forest.”

“Wait for August 13 as we have a secret to share.”

“Wake up!”

The three pillar families of Gandok watch the messages flash one by one on their screen with a solemn look. 

The dark grove forest apart from being old and dense with huge trees covering a large place, that barely sees light, is quite famous in Gandok for its folklore. 

It is a  forest that has seen many dark things. Some say spirits move around there, wild and hungry wanting revenge while others call it a place for junkies and criminals to hide their deeds, some just believe this place holds treasure and hides it in darkness.

For generations several stories are knitted around this dark place, no one in their sane mind goes there. The forest looks spooky from the outside and people don't even dare to step there even during the daylight. 

The place always comes in the news with the gruesome death of someone or the suicides. The only thing that comes out of there is dead bodies and horror stories.

Those who read these messages lost their sleep. Early in the morning, Gandok wakes up with anxious and terrified people texting each other to stay away from that place.

But for the pillars this was different. They got a new challenge coming their way. Several calls were made in the morning from Yeon's office wanting the information and investigation on the said scene. 

The news channels get spiced up creating various animations and bringing back the cases related to the forest. They start forming theories on what Umbra might reveal.  

The journalists enthusiastically start working to give their input on the things that have happened and can happen. they were excited and ready to explore the forest in search of clues. 

Dark Grove and Umbra reach the highest talked and searched content on the network in no time. Yeon gets various calls from nearby places asking about the matter. 

The morning for Gandok becomes a busy one in no time. Gossip and fear spread to every part of the place.

Jeongguk was not physically present in Gandok but on receiving the messages quickly makes calls and sends his team to cover the forest area and restrict any activity near it. 

Jin slides onto the chair and sits next to his father and discusses this news wondering what is Umbra thinking by exposing all these crimes. There was still a big question, what is their ultimate goal?

The father and son while having a deep conversation on what to be said and omitted out in front of the media, hears Taehyung’s voice as he stretches his body and frowns. 

“Were you in the study throughout the night?” Jin asks, seeing Taehyung stepping out of Grandfather’s study room. It was now his place after his Grandfather's demise, as per his last wish.

Taehyung didn’t expect them to be there so early. He was surprised and then covers it up with a smile, answering them politely. “Yes, had to study a case, lost count of the time.”

His father calls him to join them at the table. “Come here, have you read the message from Umbra?” He asks.

Taehyung walks slowly towards them, the butler pulls the chair for him to sit and goes back to his position. Taehyung sits on the chair and glances at the two then taking out the mobile, he reads the messages.

The maid serves them tea and breakfast. His family looked tense and deep in thought, their eyebrows were knit together. The teapot was filled once again. Namjoon has also arrived there, taking a place next to them.

Taehyung stares at the steam coming from the food as his brother speaks. “We just woke up and saw these texts. Yeon will take some action but our statements hold most value in times like this. Jeongguk has already sent his team to cover the forest and not let any chaos happen in his absence. Our team is trying to trace the source of these texts." Jin sighs. 

What do you think of this matter?” He asks.

Taehyung glances at their phones and meets his father's eye. "The Dark Grove is famous for its stories and image some cases have formed. Why does it matter so much to the officials?"

Gareth becomes hesitant upon hearing this question. He tries to smile but it doesn't reach his eyes. "There are things that the authorities have to hide for the welfare of the people. Let's just say that place has a dark history."

Taehyung inhales, he expected it. "Are you talking about the mining project?"

The three elders at the table hold their breath. They become silent. Taehyung was not that patient. “We kept hiding it for long, it is time for people to know don’t you think so?”

Both Gareth and Jin exchange glances, not expecting Taehyung to support Umbra too openly. “No one would like to accept this information from an organization that hides its identity.” Gareth manages to answer.

Taehyung gives a cursory glance at the texts and says, “If they come out in the open. Do you think they would be in a state to do these revelations? Would the officials let them? You were also quiet about it all this while.”

Jin wanted to stop Taehyung but Gareth quiets him down patting him on his hand. "As a leader your duty is not just to tell the truth but to act in the right way, some truths are so dangerous that if revealed they can pull the society into chaos. Some things are better left hidden."

Taehyung was unable to understand it. Jin knew he would never. He is the person who is against these acts and doesn't understand politics as it is. He warns Taehyung knowing his nature.

“Stay away from that place, don’t try to cover it in your articles for now,” Jin suggests and waits for Taehyung to agree to it.

Taehyung takes his time thinking about it and then nods causing a relief to occur on the three elders. He leaves the place and goes to his room saying he has to freshen up.

As Taehyung settles on his bed he calls for the Moon Goddess. The Moon Goddess appears in front of him in the air, her eyes closed and sitting in a meditative posture. Taehyung waits for her to respond but she remains like that.

“You can’t act like sleeping when you kept me awake the whole night.”

The Moon Goddess stays unmoved. Taehyung rolls his eyes. He had an adventurous night yesterday. Just thinking about it causes goosebumps all over his body and tiredness washes over him.

He was having a normal day at the internship. He was conducting a meeting with his team on the distribution of lines and segments of the story and was busy throughout the day working when he heard the Moon Goddess call for him. 

Though he was surprised still he ignored it, there was no way he can just leave the meeting but the moon goddess was impatient after calling him several times she appears right in front of him sitting on the long table and staring at him blocking his view.

He eyes her to wait but she does not budge, her eyes were fixed on him telling him to hurry. Taehyung stands up, shocking everyone. He asks them in a hurried tone to work on whatever is discussed and leaves the office saying he has urgent work.

It was already getting dark when he drives his car out of the office building. The Moon Goddess sitting next to him asks him to hurry and follow her lead. 

She was being secretive about the escapade and seemed to be in a rush. Taehyung was clueless as to where they were going and what was the emergency.

“You have to see this for yourself.” She says, understanding Taehyung's curiosity. 

Taehyung wanted to comment on this statement but the Moon Goddess carries on. “We have to hurry to the Dark Grove.” 

Taehyung presses the break in shock upon hearing it, earning a curse from the person passing by. He couldn't believe the words of the Moon Goddess. He gives her an unimpressed look, dubious about her motives.

“You know what you are talking about?" He asks.

The Moon Goddess nods. "If not important I would not have said it. I know about the stories mortals make. I have heard them. I am aware of your surprise."

"Then you may also be knowing that it is a forbidden place and how far and dangerous it is. It is a restricted area. Why do you want me to go there and how can we be there on such short notice?” He asks in one breath, cursing his luck.

“It will get very dark if we delay any further.” The Moon Goddess answers.

“What is it?” Taehyung asks exasperated. He was not fond of secrets.

“You and your mate are the true leaders of Gandok. You must preserve this land, maintain its integrity, and help my believers. I could not help the people before but with you finally able to see me, I have hope to do things right."

Taehyung narrows his eyes. "You are using me for something that is your duty?"

"I am just making a human to help others of his own. Your ancestors believed in us. I took care of them, then slowly the people got more interested in the richness we provided rather than believing in us. They were doomed, yet I never lost hope and did my best in my limited power to help them find the way."

"The diety of Dark Grove has turned her back to the people long ago. That forest has seen dark things over the past years. She is angered and will cause havoc if it is not stopped. You have to show him hope.”

Taehyung was unsure of this, “How can I do that?” He asks, starting the engine again and driving through the busy street.

“You know all the routes that connect Gandok to the old forest. As the population of this place increased, the diety offered the land and accommodated humans. Limiting to only a thin forest belt on the east side and a thick one on the north, the Dark Grove.”

Taehyung parks the car in the parking of a noisy bar. The Moon Goddess gives him a confused look. Taehyung opens his laptop and then connects a small device to it. He then busies himself with some work that was beyond the understanding of the Moon Goddess.

"I am just ensuring that my location is not traced by my brother. If they reach out to me and I don't answer them, they will try to check my location. Now they will think I am spending the night at the bar." Taehyung smiles. He looks outside the window at night slowly spreading its wings. 

He starts to drive again. He was not sure if he should go to that place but the idea of entering the forest was causing an adrenaline rush in him.

The Moon Goddess continues. "This place was not reachable to me. The diety was angered by us all... someone is waiting for you who will tell you all that you want to know."

Taehyung was surprised to hear this then checking around him he makes a turn to the forbidden land. The place that is not for the light hearts.

“What should I be prepared for?” Taehyung asks.

“Something gruesome.” The Moon Goddess answers in all sincerity.

Taehyung nods. He could hear the howling of the wolves, the shrieks of the owls, and the chirping of the crickets as the forest belt starts to begin. 

The road was covered on both sides with huge trees not letting the moonlight pass through. Taehyung's car penetrated the dark with its headlight. He turns off the light to not gain attention driving slowly through the dark.

 

Taehyung was unsure of what he can encounter, for now his focus was not to be caught in the cameras or the men patrolling the area. Looking around at the place, he was a bit spooked. 

The place is eerie. He parks in a place with long bushes making it difficult to spot the car easily and steps out with the help of his phone's flashlight he could see the fence with a warning sign written over it.

 

Taehyung checks the camera hanging from the fence and the area around, then turns to Moon Goddess, "Help me not to be found by them."

Moon Goddess nods and in the next moment the cameras droop drown, being turned off. “We should hurry.” Moon Goddess says. Taehyung nods.

Taehyung takes a deep breath and enters the infamous forest. The soil was damped as if freshly rained. The smell of the damped soil was strong. He walks looking around, crushing the leaves with his steps.

The dense forest was not that quiet, the whistling of wind through the trees felt like someone was screaming in anger. Taehyung uses his flashlight to get through the dark. The outgrown roots, wild bushes, and trees made the path difficult to walk.

The Moon Goddess speaks up suddenly. “If your mate had been here, our work would have become easier.” Taehyung’s lips draws in a thin line.

“Then next time go to him for help.” The Moon Goddess smiles upon hearing it. 

Taehyung was not surprised to find junkie's stuff and various other equipment, clothes, bags, and waste. Taehyung doesn’t touch any of them. 

Taehyung stops in front of the fence, then grabs a stick and throws it towards the fence, noticing there was no danger in touching it. He crosses the fence jumping over it. His hand gets a scratch but this does not stop him. He quickly runs to not waste his time. Moon Goddess tells him to stop, he follows her and catches his breath when he hears a scratching noise.

Taehyung feels a shiver run down his spine. He musters his courage and flashes the light in the direction of the sound. His hand shakes as he sees a man carving something on the tree.

He gulps and calls for the stranger, "What are you doing?" He asks directly.

The man stops his actions and remains there motionless. The Moon Goddess taps on Taehyung's arm and points to the tree next to the man. Taehyung sees the carvings in the trees around them.

There were various words he could make out from this far, words like, 'revenge', 'mates', 'mine', 'dead', 'doomsday' etc were written in large letters.

When Taehyung flashes the light at the man again, he gets frightened seeing the man watching him. The appearance of the stranger gives him goosebumps. 

The man was dirty-looking wearing rags, his hair and beard were long, his face was covered in dirt and his hands and feet were soiled. He barely managed to cover his body and was looking at Taehyung with a strange interest in his eyes.

The dilated eyes were staring at him without blinking. The stranger takes a step closer, making Taehyung move back in horror. The man grins his dirty teeth on full display. He starts laughing loudly.

Taehyung hesitantly asks. "Who are you?"

The man points at him, then grins. Taehyung quite spooked with this stranger asks the Moon Goddess. "Is he the one we are looking for?"

The Goddess nods. The man watching Taehyung laughs again. "You are the one. You are the one. You can see her. The prophecy is true."

Taehyung steps back in horror as the man comes closer, staring at Taehyung's face. Taehyung holds his breath. The man seemed to be searching for something.

Suddenly the mark appears on Taehyung's forehead as the Moon Goddess touches it. The stranger moves back, afraid of it, then in the next minute his excitement increases. He quickly bows to Taehyung.

Taehyung feels awkward and lost. He asks the man to get up and tell his identity. The man scratches his scalp and then smiles.

"I am Lucas Ji. I am the son of Ruth Ji, the fourth brother of Yeon's father. Now there is only him and his family. He wiped our existence quite skillfully.

Taehyung remembers that Yeon's grandfather had several sons from his wives, but only Yeon's father succeeded to the throne of the Ji empire. The rest met a dreadful fate. They lost their lives to diseases and accidents.

Not many remember them today. Taehyung stares at the face. "I ran away for my safety. They would have killed me. I know what they did. I remember everything. I was waiting for the mates to avenge me. You have to help us or Gandok will be buried under the rocks."

"Help you with what?" Taehyung asks. This was the second time he was hearing this today.

"They are waiting for you?" The man points to the forest.

Taehyung narrows his eyes. "Who are you talking about?"

"The souls of the miners, my family, the innocents who are thrown here to rot. This place is hell. You have come to hell." The man starts to laugh loudly. "We will all die soon."

Taehyung wanted to check what the man was pointing at. He takes a step but Lucas grabs his leg. "You should be marked, or you will have the fate like other mates. This life only your mate bond will help us."

Lucas releases his grip and starts to laugh faintly, chuckling under his breath. He goes towards a tree and starts carving again. Taehyung watches him and then turns toward the direction he pointed to.

The Moon Goddess stops him, she seemed to be unhappy. This piques Taehyung's interest. He walks further, there he sees electric poles and broken lights.

"There was once a mine here. You must have heard of this incident where a hundred men were buried alive inside the mine due to an accident. I don't think the entrance to it still exists."

Taehyung checks the place moving further inside the forest carefully. At this point, he had no idea where he was. His eyes catch a white silhouette and he quickly flashes the torch.

Not far from him, he sees human skeletons hanging from a tree. His eyes widen. He looks at the scene horrified. The phone almost slips from his hand. He tastes bile, almost vomiting everything out. 

His heartbeat quickens, and his fingers start to feel numb. Taehyung steps back and feels a chill on his spine. The howling of the wind increases making the bodies sway with force.

They fall to the ground with a loud thud. The bones falling apart. Taehyung wanted to run away, but where to run? 

He, with shaky hands, takes the photos of the scene, even in this situation he wanted to collect evidences and turns to walk away from this creepy place. He can come again in the daytime. He trips as his foot steps on something hard. He falls on the ground upon a dead body, face almost hitting the dead man’s face.

His anxiousness increases. He in fear and disgust moves away and tries to stand up. his phone touches something mushy. Taehyung turns and find another body. He picks up his phone and throws the light on the ground. 

His eyes tear up and his breathing becomes heavy as a pile of dead bodies lie there, slowly decaying.

It was becoming difficult to breathe or say a word. Taehyung was unable to hear the call of the Moon Goddess. His eyes start to turn purple and marks glow brightly. His head starts to ache, making him cry and hiss.

He hears murmuring sounds, the pain becoming unbearable, he shouts to control it and suddenly everything quietens down. The pain goes away and the worried tone of his mate echoes in his mind.

"Taehyung...Tae is that you? Are you all right? Where are you?" Jeongguk asks, concern evident in his tone.

Taehyung looks up and meets the eyes of the Moon Goddess staring at him. His purple orbs giving a mysterious glow in the dark.

He smiles scornfully. "Mr. Jeon never fails to impress me. You learned mind linking so fast." 

There was complete silence on the other side as if Jeongguk was in shock. The Moon Goddess's eyes widen upon hearing his words. 

Chapter 33: Suits you like your mate

Summary:

Lucas gives Taehyung something valuable.

Jeongguk inhales deeply. He was in a meeting when the sudden anxiousness hit him like the last time when Taehyung was in danger at the base. 

Not being able to reach the alpha, he prayed and wished hard to hear from him, and in the next moment, he heard Taehyung's voice.

It was a miracle. Jeongguk has still not adjusted to having a mate and now these differences and changes bring more shock to him. Nonetheless, he was happy and relieved that he could hear Taehyung.

 “I just felt like you are in trouble and tried reaching you.”

Taehyung scoffs upon hearing it. “I understand. Your worries would have lessened if I had listened to your advice of keeping the guards. Am I right?”

Jeongguk becomes silent upon hearing Taehyung's sarcastic tone. The Moon Goddess wanted to say something to Taehyung, but he doesn’t let her, continuing to speak to the true blood alpha.

“You don’t need to worry about me.” 

Jeongguk responds, his voice vibrating and causing an itch in Taehyung’s heart. “That is my part of the concern. Let me make this choice for myself. Taehyung...Were you in any trouble? I don't know how, but I felt your fear.” 

He speaks each word slowly and calmly, not wanting to hurt Taehyung or upset him more than he is now.

“I am an alpha. I can take care of myself.” Taehyung answers straightforwardly.

“Can you let me at least open up your worries and concern to me, if not as a mate, then as a friend, as your hyung, and as someone who has known each other for long? I want to get to know you more, fill in the gaps, and amend my mistakes. Am I not deserving of any of this?”

Taehyung throat bobs hearing the words. He wanted to agree, but the reality is not that beautiful. He looks around him at the dark forest and knows if Jeongguk finds out what he is up to, he will never accept him. 

He exhales his frustration and then smiles, his beautiful features exploding in handsomeness. “You know this mind link goes both ways and the best part is you can cut it when not required.” 

Taehyung closes his eyes. He could hear Jeongguk calling his name and in the next second, there was silence. 

He opens his eyes after a long pause. The mark on the forehead vanishes, and the heterochromatic color of the eyes returns. 

Taehyung looks down. His smile was gone, and so was his enthusiasm for being here. He wanted to return to his room and lie on his bed. This was once his dream, but now when it has become his reality, he is pushing it away. 

His head was still aching from the sudden contact with his mate. He meets Moon Goddess' gaze. 

“When were you going to tell me about it?”

The Moon Goddess looks at him in guilt and a mixture of joy and excitement. Before she could answer, Lucas runs to them with something in his hand. 

“Look, I found it.”

Taehyung and Moon Goddess focus on the book-like thing in his hand. “I wrote everything.” 

He grins, glancing at the bodies lying around. “You found them. My mates have helped in feeding and providing resources. ” He squats and caresses the face of one of the bodies.

"Finding them is not a problem in this forest. Some end their life on their own will while others killed to serve a purpose."

Taehyung narrows his eyes. He has his suspicion but still asks the question that has been bugging him. “How did you survive all this time?”

The man grins, his mouth extending creepily, giving a full view of his teeth and gums. He looks at Taehyung meaningfully. 

“They helped me. Their skin, blood, everything can be used in need.” 

Taehyung feels a chill watching the man salivate at the thought of it. He felt vulnerable in front of this cannibal. When seeing the bodies piled up like this, he had this thought cross his mind but didn't expect Lucas to accept his deeds.

Lucas walks on his forelegs, getting closer to the alpha. Taehyung gulps and moves back as the man checks his features. Lucas sits on the ground and hands him the journal that he dug up from the soil.

He giggles. “The mine was not an accident but a planned assassination of our people. There are many crimes at our hands. My family was used. He uses everyone. He will use your mate to achieve his goals. Only your bond can protect us.” 

Taehyung had no desire of touching that filthy thing, but he was curious about the information written in it. 

“I am not a madman as you think. I have learned and spent time knowing about the dark history of Gandok. Has been a part of it. The dark age is not yet over. It has just stagnated. He will gain power and begin the horrors again. This family only loves to kill. We are cursed to kill.”

The hatred and seriousness in Lucas's eyes make Taehyung hold his breath. He was sure that he could see death in those eyes. The air around them felt to have stilled.

Taehyung hurries and gets up. Lucas's eyes watch his every move silently. 

Taehyung hesitantly says, “I need to go now. We will meet again. I will try to get you out of here.”

This time Lucas's smile vanishes completely. “We won’t. My goal is accomplished here. Moon Goddess saved me for this moment only. Now my soul is hers to take." 

He meets Taehyung's eyes. "Darkness hides the truth and keeps it safe for the right moment.” Lucas chuckles and runs away into the dark forest. 

Taehyung wanted to stop him, but the Goddess prevents him. She gestures to Taehyung to leave. The patrolling will begin in an hour, they need to leave the place before that. Taehyung gives a final glance at the place and then leaves under the guidance of the Moon Goddess.

They safely reach home and Taehyung after washing up goes straight to the study to check on the journal and photos he brought back.

Coming back to the present, he looks at the Moon Goddess who finally opens her eyes. 

“Did you read it?” She asks.

Taehyung sighs, thinking about it. He has not slept the previous night. Several questions needed answers and various emotions wanted relief. 

“Yes, I am still processing it. I have to look for more information. I don’t know what to feel like. Things are complicated, more than I thought. Were you knowing about all of this?”

The Moon Goddess gets down. She sits next to Taehyung and pats his hand. “You are apprehending the true, wild nature of humans. They can do anything to survive, to hold power.” 

"There is more to come." She glances at the door, then vanishes.

The butler knocks and enters, getting permission from Taehyung. “Sir, your clothes for the lunch at Ji's family have arrived.” 

Taehyung raises his brow upon hearing this, "Mr. Ji is still in the mood to party?"

The butler does not answer and puts the suit in the wardrobe. Taehyung’s phone starts to ring. He picks it up, seeing Elian on the call.

His roommate asks him to check the news as something big happened. Taehuyng narrows his eyes, putting the phone away. He checks the news and was shocked to see the headlines flashing the forest fire burning the Dark Grove.

He grits his teeth in disbelief. That place has the least chance of catching fire such a disaster cannot be natural. 

Taehyung watches as the journalist talks with the authorities showing their worry and giving reasons to explain why these things can happen. Upon the suspicion shown by the journalist, the bureaucrat waves it away, saying they are more worried to put off the fire and save this site than looking into these matters.

Taehyung watches the camera showing the forest he visited the previous night. His eyes widen as the thought of Lucas being there occurs in his mind. 

He hurries to go and look for him. The butler upon seeing Taehyung in a rush, calls for him, gaining the attention of Jin and Gareth. The two stopped Taehyung before he could step out.

Taehyung tries to free himself and gives a questioning gaze to his family. Jin and Gareth do not budge. Taehyung's tense behavior and agitation hinted to them where he is heading to. 

“You can’t go there,” Jin says.

Taehyung looks at his brother in disbelief. He knew they have got the news before him, but there seems to be more to it. 

“Were you knowing about this plan?” He shouts frustrated, struggling to free himself from them.

Jin glances at his father, then slowly nods, affirming it. Taehyung was devastated watching his brother nod. 

He inhales, giving up on the strength to fight. “Why did you let him? We know there can never be a forest fire in that Grove.”

His father tries to make him understand. “Tae…I told you not all decisions can be taken according to our wishes, we have to make sacrifices. You have to wait for the right moment to act. A decision made in a hurry seldom gives good results.”

“What sacrifice?” Taehyung shouts, stepping away from them. He felt sick inside. 

Isa rushes there upon hearing the shouts. Watching her family in such a tense situation her heart breaks. She sees her younger son in distress and tries to approach him, but he stops her.

Taehyung pleads with his family. “Let me go. I have my reasons, just like yours.”

Jin tries to make him understand, cupping his brother's face. “There is media and a lot of attention focused on that place at the moment. They are ready to fabricate any story and find any clue that could lead them to a piece of big news. We can’t risk you being there. Just accept it as a  natural disaster.”

“No…I can’t wait and let people die.” Taehyung was ready to go. Namjoon and Isa hold him.

“You know nobody goes there. There is no one to save.” Isa tries to console him, rubbing his arm slowly.

Taehyung’s temper rises, and he shakes their hands away. “You are hiding the wrongdoings of our ancestors in that fire. There are teenagers, homeless who go there. You will kill them all.”

None of them were willing to listen to Taehyung or grant his wish. They were determined to make him not leave the home for now. 

It was not their fault. At times like this Jin, Jeongguk, and Yeon's entry can only be acceptable, any other unrelated person can stir gossip and story among people.

Taehyung's image was already not that good in this place. The blame could be easily pushed on him for having a relation to the message given by Umbra.

Taehyung frees himself and holds his father's hand. “Dad, stop this…this is our chance to repent…please don’t do this.”

Gareth feels a shiver, hearing those words. He was shocked and suspicious of the information Taehyung has of that place and concerned about his source of information.

He was unsure how much Taehyung knows and was afraid to talk on this topic. He remains quiet on this matter and asks Taehyung to get back to his room. For him, his son's safety was the priority.

Silence prevails in the room when the loud noise from the television reaches their ears. The news reporter talks about Umbra and asks the department if this incident is a way to hide something from the people.

They look at the screen overlooking everything else.

The officer rejects it, calling it an absurd idea and a matter of coincidence. “This fire is caused because of the lightning. The weather a month ago was not good, we have all witnessed it and you know this forest is very dense. We were not able to trace the source causing this forest to burn and slowly it took the other trees in its flames.”

Taehyung scoffs upon hearing it. He watches the huge flames burning the place in the shots taken from the helicopter and strides back to his room, shutting the door behind him.

The Moon Goddess was looking outside the window in the direction of that forest. She speaks in a solemn tone. “The deity abandoned the forest and with it the lives of many.”

Taehyung walks up to her. He felt defeated and lost, “I am sorry I could not save him.”

Moon Goddess looks at him “Anger takes us nowhere. You have to be calm. You know this path is not easy. You will face more failures than success. You have to show them that nothing like this affects you anymore and do your work silently like you used to do before.”

Taehyung was surprised to hear it, but then a little hope arises. He joins Moon Goddess and watches the sun shining on Gandok. 

“Then I will wait for his next move.”

The Moon Goddess smiles facing him. "You should not feel guilty for matters that were not in your power to handle. Lucas knew he had no time left. His purpose in life was to meet you and tell you everything he has found. Just like your grandfather."

Taehyung feels his eyes sting at the mention of the name. "If only Grandad was here. He would have been excited to know that I can see you."

"He knew. I have known him since the time he was a handsome young man. You resemble him." 

The Moon Goddess had a fond smile on her lips recalling the young man dressed in regal attire approaching her with knitted brows and enquiring eyes. 

She looks down at her hand as those mesmerized eyes return to her memory. "He was thrilled to know that you can see me, just like him." 

Taehyung raises his brow at that. His interest was piqued. He watches as Moon Goddess brings the suit to Taehyung gesturing him to change into it. Taehyung hesitates then takes it going to get dressed.

When he comes out, he curiously asks the Moon Goddess. "Grandad never told me anything related to his past except for what was necessary for me to know. Is that hidden part related to you?"

Taehyung searched her eyes for the answer. She gazes at Taehyung through the mirror and then pats his head, helping him in wearing the coat. "Always eager for information." She teases.

Taehyung rubs his nape in shyness. She walks to the bunny lying on a chair and picks up the cap from his head. Taehyung watches her silently as she approaches him and makes him wear Jeongguk’s cap.

“Suits you like your mate.” She grins. Taehyung rolls his eyes upon hearing it. He looks at himself in the mirror. The cap was really nice but it suited Jeongguk more. That man can make anyone weak with his looks. 

Taehyung sighs, defeated by his train of thought. “It only looks best on this bunny.” Taehyung puts it back, brushing it once. 

Taehyung walks towards the door, then turns back looking at the Moon Goddess. He smiles. "Thanks for lifting my mood."

She grins and gestures at him with her hand while saying "You look handsome." Taehyung shakes his head not believing her then goes down to join to family.

Jin and Gareth have asked him to join them in a meeting and then together they would go to lunch. Taehyung was ready to sleep throughout the meeting. 

He was waiting for the lunch and to see what has Yeon prepared for him and Umbra, if he has.

Chapter 34: The antihero alpha

Summary:

Taehyung visits his friends and discovers a truth from Jin.

Taehyung was surprised to see that even after such a big incident, there was no protest or rage displayed by the people. No one seemed to care about these matters. The streets were silent, and people were busy with their work as usual as if nothing happened.

“Yeon has given strict orders against the protest. No one will dare nor, is there any use.” Jin says, reading Taehyung’s mind. 

“Peaceful protests are also to show that you want answers and care for the well-being of your people. It is a way to make the leader know that you are not supporting his decision that is made against them.” Taehyung says, looking out of the window. 

He could see the uniformed men holding arms and taking cover around the places. It was scarier than assurance. Jin gets busy on a business call while his father is in a different car. 

Having no one to talk to, Taehyung opens his phone and busies himself on the social app. He scrolls through his friends’ timelines and notices his friends from the college magazine department posting about the forest fire. 

They determined something was off about the situation. A thorough investigation was needed. They were dubious about the action taken by the officials.

Taehyung chews on his lips, contemplating whether he should support them, then gives their posts likes. He was proud of their guts for not supporting everything the government does, even though it may seem wrong. 

If the people are not caring about Yeon's actions, then they are crazy and living a life of a fad. It is easy to hold power over these kinds of thoughtless people and ruin their lives.

Then the thought to visit his friends crosses Taehyung’s mind. He looks at Jin on yet another call and calls his father instead, talking to him politely. 

“Can I stop by at my dorm, just for a while?”

His father was surprised to hear his request, but then there was no harm in it. Both he and Jin were feeling guilty, for being rude and raising their voice at Taehyung. 

Taehyung has always been straightforward with his thoughts and opinions. If he doesn’t like it, he will say it on the face. He never feared or hesitated to protest for things done against moral or ethical standards.

Gareth wanted him to understand that life becomes hard for people who follow this path. There are times when you need to act opposite to your nature. 

Gareth adores his son. He is proud of him. He knows both his sons are born to shine and bring a change in society. He is just afraid that they do not end up like his father.

Gareth agrees to Taehyung's request but on a condition. “I will excuse you from the meeting if you promise to be on time for lunch. I want you to meet our colleagues and get to know them.”

Taehyung nods happily and says yes. Gareth adds, “Drive back in the car sent to you, and don't react to anything anyone says there. You can inform us, we will deal with the situation.” 

Taehyung thanks his father and asks the driver to drop him at the dorm. When the car reaches the campus, Jin looks around, puzzled. Taehyung explains to Jin about his change of plan. 

Jin was stunned and wanted to interrogate and stop him, but the call was important. He could only question with his gaze and warn Taehyung to behave. 

Taehyung chuckles and waves at Jin while his brother tries hard to tell him to be serious and listen to what he has to say. The driver drives him away, making Taehyung grin in delight. 

He prances towards his room, humming his favorite music. It had been long since he last came to his dorm. He was missing it. 

Elian was sleeping, tired from the late-night gaming. Taehyung shows no mercy seeing him there and jumps on him to wake him up. It almost makes Elian lose his breath and curse loudly at his friend. 

Taehyung laughs and then asks Elian to get up and take a round with him of the campus. Elian was happy to see him there, yet was unsure if this was a good idea. 

Taehyung’s image is ruined and the college was especially harsh on him for not putting effort to stop the protestors from burning their office.

Taehyung, however, seemed to be nonchalant. He was whistling and checking the things that he left here. 

Elian knew he can’t convince Taehyung otherwise. If Taehyung has made up his mind, he will go there alone. It was best to accompany him, to check in any trouble. He gets up to get ready.

Seeing Elian ready, Taehyung smiles brightly. “Shall we go?” He asks, joyfully.

Elian nods, it was good to have Taehyung around. Elian thought that he would be separated from Taehyung after the whole incident, but having him here now Elian was at ease. Taehyung brings with him joy and positivity.

Elian cracks jokes and narrates all the funny incidents that happened in the dorm, the pranks they played, and the scolding they got. Taehyung laughs as he describes it.

They walk to the campus grounds talking about Elian’s days here and his work. Elian was excited to tell him about everything. Abi, Gabele, and other friends of Taehyung, who missed him all this while rush to him as soon as they come to know about him. 

Gabele jumps on him from behind, hugging him. They laugh and talk about their good days, his friends cursing the protestors loudly and missing their favorite place.

Taehyung feels rejuvenated after meeting his friends and being back to his old life for a while. It was a good decision to come there for a change. He was walking with them, heading towards the cafeteria, when suddenly his heart senses a pull.

He frowns and rubs at his chest. He could feel his heart beating faster and his mind asking him to look around. He does so. His brain tells him to go to the opposite side. He looks back in confusion, not understanding his mind. 

Thinking of it as nothing and just his mind playing tricks, he joins the conversation. He has taken just a few steps ahead when the feeling arises again, this time it becomes clear to him. 

His feet couldn’t move any further. It is Jeongguk, his heart calls. He stops and looks around, trying to find that person.

There were only cars and people walking around but no Jeongguk in sight. Taehyung knits his brows and scolds himself internally. He has to be a fool to think Jeongguk will be here.

Still, his feet don’t dare to move away. He listens to his heart and walks where his heart leads him, wanting to see what it is. 

Somehow he was sure Jeongguk is near. He searches for the true-blood alpha, but there are only the passers-by and cars parked on the campus. 

Elian notices Taehyung is missing and notices him acting strange, looking for something. He walks up to him, calling his name, but the alpha does not respond. 

Elian pats on his shoulder. “What are you looking for?” He asks, concerned, checking his surrounding.

“I think he is here,” Taehyung says, still searching for the person. Elian looks at him in disbelief and then around them. 

He feels a bitter taste settle on his tongue. He sighs and holds Taehyung’s hand to take him away.

“I don’t know whom you are searching for, but if I were your mate, I would have not let you wait for me. There is no one here. Our friends are calling us, we should go.” He says.

Taehyung was sure there has to be a reason for him feeling this way, but since Jeongguk was nowhere to be seen, he goes away with Elian. 

Unknown that a car parked out of his sight had someone watching him. The car slowly moves away from the campus as soon as he walks away.

They go to the cafeteria where his group has already taken seats and waves at him. Taehyung has just taken his place and touched the menu when a group enters the place. They hoot and cheer their friend and leader as he enters with his girl in his arms.

They give a free show for the students to watch their affection. The group settles down on the table next to Taehyung's. 

Taehyung could smell the strong pheromone that was nauseating his group. No one other than their group showed a reaction to them. Taehyung was ready to scold the leader, but Elian stops him.

“Don’t. He has recently become a big shot here on campus. He is the son of Mr. Seth and flaunts it proudly here. Since his power is recognized by people, he is behaving like this. He acts flirtatious, wild, causing trouble for anyone who goes against him.” 

Taehyung glances once at the leader. Mr. Seth works under Jeon Corps. He has been newly appointed at the base on the request of Yeon, doing some insignificant office work.

Taehyung can understand why his son is behaving this way. It is a big thing to even have an ID for that place. No one working at the base is taken for granted in Gandok. 

“What is his name?”

“Miles.” Elian answers.

Taehyung nods and tries to contain his irritation. He sees the omega around them getting anxious, yet, the alphas and betas remain quiet.

The group was ordering and commenting on the menu. They then go back to laughing and talking loudly about the girls on the campus and the boys they bullied or want to take care of.

The girl sitting next to Miles stares at Taehyung. Their eyes meet accidentally. She smiles and winks at Taehyung, then leans on Miles, whispering something in his ear. Miles quickly turns his head to gaze at Taehyung. 

Taehyung had already lost interest and went back to talking to his friends and checking what they ordered. They were in their world when Miles's pheromones spikes again, causing the omegas to shiver. Taehyung couldn’t take it anymore. 

He turns to Miles. Their eyes meet. Miles smirks and claps looking at him “Oh! Look who is here. Do you all recognize this man? The one and only Kim that blackened his family name. What a shame!” 

Miles’ group laughs and watches Taehyung being humiliated. The girl with Miles joins him in their fun.

“Honey! Don't be rude. Some people like to use their bodies and status to make things work for them. You can get out of anything dirty if you have a hold on the family and a beautiful face. Have you ever seen someone return from base alive?” She gives a challenging look to Taehyung.

Elian stands up angrily, “Look who is talking. What ground do you have to say this about him?”

Taehyung smiles upon hearing it. He asks his friends to ignore them.  They glare at the group and focus on the food that is served. 

Taehyung asks Elian to calm down and ruffles his hair lovingly, happy at how he stood up for him. There are only a few who take Taehyung’s side, he is among them.

The Moon Goddess walks there and joins him, sitting on the empty chair. She waves at Taehyung.

“I am here to watch the show.” Taehyung wanted to comment on her attitude, but the group being ignored couldn’t tolerate this silence. They come at him again, this time more aggressively. Miles seethes.

“Hey, you traitor Kim. What is not enough for you to put down your family name that you are out here in our department, ruining our image and laughing as if nothing happened? You should have hidden your pretty ass in some hole or let yourself be taken care of by some powerful alpha like me.”

The group whistle and mocks, applauding in appreciation for the leader. The cafe becomes silent. All looking at Taehyung and gossiping about him slowly. 

His group was ready to throw the chairs in the face of the group, but Taehyung gestured for them to be calm and focus on their good time only.

He drags his chair and sits next to the Moon Goddess, resting his arm on her chair, separating himself from the group to have a clear look at this new gang. 

He observes each of them, his heterochromatic eyes boring into them. Then rests his leg on top of the other elegantly and says in a calm tone. 

“Never thought a nobody would be so jealous of me. What is your name by the way? Oh! No one knows. It is a pity you are so unpopular that anything you say doesn't faze me at all. Aish…it doesn’t even reach me.”

Moon Goddess grins. Miles becomes agitated and stands up angrily. 

“Yeah…Taehyung Kim. Behave yourself, just because you have a backing doesn’t mean I can’t harm you. We will both go down in hell together.”

“He is dragging you to hell.” Moon Goddess says in excitement.

“You seem to like it.” Taehyung raises his brow while whispering this. She chuckles.

“How dare I.” She says in a tone matching the girl with Miles. Taehyung feels nauseated upon hearing it.

“I like how much you love me but I have to reject. You can take your girl there. I am having a good time in Gandok.” Taehyung responds to Miles. His father told him to be calm. He cannot cause trouble for them.

Miles gets angry and was ready to throw his hands. He strides towards Taehyung, ready to punch. Taehyung was unfazed. He doesn’t even get up. 

His pheromones spike and his iris shows a glint of purple when he looks up at Miles. The leader feels like the oxygen is seized from his lungs.

He was unable to move or breathe, meeting the serious eyes of the alpha. He was shaking in fear. The Moon Goddess was not amused by this boy, sharing the same sentiments as Taehyung.

“Sit down.” Moon Goddess says. Taehyung repeats her words.

“Sit down.” Miles feels the pressure on his knees and not only him but the rest of the people there sit in their places.

Taehyung smiles lightly. “Rule 1. We don’t use fists while talking. Only cowards do that.”

“Rule 2. We don’t make the omegas suffer. Only degenerates do this.”

“Rule 3. We say things when we can stand up for our words. You are far from there.” Miles wanted to curse and teach him a lesson but was repressed by the pheromones. With each sentence said by Taehyung, the suppression was intensifying on him.

“Rule 4. We respect the people and the surrounding. You and your group have to work hard on this.”

“Rule 5. Never provoke me.” Taehyung smiles brightly. “I sometimes get offended and can cause trouble.”

After telling the five rules, Taehyung casually stretches his arm and blinks his eyes, innocently. 

The pheromones subsides and the atmosphere becomes normal again. Miles feels like he will vomit the next second. His face pales, and he runs away, leaving his group behind.

His girlfriend glances at Taehyung in irritation but does not dare to say a word. She follows Miles. The rest of them also scurries away.

Taehyung scoffs and goes back to his table to start eating the dumplings that had now turned cold. His friends stare at him surprised, they know he has a sharp tongue but never knew he could be this strong. Taehyung never showed it unless required. Only a few were witnessed.

One of the girls in the cafe squeals in excitement, grabbing everyone’s attention. They look at her with questioning gazes. She apologizes and shows her mobile screen to her friends sitting next to her, not able to hide her excitement. 

“You should look at this, Gen. Jeon is dating Lady Ella. Look at their photos, they are so good together." The students around her gasped in surprise. They fish out their phones and check the news.

Taehyung losses his appetite hearing this. He hears the students around him praising and complimenting the pair, calling them a ‘powerful couple’, ‘the best thing they heard in a while’. 

Some were sad to find Jeongguk no more single. The cafeteria becomes noisy with gossip.

The Moon Goddess also peeks at one of the phones, her mood becomes sour. She looks at Taehyung who was checking his phone with a solemn look on his face. 

He could recognize and knows the event of the few pictures that were clicked. They were business-related dinners, but others were of Jeongguk dropping Ella at home or her shyly smiling at him.

His friends also cheer for the two and comment on the pair. It seemed like a common opinion of all for this pair to be ideal. Taehyung grits his teeth. 

He was boiling inside for some reason. These photos were messing with his mind. He tries to show that he is unfazed, but his mind was no more present there. 

He gets a call from Jin asking him to take the car and join them, the driver was waiting outside. Taehyung agrees quickly, he wanted to be alone for a while. He wishes his friend goodbye and leaves with promises to meet soon.

Moon Goddess remains by his side quietly. She knows what is going through his mind and how he is feeling. The drive was a quiet one. The driver drops him at the hotel. Taehyung goes inside, so lost in thought that the time felt short. 

He sees Namjoon waiting for him and waves at him. Together they enter the hall. 

Ji’s parties always ooze richness, and the show of wealth is always immense in their parties. They are mostly focused on money and beauty. Today, it was one of those occasions. 

Taehyung could see beautiful omegas working there and all the very important and powerful people of Gandok present at the party. The atmosphere was lively. 

Taehyung was not in the mood to observe them, he was here for a reason and looked around for his target.

Yeon was wearing his uniform, showing his status and power. He greets his guest, poses with his friends for the photographs, and get congratulatory greetings from his friends. 

It seems the news of Jeongguk and Ella dating reached everyone quite fast. They were all congratulating him on this big step. It was business in everything for them. 

Namjoon excuses himself to look for Jin. Taehyung catches his father talking to his friend. He looks the other way and coincidentally his gaze meets Yeon. 

Both hate each other but smile as soon as they are noticed. Taehyung walks towards Yeon.

“Mr. Ji, it is nice to meet you again.” He extends his hand for a shake. Yeon glances at the hand and then shakes it. The photographer takes the photos, both pose naturally. 

As soon as the photographer leaves Taehyung tries to retract but Yeon holds his hand in a tight grip, moving closer.

“How can I forget you? You are still my number one suspect.”

Taehyung narrows his eyes and clicks his tongue in disappointment. “No. 1 suspect? I had high hopes for you.” 

Taehyung whispers slowly. “I thought by now you would be knowing who is behind that organization.”

Yeon grits his teeth and gives him a sharp look. “You won’t be able to walk freely for long. You will be begging me soon for your life.”

“Worry about yourself, Uncle Ji.” Taehyung smiles. The Uncle part scalds Yeon the way Taehyung wants it. 

To others, it looked like both were having a very heartfelt moment. The way these two had smiles, nodding, and talking to each other, it seemed like an experienced man is guiding the younger generation.

“13 is not that far away. Isn’t this number ominous? If you add, it becomes death...Does it foreshadow something? I am so thrilled... Aren’t you...Uncle?" Taehyung teases.

In the next moment, he becomes serious. "I am waiting to see which one of your close ones is going behind bars this time.”

Yeon smiles, patting his shoulder a bit hard. Taehyung glances at the hand on his shoulder, and his jaws tighten. 

Yeon says. “You forgot. The law is mine and the facilities are also mine. Everything else will also be in my control soon. Where will this organization and the minions working for it go? I am giving them time to surrender, for if I take action, they will not have another second to live.”

Taehyung raises his hands in surrender. “I never underestimated your powers. I just wish the fire goes off soon and burn everything which can put you under the questioning gaze of others."

"I have always admired you and it has increased after the incident at the base. The fire and your daughter both have raised my appreciation for you.” 

Yeon wanted to cut that tongue off. He smiles bitterly. Jin notices the two talking and hurries toward them. He observes their faces to know what they were talking about. 

Both Yeon and Taehyung act friendly and tell him they were just talking about college and studies.

Jin doesn’t believe it but still nods and excuses themselves. Yeon glares back at Taehyung and changes his expression as his secretary informs him of the arrival of Ella at the party.

Yeon and Ella had already prepared themselves for the show. More journalists were allowed to cover her interview so that the information can reach every corner of Gandok. 

Ella is welcomed with flashes of the camera and applause filled with congratulations. Her father opens his arms and greets her. 

She embraces him and kisses him on the cheeks. Yeon holds her hand and walks towards the podium with her.

She smiles and addresses the guests, thanking them for the business collaboration and for joining her at the party in such an intense situation and busy schedule. 

She shows her concern for the situation in the forest and also supports her father. “I believe in my father who works so hard for Gandok and the concerned department, that things will get normal soon.” 

Her beautiful blue dress shines in the flashlights. The hair falling evenly on her shoulder and back, the red lipstick on her face, and her straight and confident posture made her look very attractive and pretty, catching the attention of all.

The people sigh, mesmerized by her charms. The excited journalists quickly start to question her on the dating news. She blushes upon hearing it and smiles shyly. Taehyung standing on one side with his family watches the show. 

“I don’t know who wrote this article and circulated the news. Jeongguk and I have known each other for a long, yet certain matters take time." She smiles lightly, her voice becoming soft. 

"We are still in the process of understanding each other and our families. I love his family and he respects mine. We are good friends and relatives." Her lips curve, eyes turn fond, and the blush deepens. 

Moon Goddess stands in front of Taehyung to obstruct his view. He rolls his eyes, he could still see her.

Ella continues. "Please don’t put pressure on his family. It is an important part of life and should not be taken in a hurry. We both need time.”

One of the people asks her, "So if General agrees to it what will be your  answer?"

Ella pushes the strand of hair behind her ear, "Would anyone ever say no to him." The guests laugh hearing it, agreeing with her.

Taehyung, who has done the opposite of what Ella claims, scoffs. He was impressed by her speech. She didn't deny it and also didn't say anything explicitly. Jin notices Taehyung's reaction and gives his attention to him, worried for his brother. 

He holds Taehyung’s hand and takes him to a place where no one was around. “You don’t believe any of this, right? Just ask Jeongguk if you have doubts.”

Taehyung was not in the mood to talk about it with his family. “I am fine, you don’t need to worry. I have nothing to ask him. He can do whatever he wants.”

Jin furrows his brow. “Tae…you should take this bond between you a bit seriously. If you can’t then I will ask him about this issue. Jeongguk has been acting weird recently.” Jin openly shows his doubts about the true-blood alpha.

Taehyung wanted to end this discussion and leave. His work was done here, but Jin unaware of this continues. “I had my doubts about their relationship. Jeongguk denied it. The other day, I asked him to arrange bodyguards for you, and he declined that too as if he is not serious about anything concerning you."

Taehyung had taken a few steps to leave, but upon hearing Jin's last statement he halts and turns back. 

“What did you say?” He asks in shock.

“If he was here, he could tell them to shut up,” Jin explains what he meant, unknown to the turmoil in Taehyung's heart.

“No before this, about bodyguards,” Taehyung asks, his palms start to sweat.

“Oh that…we asked him to arrange bodyguards for you, he denied saying you won’t like it, still we insisted and made him agree to our request. Later he called and canceled it without giving any reason. Father is looking for the best guards for you now.” Jin narrates the incident casually.

Taehyung’s heartbeat quickens. The harsh words he said to Jeongguk and the brokenhearted face that the true blood made appears in his mind. He grits his teeth, frustrated with himself and his family. 

“Why? Why did you do this?”

Jin was surprised by the sudden outburst. He looks around and then answers. “Of course to look after you. What else? We were worried for your safety.”

“Why didn’t you ask me first?” Taehyung tries to control himself from saying anything out of the line.

“What is there to ask? We all have them.” Jin had no idea of the sudden guilt Taehyung was feeling. 

For him, this was not that big of a matter. He knows his brother dislikes this, but for his safety, they can do a few things against his wishes.

Taehyung was disappointed by his brother. “I never liked it. If he knows why don’t you?”

Jin scolds Taehyung as the younger raises his voice. “Taehyung this is not a matter to get so angry. What is wrong with you these days?”

 

Taehyung felt helpless in frustration. “Do you have any idea what you did? Do you even know me?”

Jin wanted to enquire and discipline Taehyung on his behavior, but the younger one bows to him and strides away, leaving the party.

Taehyung takes a cab to go somewhere quiet and peaceful. Jin was right. What has happened to him these days? Why is he becoming so sensitive over small matters? Why is he angry and upset? 

He rests his head on the glass. Jeongguk's voice echoed in his head.

Namjoon walks towards Jin, questioning him about where Taehyung is and what is Jin doing here.

 

Jin had analyzed everything that has happened after Taehyung left. He speaks pensively. 

"My foolish brother still has not realized his feelings. He is an antihero to his own love story."

"Yes sir." Namjoon was puzzled, but still responds to his boss dumbly and habitually.

Jin rolls his eyes and says in a miffed tone, walking inside. “You are no better than him.”

Namjoon gets even more confused, not knowing what wrong he has done.

Chapter 35: We are going home

Summary:

Moon Goddess guides Taehyung.

Taehyung asks the driver to take him toward the Munlan passage. The driver was surprised by this request. Munlan was far from the crowded place towards the mountains, a campsite with a beautiful view and peaceful atmosphere.

The driver re-checks the person sitting in his car. Usually, travelers going to these places with hot springs carry with them a bag and wear comfortable clothes. The man behind him seemed to be of high status. His expensive suit and looks exude high standing. 

He, in his career, has never seen someone go to the spring wearing such expensive clothes. That place had to be covered by walking through a muddy path.

The driver stops staring and nods. He steps on the gas and takes Taehyung to the said place. The drive was quiet with light music playing on the radio and Taehyung's thoughts accompanying him.

His eyes never leave the changing scenery. Taehyung loosens his tie and rests his head on the seat. The car takes him to a certain point, the driver then shows Taehyung the way to walk on foot. 

Taehyung pays him and walks towards the path. He had no idea why he select this place and came here on instinct. 

The passage to the hot spring had lanterns hung on the sides and shrubs growing around. It was quiet, only the chirping of birds occasionally, could be heard.

After walking for more than thirty minutes, Taehyung hears the sound of the water flowing happily and noisily in this secluded place.

He walks towards it and inhales watching the sparkling, clear water. The clear water and the sound made the river look like an innocent child giggling and playing on rough land. It seemed happy.

Taehyung remembers he would also take circles around Jeongguk and giggle happily, asking Jeongguk to play with him. Little Jeongguk once pinched his cheek, taking Taehyung by surprise. Taehyung ran away from there, unable to control his surprise and happiness.

Taehyung walks ahead toward the hot spring on the pebbled path. He sees the large pool covered in mist. The atmosphere was so calm that his shoulders relaxes. 

There was a lodge to stay on one side, and near it was the place to shower and change clothes. Taehyung goes straight to the pool and sits on the large rock, watching the mist rise.

He pulls his legs closer to his chest and rests his arm on his knees. The  Moon Goddess walks towards him and sits next to him. Their arms touch each other. The wind blows, ruffling their hair.

The moistness in the air touches Taehyung skin. He rubs the exposed skin on his hand.

"I don't know what I want anymore.” Taehyung breaks the silence.

His eyes are still trained on his hands, and his fingers start to press a bit harder. 

"I have never thought a day would come when Jeongguk will give attention to me. He was always there in front of me, and one day I find that he is my mate. I can never forget that time. He stood there unaware of us to be destined. I didn't let him."

"I ran away from him, afraid of this miracle...for me it was a miracle." Taehyung chuckles dryly. 

"I felt scared, as if I jinxed him as if it was my fault that he got into this situation. It felt like I forced him into this. I wanted true feelings and not the one pulling us together because of the bond…I am a coward. I was afraid to see even a slight dislike from him when he knows the truth.”

Taehyung takes a deep heavy breath, his eyes turning red and stinging, thinking of that time. “So I prepared myself to hide it, reject him if he finds out. That way my fragile heart won’t be broken…I am selfish…I thought I was helping myself, but why does it still pain so much? Why do I feel broken inside? Why do I always think of him?” Taehyung cries hiding his face in his arm.

The Moon Goddess pulls him into an embrace, rubbing his back. She asks him softly, in a calm voice. Her voice is so tender, as if a word said louder will make the person in front of her, break into pieces. 

" Do you think you do not deserve him or his love?" 

She could feel Taehyung pause upon hearing her question. He was, however, not able to answer her. 

"You were attracted to him for a reason and didn’t meet him by chance. You two are destined to be together. In this life, you would have crossed paths sooner or later. It is a good thing that you did it early."

Taehyung wipes his tears. His face and ears were red from the outburst of emotions. "But-" 

"What is stopping you to believe in yourself? Why do you think you are not the right person for him…now that he is putting in his effort and trying to pursue you? Why do you feel you are not better than any other for him? And why do you believe that he doesn't like you?"

Taehyung feels a shiver upon hearing those words. His eyes fill with tears again. He wipes the tear as soon as it rolls down. 

"This is how it had to happen."

"You never asked him. You judged him, passed your decision on him, and turned him away. Have you ever thought since childhood why was he always taking care of you? Why he never showed his irritation to you or  gave up despite you causing trouble for him?” 

Moon Goddess glances towards the quiet cabin, thoughtfully. The wind blows, causing ripples in the water. 

“He has accepted every flaw of you. He was there in a way he can. He is trying to protect you, and he is there to look after you. What more do you want him to do to show that he feels genuinely for you?"

Taehyung inhales, bites his lips to control his emotions, and blinks his tears away. "That’s not true.”

Moon Goddess smiles. “You can try not to believe, but your bond is stronger than you can think of. He would have found you and you would have met him even if you were miles apart. Mates are born by my blessings, and true mates are born by the blessings of all of us.”

She turns to Taehyung. “You two are true mates. The link you shared without being marked, not anyone can do this. You have an ability beyond your imagination. If not you then who would have been the best fit for the true blood alpha.”

She pats Taehyung’s hand and says, “You tried staying away from him and failed, now try to be with him and see how it feels like. See the magic of your bond and the blessings it brings for you and Gandok."

She gazes at him sincerely, "Taehyung, only a few get the chance to write their destiny. Make use of it. Embrace your feelings, don’t run away from them. You are hurting yourself and your mate. Show him what friendship is, what love is, and how amazing you are.”

Taehyung shakes his head. “I can’t turn him against his family. Being with me, he has to sacrifice and go against Yeon. He has to face the anger of people. He has to stand up for me alone like I am. I can’t bear to see him struggling because of me.”

Moon Goddess nods, “That is why when the true blood alpha was born, he was chosen as one of the mates. He is stronger than you can think. You don’t understand the nature of true blood. He will stand with you and with the people. He can never be alone. He is a born leader. It is just he is not ready yet. You can make him.”

“Why us?” Taehyung asks. Moon Goddess’ smile vanishes upon hearing it.  The young face looking at her in surprise in the garden flashes in her memory.

The determined voice of the young man tells her that he will never forget her. She looks up at the sky. “It is because this is the only piece of my feelings that I could give to someone.”

Taehyung was puzzled. Moon Goddess smiles, her face becoming the same as before, glowing brightly. “This story is for another time. Right now you need to head back or it will get dark soon.” Taehyung stares at the pink color of the sky and nods.

He stands up, wiping his face, and walks towards the way he came before. By the time he reaches home, it was already dark. 

The guard at the gate bows to him. Taehyung tiredly enters inside. The lamps in the garden were lit, and the sprinklers were turned on. 

Taehyung walks slowly through the pavement, lit by the small lamps, thinking about everything Moon Goddess told him. He reaches the door and is welcomed by the guard.

Taehyung smiles at the attendant and enquires about his brother. His heart suddenly palpitates, and the feeling that he experienced earlier returns.

Taehyung's eyes widen. He turns quickly, his gaze fixed on the main gate. This time he recognized what this feeling is, and doesn’t waste his time following in quick steps back to the entrance. 

The attendants watching him become alert. Taehyung was not able to see anything the gate was far. He runs and crosses the garden area in a hurry. The sprinklers wetted his clothes. 

He didn't care his focus was only on the place he came from. His steps halt as the scent of familiar pheromones reaches him.

‘Jeongguk is here.’ He breathes, inhaling the scent, and his steps feel energetic again. He wastes no more time ready to catch his mate.

He runs to Jeongguk desiring to talk to him, but by the time he reaches the gate, the black car of Jeongguk had already taken speed. Taehyung pushes the metal gate, still not giving up. He calls for Jeongguk and runs after the car but is not heard by his mate.

The car goes away. At night only the back lights of the car are visible.  Taehyung pants and watches tiredly at the car he missed. The guards and security come running to him, worried something happened. 

They look around anxiously and ask Taehyung what has happened. Taehyung stands there quietly, still focused on the way the car went to. The water drips from his hair and his coat was wet.

 

He dismisses the security, telling them to get back to their places, and asks his attendant to bring a car and drop him at Jeongguk’s office.

The attendant was surprised but quickly bows and rushes to do their duty. Taehyung was determined to meet and apologize to Jeongguk. 

He sits in the car that quickly arrives. He takes off his coat and checks his watch. There was still time and hope. Jeongguk usually works late in the office if he has returned from a business trip.

He was sure he will find the true blood there. He determinedly plans to meet Jeongguk in the office. He was nervous and could feel butterflies in his stomach.

When the chauffeur drops him at the office. Taehyung instructs him. “Go back. I will call you when I am free.” The person obeys.

There were still many cars parked and employees working in the office. Taehyung presses the elevator button and checks his reflection in the metal door. 

He brushes his hair and tucks in his shirt to look presentable, then checks on the number rising one by one. His heartbeat quickens.

The elevator door opens as he reaches the floor. He walks in the silent corridor and finds the place quiet and empty. The receptionist was not there, nor was any worker. He becomes disappointed. 

An urge to text Jeongguk and ask him about his location rises, but Taehyung feels it is too straightforward and decides to talk face-to-face. 

Mr. Han has once told him if he ever wants to meet Jeongguk urgently. He can always come here. There is a high chance he will meet the true blood. He is mostly here in this place.

Taehyung stands in front of the door contemplating whether to enter the room or not. His hands pause on the handle then mustering up his courage, he opens the door. 

The room lights up and the refreshing scent of his mate fills his nostrils. It calms him and gives him the courage to face the alpha when he arrives.

The AI actively shows its presence as soon as Taehyung closes the door behind him. "Welcome Gen-" The AI expecting Jeongguk to be there, becomes silent on noticing someone else.

It quickly changes its greeting. “Mr. Kim such a late venture. Something urgent?”

Taehyung makes a face upon hearing its voice. “Yes, wanted to shut you for good.”

The AI goes for another round of silence. It studies Taehyung, reads his data, and speaks.

“General won’t be here today. You can come back tomorrow.” There was an urgency in its tone.

Taehyung looks at it, smiling creepily. “It is good that way. I get more time to do my work. Behave or I can get started with it right now.”

The AI quickly shuts up. Taehyung smiles and glances at the place that felt colder without Jeongguk there. He goes towards the glass wall and looks outside. 

“Where are you?”

Taehyung whispers. He stays in the same spot for a while, thinking about all the time he showed his anger and frustration on Jeongguk, then moves away from there, to the wall covered by certificates and achievements.

Taehyung stares at them. He shakes his head seeing all the certificates. His eyes travel to the book shelve. He walks towards it, touching the back of the books gently and reading the titles one by one.

 

He goes through them. Jeongguk has a collection of finance, law, and history-related books, certain journals, and papers written by many good researchers.

His eyes fall on the bundle of magazines published by his department in the college. Taehyung was surprised, Jeongguk would keep them here. He thought they were thrown away not to be read again.

He sneezes as the temperature in the room lowers and feels a shiver. He checks the room and walks towards the other side of the room and picks an overcoat hanging on the coat stands and grins.

It smelled like Jeongguk. Taehyung sniffs it and quickly wears it. He rubs his arms feeling a shiver as the familiar and homely pheromones cover him in an embrace.

He halts and gazes at the empty chair of the big shot of Gandok. "Why are you running away? I know you have noticed me."  

He takes slow steps towards the chair and touches the leather, then thinks of something sitting on it. This whole office has various memories of him arguing with his mate. 

Taehyung sighs. He picks up the magazine on the desk and reads it, turning pages of the boring articles. He sneezes again and his eyes start to droop slowly. 

He has not slept since yesterday, the scent of his mate was providing the calmness he needed at the moment. The magazine falls from his hand and his eyes close, not able to fight the sleep anymore.

His head tilts to one side as he falls asleep on the chair. The AI sends the notification to Jeongguk with a video.

Mr. Han, who has been busy working on the follow-up of the meetings, was surprised to see the sudden message from the office. He quickly opens it. Then seeing the person in the video, he rushes to Jeongguk.

They were in Jeongguk’s home. The true blood has just washed up and sitting in his bathrobe, signing a few papers. He was not looking well with his pale skin and tired face.

Mr. Han walks up to Jeongguk and without saying a word shows him the laptop screen. 

Jeongguk puts the papers aside and takes the laptop. He stands up in shock upon seeing Taehyung sleeping in his office and quickly orders his assistant to get the car ready. 

He also instructs his AI to regulate the temperature and dim the lights of the room. Quickly wearing casual clothes, he goes to his car in a hurry. Mr. Han follows behind.

Jeongguk takes the laptop again as the car speeds up and watches the video.  He keenly looks at Taehyung standing in his room, checking the things, wearing his coat, and falling asleep in his chair.

He was shocked and concerned and asked Mr. Han.

“He…” He tries to question. Mr. Han reads his mind and answers.

“The AI scanned him. He is not there because of his rut. There seems to be something off about him. He is in a low mood.” 

Mr. Han hesitates, “Is this because of the news that circulated?”

Jeongguk shakes his head. “He may be irritated by it, but not to this point. His anger does not go away this easily. There is something else. Look into this matter and let me know."

Mr. Han nods and quickly busies himself on the phone. Jeongguk glances at his sleeping mate and sighs upon hearing the words Taehyung addressed to him.

This boy was still stubborn. 

"Will you be fine?" Mr. Han asks. Jeongguk nods slowly. The car stops at the destination.

Jeongguk goes to his office at a flash speed opening the door to the office. He walks near the alpha and stares at him. The sleeping Taehyung was always a calm-looking innocent baby who has no care of the world.

Jeongguk squats beside Taehyung watching him. His eyes start to turn amber as the pure and attractive scent of his mate hits him. He starts to lean toward his mate.

"Sir" Mr. Han warns him making Jeongguk move back. He blinks and stands up, nodding at his assistant, then checks Taehyung's temperature. 

Taehyung's skin felt a bit warm. He quickly pulls the alpha in his arms, carrying him up.

Taehyung frowns, irritated to be disturbed, then the pheromones reach him, making the crease on his forehead ease up. He nuzzles closer to the neck of Jeongguk, settling himself into a comfortable position.

Jeongguk holds his breath, watching this silently. His fingers tighten on Taehyung. He doesn't dare to delay anymore and walks out of the office.

“Inform Jin that his brother is with me,” Jeongguk says to Mr. Han and walks towards the elevator. His eyes fixed on his mate. Taehyung had a contented look on his face, dreaming of something beautiful.

“Sir are we heading to the Kim’s mansion?” Mr. Han asks. Jeongguk shakes his head, settling Taehyung in the car. 

The alpha was not ready to move in his fever driven sleep and clinges to Jeongguk’s neck. Defeated Jeongguk settles with him on the lap and answers.

“We are going home.”

 

Chapter 36: Friends

Summary:

Taehyung and Jeongguk have a friendly talk.

Taehyung wakes up in a completely different and unknown place. He stares at the ceiling, his brain processing slowly the surrounding. He tilts his head in confusion, then glances to his right and left. 

The room, he was in was big with aesthetic decorations, furnishing, and pleasing colors. His bed was king-sized, and the sunlight penetrating the room made the place look dreamy and unreal. 

He sits up, slapping himself to wake up from the dream. The slap was hard. Taehyung rubs his cheeks and glances at his surrounding. It was not a dream. 

His hair was sticking out, and the shirt was creased. Taehyung rubs his eyes. Slowly, his mind fills him with the memories of the day before. 

Taehyung recalls he was in Jeongguk's office. Then how did he end up on a bed? And whose bed? He checks the bed and the soft duvet. 

He checks his clothes, which are still the same, and a relief washes over him. Then realizing where he was last night and who could have taken him, his eyes widens. He pushes the soft blanket away and steps on the carpeted floor. 

Curses leave his mouth. He was scolding himself for sleeping so soundly, not having care of anything. He decides to step out and check the place. 

Taehyung halts when the humming reaches his ear. He turns in surprise, watching Moon Goddess humming a nice tune. He stares at her. 

She was checking the decoration, smelling the potted flowers, and trying the perfumes kept there, coughing at the strong scent.

“Where am I?” Taehyung asks, walking towards her and taking the poor perfume away from her hand. The Moon Goddess grins but doesn’t answer.

Taehyung gives her an unimpressed look, “You seem to be very happy for some reason.”

“I didn’t expect you to be so fast in your actions.” She pinches his cheek and goes to the other side, still humming.

An alarm bell rings in Taehyung's mind alerting him of something ominous, but the location was a more pressing matter. He walks towards the door, ignoring her for a while, and opens the door, planning to exit from the place sneakily. 

As soon as he steps out, he is greeted by several guards standing there in a row on both sides of the corridor, which he somehow failed to notice. 

He never expected this scene. They bow together at him as he passes the corridor. 

“What is this setting? Are we at a military base?” Taehyung shouts internally and hesitantly bows, striding towards the exit.

When he enters the next open space, relief washes over him seeing the place empty, and he stays glued to the wall to calm his palpitating heart.

“What the hell was that? Never expected Jeon's mansion to be this guarded.” Taehyung's monologue carries on while he looks around. 

To him, the place felt different. He only went twice or thrice to Jeon’s in childhood and has mostly spent his time at Jimin’s house.

Jimin’s mother is a very social person. She likes to party and gather people for any reason. Taehyung met Jimin at one of those parties, and later he started going there willingly after meeting Jeongguk.

 

 

He gulps, realizing he is in Jeon’s house, and also comprehended the excitement of Moon Goddess. He racks his brain and comes up with a plan to sprint through the stairs and pass the first door he finds to exit from the place.

Taehyung determinedly nods. It is not like he can talk to Jeongguk in front of his family. They might hate Taehyung being in their house like this. Taehyung curses Jeongguk for being so impulsive and taking him here.

Then the thought of him telling his parents about the mate thing crosses his mind. He feels goosebumps just thinking of it and runs for his life. 

He takes off at full speed. The guards and attendants in the hall get a free show of Alpha's stamina. However, they look at Taehyung in a puzzled manner. Not knowing what the young master was up to.

One of them informs the boss about this unusual thing. Taehyung pauses for a minute and looks around. There were many doors. He had no idea which was for the exit. 

“Left one.” Moon Goddess whispers near his ear, amused.

Taehyung doesn’t think twice and runs towards it, opening it with force. He is greeted by the morning light falling on his face. 

Taehyung stares at the track for jogging, clean and covered on both sides with trees. His mouth opens in surprise. 

To his left was placed a table and chair with a patio umbrella. The table had snacks, tea cups, and a pot placed nicely on it. 

His eyes widen as he hears Moon Goddess laugh. Taehyung comes back to the realization of being deceived. 

“You…” He quickly turns to take another exit but halts upon hearing a noise coming from the hall, almost slipping in the process. 

He hides behind the door with a yelp and glares at Moon Goddess, who was still laughing.

“You traitor.” He mouths.

“What are you doing?” Taehyung’s hair stands up upon hearing Jeongguk’s voice.

Taehyung hides behind the door. He hears Jeongguk call him again. “Look up.”

Taehyung does so and curses under his breath, seeing the camera turned to him. 

He speaks, peeking from the door, and laughs awkwardly. “Mr. Jeon…” His eyes travel to Jeongguk’s assistant and several ranked men standing behind them. 

They are well dressed early in the morning. Taehyung stares at his reflection in the glass window. He wanted to cry. If Jin comes to know about this, he is dead for good. He quickly straightens his hair, tucks his shirt, and walks out to meet the host.

Taehyung becomes more embarrassed as several pairs of eyes stare at him and tries to act cool, “Mr. Han is here too…hahaha…Good morning. Good morning to everyone.” He says, making anyone around him feel embarrassed, but that was not all. Taehyung had more for them.

“I was just checking the place. You have a nice house, the door…” Taehyung points at the door that he used to hide himself. “It is thick and strong. Very safe.” 

Jeongguk remains quiet, letting Taehyung make a fool of himself. Mr. Han, however, takes pity on Taehyung and responds.

“You are awake, young master. How do you feel now?” Mr. Han asks politely while the rest of the people were still busy in their thoughts, unable to comprehend how to react in this unusual situation. It was new for them.

Taehyung thinks of it. He was feeling a bit odd still he nods, wiping his sweaty palms on the back of his pants. “Good, quite nice. How did I end up here? This was not planned.” Taehyung murmurs the last part. Jeongguk frowns and speaks.

“You were asleep in my office and were not ready to let go, so I took you here.” Taehyung wanted to throw his hands at the true blood for emphasizing the 'not letting go' part in front of so many people.

He, contrary to his thoughts, bows to Jeongguk. “Thank you Jeongguk…I mean Mr. Jeon. Where are Uncle and Aunty? Say my regards to them then-“

Jeongguk cuts his speech. “Why would they be here?…you are in my house.” 

Taehyung eyes become wide upon registering the words, awake to the fullest. He stares at Jeongguk for a whole second. His mouth opens to say something then shuts again.

He glances around at the palace-like house and stares back at Jeongguk. “Can I…can you excuse me for a second?” He asks.

Jeongguk is amused but conceals it and nods to Taehyung. The alpha quickly pulls the door shut, slowly locking it. He looks back at the track, the sky, the birds, trees, and anything that comes into his view. 

“Okay…okay you are fine…you just heard something like you are in Jeongguk’s house…the place where no one other than him and his men has stepped foot. You are…oh my god…” Taehyung squeals, unable to control himself. 

His not-so-hidden infatuation, the feeling of affection and butterflies in the stomach, that he had in childhood, awakens. He fans himself and bites on his finger to not be too loud and control his excitement.

Taehyung unhurriedly unlocks the door and walks inside the hall after brushing his hair neatly and straightening his posture, as if nothing happened, and he was calm and composed. He gives a small smile to Jeongguk, who is still in the same place waiting for him.

Jeongguk eyes him, “Just to let you know that true-blood alpha has good hearing skills.” Taehyung’s face turns red, and Mr. Han standing next to Jeongguk, covers his mouth to conceal his amusement.

Taehyung stammers pointing at another door. “Then I will take my leave.”

Jeongguk checks Taehyung slowly and asks. “Wait. Aren’t you forgetting something?”

Taehyung frowns and checks his pocket, and shakes his head. “No. I have my phone with me.” He just wanted to run away. He always makes a fool of himself in front of Jeongguk.

Jeongguk raises his brow. He hands over the file to the man behind him, giving him some instructions. The man bows to him and leaves the place, the rest officers departing with him. Jeongguk pays full attention to Taehyung. 

“You were in the office to meet me and tell me something. Weren’t you?” Taehyung wanted to face-palm himself. 

Jeongguk gives a small smile. “Let’s talk while having breakfast.”

Taehyung looks at himself, unsure. Jeongguk continues. “Tell me what you like to eat, my chef will prepare it, meanwhile you can freshen up. New sets of clothes and toiletries are kept in the same room you woke up.”

Taehyung nods. “Anything is fine.” He squeaks out and takes his leave. 

Mr. Han turns to Jeongguk in worry as Taehyung goes from their sight. “Will you be fine?” He asks, concerned.

“I can take care of it for a while. If something happens, make him your priority.” Jeongguk answers.

Taehyung closes the door behind him and takes a long sigh. He holds his chest, feeling the loud beating heart, and glances around the room. “This was my dream once.” He whispers and falls on the bed. 

He inhales the scent on the bed sheet. The room smelled good, he hugs the pillow and closes his eyes in contentment.

The Moon Goddess shakes her head watching him. She pats his head. “Did you forget your reason for meeting him?”

Taehyung glances at her with his only visible eye and hides his face in the pillow again. “He is not here. I can act as I want. He won’t know, besides this is something…I wished as a teenager.”

“You had wild thoughts as a teenager.” Moon Goddess smiles. Taehyung grunts upon hearing it.

“When you like someone, you start planning a future with them,” Taehyung explains.

“Oh! Tell this to Jeongguk. He is here.” Taehyung quickly sits up, throwing the pillow to the side.

His face becomes serious, facing the door. He holds his breath and acts reserved. Then waits for a minute or two, but no one knocks or enters. He hears the chuckle of Moon Goddess and realizes, he has been made a fool again.

He turns to Moon Goddess, ready to throw his pillow. She laughs “Leave or he will come here looking for you.”

Taehyung tries to retort but holds it in and leaves. Freshening up quickly, he changes into the new clothes and goes downstairs towards the dining.

Jeongguk was already there, reading the reports and explaining corrections to Mr. Han. He looked very serious and tired. Taehyung felt something was off with him, he, however, did not dwell on the thought. Jeongguk has been out of the station and may have not gotten much rest, is what he reasons to himself.

Seeing Taehyung arrive. Jeongguk hands the file to Mr. Han. Taehyung had thought about everything while showering. He is not going to be soft and shy on Jeongguk. He will show he is an alpha too.

He walks towards Jeongguk and cages him on the sofa, his palms holding the soft handle in a tight grip. Mr. Han was dumbfounded and turned to the other side, excusing himself. 

“You have to be honest with me today. I am not here to play games.” Taehyung says, looking at Jeongguk’s handsome face. 

Jeongguk glances at the arms caging him. The smell of the shampoo reaches him mixed with his mate's pheromones.  He looks up slowly, meeting Taehyung’s eyes. There was something very different in Jeongguk’s gaze and his face. 

Taehyung visibly gulps. He could not move. That gaze was captivating, bewitching him in a way that Taehyung forgets what he had to continue with. 

He feels a pleasant heat rising in his body, activating every cell. The heat is pushing him closer to Jeongguk, making him lean near to Jeongguk's lips.  

Taehyung is hypnotized by this man. He blinks and quickly stands up, noticing their closeness. Jeongguk watches him silently and exhales. His hands were itching to hold the waist and capture those lips.

“I will,” Jeongguk says, standing up. He gestures for Taehyung to join him at the table. 

Taehyung quietly takes his seat. His plans were not working, so he decides to focus on filling his stomach. He sits opposite Jeongguk and looks at the various dishes being served.

“Are there more people joining us?” Taehyung asks.

Jeongguk looks at him and shakes his head “Only us.”

“I can’t eat it all.” Taehyung glances at all the mouth-watering dishes.

“Eat whatever you can,” Jeongguk responds.

“It will be wasted. Can’t they join us?” Taehyung points toward the guards and Mr. Han.

Jeongguk smiles “Eat. They will eat after you are done.”

Taehyung nods and picks up the chopsticks. He tastes the noodles, slurping them, then moans in delight at the taste. “So good.” Then picks another dish tasting it. He looked quite happy eating the food.

Jeongguk watches him silently. Taehyung notices Jeongguk’s gaze and checks his empty plate, seeing that he didn’t touch a thing. Taehyung frowns.

“Why are you not eating anything?” He asks. Before Jeongguk could come up with a reason, Taehyung picks a rolled omelet and asks the true blood to take a bite. “Try this first. You will like it.”

Jeongguk was surprised by this unexpected action. It takes him a while to respond and open his mouth for the bite. He stares at Taehyung, taking a bite, chewing slowly, and savoring the moment.

“It is tasty, right?” Taehyung asks. Jeongguk nods, watching Taehyung busy himself with eating.

Taehyung fills his stomach, trying everything on the table and praising the chef for his culinary skills. 

“I had not taken a proper meal yesterday.” He says, putting the chopsticks down and glancing at Jeongguk. He checks his mate and with a profound gaze speaks.

“I came to know the truth…That day I reacted abruptly and didn’t listen to you.” Taehyung inhales dramatically and shifts in his seat.

“I am sorry.” He says in a hurry. Jeongguk surprised by the sudden seriousness of the situation, raises his brow and asks.

“What?” He was more than surprised.

Taehyung says again, “I want to apologize. I am sorry for being a jerk that day.” Jeongguk still acts clueless.

Taehyung clenches his jaw and repeats the apology, but is still unheard by Jeongguk. This makes him lose his patience and shout the words loudly.

“Yahh. Can’t you hear? Have you got water in your ears while showering? Three times I repeated the same words, sitting in front of you, still looking at me so blank. Have you never heard a sorry before?”

“Not from you,” Jeongguk replies, amused. “Doesn’t suit you.” He answers casually.  

Taehyung was fuming by now. Jeongguk adds fuel to the fire. “What is this sorry for? There are many things I recall, including the behavior at the moment. Which one is this specifically for?”

Taehyung makes a face upon hearing it. He wanted to fill that rowdy mouth with dumplings to shut the alpha for good.

“So petty. Can’t even forgive easily.” Taehyung whispers, then realizes Jeongguk can hear him and smiles, showing his teeth. His voice changes to a soft one, coaxing Jeongguk. 

“Mr. Jeon I am sorry for causing trouble to you.” He bows his head. “I have always been a difficult child. My mother says, ‘You are a little shit’.” Jeongguk bites the inside of his cheek to not laugh and lets Taehyung continue.

Taehyung pouts, “My brother and father also agree to it. Who else other than you can understand how difficult I am to handle, yet you have been so patient with me? I am very thankful.” Taehyung holds his heart. Jeongguk watches the drama silently. 

“So I realized after finding out the truth that I have been very harsh on you. I am wrong. I am not like that, Lizu knows it.”

“Lizu?” Jeongguk narrows his eyes.

“My dog,” Taehyung answers making Jeongguk leans back on the chair, trying hard not to burst into laughter. He felt quite refreshed. The morning felt more pleasing than any other day.

“That little one also forgives me, my family, nanny, friends, neighbors, relatives, and butler, they all do so. I would like to ask for your forgiveness as well. I want to start our relationship in the right way. We were young and naive.” 

Jeongguk raises his brow. Taehyung quickly corrects his wording “I am naive and troublesome. I am a changed man now, mature. We were both unaware of us being mates and reacted accordingly. The reaction I gave was natural. It should not affect our long-term relationship. Let’s start to understand each other, have new beginnings, and be friends.”

Jeongguk nods “By friends you mean-“

Taehyung enthusiastically answers. “I mean we can share meals, talk and spend time together, we can meet on weekends and have fun.”

Jeongguk hums, getting entertained by this chatty person. He looks seriously at Taehyung and asks in a business tone. “Does it include sleeping together, holding hands, and kissing?”

Taehyung opens and closes his mouth, unable to answer for a while. He didn’t expect Jeongguk to ask such questions and thought about it for a few seconds, then answered. 

“Yes, we can have a sleepover.” He agrees, thinking about him and Elian doing the same.

“Can we also hug and sleep next to each other?”

Taehyung bites out the words, enthusiasm dying at a fast pace. “We can.”

“Can we hug while sleeping?” Jeongguk pushes more.

Taehyung bursts out, unable to hear any more of these brazen questions from the true blood alpha. “Yah…how many questions do you have? What is going on in your head?”

Jeongguk laughs “Okay. Let’s be friends." He stretches his hand. "Take good care of me. ‘Friend’.”

Taehyung looks at him skeptically, but since he proposed this relationship, he smiles and shakes hands. Then chewing his lips, he brings an urgent matter.

He drags the sentence a bit to not sound casual. “Then as friends do not have any secret, can I ask if the rumor about Ella is true?”

Jeongguk sits straight, folding his hand over his chest, and gazes at Taehyung. He copies Taehyung. “As a friend can I ask…are you jealous?”

Taehyung becomes dumbstruck upon hearing this. He looks away and complains. “I asked first.”

Jeongguk shakes his head. “It is true her father wants us together. He asked our family about their opinion on this matter.” Taehyung feels something bubbling inside him. “But I declined and will take care of this matter immediately if it is affecting you. You don’t need to worry.”

“You two look good together.” Taehyung stares at the empty plate in front of him. The words slip from his mouth unknowingly. His eyes widen, and he slaps his mouth to shut it.

Jeongguk smiles. “We two will look best once together. ‘Friend.'”

Taehyung laughs awkwardly. He feels butterflies upon hearing those words. “You don’t need to say that. It is fine.”

Jeongguk sighs. “You have lots of misconceptions about us. I don’t know what you take me as but when I am talking about us. I mean every word that I say.”

Taehyung feels his hand shiver. It was right. He was insecure for some reason. He never felt like that in front of anyone, but with Jeongguk he behaves differently. He nods his head.

Jeongguk feels a shiver in his spine. The effect of suppressants was wearing off, and his body was starting to heat up again. He looks at Taehyung who was talking about various things they can do as friends, and how he is going to teach Jeongguk to live life outside of work. 

He looked so innocent and adorable with that smiling face and dreamy eyes. There was a glint of excitement in it as he describes his adventures. Jeongguk has seen this side of Taehyung only during their teenage. 

After the differentiation, this is the first time, Taehyung has talked to him like old times. He was happy. He wanted to live in this moment for a long and hear the tales of Taehyung. His body was, however, longing for the mate for a completely different reason.

He was afraid if Taehyung stayed there, he will harm the boy. He was trying hard to control his wild nature and desires and watched Taehyung from afar to quench his longing. 

He thought that Taehyung and him have to go a long way to make a good conversation and he could only watch his mate from afar. Meeting Taehyung like this in his home was unplanned and spontaneous.

Taehyung would have stayed in the office until he meets him. Jeongguk thus overdosed himself with suppressants and gave one to Taehyung to help him.

Still, the pheromones of his mates made it hard to control his desires. The thoughts of Taehyung start to clog his mind. His sanity starts to lose slowly, and the gaze becomes passionate. 

Taehyung starts to feel hot and uncomfortable. He wipes the sweat off his face and glances at Jeongguk, who had been staring at him.

There seemed to be something off about Jeongguk. True Blood was acting weird. Taehyung was unsure whether Jeongguk listened to anything he said till now. 

A call interrupts Jeongguk making him come out of the trance. He quickly stands up, his face turning pale, realizing how he was swayed by his thoughts. 

Taehyung flinches at the sudden action and stands up. 

“My driver will send you home. I will have to take my leave.” Jeongguk strides away without a proper bye. Mr. Han joins him. 

Taehyung watches it. His body starts to feel weird. He frowns not knowing what is wrong with him. The attendant walks to him to show him the way to the exit. 

Taehyung was not able to move from his place. His eyes fixed on the way Jeongguk went to. The attendant calls him again but Taehyung remains unresponsive.

Moon Goddess blocks his view. “Leave Taehyung. You are not prepared. Your work is done here.” She warns.

Taehyung is familiar with Jeongguk’s pheromones and could sense the distress in them. “He…is not this?” 

His legs were glued in place unable to take a step away. He clenches his fist and walks towards Jeongguk but the guards block him.

Taehyung glances at them angrily. “Let me go.” They won’t budge.

“Boss has instructed us to not let you enter.” Taehyung stares at the way angrily and grits his teeth.

 

Chapter 37: The true-blood alpha is acting weirdly

Summary:

Jeongguk goes into a heat

 

Jeongguk stops in front of a room and unbuttons the first two buttons of his shirt. He inhales sharply as the effect of suppressants starts to wear off. He glances at Mr. Han in a pained and lazy way and asks.

“Has he left?”

Mr. Han was busy on the phone talking with the doctor, hearing Jeongguk, he quickly checked his wristwatch and answered vaguely. 

“He might have reached the car by now.”

Jeongguk frowns. “He is not that obedient.” 

This makes the assistant halt and disconnect the phone. He turns to the guard and gestures to him to check on the young master. The guard bows and leaves.

Jeongguk sighs, the heat has not yet taken control fully but has started to show signs. He leans on the wall, next to the door. “You should all leave quickly. Tell them to vacate and seal the place.”

By sealing, he means to vacate the premises and close the doors for anyone's access inside or outside. The staff had to move to the outer area of the land in the cottages at a distance from the main house.

Mr. Han looks at him in concern. “The media will know about your absence. Do we have to give any statement?”

He asks quickly. Jeongguk disconnects himself from the outside world for his sanity. He doesn't remain in a state to think rationally and make decisions regarding the administration. 

He pinches the bridge of his nose and wipes the beads of sweat on his forehead, then breathes a reply. 

“No need. I will give a statement to the press later. Just leave.” He says, concentrating on his breath. 

It is the heat of a true blood quite different from any other group. He has it most difficult. Jeongguk doesn’t go much into heat, it has only occurred once or twice and the intensity was not that high, still, he made all these preparations to not affect the lives of anyone close to him.

A true blood in heat becomes excessively territorial, aggressive, and cautious of the presence of other alphas around him. Now, since he has met his mate, these things will become more intense.

He could hear the guard transmitting the message to everyone to leave the house immediately. They were all prepared for it and had even rehearsed it. 

In a minute, the attendants, guards, and other workers leave the place systematically and calmly not causing any noise or showing signs of fear or anxiousness.

Jeongguk sighed in relief, but it quickly turned into a painful growl as his body started to react to the heat. He curses under his breath and tries to stand straight. His eyes start to change color and the temperature of his body rises. 

The amber eyes blink, and with a shaky breath, Jeongguk lifts his eyes looking at the corridor. His scent becomes strong and overwhelming. He scans the space and scrunches his nose smelling the faint foreign alpha pheromones in the air.

He huffs in annoyance, and a growl slips his mouth. A true-blood alpha in heat becomes territorial and cannot bear the scent of anyone in the place except him. His animalistic traits start to show, and the wolf-like nature begins to overcome his human instincts.

On the other side of the house, Taehyung had not moved and left the place. The guards were also there, stopping him from going further. No one spoke, but the tension in the air was visible. 

Taehyung keeps staring at the place where Jeongguk went off a while ago. The guards blocked his way and Moon Goddess warned him, but he still wanted to be there. He was unsure if this was the right thing to do. His feet were not moving away from where his mate went. 

Taehyung’s heartbeat quickens as he watches the staff leaving the place, glancing at him once and then going out, silently. He sees the guards checking the rooms before their final departure. The last ones were the ones, trying to spray the inhibitors to put off their scent and lessen to the minimum as they could.

Taehyung’s gaze softens and turns to concern as he sees Mr. Han walking out. He tried to move the guards away, but they didn't budge. Mr Han meets his gaze and walks towards him in disbelief. 

“Young master Kim why have not you left yet?” Mr. Han asks. He glances around and then continues. “It is unfortunate that you had to meet the boss like this, but I hope the young master understands and waits for a day or two, till Mr. Jeon gets better.”

Taehyung clicks his tongue. “I want to stay.” Mr. Han was baffled by this determination. He patiently explains to Taehyung.

“You are aware of his condition and should know that Mr. Jeon is not in his best state. His mind will be clouded by the heat and his actions will be affected. I don’t think it is wise for you to stay here.”

“I am aware, but when I had the same condition he was there with me.” Mr. Han becomes speechless upon hearing it. 

Taehyung had his suspicions about that day in the office, and after a few days, he approached the librarian to seek the truth, coaxing her into revealing the incident. 

Mr. Han sighs. He checks his watch again. “It won’t be easy for you. You two have still not mated, and your family is also unaware of this situation.”

Taehyung looks at him determinedly. “They will understand. He needs me. We are grown up and know our boundaries.” Taehyung’s mark dimly appears, pupils slowly changing to purple.

Mr. Han stares at him. He can’t do anything in front of the two stubborn mates. He follows the procedure and gestures for the guards to leave. The two quickly walk away. 

Taehyung watches as they leave. He is about to become violent if they had not let him stay.

Mr. Han hands Taehyung a small phone. “Use it in case you want help. The gates will be sealed. The connection with the outside world will be lost. In an emergency, you can only contact me with this."

"The food is stocked, and cabinets are full with anything that can be needed. He will become very moody and different…you know. If you change your mind just inform us.” 

The medicines sent by the doctor are brought to Mr. Han. He hands them to Taehyung. “Read the instructions and use it when things go out of your control.” Mr. Han walks away. 

He turns and glances at Taehyung once. He was concerned and also knew the truth about these mates. He believes in them. They lock the door behind them and seal the house gates.

Taehyung watches it all. The Moon Goddess was already nowhere to be seen. He was there alone in such a big house, knowing his mate was somewhere there. 

Taehyung was not sure what he was expecting but there was an anticipation in his heart to see what awaited him.

He puts the medicine on the table and drinks a glass of water, trying to calm his nerves. Suddenly, his eyes widen as the strong scent of his mate envelopes him. Taehyung moves the glass away from his lips, gulping the water, and slowly turns around.

The glass almost slips from his hand as he sees Jeongguk standing there, watching him silently. Taehyung tried to smile but could not. The pheromone contained a mix of emotions that Taehyung, as an unmated alpha was unable to comprehend.

He puts the glass away and whispers Jeongguk’s name. Jeongguk strides towards him. He seemed similar yet so different. 

His eyes were amber, vibrant, and full of warmth, a domineering aura oozing captivating Taehyung, and an exterior chillness that was in constant challenge against the warmth of his eyes. His personality was a mixture of ice and fire that could stun even the strongest of the soldiers. 

His brows were knit and his jaws clenched, making his handsomely carved face more defined.

He moves closer. Taehyung takes a step back, this deepens Jeongguk’s frown. He holds Taehyung’s waist and with his other hand pulls his head closer. Taehyung was stunned to react on time. 

Their breath mingles as the distance is lessened between them. The amber eyes stare deeply into the purplish one. Taehyung’s mark glows. 

Jeongguk looks at it in mesmerization and leans closer to the pale neck. Taehyung bares it for his mate without resistance.

The true blood inhales the scent gland, his warm breath brushing the area, causing a shiver and heat to run from the spot to Taehyung’s whole body. Their bodies were too close to feel each other and scent each other.

Jeongguk's touch was causing an unwilling reaction in Taehyung. Their breathing becomes ragged. His hold on Taehyung’s waist becomes tight, compelling a hiss to slip from Taehyung’s mouth. This makes the true blood glance at his mate. He stares at the face silently.

Then his fingers caress gently on Taehyung’s cheeks, moving to his jawline. Jeongguk breaks the silence with his deep voice. 

“You are my mate.”

Taehyung was unable to understand him. He was unsure whether it was a statement or a question, nevertheless, he nodded. Jeongguk embraces him tightly, enveloping him with his pheromone, and then satisfactorily stares at his mate.

There was a mixture of hesitation and willingness in Jeongguk’s action. He wanted to hold his mate for long but was also scared. It was like he is walking on a thin line, a small mistake will make his mate run away.

“Where were you all this while? Will you deny being my mate again?” Taehyung was perplexed. Before he could respond, he was lifted in the arms of his mate.

Taehyung’s eyes widen, and a yelp slips from his mouth, embarrassing himself. He was not expecting this. He wanted to set boundaries and talk about things before acting, but his true blood took him off guard.

He looks back at the medicines and then hesitantly stares at his mate. Jeongguk's eyes were trained on him, upon noticing the hesitation, he stopped in the track. 

"Are you scared of me?" Jeongguk asks. His expressions were complicated.

Taehyung was too distracted to answer on time making the true blood blame himself for the situation. "Don't worry, I have found you after a long time and won't do anything that you are not ready for."

"Can you?" Taehyung asks hesitantly. Jeongguk stares at him and starts walking. 

"Trust me." He says.

Taehyung wanted to enquire more, but his eyes traveled to the place they were in. Jeongguk easily carries and settles him on a stool in front of the kitchen counter, and makes him sit there carefully. 

Taehyung was too shocked to say a word and just silently watched this true blood. Jeongguk cups his cheeks and pecks his head lovingly, watching those big, curious eyes.

He then smiles, looking at his mate. Taehyung was about to faint in shock. Jeongguk had such a beautiful smile that he rarely displayed. It was like a meteor seen after a century. 

Taehyung suddenly remembers the first time Jeongguk met him, Taehyung denied being mate to him. The insecurity Jeongguk is having is because of this reason, with his condition at present, the anxiousness has increased. He wanted to prove to Taehyung that he can be a good mate.

His mouth opens in surprise and a bit of pity. Jeongguk notices his every-minute action and pats his head. “Are you thirsty? Should I make you something?”

“Just a glass of juice is fine.” Taehyung squeaks out, then clears his throat. He stares at his mate as the true blood pulls up his sleeves, folding them nicely, and goes to the fridge and takes out several flavors of juices. 

Taehyung looks at it in surprise. “How many do you have?” He asks curiously. 

Jeongguk checks the fridge and shakes his head in disappointment. He apologizes to Taehyung. “I am sorry I was not aware of meeting you here and have not prepared all the best things.”

Taehyung shakes his head and gestures with his hand to calm this true blood. “It is okay. A glass of orange juice will be fine.” Jeongguk nods. 

He goes on to mix several flavors and shakes them together, then adds several other things, silently and contently pours a colorful and thick mixture of pulpy juice, adds a scoop of ice cream, then searches around for the straw, puts it, and hands it to his mate.

He watches in eagerness as Taehyung drinks it. Taehyung tastes the sweetened drink excitedly, his eyes shine and close in contentment. 

He then realizes he has been stared at and smiles, watching the true-blood alpha's eyes filled with expectations of praise. He raises his hand patting Jeongguk’s arm. “Well done. It is good and chilled.”

Jeongguk reciprocates the smile and looks around anxiously. His brows knitted together as he searched for something. He stands near Taehyung all the time while glancing at every corner. 

Taehyung peaks from behind him watches him while slurping from the glass down, and pokes Jeongguk’s arm. “What are you looking at?”

Jeongguk shakes his head and turns to Taehyung. He sincerely answers. “My mate is so beautiful. I need to protect you from any danger.” Taehyung choked on the juice upon hearing it.

He begins to cough, speechless with this sudden compliment. His stomach takes a flip. He screams in ecstasy, silently.

Jeongguk worriedly pats his back and begins to look around for something to help his mate. Taehyung stops him, holding his hands.  

"Warn me next time before saying such things." He says, wiping the tears.

Jeongguk nods in sincerity, noting it in his mind, and sits next to Taehyung. 

“I waited for you for long. Have you done the same?” He asks innocently. Taehyung’s eyes soften. He suppresses the smile.

This was a different scenario than what he expected. His mate has become chatty. He wanted to probe.

“How long?” He asks lightly. Jeongguk looks down at their knees that were almost touching each other.

“Since the time our teacher told us about mates. ” Taehyung remembers it vaguely. 

This class was in sixth or seventh grade. Jeongguk was maybe ten or eleven years old at that time. He looks at Jeongguk, and his heart aches.

“What if your mate remained hidden from you?” This question makes Jeongguk feel anxious. His insecurity shows in his eyes. He looks at Taehyung longingly.

“I would have waited my entire life.” He looks away. “I was waiting anxiously each day. The heat makes it worse.”

For true blood, the heat becomes unbearable and depressive if they don't sense their mates or have not met them for long. It can drive them to insanity or make them harm themselves.

Taehyung realizes it now. He feels ashamed. He puts aside the glass and pats Jeongguk's thigh with a smile, “Then it is good we found each other.”

Jeongguk nods with a small smile, reciprocating the emotions. Taehyung stares at him. This was an unexpected scenario, but he was not complaining.

This was better than anything he had thought of. Jeongguk was sharing his thoughts and doing things he would have suppressed the desire to do. 

Taehyung was happy to witness this unadulterated side of his mate. This Jeongguk was easy to talk to and expressive. However, he was worried about the apprehensive state of his mate.

Jeongguk from time to time, clenched his fist, checked around them, and remained close to him even in a house with only them. He had found his mate and was becoming overly protective.

A faint scent of another alpha caused a low growl to slip from his throat. Taehyung understood now the motive behind Moon Goddess and Mr. Han's warning.

He was helpful but also increased the responsibility of his mate. Jeongguk at the moment was not lustful, he wanted to protect and pamper his mate that he had met today.

He wanted to impress his mate and show his good side to him. He looked vulnerable. Taehyung has, for the first time, seen Jeongguk in this state of insecurity. He didn't like it, however, his selfish side felt proud that it was only for him. 

Jeongguk looks away, being stared at like that. He doesn’t stop Taehyung. 

Taehyung smiles upon sensing happiness in his mate's pheromones. He stands up, making the true blood follow suit. 

"The day is long, what have you thought of doing to keep us both entertained?" He asks.

Jeongguk was speechless. He had not planned anything and had no idea. He just knows he has to make his mate happy. This small question from Taehyung makes him think hard, like a big project to work on.

Taehyung chuckles, watching Jeongguk racking his brain. "We can start with having a tour of the place." He proposes.

 

Jeongguk was not sure that Taehyung wanted this, but since his mate asked for it. He agrees. He takes Taehyung's hand and shows him around the house.

Jeongguk's house was impressive. It was stunning with a sweeping staircase, numerous balconies overlooking the scenic view, elegant chandeliers, intricate architecture, ornate furnishings, and an air of sophistication. It showed royalty. 

Taehyung's mother will like this place, she admires places like this. This was not something new for Taehyung, but Jeongguk made this place through his efforts. It showed his hard work and perfectionist persona.

"Do you like the house?" Jeongguk asks nervously. 

Taehyung stands beside the swimming pool, watching the clear water, then turns around to see the green hills that can be seen from the glass wall.

This place was different than the others that he had seen in a way that, though it oozes royalty, looks stately and palatial. Jeongguk still kept to the minimum of his original worth. He didn't get out with it making the place look ostentatious and attract eyes.

He kept it homely and warm, beautiful and spacious. Taehyung liked it. He nods. Jeongguk feels at ease. 

Jeongguk shows him the track area, and both take a walk in the nice weather. The trees were covered with flowers. The place looked beautiful. 

Taehyung sees a thin tree loaded with flowers. He drags Jeongguk there making him stand below the shade of the tree, then shakes the trunk, causing the flowers to fall slowly onto them.

Taehyung giggles in joy as his mission is accomplished. He stands next to Jeongguk, happily watching the flowers showering on them slowly.

Jeongguk was not able to take his eyes off Taehyung. Their eyes meet, and a sudden emotion stirs in him. He turns the other way, shutting his eyes and clenching his jaw to control his desire.

He holds Taehyung's wrist and takes him back to the dining area where the medicines are kept. Taehyung was perplexed but followed him. 

 

Jeongguk takes a vile and fills the injection with it. He caps it and hands it to Taehyung. "If I cross the line, don't hesitate to use this."

He says, however, it was becoming difficult for him to hand the injection over to Taehyung. Using the suppressant means he has to stay away from his mate, from this beautiful feeling that he is feeling today, and from his nature.

It was hard. Jeongguk always remains strict towards himself. This true blood alpha instinct was also his stubbornness. Taehyung sighs, noticing his dilemma.

 

His pheromones intensify, calming the true blood. Jeongguk's palm loosens, dropping the injection on Taehyung's hand.

 

The true blood become silent, he just stands there not knowing what to do next, how to come out of this situation. He feels like he ruined the moment between them. Jeongguk was not that low in confidence.

He values Taehyung so much that he wanted to make his every moment memorable and happy. This feeling was new and surprising to him as well. 

Seeing him silently blaming himself, Taehyung wanted to cheer up the true blood. He asks enthusiastically. “So what is next?”

“Want to see my study?” Jeongguk asks, lightening up with a little probe from Taehyung.

Taehyung nods, holding the stretched hand. Jeongguk takes him to a room, as soon as he enters the place. Taehyung inhales, the smell of books causing an itch in his heart. He looks around happily. 

“When do you get the time to read this?” Taehyung asks, checking the walls covered by books. It was the same as his own.

“Not all are read by me,” He says, watching his mate. 

“Since when are you collecting it?”

“I don’t remember, some things are unknowingly done by me.”

Taehyung takes out an album kept in between the books.

“Our school album.” He waves it.

Jeongguk nods. Taehyung walks towards the table and lays it down, opening the album. A nostalgia runs through him as he checks on the photographs of the seniors. 

Jeongguk sits next to him, talking about his classmates and what they are doing these days. Some he remembers, others he doesn’t bother to recall.

Taehyung notices Jeongguk loosening up after coming to this room. Maybe Jeongguk was sure that he was safe here. 

He chews on his lips and thinks for a while, then faces his mate. "Do you feel hungry?" Taehyung enquires.

"What do you want to eat?" Jeongguk asks.

"Anything will be fine," Taehyung says. Jeongguk nods and leaves the place.

Taehyung waits for a while, then takes out the phone handed to him by Mr. Han and calls the emergency number. The phone is quickly picked up by the assistant.

He asks in a worried tone. "Is everything fine Mr. Kim?"

Taehyung knits his brows. "No nothing is fine. Jeongguk is acting weird."

Mr. Han becomes nervous. "What...what has happened to him? What is going on?" He asks anxiously.

"This...are you sure this is heat? Jeongguk he...Mr. Han, how can he resist a charming person like me?" 

There was complete silence on the other side of the line. Mr. Han was too shocked to answer this question immediately.

Chapter 38: A memorable heat

Summary:

A special day of the mates.

Taehyung hears someone cough on the other side of the line. He frowns. Mr. Han clears his throat, whispering to someone present with him, and then enquires Taehyung. 

“Young master, what are you trying to imply?”

“Oh, it is so simple…I didn’t expect him to be this cute.” Taehyung smiles, thinking of Jeongguk.

There was another round of silence on the other side. Taehyung checks the mobile, thinking something is wrong with it. 

“Boss…Mr. Jeon…young master, what were you expecting?” Mr. Han was not able to form words and make sense of things. He was rendered speechless by this young man. 

There was a pause, and then Mr. Han quickly corrected himself before Taehyung could answer. “I don’t want to know the answer to it.”

He was frightened by the answer he could get. He inhales and exhales, letting the oxygen reach his brain as he feels like his brain has suddenly stopped functioning. 

“You can talk to the doctor. He will explain you in detail."

Mr. Han saves himself and hands the phone to the doctor. There was whispering heard by Taehyung on the line as if two people bickering with each other.

He patiently waits. Jeongguk's doctor, who was present with Mr. Han all this while, glares at the assistant and greets Taehyung, taking the phone. 

“Is Mr. Jeon being very acquiescent?”

Taehyung nods, then quickly answers. “He is acting very dubious, taking care of me, controlling his emotions…he even smiles…he is cute though.”

The doctor ignores the last part and hums. “It is normal for him to do so, you may have guessed. He is afraid of losing you or scaring you. He is true blood and cares for you, but aggression and lust are part of heat. He may not show it, but he is feeling inside. You don’t need to worry, Mr. Jeon is a highly trained and mannered man. He will not let you have any harm.”

“Just release your calming pheromones if you see him losing to the desires.” Taehyung nods.

“So it will happen?”

The doctor disconnects the phone, not bothering to answer Taehyung's question. 

Taehyung looks at the phone. “So rude…can’t he answer a simple question. Truly an employee of Jeongguk.”

He senses Jeongguk returning and quickly opens the drawer to hide the phone. Taehyung finds a recorder inside. He takes it out happily and waves it at Jeongguk when the true blood enters the room with a tray full of snacks.

“Look what I found,” Taehyung says happily.

Jeongguk nods and places the tray. He sits next to Taehyung, pulling the tray towards him, and watches as Taehyung checks the recorder. He picks a sweet snack and moves the chopstick towards Taehyung.

Taehyung eats the food without bothering to check or look at it, fully focused on the recorder. Jeongguk hand pauses seeing this, he, without a word, picks another item and moves it towards Taehyung’s mouth. Taehyung eats it as well. 

Jeongguk’s eyes tremble in joy. He finds his mate more and more adorable with time. He quickly checks the tray and chooses another item, then another, feeding it all one by one to Taehyung. 

The alpha gulps down one bite, and another comes on his way. He was too distracted to notice it at first, immersed in testing the recorder.

 

Then, as this goes on and he feels full, he realizes something is weird. Taehyung puts down the recorder and meets the curious and anticipating gaze of the true-blood alpha. 

Jeongguk was still holding a sweet rice cake and waiting for Taehyung to have it. He seemed to be very satisfied with the way his mate was eating. He was enjoying to feed his mate.

Taehyung coughs upon seeing the true blood, watching him with an amused expression. Jeongguk moves the chopstick a bit closer. Taehyung slowly takes a bite and chews it slowly.

“Not hungry anymore?” Jeongguk asks amused.

“I…” he checks the tray that had almost empty plates now and realizes how full he is.

Taehyung laughs awkwardly. “Did I eat it all?” Jeongguk nods.

He puts the chopsticks down and with a napkin wipes Taehyung’s lips. “Good boy.” He pats Taehyung’s head.

Taehyung blushes, his voice cracks as he says. “It is working.” 

He shows the small cassette recorder to calm his racing heart. He shuts his eyes and turns the other way to not embarrass himself further.

Jeongguk watches him amusedly. “What are you going to do with it?”

Taehyung glances at the books and sighs. He pushes the record button down and gazes at Jeongguk.

“Today marks a very special day as I, Taehyung, and Jeonggukie, sitting in front of me, have become friends. A happy occasion for new beginnings.” Taehyung applauses. Jeongguk leans on the sofa, resting his head on his palm, and watches Taehyung.

This Taehyung was not new to him. This boy never gets bored. He would always find something to entertain himself. Jimin would fight with Taehyung but was always there around him because of this reason.

Jeongguk smiles seeing a glimpse of the troublemaker teenager he has always known. That boy is finally sitting close to him without being angry or throwing daggers at him. 

Jeongguk has missed Taehyung and as Taehyung once said, he regretted not understanding the alpha early.

Taehyung clears his throat. He takes special care to sound good and continues. “ Jeonggukie lacks a good story collection. I want to give you a small gift on this special day, a special memory. I am going to record a story for you to listen to whenever you feel down, which I hope you don’t feel often.”

Jeongguk smiles. Taehyung leans towards the recorder and proceeds, “Once a drake, stuck on a windy day, tries to make its way towards his house. The wind was loud and harsh. The drake was finding it very difficult to move.”

“The drake was sure if he did not find a shelter, he would die. Luckily, he sees a house and knocks on the door saying...”

“Quack quack?” Jeongguk asks amused. Taehyung clicks his tongue and glares at him.

“No…he says please let me in.” Taehyung changes his tone.

Jeongguk nods, amused by the act, and surrenders in front of his mate. Taehyung carries on with the story, sincerely and is full of emotions and vivid tones.

“…the little drake was not ready to give just yet, it looked at the wolf with a challenging gaze and cried ‘You can’t eat me.’” 

Taehyung's voice, his calming pheromones, the quiet house, and Jeongguk alone with his mate made him feel relaxed.

He was feeling calm in this sweet, homely environment, he checked his mate again who was immersed in recording the story. His mate looked so lively and energetic at the moment. 

Jeongguk smiles, it sure was the effect of the sugars he had taken. Taehyung unaware of his thought was busy sincerely preparing the gift.

Jeongguk had not slept properly for days. With his mate next to him in a safe environment. Jeongguk’s wolf starts to feel relaxed, his eyes begin to droop.

He tries to control it but the heat and his anxious nature make him tired, he gives in and sleeps on his arm leaning on the sofa. 

Taehyung has been carrying out his story as he reaches the end, he turns to Jeongguk to ask his opinion, upon seeing the true blood asleep, Taehyung becomes silent. 

He slowly calls Jeongguk’s name but the true blood remains motionless. Although he was sleeping, he still looked poised and domineering. 

Taehyung waves his hand in front of Jeongguk and finds the true blood to have actually slept. He slowly moves closer to the charming face of his mate. 

It was uncommon to be this close to Jeongguk, Taehyung doesn’t remember anyone to be able to be near this man.

Jeongguk’s physique was breathtaking. A simple shirt and trousers enhance his physique and make him look different from others. 

His fingers were long, slender, and pale. The index finger carried a ring with a wolf face, the eye of the wolf had a red stone studded in it. It was unique and beautiful. 

Jeongguk started wearing this ring after he was given the position and power of the Jeons. Taehyung was unsure of what this ring meant but had seen him wearing it always.

Taehyung wanted to reach out and touch that hand and grab the fingers but stopped himself. 

He moves back and sighs. He slides his arm on the table and rests his head over it, watching Jeongguk. He whispers to himself.

“Moon Goddess, is this true, or am I dreaming? How have I got this luck.” Taehyung chuckles upon hearing his own words.

“It is his heat but the effects are reflected on me.” Taehyung becomes quiet, eyes still trained on his mate as if he were collecting memories of the days he missed this person.

“I always thought he wanted a beautiful wife, many kids, a typical happy family. Never thought he would accept being my mate so easily. I can’t give him kids, approval, and acceptance from his ancestors, his family, and his people. I don’t even have a positive status in Gandok. Why is he not bothered with any of this?” Taehyung whispers.

Taehyung sighed, his voice was dull. He doesn't want Jeongguk to wake up. 

“I was ten years of age when I saw an omega proposed to him in school, giving him a card and a box of chocolate. I didn’t like it a bit. The seniors would always talk about him and try to approach him. I got frustrated and spread the rumor that he likes someone. I wanted to say it was me but was scared of him.” Taehyung chuckles, thinking how intimidating Jeongguk is mostly.

“It worked and so I started making more rumors to make him unapproachable. I was a very bad kid.” Taehyung smiles. “Little me didn’t know that you were aware of who is spreading this rumor, I thought I was playing smart.”

“I always wanted but never thought that you could be mine…” Taehyung strokes the letter of Jeongguk’s name on the desk.

“I have caused a lot of trouble to you and can cause…" Taehyung felt guilty saying it. "I hope one day you will be able to understand my actions and why I avoided you.”

Taehyung nestles his head on his both arms and closes his eyes. “Jeongguk I have liked you always, so much that I am still scared of having you.”

Taehyung's mind was filled with the thoughts of Jeongguk and slowly he too drifted to sleep. The room becomes quiet with the even breathing of both mates as they sleep. 

The sun sets, ending the special day of the mates. The recorder kept on the table makes a click sound as the reel ends and the recording stops.

Somewhere in the house, the wall clock chimes as another hour passes in the silent place.

In the quiet dimly lit study room, Jeongguk suddenly opens his eyes, the amber color of his iris glints, providing a robust look to the true-blood alpha. 

He is woken up by an erotic desire. His breathing becomes heavy and his body feels hot. His pheromones start to intensify. The heat was rushing and pulsating to his south making him feel a sudden desire to touch his mate.

Jeongguk hears Taehyung inhale deeply and groan in pain. His eyes travel to his mate. For a few seconds, he had forgotten Taehyung was there with him.

Every cell in his body starts craving for his mate. He becomes afraid, the wolf has two voices, one wants to cage his mate and fulfill his desires and the other wants to run away. 

Jeongguk switches on the lamp on the desk. The pale light falls on Taehyung's face, making Taehyung frown in sleep. Jeongguk stared at Taehyung's face which was glowing in the light.

He tries to control himself, hands gripping the arm of the sofa and desk tightly as he watches his mate. His body starts to ache. The pheromone of his mate was enticing. Jeongguk wanted to bathe in it.

His mind starts to form erotic scenarios. Jeongguk's eyes glisten with tears as he controls his thoughts and looks at Taehyung in guilt.

He painfully stands up, walking away from his mate, his wolf is screaming and pushing him back to where his mate is, but Jeongguk walks away. 

The nerves on his arm and neck were visible with the strength he was putting to control himself. He pushes himself with difficulty towards one of the rooms and locks it.

Taehyung is a true mate and could sense the distress of his mate. He wakes up from his sleep as uneasiness envelopes him. His body was aching all over as if he was having a fever. 

Taehyung feels a burning on his forehead. He was feeling hot and delirious. The heat was causing uneasiness under his clothes and his mind was fogged with the thought of mating.

He looks around anxiously, seeing Jeongguk nowhere, he sighs in relief, and then the thought of true blood struggling with the same problem occurs in his mind. He quickly gets up, wincing at the pain.

He checks around opening doors to a few rooms and calls Jeongguk anxiously. Taehyung becomes worried. He stops and checks his reflection. His mark was bright, it looked like it would burn him.

He inhales and hurries to check other rooms. His steps halt at a room locked from the inside. He could sense Jeongguk there, the spiciness, and hotness in Jeongguk pheromones had increased. 

It was becoming unbearable for Taehyung. Jeongguk triggered Taehyung's heat. They were both alphas but both were acting against their nature, trying to attract their mate and push them towards mating.

The overbearing alpha traits and their scent would usually make the omega surrender and prepare to be mated. In Taehyung and Jeongguk's case, they were both ready to surrender and be mated.

It was maddening to be away from each other. Jeongguk felt threatened by not being with his mate. He was standing near the door and knew Taehyung was there outside with just a door between them.

Taehyung rests his forehead on the door and breathes slowly, trying to calm his racing heart. "Are you alright?" He asks, gulping to moisten his throat.

Jeongguk closes his eyes and does not respond. His hand held the handle of the door, which he had locked and thrown the key somewhere.

Taehyung speaks again. "I will wait for you." Jeongguk grits his teeth and walks away from the door, shutting himself in the bathroom.

Taehyung waits there for a while, then slides down and sits beside the door, leaning on the wall. Taehyung's head was foggy and feverish. He shuts his eyes and tries to focus on his breathing.

He remembers the doctor asked him to calm Jeongguk. Taehyung was new to this but tried to help in the way he could at the moment. The sweat beads form on his face.

He could feel the anxious pheromones of Jeongguk and knew Jeongguk was feeling ten times worse than him. 

"He will take time to calm down."

Taehyung hears the voice of the Moon Goddess and opens his eyes. "Where were you?"

"I was here. Jeongguk will be fine. He is not new to this, and this time your pheromones are helping him in many ways."

Taehyung could sense the meaning of the undertone in speech. Moon Goddess continues. "What about you? You have always used suppressants to get over it. Why not use the one in your pocket?"

Taehyung glances at it and shakes his head. "It is Hyung's. If he is not using it, I won't either. We will go through it together."

Moon Goddess smiles "Love is a wild thing." She chuckles. 

Taehyung wanted to comment on her choice of words at the moment but couldn't focus properly.

Moon Goddess pats his head and vanishes. Taehyung leans against the wall and sighs. He knows if he gives in to the desire it will intensify and won't be satiated until he has done the deed.

He starts singing nursery rhymes. At first, it was difficult to remember them, but then slowly his mind started to clear a bit. He becomes excited and recites more rhymes, loudly.

When he can't remember anymore, he repeats the same. Suddenly, he hears a chuckle, a low, seductive voice calls him cute.

Taehyung pauses he turns towards the door and finds it still shut. "Are you feeling better?" Taehyung asks concerned for Jeongguk.

Jeongguk had been listening to his rhymes and couldn't help but mind-link with him. He hums in response. "I am sorry. I will be fine in a while." He was breathless

"It is okay. I can carry on." Taehyung responds.

"Thanks but don't tire yourself."

Taehyung brushes the tip of his nose. "I am helping us both." He then feels like he is being very corny and adds. "That's what friends are for." 

Jeongguk wanted to laugh at his mate. "Thanks for being my friend." 

Taehyung nods. "No problem." He says embarrassedly.

Taehyung waits for a while, then remembers he has several good articles saved on his mobile. He takes out his phone and opens the app to read them.

The first one was about Yeon and his autocratic rule. Taehyung pauses in the middle as the article keeps getting serious about criticizing Yeon. He laughs slowly to cover it up and says. 

"This is boring. Let me read another one." He starts reading the next. 

This article was about Jeons. He has written this to show how being with Yeon can help the Jeons. This article couldn't pass the first phase of editing. No one wanted to read against Jeons. Taehyung still saved it.

Taehyung had not given it a title. It takes him a while to realize where the matter is heading.

The problem with the mind link is that Jeongguk could hear his thoughts clearly. He tries to laugh it off but can't and has to slowly and with a heavy heart complete reading it.

 

 

He then skilfully cuts the mind link and hides his face in his arms, done with his life and luck. He doesn't move, feeling dead inside.

The clock chimes again. The needles move to the 11. Taehyung checks his watch. He has been sitting there for almost three hours. He hears the click of the lock and looks up in surprise.

Jeongguk comes out of the room. He had taken a bath. His hair was still wet, and he was wearing a bathing robe. Taehyung gawks at him.

They stare at each other. Jeongguk, however, couldn't look for long. Taehyung keeps staring checking if there are any signs of him still being in heat. Jeongguk's eyes were back to their original color. 

His cold and distant aura has returned. Taehyung was disappointed. 

Jeongguk also checked Taehyung, but one glance was enough for him to know the alpha was fine. However, the alpha was still sitting on the floor.

"Why are you sitting on the floor? Were you here all this while?" Jeongguk asks surprised. He didn't expect Taehyung to go to this length for him.

His gaze warms up, but a feeling of guilt settles in his heart. It was him giving pain to Taehyung again.

Taehyung brushes his hand over his nape. "I wanted to help you."

"But this..."

"It is okay I am fine, just my legs are numb."

Jeongguk glances at Taehyung's legs and then bends down to pick him up in his arm. It was so easy for him like Taehyung had no wait. 

 

Taehyung inhales the scent of shower gel and shampoo and smiles in delight. He inhales more.

Jeongguk notices it and avoids commenting on it. He carries Taehyung to his room while the alpha keeps staring at him and then pouts.

"Your heat is over?"

Jeongguk glances once at Taehyung, then looks in front. "Are you disappointed?" He asks, slightly amused.

Taehyung's pout deepens. He inhales the scent again and tries to forget about this bad reality. He liked the other Jeongguk more.

Jeongguk settles him down on the bed, then sits and presses and massages Taehyung's legs. 

Taehyung was taken by surprise with this sudden act, he wanted to stop him, but Jeongguk didn't listen.

"It is my fault," Jeongguk says being adamant.

"Do you remember everything?" Taehyung asks, unsure of what answer he expects. 

Taehyung knows Jeongguk in heat, and the Jeongguk in front are not two different persons, the earlier one is just the true blood with heightened emotions. 

He wanted to be with that person who didn't hide his feelings and openly expressed his care and love.

Jeongguk avoids Taehyung's gaze and stands up, getting a towel and fresh clothes for Taehyung. He pauses as he notices his domestic behavior, his heart feels a thump, and his ears turn red.

In embarrassment of his own actions, he throws the clothes at Taehyung's face and tells him to take a bath. 

Taehyung unaware of his inner feelings, wanted to fight back, but he also needed a bath, so he hurried to take a shower. 

Jeongguk sighs as Taehyung leaves. It was becoming difficult to act unaffected in front of Taehyung. This mate of his was like the warmth of the spring that was slowly blooming something inside of him, some feelings he never knew existed so strongly in him.

 He didn't show it in front of Taehyung, but he was embarrassed by his act during heat and being called cute by his mate. He hopes nobody else knows about this.

He quickly changes into night clothes and waits for Taehyung to come out. 

Taehyung doesn't take much time and comes out happily. "We are smelling the same now," were his first words.

Jeongguk opens his mouth and closes it, unable to retort. He sees the happy pup walking towards him and looks into his eyes. He holds his breath as Taehyung meets his gaze.

Taehyung blinks, frowns then becomes disappointed and walks away, sitting on the bed. Jeongguk stands there stupefied unsure of what it was all about. He laughs dryly and turns to face Taehyung.

He grabs the hair dryer and walks towards Taehyung pulling his head closer to dry his hair. Taehyung's complaints get drowned in the noise of the dryer.

"Now sleep." Jeongguk moves back, folding the cable of the dryer. He waits for Taehyung to lie down, then covers him in the duvet from all sides making Taehyung an alpha burrito.

Taehyung was unable to move. He tilts his head and looks down, then is ready to throw complaints. Jeongguk shuts his mouth with his palm, shutting him up.

"Are you fine now? Do you want to eat something?" Taehyung was trying to say something. Jeongguk doesn't remove his palm until the alpha finally gives up and shakes his head.

Jeongguk nods satisfied, and gets up to leave. Taehyung looks at him, puzzled, and calls him. "Are you not going to rest here?" He asks.

Jeongguk was tired and wanted to rest. He thought it would be better to stay in the next room. "I will be in the next room."

Taehyung was even more puzzled. "Sleep here." He says innocently, not understanding the need to leave. The heat was over, there was no harm, and the two were alone in such a big house.

Jeongguk glances at him, observing him, then sighs. "I am not sure if I will be safe sleeping with you." 

Taehyung glares at him. His cheeks are tinted pink and mumbles the word. "Sleeping next to each other is the right word."

 

 

Jeongguk avoids him, walks to the other side of the bed, and lies down. "Be quiet and sleep now."

Jeongguk turns off the light, and both become silent, staring at the ceiling. Taehyung had said it in the spur of the moment, but now sleeping next to Jeongguk, he was anxious.

Jeongguk could feel the anxiousness of Taehyung. He himself was not better. He felt weird, his heart was thumping loudly in his chest. He was afraid Taehyung could hear it.

Jeongguk glances once at Taehyung and says. "I remember a few things."

Taehyung faces him, waiting patiently for him to complete. He feels like his stomach is doing a summersault. Jeongguk coolly says.

"About the article on Jeons. I want you to write an apology in 5000 words for making false claims and submit it in my office tomorrow."

Taehyung was unable to comprehend at first, but then slowly it registered him. He opens his mouth to argue, but the true blood has already turned his back towards him, and went to sleep.

Chapter 39: He is just jealous.

Summary:

Taehyung goes back to his home and reads an article.

Jeongguk wakes up with heaviness on his chest. He tries to move but cannot, slowly, with a deep frown, he opens his eyes and glances down. 

Taehyung was caging him with his paws. His arms and legs were holding Jeongguk in place and hugging him tightly while his head rested on Jeongguk’s chest.

The dark locks were tickling Jeongguk's chin. Jeongguk pulls his head up to check on the alpha and finds their blanket pushed aside. 

He lies back in defeat, not knowing what to do. Taehyung had been a good boy yesterday, so Jeongguk didn’t want to disturb his sleep. Still, while he was telling himself this, his one hand was resting on Taehyung's arm gently.

He tilts his head and peeks at Taehyung, a smile graces his lips. Jimin would many a time have a sleepover at his place as a kid. Taehyung also wanted it but was never allowed by the families.

He tries to convince Jeongguk, telling him that he sleeps quietly and doesn’t move. With Taehyung near him, those childhood memories keep flooding Jeongguk's mind. 

Jeongguk smiles, remembering that little one with a nervous and pleading glance, holding the cushion tightly in his arms, wanting to go with Jeongguk to his home.

He checks Taehyung and sighs. There is no way what Taehyung said was true. They were snuggled together, leaving the rest of the bed cold. His hand moves to rub Taehyung’s head, but the alpha moves in his sleep.

Jeongguk quickly stops and pushes his hand back, shutting his eyes as if asleep. Taehyung groans and wakes up, wiping the drool on Jeongguk’s T-shirt. Then rubbing his eyes, he looks around and finally at Jeongguk, who is still asleep.

Taehyung’s eyes shine, he giggles, staring at Jeongguk admiringly, and chirps. “You can’t help but pull me towards you. I know deep down you wanted to do this.” Taehyung smiles at himself. 

Jeongguk, acting to be asleep, and a while ago, recalling the sweet memories and loving the presence, suddenly questioned himself for it. He wanted to push Taehyung away this instant.

Taehyung sighs, still not moving away. He yawns and rubs his nose on Jeongguk's chest, liking the scent. 

“Moon Goddess, if I sneakily walk away from the house, won’t it look like we spent the night together doing something dirty? Hehe” Taehyung feels happy making the dramatic scenarios in his head.

“What if reporters are waiting outside and they see me…" Taehyung's acts shy. "Hehe…I would like to see noona's expression, once it goes in the news. The problem will be solved, then and there. Should I do this?” Taehyung keeps mumbling to himself, imagining the downfall of his enemy and finding peace in it. 

Jeongguk was unable to bear and kept acting any longer. He pushes Taehyung away, glaring at him. “How come your head is full of so much nonsense?”

“Oh, you are awake!” Taehyung exclaims shyly. 

Jeongguk brushes his hair, sitting silently, leaning on the headboard. He glances at Taehyung. The alpha's hair was sticking out, and his face looked red from being squished for long. He was like a giant chipmunk with a nuisance personality.

They sit quietly. Taehyung keeps gawking at him shamelessly. Jeongguk averts his gaze.

“Never thought I would see this day, waking up in the same bed as you next to you,” Taehyung says with a grin.

“You think very highly of me.” Jeongguk's ears turn red. “Go wash up. I will prepare something for us.”

Taehyung nods, then smiles. “Wait let me look at you a bit more.” 

Jeongguk meets his gaze. In the next second, he moves closer to Taehyung, pushing him on the mattress. Taehyung falls back on Jeongguk's palm and the pillow. 

His heart starts to race as Jeongguk leans closer on top of him. Taehyung's face flushed red, and he couldn't move his eyes away from the suave true blood above him.

Jeongguk notices Taehyung's minute expressions. "What nothing to say anymore?" He raises his brow.

He flicks Taehyung's forehead and gets up with a victorious smile, pulling the blanket, throwing it over Taehyung’s face, and walking away.

Jeongguk says amused. "Come down after washing up."

He shuts the door. Taehyung remains inside the blanket motionless for a while. He touches his chest. His heartbeat is still wild. He slowly pulled down the blanket and glanced toward the door. His eyes had an exciting glint.

"If this is how he is going to act. I am looking forward to our future." Taehyung giggles, rolling in the blanket.

Nonetheless, he gets up, takes his time washing up, and then goes down, whistling to a tune in a happy mood. He sits on the kitchen stool, watching as Jeongguk plates the food. 

"When did you learn to cook the food?" Jeongguk gives him a side glance.

"There are still many things you don't know about me," Jeongguk answers.

"Enlighten me," Taehyung says, checking his plate of food. 

Jeongguk sits next to him and serves him the juice. "I learned it online. It is not that difficult." 

Jeongguk asks him to start eating. Taehyung was expecting to hear something new, not this. He nods staring at the plate. He was very hungry. They had skipped one meal. 

It just then crossed his mind that Jeongguk had barely eaten anything the previous day and still looked fine. It was thanks to his true blood alpha genes.

 He watches as Jeongguk eats this time and takes a bite of steak. "You barely ate anything yesterday."

Jeongguk pauses upon hearing it. He glances at Taehyung and smiles. "Food was the last thing I was craving for yesterday."

Taehyung heart thumps as he sees the slight perk of Jeongguk's lips. This man looked seductive even while sitting and having his meal. He gulps and stuffs his mouth to not ask anything anymore and be strangled by the answer.

Jeongguk watches Taehyung stuff his mouth, then speaks up. “You are going home after eating.”

Taehyung becomes surprised. “What?… Why?” 

“I am not going to answer your brother anything.”

“Yes. I am going.” Taehyung quickly says, remembering the face of his brother. “Shit, I am screwed.” He mumbles. Jeongguk conceals his amusement and keeps eating.

“What about you? How are you feeling now?” Taehyung asks.

“I am better today, but it is not wise to leave the home yet.” His territorial instincts were still high, and it would become burdensome for him and his men to deal with it in the office.

Moreover, he has his mate now and if he goes out from his place, he would want to be next to Taehyung, holding him close and under his watch.

Jeongguk takes a sip of coffee and continues. “You will go back to work today.”

Taehyung was about to cry hearing it. He looks at Jeongguk with pleading eyes. The true blood was unfazed. He keeps eating his breakfast. Taehyung was not hungry anymore.

Jeongguk turns to him and shakes his head, looking at his sulking mate. He takes the chopsticks away from Taehyung and feeds him, saying- 

“Your work is due, you have not handed in any article, and the time limit is about to be over. Once you are done with it, you can work on something new. You can show others how efficient my mate is.” Jeongguk reasons with him like explaining to a child and in the end, handing them candy.

Taehyung takes the bite, still unsure, but as he hears the last part his eyes shine. He coughs out the words embarassedly. “I…I will do my best.” 

He becomes happy again. Jeongguk was amused. He pauses, then glances at Taehyung again. He pushes back the lock of hair behind Taehyung's ear.

"I am happy you are not angry with me anymore." 

"I am a very straightforward person. If something bothers me, I will say it. My emotions are also my voice." Jeongguk nods understanding Taehyung. 

Taehyung looks at his plate. “ I want this one.” Jeongguk feeds him. Then picks his own food and eats from the same chopstick.

Taehyung feels an itch in his heart just by watching this simple, oblivious action of his mate.

He felt very satisfied. He smiles and makes Jeongguk feed him the whole breakfast. 

Jeongguk walks towards a phone on the kitchen wall and dials a number. He asks his assistant to prepare for Taehyung's departure.

He doesn't use his other communication devices to minimize any disturbance during this period.

Taehyung had nothing to prepare before leaving. He came there to talk and then stayed seeing Jeongguk''s condition, so when Jeongguk asked his assistance to prepare to take Taehyung home. He sits in the hall, waiting for the gate to open.

Jeongguk goes to his room and returns with a scarf and an overcoat, he helps Taehyung in wearing it, feeling satisfied in having his scent all over Taehyung.

He pats Taehyung's head. “Be good.” Then extends his hand for Taehyung to hold walking him towards the exit.

Jeongguk stops near the door, not stepping outside the boundary of the house. He was bound by his instincts. The more area he covered, the more stress his body had to take.

He saw Taehyung off through the door. Taehyung receives a call from Mr. Han telling him where to meet. They still were not entering the place.

Taehyung nods and disconnects the phone, then turns to Jeongguk and wishes him goodbye.

Jeongguk holds Taehyung's wrist, pulling him closer. He leans closer and places a kiss on Taehyung’s forehead. 

“Thanks for being there for me.”

Taehyung was not expecting this and was not ready for it either. He becomes stunned, and his breath almost stops. He looks at Jeongguk with wide eyes. 

This true blood alpha was becoming daring day by day. Taehyung's stomach feels butterflies, and the buried feelings start to find their way up again. 

He quickly turns and runs away with a red face. Jeongguk chuckles, witnessing him like this. 

He stares at the place. His inner beast was cursing him for sending his mate away, and one of his hands was clenched tight on the door handle.

Jeongguk fights with his nature and shuts the door. He turns back and looks at the quiet place. It was suffocating him now that his mate's faint scent was only left there.

Jeongguk sighs. He was used to this silence and emptiness, but with Taehyung getting back into his life, he is looking forward to the new, unexpected changes.

Taehyung on the other side was still dwelling in the same moment, holding his chest throughout the way. The car stops at his mansion, the way home seemed to be too short for him.

Taehyung gets down, thanks the driver, and prepares his mind before entering inside. He checks his watch.

Jin must be in the dining hall. Taehyung plans to sneakily enter the house and get to his room. He has taken only a step or two when his brother stops him.

“So you know where you live?” Taehyung hears Jin say. Jin stands there watching him. Taehyung straightens his back and waves at his brother, awkwardly.

Jin was not impressed. He hands the newspaper to the butler and strides towards Taehyung, face serious. He scrunches his nose as he gets closer.

An alpha cannot bear the scent of any outsider alpha on his family member. It is repulsive until the family member is mated.

“Will this be a norm now?” He asks. Taehyung was unsure what he meant.

Jin pulls his chin up and turns his face to the side, scanning him, then the other side. He checks the neck and then Taehyung’s wrist. Finally, he sighs, relieved.

“We didn’t do anything,” Taehyung tells him.

“That doesn’t lessen my concern, but I can’t say anything to him when my own family is willing to stay there.” Jin stares at the scarf and coat.

Taehyung remains quiet. It was better this way. He has already dealt with a territorial true blood. This alpha in front of him was not that difficult to handle.

“When I told you to talk to him and acknowledge him. I didn’t mean to just go and spend his heat there. What if he mated you? Are you prepared?” 

Taehyung's ears turn red. The way Jin worded it sounds adventurous. Taehyung had a tiny bit of regret they didn't do anything. He was indeed shameless at times.

Jin sees the giddy expressions of his brother and is ready to scold him further, but his sly brother looks at him with a sad and apologetic glance.

“I was unable to go away, hyung. Sorry.” Taehyung apologizes like a good kid and bows to Jin. There was sadness in his tone. 

Jin was surprised. He quickly pulls Taehyung up and checks his temperature. Seeing him normal, Jin sighs in relief. 

Taehyung keeps looking down, fumbling with the sleeve of the overcoat. In the eyes of Jin, Taehyung was very sad and aware of his mistake, while in reality, his brother was trying to chew on his smile.

“You must be tired. Go rest.” He says, sending Taehyung to his room. 

Isa just walked into the hall and witnessed the whole scene. She sees Taehyung rushing toward his room. Their eyes meet. Taehyung becomes shocked and then winks at her with a wide grin. 

If his brother has given him the green signal, then he is not afraid of his parent. His brother will handle them. He kisses her cheeks.

"You are a little devil, playing with your brother. Mother can understand everything. Even the scent on you." She whispers to him, patting his head. Taehyung chuckles and leaves.

She turns to Jin. “Did he arrive now?”

Jin nods. Isa looks at her son. “And it seems he escaped your scolding with his apologetic eyes.” Jin shuts his mouth, not answering. Isa has read the situation well and knows her two sons.

This trick has been used by Taehyung on almost everyone and each time he becomes successful until the opponent is Jeongguk. In front of Jeongguk, Taehyung's inner feelings are hard to suppress. 

"My big baby." Isa pats Jin's arm and smiles “You are whipped for your brother.”

She hugs him and takes him towards the dining hall for breakfast, talking about trivial matters.

Taehyung sighs as he lies on the bed. He looks to his left at the bunny wearing Jeongguk’s cap and turns to it. 

He then checks his scarf and overcoat and grins. “I got more items added to my collection Mr. Bunny.” 

He sniffs the scarf and closes his eyes. The image of Jeongguk pulling him closer flashes in his mind. Taehyung blushes, hiding his face in the pillow.

He hears the tone of the notification on his phone and checks it. He sits up, reading the headlines of the article.

“General Jeon has taken time off work due to his heat. Lady Ella is also not there to be seen these days. Is this a coincidence or a sign for us? Are we soon going to witness the most awaited marriage of the perfect couple?” 

Taehyung’s smile wipes off his face. He clenches his jaw as he reads the full article that praises and informs about the two big shots rumored to be together.

The article talks about their net worth and how this wedding can be the biggest event to take place in Gandok. 

As if this was not enough for him, to suffer more, he checks the comments and sees various edited pics of the couple and people praising them. There were also videos made showing the times the two have sneakily gone out on the date.

He pushes the phone aside, his mood sour. “Dream on.” He mutters.

Taehyung gets up and takes off the overcoat and scarf, throwing it in the cupboard. He picks a shirt and wears it, tucking it angrily. 

He stares at his face in the mirror, his brows knitted together. He was ready to punch the wall. Taehyung takes a deep breath and goes back to pick up his phone. He sent the link to the article to Jeongguk.

Then adds a congratulation. He waits for a response but doesn’t receive any. He leaves the room with a dark aura surrounding him. 

Kim's mansion is always lively, whether it is night or day. When Taehyung walks towards the hall he hears laughter.

Jin, his parents, Namjoon, Hoseok, and Yoongi were all there. It was nothing unusual. They all gather once every week, discussing about work and other things.

Today, they were busy regarding some business. Upon noticing Taehyung, they smile waving at him.

Taehyung bowed to them and was ready to leave, not in a mood to smile. 

Jin stops him. He was surprised Taehyung was willing to go to the office without anyone pushing him to do so and became curious. There can be only one reason for it, so he asks. 

“Tae, will Jeongguk resume the office work today?”

Taehyung pauses upon hearing the true-blood alpha’s name. His blood boils remembering the cheap article, he happens to have read. 

“Ask Lady Ella not me.”

Several pairs of wide eyes stare at him. The houseworker pauses, and the butler gawks at him, all becoming silent. Taehyung himself flinches upon hearing his own tone and words. 

He grits his teeth, feeling embarrassed, and strides away. 

Isa and Yoongi chuckle, while the other three remain clueless about what happened. 

“What is wrong with him? Why is he so moody?” Jin asks.

“Maybe he is tired,” Hoseok says, pitying the younger.

Yoongi shakes his head, holding his partner's hand. “He is just jealous.”

“Jealous of who?” Namjoon was very confused. Isa smiles.

“My son doesn’t understand there is no one as his competition when it comes to Jeongguk. Jeongguk has to work really hard.”

It then registers the three of what the matter is about. The article that was seen by Taehyung was not published just in any small magazine.

It was published in the top-second entertainment magazine. Everyone in Gandok, fond of entertainment news and information about the pillars may have read it by now.

They nod in understanding, then shake their head going back to discussing work. This young brother of theirs has no moment of rest in his life. The chaos is most of the time caused by him alone.

 

 

Chapter 40: The article

Summary:

Jeongguk takes his action.

Jimin looks at his reflection in the elevator and smiles. He leans closer and pushes the lock of hair that was falling on his forehead. 

“How can you be so handsome? I pity the omegas around you?” He sighs, feeling helpless for the omegas, and blows a kiss at his reflection.

His phone beeps, making him fish it out of the pocket. It has been going on for a long, and he has been avoiding it, but now that he is free, he finally checks it. 

There were texts from his assistant and organizers. He gives a cursory glance at their text, then opens his assistant's mail. He could feel the anxiousness of the assistant through the text.

“The article has reached the highest recorded view. Do you think we should still be quiet and not do anything?” His assistant asks.

It seems like his staff was worried that their position on top would be replaced by the article posted by the Sun magazine.

The article was posted during the night. They also wrote about the possibility of Jeongguk and Ella getting married. The Sun magazine seems to be very much interested in Jeongguk's personal life.

Jimin hated it when someone interfered in their lives more than was bearable. His production team also wanted to get information on Jeongguk's dating life, if there was any, but he, being their head, declined each time.

They knew any article that involved a topic like this would gain attention and would also be beneficial in maintaining their position. 

However, Jimin has his reasons. One is, that he doesn’t want to involve Jeongguk in a gossip that he has no link to, and the second is he is sure of his plans and knows Sun magazine can't replace him. 

Jimin types on the phone. “It’s okay.”

He sends the message and keeps the phone back, not bothering to check it further. There was a wave of texts after his response. He was unbothered by it. His stance was clear. 

The elevator door opens, and as soon as Jimin steps out of it, he notices Taehyung walking toward his office. Jimin’s smile brightens up. 

He quickly follows Taehyung, “Second young master Kim.” He calls in a teasing way.

Taehyung stops in his tracks and turns back with an annoyed look on his face. He shows a fake smile to Jimin. “Yes, young master Ji.” 

Jimin's smile wipes away. He hated to be linked to Ji. He is more happy to be called Jeon, than Ji, but this is known by only a few of them in the circle.

They both stare at each other. It seemed like the spark was flowing in the air ready to strike the two. 

The two smile, hiding their distaste, and shake their hands, “Haha got you.” They both speak up, gritting their teeth.

Jimin scrunches his nose and moves closer to Taehyung. 

“Hmm…what is this? Where is your annoying scent? You are putting a blocker again? Going to do something dirty?” 

Jimin wriggles his brow. Taehyung rolls his eyes, not in a mood to reply.

Two employees walk past them, greet them, and then go back to discussing the article in the Sun magazine. 

Taehyung and Jimin make a face upon hearing it. Then they notice each other expressions and a genuine grin crosses Jimin’s lips.

His mood was suddenly good. “Of course, I should have known we both share the same sentiments.” He puts his arm on Taehyung’s shoulder. 

Taehyung slaps his arm away and takes out his phone to check the call. It was Mr. Han calling him. There had already been texts from Jeongguk, but Taehyung avoided it.

He glances at Jimin and then opens the door to his room. His team was busy in discussion upon seeing the two masters. They quickly get up and bow. 

Charlie walks up to Jimin and cries in excitement. “I want to join the entertainment writing. It is so fun.” Jimin smirks and glances at Taehyung.

“You made the right choice. What fun is there in writing about crimes, social issues, political criticism, and so on? No fun. Only boring people like your leader are interested in it.”

Taehyung avoids him sitting in his chair. He clicks on the emails to see what Jeongguk has been wanting to talk to him and reads all of them.

They were short as if business mail. 

“I read the article. You should not focus on it. I will handle it quickly if it bothers you that much.”

Taehyung makes a face and reads the next one.

“You are not replying. Are you angry?”

Taehyung humphs. He remembers Jeongguk called around this time. He didn’t pick it up.

“Playing hard to get?” Taehyung straightens up upon hearing the Moon Goddess's voice. He looks at her in surprise and whispers. 

“What are you doing here?”

She doesn’t show up in the office unless it is urgent. Taehyung glances at Jimin and the others and sees them busy chatting. He turns his attention back to the Moon Goddess.

“Where did you learn that from?” He asks in response to what she said earlier.

“I have learned many things. It should not be a surprise.” She sits on Taehyung’s desk and faces Jimin, watching him.

Taehyung looks back at his phone at the message.

“Be good and pay attention to work. Don’t be angry. I will resume my work from tomorrow, then you won’t be bothered by these things.”

‘As if’ Taehyung says in his mind and leans back on the chair. He looked at the fatherly message sent by his mate and was itching to comment on it.

He controls his desires and clicks on another text. 

“You won’t be able to ignore me once I am in the office tomorrow. Even your jealousy is cute. Take care ‘friend’.” 

Taehyung’s face becomes red upon reading those words. He throws the mobile on the desk. He feels embarrassed by his own words and hides his face, his heart beating fast, making him question his sanity.

Jimin notices his odd behavior and comments. “What is wrong with you?” 

Taehyung doesn’t move or look up “Don’t mind me, keep wasting your and my team's time in your gossip.”

Moon Goddess snickers while the rest quickly move to their respective places, opening their documents to work on. 

Jimin looks at them in surprise as the people who were a few seconds ago surrounding him are gone now.

He turns to Taehyung, “How can you be so jealous of my popularity?”

Taehyung checks the popular guy with a disgusted expression. “I wonder how you manage to have so much free time when you should be worrying about your magazine.”

Jimin smiles. “So the thing that made you act more weird than you already are is the article.” He grins.

Taehyung stands up “What? How did you get to this conclusion? Why would it be a problem when it is false?”

The ears of everyone present there perk up. Taehyung made a mistake a second time today for the same reason. 

“Sorry, Mr. Kim…but do...do you think it is just a rumor?” Fred asks, curious.

Jimin raises his brow and whistles. He was entertained and amused. He gives a challenging look to Taehyung. 

“Please answer Mr. Kim.”

Taehyung wanted to kick Jimin out of the room. He glares at him and grits out the words. “I don’t know.”

Moon Goddess chuckles, seeing the disappointed look of the team. Jimin surrenders, noticing the irritation. He was amused to know that Taehyung was still the same. 

Any rumor related to Jeongguk's dating someone would always worry this person, and it is still the same. He feels pity for this alpha and his long-lasting crush on his brother. Thus, he tries to handle the situation.

“No one knows…about our famous General. His privacy is not something to interfere with or spy on. If caught on, you have to pay the price.” 

Taehyung looks at Jimin. It is something that is a common practice in the families of pillars, to be as secretive as possible.

The people always have their eyes and ears open, and if they get any information on them, they are ready to cause drifts and scandals. The only way it has been dealt with until now was to shut those eyes and close those ears completely, for good.

“Then this article…” Charlie wanted to ask, but her voice died down as Jimin turned to her and shushed her. He can be scary when serious. Jimin meets Taehyung’s eyes as if conveying the rest of the information through it.

Taehyung grits his teeth and looks down. He curses himself. He should have known, nothing could be done. It has always been the case. Jeongguk is not just his mate, he is also a Jeon.

Ji and Jeon are related, and the product of the relationship is standing in front of him, Jimin. Jeongguk never speaks or acts against anything related to Ji. His family forbids it. This was one of the reasons why Taehyung hid about him being Jeongguk’s mate.

Taehyung will have to adjust till the time comes for them to reveal their secret of being mates. 

Jimin was also never happy about it. He hated his family for pushing the Jeons like this and using them, still, he had a little say in it when Jeongguk never went against them.

Jimin walks towards Taehyung. "Don't you think it is shady how these articles are suddenly circulating? First about marriage and then heat. Who dares or knows they can walk freely after posting this?

Taehyung becomes shocked, realizing it. He was too busy understanding his feelings at that time to think of it this way. Someone brave enough to write these articles and publish them needs a strong backup.

This article can be written only if someone superior or sitting on a high rank is involved in it. Taehyung narrows his eyes. He remembers the faces at Yeon's party and the show they pulled.

Even if he knows who is to benefit, there is nothing he can do unless Jeongguk takes some action. He racked his brain and came back to the same conclusion. Jeons are tied by Ji's.

There was silence in the room. Moon Goddess pats Taehyung’s head. “Don’t forget you are his mate.” Taehyung wanted to laugh at this. 

The relationship between mates is said to be the strongest but Taehyung was unsure when the thread connecting them is burdened by society, family, positions, politics, and power. 

“Carry with your work, meet you during the break.” Jimin waves at them, ready to leave. There was no use of him being there.

Their phone makes a notification sound. Taehyung doesn’t even bother to look at it this time. His day was already spoiled, if not for the time at Jeongguk's home, he would have dared to say it was the worst day of his life.

He watches as Jimin stands there still, staring at his phone. Taehyung narrows his eyes, watching Jimin acting strange. 

He glances at the others. They are almost sweating while reading something. Taehyung becomes curious. He darts at his phone, thinking about checking what it is about. 

He flinches as Jimin suddenly starts to laugh loudly. Jimin's body trembles in amusement as he keeps reading whatever it is.

He throws the thought away and picks up his phone, checking the official post from Jeon Corporation. His eyes widen. 

It is super important as it is from the official handle of the second pillar of Gandok. The account is only used for administration purposes. 

He clicks on it and sucks in breath as the content registers him.

“

Official Notice for press, media, and public.

 

August 12, 20XX.

 

It has come to our notice that there have been certain articles, spreading false information on the private life of the General of Gandok and the Vice President of Ji.

 

To our disappointment, we also found the articles went out of the way and posted some photographs. The news channels equally participated in this misinformation and acted out of the way.

It is always advised to refrain from spreading rumors and not cause misinformation among people. It not only escalates unnecessary gossip but also affects the work environment of those personally involved in it.

Strict action will be taken against the perpetrators and we hope that the citizen will wisely understand the situation.

A notice for strict legal action against the Sun magazine has been sent. We have monitored the situation. The magazine has openly used the names of the General/Chairman of Jeon Corporations and Vice President Ji without any basis. 

They carelessly used the media, as a tool to quench their thirst for popularity.

We work hard and want to live in peace. If any information has to be passed. It will be openly provided by us, through proper channels. 

Hope that the generous public of Gandok understands our decision and refrains from passing unnecessary misinformation.

Thank You.”

Jimin laughs hard, holding his stomach. “Did he just slap Sun on the face? This brother of mine has suddenly become unpredictable.” 

Jimin felt proud and met Taehyung’s surprised gaze. He shows his mobile screen. 

"Sun magazine is booked. Their license is revoked for a month." 

It was a big decision that could make the media tremble. This was the power of the pillars. 

Jimin was happy that his brother didn’t keep his mouth shut this time and acted against them. He knew there was going to be a family meeting soon at home. 

Jimin leaves the room. His laughter still reached Taehyung's ear.

“Told you.” Moon Goddess smiles and vanishes.

Taehyung still was unsure of how to act or feel. He feels his eyes glisten. He sits in his chair and checks as another mail from Jeongguk pops up.

“I will pursue you, leaving no stone unturned. This is a small message to prove that my mate is the only one who has a right in rumors and reality.”

Taehyung feels a sudden rush of emotions. His heart feels heavy, and an urge to run to his mate becomes heightened. He turns his chair away to avoid the glances of the team as a tear slips his eyes.

Jeongguk will slowly expel all of Taehyung’s insecurities.

Chapter 41: Ambivalent feelings

Summary:

Taehyung meets Mrs.Jeon.

 

The post by Jeon’s made a sensation in and around Gandok. It was the talk of the town. 

The press and public were all discussing and coming up with their theories on the reason behind this post. It became the hottest topic in no time.

Whether it is public or private transport, people sitting in a park or an office, talking about this event was the only thing on their minds. A few of them even defended Sun magazine and found it pitiful. 

Within minutes, all the links and photos of the two big shots were taken down from the internet, and any other related articles were removed. 

A day later, Jeongguk walks out of his house with a report on the work done by his team. He glances at the pages and looks contented giving a small nod to the manager. This was like a compliment brightening the manager’s face.

Mr. Han hands Jeongguk the phone, whispering to him about the person on the call and the context. Jeongguk hums. He gestures to his men. They quickly come into action. 

Several identical cars line up. Jeongguk sits in one while speaking on the phone to one of his delegates. He seemed solemn while discussing the business.

As soon as they exit the mansion, a huge crowd of journalists tries to lunge at them. Jeongguk lifts his eyes as the faint flashes of the camera are heard, then focuses back on the document he is reading.

The journalists seemed frustrated with not being able to talk to Jeongguk. They tried to run and stop the way but were afraid of the guards. Jeongguk was driven away from the crowd easily.

Mr Han sighed as the way was cleared. He hears Jeongguk’s angry tone dismissing anything said by the person on the line. 

“When I have to cancel a deal, I contact in person and end things to make it very clear. I hope in future you are honest with your words and promises whenever doing business.” 

He disconnects the phone and puts it aside. Then takes out a water bottle and moistens his throat. Mr. Han glances at Jeongguk once, then sits quietly, studying the report.

Jeongguk, after resting for a day and getting his checkup done, was ready to join the office. Many things needed to be handled and he already had spent several days away from the office.

His doctor felt that being next to his mate during his heat was the factor for his calming so quickly or it would have taken a bit longer and could have affected Jeongguk’s mental state.

He also suggested keeping Taehyung close by to help his true blood alpha pheromones in check. Jeongguk knows he would have done it otherwise. 

He was anxious from the time Taehyung left the house, but he knew, that until Taehyung wanted to cling to him like old days, he wouldn't force him.

Mr. Han types something, then turns to inform Jeongguk. “The notice has made quite a number in Gandok and everyone is talking about it. They even claim you are rejecting the Lady softly and are fueling the fire between the families. We have reported these channels and taken down the articles, but the case has become sensitive.”

Mr. Han pauses, then after clicking a text he says. “The CEO of Sun magazine wants to have a word with you.”

Jeongguk caps the bottle. “Tell them to talk to my lawyer.” Mr. Han pauses upon hearing this. He pushes his specs back.

“There is no news from the office of the first pillar till now. We don’t know what Ji’s are planning. Your family called, if you want, I can connect the call.”

“No need, with how much I know of Mother, she will come to meet me,” Jeongguk says looking at the changing scenery. He meets Mr. Han’s gaze and asks.

“Has Taehyung not replied or have I missed it?” Mr Han was surprised, out of all the significant issues the article has caused. Jeongguk was focused on this one.

He pulls his lips in a straight line. “He has not.”

Jeongguk nods, slowly reaching for his phone. “Was this not enough?” He asks Mr. Han.

The poor secretary was too shocked to respond. The post has taken the world upside down and Jeongguk still thinks it was not enough. 

He remembers he was crazy to find his mate when young, but seeing his boss this way, Mr. Han finds himself very ordinary.

Then the thought of this powerful true blood crosses his mind. He glances back at Jeongguk, who is lost in thought and sighs. Nobody can compare to him. He was a fool to even think like that. 

This couple was extraordinary and Gandok was still unaware of the real shocking news. 

“Brief me on the meeting and schedule for today. Leave a gap in the evening. I am sure mother will call for a family meeting.”

Mr. Han nods, and it is obvious that by softly rejecting any claims of his dating Ji’s daughter he can cause a family feud. Mr. Han knows how desperate Yeon is to get her daughter married to Jeongguk.

He was happy being just the employee. It is tiring to be a part of the families of the pillars. He quickly hands Jeongguk the documents and gives him information. 

Jeongguk gets busy with work. For him, a day off is like a month off, and much of the work piles up. From the time he felt better and asked for his staff to return to their duties, he was busy at work.

He goes through the paper, scolds the employees on the call before reaching the office, signs a few pages, and reads the present situation of the Gandok and the base.

His way to the office was occupied by doing office work. Anyone new to working with him would be amazed to see his efficiency and dedication. He and Jin are said to be the most hard-working heads of Gandok. 

Jeongguk reaches the headquarters. He waits for the guards to clear the way, then gets down slowly, analyzing the situation. As soon as he enters, his frown deepens.

“Where is that noise coming from?” The receptionist and other employees become startled, not daring to look up. 

The disciplinary head quickly apologizes and asks his men to take action. This was nothing new for them, still whenever it happened, it was frightening.

Jeongguk glances once at everyone present on the ground floor and then moves toward the elevator.

On some specific days, he enters the office through the main entrance just to check on the environment. Today was one of those days. 

A junior of Mr. Han walks towards him in a hurry and hands him the paper. The employees looked anxious as Jeongguk's pheromones were still slightly out of control.

Mr. Han goes through them, discussing the work slowly then moves as Jeongguk walks towards the elevator.

However, as soon as the door to the elevator opens, Jeongguk halts. His lips slightly perk up. He turns to his secretary and guards. 

“Take the other lift and move quickly. Don’t let anyone in. I will go by this alone.”

They bow and do as was told. Jeongguk enters the lift but doesn’t press any button. The door to the elevator closes. 

He waits there for a few minutes then checks his watch. He looks up in front. As another minute was about to pass, the door to the elevator opened again. 

Taehyung was standing there. He was about to step inside, but as soon as his eyes met that of Jeongguk, he froze.

When Taehyung entered the office, he saw the employees quietly doing their work and various guards on the ground floor. The familiar scent of pheromones also signaled him that his mate was there.

Taehyung thought to wait till Jeongguk left and then take another elevator. He was hesitating to face Jeongguk after such a big event. He was afraid his happiness couldn't be hidden, and Jeongguk would tease him about how jealous he was. 

He checked as Jeongguk and his staff entered an elevator and, after a while took the one opposite to it. Who would have thought he was fooled?

He stands there dazed for a few seconds, then quickly turns away. “You…you go first.”

Jeongguk shakes his head and pulls Taehyung by the arm inside the elevator before the door closes. Taehyung falls in his embrace, engulfed in the homely pheromones of his mate.

His mate was hugging him from the back, the warmth seeping into his skin, causing tingles. Taehyung suddenly feels hot.

He wants to move away, but it takes time for his heart to agree to it and when it does, Jeongguk doesn’t let him.

“Still jealous?” Jeongguk asks, amused.

“Jealous of what?” Taehyung was startled and almost stammered. He glances back at Jeongguk’s amused expression and wants to move away, but the true blood’s hold is very strong.

“Didn’t you like the gift?” Jeongguk asks in a husky tone, causing a shiver in Taehyung’s body.

He is amazed at how much Jeongguk's presence, touch, smell, and voice have started to affect him. He is not able to remain calm but still feels secure in this true blood's presence. It was frustrating as his body kept craving for more.

Taehyung looks away. He was not uncomfortable with their position. He was just shy and unprepared. 

“Such a show-off.” He says, however, he could not hide the small smile touching his lips and causing a rosy tint on his cheeks.

Jeongguk notices it. He finds Taehyung cute. “Trying hard to get?” 

He teases.

“Is it working?” Taehyung asks, acting boldly. 

Jeongguk moves his other hand down to Taehyung’s waist and turns him to stand face to-face, locking him in the embrace. 

“It is. Keep doing whatever you want, but don’t stay far away for long. My doctor advised me to be close to my mate and I have to follow it ardently.”

Taehyung heart quickens. His eyes scan his mate’s face. His thick eyebrows, long eyelashes, smooth bridge of the nose, the mole on the face, and beautiful lips.

He gulps as he notices the slight lift of the lips into a smile. Jeongguk has noticed his gaze on him. He noticed Taehyung shamelessly checking him. The poor alpha wanted to hide in shame.

He quickly looks away and hides his awkwardness by blurting whatever comes into his mind. 

“Which mate…the one in the article?…Your suitable partner?” His eyes go wide upon registering the sentence. 

Jeongguk stares at Taehyung in surprise, then his lips curl up and a chuckle leaves his rose petals. “You think Ella…”

Taehyung immediately shuts Jeongguk's mouth with his palm. He doesn’t want to hear that name from Jeongguk. He doesn't realise but almost a growl slips from his lips.

There was a fire in his eyes. Jeongguk was pulled towards it. He was daring enough to play with it and keep it burning if that meant Taehyung would be possessive of only him.

He was amazed and excited to see this side of his mate. Taehyung has always shown a surprising side to him each time they met.

Taehyung frowns, the heterochromatic eyes switching from purple to blue and red. 

Jeongguk’s eyes soften as he watches the angry cub ready to claw his skin if teased more. The soft paw on his lips passed a warmth that Jeongguk wanted to dissolve in.

He never knew there could be someone who could play with his heart like this. If Taehyung keeps on acting like this, he won’t be able to resist for long. Jeongguk wanted more, he was getting greedy.

“As a friend can I ask for a favour?” Jeongguk says, holding Taehyung’s palm and caressing it. 

Taehyung regretted the moment he asked for them to be friends. Jeongguk has been continuously using it to his advantage, asking things from Taehyung that he only wished for in his dreams and could not resist. 

Jeongguk smiles and rests his head on Taehyung’s shoulder. “Let me boost the energy to work today. I am still drained.”

Taehyung was surprised. He becomes stiff with this sudden, unexpected request. He even tries to hold his breath, but Jeongguk can easily hear the loud heartbeat giving away Taehyung’s state of mind. 

Taehyung’s hand itches to hug back the alpha. His mind says not to fall into the trap of this cunning man. Then the thought of ‘if not him then who’ crosses his mind and slowly his arm wraps around Jeongguk’s neck, throwing away all other thoughts.

Taehyung realizes that he is a very selfish and possessive alpha when it comes to Jeongguk. 

Jeongguk had been patiently waiting for Taehyung to break his wall a little. He smiles in contentment as the little cub gives in. His arms hold the alpha securely and tightly in an embrace. 

He remains there, inhaling his mate's scent to his heart's content, and then after a while stretches his hand, half-heartedly pressing the button for the elevator to move.

Taehyung feels Jeongguk's arm loosen around him. He becomes disappointed and a whine slips his mouth. 

Both he and Jeongguk are startled upon hearing it. Taehyung moves away with a red face not able to meet Jeongguk’s eyes. 

“This…this much will be fine. I hope.” He says. 

Jeongguk was still stuck on what happened earlier. He keeps his eyes locked on his mate. The pheromones that were out of control earlier burst in with a mix of happiness.

Taehyung could sense it. Jeongguk got more than he wished for today. He felt extreme delight and calmed his true blood instincts to not scare his mate away.

“Yes. Thank you.” He nods smiling. He then checks the rising numbers and speaks up again. “I have meetings lined up and won’t be able to get much time. You can always contact me through text if you don’t find me in the room, or call me whichever suits you...What are you doing?….”

He feels a distaste watching Taehyung spraying the scent blocker like a practiced move. Jeongguk stares at him quietly. 

Taehyung noticed the hurt and anger in the eyes of Jeongguk. He could even sense the disappointment in pheromones. He sighs.

“Your scent will be recognized easily by Jimin and others. I don’t think you would want others to know so soon.” Jeongguk wanted to disapprove but the elevator door opened making the words die in his mouth.

Taehyung continues responding to the statement, “And I won’t be needing to text or call. I have nothing to talk to.” He strides away giving one final glance to Jeongguk. His eyes lingered more than they should.

Jeongguk was not happy to see that scent blocker. Something was not settling in his mind watching it. He pushes the thought aside and then presses the button again, checking his watch. 

He was in a better mood now that he met his mate and wanted to keep it that way. 

He gets a call from the base informing him that Umbra will broadcast their message today. It brings him back from the ecstasy. 

He goes to his room outside of which the secretary and other personnel are already waiting for him. Jeongguk remains on call and instructs the base on their action during and after the broadcast.

“We will try to locate this Umbra this time.” The person on the call says and disconnects as Jeongguk hums in response.

The guards position themselves while the others wait for Jeongguk’s order to start their work.

While Jeongguk gets busy with his work, Taehyung is also working hard. He worked on the article yesterday, throughout the day and night to submit it as Jeongguk asked for. 

At present, he is busy with the editorial department in the meeting, noting their views and changes. It has already been midday, and he has not taken a break.

Taehyung has always liked this work, thus, even after being tired he had keen attention on the changes asked. The meeting went long with Taehyung agreeing to some changes and arguing for another.

Jimin joins them late, having gone through other department works. He walks towards Taehyung with a shock written on his face again. 

He whispers, leaning towards Taehyung “Scent blockers again.” His questioning gaze says the rest. 

Taehyung, however, was not bothered and focused back on marking and taking notes.

“Are you ready for the big day, anytime now there can be a broadcast.” Taehyung glances at Jimin and then speaks after thinking about it.

“I would like to write an article on it.”

“Now. Would you?” Jimin shows no surprise and leans on his palm, watching Taehyung marking and circling various errors. 

“I was expecting this. Brother told me that you may propose it.” Jimin carries on the topic.

“And what will your response be?” Taehyung asks, lazily.

“To simply deny it. You already caused so much trouble.” Jimin grins then as their eyes meet he continues.

“But…” Taehyung puts the pen down much to Jimin’s liking and pays attention to him.

“But that’s what I should say ideally. In my case, I feel I would like to see your article and if possible publish it after others have posted theirs. I don’t think this time information provided by Umbra will be anything small.” Jimin wiggles his brow.

Taehyung looks away. “When has it ever?” He mumbles.

“Okay then since the problems have been solved work on it and give the final copy that would be sent to the Chairman. Big brother is going to pass the articles written by the interns, rest will be taken care of by me.” 

Jimin says and leaves. Taehyung sits there surprised. A thought occurs in his mind if their work is going to be seen by Jeongguk then it is a good opportunity to trouble him a bit. 

Taehyung smiles packing his things and shaking hands with the rest of the staff. It was a good first-time experience working with professionals like them.

As Taehyung walks out of his room, he hears laughter and a chatting noise. It was unusual, against the rules of the office.

He becomes curious and goes to check for it. His steps come to a halt, seeing Mrs. Jeon standing there talking to Jimin. They were both smiling while Mrs. Jeon was patting Jimin’s head giving him blessings and asking about his mother’s health.

Taehyung and Bella’s eyes meet and the smile wipes out from her face. She was surprised to see him there. She checks him out. 

Bella has seen Taehyung a few times here and there but never talked to him after he has differentiated. Taehyung didn’t attend any parties or go to them like before to cross paths with her. She stares at him, finally able to meet him.

Taehyung is handsome, his soft features, his personality, the aura he exudes, and the way he walks and presents himself. It was all nice, well-taught, and reflected by his parents. He is a mixture of the two. 

Isa had blood linked to the royal family and there was no doubt her sons looked like Princes. Anyone can say with just a glance that he is a Kim.

She blinks, a bit mesmerized by the beauty of this man. Taehyung stops a few steps away from her and bows to her in greeting. There was slight nervousness on his face. Bella was not sure if he was anxious to see her or if it was just an act.

She has an image of Taehyung in her mind and it is not that good. To her Taehyung is a troublemaker and rebellious boy with divine charm. He has a presence that attracts gazes which her friends call a ‘bewitching beauty’. 

She feels a bit restless seeing him there. It was not a good thing that these two were together and working in his son’s office. She knows their history and the open crush that this handsome man had for her son. She was troubled to see him there.

She purses her lips and walks near Taehyung. Taehyung hears the clack of the heels and the dark blue dress comes into his view. He looks up. Bella has turned a bit older than before but still seemed pleasing.

Her hair was tied in a bun and a small clutch was held in her hand. She seemed to be not just specifically prepared to come here but was stopping by for some reason.  

“How are you and your family?” She asks, tone not so friendly but not hostile either. She has quite a sharp tongue, and Taehyung is aware of it. Her love only is for her family which she is very proud of.

“They are good.” Taehyung answers, politely.

“So you have been doing an internship here.” Bella enquires, not liking it. “For how long?”

Jimin senses the tone and laughs. “He is very good at his work. He and other interns are working with me.”

Bella glances at Jimin. Her gaze was suggestive of shutting him up. Jimin becomes silent. “That gives me more reason to worry.” She smiles. 

“I hope second young master Kim will not cause trouble here like old days.” She smiles but it doesn’t reach her eyes.

Taehyung looks down. He is aware that Bella doesn’t like him and the thought of him working there. Her hostility is a way to protect her family from the troublemaker and the black sheep that Taehyung is. 

Even if Taehyung wants to stay away from trouble, Ji's family always comes in his path, blocking his moments of happiness, so Taehyung thinks he hasn’t done anything wrong in pointing out their faults.

“Hyung is here to monitor me.” Taehyung answers.

This makes Bella clench her jaw. She was contented with this little boy gone from their lives, silently, but it didn’t last long. He is here again and it seems they share the same sentiments and are still close. 

“He already has a lot on his plate.” Her sharp tone cuts the air, darting towards Taehyung to wound him. 

Taehyung calmly listens to her. Seeing the younger acting mature and not replying, she calms down and tries to handle the situation softly. 

“Second young master Kim is grown enough to understand what is best for his hyung and him and should act accordingly. I hope you don’t cause any trouble and pass the internship quickly. Best wishes from me.”

Taehyung thanks her. Bella glances at Jimin, already wanting to go and see her son. She ignores Taehyung, not wanting to talk anymore, and focuses on Jimin. Her back turned to Taehyung.

“You should take care of your brother and not cause him more trouble. Do you know anything about that notice?”

Jimin raises his hand in surrender. “I am just a younger brother. Hyung never involves me in his business. You should ask him.”

“That’s what I am going to do.” Bella looked back at Taehyung who was still standing there silently.

She raises her brow, observing Taehyung. “You still hide your pheromones?” She asks.

“I don’t want to cause trouble in the office and pass my internship quickly,” Taehyung replies, bowing to her. 

Jimin snickers turning away while Bella just watches this young man in disbelief. 

“That’s good.” She says, chewing her attitude, her tone dying down and takes her leave with the assistants and guards following her.

Taehyung watches her leave and looks down at the notebook in his hand. There were many thoughts in his head which he had still not sorted. Jimin calls him as he sends his aunt to the elevator. 

“Want to join or lunch?” He asks. 

Taehyung denies. “I have something to take care of.” He points at the papers and leaves. Jimin shrugs, not minding it, and goes the other way. 

Taehyung slowly takes his steps toward the library, holding the notebook tight in his hand. Moon Goddess suddenly appears next to Taehyung and asks.

“Is this another reason you stayed away from Jeongguk?”

Taehyung was not surprised anymore by her sudden appearance anywhere. He smiles bitterly.

“She is a part of it, but I don’t blame her. I never get angry with my parents, especially mothers. If I could have a child, I would also protect them just like her and my mother.” Then witnessing the present scenario, his smile dies down.

Moon goddess stops in her steps, watching it. She lets Taehyung go forward, not following him. The thought of Taehyung telling her of not having a family anymore crosses her mind. 

She now understands that it was not just Taehyung worried about Jeongguk not having an heir, it was also about him not having children to take care of. He is just like his grandfather.

She looks at the straight back of the alpha and wonders if she made a cruel decision for her loving child. Her smile fades. Taehyung turns just in time and catches her off guard. He smiles at her. 

“You are also one of them. Moon goddess or should I call you Mother Goddess? ” His eyes turn crescent with the smile.

Moon Goddess was not expecting to hear it. The glow on her face returns. She vanishes unable to bear it.

This time she has chosen the best.

 

Chapter 42: Accident or conspiracy?

Summary:

Umbra broadcasts the message as scheduled.

Jeongguk hears about his mother’s arrival while in the meeting. He asks his assistant to take care of things till the meeting ends. 

Mrs. Jeon was used to this. She was mentally prepared that her son would not be available, and she would have to wait for a while to talk to him. That's how busy Jeongguk usually is.

She makes herself comfortable in the office and glances around at everything while she is served the tea. 

Bella talks to Mr. Han about the workload and asks about her son’s health. Mr. Han smiles while answering.

“Boss is good. He has recovered and is back to duty.”

“Was it painful this time too?” She asks, concerned.

“It was bearable for him.” Mr. Han answers. She looks at Mr. Han, skeptically, then nods.

She had once seen her son in pain and could not bear it. She was then determined to find a partner for him soon. Her son is special which made this task difficult, and his continuous unwillingness caused the delay.

“If you had been there with him then he would not have committed this mistake.” Mr. Han becomes quiet upon hearing Bella. 

He knew what she was talking about. However, prepared he may be Mrs. Jeon can be very harsh while enquiring about his son.

She takes a sip of the tea and moves her eyes to Mr. Han, studying him. “Still he would have told you about the notice. Yet you didn’t stop him or inform us about this big step.” She puts the cup down. 

“It seems to be important for him to go out to this length. Can I know what compelled him to do this?” 

Her piercing gaze was a bit similar to that of Jeongguk. Mr. Han was used to it, but it still caused a shiver down his spine.

“It is to stop the rumor from getting out of hand,” Jeongguk answers, entering the room. 

Jeongguk’s mother looks at him in surprise. Then stands up, ready to pull him in a warm embrace. Her face softens. Jeongguk kisses her head like always and asks about her health and his brother and father.

She holds his hand and sits next to him on the sofa. “Your scent is different today,” Bella enquires. Jeongguk smiles upon hearing it. He hums. 

Bella waits for a reason but doesn’t get any. She sighs, thinking it is because of the mix of scents in the meeting. 

“You should have taken a rest for another day. Take care of your health. It would be better if you got a partner to help you and take care of you. Your mother will be less worried.”

Jeongguk smiles, “I will when the time comes.” The dark blue suit was contrasting with his skin, making it shine. 

Jeongguk looked more relaxed today and a bit happy from the usual mood that he pulls daily. A little bit of softness in his features made him look younger and approachable, like the time when he was a kid.

Bella was mesmerized by the handsomeness of her son. She felt that this was the perfect time to make Jeongguk agree to the marriage and could not help but bring up the topic that was constantly bugging her.

“Sister-in-law is very worried about this new turn of events. She is angry with me for wasting time in saying yes to the proposal given by Mr. Ji. This time brother-in-law also seemed to be unhappy with your step. He asked me to talk to you and guide you.”

Bella looks at Jeongguk while hesitantly stating, “They also feel that Ella is the suitable partner for you. She is beautiful, powerful, and smart in business. You and her will be a powerful couple. The families know each other, and she seems to like you.”

“Mother you know my answer,” Jeongguk says.

“That was before. Aren't you going to consider it again? I won’t say no to them so quickly. I believe you will think it over and also understand how it is the best option for you. No one in Gandok can compete with Ella in status.” She rubs gently on Jeongguk’s arm trying to coax him into saying yes. 

“Son you have to understand what is best for you. Think about it and come home for dinner tonight. Don’t miss it. Everyone is going to be there. She will also come, you two can talk. Ask her about marriage and plans. The whole Gandok is looking forward to your marriage.”

Jeongguk becomes unhappy with his mother’s exertion but says nothing. He looks away. 

Bella knows she is forcing her son. Her husband was also on Jeongguk’s side. He wanted Jeongguk to choose whoever he liked, but Bella was impatient now. 

She is afraid her son will not pay attention to marriage and will spend his life on the welfare of Gandok. If Jeongguk doesn’t show his interest she will take it into her own hands to find a suitable partner for him, and Ella’s proposal came just at the right time.

She looks at the wristwatch and grabs her clutch, ready to leave. Mr. Han bows to her as she walks towards the door. He follows behind. 

She stops in the track, thinking of something, and turns to advise Jeongguk about it.

“I saw second young master Kim here. I won’t ask why you took him in for the internship, but stay away from him. He is never a good news.” 

“Intelligent people are hard to understand. He is good at his work.” Jeongguk meets her eyes, daring to take Taehyung's side. Bella is taken aback. 

Jeongguk never answered her in this way. Then she remembers how he always becomes defensive when this person is involved. She purses her lips and leaves.

Mr. Han hesitantly enters the room after sending Bella away. He inhales the angry pheromones and hesitantly observes Jeongguk. 

“Did mother talk to Taehyung before coming here?” Jeongguk asks.

Mr. Han feels pressure build over him. He breathes. “Yes, she happened to meet him while talking to young Master Ji.”

“Why did you fail to fill me with this information?” Jeongguk says, his anger was evident in the air that was suffocating Mr. Han. 

 

Jeongguk leaves the room immediately, striding towards the elevator. He pushes the button to reach the floor where Taehyung works.

 

Mr. Han inhales and loosens his tie. He then calls a number to enquire about Taehyung.

As soon as Jeongguk steps into the editorial department, he hurries to check on Taehyung. He was a bit anxious that Taehyung might have felt bad and would be upset. He opened the door to his office but couldn’t find him inside. The interns were busy with their work.

They look up at him in surprise and are about to greet him, but Jeongguk leaves. He checks other rooms. He couldn’t sense Taehyung. The alpha had put scent blockers.

He thinks of checking the library. Taehyung might be there. Mr. Han hurries to him and fills him with the information.

“They are not here. Second young master Kim and young master Ji have left the office together. It seems they have gone to a party.” Mr. Han answers, a bit breathless.

Jeongguk finds it odd for them to leave like this. He, however, doesn't think about it much, as Jimin has the habit of having parties the moment he is free. 

He checks his phone and finds no text from the two. Before he could enquire from Jimin, the phone pops up with an alert.

Mr. Han tenses. They could hear the beep of the phones in the rooms around them. It was scary. Jeongguk solemnly glances at the screen in the gallery where the broadcast goes live.

He grits his teeth as the logo of Umbra flashes, and the automated voice speaks up, greeting the people of Gandok. He takes big steps towards the elevator to contact the base from his office.

His team was already put to work and was ready to check the details as the Umbra broadcast the message. 

The message this time had a peculiar display like game graphics. It had a dark background with blood and caution tape and a cave that could be seen half hidden by the options displayed on the screen.  

'New Game, Continue, and Load Game.'

The display was that of a horror, mystery, and adventure game with a piece of eerie music playing along, making it seem dark and scary.

The option of Continue is selected on its own. The screen changes to the next scene. This time it asks to choose a character as an opponent. 

The screen shows several small pictures. They were unavailable and had a cross on them. Only one with the final boss written on it was available on the screen. 

The final boss had a photo of a middle-aged man with a mustache and a cigar held in his lips. If one looked closely, the several options each resembled the men Umbra exposed in their previous broadcasts.

The last one resembled Yeon. It is selected, and the screen changes to a map resembling that of Gandok. The pointer moves to an option showing 'Dark Grove' and selects it.

A piece of melancholic music plays as the location is selected. The screen then darkens. The details in the form of text start to appear about the location on the screen.

Dark Grove existed before the time the Gana and Dokja came and settled in Gandok. At that time it covered half of the Gandok, but later, to accommodate its people, the forest was reduced to the vicinity. Still, it is the most thick forest there. 

The text in a spooky font states-

In a minute we are entering the Dark Grove forest. A place with many horror stories and crime. The truth about which we are going to unveil today. The place that has seen the brutality of humans is about to speak for itself.

A piece of heavy music plays with drums starting to beat loudly, which could raise the hair of the skin. Within the darkness, a bit of clearance is seen and tall trees appear on the screen. Soon the sun rises and the forest becomes clear.

The man from the picture walks slowly towards the dark grove examining the place. An old man, having the same features as the boss,  stands next to him and smiles. A bubble appears. 

“This mine is given to us by our ancestors. A good-for-nothing cave, they promised us that it would bring wealth, but except for some cheap minerals there is nothing good that this place has.”

The boss nods and examines the mine. It is huge. The area is cleared in between the forest and large loading vehicles are standing next to it. Not far is the monitoring office that is slowly covering up in creepers. 

The boss smiles and leaves with the old man. The scene changes to a few years later. 

There are several workers on the site, smoking and leaning on the damped wall within the mine. 

They all looked drained and creeped out. It was like they had no life left. Their face showed no happiness, and they seemed very lean and in ill health.

One of the men pushes a recruit towards the dark lane. The bubble appears again. He asks the recruit to quickly dig up the land. 

The new trainee glances at the flickering yellow light and hesitantly walks into the dark, gloomy lane. He pushes the shovel into the soil. An option pops up.

'Are you sure you want to dig the secrets?' With two choices of answers. 

‘Yes’ and ‘No’.

The ‘Yes’ option is automatically chosen. A piece of spooky music starts playing, accompanied by the sound of digging fills the air. 

The recruit cries in fright as a dead body emerges from the hole. The shovel strikes the arm of the body. The man feels nauseous and pukes out bile in disgust and horror as his eyes fall on the rotten face. 

Jeongguk could hear the gasps and shouts of horror in the office. Everyone had their eyes on the video, and this time Umbra seemed to have prepared a big show. He looks back at the broadcast.

The other workers around hurry to the recruit's side. They shout at him angrily, covering the body back in the soil and asking him to dig somewhere else.

They even tell him to be quiet or the leader will punish him and put him in one of those graves. The man wipes his tears and with shaky hands goes back to work. 

A nice large-sized pit is dug. The workers check on the recruit and busies themselves in the work. Slowly the rattling of the wheels is heard and through the rail tracks comes a loaded cart.

The recruit stops and waits patiently to fill the cart with the soil. That is what he expected to do. Opposite to his thoughts, as the cart stops in front of him, the scene makes a blood-curdling scream, leave his mouth and echo in the cave. 

There were several bodies piled on the cart. One man quickly shuts his mouth, and the other clicks their tongue in disapproval. A bubble appears again.

"What did you expect when you joined the site to work? We are doing satan's work. Be quiet or you will get us killed."

They pull the body one by one and drops them into the graves they dug. Another option pops up.

“Do you want to cover the secrets?” The choice of it was quite mocking.

“Gandok is good at it.” And “Oh! Hell yes!”

An evil laughter is heard and the first option is picked. Darkness covers the screen, and in a blood-dripping font, a text appears.

'You are a part of this crime now.'

Tasks for day 1 are complete and certain points are added, then another day begins. 

The workers started to become mentally sick and ready to kill each other. They had fights and arguments. 

They were not allowed to leave the forest and meet their families. Still, some begged to leave and said they would never say a word outside.

The boss seemed unhappy. He shuts them up by filling their mouths with a big sum of money. He also showed them how their families were happy with the money received and never questioned where they were. 

The boss hides the fact that the ones who questioned were never seen again.

The defeated workers go back to their work. The workers who lived in that gloomy place were provided with food and shelter. They had to mine several minerals and skilfully hide the evidence from time to time. This is all that was required of them.

But it seems like this task is too much for them and their sanity loses as one of them sees their friend among the dead. This causes another outcry among them.

The boss sends them back to work, not listening to their cries. The next morning, the one who started the revolt against work was found hanging from the tree. He had mysteriously hanged himself to death. 

None believed it was a suicide, but they were too scared to say it out loud. From that day onwards, several other bodies were seen hanging on trees, and it became unbearable to even look anywhere.

Tired of the lethargic attitude of his employees, the boss then says that now only one last task is left, and then they will be set free. The workers, for once saw the shine of hope in the dark grove.

The boss smiles and leaves, and a loader is sent again. The terror can make the people quiet and unable to speak. This boss is the boss of the estate. No one is above him. 

“Showdown by the boss.” Appears on the screen, and eerie music plays.

A group of men is brought by the boss. Their hands were tied and their wounds were bleeding. They looked in serious condition. They are pushed towards the mine along with workers and are ordered to work in the deeper lanes. The workers hurry in fear.

The boss smiles, and another option appears on the screen. “Kill the useless brats.”

This time there was nothing to choose from. And in the next second, the mine blows up. The land around it shakes and the entrance collapses. 

 

The boss watches the scene from a distance to ensure no survivor escapes and leaves the place.

“Battle 1 with the final boss begins” Appears on the screen.

The mine blows up destroying everything around it. Darkness envelopes the place and in that darkness, a man covered in a black cloak, like the darkness manifesting itself into a human-like creature appears.

It touches the soil. In the next second, a survivor emerges from the soil, breathing heavily, covered in mud as he moves the soil away.

The screen changes to white and 'To be continued…'  is written on it. 

Jeongguk feels something heavy settle in him as he sees this part. He quickly enquires his people if they can get anything. They were hesitant and said someone was continuously blocking their attack. The person is powerful and fast.

Jeongguk remains quiet, unhappy with the situation. His eyes are still on the screen, trying to find anything from this video. He asks one of the men to check about the incident and bring him all the confidential files of this case before anyone tries to put their hands on it.

Sombre music plays and the texts and the headlines from the newspapers one by one flash, covering the incident of mine.

Yeon's pitiful face is shown and his condolences and funds distributed to the grieving families are highlighted.

'The cause of the mine accident was declared as Accidental after investigation.

The investigation was carried out by the skilled team that works under Jeon's corporation and Base training.

The third pillar Kim, contributed money to the investigation and as a relief to the family. They also provided necessary aid in the investigation.

The result of the hard work of the three pillars was a false report and fraud. 

No actual justice is done to the victims among which many are still unidentified.'

One by one missing person's information over the years appears on the screen. Some were officials, many were workers, and several others were civilians.

'Till now many killings happened in the Dark Grove and several are hanged to death. None is covered by the media and local newspapers. The place is rumored haunted to keep people away from the truth.

The actual ghost in the society and not in the woods, living between you and leading you. 

Question them. Ask for justice. Remember the witness to the crime is alive, waiting for justice.

Lastly, Umbra will reveal its face once it has brought down the true nature of the Evil, so don't waste your time in locating me.'

'We will meet again.' The automated voice says, and the broadcast ends.

Jeongguk was lost in thought when he heard someone found the location. He quickly sits straight. 

Another lady officer says that she has found a person who is a master in this kind of animation. The drawing is similar to the work the artist has done. Jeongguk nods, and he asks them to quickly send the details. 

Mr. Han and other staff members were busy controlling the traffic from the main office of Yeon and kept asking for any progress. 

Jeongguk instructs to not to give any details. He wanted to keep Yeon out of it as he was the main target of this broadcast.

Jeongguk asks the AI to show the current situation on the streets. The intelligence works quickly and displays the pictures of people watching the video in horror and confusion. 

The streets were quiet. This happens whenever Umbra reaches the public. Jeongguk was worried about what they were going to do after they came to their senses and started discussing and conversing about this incident.

Mr. Han tells him that there was a call from Kim's office, and the internet is jammed for now to not let the matter escalate and false information spread until the pillars give their statements. 

A message beeps in their phones telling the people to calm down and not act irrationally and wait for the pillars to answer their doubts. 

The two pillars work hard to control and investigate the situation.

The messages from Umbra and their revelations may be shocking, but it has not affected the working of the three pillars and the trust of people in them.

However, the last few revelations have shaken this trust, and the behavior of people has become unpredictable.

Jeongguk asks his men to send the team to the ground to control any unnecessary situation and protest. He asks his guard to get the location of Jimin and Taehyung. 

A guard comes with an answer. He says they have gone to a bar with Leader's son to have dinner together and party.

Jeongguk frowns. Taehyung was not fond of Yeon's omega son. He wanted to scold Jimin for being in a mood to party at such a time, but it was not only them who were in a mood to get together.

He sees the call from his mother and groans in annoyance. His family dinner is going to take a political angle now that the broadcast is over and he will be coaxed to go against his morals.

Jeongguk was not ready this time, he ignored the call.

The calls keep coming in while he checks the files on the investigation carried out on the mine accident. His jaws clenches, the more he reads.

He picks up the call, and before his mother can say a word, he states that he is coming home. 

Jeongguk wanted to meet Yeon and see for himself how that man acted after this broadcast. He gives necessary instructions to his staff and then leaves. 

Chapter 43: A proposal of deliberateness.

Summary:

It is not easy to turn things around.

Jeongguk's manager calls him to discuss the details of the press conference. They go through the points to be addressed on his way home. 

He tells them certain things to be omitted or incorporated and listens to the public relations manager for any additional information. 

After the exhausting discussion, he asks them to send the completed speech to Mr. Han.

While glancing at his watch, Jeongguk was filled with a sense of relief, noticing that it was already time for dinner. He had to just go home for the meal and not spend unnecessary time having conversations with everyone. 

He gets out of the car and is greeted by the enthusiastic butler and other attendants waiting for his arrival inside. Jeongguk greets them back and takes off his overcoat, handing it to one of them.

The butler informs him that the guests have just finished the dinner after waiting for him. Jeongguk was relieved. This was even better than he imagined. 

Soon his attention is drawn towards the soft voice of his brother, sitting outside in the open garden.

He is surprised to see Jaehan in the garden at this hour. The caretaker was coaxing the little one to sleep, but Jaehan seemed to not be in the mood.

Jeongguk walks towards his brother, eager to know what this little one is throwing tantrums for.

When he walks closer, he hears Jaehan ask the AI. “Clara, can you give me the contact number of a person?” His voice was gentle and polite, in the same tone as he talks to a senior.

The AI answers him. “I am only authorized to provide emergency numbers.”

Jaehan becomes sad upon hearing the response. The attendant wanted to interrupt, but he stopped her, wanting to try one more time.  

He thinks and forms the words in his head and with a bright and hopeful voice, asks again.

“Then can you give me the number of Taehyung hyung from my Hyung’s directory?” He waits patiently, fingers closed in a fist, nervous for the response.

Jeongguk stills upon hearing the name. The caretaker notices Jeongguk and is about to bow. Jeongguk gestures to her to not do anything and to be quiet. He remains in the place, quietly listening.

Clara answers again. “Sorry, this function is unavailable.”

Jaehan seemed to be very disappointed. His little frame shrinks in defeat. 

He silently takes out a small notebook from his pocket and scribbles something on it, then makes a cancel mark on it.

Jeongguk stretches his neck to glance at it. Certain points marked in bullets were written on a neat page of the diary with a main heading as 'Taehyung hyung contact number'. 

The first was to ask the mother for the number. It was cancelled out with the pencil, several times. 

The Second was to ask the father. It was also cut with a single mark.

The Third was to ask Clara. It was canceled with the lead, brutally now. 

Fourth was to ask Hyung. It had no cut. Jaehan was thinking deeply while his pencil pointed at this bullet.

Jeongguk feels amused as the pencil moves slowly and makes a cut on the letters, canceling the last option as well.

His eyes move to his pitiful brother. Jaehan had very limited resources to get his mission accomplished. 

Jeongguk leans on the headrest of the bench Jaehan is sitting on and asks. 

“Why do you want Taehyung’s number?”

Jaehan almost jumps in fright from the bench. He holds his chest, blood drained from his face as he turns to look at the person who scared him to death. 

Upon finding it to be his brother, he stands up straight and quickly bows.

There is happiness and hesitation on his face. He hides the diary in his pocket quickly and anxiously meets his brother's gaze.

“It…it is nothing.” He says, denying everything.

Jeongguk straightens up. His brother is very soft by nature, unlike other alphas. He is polite and kind and tries to hide his problems to not worry the family. He is young and lonely with no one of his age around to play with and share things. 

“Are you sure?... If it is for a good reason, I can give you the number.”

Jaehan fidgets and then observes his brother. His brother was standing there looking mighty and resourceful. 

Jaehan pouts. If only he had the power and position like his brother, things would have been easy.

He was unsure if his brother would help. He was afraid if he asked this favor, his hyung would scold him for disturbing another person over trivial matters. 

Jeongguk’s eyes soften upon noticing the dilemma on his brother's face. 

“That…” Jaehan’s face reddens. He thinks of something, quickly apologizes, and runs away, wishing his brother a good night. The caretaker runs after him.

Jeongguk looks at the little one in surprise. He was unsure if his brother was scared of him or didn’t want his help. He thought he was very polite while talking. 

His mind wanders to what business Jaehan may have with Taehyung and how he became so close to that person. 

Jeongguk's curiosity rises. The butler approaches him with the message that the family is waiting for him. 

Jeongguk is brought back to reality. He nods, walking ahead.

When he entered the drawing room, he was able to hear the laughs and chatter of the people inside. 

He slowly walks towards the source of sound in slow, lazy steps and is welcomed by strong pheromones competing and mixing.

He pauses, then notices his parents watching him, and gesturing for him to join them. He faces everyone, taking a deep breath.

His uncle and aunt, Ella, and her family were all present. On his arrival, they become quiet and watch as he bows to greet them all and says hello to Ella.

Jeongguk not only greets them. He also has to show off his strong pheromones. This has been an unsaid rule in the higher ranks to give off their status by the effectiveness of their pheromones. 

This is their way of showing their superiority. Though this was a family gathering, it was still required. It is a big deal to be born as an alpha in these upper-class families. This act wins the approval of the seniors.

Jeongguk can see it with the contentment on their faces. His mind wanders to Taehyung putting scent blockers and going around in the office. 

He couldn't help but smile. He can understand now why that person is not liked by these people.

Ella's eyes shine with Jeongguk's presence. She looked stunning in the deep blue dress, matching that of Jeongguk. 

Jeongguk notices it. He knows it is not just a coincidence. His mother has told her to go for this color to show her approval of her. 

He didn't feel happy about it.

Ella smiles shyly, pushing the strand of hair behind her ear. The family observes the two silently. They pass smiles as Jeongguk settles next to Ella.

Alice, Jimin's mother, is a very enthusiastic lady famous for her talkative nature and for criticizing the other ranks. She is beautiful and looks young for her age, and proud of her being a Jeon by blood and Ji by marriage. 

Her husband Daniel Ji, younger brother of Yeon is also a handsome man who admires and praises his brother and follows him like a tail in everything he does. 

The two were very excited about this marriage and wanted to strengthen the bond of the families with this marriage.

Alice claps in delight and then proceeds with the conversation they were having earlier.

"You have no idea how excited I am. How fun it will be after these two become official. We will show how strong we as a family are, unshaken and loving."

Jeongguk feels the cringe. He is used to the way his aunt talks, still, it gives this feeling whenever the conversation is about him. 

Jimin always criticizes her ways but becomes quiet when she scolds or glares at him. She gets over-excited and has the habit of pleasing everyone.

Bella nods, and Laia smiles in return. Jeongguk asks for a glass of wine, wanting to get intoxicated to bear with this meeting. Yeon watches him silently, then twirling his glass, he speaks up.

"Honestly, I got lucky with my wife, but for us to find a suitable partner is not an easy task, considering how our families hold the top ranks." 

Laia smiles and nods, "True, we have an omega son, and it is going to be very hard to find a partner for him. Children don't understand the worries of their parents. We have to always worry for the future of theirs."

Daniel agrees with Laia, "Jimin is also very popular in the society, and though it is not difficult to find him a partner, the one who holds the same status is hard to find in Gandok."

Jeongguk sips the drink silently. He wanted to laugh at this fake family bond. There is nothing hidden between them, still, the pretense always exists. 

Though they may talk big, they all know this is just pure business. Yeon already has another woman by his side and another son. He is seen with her several times during his tours. 

Laia may show she is happy, but they are not so happy together. They are just there to maintain their status. 

She is at a disadvantage in this marriage she has an omega son while that lady gave birth to an alpha son. This is the reason she doesn't want to give up her position to let that woman take over.

She wanted to stick to this man for her son and daughter. Jeongguk is the only way to make her position strong in this family.

Jeongguk on the other hand, is lucky to have found his mate on time. He pauses, remembering his mate, and longes to see his face.

Jeongguk got busy and forgot to ask Taehyung if he was doing fine.

Alice keeps talking. "That is why I was so surprised to see that notice by Jeon Corporation.  I thought I was hallucinating. When we can see all the good things in this proposal, what was it that made Jeongguk step back?" Alice asks bluntly.

Yeon sips the drink, feeling satisfied with the work of this younger sister. Bella became anxious, glancing at her husband, who was sitting calmly next to her.

He seemed to be not affected by his sister's words, being used to it. He was more concerned about his son having to go through all this after a tiring day of work.

Seeing the Jeon family quiet, Alice gets more courage and continues. "I am sure Jeongguk has his reasons here, but it is a hard pill to digest that someone is taking so long to answer when the concerned person is Ella out of all the people."

"She has got the look, best background, smartness, and above all is capable of providing beautiful heirs. Though I am against rumors it was actually a good opportunity for them to come out as a couple. Gandok needs such good news at a time like this."

Ella blushes and stops her aunt. "Aunt please, you are overpraising me. It is making me shy." 

Alice pats her hand lightly, "I am just telling the truth. Jeongguk knows it too, right dear, so what is making you step back?"

Bella tries to come up with some reason, but Jeongguk's pheromones spike up a bit making her quiet. She turns to her son in surprise.

Jeongguk glances at his aunt once then looking at his glass of wine he answers. "I am concerned for everyone like you. With the changing political scenario in Gandok and new challenges to Solace. I am worried this step of mine will make the Ji family look weak."

Jeongguk meets the gaze of Yeon, "People will think since Ji's position is hitting a rock, they are trying to get support from Jeons to ride their boat."

Ella clenches her fist upon hearing it. Alice becomes quiet. Her face turns pale while the brothers glare at Jeongguk.

Jeongguk has always been quiet and would agree to whatever they say. They were not expecting him to rebel.

The butler senses the tension and quickly approaches them to serve more drinks, but Yeon stops him. His gaze fixed on Jeongguk.

"Do you think those allegations have any meaning to it? Can someone push me down just like that?"

Jeongguk smiles, "No Uncle, I only talk with evidence. With the recent matters at hand, I don't want to rush and act."

Ella glances at Jeongguk with hesitation. She scratches the nail paint while glancing between her dad and Jeongguk. When Jeongguk gives her a cursory glance, her heart thumps loudly, suddenly feeling scared of this man.

This man is quite smart in understanding the minds. He can grasp the emergency in this marriage and the benefits the Ji family would get from him.

While her father was showing his anger based on his position, Jeongguk's words were more lethal and grounded. He was unfazed and seemed to have made up his mind.

She always thought that this true blood was tamed and submissive. However, today, she was surprised to find this new side hidden from her. 

Jeongguk was not tamed he was just silent, observing and analyzing them, like a predator looking after its prey.

She grits her teeth. The more she knows Jeongguk, the more she wants to be his partner. She has always liked his success, popularity, and position. The more he resists, the more it becomes her want.

She was unsure of what was stopping Jeongguk from seeing her as his partner, but she wanted to do anything to be with him.

She glances stealthily at everyone and then tries to lighten the atmosphere. "I understand your concerns, but all those are baseless blames. Dad is very emotional and devoted to his family and friends. This made him trust them blindly and deal with repercussions."

"It is because of his helping nature that he is condemned for everything. The truth can't be kept hidden for long, and in the end, he will come out clean. He is my father and knows my wishes and likes, that is the reason he approached you and has become so much invested in this."

She emphasizes the last part, making it clear for Jeongguk to know her feelings.

Jeongguk was surprised to hear Ella propose to him like this. He turns his attention to her, unable to speak on time.

Bella smiles, "Oh my! Laia, you have raised your daughter well. Look at her, such a gentle girl she is. I am sure she will be a good partner as well."

Eric couldn't take it any longer and stopped her wife from speaking further. "It is our fault for rushing things. They are no doubt at the age to get married, but the time is not right. We need to first solve the case of Umbra and then focus on maintaining the bond. This will give Jeongguk and Ella time to think about it."

Alice was not happy with her brother's response. She wanted to say otherwise, but a look from his brother made her understand how to behave. She nods.

"True, maybe I got too carried away. It is just that like my son I want to organize a good party, and this one I wanted to be the best."

Yeon was not happy. If not for his daughter, he would have taught Jeongguk a lesson.

"Your concern has not shown any results till now. My office called you today. You were too busy to answer it."

Jeongguk comprehends the tone. He knows he has irked the leader, but still, he is not in the mood to say nice words. The broadcast today, if proved to have said facts, has shown the darkest side of this leader.

Jeongguk was not sure why he was being so submissive to this person. Taehyung may have been right in saying that he was supporting and working for the wrong people. 

The claws of this family have become so strong on them that it is not easy to get released from it. Jeongguk still wanted to try, for his family and his mate.

"We have been working on it and will provide the results only when we have solid evidence and culprits in our grasp. No criminal will be left to move in the streets freely." Jeongguk answers.

"You should not forget that you have to report and take permissions from the first pillar for any move. I have asked the squad to spread all over Gandok and from morning onwards, disallow anyone to step on the streets till the conference is done."

"In Gandok, I am the Government, I am the law, and I am the monarchy. They will follow what I tell them to, and how I ask them to. Don't get influenced by some baseless rumors, and behave like you used to before. You are a General and as your head and first in command I will decide on the actions."

"Since the things are turning ugly. I am going to take some serious action, my secretary will inform you. We are going to end Umbra."

Yeon asks the butler to fill the glass and says, "That Kim boy, whom you saved, I asked my men to keep an eye on him, and if he makes a move they can arrest him."

Bella and others were a bit confused with this information. Ella also glances at her dad in surprise. None were aware of this deal between Yeon and Jeongguk. They were still clueless about what it was about.

Yeon stands up. "It was a nice dinner. I hope Eric, your son will soon understand what is best for him and his peaceful life and think wisely. We will take our leave."

Yeon's phone rings. Since the phone was on the table, it caught the eyes of everyone. They see Ovisia's name in the ID and pass a pitiful glance towards Laia. 

Ella looks at her mother in anger. They say nothing and quickly decide to leave, bowing to Bella and Eric.

Ella hugs Bella and her aunt and then approaches Jeongguk. He seemed to be angry. She hesitates, then mustering up her courage to speak to him.  

"I am sorry if something that my father said has hurt you. He is just worried." Seeing Jeongguk nods slightly while still looking away. She quickly says bye and leaves in defeat.

Alice looks awkwardly at his brother and then to her husband, "I think we should also not further our stay and leave. Jeongguk should rest." 

The two walk away. Bella walks with them, holding her sister-in-law's hand in hers and apologizing for the change in the conversation. Daniel blames Jeongguk for it and explains his brother's problems.

They were unhappy with Jeongguk and took their leave. Jeongguk sits back, emptying the wine glass.

His mind is still stuck to Yeon's threat. His jaws were clenched, and the grip on the glass was tightening.

“I thought this dinner would be dragged more,” Eric says, watching him. He is the only one who knows and understands most parts of this conversation and the hidden agendas behind it.

He felt responsible for all this. Bella fumes as she walks back and hears her husband say this. 

“Look at you supporting him in everything. This will lead us to make enemies more than friends. Don’t you feel humiliated?”

Eric looks at her. “The position I have served and my son holds in Gandok. There is no way I am humiliated by these trivial things.”

Bella loses her temper and leaves the two. Eric had meant to make Jeongguk understand that he should do what is right and not be pressured by the family.

He glances at his son, his expression turning somber. “Be prepared there will be consequences.”

Jeongguk felt a bit relieved having the support of his father, and he nodded. “I am aware.” 

“So are you going to stay for the night here? It would be best.” 

Jeongguk was about to answer when his phone started to ring loudly. He checks the ID and to his surprise, it is his mate. 

He checks the time, it is quite late, and becomes a bit anxious. Wasting no time he receives it quickly. 

Taehyung speaks from the other side of the line, his tone a bit slurred.

“Hey you…are you okay?" The question was simple but it stirred Jeongguk's emotions. He wanted to answer he was not.

He never felt these emotions before. He wanted to reach out and tell Taehyung of his worries and protect him in his house, not letting him get in any danger.

Taehyung continues, "Why are you not speaking? Can’t you check your texts? Ugh...I have reached my limit. Get over here and take your idiot brother with you, or I am going to just drop him here on the streets or push him to an omega group.” 

Jeongguk sighs. He could hear the mischief in the voice of Taehyung after saying the last part. He was worried for nothing.

He responds softly. “I will be there. Wait for me.”

There was a pause on the other side, then after few seconds Taehyung speaks. “Hmmm…I am a busy person too.” Says the drunk, chatty person, "Since you are behaving nicely. I will wait." He disconnects the phone.

Eric was watching his son all this time. He was surprised to see the ease in his demeanor and becomes curious whom he was talking to.

Jeongguk looks up at his father. Eric makes a guess what it is about. “Is it Jimin? It is better for him to stay at our place tonight.” 

Jeongguk nods and hurries to leave. His heart felt a bit at ease upon hearing his mate's voice.

Chapter 44: Drunk shenanigans

Summary:

Jeongguk goes to pick Jimin and Taehyung.

Taehyung stares at his phone after disconnecting the call. A blush spreads on his cheeks as he recalls the way Jeongguk sounded.

He sighs and whispers to himself. “His voice felt so good. I should not have disconnected the call so soon.”

Taehyung pouts thinking about it. His thoughts are interrupted by the mumbling of Jimin. He turns to have a look at the drunk alpha. 

Jimin had his eyes closed and leaned on the sofa as if he were fast asleep. 

Taehyung shakes his head. He then turns to the person sitting in front, not far from him. 

Kayle, the son of Yeon, was busy talking with an alpha boy. They were sitting very close and whispering into each other ears. 

Kayle giggles at something the alpha says and slowly kisses the lips of the alpha.

Taehyung looks away. He could hear the moaning of the two. His eyes wander towards the night sky from the window. 

It was very dark without the moon in sight. His thoughts shift, and questions circle his mind, 'Why was he here, and when can he leave?'

He didn’t plan to be here, but Jimin dragged him along, wanting him to loosen up a bit and spend time like other rich kids. 

It is not like Taehyung had never partied before and was missing the fun part. Taehyung was once frequent to these kinds of places, drinking and staying overnight. 

When his grandfather died, and he differentiated, many things occupied his mind, and many negative thoughts blackened his heart.

He was not sure how to take it all out. He didn’t want to talk to anyone at home, so he would sneak out and visit these places and get intoxicated to let the grief settle down a bit. 

He knows the flawless facade of the people. They surround you and act like your well-wishers or friends when you are loaded and hold a good position. 

These masked people cling to you for the hunger of fame, someone to spend money on them, get laid, and get attached to someone powerful and hunt them.

Taehyung had many bad experiences. He was lucky to be saved from bad situations and never crossed the line like Kayle does.

He was pushed into various situations that unmasked the faces of people. He often found himself hanging with a bunch of alphas betting and playing with omegas, drinking, and having drugs and was used as a tag to show off to other people.

Taehyung ignored these incidents most of the time, and would sometimes indulge himself in the activities that these people claim to be fun, but once they served him an omega in heat. 

That omega was underage and fell on his feet, wanting to make him feel good. Taehyung was disgusted. He was sick with the lustful eyes of the people around him, cheering for him.

He was revolted with the place and the way things always turned against his wishes. When he saw the tears in omega’s eyes, he snapped. 

That day Taehyung took his frustration out on these named friends that he made to get rid of negative thoughts. He punched each of them, then walked away. 

Later, when Jin looked at his bruised face and body and came to know about the fight, he got scolded and grounded as a punishment. 

Taehyung remembers during this time he discovered his grandfather’s diary, which had notes written about Gandok. 

The diary had information on the pillars, their history, and the future that Gandok will become.

Those nights were sleepless nights for Taehyung. It was like someone poured ice water on him. Taehyung became determined to continue his grandfather's work.

From that day onwards he put his grief aside, closed this chapter of indulgence in intoxication, and started to work for his grandfather. 

He went around, watching the place from another perspective, and realized things had changed. He started to protest along with the people and became a hot topic in the Jeon Corporation.

Taehyung sighs, thinking of that time. Things have changed completely now, but these places have not. It was an ugly experience each time he came here and thought of that past.

He was not able to understand what kind of fun does this noisy and smelly place bring. It reeked of pheromones and lust.

Jimin likes to spend his free time here. He was happy throughout the time they partied. He let the drinks flow, cheering people to compete. He danced, flirted, irritated Taehyung and now is out of it. 

It was not like Jimin was into debauchery. He is a very skilled man in collecting information, and these parties are his source for gathering data. He can be shrewd at times and has a good understanding of people.

It is not easy to fool him. Taehyung tolerated everything to learn a few tricks from Jimin. He just tolerated all this silently till the time a drunk omega walked toward him, showing interest in him. 

That was his limit. He wanted to get some fresh air and go back home, but Jimin was not in the state to even move. 

Defeated, he texted Jeongguk. There came no reply, his blood boiled, and he impatiently called the true blood.

Taehyung hears the loud noise of the door closing, halting his train of thought. He checks on Kayle and finds that the omega is gone and so is the alpha sitting with him. 

He frowns and then goes back to leaning on the sofa. There was no use in tailing him. That omega is wasted and couldn’t give any information.

Taehyung tried to ask Kayle about his thoughts on Umbra and tried to pry on what his father was planning. 

Kayle was nonchalant. He said he didn’t care and his father was capable of handling many organizations like this one. He also said that if things get ugly for his father, he would use any means to change it.

He praised his family and said that the good part is he has nothing to do except look for good alphas. Nothing else came from his mouth even while drunk. Taehyung didn’t expect much but all Kayle told him was a nuisance.

Kayle has only one quality according to Taehyung, that is his innocent look. He manages to attract everyone with his status.

He hears Jimin groan and loosen up his shirt. Taehyung stops the alpha, it then hits him that there is a strong smell of pheromones of an omega in heat. 

He sighs and goes out to check as the first person that comes to his mind is Kayle. 

Taehyung witnesses as Kayle is pushed to the wall by the alpha he was with a few minutes ago, and another alpha joins them. 

Kayle was too lost to even understand what was going on and let them open his shirt buttons hungrily.

Taehyung wanted to ignore this and leave. Kayle is not a child. He is famous for spending nights with alphas and is a regular at this place.

Today, they met accidentally and had to tolerate each other for Jimin.

He opened the door to walk back inside and take Jimin away from there. However, his steps come to a pause as he hears a painful groan of Kayle. Taehyung turns and finds Kayle pushing the alphas away.

They were bearing their teeth to mark him. Taehyung clenches his fist, and a curse leaves his mouth as he strides toward them and pushes the two alphas away. 

The pheromones of Kayle were strong making Taehyung dizzy. The two alphas were not in their sane mind, affected by the pheromones. 

He punches the two and knocks them out to save Kayle and the alphas.

“Don’t you have suppressants?” He asks, turning to Kayle, his brows knitted together in irritation.

Taehyung was feeling repulsive to these pheromones.

Kayle was unable to make sense of things. He looks up at Taehyung and pleads. “Help me.”

He is an omega who has no sense of security. He was trying to focus and open his trousers but was failing miserably.

Taehyung rolls his eyes, “That's what I did.” 

He bends down and checks Kayle's pockets. The omega moans with the touch.

Taehyung pauses upon hearing it. He defeatedly looks up at Kayle. He takes out a handkerchief and turns Kayle around to tie his both hands to not make any movement.

Kayle enjoyed and more moans slipped his mouth. Taehyung ignores it and successfully takes out the phone. “Tell me whom to call?”

Kayle looks at him with tears in his eyes. He was not able to answer. Then, with difficulty, he speaks up a name. Taehyung dials the ID while holding the omega in place.

He talks to the person and asks him to hurry. Yeon's men don't disappoint him for once as within a minute, several guards appear on the floor.

One of them pulls Kayle towards him and carefully injects the suppressant. Taehyung watches the show silently as Kayle is taken care of. 

He decides to leave as he is not needed there anymore. 

Kayle weakly calls him. “Why did you help me?” He asks.

Taehyung chuckles upon hearing it. He smiles looking back at Kayle's distraught appearance. He was standing with the support of the guards. 

“Because that’s what one should do in this situation.” Taehyung shrugs. 

Kayle observes him silently and then says. "My father will do anything to maintain his position, even if it is to harm the Jeons."

Taehyung was confused Kayle licks his dry lips and gives a hint. "General saved you at the base. He became the target...consider this as a thanks from me. Now we are even." Kayle says and leaves with his guards.

Taehyung stood there speechless and filled with many questions. He was scared for some reason. His heart thumps loudly. 

His phone starts to ring, echoing in the empty corridor. It was Jeongguk. Taehyung receives it immediately. Jeongguk's voice reaches his ears.

It was calm. Taehyung could hear Jeongguk feeling a bit cold, with a slight shiver in his tone. The true blood asks where he is.

Taehyung answers he will be out in a minute. He goes inside pulling Jimin up roughly and drags him outside like a sack. 

He sees Jeongguk waiting outside, leaning on his car. As soon as he comes to Jeongguk's view, the true blood hurries to hold Jimin up and glance at Taehyung. 

Their eyes meet, and Taehyung releases his hold on Jimin, making the poor alpha almost fall on the road face first, if not for Jeongguk to hold him in time.

Taehyung didn't care about Jimin at the moment. His eyes were only fixed on Jeongguk.

The true blood shakes his head and carries Jimin to the car, carefully laying him in the back seat. 

He straightens up and turns to Taehyung to talk to him. Taehyung waiting for this moment, slams him towards the body of the car, looking at him angrily. 

Jeongguk was taken by surprise.

“What is this smell on you…you met her?” Taehyung eyes turn darker shades of purple and blue. 

Jeongguk, though seldom showed a change in his expression, seeing Taehyung like this and the visible action of jealousy, couldn't hold himself and looked startled.

His hand quickly travels down to Taehyung's waist, holding him in place, worried that his mate may fall.

Taehyung was unaware of these minute actions. His mind was hazy. He moves closer to Jeongguk. The deep purple stared at the red ones.  

Taehyung then leans towards the neck of Jeongguk. The tip of his nose touched Jeongguk's warm skin. They both feel the shiver with the touch.

Taehyung becomes more courageous and moves closer. His actions become a bit intense as the grip on Jeongguk's shirt tightens, and he brazenly pulls the collar, exposing the pale skin of Jeongguk.

Jeongguk looks down at his mate. It was too much. They were still not crossing the line, but this small action was successfully able to ignite sparks in their body.

He wanted to cross those boundaries. He exposes his neck to let his mate have his way. Taehyung stays there and kisses his collarbone, his lips slowly and softly touching and moving toward the height of the neck.

Jeongguk groans. It was stimulating him in certain ways. They were standing in a public place. Jeongguk liked it but knew this was not the right time and place.

"What are you doing?" Jeongguk asks, trying to control himself. He gets no response. He calls Taehyung but still gets no response.

He moves his other hand and slowly rubs on Taehyung's soft hair, then pulls him away, grabbing his hair. It was not rough, but the little puppy needed to be disciplined.

Taehyung smiles as their eyes meet. He licks his lips, then releasing the grip on Jeongguk's shirt, he holds the wrist of the hand that was pulling his hair.

Jeongguk releases his hold, giving Taehyung the chance to move the wrist towards his lips. He pecks on it then noses it softly. Their eyes meet again.

"I am removing the disgusting scent from you." Taehyung finally answers.

Jeongguk gives a silent look at Taehyung, then sighs. Drunk Taehyung was dangerous and too much for him. 

He softly speaks. "And what about you? Do you have any idea of how I feel when I can smell alphas and omegas scent on you?"

Taehyung looks at himself and then grins. "Is it so?" He quickly pulls Jeongguk into an embrace. The warmth between the body spreads quickly.

Jeongguk felt like something cleared in his mind. His worries were gone. His mate is safe and is with him in his arms. His grip tightens on Taehyung.

He wants to stay like this a bit longer but loosens his grip as Taehyung speaks up. 

"All good now." Taehyung smiles. He remains there for a while, then pulls back and straightens Jeongguk's clothes. He looked very satisfied, and his eyes were returning to normal heterochromatic color.

Jeongguk palms his face. A smile spreads on his lips while he hides his eyes, leaning on the car. "You will be the death of me." He whispers.

They hear Jimin retch and come out of the car in a hurry. They have almost forgotten about this person. 

Jimin hurries and has only reached a few steps away when he pukes at one corner. Taehyung and Jeongguk watch it motionless.

They hear Jimin groan and cry in disgust. The alpha then turns and looks at the two. His eyes travel to Taehyung, stopping at his face. He retches again and pukes one more time. 

This makes Taehyung's blood boil. He was ready to bolt at Jimin and give him a beating, if not for Jeongguk stopping him.

"Did he just puke after looking at my face?" Taehyung shouts. "How dare he?"

He was throwing his hands while Jeongguk held him in place looking amused. He asks Taehyung to stay where he is and goes to help Jimin. 

Taehyung rolls his eyes. He still helps them by taking out the bottle from the car and handing it over to Jeongguk.

Jeongguk smiles with gratitude and carries Jimin back to the car. His sharp senses suddenly make his eyes turn orange and he pulls Taehyung down.

The alpha yelps in surprise and hears a gunshot. He looks in horror at Jeongguk, checking him for any injuries.

"What is this?" He asks, scared.

Jeongguk looks to his left and right then in a swift move picks Taehyung up like he is a paper doll and pushes him inside the car.

Taehyung was dizzy with the action. When he is able to calm down, he realizes that he is put on the seat of the car next to Jeongguk. 

Jeongguk was already putting a seatbelt on him and then shut the door.

He turns the car on and presses on the screen several times. The AI activates and asks for the orders.

"Identify the group chasing us and send a message to the team," Jeongguk orders in a solemn tone. He looked angry.

Taehyung knits his brows. "Chasing us?" He tries to look back but yelps as Jeongguk accelerates the car. Jimin almost falls off the seat.

Taehyung's fuzzy head becomes clear. He quickly turns to Jeongguk.

"They can be after you."

"They are after you."

The two say in unison, surprising each other, then both ask at the same time."Me?" More surprised by this reveal.

Both of them were not able to give a reason for this conclusion.

Jimin sits up with the noise and looks back at the car. "Is someone chasing me?" He asks, having caught the word 'chase' in the conversation.

Taehyung rolls his eyes. "Don't think too highly of yourself."

Jimin grits his teeth and talks back, both start bickering, making it very difficult for Jeongguk to give the instructions to his team, who were on the call with him. 

He controls his annoyance and then takes a sharp turn. Jimin and Taehyung both were unprepared and while Taehyung had a seatbelt on, Jimin was sitting there without support.

The turn causes him to fall on one side. His head slams on the glass. It was not dangerous, as his alpha instincts helped him, but somehow his tongue touched the glass.

He tastes the glass by licking it, then does the action again, being out of his senses. The second time makes him understand the situation, and he moves back in disgust.

Taehyung on the other hand, holds on to the seatbelt with his dear life. Both become quiet giving Jeongguk the chance to easily talk to his team.

Taehyung and Jimin looked at Jeongguk dejectedly but didn't dare say anything.

They quietly watch as the car keeps chasing them and tries to empty their bullets on them. 

It would have been scary if not for Jeongguk with them. Taehyung glances at Jeongguk focused on the road. He looked handsome while driving and being so serious.

Jeongguk meets Taehyung's gaze and instructs him to sit properly. The alpha makes a face and follows him obediently.

Taehyung's phone rings. He sees the ID of his brother and picks it up instantly. "Hyung someone is following me. I am scared." Taehyung says in a scared tone.

Jeongguk glances at him again, and so does Jimin in disbelief. 

Jin is shocked upon hearing this. Taehyung pushes the phone away as Jin shouts from the other side of the phone enquiring about him. 

'Where he is? What he has done? And who dares to follow him?' Jeongguk and Jimin both can hear Jin's voice.

Taehyung feels satisfied. He grins after troubling his brother. He glances at Jeongguk, and his smile wipes off watching the unimpressed look of Jeongguk. 

Taehyung somehow was able to enjoy this ride while being chased by some madmen.

He hears Jin calling Namjoon madly and asking him to check Taehyung's location now. 

Taehyung sighs, "Hyung I am with Jeongguk and Jimin."

Taehyung waits for Jin's loud scolding, but there is only silence on the other side of the line. 

He gets confused and puts the speaker next to his ear. "You should have said that earlier." Jin scolds loudly after a while making his ears ring and his body tremble.

Jimin was quite satisfied by this while Jeongguk could only sigh. 

"It is fine then," Jin says and disconnects.

Taehyung stares at his phone in disbelief. "Do they trust you more than me?" Taehyung mumbles and looks away.

Jimin humphs upon hearing this, "No one trusts you." 

Taehyung glares at Jimin, ready to pick the fight from where they left out earlier. Jeongguk clears his throat, making the two quiet.

They wince as a bullet crashes on the bulletproof glass. Jeongguk becomes angry and asks his team to act now.

Taehyung hears the honking of the cars and looks in the mirror to see several cars line up blocking the way and forming a wall between them and the chasers.

Then they skilfully turn and surround the chasers. The men point their guns at the madmen stopping them in the middle of the road.

Jeongguk orders. "Arrest them and don't show any pity in enquiring them. Give me the report in an hour."

Taehyung hears a yes from the other side. He checks on Jimin who seems to be normal as if used to this kind of situation, then sits straight.

Taehyung shakes his head, checking Jeongguk. "What a show off" He says. 

Chapter 45: Unfamiliar sensibilities

Summary:

Taehyung goes back home after the eventful experience

Taehyung patiently listens to the scolding of his brother. He sighs internally and diverts his attention to the pattern in the carpet, not knowing what else to do in this old and repeated situation. 

His brother has been lecturing him from the time he entered the house. It was his bad luck that as soon as he entered the house, he was caught by Jin. The scolding started from there onwards. 

His parents tried to calm Jin down, telling him that what matters is that Taehyung is alright, but Jin was not satisfied.

“You should know your position in society and act accordingly…” Jin was ranting while Gareth and Isa sat on the other side, knowing well their son wouldn't stop until he had taken out all his frustration. 

They were on the other side and talked about business as if this was a very normal occurrence for them. 

In Kim’s mansion, this thing was normal. Taehyung was always scolded like this by Jin. He was a troublemaker, and Jin had to listen to the elders asking him to look after his brother.

It is not like Gareth and Isa never tried to scold Taehyung discipline him or do their duties as parents. It was just that when Taehyung was young and did something to anger Isa. She punished him by standing near the wall until she asked him to move. 

Jin was not able to bear watching his brother punished like that, having tears in his eyes and being quiet. He looked so small and pitiful, and this made Jin beg his parents to leave Taehyung in his care and that he would take responsibility for disciplining his brother.

The parents were surprised and knew their elder son was very emotional when it came to Taehyung and said yes at that time just to please and calm him down.

They didn't expect Jin to be serious and look after Taehyung like this. They were proud as well as sorry for burdening their sons with this duty, but Jin found pride in his responsibility. 

The brothers share a very strong bond. No one in Gandok can say anything against Jin in front of Taehyung and vice versa. This is the love the two hold for each other.

Jin did a good job. He raised a good brother. He made his parents proud of them. Sometimes though, out of his nature, Taehyung causes trouble for himself and has to face the wrath of Jin.

Taehyung could do nothing but sit and listen to the scoldings and ask for forgiveness. He never talks back whenever Jin gets angry at him or raises his voice. He lets his brother scold him. He knows he makes Jin worried for him.

Yoongi, Hoseok, and Namjoon were also present there, silently watching the show. It was nothing new to any of them. They even learned a few scoldings that Jin gives each time. They too, like Gareth and Isa, were busy in their discussions.

In this late night, Kim’s mansion is lively.

Jin carries on. “A person needs to look after their safety before stepping out. I gave you bodyguards, but you denied….” Taehyung grimaces at the tone. The word bodyguards strikes the strings of his brain and leads him to his mate who also asked for the same.

He was only able to hear a few more words. His mind started to drift from the room to his mate.

The touch of the soft skin on his lips as he slowly moved them over the skin, pressing onto it.

The scent of his mate as they came closer and the warmth that spread through ignited the spark throughout Taehyung.

Taehyung shivers. His fingers reach his lips, wanting to get a touch of that feeling, and his mind gets clouded in thoughts.

The amber eyes looked at him, holding his waist. The fingers tightened around his skin and pulled him closer.

The fire in those eyes burned Taehyung. He feels hot all over again and picks a cushion to hide his face, not able to control his thoughts.

Jin looks at him and continues in disappointment, “You hiding your face won’t solve the problem. The problem lies in the attitude…”

Taehyung groans as Jin’s words fall into his ears. He remains hidden. Jin's scolding was like a bucket of ice water, spoiling his mood.

Hoseok and Yoongi look up from the file at Taehyung. Both stare for a while, a smile spreads on their lips.

They glance at each other knowingly and go back to looking at the documents, laughing silently.

“Hyung I said I am sorry.” Taehyung says, defeated, earning more scoldings.

“If only your sorry holds any meaning to it…” Taehyung rubs his ears. He glares at Namjoon and mouths him to do something.

Namjoon stuck in between these alphas curses at his luck internally and gets up, pushing his specs in position. He approaches Jin with a file and shows a document inside. Jin looks at the paper and stops.

His jaw clenches as he glares at Namjoon. “You are no better than him. Have not I told you to correct this here…” He starts scolding Namjoon on the points he has not corrected yet.

Taehyung sighs in relief, making Namjoon the target of Jin’s care. Jin's care has always been wild and mind-draining.

Taehyung was happy to be left alone. He leans on the sofa, stretching his back. 

While the other four present in the room feel bad for Namjoon, they eye Taehyung to have some shame. 

Yoongi goes to rescue Namjoon, pitying him. He diverts Jin's attention to something else. Hoseok watches them with a smile. 

He sees Taehyung relaxing and goes to sit next to him.

Taehyung notices more beads on Hoseok’s hair. Yoongi likes to buy beads for Hoseok. Whenever they have a good time the beads change, which happens quite often.

“Have you calmed down?” Hoseok asks.

Taehyung shakes his head. “I can't believe that the drunk me can lose control like this.”

Hoseok raises his brow, getting more information than he intended. “How far did you get?”

“Nowhere.” Taehyung sounded a bit disappointed. Hoseok tries not to laugh.

He shakes his head in amusement and clears his throat, then gets back to business. “There is something that I want you to do for me.”

Taehyung’s ears perk up. He becomes attentive, sitting straight. Hoseok continues, “In return, I will refill your stock if you need it.”

Taehyung thinks about the tempting offer and then shakes his head to say no. “I want something else in return.”

Hoseok becomes curious. He nods. “What is it?”

“I want information on something.”

Hoseok wanted to ask more, but looking at Taehyung it didn't seem like he was going to reveal anything yet. This felt risky. If Taehyung is asking him for information then that means it is something he doesn’t want his name to be known or someone else to know about it.

Hoseok was a bit uncertain. The things he wanted could be easily gathered by Taehyung. If he takes this risk, his work can be done.

He agrees, trying not to think much about it. Taehyung smiles while opening his palm and asking to give the list. He knows Hoseok requires ingredients for his experiments. 

There are places where no one in Gandok wants to go. It is not the same for Taehyung. He doesn’t care about the image that is formed in front of others.

He checks the slip Hoseok quickly passes to him and glances at it in surprise. Hoseok clears his throat.

“I am experimenting with something big.” Taehyung nods slowly, still going through the list.

Hoseok anxiously watches him and inhales only when Taehyung nods. “Okay, I will bring it for you.”

Hoseok takes a deep breath. “The information you want seems to be very important for you to agree so easily.” He probes, wanting to know more.

Taehyung nods. “Yes. That's why I will ask you once I find out the ingredients for you.”

Taehyung gets up, leaving Hoseok curious and unsatisfied. Yoongi also walks towards them whispering something in Hoseok's ears.

The two glance at Taehyung but say nothing. Taehyung can see the hesitation in Hoseok's eyes.

He remains quiet and leaves them, walking to his room. As soon as he closes the door, Moon Goddess speaks up.

“You can ask me. I can answer it for you.”

Taehyung used to her sudden appearance, smiles. He goes towards the mirror looking at himself. He checks himself once. 

“No need you will be there to confirm the information. I need proof.”

Taehyung takes out the overcoat. He was about to hang it when his hand paused.

It smells like Jeongguk, and he could not put it away. He sits on the bed and looks at it.

Moon Goddess smiles and pats on his head. She leaves silently. Taehyung sighs at his condition. He unhappily changes to his night set and lies on the bed tired. 

He is exhausted mentally and is now not able to shake the thought of Jeongguk off his mind.

He has just closed his eyes when his phone starts to ring. Taehyung picks it up and is surprised to see Jeongguk on the line.

He sits up, his body turning stiff and a shiver passing his spine. He stares at the ID, not believing his eyes. He always wished this to happen, but Jeongguk had never called him this late at night.

He becomes anxious, worried that something has happened or there is an emergency. The thought makes him quickly receive the call. He nervously answers it. 

Jeongguk inhales on the other side as he hears Taehyung’s voice. Taehyung feels like they are standing close just like before. His heartbeat quickens. 

Jeongguk answers with a light hello. “Did I wake you up?”

They both sounded nervous and quiet, just feeling the moment. The wave of this new and unknown feeling swept them toward the middle of the ocean, where there was nowhere to go but to face each other and hold onto each other.

Taehyung grips tight his phone and asks. “Is everything okay? Have you reached safely?”

Jeongguk hums. “It was trouble to settle Jimin, The rest was fine. What about you? Did Jin scold you?”

Taehyung pouts upon hearing this. He sulks. “How do you know?”

He hears Jeongguk chuckle lightly, this eases Taehyung a bit, and he falls back on the pillow. The silence of the night, the warmth of the bed, and the voice make him feel cozy all over.

“He never says anything to you” Taehyung complains lightly. He tries to hide his inner feelings and act cool.

Jeongguk answers from the other side, his voice causing a tickle in Taehyung’s ear. “Did I do something wrong? I don’t remember causing any trouble like certain someone.” 

There was amusement in his voice. Taehyung was swept away by another wave of emotions. He was afraid he would drown in this feeling.

He turns to his left glancing at the bunny. His face is flushed and shyness is evident in his eyes. “At least that makes you remember me.” He answers, biting on his lips.

Jeongguk sighs, “Mr. Kim there are few people in my life that I don’t think I will ever forget or want to forget.”

Taehyung’s heartbeat quickens. It never calmed down since he saw the caller ID. “You took your time to say that.”

Taehyung smiles as he hears a rustling from the other side as if Jeongguk was also lying down like him. 

Taehyung couldn’t help but imagine himself and Jeongguk in the same bed looking at each other and talking softly. His heart feels giddy.

“Am I very late?” Jeongguk asks concerned. Taehyung pauses. He pushes the phone away, breathes a few times, and says a small no. 

Both of them become silent. Just enjoying the silence and calmness among them. “Taehyung” Jeongguk says suddenly.

Taehyung hums. “Do you remember what you did in the evening?” Taehyung choked on his saliva upon hearing the words, taken off guard. He coughs a few times, making Jeongguk worried.

“I am fine” Taehyung answers as Jeongguk asks him. Jeongguk becomes quiet and then speaks the next sentence quite amused.

“So you do remember.” Jeongguk teases.

Taehyung wanted to hide himself somewhere and didn't respond. Jeongguk waits for a while then speaks again. “Taehyung, I want you to be like this with only me.”

This was all too much for the little pup. His face becomes red and his heart feels like popping out of his chest. He holds his chest to calm himself, a small curse slips from his mouth. Then realizing whom he is talking to, he quickly answers.

“Just warn me next time before saying something like this.” He hears the chuckle from another side. 

The waves of the ocean have brought them together towards the shore, both easing to the roughness of the ocean, as they know they are in this together, having mutual feelings.

Jeongguk then informs him about the men that were chasing them. They were just some gang members wanting to act as the boss of the place and follow Yeon’s order of putting a curfew. 

They had no idea that they followed and tried to shoot the family members of the mighty pillars.

In Gandok, a civilian cannot attack the pillars. They have to fight legally and if they do something like this, there is a severe punishment. Those people brought this upon themselves.

Jeongguk's voice was soothing. His tone was soft yet deep. Taehyung always wondered what it would be like talking to this person in this way. Today, he got the taste and he is sure he will never get bored of it.

The moment however didn't last long. The tired Taehyung was unable to control his sleep. His eyes started to droop, and slowly his breath evened out as he fell into a deep slumber. 

Jeongguk pauses as he senses Taehyung is not responding. He calls Taehyung’s name slowly but gets no response.

He sighs and lies on his back looking at the ceiling, “Taehyung...how long will it take to change our status from friends to more than friends?”

There was no response from the other side. Jeongguk sighs and shakes his head, feeling immature for saying so. "I am hoping it will happen soon." 

He smiles lightly, wishes his mate goodnight, and disconnects the phone. He pulls his quilt and closes his eyes.

The mates were drowsing off to a pleasing sleep while on the other side of the Gandok, in the headquarters of Solace, the board members were busy in a serious discussion. 

The atmosphere was tense and the angry pheromones of Yeon were filling the room.

Ella was sitting next to him quietly while others were giving their input. None of them seemed happy with the current situation. They were scared of their position being taken away, and their identity exposed by Umbra.

 “Our friends are all behind bars, ripped off their merits and medals. The next can be you. Do we have to wait and watch Solace fall?”

Yeon grits his teeth. “Your questions don’t affect me. I have not seen any progress from anyone present here. Can you expose Umbra? You know it is not easy.”

One of the members in the meeting room with a bald hand and wrinkled face says, “But unlike us, you had him in your grip. That boy whatever his name is.”

The others nod slowly. The assistant of the man whispers in his ears and then stands straight. The old man smiles, “That Kim boy, Taehyung.”

“Without proof, you can’t detain anyone,” Ella says.

They look at her in disappointment. None of them were happy with the way things ended with Jeongguk. They thought this lady would be good news, but it ended up in a disappointment.

“Yes, if it is any of us, it is true, but with the Director here, there is nothing wrong with it.”

Ella looks at her father in concern. He waves it off. He takes a puff of his cigar and lightly says. “There is one person that I have to be wary of.” He glances at Ella.” Jeongguk has control of the base, I can’t turn him against me.”

The board members become quiet upon hearing that name. They all fear him and know he is only docile till the time Yeon has him in control with the family pressure. Once the chains are broken they are all doomed.

Yet, not all feared him. One of the men sitting at the far end chuckles. He is a young man with a clean look but a piercing gaze. He has good looks and a sly personality. The members are not that much fond of him and only talk to him for their mutual benefit.

He joined this community with his own efforts, has made quite a money bought shares of solace, and joined its board of members. Not many know about his true intentions and origins.

Raphael is a beta and this makes them put their guard down in front of him. He observes their faces and says with a professional smile. “Don’t you think we are neglecting some things here, or are you all too old to understand it.”

All the heads turn to him. The young man then leans on the chair and says. “Jeongguk. This man, don’t you ever think of him as the mastermind of all this.”

Ella narrows his brows while others listen attentively. She never liked him but her hatred grew when he showed interest in her and asked for her hand in marriage. 

Ella only wants Jeongguk to be hers and not someone who doesn't belong to a noble family like theirs. This was not hidden from him and Raphael knows it is because of Jeongguk that he lost this proposal. 

He speaks sincerely and in a calculative manner. “He has control of the base, is the powerful pillar, has the power to turn us into ashes, and above all is a true blood. Have you seen how powerless he acts as if he doesn’t know what he owns? Or is it just to deceive us and let us put our guards down.”

Yeon leans in front while the others shiver at the idea of it. They wanted to object but words don't come in their mouth. Raphael continues. 

“The Director himself told us that it was Jeongguk who didn’t let him keep Taehyung in custody. It is also he who is looking after all the investigations revolving around Umbra. How come this perfect man can’t locate this organization? Until of course, he is the Umbra.”

The board members feel like lightning strikes them. They were scared and shivered at the thought. Raphael smiles, watching the effect of his words. 

“Moreover, that boy Kim. He is just impulsive and talkative and is used by this General as a pawn to play his cards. He is using us all.”

“This is rubbish.” Ella cuts him. “He is not like that.”

“Well if you have anything to say to counter me, do it with your points. I will listen.” Ella becomes quiet. She looks at her dad who seems to be lost in thought.

She glares at the man. "Jeongguk is also dragged into the investigation by Umbra. Why would he do it to himself?"

Raphael laughs, "Well of course to convince the mind like yours." He gives her a challenging look. 

Yeon hearing all this suddenly gets up. “If that’s the case then he has to pay the price.”

Ella gets up too. She shouts in concern, “Dad you can’t just act like that. He is Jeongguk. You can’t act impulsively against him. He is our family.”

Yeon pauses and glares at her daughter, “This is what I hate the most, someone holding more power than me. Jeongguk needs to understand whom he is secure with. I was planning this regardless of what the result might be.”

Yeon leaves the room. The board members begin gossiping among themselves while leaving the room slowly. Ella anxiously stands there not knowing what to do. She was scared this would ruin her plan more.

Raphael walks to her and smiles. “Good luck with your future. Remember I am still waiting for you.” He walks away, leaving behind an angry and anxious Ella.

Chapter 46: The indelible conference

Summary:

After much wait the three pillars addresses people.

From the day Umbra broadcasted the video to the time of the conference, the mindset of the people of Gandok changed considerably. There was confusion and a sense of betrayal among them. 

The Omegas were the first to show their anger and distrust over the Government and threw their collars on the central as a protest against the pillars.

There was a shift in the trust of the people on the pillars. They were not happy with this regime. They wanted answers, apology, and justice. The omegas were not afraid to be arrested and put in confinement. 

They seemed angry to have lost their loved one, to have to do everything the regime says, and to put up with all the lies.

There was no use in them putting collars. The ones sitting in higher positions will use them and traffick them if they want. They wanted justice for their sons, fathers, husbands, and brothers who had lost lives to serve the pillars.

Yeon’s announcement reached every corner, alley, and street that anyone who is found breaking the laws and destroying public property will be punished immensely. He showed the gravity of this statement by putting the omegas behind bars. 

People were shocked. The once-called delicate and lower-hierarchy omegas showed such vigor while the betas and alphas remained hiding in their homes, contemplating what to do. 

They didn’t utter a word even when these omegas were chained and put in confinement. 

A few of them, feeling ashamed of their cowardness went ahead and joined the protest and were beaten badly by the police. 

Taehyung watched this turn of events silently through the screen as the news was broadcast on the television. 

He gravely looked at the cuffed hands of the omegas who were pushed into the vehicles.

He wanted to go and save them, but someone told him that if he did that each time, nothing would change. People have to understand and stand for their own rights and justice. 

Taehyung knew this was wise advice, but still watching it on the screen was painful.

“It is difficult to watch.” Jimin stops next to him, looking at the screen.

“My hands are tied for now, but this won’t always be the case.” Taehyung grits his teeth. This makes Jimin smile.

He has known Taehyung and knows that this man is not afraid to stand alone for the rights of the people. This is something he admires about Taehyung and wishes each of them should have.

“I understand. I can feel your anger, but you are directing it to the wrong person. Don’t you think Umbra knew the effect it would have on people by broadcasting these messages? Look at them closely...They are confused, frustrated, and angry, but still, lack understanding. They have no idea what they should do and whom they should rely on.”

Taehyung stares at the screen and watches the people standing there silently watching as the police take the omegas away. None of them come forward or speak a word.

Jimin is right. The people of Gandok have always been so dependent on the pillars that now when they are face to face with the truth, they are confused and helpless.

Jimin sighs watching Taehyung's clenched jaw. He pats Taehyung’s shoulder. “They will understand eventually. This is the bugle of the uprising.”

“Isn’t it ironic how the omegas are the ones acting in frontlines while the alphas are cowering in the dark?”

Jimin chuckles upon hearing it. Taehyung glances at him with a smile. Both of them then silently watch the report. They were standing in the department's gallery. 

The place was quiet as usual, but today the reason had been the absence of the staff in the rooms. They had all gathered in one place to watch the broadcast of the conference which was going to take place soon.

Charlie walks towards them, bowing to them in respect. She glances at the news and then checks the two subtly. 

“General Jeon has left for the conference. We are going to the cafeteria to watch it together with others.” She informs Taehyung. He nods, giving her permission to go.

Jimin glances at his watch, "He is not happy with the way Uncle is handling this situation. The atmosphere at my home is very tense these days.” He informs Taehyung. 

Taehyung nods, however, his mind stops at the mention of the name of his mate. Taehyung has not been acting well these past few days. It is like his younger self has returned. He can’t act mature when it comes to Jeongguk.

He has been doing silly things and making a fool of himself. Since the day Jeongguk dropped him home, he feels like he lost his heart and brain in that car to that person.

None of his actions make sense to him. He is being teased and laughed at by the Moon Goddess. As soon as Jeongguk comes in front of him, he forgets what he has to say, what he has to do, and where he has to go. He would just stand there watching his mate’s handsome physique and face.

Whether it is a conference room, office dinner, or Jeongguk passing by in front of him. Taehyung would show signs of being smitten by him to the point of losing himself. He would even want to be enveloped in that enticing scent always.

This didn’t go unnoticed by Jeongguk. The true blood noticed it the first day itself and found pleasure in teasing and torturing Taehyung to his fun. He would either show his charming smile pat the head of his mate or flick his forehead to bring Taehyung’s attention back to the present and enjoy each moment of it. 

What is more embarrassing for Taehyung is that his staff has noticed it and started gossiping about it.

Taehyung heard there was a rumor that even the Alphas couldn’t resist the charm of Jeongguk and that the Alpha was none other than Taehyung Kim.

To control his stupid heart and crazy mind and to calm his heart, he decided to avoid Jeongguk. This decision led to bizarre situations carrying another rumor among the employees. Taehyung became the talk of the office for another reason. 

It all started while he was getting some papers printed and having a conversation with Jimin on an article. Jeongguk happened to have passed by the office, just at that moment.

Taehyung didn’t think twice and bent down, pulling Jimin with him to not be seen by Jeongguk. Their head collided, causing a painful yelp to slip from the two, attracting the attention of everyone present there as well as Jeongguk, who said nothing and passed by.

The same day while going out of the elevator, he saw Jeongguk coming out too, not thinking twice he went back to the elevator, pressing it in a hurry. 

The people present there gasped as they noticed this weird situation and gawked at Taehyung and Jimin who were the only ones in it as the elevator closed. They saw Taehyung shutting Jimin's mouth with his hand. 

The gossip circulated faster than anything, the employees secretly talking about this interesting situation.

The next day, Taehyung was checking the food in the cafeteria Jimin came over there in a frustrated mood. They were bickering when Jeongguk visited the place unexpectedly. 

Taehyung pulled Jimin to the corner and remained hidden there till Jeongguk was out of sight. The people witnessed it.

They witnessed the closeness between these two and how their mood was normal after this incident. This spread rumors like wildfire.

From there on the employees started to watch their minute activity together and posted to each other.

More incidents like this made people reject their earlier theory of Alpha Kim charmed by true blood and replace it with Alpha Kim wooing the handsome Ji boy. 

People started posting their own incidents and some fabricated various scenarios of the two together. They were all talking about the office romance between Taehyung and Jimin. The funny thing was that Jeongguk was used as the villain in the story not allowing them to be together.

This weird gossip came to Jimin's notice. He was unhappy. He even was ready to teach Taehyung a lesson, but as he noticed the lamenting face of Taehyung, he was filled with joy.

He decided to use this rumor to his own advantage and irritate Taehyung. As soon he would see Taehyung Jimin would act like a man out of classic novels.

Taehyung hated it, he hated his decision of choosing this path. What is more troubling is that Jeongguk noticed this change of air. He had been throwing daggers at the two.

Taehyung had no intentions of making his true blood jealous, he is just impulsive.

Taehyung's days were passing with quite an action amusing Moon Goddess to the extreme.

Charlie watches as Jimin informs the news to Taehyung and keeps his eyes on him. She couldn't help but sigh. They were so in love according to her that when together Jimin would never look at anyone else. 

She stares at them in awe and unknowingly a blush spreads on her cheeks, happy for them to find love in the office. 

This is noticed by the two alphas. While Taehyung glares at Jimin, the alpha amusedly looks away, trying to control the tears that are about to come from holding his laughter. 

Charlie walks from there in a hurry desiring to tell it to others. Taehyung rolls his eyes. He turns to scold Jimin but the alpha beats him to it.

“This is all caused by your weird behavior. Don’t blame me for any of this. You should apologize to me for ruining my image of being single.” Jimin says to Taehyung, amused.

Taehyung stares at a vase, kept not far from them. He wanted to break it in the face of this alpha but restrained his emotions. “I didn’t do it intentionally. Moreover, you don’t have an image to be ruined. Don’t blame me.”

Taehyung walks away. Jimin follows him behind. “Yeah, I should learn from you how to maintain an image.”

The two glare at each other. The earlier serious atmosphere melted down with their soft bickerings. They hear the announcement of the press conference starting in a couple of minutes. The two quickly reach the cafeteria filled with the employees.

The employees present their glance at the two as they walk in. The two alphas can feel the smile and gossip that burst around. 

Taehyung goes to one side and stands leaning on the wall while Jimin takes a seat next to him, elegantly sitting on the chair like a prince.

An attendant quickly comes to him serving him a colorful drink with a straw. Taehyung stares at this person. They were of the same status but the difference between them looked miles apart.

The news anchor keeps talking about what to expect at this conference and what should be asked. They also collect questions from the people and discuss them. Taehyung glances at the employees present there.

After the Umbra's broadcast, everyone was skeptical even the employees here, but Jeongguk called them all and briefed them on the situation and even apologized for not knowing about the details of this incident to this depth. 

He assured them that he would do his best and needed them to work as they used to before. The employees at Jeon's have a deep trust in Jeongguk and though they were skeptical, Jeongguk's words assured them.

They showed no resistance and have been working like before. Still, this conference is very crucial to know how the pillars are going to defend themselves and how will they gain their trust back.

The three symbols of the wolves of Gandok circle on the screen as the press conference goes live. Taehyung becomes attentive. His eyes travel to his brother noticing any discomfort or hesitation on his face.

Finding him calm like usual, Taehyung feels relieved, then gazes towards Jeongguk and stays focused there for a while, watching him. His heart starts to act up again like crazy. 

“I think your heart is craving for your mate.”

Moon Goddess says amusedly, standing next to him. Taehyung rolls his eyes. 

“Is this your doing?” Taehyung asks unhappily.

Moon Goddess raises her hand in surrender. “I just choose mates rest... they do on their own.” There was a big smile on her bright face. Taehyung was skeptical of her every word.

He hears the host's voice and looks over on the screen. The host welcomes everyone and gives a brief report on the current situation in the Gandok and the reason for this conference.

He bows to the pillars and respectfully asks Yeon to start first. 

Yeon shakes his head. He bleakly says, “I would like the younger ones to speak first.”

The presenter nods and respectfully asks Jin to proceed first and address the people. Jin glances at Yeon who seems to be looking very serious and then turns on his mic, leaning a bit to greet everyone watching them and present there.

He has a very calm and charming aura making the people there despite being upset, attentive to his words.

“There has been no moment of rest since the time the Umbra showed its presence. I know you all feel perturbed and betrayed by us three families, but the truth is these incidents are as new to us as it is to you."

"Your anger and protest are just with the emotions you are feeling at the moment. It is our fault to be unaware of these crimes and not having investigated them properly, but our purpose has always been to serve and bring our people together as a family." 

"The pillars never strayed from the path and the Kim family will keep following this tradition to serve you all. With this, I would also like to tell you the investigations to all the crimes and cases have been opened and any help Kims can provide in the investigation is being done diligently."

"We are not afraid to answer and get interrogated in this hour of turmoil and uncertainties. Still, I would request you to please be patient and not do anything that would lead to violence. With a calm mind only we can find solutions." Jin thanks the people for listening to him patiently and ends his discourse.

The journalists wanted to ask questions, but the presenter stopped them telling them that the questions would be asked after the three had addressed the people. He asks Jeongguk to speak next.

Taehyung watching it live, claps slowly for his brother then as the camera closes up on Jeongguk, he becomes stiff.

Jeongguk greets the host and then turns on his mic. He greets everyone, looking at the camera. Taehyung feels a chill down his spine watching those red eyes. The cap always made his face look more handsome than he was.

“I would like to apologize for the delay we caused in addressing this issue. It has put you all in too much unrest. I know you are uncertain and feel anger towards us. It is quite evident with the recent incidences." Jeongguk moves his gaze to everyone present there.

"I also realized the loopholes in the investigation and the crucial areas that were neglected. Though I was warned by someone. I was still blinded by my duties to family and friends. I wronged you people and I would try to amend it by investigating these cases personally to bring justice to the grieved parties." 

"Your trust makes Jeon's family grow I would want you to give the pillars the chance to do the right. There is no excuse from my side. I apologize for my lack of knowledge and understanding of this case and for not involving myself in it from the start."

Jeongguk stands up and bows to the audience and the cameras in asking for forgiveness. The people in the cafeteria gasped as well as became emotional upon seeing it.

Taehyung and Jimin both become speechless looking at each other with the stance of Jeongguk. Jimin doesn't seem happy but Taehyung feels different than him.

He knew Jeongguk's actions were required, it was not about the position and responsibility. No one wants to know his burdens. They want to know his mistakes. To stand up for your mistakes is a sign of a strong person.

Jeongguk is not ashamed to apologise and he won't let this happen again. He was the one who signed the report years later and closed the case. 

Being called upon like this Taehyung felt heaviness in his heart. He has often scolded Jeongguk and said things to him in anger, never once he thought Jeongguk would remember his words. It made him miss this person more.

“It is not his fault, he was very young when this incident happened. We don’t blame him.” One of the employees said out loud, the others agreeing. The same was felt by the journalists present there. They quickly get up and bow to him too.

The speaker then asks Yeon to conclude the address. Yeon remains quiet. The host calls him again. The people present there all look at Yeon looking pale. 

Yeon slowly nods and turns on the mic, and with a heavy heart looks up at the people. His eyes were brimming with tears and his throat clogged with emotions. He clears his throat.

“I apologise…” He was only able to say when the teardrop fell from his eyes. The people gasped upon seeing this. They become anxious and murmurs spread in the hall as well as the whole of the Gandok.

The people watching the telecast from the poolside, workplaces, restaurants, streets, homes, etc. all become still upon witnessing this scene.

Taehyung unprepared to see this becomes shocked. He narrows his eyes upon looking at it. Jimin sitting next to him, couldn’t help but chuckle. 

“My uncle has never shed a tear. Not even over the death of his loved ones.” He looks in uncertainty at the screen. 

Taehyung meets Jimin’s eyes, and both turn back to the screen without uttering another word.

“He came prepared.” Moon Goddess says.

Yeon takes the napkin handed to him by his assistant, wipes his eyes, and tries to continue. “Sorry for the inconvenience.” His voice was still shaking. 

“I watched the video. Though it may target me, this was news to me as well. The incident at the mine is still fresh in my mind."

"I was young back then, excited to hold the position and serve the people. I came with dreams to make this place advance and better than it already was, but the Moon Goddess wanted to test me."

"The incident at the mine was an unfortunate one that still gives me nightmares and to bring back that memory and present it in a contorted way to deceive the citizens, is the least I expected from Umbra." 

Yeon inhales sharply, "It had been fault to expect anything good from Umbra. They portrayed the scene as a massacre or a mass murder when all I had to face at that time was the death touching my hands entering my lungs and shaking my bones."

"I protected you all from that grave memory because it is nothing but a nightmare. I tried to pull those bodies out of the mine as they cried for life and used my hands to dig the soil to rescue them. Whom to ask for help, there was no one but a few of us."

"That dark place engulfed my people, my men who dreamed of a beautiful and prosperous Gandok just like me but this truth is not known by many and is presented in such a rude way."

Yeon cries, and so does others. The screen at the back suddenly turns on and shows some photos of the unfortunate incident with blood and cut hands and flesh spread around and the collapsed mine entrance.

The journalists presented their sniffles, the same was the condition of the people around watching this live. Yeon wipes his tears. He is offered the water but he declines.

"This time Umbra has gone over the board. I am still haunted by the images and thus decided to hide it from the world."

His body trembles as he recalls the incident again. “I was there at that time digging the soil, trying to save lives, at least one. The dust filled my lungs and the cries filled my ears. I was there to rescue them not kill them. This is not how envisioned my project to be. The pain I felt, no one can understand.” Yeon sheds more tears.

 

 

 

The host quickly uncaps the bottle for him. Yeon drinks the water glancing at the people wiping their tears. He looks down and continues.

“I was scared to contact families and inform them. I did wrong, I became a coward and provided them aid and walked away. I was not stable at that time. My dream to help people crashed so badly but my father helped me in having that lost hope again. I moved on and tried my best to provide you with all the best I could."

"Still, my friends betrayed me and did things behind my back. Every day I wonder if I have people to rely on. You at least have someone to trust, rely on, and show your anger to, but here in this position, I am alone. I am put under investigation on the matters I have no hand in." Yeon glances at Jeongguk.

"I am not complaining as I liked each minute of my serving Gandok and this I will prove to you all soon enough. The ones protesting against me are unaware of my methods of protecting them. It is all for your benefit." 

"I will catch the people behind Umbra and bring their truth to you.”

Yeon becomes quiet. Jin glances at Yeon and then looks back at the people. Both he and Jeongguk were surprised with this act but they showed no reaction on the face. Right now they wanted to calm the situation rather than escalate it.

The hall turns into silence. The host then clears his throat and asks the journalist to put up their questions one by one. They raise their hands. He asks one to stand up. The woman journalist sniffles, and clearing her throat she gets up to speak.

“We believe in whatever the Leader says." The lady pauses, giving a pitiful gaze to Yeon, then taking a deep breath she turns her attention towards Jeongguk and in a hostile look she asks her question.

"But we want to know what progress our General has made in finding Umbra?”

Taehyung wanted to applause for these people. He chuckles. Then he leaned back again on the wall while his eyes trained on Jeongguk.

Jeongguk remains quiet for a few seconds and then speaks strictly. “Telling you details means ruining our hard work of months. We are moving on a good pace is all I would say.”

The journalist becomes embarrassed. “Can we at least know how much time will it take till we get to see the end of all this?”

“It won’t take long,” Jeongguk answers, making her quiet.

Another journalist rises and asks his question. He seemed to be full of confidence and in a booming tone asked, “Was not the investigation of the accident of mine under your team? How were you unable to find evidence while Umbra had it? Are they more capable than you?” 

Jin felt awkward with the question, looking at this person in disbelief. Jeon's family has always looked after the security of the Gandok but this and many other special cases were taken under Solace in the leadership of Yeon's father. This fact is not known to all.

Jeon was the only cover while the pages were filled with Solace. Yeon however, still seemed unbothered and waited for Jeongguk to answer. He from time to time sips water and stares blankly at one spot.

Jeongguk raises his eyes and meets the gaze of the reporter. The journalist shivers but tries to stand strong. “You are comparing me to a whole organization that in itself answers your question.”

Taehyung smiles upon hearing his answer. He glances at the Moon Goddess, and she smiles. “Yeon showed his tears so the target is your mate. Quite interesting to watch.” Taehyung however didn’t feel the same.

He was still afraid of some hidden danger lurking over Jeongguk. This press conference is done to check on Jeongguk and his motives. Taehyung glances at Jin and Yeon, his eyes staring at the man for a long.

He becomes somber upon looking at the leader. He knows what he has to do. He has to get that information from Hoseok as soon as possible. Taehyung excuses himself from there and makes a call to Hoseok.

Jeongguk on the other side was still answering the questions of the press. They were pressurizing him to give details of the investigation or his suspects. Jeongguk didn’t reveal a thing. He is the leader of the base and the second pillar for a reason.

The defeated press then asked Jin about his approach in all this. Jin gave them a very simple and diplomatic answer not feeding their gossipy minds. They asked Yeon how he would clean his name and prove to them that he was not involved in any of this.

Yeon was confident. He assured them that the culprit would soon come out in the open for them. The conference is over after an hour. 

It was quite a dramatic conference and several clips were played again and again by the media and debates started on the outcome of the much-awaited conference.

The employees go back to their work, surprised by what they see and hear. There was silence on the streets and for a while people were just processing all the information.

Meanwhile, the officers met up to discuss further actions. Jeongguk and Yeon discussed together and roles were assigned to each of the people regarding the law and regulations to follow during this time.

Jeongguk led the meeting of his people separately and then dismissed them all. While on the way he meets Yeon talking to Ella. 

He greets Ella. The alpha lady looks at him hesitantly, then greets him with a small smile. She doesn't stay for long and takes a leave making a reason.

"How are feeling now Uncle?" Jeongguk asks.

Yeon feels a bit embarrassed but covers it up. "I don't know what took over me, days of tension and thoughts came out as tears." He reasons for his actions. He then asks Jeongguk.

“You said you would reopen the mine case. Do you doubt the investigation?”

“Don’t you?” Jeongguk asks Yeon. 

Yeon sighs. He glances around. “You are not as your forefathers. They knew when to back off.” Jeongguk looks at Yeon sharply.

Yeon changes his tone. “I have no grudge against you. I wanted to make you my son-in-law. I am only thinking of your best. The things you are involving yourself in can be dangerous.”

“Who else is more powerful than you and me here?” Jeongguk asks directly. Yeon opens his mouth and then closes it thinking of something. He checks Jeongguk.

“I know that is why I want you to be aware. Overconfidence can be lethal.” Yeon says in a fatherly tone, patting Jeongguk’s shoulder.

Jeongguk meets Yeon’s gaze, nods slowly, and bows to take his leave. Yeon watches him depart with an unreadable expression. He wanted to take this man down, but he was not a fool, any wrong move and decision taken in fury from his side could lead to the suspicion on him. 

He could only bite back his anger and wait for the right moment to dig this person’s grave.

Notes:

Sorry for the delay 🥺

Chapter 47: The unexpected date

Summary:

Taehyung goes on a date.

People forget and forgive easily, especially those matters that do not concern them directly. Like here in the Gandok, they started to get back to their lives and act normal. They forgot about the omegas locked up in unknown circumstances they might be facing.

No one other than the families of the omegas cared about it. They resumed their work and got busy with daily life activities. Not everyone can sit still when they have a family to feed and bills to pay. A few days of protest evaporated into nothing.

Taehyung has, however, not forgotten his aim. He wanted to go to the office like usual and get busy with work, submit his article, irritate Jimin for no reason, and get immersed in writing provocative articles. 

There are not many days left of his internship here. He wanted to use these days to explore books and articles and make this internship memorable for him as well as this head office.

This is what he had in mind until Moon Goddess appeared out of nowhere and sat on the desk where he was working. She looked and acted different today and started telling Taehyung about a tale.

Taehyung was beyond confused. He had no idea why he was listening to this kindergarten story.

“So then the Prince went in search of his one true love and left no stone unturned. He looked everywhere around the city, talked to every girl suitable to be his partner, but she was nowhere to be seen.” Moon Goddess narrates expressively.

Taehyung tried to be attentive and listened to the story, but near the end of it, he started to doze off listening to this long and exaggerated love tale. 

The Moon Goddess flicks his forehead. She looks at him with disappointment and continues, “And then when he got tired and was losing hope to find one, he saw a beautiful lady sitting by the riverside humming a song.”

Taehyung licks his lips, bored to the extreme. However, he entertains her, saying a “Wow.” dryly. He picks up his phone to check notifications. 

“She is a witch, one of the guards said.” The Moon Goddess continues. This time she scares him, shouting the words near his ear. 

Taehyung who had almost jumped from his seat and was holding his chest at the moment, rubs his ear and looks up at the Moon Goddess, exhausted more than the Prince himself.

“Does the story go like this- The prince still believed in the witch and after many hardships, both lived happily ever after,” Taehyung asks, yawning.

He interestingly finds a crease appear between the brows of the Moon Goddess. She silently stares at him. “Have you heard the story before?” She asks curiously.

Taehyung smiles. “It is predictable. Humans always hope for happiness ever after and survive through struggle by that hope.”

Moon Goddess smiles brightly upon hearing this. She leans down and pinches Taehyung’s cheeks. “Such a wise son I have. Then I will listen to more stories from the children and come back to you. You have to understand love to feel it.”

Before Taehyung can stop her, she disappears. Taehyung glances at the team looking at him. Fred glances around in horror. “Whom were you talking to?” He asks, trembling.

Taehyung laughs dryly, “I…myself…I lost a very interesting page.” The team looks at him skeptically and then goes back to their work, not minding him. They were already exhausted and had dark circles with the amount of work put on them.

Taehyung brushes his fingers through his hair, embarrassed at himself. He takes a deep breath to get back to work, then realizes what Moon Goddess said in the last. 

He rubs his nose with his thumb. "Who needs to study about love? We both are romantic." Taehyung thinks proudly.  

His finger halts as he receives a text from Jeongguk asking him to come to the office immediately. 

Taehyung stares at the mobile. He looks at each word like a preschool kid who has seen letters for the first time. He reads each word slowly and loudly, unable to believe his eyes. 

Then falls back on the chair, defeated, staring at the wall blankly, wondering whose face he saw early in the morning, cursing his luck.

Finally, he responds and gets up immediately, making the others present in the room wince at his action. Without giving any clarification of his actions, he leaves the room instantly. 

The team stares at the closed door and then passes a glance at each other. They shrug and resume their work. They were now getting used to his weird behavior.

Taehyung stands in front of the door. He takes a deep breath and pushes the door. As he enters, he sees Jeongguk sitting in his seat and reading something. He closes the door behind him slowly and takes a few steps in.

“Welcome Mr….Oh! It is the alpha Kim who is recently a topic of the gossip for courting our dear Mr. Jimin Ji.” The AI greets him in a very special way. 

Taehyung stumbles on his own steps upon hearing the comment. He balances himself just in time and passes a glare at the AI. 

Jeongguk looks up from the document and closes the file. He passes the folder to Mr. Han. 

“I will check the other files on the way.” He says.

It is at that moment that Taehyung registers the presence of another man in the room. This makes him even more embarrassed. He greets Jeongguk and Mr. Han.

Mr. Han reciprocates and quickly exits the room. Taehyung shifts his gaze back to Jeongguk. The true blood has been silently watching him.

“Come here.” He calls.

Taehyung hesitantly takes a few steps, “I can explain.” He says, surrendering.

Jeongguk raises his brow and then gets up. Closing his coat buttons, he takes slow steps towards Taehyung. 

“Explain what?” He asks, somewhat in a good mood.

“The rumor…” Taehyung answers. He watches as Jeongguk stops in his tracks, then leaning on the desk, he gestures to Taehyung to continue.

Taehyung gulps, shifting on his legs. He looks around, suddenly feeling like a twelve-year-old who is punished for causing trouble. He clenches his fist and speaks up. 

“I was just trying to stay away, and Jimin happened to be around each time by coincidence...I thought it through and knew if I took these steps it would be easy for me, but that Jimin...He has to ruin it..." Taehyung clenches his fist, thinking about the situation.

In a moment of frustration, his tongue slips. "It is your fault also for walking around the office for the entire week. How could I have failed to avoid you if not for this?”

Jeongguk wanted to keep a straight face but could not hold it for long. He hides his smile and meets Taehyung’s gaze. “My fault?” He asks, getting up, acting solemn.

Taehyung pauses. The earlier frustrated expressions change to that of horror. He now registers his words and steps back as Jeongguk moves closer. The amusement in the true blood's eyes is evident.

Taehyung, however, feels like this is the calm before the storm. He is pressured into thinking of how to clear things. 

It is not his fault. This has never happened to him. He had been used to hearing Jeongguk’s name with other people since childhood but never once let any other name be attached to him other than this man.

“I…that…you…” He tries to think of how to begin. Jeongguk waits, then takes another step closer. 

Taehyung freezes as Jeongguk stops. He slowly looks up in surprise. His eyes turn round and big, noticing how close they are. 

He gulps, meeting the true-blood eyes. His body starts to go crazy again as the scent reaches his senses and engulfs him.

His heart starts to beat louder, and a shiver spreads through his every cell. Jeongguk smiles and continues to torture him. “You what?”

Taehyung’s head spins. He wants to make an excuse, but his tongue blurts the truth. “It is because of you that I am feeling this way. My heart and mind are not listening to me.” 

Jeongguk pauses upon hearing it, and so does Taehyung. Both look at each other silently. This awkward silence felt too stretched for Taehyung's liking. 

“I am glad then,” Jeongguk replies, surprising Taehyung. 

Taehyung gapes at the red orbs, his stomach doing some weird flips with this simple sentence. 

Their closeness was comfortable, still, there was an itch to touch each other.

Jeongguk wanted to reach out and hold his mate. He controls himself and takes a step back, clearing his throat. “If you were trying to make me jealous...It may have worked a bit." His every word was painfully slow and clear making Taehyung's mind go crazy and float in giddiness.

The Cupid in Taehyung's heart was playing the trumpet and doing a weird booty dance.

Taehyung was stupefied. He looks at this grown man and wonders what is wrong with him today. Jeongguk waits for his response.

Taehyung pushes away the Cupid in his heart and hesitantly answers. "It is good...good then?"

Jeongguk finds this answer satisfactory and nods. "Then in that case I wanted to ask you something.”

This time he looked a bit nervous. Taehyung scrunched his brow and nodded. Jeongguk's somber gaze pierces him as he asks, “Have you eaten yet?”

Taehyung's head spins, not able to follow Jeongguk. Where does that come from? He, however, answers, “No.”

Jeongguk nods, feeling relieved, then holds his hand, taking him out of the room. “We are going to eat together.” He replies.

Mr. Han, waiting outside, sees the two come out and bow to them. “The reservations are made, and the car is ready.” He quickly relays.

Jeongguk thanks him. Mr. Han opens his mouth as if to add something. His hand moves to stop Jeongguk. The true blood looks at him questioningly. 

The poor assistant quickly changes his mind and steps back. He shakes his head, and bows to him. 

Mr. Han gives a quick, pitiful glance to Taehyung as Jeongguk takes Taehyung to the elevator.

With the ding of the elevator, Taehyung realizes what is happening. He turns red and looks the other way, his hand still held by Jeongguk. 

The true blood also gulps down his nervousness and tries to breathe slowly to calm himself down. He has never asked somebody out and had no idea how to do it in a way to not look like an order.

They reach to the car and settle down. As the car moves, Taehyung turns to check Jeongguk. He was surprised by the events. 

He was still unsure if this was true, and looking at the man next to him, a giddy feeling arose in his stomach. 

Taehyung looks away. He chews on his thumbnail as the exciting things that could happen on the lunch date fill his mind.

The Cupid in his mind comes with several templates. Taehyung checks each of them. Just the thought of Jeongguk serving him food, smiling at him, and talking about love, makes his heart flutter. Taehyung giggles, feeling shy. He hides his face in anticipation.

Jeongguk steals a glimpse at Taehyung. Finding him happy, he relaxes and feels proud of his decision. They were both in a good mood.

Taehyung's imagination was becoming more refined with each passing second.

He was thinking of how he would act and how Jeongguk would respond to those situations. Does he have to act sophisticated like his mother tells him, or like the rebellious one, or like his brother? He thinks of Jeongguk feeding him, and that causes an itch in his heart, and his stomach gets butterflies.

Taehyung also thinks of holding hands, taking photos, and making Jeongguk crazy with his charm.

The car stops at the destination. Taehyung happily looks up at the venue, and his grin slowly fades, turning into horror. 

The guard opens the door for him to come out, but Taehyung seems unwilling to move. 

His heterochromatic eyes are fixed on the board and scans the place that does not have any resemblance to a diner. 

The sense of betrayal washes over him. The Cupid is thrown away to infinity as he reads the signboard 'Martial arts training center'.

Taehyung aggressively looks for Jeongguk. The true blood alpha seemed to be excited. He turns to Taehyung and smiles, giving his hand to hold onto. 

Taehyung glares at the clean, beautiful hand. He wanted to claw that hand, leaving red bloody marks.

He stares at Jeongguk unhappily and gets out of the car. Jeongguk smiles. “Excited?” He had to ask.

“Why are we here?” Taehyung asks, deflated.

“To see your strength and a small training for you,” Jeongguk states the obvious.

Taehyung thinks of the time the Moon Goddess narrated the love tale. He cries internally. He is not the one who needs that lesson. It is his mate.

He walks with Jeongguk inside as the old master comes to greet them and bows to the two. “General Jeon. Second young master Kim. It is an honor to meet you.”

Taehyung and Jeongguk bow to him and follow him while the trainer tells them about the masters the place has given and how they train all groups regardless of their ranks. He shows the place around.

Taehyung was not very excited at first, but Jeongguk holding his hand throughout the tour kept him going. It occurred to him that they had suddenly progressed to holding hands. 

The giddiness inside returns. Cupid starts to breathe again. Taehyung feels pity for himself, finding happiness in small moments. He cries for his luck.

The bald and old-age master then takes them to a locker room. An attendant hands them the uniform. “Get dressed. We will meet in the training room.” The master says and leaves the two after bowing.

Jeongguk passes one uniform to Taehyung while taking off his coat. Taehyung stares at it. He was still clueless and upset. In the end, he asks the question that keeps bugging him.

“Why did you even ask me if I was hungry?”

Jeongguk looks at him in bewilderment. Taehyung was acting so weird. Still, Jeongguk states the apparent thing. “Empty stomach, lunchtime, it will give you a reason to fight. If you do good, we will have a good meal.” Jeongguk smiles, assuring him.

Taehyung tries to revert the smile, but it doesn’t even reach the end of his lips and appears awkwardly on display. “So thoughtful.” He grits. 

The bubbles of a romantic date burst brutally in his mind. Taehyung kicks the air and goes to change.

They were provided special service today. The place was closed to outsiders for the safety purpose. The guards were standing everywhere. Taehyung thought it was troublesome for the faculty, but the masters seemed happy with Jeongguk's arrival.

When he walked out, Jeongguk was waiting for him. He looks at Taehyung, moves closer, checks the fitting of the belt, then nods in satisfaction. 

“We have guards, but I would be much assured when you are trained enough.” Taehyung's mind was distracted by Jeongguk's collar bones and the shoulder muscles that were waving at him, peeking from the robe. 

He tries not to stare and salivate at the muscular chest. Then his eyes move down at the thin waist tightened by the belt. He gulps and slaps himself to disperse those thoughts.

Jeongguk unaware of these thoughts takes Taehyung's clothes, folds them neatly, and places them carefully in the locker next to his. He seemed to be beaming in delight.

Taehyung recalls what Jeongguk said and comments. “You are talking as if you were wanting to take me to the shooting range.”

Jeongguk looks at him in surprise and rubs his nape. “I apologize for not taking you there this time. I have only limited free time today, but I promise I will take you there on our next time to go out.”

Taehyung looked at his unromantic mate and sighed. This man could not even understand his sarcasm. Then his mind highlights the word 'next time'. The Cupid gets prepared to pick the trumpet.

Taehyung shoos him away. “I know a few things. Don’t worry.” He answers, defeated.

Jeongguk nods, holds Taehyung's hand, and walks him to the practice room. The master with several other men, all middle-aged, were waiting for them. They stood straight and bowed as they saw Jeongguk arrive.

Taehyung checks the place and the padding on the floor. He was satisfied. Though he may be upset, coming here, he suddenly felt the strange excitement of an adventure. 

Jeongguk is different. His ways of expressing care and love are also different. This man manages to stir something deep in Taehyung's heart. 

Taehyung bows to the masters and then follows Jeongguk. The true blood turns and tells him sincerely. 

“These are all well-trained masters who have taught combats to my men. They specialized in specific martial arts. You can learn a lot from them. Since today is your first day, they will just help you with basics."

"You will practice with me. The masters here are going to watch you and educate you accordingly. They are the best, so give your all.”

Taehyung didn’t hear the rest. His mind was stuck to the first sentence. “We are going to fight?” He asks excitedly, and that feeling of butterflies comes again. Jeongguk nods, taking his position. 

When young, Taehyung would accompany Jin to his training. Jeongguk and Jin practiced while he sat there and looked in awe. 

He always wanted to be the one against Jeongguk and show his caliber, but they never allowed him. After their practice sessions, Jeongguk would help him in learning the basics. He would also be present to watch the tournaments Taehyung takes part in and would scold him for mistakes he made. He was more a trainer than a sparring partner.

This time though, it is different. Taehyung's dreams are coming true. 

The master helps Taehyung to warm up and get ready. Taehyung checks up on Jeongguk who is standing there and talking with the masters. He would now and then do simple warm-ups.

As the master signals, Taehyung walks while clenching his fist and stands in a sparring stance. Jeongguk gets to his position and gestures for Taehyung to come first.

Taehyung inhales and attacks first, moving over to attack with his punch and knocking Jeongguk out with the kick, however, Jeongguk dodges his every attack easily and knocks him down in the next second on the padded floor. 

The masters clap, praising Jeongguk's skills. He barely moved from his place. “Are you still a kid? Do it again,” Jeongguk says.

He pulls Taehyung up. The alpha shrugs his sleeves and tries to attack again. Jeongguk knocks him down again, unimpressed. 

“Have you forgotten everything? Come again.” 

Taehyung grits his teeth and walks to his position to attack again. The masters and guards watch quietly. He pushes his robe angrily and tries to attack Jeongguk with a double kick. 

The problem was that Jeongguk could sense his every move, dodge it in time, and use it to his advantage. Taehyung was at a loss. He doesn't give up. The more he was losing, the more his hunger for competing increased.

He tried many more times and was scolded each time by Jeongguk. "Wrong move, come again." Jeongguk would say while pulling him up and wiping his sweat.

The true blood was not even breathless. Taehyung has tasted the floor many times. He breathes through his mouth and gasps for air. 

Jeongguk looks at him displeased. He is just standing in the position he was in the first place while Taehyung is sweating and panting.

“Is this all you got? This is the reason that the thug in the bar was able to touch you.” Jeongguk says in a reprimanding tone. 

Taehyung now understands what Jeongguk’s actual concerns are about. He looks up at Jeongguk. There was worry evident on his mate's face. His fists were clenched. He wanted to stop seeing Taehyung's condition but also wanted to teach him.

Taehyung sighs. He has practiced this as a child. For alphas belonging to the pillar families, combat training was an ancient and a must practice. They have to be trained in it. He can say he was good at it but has rusted with time.

He gets up this time without the help of Jeongguk and goes to his position. He moves his arm, closes his eyes, thinks of Jeongguk of his childhood days in the fighting stance, and changes his position. 

Jeongguk watching his every move, becomes surprised. A proud smile spreads on his lips.

The voice near Taehyung dies down and only Jeongguk appears in front of him. He looks at the distance between them and advances in a calculative move. This time he attacks aggressively but in understanding his opponent. 

Jeongguk blocks his first attack, and then the second. Taehyung throws a kick at Jeongguk's head. The true blood ducks it, sliding easily into a leg sweep, knocking Taehyung's support from under him.

Taehyung falls back. His alpha instincts charge him to move aside and is saved from Jeongguk's attack. Taehyung takes this opening as a chance to kick again. 

The fight was beautiful and interesting to watch. The masters and the guards watch in awe. There was no tension on Jeongguk's face. He was dodging every attack beautifully and smoothly.

Jeongguk moves back. Taehyung attacks, his arms and legs flying. Jeongguk blocks and dodges as many attacks as it comes.  

Taehyung attacks him again and again and manages to move closer. Jeongguk smiles as their eyes meet up close. 

From this distance, Jeongguk was very close to Taehyung. He breathes. His eyes travel to Jeongguk’s lips and then eyes.

This is noticed by the true blood and he chuckles in amusement. “Don’t get distracted.”

Jeongguk slides his leg into another clean sweep, knocking Taehyung again. He leans to hold Taehyung, but Taehyung unexpectedly gets hold of him first. 

The two lose their balance together, both losing their footing and falling on the floor. 

Taehyung shuts his eyes, getting ready for the impact, but it does not happen. Jeongguk saves him.

Jeongguk stares at his mate's face, flushed, hair sticking on the forehead by sweat. The closed eyes make Jeongguk notice how long Taehyung's eyelashes are. His mate was breathing and sticking to him like a child.

He stares at that beautiful face and breathes a sigh of relief, knowing Taehyung is fine. Each time he tackled Taehyung, he made sure the other one didn't hurt himself or fall hard.

He was afraid Taehyung would get hurt, thus he protected Taehyung and took the impact of the fall of both of them on his arms. 

Taehyung was lying caged between his arms and chest. He lets Taehyung take his time and rest there. Taehyung opens his eyes after a while.

His eyes meet Jeongguk's. He blinks seeing the true blood alpha staring at him. His hand moves instinctively and the warm palm cups Jeongguk's cheek. 

"Are you all right?" He asks breathlessly.

Jeongguk stares at his mate. He feels heaviness in his chest upon hearing those words. His chest tightens due to the sudden emotions that burst into his heart. The first thing Taehyung thinks of is him.

He felt lucky and overwhelmed with emotions. He wanted to protect his mate at all costs.

The masters applaud for the two. They praise Taehyung for managing to go this far. Jeongguk was a top-class opponent. He is a true blood alpha. It is not easy to defeat him in close combat. 

The mates realize where they are and in what position they are in. They quickly try to get up. Taehyung's face turns red as he notices all eyes on him.

Jeongguk gets up pulling him up carefully with him. They bow to the masters. The elder master then explains to Taehyung his weak points and what he has to work on first.

Taehyung listens attentively and watches as they demonstrate. After a while, the class comes to an end.

They encourage Taehyung and then take their leave while the tired alpha lies on the floor, not in the energy to get up. 

Jeongguk walks to him, squatting next to him. “You did well. You can come here anytime you want to train.” Taehyung nods, breathless. 

“Hungry?” Jeongguk asks smiling.

“Do you need to ask?” Taehyung says. 

Jeongguk chuckles, giving him a hand and dragging him to get changed.

He waits for Taehyung, meanwhile taking calls from work. Taehyung walks back to him and sees him busy on the phone talking to someone in a strict tone. 

He checks Jeongguk. While young, he never imagined how they would look when they grew up, but now that he sees Jeongguk he can say, Jeongguk grew up well.

Initially, he felt unhappy coming here, but as they practiced and he saw the way Jeongguk took care of him, Taehyung realized this was also a win-win situation for him. It was better to come here. He gets to experience the care of Jeongguk. 

The more Jeongguk acted out of the ordinary, the more longing Taehyung felt for him. He wants to suppress, but his alpha instincts want to possess this man.

Jeongguk turns and scans Taehyung. He asks the man to talk later and disconnects the phone, then takes Taehyung out for lunch.

Jeongguk excuses himself and checks some mail while on the way. Taehyung takes this chance to check on him. Though he was just sitting and doing his work. This man looked handsome and elegant. 

Taehyung stares at Jeongguk. “You never asked me before for lunch." His lips move, saying his thoughts loud.

Jeongguk turns to look at him and hums. “I never asked anyone.”

He sees the hesitation on Taehyung’s face and becomes nervous about coming too straightforward and quickly coats his words, “We are friends. I want to have lunch with you.” He painfully adds the word 'friend'.

Taehyung mutters the word 'friends' and curses himself for saying such things. He smiles awkwardly and taps the handle. 

“It is just the title. There is nothing serious about it. You can always define the relationship as you want.”

Jeongguk nods. He closes the screen of the device and slowly asks, surprising Taehyung, “So you want to change the status?” 

Taehyung chokes on his saliva and coughs upon hearing it. His face turns red. Thanks to his little luck, they reach their destination.

Chapter 48: Whispers of romance

Summary:

Taehyung and Jeongguk talks about the past.

Notes:

Happy new year everyone!!

You are the motivation, love and blessing for me. Thanks for being with me in this journey in the previous year. Please take care of me this as well as the coming years.

May you have all the happiness. 🎊😘

 

Taehyung gets out of the car immediately as the guard opens the door for him. He takes in deep breath, fanning himself. This time he smiles big to see the restaurant. 

He pinches himself, not believing that he was having lunch with Jeongguk. "It is not a dream," Taehyung says to himself as the pain shoots in.

Often at times, his old self reemerges. The young Taehyung had seen many dreams that included Jeongguk in them. As he grew old, Taehyung hid those thoughts and forgot about them with time. Jeongguk has successfully opened that treasure and is picking on his dreams one by one.

Jeongguk stops next to him, then asks politely. “Shall we go in?” 

Taehyung nods, and the two are warmly welcomed and taken to their reserved place.

Gandok has many nice and fancy diners, but there is one specific restaurant, ‘The Purple Petal’. It is quite popular among the pillars and the families of officers of high rank. 

It has been in business for years and is one of the oldest restaurants of Gandok known for its beautiful architecture, wide range of cuisine, and price.

Due to its high price of items it was mostly visited by autocrats, and slowly became a place for high-class gathering. Now it is a place where a mediocre person wishes and saves money to dine during their proposal night or a big day of their life.

The air inside exuded refined elegance. The soft glow of the chandeliers cast a beautiful pattern on the polished marble of the floor. 

The windows were adorned with velvet drapes. The tables were dressed in pristine white linen and sparkling crystal and polished silverware decorated it.

There were hushed conversations and gentle murmurs going on and classical music created an atmosphere of exclusivity. The well-appointed floral arrangements contributed to the atmosphere.

Taehyung has been here before, but this time it just felt different. The attendant takes them to their reserved place. 

As the two walk to their table, the people around stand up immediately and bow to Jeongguk. They were surprised to see him here at this hour.

Jeongguk bows to them, “You can relax and have your lunch without minding me.” He says to everyone present there.

Their eyes travel to Taehyung standing next to the General. Their shock was evident, however, out of fear of Jeongguk, they refrained from staring for long. 

To their surprise, Jeongguk holds Taehyung’s hand and takes him to their seat. Taehyung checks the interlocked hand and hesitantly glances around.

He has spotted the famous business analyst not far from them. Their eyes meet, the man bows to him, and Taehyung reciprocates. Taehyung notices that Jeongguk has not paid much attention to that person. He didn’t even glance at any of them.

The true blood was only focused on him. Taehyung feels like an itch in his heart just thinking about it.

The guards take their position, standing in places to not cause trouble to staff while their eyes quickly scan the place and people.

A waiter greets the couple and introduces himself. He then silently does his work. Mr. Han has already made the arrangements. He asked Namjoon about Taehyung's likes and arranged the menu accordingly. The restaurant was instructed beforehand about the orders.

Jeongguk and Taehyung were given the time to enjoy each other company with minimal interruption. The waiter with a smile and skilled move opens a bottle of wine and serves the two.

Taehyung and Jeongguk's eyes meet occasionally while he twirls his finger around the stem of the wine glass. Taehyung was a bit nervous to be here with Jeongguk and didn’t mind taking the help of the drink.

They sit silently, not knowing how to start the conversation. Jeongguk has formed so many sentences in mind but none seemed appropriate enough to say out loud. 

Usually, when he has such kind of dinners, it is work-related or with some officer and they would always talk about work or remain quiet. This time it is different, he is here with Taehyung and wants to have a good time.

They had so much to say and ask but did not know where to begin with. The two would just watch each other and smile from time to time. 

There were several glances passed at them and hushed murmurs reached their ears, but Jeongguk didn't pay attention to it.

Taehyung takes the initiative to break the silence. “There was one article on me, elaborating the dark side of being the descendants of pillars.” Jeongguk smiles upon hearing it. He has read it.

Taehyung continues. “The young generations become spoiled, lack knowledge and understanding, indulge in anti-social activities, crimes, and whatnot, and ultimately named me ‘pampered second-in-line’” Taehyung sips the wine.

“Today, you are dining with that ‘pampered second-in-line’ in front of so many. Are you planning to make a headline?” Taehyung’s eyes move to the analyst for a brief second, sitting not far from them, then focuses back on Jeongguk.

Jeongguk smiles lightly, picking up his glass as well. “Just pay attention to me.” He says. Taehyung pauses upon hearing the words, visibly taken aback.

It sounded so simple yet so romantic that the Cupid became lively again and played a loud trumpet, making Taehyung feel dizzy. 

He speechlessly nods. The waiter comes again and places the dishes wafting mouth-watering aroma. Taehyung glances at the dishes in surprise. They seemed to be his favorite.

His mouth opens in surprise. Jeongguk smiles, knowingly. “I would like to know and understand you more.” 

Taehyung gulps. He quickly takes another sip from the drink, not knowing how else to digest such smooth, refined lines.

The chef greets them, briefs them about the dishes, and takes his leave. Jeongguk picks the sauce and pours it on the nicely done steak and cuts a small piece.

Taehyung watches him silently, trying to frame this image in his mind. Jeongguk’s movements were precise and skillful. He pays special attention to small details.

He picks a piece in a fork and then moves it towards Taehyung to feed him. Taehyung is surprised, and his heartbeat quickens. His surprise look amuses Jeongguk. The true blood urges him to take a bite with a kind smile flashing only for him.

Taehyung gulps down his surprise and slowly leans, taking a bite, savoring this kindness and melting in the taste. His eyes shut in delight as he moans. “So good.” 

Jeongguk nods, and takes one bite. “Very.” He says lightly. The Cupid quickly starts to dance in happiness.

Taehyung feels hot all over. He was fed by Jeongguk. The thought of being fed first makes Taehyung feel giddy. He feeds himself salad to calm down his pounding heart. 

Jeongguk watches him amusedly while sipping his wine. "Cute." He adds.

Taehyung coughs upon hearing it and takes a sip of the wine quickly, emptying the glass and avoiding looking at his mate. It is dangerous to let your guard down around Jeongguk. His smooth tongue can be lethal.

Jeongguk laughs while telling him to take it slow. They relax in the environment, the food acting as a medium to calm their anxious nerves.

“Do you know the first time when we met? When you were a kid. I was awestruck by your big, cute eyes that held so much light. I was unable to make sense of anything and thought I could only see it this once.” Jeongguk glances at Taehyung, who is listening to him attentively.

“I was so wrong if only I had known, I just have to surprise you to see that brightness again. I would have done it earlier.” Jeongguk's lips remain arched in a smile as he thinks of that moment. 

Taehyung listening to him remains quiet, visibly dumbfounded. Taehyung was not aware that the little Jeongguk had that thought in mind. He has always thought that this man was unhappy and might have felt disgusted to be asked for marriage.

The Cupid becomes quiet, lying down on his stomach and drooling while saying.

 

“So smooth.”

 

Taehyung couldn’t disagree. Jeongguk looks up at Taehyung and says. “I always wanted to ask this properly but didn’t get the chance.”

He puts down the cutlery and asks. “How have you been all this time.” Taehyung’s smile slowly fades at this question.

This simple question brings with it a wave of emotions. He stares at his plate as several images flash in his mind, Jeongguk's departure, his grandfather’s funeral, the dark room, the smoky lounge with strangers, omegas. Taehyung shuts his eyes as the loud noise of those memories floods in.

He grips the fork tightly and tries to smile, “All good, like an indulged, rich brat.” He answers, trying to breathe and clear his mind. 

Jeongguk watches as Taehyung chews on the food slowly and with difficulty. He could tell that this was not the case but acts according to Taehyung's wishes. He is not in a hurry and wants Taehyung to feel at ease around him.

He shakes his head. He gets an important mail and checks it, excusing himself for a minute. 

Taehyung stares at him dazedly. He remembers seeing this man as he was going for the training, asking Jimin about his well-being, and feeling happy for his achievements in the training, watching him come back as a mature man and take over the Jeon Empire in his own hands.

Making some big and necessary changes and collaborating with Yeon on many projects, he has watched this man all along to know how he has been all this while.

Taehyung smiles bitterly thinking about it. The table had all his favorite dishes, but his appetite seemed to have become small today. 

He always hated himself for acting obsessive for someone until he realized that this man was his mate. The hatred was then targeted at Jeongguk for making him feel so many negative emotions for himself all along.

Taehyung sighs and drinks more. He is not as good as his hyungs think of him. The drink makes his mind fuzzy. He rests his head on his palm and stares at Jeongguk, saying the thoughts out loud. “I still can’t believe you are here with me.” 

Jeongguk looks up from his phone at the flushed face of Taehyung. He sees the empty bottle of wine and shakes his head. “How to make you believe?” He asks, amused.

Taehyung waves his hand. “No need, either way is fine.”

Jeongguk puts the phone aside and smiles looking at Taehyung. “Mr. Kim, are you drunk on our first date by any chance?”

Taehyung holds his chest hearing the word date, then shakes his head. “You wish. I am just admiring your handsomeness.” The heterochromatic eyes crinkle with a smile. Jeongguk feels addicted to this smile.

“Thank you. I feel honored to be admired by Second young Master Kim.”

Taehyung chuckles. He was not very drunk but was not able to keep his thoughts to himself. “I know almost everything about you. How you were doing, where you were, what you have achieved, how long you went away, your likes and dislikes..." Taehyung scoffs.

"It is scary to hear out loud...yet I did it." Jeongguk looks at him seriously as Taehyung keeps on talking. Taehyung laughs, "I don't even need to ask how you were doing...a stalker like me knew that too, but one thing kept bugging me.” Taehyung meets the curious gaze of Jeongguk.

“Did you ever think of me during your days away?” He asks.

Taehyung smiles diminishes. He had the worst time when Jeongguk was not there, the most difficult time of his life, that changed him completely. He was always curious to know this. 

Jeongguk was surprised with the question. His strong gaze remains on Taehyung as he says, “Will you remember now if I tell you?”

Taehyung nods, not knowing how else to respond. “Then I want you to remember this…I thought of you every day and was worried for your well-being.” Jeongguk says, somberly. 

Taehyung was unable to look away. He knows Jeongguk is not a person to joke around randomly. His words are true and hold seriousness. He stares at the true blood. There is an inexplicable emotion that bubbles inside him.

Taehyung looks down, blinking the tears away that were about to fall. Jeongguk was not lying when he said this, he had heard about Taehyung’s grandfather passing and knew how attached the boy was to him.

When he came to know about him isolating himself from the world, Jeongguk was not able to believe his ears. He had known Taehyung to be a straightforward and extrovert kind of person. He never shies away. 

Jeongguk was concerned for Taehyung. The Kim family was good at hiding anything about the young one. They only said that Taehyung was coping with the grief and nothing else. Jeongguk heard several rumors about Taehyung but was unsure whether to believe them.

Taehyung is always surrounded by all kinds of rumors good or bad. Therefore, Jeongguk waited for him patiently and one day he met this person, though it was not as he expected. Taehyung had changed. He turned against him and protested against him, in front of his building.

Jeongguk would watch him silently and never tell anyone to stop him. It was good this way. He can see that Taehyung is doing fine each day.

At present, the two were quiet. It was not easy for the true blood to say these thoughts aloud. “I will wait for the day when you are comfortable enough to tell me everything that is hurting you,” Jeongguk says.

Jeongguk has sensed Taehyung’s mood and had an idea of how he is feeling at present. Taehyung takes deep breaths and nods. Then rolling a pasta in the fork, he feeds Jeongguk.

“To the future?”

Jeongguk smiles and accepts it. They hear the whispers rise around them. They ignore it. Even if they were silent, the silence was comfortable. 

"I am going to get busy in the investigation," Jeongguk says.

Taehyung pauses and looks up at him. He expected this to happen. Jeongguk was serious about getting this case opened. "Do you think people care?" He asks, a bit unhappy.

Jeongguk becomes silent. Taehyung stares at the glass and continues. "No one cares about the truth. It is more than it meets the eyes." The true blood was sure that this statement of Taehyung holds depth. He knows more than meets the eye.

"You should be careful," Taehyung adds, tasting the dessert. Jeongguk watches him silently. Several questions appeared in his mind, but he was not sure to ask them right now.

"I want to know the truth. I want to understand Umbra's motives. Though I have a faint idea. I want to know its origin." Jeongguk notices Taehyung's expressions fall as he says so.

Taehyung pauses, then meeting Jeongguk's gaze, he smiles wide. "I wish you good luck...It is not Umbra you should be vigilant of." He warns, hiding his feelings behind a big smile.

Jeongguk nods slowly. He has seen that subtle change in Taehyung that he fears and is curious about. At present, he can't do much about it, but Jeongguk is sure to have an opening that will lead the light into this darkness. 

The two then eat silently. It is the first time they have talked about Umbra like this. Even during a topic like this, the two felt at ease being by each other's side.

They leave the restaurant. The ride back to the office was quiet. They were both busy in their thoughts and listening to the light music playing in the car.  

Mr. Han was waiting for Jeongguk. He wastes no time and gets to work seeing the boss arrive. Taehyung stays there letting them talk while looking out of the glass window. 

He looks down at the street where he used to participate in protest. His gaze seemed far as if thinking of something. He looks up at the city, then a smile grazes his lips.

He could see Jeongguk's reflection in the glass and stared at it. There is one thing common between him and his mate. They are both dedicated to their purpose. 

He hears Mr. Han talking about the investigation and quietly looks at the sky in contentment. The investigation against Yeon has finally begun. He just has to leave the trail for Jeongguk to catch and keep an eye on the enemy to save his people.

Taehyung then turns, a surprise evident on his face. "You are leaving."

Mr. Han pauses. Jeongguk nods. "I have to meet several people regarding the investigation and check the site."

"There is nothing left at that site." Taehyung reasons, a bit irritated. Jeongguk found this weird. He was not able to understand Taehyung’s aversion to this case.

"Still, I want to see it for myself." Jeongguk was very vague about these people and it was understandable, still, Taehyung felt a sudden uneasiness. 

Since the day he met Kayle, he has had unease. Kayle's confidence in his father's ruthlessness was a warning. 

Only he knows the truth behind everything in this case and knows how dangerous Yeon can get.

Jeongguk says something to Mr. Han and excuses himself. Mr Han leaves the room. Jeongguk could see Taehyung’s dilemma and walked slowly to his mate.

“Be good while I am not here. Don’t wander on your own.” Jeongguk instructs like an elder. “I wanted to spend some time with you before leaving.”

Taehyung remains quiet. His gaze is fixed on his mate, but no words come out of his mouth. Jeongguk checked his watch. It was time for him to leave. He looks up at Taehyung and smiles, patting his head. 

Looking around at his office once, Jeongguk turns to leave. He has taken only a step when his step pauses and a look of surprise appears on his face. Jeongguk looks back at his hand that is held by Taehyung. 

He feels like something stirs in his heart. His eyes scan Taehyung in surprise. He was not sure if Taehyung would agree to have lunch with him or spend time with him. Still, Taehyung followed his plan and made his day memorable. 

Jeongguk was happy with this small advancement. He was going to take these memories while departing. It came as a surprise when a warm grip held him. He turns looking at Taehyung in concealed happiness.

“Promise me you will take care of yourself and be wary of your surroundings,” Taehyung says in a worried tone. The concern was written all over his face. 

Jeongguk's grip tightens on the hand. The emotions hidden in his heart reveal themselves on his face, and his eyes tremble. 

He was scared that Taehyung would find it weird. He pulls Taehyung closer and embraces him, hiding his face. 

Taehyung could sense the nervousness and the loud beating of his heart. He lets Jeongguk stay like that.

“Can you tell me this each time I have to go somewhere?” Jeongguk asks hopeful.

Taehyung smiles upon hearing it and nods slowly in affirmation. Jeongguk relaxes with the answer and leans to inhale the scent. He, with much resistance parts with Taehyung.

Taehyung wanted to ask about the duration of his absence, but his words died down as he saw Jeongguk staring at him. The true blood leans in. 

Taehyung shuts his eyes, and his eyelashes tremble. He could feel the pounding of his heart and the presence of the person in front. 

Suddenly his thoughts come to a pause as the soft pads of the cold fingers touch his forehead, pushing the hairs away. He wanted to open his eyes and question Jeongguk's motives, but his question died down in his throat as soft lips pressed on his forehead. 

The gentle pressure of the lips bursts in the fire in his body. He feels a hot rush of emotions circling through his body. The lips remain there for a while then slowly move away and the fingers carefully brush the hair back on the forehead, in the end patting the head.

Jeongguk waits for a response but gets none instead just the big doe eyes keep staring at him. He couldn’t help but chuckle at the scene.

“You are making it difficult for me to leave.” He clears his throat. Then unwillingly he steps back. “I should go now.” He smiles and takes big steps to leave the room. 

Taehyung follows slowly and watches from the room as Jeongguk enters the elevator along with Mr. Han. He smiles and waves at Jeongguk as the elevator’s door closes.

He remains standing there for a while, then sighs at his situation. Taehyung was about to leave, but the sudden comment stopped him in his tracks.

“Heartbeat matching that of a running horse, temperature competing hottest region, and redness to a ripe tomato.” The AI speaks up in the silent room with only Taehyung standing there, analyzing him.

Taehyung clenches his fist and looks up. “What kind of cheap analogy is this?”

The AI hums and then answers lazily. “The answers vary according to the concerned person.”

The earlier build mood washes away and turned into a vile one. “You hate your life. Should I get into your memory, play with your data, change the algorithm, and make your boss hate you.” 

There was evilness in Taehyung’s tone and eyes making the AI quiet for a while. There was almost no sound.

Taehyung feels like the AI has been scared to malfunction. He smiles and leaves. While the door was closing, he heard a faint. “I will tell Master.”

Taehyung scoffs. “You can try.” He says loud and leaves.

 

Chapter 49: Troublemakers on the loose

Summary:

Jimin joins Taehyung and his brother for fun....

In the busy city of Gandok, the streets were bustling with people. The weather was good and though it was getting late the people still tried to enjoy the weekend and indulge in excitement.

There were many gathered at the magazine store checking the new edition of a famous magazine from Jeon's, recently published. It had made a name like always but, what attracted them more was Taehyung's article on a serious crime case that was very hard to solve. 

He has covered the case very beautifully making it the talk among people. Jeon magazines are published in two fields- the business and the crime. 

The entrepreneurs and the veterans all have the editions of these magazines in their homes. It is quite a choice among scholars studying law and business.

The article written by Taehyung's team is talked about a lot and got much praise. The criticizers also said that 'Taehyung needs to work under the General to show his real talent. His writing of those provoking articles is not better and comparable to this one.'

Of course, Taehyung doesn't agree with them and pays no heed to what others think of him. He is grateful to his team for working day and night and being able to produce a decent article.

The thing that upsets him is that Jeongguk is not there to comment on his work. Though this article is passed by the great General himself, Taehyung didn't hear Jeongguk say any words of praise to him.

Taehyung would not show it but he wanted to hear the review from the General. It has already been a week since the two went on a date and he has no idea where Jeongguk is at present. 

There has been no call or text from the true blood. Taehyung thought of asking him but refrained. He was not ready to show yet that he was missing the true blood. 

Fortunately, he got busy with Jimin for the entire week working on the magazine but once he was free, the memories of the date returned and so was the tiny bit of longing.

He sighs and walks into the noisy club looking for his brothers. He has called them there to meet. The ingredients that Hoseok asked were delivered and the information that Taehyung wanted in return was yet to be given.

He decided to meet them and talk to them personally, moreover, he wanted to drink and relax. This week was tiring and he was exhausted with work. 

Somehow their plan is made for this noisy place. The loud music and beats successfully increased the heartbeat as Taehyung walked in.

Avoiding the gazes of people around him, he walks towards his brothers. Taehyung is a beauty to behold. He can make simple clothes look elegant on him. His personality and aura are unique and attractive, with a spicy touch to it. People want to get close but are also scared to approach. His rank and status add the cherry on top. Wherever he goes, people are bound to look at him in awe.

The couple was busy talking to each other while sharing the same drink. Only Hoseok and Yoongi are the ones in Taehyung's circle who go to the club and order nonalcoholic drinks just so they can drink them using one straw. They don't refrain from showing their affection publicly.

Taehyung walks to them and pushes them apart like a brat, standing between the two. He first orders his drink and then greets them. Yoongi shakes his head already used to it. He pulls Hoseok to his side by the arm and holds him closer.

Hoseok laughs. He embraces Taehyung warmly and pats his head. He has a soft corner for this alpha and is always weak for those bright eyes.

“The last time we met in a place like this, it didn’t end well,” Yoongi says skimming around. 

Taehyung settles down on the chair next to them and sips the hard liquor. He scoffs, “Not my problem if the place allows a random thug in.”

Hoseok and Yoongi conceal their smile and raise the glass to cheer for the successful delivery of ingredients. 

“When will I get my information?” Taehyung takes this chance to ask.

Hoseok takes a sip of the drink and answers quickly, not wanting the alpha to feel that they have forgotten their deal. “It is not easy. Jeongguk’s security is quite strong. If not careful, he gets to know who and what a person is enquiring about.”

Yoongi adds smiling, “However there are a few small gaps. We will make use of it. I think he has got the information that someone is collecting an intel on him.”

“Should I be concerned?” Taehyung asks, narrowing his eyes.

This makes the couple laugh. Hoseok pats him, “Don't worry, even if he enquires, it won't come to us. We have got this.” Taehyung nods, feeling assured. He chose the two for this reason only. He knows they are reliable sources.

They drink and talk about the new changes Hoseok made in his house. Taehyung listens to them quietly, watching the two happily talking about their cohabitation. 

He admires their love and loyalty to each other. They have been together for long and have always maintained a healthy relationship. 

Hoseok was called a 'witch' during his college years for experimenting with weird ingredients and making medicines and potions out of it.

Many students used to find him spooky and stayed away due to his unique hairstyle and aloof personality. Yoongi however, was different. He found this personality of Hoseok attractive and approached him. 

Yoongi believes it is his luck that Hoseok gave him a chance to be with him and thus, he treasures every moment with this person. For him, Hoseok is really important.

Jin once told Taehyung about this and since then Taehyung has remembered this sweet love tale. Seeing the two in front of him, so much in love, Taehyung's mood turned good until he smelled a strong scent and rolled his eyes. Just then a hand pats him on the shoulder.

Taehyung doesn’t even turn to address the person. “Are you a stalker? Can't I spend a day without having to look at your insufferable face?" He asks.

He hears a small giggle and turns to look only to find an omega, beautiful and young standing next to Jimin. Taehyung wanted to stop himself but it was hard and he rolled his eyes again. He turns back and asks for another glass of drink.

Jimin chuckles, finding his every move interesting. He avoids the sharp tongue of the alpha and greets the couple sitting next to him. He then throws his arm over Taehyung and responds to the previous jab.

"I can be a stalker if you want me to.” Taehyung was ready to land a punch on his handsome face. 

The beautiful lady accompanying him glances at the people next to Jimin. Her mouth opens in surprise and her face turns red.

She had never dreamed of getting so lucky to meet these big shots. It was already her luck that Jimin appeared in the show she was modeling for and showed interest in her. She bows to them and blushes as their gazes fall on her. 

Jimin kisses her, “Babe as you can see I got a bit busy. Go enjoy the night. Daddy will pay for you. Get home safely before the curfew.” His voice was honey-dripping sweet. Taehyung gags upon hearing it. 

The smile on the girl's face wipes off. She looks hesitantly at him. There was an obvious disappointment in her eyes. She expected to spend the evening with these big shots but was pushed away as soon as they arrived at the place.

She meets the eyes of Alpha and noticing his seriousness, she shifts back and immediately leaves without a word. Jimin can be sweet and intimidating at the same time. He got this trait from a certain brother of his.

Taehyung finds it weird and tries to interrupt. "It is okay. You can leave too. Nobody wants you here." He has noticed the sadness on the girl's face. 

Jimin acts like being hurt by the words, but still, he settles down next to Taehyung, clinging to his arm. "I want to be with you today." Taehyung slaps his hand away, showing no mercy.

Hoseok and Yoongi look admiringly at Jimin. He not only has different company each time but manages to do as he wishes with his sweet tone. He is really the Prince Charming of Gandok.

“Our junior has a charm.” Hoseok smiles, his eyes crinkling.

Jimin smiles proudly. An evil glint passes through his eyes. He steals a glance at the alpha sitting next to him, his tone dragging dramatically. 

“But still there is one who beat me to it.”

The two look at him curiously. Jimin glances at Taehyung and smiles, “There is a rumor going around that the General and a certain young master of a Kim family dined together.” Taehyung coughs upon hearing it, making Jimin satisfied.

He adds with a meaningful gaze, patting Taehyung's back. “However I have high hopes for my brother.” 

Hoseok and Yoongi smile knowingly. They lean a bit to watch the changes in expression of the younger one. It is always comical to watch the two bicker back and forth on some petty issue. Often it starts with the true-blood alpha and ends with something very inconsequential.

“If that’s the case then you should believe the rumors,” Taehyung fights back.

Jimin whistles upon hearing it. “Your animosity with me is commendable. You can go to lengths to show you are close to my brother.” 

Yoongi rests on his palm and watches them in amusement as their usual bickering starts just seconds after Jimin joins in. 

Taehyung waves his hand. “Do I need to?” 

The two keep squabbling for a while then start talking about other things, forgetting the pseudo-feud they had. 

When these two were in school, there was a saying, 'If you find these alphas together, run, leave the place, hide somewhere. For if they are there then trouble will arrive soon.'

Yoongi smiles thinking of it. He was intrigued when Hoseok has told him this. At first, he was skeptical but after meeting the two that doubt flew away. He meets Hoseok's eyes. The 'witch' tells him to relax and nothing would go wrong. 

Yoongi sighs and joins the conversation. The four of them talk about Gandok and the new edition of the magazine and its success.

The alcohol worked making Taehyung's nerves calm down a bit. He felt at ease. He was feeling troubled since the morning not knowing the reason for it.

When Jimin drags him to the dance floor, he doesn't resist and lets the man take the lead.

The loud music and atmosphere make them relax. They dance moving to the beats, forgetting about anything else. 

The people around them all gape and want to cry in happiness watching the big shots in close proximity with them. Jimin is like a dream prince for many. He is very famous among omega, beta, and alpha girls.

Not far from them, a man watches the four with a dark gaze. He turns and goes to a seat in the dark, sitting next to a couple. The couple was immersed in a kiss as he sat next to them. They look at him hatefully then move away from there, clearing his view.

The mysterious man ignores them and receives a call from someone. He then picks a drink left by the couple and swallows the liquor, keeping an eye on the four.

After dancing for a while, Taehyung decides to stop. He felt hot and the place was getting crowded. Jimin felt the same. He takes Taehyung towards the counter. 

He talks to the bartender and gets several bottles of liquor. Taehyung watches him in bewilderment. His eyes stay on Jimin as the alpha mixes several drinks to make a glass of a weird multicolored solution. 

Jimin makes Taehyung have it. Taehyung's head spins, and he shakes his head, trying to put off the drowsiness. Jimin smiles watching it.

“Is it good?” He asks.

Taehyung frowns looking at him. The dim and changing lights make it difficult to look at the expressions of others. The drink was bad in taste and bitter but the effect was profound.

He raises his hand and gestures an ‘okay’ sign.

Jimin laughs and tries another one. He knew he made the others work very hard throughout the week and wanted him to unwind. Though Jimin may not say it, he cares for Taehyung and notices his restlessness.

He focuses on showing his talent, a smile on his lips as he mixes the liquids. He looked very handsome. His sleeves were rolled to the elbow. The muscles were visible from the tight fit of the shirt. The veins protrude in the arm as he moves the shaker in style, acting like a skilled bartender.

The ladies from the side watch him with unbatted eyes. They gulp eyeing the alpha. They could not help but moan in happiness at his moves.

“Then try this one.” He pushes another drink towards Taehyung. The alpha denies but Jimin forces the drink down his throat, laughing at the face Taehyung makes while tasting the bitterness.

Taehyung pushes Jimin away. He gets up and messily prepares a drink for Jimin to have. The two happily have shots of the poison they prepare for each other. 

Taehyung claps as Jimin quickly swallows the shots he has prepared for him in seconds. Their childlike behavior also held the charm making the alpha and beta girls watching from the side have complicated looks on their faces.

They tried so hard to be noticed by these two but were not spared a single glance. The alphas were too busy having fun with each other to pay attention to anyone else.

Even the girl that accompanied Jimin wanted to spend time with him but Jimin sent her away before the curfew time. The bar now only had alphas and betas inside.

Hoseok and Yoongi happened to meet a friend and accompanied them to a drink. When they saw these two getting so drunk an alarm rang in their mind. Their mouth was agape. 

They wanted to stop these two. Taehyung and Jimin were laughing loudly and seemed genuinely happy, this made the couple let it go for a while.

A girl sneakily tries to record the scene but is quickly blocked by the bodyguard appearing from nowhere. She jumps, scared, and walks away apologizing to him.

Jeongguk knows these two very well and has instructed his men to be on guard all the time especially when they are together. Unknown to the two, the guards perform their duties. 

The two were drunk. They even hugged each other happily after taking shots, saying something with one hand on each other's shoulder, like best buddies. Yoongi and Hoseok were surprised by this scene. They never expected to see such a scene in this life.

 A beta girl finally musters courage and walks up to them with a bright smile. "You boys seem fun. Can we girls join you?" She points at the group of girls. The girls wave at the duo.

Taehyung wanted to decline. Jimin pats his shoulders gesturing to him that he will handle it. The alpha frowns, stares at his friend leaving him for a girl, and pouts. His brothers were also nowhere to be seen. 

He huffs in annoyance. He waits there silently for Jimin to return but the Prince is too busy in showing his charm and has forgotten him. He even went to the group of girls.

This was enough for Taehyung he doesn't like betrayal. His mind starts to reel as he looks around, taking in the scene of the club. His eyes pause on the stage where an announcement is going on. 

An idea pops up in his drunk mind. Taehyung grins as he steps down from the stool and walks towards the stage. He was tipsy, making it difficult to walk straight. He somehow manages to reach the place.

He greets the person on the stage sweetly. The eyes of everyone present widened seeing this famous beauty near them. The DJ blushes catching his bright eyes and handsome face. He bends to listen to him. Taehyung asks for him to pull him up the stage.

The man happily obliges. He then hands the mic on Taehyung's request and stops the music. Taehyung clears his throat and speaks up, his velvety voice reaching every corner of the place.

"Hello everyone," He slurs a bit but tries to stand straight and act sober. "I am Taehyung..." His voice feels good to the ears, catching the attention of everyone present there. 

Jimin, Hoseok, and Yoongi all hear the familiar name, and their ears perk up. They search for him and spot him on the stage in shock.

"Today is a very special day. My dear friend Jimin is very generous, he breaks no heart, especially if it is of a girl." The crowd hoots, some even whistles. 

"He has given me the responsibility to tell you all that the party is on him. FREE BOOZE AND DRINK. WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR? GO FOR IT." Taehyung shouts excitedly.

The DJ was surprised still he pumped up people by repeating the lines with much vigor. The audience roars in excitement upon hearing it and many rush to have free drinks.

Hoseok and Yoongi watch the scene with their mouth hung open while Jimin stands there stuck in shock. He grits his teeth not knowing whether to laugh or cry.

The girls around him glance at him impressively and push themselves on him. Jimin moves away, his focus is on Taehyung. He ignores the girl looking at him with a flirtatious smile and walks towards the stage with big steps.

Taehyung waves his hand happily upon noticing him. A mischievous smile spread on his lips. 

The manager asks Jimin if he has to follow what the young master said. In Gandok, if these families say something so publicly, it holds the orders. Jimin clenches his fist, he gazes at the manager with a dark look.

The manager gulps. "I will tell them to hold it for now." Jimin belongs to the Ji family. He has quite the attitude and arrogance of the family. If something like this was openly said and he declined, then it would be a stain on his image.

He grits his teeth and says the words forcefully. "No...do as he said." He steps on the stage. 

Yoongi and Hoseok exchange a glance and Hoseok quickly dials Namjoon's number to inform Jin about this development.

They were not the only ones who became alert. The guards posted by Jeongguk also called Mr. Han to inform him about this scene.

The mysterious man also calls someone and quietly listens to what other has to say. He watches the two fools on the stage and exits from the place on the orders he receives.

Jimin takes the mic from Taehyung. He had a smile on his lips but there was fire in his eyes. He says, "I have a condition." 

Taehyung nods, not objecting to it. He was happy to watch the crowd going for free drinks. In just a minute the counter was crowded with people.

"So obedient. Then tell everyone that you love me." Jimin's evil grin makes the smile on Taehyung's face fade. He narrows his eyes.

Hoseok and Yoongi quickly walk towards the stage to stop these two from making a fool of themselves. 

Taehyung stares at Jimin's face. He silently watches him. The audience roars in excitement, enjoying the show. They cheer for Taehyung to say it.

It is not often to see these big shots acting so wild. Usually, the pillars have to maintain a public image in every place and act dignified. This is the first time they have witnessed this wilderness and the drunk crowd was enjoying it.

Jimin gives him a challenging look. During childhood whenever they used to fight their families would come and ask them to hug each other, say 'love you', and become friends.

This was the drill that they had to follow each time they fought. Jimin and Taehyung hated it. They never said this word out of their mouth. However hard the elders tried, they didn't waver. They would hug and apologize but never say they liked each other. 

Jimin remembers this and wants to take the chance to turn the tables and make Taehyung regret his actions today. Taehyung looks at him with a distant gaze.

The lights were dim and the person in front reminded him of someone. Taehyung's eyes turn round in happiness and he giggles. "Of course...I love you Ggukie hyung." He says adorably, giving a loving glance at Jimin.

Jimin stares at him with wide eyes not believing his ears. Hoseok feels like he will faint any moment if this escalates while his partner chuckles in amusement. The place becomes quiet. Everyone was confused and whispering to each other to know if what they heard was right. Everything has turned chaotic because of one person. 

Jimin opens his mouth to speak but Taehyung beats him to it.

 

 

Taehyung pouts and walks closer "Why are you not answering? Do you want me to prove it with a kiss?" Taehyung pulls Jimin closer by his collar and leans in to kiss. 

Jimin freezes on the spot, his mind not working. They were both intoxicated. He stares at the familiar face and seeing Taehyung so active takes it as a challenge to show who is the pro here. He forgets about what Taehyung said earlier and responds by leaning in.

The audience turns wild in excitement. They cheer loudly opening their cameras to record. 

Hoseok and Yoongi reach in time to pull away the two. The guards also help them in holding onto the younger ones.

The two alphas were surprised, they tried to push them away, smiling wide while glancing at the other, unaware of their actions. They stretch their hand to reach out to the other.

Hoseok and Yoongi felt tired just watching them. They give a glance and then in mutual understanding knocks the two alphas to pass out.  

Yoongi, Hoseok, and the guards sigh in relief. They have just managed to save Gandok from a catastrophe to occur.

They wipe the sweat while watching the two troublemakers sleeping soundly in their arms, reeking of alcohol.

Hoseok tries to calm his pounding heart but the call from Jin makes him curse out loud. Yoongi was right, it was not a good idea to have met here.

A distance away from this noisy and eventful place in the quiet of the big house, the loud ringing of the phone disrupts Yeon’s passionate deed. He glances at his phone and checks the caller ID. 

He purses his lips while looking down at his beloved Ovisia, sweating and panting, having a smile on her face as their eyes meet.

Without a word, he gets off from above her, the sweat glistening on their skin in the yellow light of the lamp. Ovisia glances at the ringing phone with disdain. 

She shifts to one side to let Yeon lie next to her. She is a beautiful omega, acing in looks and physique, though she is incomparable to Laia in status, that does not matter to Yeon. 

He likes to be with her, spoil her, and show his power of position and richness. Ovisia is fifteen years younger than him. It is easy to impress her than his wife who has the same standing as him.  

Above all, Yeon always feels like he is allowed to live life as he wants and with as many women as he wishes. He is the most influential person in Gandok and their leader.

Yeon was not happy with this disturbance and queries in an annoyed tone. “What is it?” The person on the line becomes alert and quickly speaks up.

“The preparations are done. We are just waiting for the orders.”

Yeon hums. Ovisia brings a lit cigar to his lips. He smiles and pulls her closer, watching as she sucks in the smoke gently, “What about the other side?” He asks the person on the line.

“We are keeping a watch. He is with his brothers and has drank a lot.” 

Yeon hums again, rubbing on the smooth arm of Ovisia. His tone lightens a bit “Let him enjoy this night, it is a perfect setup. The days ahead are full of agony for him. Do the work as instructed, leave no trace behind.”

Yeon disconnects the phone. He glances at Ovisia, taking in her features. He smiles, a glint of lust evident in his eyes. He takes the cigar from her hand and pulls her to lean on his shoulders. 

The lady smiles shyly. She is well aware of the effect she has on Yeon. She moves her fingers slowly on his naked chest, teasing him. Yeon watches it quietly. 

Ovisia notices the good mood of this person and takes this chance to talk to him.

“Your son doesn’t like his present school. Should we get him transferred to the school where your daughter got her education?”

Yeon's grip tightens on her arm however, he remains silent. She gets anxious, still courageously acts, and pouts, her tone turning softer. 

“He is teased by his classmates. They say he doesn’t deserve to be born.”

“He is no better than my other son. My daughter is the only one who has the true blood of the Ji family running in her. A total waste these two are.” Yeon mutters. Ovisia grits her teeth at the mention of the daughter. She sits up.

"With a little guidance, he will improve." She insists.

"What they say is truth. He can never take Ella's place." Yeon meets Ovisia's eyes, and his pheromones spike making Ovisia shiver. She quickly submits.

“I never dreamt of it. I know I am no more than a mistress warming your bed. I better leave now.” She says, pushing her hair and about to leave but halts as Yeon touches her. 

His heated gaze falls on her pale back and slides his hand down on it. “I am still ready to make another one.” He smiles with a dark look in his eyes. 

She looks at him in surprise and yelps as is pushed back on the bed. Yeon looks at her with a dark, lustful gaze. He has fallen in love with her and could not think of separating himself from her.

Ovisia knows the reason behind this gaze. Yeon always gets like this when he is excited or angry. She feels satisfied inside and excitement bubbles in her eyes. 

“I will get him transferred to that school.” He acquiesce to the request. Yeon puts the cigar to the side and blows the smoke on Ovisia’s neck, she wriggles happily. Then pulls him closer.

For her, it is fine this way as long as her wishes are fulfilled. “We should continue to where we left off.” 

Chapter 50: The perilous trap

Summary:

Jeongguk works on the case but things don't go well.

 

Jeongguk peruses the document presented to him by his assistant with visible fatigue. A pattern of disappointment has been emerging over the past week. The document in question is yet another instance of this routine.

Jeongguk and his team have encountered significant obstacles in their efforts to make progress on the case. One of the primary challenges stems from the lack of communication from the miners involved in the project. 

Specifically, no contact was made with their families, nor have any updates been provided regarding their whereabouts or the conditions within the mine. 

This lack of information has hindered the team's ability to effectively investigate the matter and determine the appropriate course of action. 

Jeongguk has retained the services of a highly skilled detective and his associate to investigate the matter at hand. Maythan Park, a young man known for his exceptional abilities, has a proven track record of successfully resolving cases. By engaging Maythan's services, Jeongguk has demonstrated his commitment to fulfilling his obligations.

The detective met with individuals involved in the case and provided funding. The outcome was disappointing, revealing deceit. Some claimed memory loss, while others were distressed. The lack of transparency and honesty undermined the investigation and hampered the detective's search for truth.

Jeongguk was presented with a report that notified him of the investigation's fruitless outcome. Although he had anticipated such a result, the tangible realization of it was disheartening. He let out a sigh and rested his head on the chair, weighed down by the gravity of the situation.

He asks, "Have you taken care of the work I gave you?" Mr. Han quickly nods and replies with a "Yes".

“The work is underway. The detective and the experts are monitoring the situation. No media interference."

Jeongguk nods. Mr. Han retrieves a small piece of paper from his pocket and presents it to his boss, stating, “Mr. Park instructed me to deliver this to you exclusively.”

Jeongguk adopts an upright position and accepts the paper. He reads the ciphered content and exhibits a slight smile.

Upon pressing a button, a uniformed man promptly enters Jeongguk's office and renders a salute. Jeongguk hands him a file and instructs the officer, "Pass this file to the Colonel and direct him to adhere to the orders in my absence."

The man pauses briefly, blinks, and then bows in surprise. He salutes again and leaves.

Jeongguk announces to Mr. Han that they will be departing for Gandok. He stands up and Mr. Han follows suit, taking out his phone to make the necessary arrangements.

Jeongguk had anticipated a lack of progress in the investigation and had made plans to revisit the mine in Gandok. Due to some necessary preparations that needed to be made, Jeongguk had not previously initiated the excavation of the site. Nevertheless, he had decided to proceed with the excavation to potentially uncover new evidence.

Having been informed by Mr. Han that the excavation has undergone progress, it is the ripe time to visit the site in question. Jeongguk feels soured because Umbra appears to be ahead of them in this case, possessing a wealth of knowledge that Jeongguk and his team are unable to obtain. It is as if Umbra wields a kind of sorcery in this regard.

The accusations leveled against the Leader suggest that Umbra was aware of their position. Such allegations imply that the accusers have evidence to support their claims. Jeongguk, however, refrains from denying the possibility of a potential bluff. 

He can only ascertain the honesty of the claims once he has resolved the case or obtained sufficient evidence to shed light on the truth behind the accident.

Jeongguk and his small team were secretive about a crucial piece of information. They knew that the site they were investigating held some vital clues that pointed towards the fire being a deliberate act, not a natural disaster. 

As the investigation continued, Jeongguk's detective uncovered yet another piece of evidence as written in the paper. Jeongguk took out the paper and tossed it into the fireplace, watching it turn to ash in front of his eyes.

“Inform me when the car arrives.” He says to Mr. Han and retires to his room.

Mr. Han nods and proceeds to attend to his tasks. With their departure in a short while, he had to pack numerous essential items within the limited time frame. While engrossed in his work, his phone began to ring. He promptly checked the number displayed on the screen and narrowed his eyes in contemplation before answering the call.

He becomes startled upon hearing the voice on the other end of the phone. He shifts his attention towards the entrance of Jeongguk’s room and instructs, “Be vigilant and prevent any potential troubles. Inform me immediately if anything happens.”

Mr. Han observes intently at his cellular device. He has put the guards on the responsibility of monitoring the two troublemakers in the absence of the true blood alpha from Gandok. He didn’t expect the need to occur.

The assistant hesitates and considers whether to inform Jeongguk. However, after recalling the tired expression on the true blood alpha's face, he decides to wait for now.

Jeongguk was in the middle of a deep slumber when his phone began to ring, disrupting his peaceful rest. He attempted to disregard the call but the incessant ringing of the phone persisted causing him to feel increasingly irked. 

Ultimately, he conceded and checked the phone. It displayed an unknown number. He answered the call with a tone of agitation and exhaustion.

“Who is it?” He asks.

The person on the other end sounded scared upon hearing the tone and it took a while for them to answer. Subsequently, a female voice speaks up. “Hello.”

Jeongguk maintained a focused gaze as he awaited the woman's statement. “I… my apologies for disturbing you. I am Ren….General…I heard that you are enquiring from the relatives of the victims of the 'mine case'. I have something to tell you.”

Jeongguk's silence created a sense of unease in the lady. “I regret that I can't share the details on the call...but…please try to place your trust in me…it is about my fiancée…if you want to learn more, we must meet.”

"May I inquire as to how you obtained my contact information?" Jeongguk inquires with an even tone.

The woman appears to be quite distressed as she speaks, "I'm so sorry." She continues to repeat her apologies to him. "I had acquired it from a patron of mine. I serve as a hostess at the Emerald Club."

“Why now? May I request further details regarding the motivation behind your current desire to offer assistance?” 

"If I don't act now, Liam will never receive justice. We spoke before the accident and I know the horrors he faced. I can only share this information in person."

Jeongguk acknowledges her and says, 'I will send my men...'. However, the lady interjects him halting him mid-sentence.

"No, I trust only you with this information. Please meet me at the club and ask for me as the hostess."

"May I ask if you are aware of the identity of the person you are speaking with?"

"I apologize but my life is at risk, and this is the only viable option," she uttered before abruptly severing the connection. Jeongguk is aware of the fact that the individual bearing the name Liam was among those in attendance at the mining calamity. Nevertheless, the matter is shrouded in suspicion, and no leads are forthcoming, hence, this opportunity must be seized.

He decides to meet this woman. He gets up checking the time. He has already delayed his schedule. He walks out of the room and glances at his assistant. The assistant was pacing around and looked tense. 

Jeongguk notices that his assistant is worried and asks him about the reason for his concern. The assistant became alert and after thinking for a moment, he informed Jeongguk about the news he had received. 

To say that Jeongguk was shocked would be an understatement. He quickly asks the assistant to call the guards and gather any new information about the situation.

The guard on the other end of the phone call spoke hesitantly, informing Jeongguk that the two troublemakers were drunk and drawing attention from the people around them. Jeongguk checked his watch and waited for the guard to continue speaking, but the loud noise made it difficult to hear.

Jeongguk's ears perk up as he hears Jimin's voice. He approaches the phone to listen to what Jimin is saying, and his eyes narrow at Jimin's request. Mr. Han stands nearby, afraid to make any noise and disturb the alpha. The tension in the air is palpable.

The two could hear the cheering from the crowd, and then Jeongguk's ears caught the light but deep voice stating in amusement, "Of course I love you Ggukie Hyung."

Jeongguk's heartbeat quickens with anticipation as he listens to Taehyung's response on the phone. His eyes widen with excitement as he hears the words that fill him with pride. The thump of his heart grows louder, and he feels a rush of adrenaline coursing through his veins. With his chest swelling with joy, he takes a deep breath and exhales slowly, savoring the moment.

Mr. Han notices Jeongguk's reaction and sighs internally in relief. He was afraid the situation would get out of hand.

He still asks if he has to take charge of the situation because the phone was disconnected. Jeongguk appears to be in a good mood and waves his hand. “No need, let that troublemaker and his bother handle it. I don't object to the possibility of others becoming aware of our relationship...provided that is what he desires.”

Mr. Han found himself rendered speechless and in a state of surprise as he gazed upon the alpha. However, the sound of his alarm ringing on his mobile device jolted him back to the present moment. Swiftly and efficiently, he summoned the attendant to collect his luggage and transport it to his vehicle. It was time for them to depart.

The two settle in the car. Jeongguk lightly brushes his reddened ear as he reminisces about Taehyung's sweet-sounding tone. Despite his efforts to appear dispassionate, a smile lingers on his lips. He finds himself unable to fully concentrate on the report before him and buries his face in the document, savoring the contentment he feels and experiencing a sudden longing for his significant other.

The detective calls him early in the morning enquiring if he has reached Gandok. Jeongguk has asked the detective to join him in the private club he has put an appointment in. The detective is surprised. Everybody knows about this club nonetheless, he nods. 

Jeongguk wanted to inform Taehyung of his return but first, he wanted to meet that lady and look for the information. He has slept while on the way, thus wastes no time and quickly asks to depart for the Emerald Club.

Jeongguk walks towards the club with his assistant and guards. The Emerald Club is a distinguished establishment located in Gandok, frequented by senior officials who are granted exclusive membership privileges.  

This venue is renowned for hosting a select clientele, comprising esteemed individuals from various sectors. However, amidst its prestige, the club is also shrouded in speculation, with rumors circulating regarding both commendable and questionable activities.

As the establishment caters primarily to the high-ranking, notably the elite alphas, rumors swiftly circulate regarding its hidden depths. There is even a colloquial saying suggesting that the officials frequent the premises during moments of vulnerability, utilizing their discretion to select preferred hosts.

This place is far from being a site where an individual of Jeongguk's stature would typically venture. When Jeongguk informed the place of meeting to his assistant and the detective, their astonishment was palpable, rendering them speechless. 

Externally, this club emanates an aura of brilliance, boasting expansive dimensions. The presence of vigilant guards and attendants stationed at every juncture, impeccably attired and exuding professionalism with pleasant smiles, imparts a sense of both hospitality and sophistication.

The ambiance of this establishment is characterized by a distinctive scent that infuses a sense of serenity upon entering. Patrons frequent this venue for socializing and leisure, accompanied by attentive hosts to elevate their experience. Additionally, discreet nooks and lounges offer secluded environments conducive to meetings or serene introspection.

Jeongguk requested access to one of these private rooms and the assistance of a host named Ren. Upon entering the premises, a sensation of being observed momentarily crossed his mind. Nevertheless, undeterred, he proceeded, displaying a resolve to confront potential risks head-on.

The atmosphere was permeated with soft music and lively conversation as Jeongguk made his entrance, prompting all eyes to shift in his direction. The attendant and the manager approached him with deference, offering respectful bows before efficiently escorting him to his designated area.

Jeongguk observed the interiors of the place, quickly comprehending why it held such renown. The walls and floors exuded not just elegance, but luxury of the highest order.

The manager proceeded to enlighten him about the diverse array of recreational activities offered, ranging from golf, hunting, and various sports to relaxation options such as the pool. Jeongguk's attention was momentarily drawn to the expansive pool area adjacent to the lounge.

Subsequently, he followed the manager to the designated room. "Your guest has arrived and has been comfortably accommodated in the room. Our host will attend to your requirements," the manager stated, his gaze avoiding direct contact with Jeongguk's. "Should you require additional staff to serve you, we can arrange it promptly."

Jeongguk glanced toward Mr. Han, signaling his assistant, who promptly responded, "There is no need for additional assistance; you've already done an excellent job. Please ensure we're not disturbed."

With a nod of acknowledgment, the manager withdrew from the room. Jeongguk then entered, finding himself in a spacious area overlooking the towering structure outside. Maythan stood by the window, his attention absorbed by the sight before him.

Taking in the lavish furnishings of the room, Jeongguk observed the plush seats draped in satin, inviting them to relax. Murals adorned with captivating faces and depicting sensual poses adorned the walls, interspersed with arrangements of sofas and tables.

A gentle knock resounded on the door, and upon receiving Jeongguk's assent, it swung open to reveal the entrance of the beautiful host, exuding an air of confidence as she made her way gracefully into the room. 

Her middle-aged allure was accentuated by a revealing dress that tastefully showcased her figure, leaving an impression of stunning elegance in her wake. With poise, she cast a glance at the three, then lifted her eyes at the stationed guards, emanating an aura of assuredness as she settled into the space.

She offered a respectful bow to Jeongguk. "General, I appreciate your willingness to accommodate my request," she conveyed with compliance.

Jeongguk observed her with a discerning gaze before gesturing for her to take a seat. With a gracious smile, she obliged, pouring drinks for the occupants while maintaining her attention primarily on Jeongguk, her demeanor radiating warmth and attentiveness. However, the true blood alpha refrained from indulging in the offered drink, maintaining his vigilance.

Maythan smiles as he settles into a seat beside the host. "I understand you may have information regarding Liam," he remarked casually, his tone inviting further discussion.

Ren's gaze shifted momentarily toward Jeongguk, receiving a silent nod of encouragement from the true blood alpha to continue. With a composed demeanor, she brushed her hair back, a subtle gesture of resolve, before revealing her connection to Liam.

"Liam and I shared a bond from childhood," she began, her voice steady despite the weight of her words. "Our affection for each other blossomed into love, culminating in a secret exchange of rings. We had intentions of formalizing our relationship once his current project concluded. However, unforeseen circumstances arose, disrupting our plans. Despite residing close, I found myself unable to reach him or establish contact."

Ren's expression softened with a hint of melancholy as she recounted the tumultuous period. "Liam was filled with anticipation for this project," she continued, her voice tinged with emotion. "He believed it would bring substantial rewards, allowing us to realize our shared dreams. While I harbored concerns for his safety, I endeavored to maintain hope, awaiting his eventual return."

Her recollection grew more somber as she revisited the distressing memory. "Then, one day, a call came—a call that shattered my composure. It wasn't from his familiar number, and his voice quivered with fear and desperation. I struggled to comprehend the gravity of the situation at first," she admitted a tremor coursing through her as she revisited the chilling memory.

Ren's voice quivered with emotion as she recounted the details of the call. "He expressed profound remorse, apologizing for what was to come," she recounted, her words filled with sorrow. "He warned of the true nature of the boss, describing him as dangerous, merciless, and capable of inflicting harm not only upon Liam but upon others as well. He said their fate is also like the lifeless bodies suspended from trees."

Her voice faltered as tears welled in her eyes. "And then... then came the laughter, so haunting and devoid of sanity," she continued, her distress palpable. "Amidst the laughter, his cries echoed with desperation, a plea to save him." Ren's anguish was evident as she wrestled with the memory, her heart heavy with the weight of it all.

Jeongguk and Maythan exchanged a solemn glance, their expressions reflecting the gravity of the situation. The detective, recognizing Ren's distress, offered her a glass of water and allowed her a moment to compose herself, his demeanor gentle yet resolute.

"You've provided invaluable assistance," the detective assured her, his tone firm with determination. "We will spare no effort in our pursuit of justice for Liam and those affected by this ordeal." His words carried a sense of reassurance, offering Ren a glimmer of hope amidst the darkness of uncertainty.

Jeongguk's chest tightened with a sense of foreboding, his thoughts drifting to his mate, a primal instinct urging him to ensure his safety. Glancing at the time, he directed his attention to the detective.

"Maythan, if you have something to show me, I would appreciate seeing it now," Jeongguk stated, his tone measured but urgent, his mind preoccupied with the need to address the pressing matter at hand.

Maythan hands a USB to Mr. Han. The assistant quickly uses it and walks towards Jeongguk to show the content. As the video played, capturing the dense forest scene, Jeongguk's attention sharpened, his focus intense. 

However, as the footage progressed, a palpable tension seized him, his eyes narrowing with alarm. Without hesitation, he pushed his assistant aside, his instincts alerting him to impending danger.

In a flurry of chaos, the tranquility of the room shattered as glass exploded inward, followed by abrupt bursts of gunfire. Reacting swiftly, Jeongguk sprang into action, instinctively moving to shield Ren and Mr. Han from harm. Maythan, too, sought cover, his training guiding his actions.

Amidst the chaos, a sharp pain seared through Jeongguk's skin as a dart found its mark, eliciting a hiss of discomfort. Locking his gaze on the building across from them, his senses heightened, alert to the imminent threat lurking within.

With a commanding presence, Jeongguk's eyes blazed with amber intensity as he issued his authoritative directive. "Floor 15," he intoned, his voice resonating with power and determination. In response, the guards swiftly assumed their positions, poised to defend against any further threat. Yet, despite their readiness, an eerie silence descended upon the surroundings, devoid of any movement or sound, leaving an unsettling tension lingering in the air.

As the tension eased slightly, Jeongguk quickly assessed the well-being of Mr. Han and Ren, relieved to find them relatively unscathed save for minor scratches. However, he noted the unease radiating from Maythan, whose demeanor hinted at deeper concerns.

“General, were you shot with something?” He asks. 

Jeongguk's brows furrowed in realization as Maythan's question drew his attention to his wound. Upon closer inspection, he confirmed that he had indeed been struck by a weird needle-like dart, its contents now evident in the wound.

A sense of urgency gripped him as he assessed the situation. "It seems I've been injected with something," Jeongguk admitted, his voice tight with concern. 

The realization of being targeted with a potentially harmful substance heightened the gravity of the situation.

Mr. Han looks in dread at the wound. He was about to call for help when the guards started to fire making Ren shout a cry of fear. They duck their heads down. 

Jeongguk quickly assessed their options, knowing they were at a disadvantage with the assailants aware of their location.

As a sharp pain surged through his body, Jeongguk's breathing grew labored, his senses reeling from the effects of the injected substance. Maythan's concerned gaze darted towards him, registering the urgency of the situation.

"It's futile to retaliate in your current state," Maythan urged, his voice laced with urgency. "Your pheromones are spiking. You pose a risk to everyone here. You need to leave—now." The gravity of his words underscored the imminent danger, compelling Jeongguk to heed the urgent call for retreat. 

Witnessing Ren's condition as she was unable to breathe, Jeongguk clenched his fist. His protective instincts kicked into overdrive. With a firm resolve, he issued a commanding order to his guards amidst the chaos.

"Escort them to safety immediately," he barked, his voice cutting through the turmoil. "Guard them. Get them out of here—now!" His urgency underscored the gravity of the situation, compelling the guards to act swiftly to ensure the safety of Ren and Mr. Han.

Maythan wants to stay but Jeongguk shouts for him to leave too. The place becomes quiet with only him in that room. The loud noise of the wind reaches his ear. He breathes heavily and looks at the sky. His eyes start to grow heavy and pulsation increases.

As the door swung open, admitting the chaotic sounds of people coughing and scrambling for safety, Jeongguk's senses were overwhelmed by the cacophony. The effects of the injected potion intensified his already excruciating pain, unleashing his primal instincts in a torrent of uncontrollable urges.

Curses escaped his lips as he grappled with the overwhelming agony, his mind clouded by the intensity of his rut. Every fiber of his being screamed in torment, the relentless waves of pain threatening to consume him entirely. In the grip of his primal instincts, Jeongguk fought to maintain a semblance of control, knowing that succumbing to the primal urges within could have dire consequences for those around him.

As Jeongguk's animalistic instincts surged to the forefront, his body ignited with primal heat, his senses sharpening with an insatiable hunger. The intoxicating scent of the omegas in the air drew him like a moth to flame, igniting a primal desire to dominate and conquer.

With a guttural growl rumbling from deep within, Jeongguk's instincts commanded him to eliminate any perceived threat and claim dominance over all who dared challenge him. His predatory gaze swept the surroundings, his desire to feast on the omegas driving him forward with an unstoppable force.

In the grip of his rut-induced frenzy, Jeongguk's primal instincts reigned supreme, dictating his every move as he sought to satisfy his insatiable hunger and assert his dominance over all who crossed his path.

In the grip of his uncontrollable instincts, Jeongguk's struggles intensified as he poured water over himself in a desperate attempt to quell the rising tide of desire. But the primal urges raging within him remained unyielding, driving him forward with an overwhelming force.

With a growl of frustration, he fought against the relentless pull of his instincts, his body trembling with the effort to maintain control. Every fiber of his being yearned for his mate, Taehyung, his mind consumed by a singular desire to find and claim him.

Yet, amidst the chaos of his rut-induced frenzy, a sense of helplessness engulfed Jeongguk, his cries for his mate echoing in the tumultuous air. In the grip of his primal urges, he struggled against the overwhelming desire to mate, his thoughts consumed by a desperate need for solace and salvation in the arms of his beloved Taehyung.

As Jeongguk's gaze fell upon the trembling omega, his instincts surged with an overwhelming urge to claim her as his own. The glint in his amber eyes intensified, consumed by primal desire, driving him towards the defenseless omega with single-minded determination.

Yet, as the omega's cries pierced through the haze of his desire, a moment of clarity shattered the grip of his rut-induced frenzy. Horrified by his own instincts, Jeongguk recoiled in shock, grappling with the guilt and self-loathing that consumed him in that instant.

With a desperate resolve to regain control, Jeongguk's gaze darted toward the pool, a beacon of solace amidst the chaos. Without hesitation, he fled from the scene, his every movement fueled by the urgent need to escape the grasp of his primal urges. Plunging into the cool depths of the water, Jeongguk sought refuge from the tumult of his desires, hoping to find sanctuary in the tranquility beneath the surface.

Chapter 51: Veiled love

Summary:

To the rescue.

Taehyung's eyes fluttered open to the dull throb of a headache, his temples pulsing in protest against the morning light seeping through the curtains. Before he could fully register his discomfort, a polite knock echoed through the room, followed by the butler's insistent voice urging him to come downstairs as the Young Master awaited his presence. With a resigned groan, Taehyung dragged himself upright, his muscles protesting the movement.

Ignoring the lively penguin figurine perched on the side table, engrossed in its morning news, Taehyung stumbled towards the bathroom to freshen up, hoping the cold water would wash away not only the sleep but also the throbbing ache that had settled in his head overnight.

As Taehyung made his descent down the grand staircase, he couldn't help but notice the intensity of the gazes fixed upon him. The weight of their scrutiny only served to deepen his throbbing headache, causing him to falter slightly before regaining his composure.

Jin's disdainful scoff sliced through the tense atmosphere as Taehyung finally reached the bottom step. With a nonchalant gesture, Jin tossed several photographs onto the polished surface of the table, the images stark against the elegant backdrop.

"Do you remember this?" Jin's voice carried an edge, each word dripping with accusation as he leveled a piercing gaze at his brother, demanding an explanation.

Taehyung squinted as he focused on the photographs scattered across the table. The images captured the drunken moments between him and Jimin, frozen in time with alarming clarity. A tight knot formed in his stomach as he took in the sight of them locked in a tender embrace, on the verge of a kiss.

The tension in the photograph was clear as the guards and his brothers were trying to separate them in the photographs. Taehyung feels dread, his complexion drained of color, leaving his face a pallid mask of shock and realization. The weight of the situation settled heavily upon him, each breath feeling more suffocating than the last.

Jin's dry smile held no warmth as he spoke, his words cutting through the charged air with precision. "Good that you have a conscience," he remarked, his tone laced with a hint of sarcasm. "But do you have any idea what a mess you created last night and how much trouble it took for me to clean it up?"

The weight of Jin's words bore down on Taehyung, his sense of guilt magnified by his brother's stern demeanor. A wave of remorse washed over him as he realized the extent of the chaos he had inadvertently caused, his heart sinking with each passing moment.

Taehyung's body slumped heavily onto the plush sofa, his eyes fixated on the damning photographs spread out before him. The events of the previous night replayed in his mind like a relentless tide, each memory flooding his senses with overwhelming intensity. Suddenly, amidst the chaotic whirl of images, a simple yet profound declaration echoed in his ears: "Love you, Gukkie hyung."

The weight of those words hit him like a tidal wave, stirring a tumultuous mix of emotions within him. He shut his eyes tightly as if trying to block out the flood of thoughts and feelings threatening to consume him. With a pained grimace, a curse escaped his lips, a visceral expression of his inner turmoil. His head throbbed in time with his racing heart, leaving him feeling utterly overwhelmed and lost.

Taehyung's horror-filled gaze met his brother's stern countenance, and then, with a dramatic flourish, his expression transformed, morphing into an exaggerated look of innocence. His eyes widened, and his lower lip quivered ever so slightly, a perfected facade of vulnerability that he knew had the power to soften even the hardest of hearts.

Jin, despite his resolve, felt a twinge of softness tug at his resolve as he gazed upon his brother's artfully crafted expression. The familiar pang of guilt tugged at his conscience, a reminder of the complexities of their relationship.

Meanwhile, Namjoon, ever the composed and observant assistant, couldn't help but inwardly sigh at the spectacle unfolding before him. He had witnessed this dynamic countless times before, yet each time, it never failed to stir a mix of amusement and exasperation within him.

Despite Jin's best intentions to assert authority and discipline, it seemed that Taehyung possessed an uncanny ability to effortlessly chip away at his brother's resolve, leaving behind a trail of softened determination in his wake. 

As Taehyung slid closer to his brother, a contrite expression adorning his features, he reached out to grasp Jin's arm gently. "Brother, I know I've made a mistake. Please, help me make things right," he pleaded, his voice tinged with a hint of vulnerability that tugged at Jin's heartstrings.

Jin couldn't help but feel a swell of pride as he looked down at his younger brother, who appeared genuinely remorseful for his actions. With a proud smile directed at Namjoon, as if silently declaring his victory in the ongoing battle of wills, Jin nodded in agreement, his resolve momentarily softened by Taehyung's plea for assistance.

Meanwhile, Namjoon watched the scene unfold with a mixture of amusement and resignation. Despite his best efforts to remain impartial, he couldn't help but acknowledge the undeniable power of Taehyung's persuasive charm and Jin's unconditional love for his younger brother. 

With a subtle shake of his head, Namjoon made a mental note of the unfolding dynamics, a silent observer of the intricate dance of sibling relationships within the household.

“Don’t try to play that trick. You're responsible for the sleepless nights your brother and his team spent cleaning up the mess you created. Do you not realize the importance of maintaining your image and responsibilities, especially with a mate to consider?"

Isa's scolding tone cut through the room, her disappointment palpable as she closed the magazine she had been reading. Taehyung, caught off guard by her sudden intervention, couldn't help but pout in response. "Why is he in the conversation?" he muttered under his breath, feeling slightly aggrieved by Jeongguk's inclusion in the discussion.

“Of course he will be. He might have even seen these photos.” Isa wounds him brutally.

Taehyung's nerves fluttered anxiously as he cast a wary glance at his brother, a flicker of fear betraying his otherwise composed demeanor. Sensing his younger sibling's apprehension, Jin reached out to gently pat Taehyung's head, a reassuring gesture meant to offer solace in the face of mounting tension.

"Mom, don't scare him," Jin interjected, his tone softened with a hint of protectiveness towards Taehyung. "I'll handle the situation with Jeongguk if anything happens."

Isa, observing the familial exchange with a hint of exasperation, rolled her eyes at the display of sibling dynamics. Despite her frustration, she couldn't help but acknowledge the underlying bond of support and protection that existed between the brothers, a testament to the strength of their familial ties.

Namjoon joined Isa in rolling his eyes, his expression reflecting a mix of amusement and resignation at the familiar scene playing out before him. As Isa rose from her seat, a palpable sense of disappointment hung in the air, her disappointment evident in the clicking of her tongue.

"You always take responsibility for him," Isa remarked, her tone tinged with a sense of weariness. "This time, let him deal with it. You better take rest now," she added, directing a glance of pity towards her elder son, Jin.

With a newfound resolve shining in his eyes, Taehyung rose from his seat, his determination palpable as he addressed his brother. "Brother, don't worry," he reassured, his voice steady despite the lingering nerves. "Tell me what needs to be done, and I'll take full responsibility. I'll work tirelessly until you've had the chance to rest. Consider it my way of saying thank you for always having my back."

Jin wanted to say otherwise but Isa held his hands and smiled at Taehyung “Good boy.” She says and lets Taehyung off to get ready. Namjoon's skepticism mirrored Jin's inner conflict, his gaze following Taehyung's retreating figure with a sense of apprehension. Despite their reservations, both Jin and Namjoon understood that Mama Kim's unwavering support and guidance were exactly what Taehyung needed to learn and grow from his mistakes.

As Taehyung settled into the car on his way to work, he was taken aback when the Moon Goddess suddenly materialized beside him, her presence both unexpected and enigmatic. Her solemn expression caught his attention, prompting Taehyung to offer a warm smile in greeting despite his surprise.

"Good morning," he greeted softly, his voice carrying a note of curiosity as he met the Moon Goddess's intense gaze. With a glance toward the driver, Taehyung discreetly adjusted the screen between them, ensuring that their conversation remained private and hidden from prying eyes.

Sensing the gravity of the moment, Taehyung waited for the Moon Goddess to speak, his heart fluttering with a mixture of anticipation and apprehension. He knew that her sudden appearance heralded a significant message or guidance, and he braced himself to receive whatever wisdom she had to impart.

Moon Goddess smiles lightly, “Where are you going?”

Taehyung sighs in disappointment, the morning conversations repeating in his head. “To the office. I am punished to work in place of hyung today.”

She nods slowly. “Do you know Jeongguk is in Gandok?”

Taehyung pauses digesting the news, then slowly nods. “That’s good.”

“Taehyung you have to come with me.”

"I appreciate your invitation, but I'm afraid I can't join you on the expedition right now," Taehyung replied with regret in his voice, his brow furrowing in concern. "I'm already late for work, and I can't afford to neglect my responsibilities. What's so important that you need me to come with you?"

Moon Goddess stares at him without saying a word making Taehyung anxious. “What is it? Is there anyone in danger?”

“I don’t know but you should come with me.” 

Upon hearing her ambiguous reply, Taehyung couldn't help but feel a surge of relief that there wasn't an immediate emergency. However, the Moon Goddess's persistent insistence left him feeling torn between his obligations and the mysterious call to action.

Sighing heavily, Taehyung weighed his options before finally deciding to heed the Moon Goddess's request. With a resigned nod, he instructed his driver to pull over near a nearby café, sensing the need for a moment of respite and clarity before embarking on whatever journey lay ahead.

The driver follows his orders and parks near a cafe. The guards on the other car also stop and quickly walk in front to enquire about the matter. Taehyung tells them he just wants coffee. 

The guards, though still vigilant, respected Taehyung's request and quickly sprang into action to fulfill his order. One of them noted his preference and hurried into the café to ensure that Taehyung's coffee would be ready promptly.

Taehyung then looks around and asks Moon Goddess. “One gone, three still here including the driver. How to get rid of them?”

Moon Goddess thinks of something and says. “Use the washroom?”

Taehyung gazes at her, impressed with her thought process. It was too similar to the troublemaker. “How do you know all these methods?” 

He doesn’t wait for an answer and gets out of the car. The guards become alert. With a casual demeanor, Taehyung turns toward the guards and the driver, flashing them a friendly smile.

"Hey, I'll just quickly use the washroom," Taehyung announced, gesturing toward the establishment. "I won't be long, so feel free to wait here."

The guards and the driver nodded in acknowledgment, their attention momentarily diverted by Taehyung's casual explanation. As Taehyung made his way into the café, he felt a sense of relief knowing that he had successfully created an opportunity.

Still, he was reluctantly accompanied by the guards. Taehyung entered the establishment, casting a fleeting glance at them before seizing an opportune moment to slip away unnoticed. With the Moon Goddess silently trailing behind him, they quickly made their escape, disappearing into the bustling city streets.

As they reached a secluded alleyway, Taehyung retrieved his phone and swiftly composed a message to the guard, instructing him to abandon their post and informing him of urgent matters that required his immediate attention. 

Taehyung sucked in a sharp breath, his heart racing as he anticipated the consequences of his impulsive escape. The guards' growing anxiety and frantic search for him only served to intensify his apprehension, knowing full well the repercussions that awaited him once he was inevitably found.

The mere thought of facing Jin's unavoidable disappointment and the looming specter of being grounded for his actions caused Taehyung to hiss in frustration. 

He knew he had acted recklessly, driven by the urgency of the situation and the need to follow the Moon Goddess. With a heavy sigh, Taehyung braced himself for the inevitable confrontation, steeling his resolve to accept whatever punishment awaited him with humility and contrition. 

As Taehyung turned to question the Moon Goddess about her sudden silence, he was met with a grim expression etched upon her features. His curiosity piqued, and he opened his mouth to speak, but before he could utter a single word, a sharp pang of pain pierced his chest.

Gasping in surprise, Taehyung stumbled backward, clutching at his chest as the ache intensified with each passing moment. Confusion and concern clouded his thoughts as he struggled to comprehend the sudden onset of pain, his gaze flickering between the Moon Goddess and the sky above, searching for answers in the depths of her somber expression.

Unable to ignore the intensity of the sensation coursing through him, Taehyung braced himself against the nearest wall, his breaths coming in ragged gasps as he waited for the pain to subside, his mind racing with unanswered questions and the ominous foreboding of impending danger.

As the pain in his chest intensified to a crucial level, Taehyung's grip on the Moon Goddess's hand tightened, seeking solace and support in her presence. Tears welled up in his eyes, reflecting the depth of his anguish and the urgency of his emotions.

"Jeongguk," he choked out, his voice thick with emotion as he uttered his mate's name. The mere mention of Jeongguk's name only served to exacerbate the turmoil raging within him, stirring a whirlwind of fear and concern.

With a desperate plea for guidance and reassurance, Taehyung looked to the Moon Goddess, his tear-filled eyes silently imploring her for answers in the face of uncertainty and distress.

Moon Goddess nods, confirming Taehyung's doubt. "Where is he...?" he whispered brokenly, the words catching in his throat as he struggled to articulate the depths of his fear and longing.

As the loud noise reverberated through the air, Taehyung and the Moon Goddess instinctively turned their attention toward the source, their senses heightened by the sudden urgency of the situation. With bated breath, they watched as the breaking news flashed across the screen, delivering a chilling report of chaos and danger unfolding at The Emerald Club.

Taehyung's heart clenched with fear as the anchor's words painted a grim picture of gunfire, strong pheromones making everyone nauseous and lose consciousness, and the presence of General Jeon, sending a wave of panic coursing through his veins. Without hesitation, he broke into a sprint, his mind consumed by a singular thought: to reach Jeongguk's side and ensure his safety.

With a sense of urgency gripping their every move, the Moon Goddess grasped Taehyung's hands tightly, her gaze meeting his with a mixture of concern and resolve. The chaos unfolding outside The Emerald Club, as broadcasted by the media, painted a dire picture of danger and uncertainty.

"You won't reach there in time like this," she stated firmly.

As Taehyung's eyes flickered and his form dissolved into the air, he felt a rush of energy coursing through him, propelling him forward with an otherworldly force. In the blink of an eye, he found himself standing in front of The Emerald Club, the chaos of the scene unfolding before him in stark contrast to the tranquility of moments before.

The sight of ambulances, cars, media, and panicked crowds blocking the way filled Taehyung with a sense of urgency and determination. Without hesitation, he pushed through the throng of people, his gaze scanning the crowd in search of any sign of Jeongguk or the source of the disturbance.

As Taehyung rushed inside with the speed and determination of a whirlwind, the crowd outside The Emerald Club parted like waves in his wake, their confusion evident as they watched him pass with bewildered expressions. With the Moon Goddess by his side, clearing a path for him through the chaos, Taehyung forged ahead, his senses keenly attuned to the urgency of the situation unfolding within the building.

Inside, the air crackled with tension, the echoes of chaos reverberating through the corridors as Taehyung navigated his way through the dimly lit interior. With each step forward, he remained focused on his singular goal: to find Jeongguk and ensure his safety amidst the turmoil that surrounded them.

Taehyung dashed through the chaos, his pheromones emanated a calming aura that spread through the place like a soothing balm, pacifying the frenzied atmosphere and quieting the panicked voices around him. The contrast to Jeongguk's potent pheromones was palpable, as Taehyung's presence brought a sense of tranquility and order to the chaotic scene.

Meanwhile, the media outside the club captured footage of a figure clad in a dark blue coat darting inside, their identity obscured by the distance and commotion. Despite their efforts to capture the mysterious individual on camera, they failed to recognize Taehyung as he disappeared into the depths of the club.

Inside the hall, Mr. Han's sharp eyes caught sight of Taehyung. He struggled to rise from the sofa, his head spinning with dizziness. He called out Taehyung's name in a voice laced with urgency and relief.

Taehyung's senses heightened by his purple eyes, honed in on Mr. Han's figure amidst the crowd. With a swift and purposeful stride, he made his way towards him, his heart pounding with a mixture of concern and determination. With every step forward, Taehyung remained steadfast in his resolve to confront the unknown dangers that lay ahead and ensure the safety of those he cared about most.

Taehyung strode towards Mr. Han with an air of authority, his purple eyes piercing through the tension in the room, the older man couldn't help but tremble under his commanding presence. An instinctual urge to bow down to this formidable figure washed over Mr. Han, his demeanor shifting to one of deference in response to Taehyung's dominant aura.

"Where is he?" Taehyung's voice cut through the silence, his words sharp and direct as he wasted no time in getting to the heart of the matter. 

Amidst the commotion, Taehyung's keen senses picked up the groan of the injured omega lying next to Mr. Han. With a quick glance, he noticed the guards and the famous detective standing nearby, their pale faces betraying their apprehension.

Mr. Han weakly pointed toward the gallery next to the hall, Taehyung followed his gesture, his eyes scanning the area for any sign of Jeongguk. Sensing the tension in the room and the apprehension of those around him, Taehyung took a moment to center himself, his pheromones releasing a calming wave that enveloped the space around him.

With a sense of determination radiating from him, Taehyung closed his eyes, his focus sharpening as he honed in on his instincts. In a gesture of concentration and focus, he joined his index finger.

Maythan, the famous detective, watched with mesmerization as Taehyung's actions unfolded before him, captivated by the intensity of his presence and the power he exuded. 

The calming effect of Taehyung's pheromones enveloped the room, a sense of lightness washed over everyone present, soothing their frayed nerves and restoring a semblance of tranquility to the chaotic scene. 

The omega, previously groaning in pain, now lay peacefully asleep, the tension melting away from his features as she succumbed to the calmness that surrounded him.

“Stay here, don’t let anyone enter.”

Wordlessly, Mr. Han nodded in gratitude, his expression reflecting a mixture of awe and respect for Taehyung's remarkable abilities.

Taehyung pressed forward toward the location the assistant had indicated. He felt the oppressive force of Jeongguk's pheromones bearing down on him like a suffocating weight. Each step forward was a battle against the overwhelming urge to submit. His jaw clenched in determination as he fought to maintain control.

The suppression grew stronger with each passing moment, threatening to overwhelm Taehyung's senses and bend him to Jeongguk's will. Despite the searing pain and the scratches marring his skin, Taehyung refused to yield, his resolve unwavering as he continued to scan the area for any sign of Jeongguk.

Taehyung opens the door to each room he finds in the lobby. Then his eyes travel upon the pool before him, and a flood of emotions washed over him, causing his heart to constrict with a mixture of fear, longing, and desperation. 

Tears welled up in his eyes as he beheld the serene surface of the water, his mind consumed by thoughts of Jeongguk and the possibility of finding him there.

Without a moment's hesitation, Taehyung discarded his coat in a flurry of motion, his voice echoing through the room as he called out Jeongguk's name with all the fervor of his soul. With a swift and decisive movement, he propelled himself forward, launching his body into the water with a resounding splash.

The cool embrace of the water enveloped Taehyung as he submerged beneath the surface, his senses heightened by the urgency of his search.

Taehyung plunged deeper into the water. He felt a strong force of repulsion pushing against him, resisting his advance with formidable strength. Undeterred, his eyes blazed with intensity as he summoned forth his own pheromones, releasing them into the water with a potent aura of determination and urgency.

With each breath, Taehyung's senses sharpened, his focus honing in on the figure of Jeongguk suspended in the water before him. His heart clenched at the sight of his mate, unconscious and motionless, his body drifting languidly amidst the gentle currents.

Taehyung pressed forward against the resistance, his muscles straining with effort as he fought against the invisible barrier standing between them.

With panic coursing through his veins, Taehyung wasted no time in reaching for Jeongguk, his movements swift and desperate as he pulled his unconscious mate into his embrace. Despite his efforts to shake Jeongguk awake, there was no response from the true blood alpha, his body limp and unresponsive in Taehyung's arms.

Feeling a surge of urgency, Taehyung gently cradled Jeongguk's head in one hand, his touch tender and reassuring as he sought to rouse his mate from unconsciousness. With his other arm wrapped securely around Jeongguk's waist, Taehyung exerted all his strength to lift them both up out of the water, his muscles straining with the effort.

At that moment, Jeongguk's amber eyes snapped open. They met Taehyung's purplish gaze with an intensity that sent a shiver down Taehyung's spine. Before Taehyung could react, Jeongguk's growl reverberated through the water, the sound ominous and foreboding.

In an instant, Jeongguk's primal instincts took over, and with a swift movement, he flipped them both into the water, causing a loud ripple to echo through the pool. Taehyung gasped in surprise, his breath stolen from him as they plunged back into the depths.

Caught off guard by Jeongguk's sudden aggression, Taehyung struggled against the vice-like grip around his neck, his attempts to call out to Jeongguk stifled by the true blood's relentless onslaught. The water closed in around them, a turbulent cacophony of chaos and confusion as Taehyung fought to break free from Jeongguk's grasp and reach his mate's rational mind once more.

Taehyung struggled against Jeongguk's unyielding grip, panic surged through him like a tidal wave, his mind racing with fear and desperation. With each futile attempt to break free, the realization sank in that Jeongguk's mind was clouded, his primal instincts overpowering any semblance of rational thought.

Frantically, Taehyung reached out with his mind, attempting to establish a mental link with Jeongguk, but his calls went unanswered, the connection silent and unresponsive. It was as if a thick fog had descended upon Jeongguk's consciousness, shrouding him in darkness and cutting him off from the outside world.

With every ounce of strength he could muster, he continued to push against the suffocating weight of Jeongguk's aggression, his mind racing with thoughts of how to reach his mate and bring him back from the brink of instinctual chaos.

Taehyung's strength waned with each passing second, a sense of dread washed over him, his senses gradually dimming as the relentless grip around his neck tightened. Despite the overwhelming fear and desperation consuming him, he refused to succumb to the darkness descending upon him.

With bubbles escaping from his mouth, Taehyung called out his mate's name in a desperate plea for recognition and understanding. Through the murky depths of the water, he locked eyes with Jeongguk, witnessing the anger and alienation reflected in his mate's gaze.

Taehyung didn't like the look of a stranger from Jeongguk. Summoning the last reserves of his strength and determination, Taehyung refused to relinquish hope in the face of adversity. With a final surge of effort, he pulled Jeongguk closer, his arms wrapping tightly around his mate's form as he sought to bridge the abyss that had formed between them.

Their lips met in a desperate kiss, Taehyung poured all of his care, love, and longing into the embrace, seeking to break through the barriers of anger and confusion that had consumed Jeongguk's mind. 

In that moment of intimacy, the world fell away, leaving only the two of them entwined in a timeless dance of passion and connection. His fingers hold tightly on Jeongguk as he deepens the kiss. 

Taken by surprise by Taehyung's bold move, Jeongguk's grip on his neck began to loosen, the intensity of the kiss serving as a catalyst for a moment of clarity amidst the chaos. 

As Taehyung deepened the kiss, their souls intertwined in a symphony of love and longing, a glimmer of recognition flickering in Jeongguk's eyes as he began to emerge from the grip of his primal instincts.

Taehyung's desperate plea echoed through his mind. He reached out once more with his mental link, his voice filled with urgency and determination. "Wake up, you idiot," he shouted inwardly, the intensity of his emotions driving him to shake Jeongguk from the grip of his unconsciousness.

The oppressive clouds that had enveloped Jeongguk's mind began to dissipate. As the taste of his mate's lips lingered on his own, Jeongguk felt a surge of clarity wash over him, his senses sharpening as he heard Taehyung's voice calling out to him once more.

With a start, Jeongguk's eyes snapped open in surprise, the darkness receding as he found himself gazing into Taehyung's purplish eyes, filled with a mixture of relief and concern. In that moment of recognition, the barriers that had separated them crumbled away.

Jeongguk stared back at Taehyung in surprise, a myriad of emotions flooded his heart, ranging from confusion to relief. He released his mate from his grip, his gaze never leaving Taehyung's face as he marveled at the sight before him.

Taehyung's body suddenly jolted, gasping for air. His face looked distressed, and Jeongguk's heart skipped a beat in alarm. Without hesitation, he moved swiftly to catch Taehyung in his arms, holding him close with a sense of urgency and concern.

Taehyung wanted to say something but darkness enveloped him. Jeongguk's heart clenches with worry. Tenderly cradling his mate in his arms, he whispered words of reassurance through his mind link. His hands were gentle as he brushed away stray strands of hair from Taehyung's face.

With urgency and care, Jeongguk swiftly pulled himself and Taehyung out of the water, laying his mate down gently on the ground. Panic gripped his heart as he called out Taehyung's name, his voice filled with worry and concern.

Without a moment's hesitation, Jeongguk began administering first aid, pressing firmly on Taehyung's chest to expel any water that may have entered his lungs. With each compression, he prayed for a response, his eyes never leaving Taehyung's face as he anxiously watched for signs of life.

As he worked to revive his mate, a mixture of fear and determination fueled Jeongguk's efforts. Every second felt like an eternity as he fought to bring Taehyung back from the brink, his heart pounding with the weight of the responsibility resting on his shoulders.

Relief flooded Jeongguk's heart as Taehyung coughed, expelling the water from his lungs. He watched anxiously as his mate weakly opened his eyes and looked at him, a faint smile gracing his lips.

“You are safe.” Taehyung smiles weakly. His eyes flutter, the purple color of the eyes fading back to a heterochromatic one. He closes his eyes, unable to move in exhaustion, and falls into deep sleep.

Chapter 52: The soothing embrace of the mate

Summary:

Taehyung takes care of Jeongguk.

 

Jeongguk found himself kneeling by the side of his mate. His heart pounding with a mixture of relief and uncertainty. His gaze fixated on the figure lying peacefully before him. Taehyung looked so serene in slumber, yet Jeongguk couldn't shake the lingering unease that gripped his heart.

Even though he had snapped out of his trance, the remnants of his rut still pulsed through his veins, a reminder of the primal instincts that had momentarily consumed him. He reached out tentatively, fingers tracing the familiar contours of Taehyung's face, needing the reassurance of touch to confirm that this was indeed real.

The faint rise and fall of Taehyung's chest soothed Jeongguk's racing thoughts, grounding him in the present moment. But the weight of uncertainty still hung heavy in the air, a silent question lingering on his lips—what now? 

Jeongguk's gaze softened as he leaned in closer, his heart skipping a beat at the sight of Taehyung's peaceful countenance. With a tender reverence, Jeongguk lowered himself over Taehyung's chest, his breath hitching as he listened intently for the steady rhythm of his mate's heartbeat.

As his ear pressed against Taehyung's chest, Jeongguk felt a surge of relief flood through him. The reassuring thud of Taehyung's heart echoed in his ears, a comforting melody that silenced the doubts swirling in his mind. It was his mate, his inner wolf affirmed, an instinct resonated deep within his soul.

With trembling hands, Jeongguk traced the outline of Taehyung's fingers, marveling at the delicate symmetry of each digit as if seeing them for the first time. In contrast to his own, which bore the marks of his labor and determination, Taehyung's hands were like porcelain—soft, delicate, untouched by the harshness of the world.

As Jeongguk's fingers intertwined with Taehyung's, a rush of memories flooded his mind. He remembered the time Taehyung had been by his side during his rut, offering comfort and solace when he needed it most.

A swell of gratitude surged within Jeongguk as he reflected on the depth of Taehyung's care and sacrifice. Despite the risks, despite the dangers, Taehyung had never hesitated to stand by him, to ensure his safety and well-being. 

The realization filled Jeongguk's heart with warmth, a profound sense of happiness bubbling up within him like a spring of pure joy.

In the past, Jeongguk had grappled with the fear of rejection, the fear that he would never truly earn the love of his mate. But now, as he sat beside Taehyung, their hands entwined, those fears melted away like snow under the warmth of the sun.

His eyes fill with unsaid emotions as he pulls the alpha carefully to his chest, resting his head softly on his chest and smothering the hairs of his mate. His mate smelled so good, so calming. He felt a satisfaction rush over him having Taehyung in his arms. 

As he held his mate close, a sudden awareness swept over him like a chill wind – they were both soaked through and drenched. Panic prickled at the edges of his mind, his heart racing with worry for his mate's well-being.

With a tightening in his chest, he gently pulled back, concern etched in the furrow of his brow as he scanned their surroundings. 

They were in unfamiliar territory and he had no idea how many alphas would be lurking around. The weight of responsibility settled heavily on his shoulders as he assessed the situation, his mate's vulnerability a sharp reminder of the risks they faced.

With a surge of protective instinct, his senses sharpened, attuned to every rustle in the underbrush, every whisper of the wind. He knew he had to act fast, to ensure their safety in this unfamiliar wilderness.

The primal urge to mark their territory surged within him once more, a visceral need to establish their presence and ward off potential threats.

As the sound of footsteps approached, his senses sharpened, alert to the presence of others in the vicinity. Jeongguk's bodyguards and assistant emerged from the shadows, steps deliberately as they approached the two mates.

They noticed the subtle shift in the air as the potent pheromones that earlier surrounded their boss began to dissipate. Concern etched lines upon their faces as they took in the sight before them, the unexpected vulnerability of their leader stirring a mix of surprise and apprehension within them.

But nothing could have prepared them for the sight that greeted them – their boss, the formidable true-blood alpha, holding his mate close in a moment of need.

For a fleeting moment, the air crackled with tension, uncertainty hanging heavy between them as they grappled with this unexpected revelation. But then, with a shared glance, understanding passed between them.

Their trained eyes recognized the signs of distress, but it was clear that bringing Jeongguk back to his usual state would not be an easy task. The drug had left its mark, casting a shadow over his consciousness that refused to dissipate. It was necessary for Jeongguk's personal physician to check him up to provide the necessary remedy.

As the alphas approached, Jeongguk's instincts kicked in with a primal intensity, his chest rumbling with a low, menacing growl. The sound reverberated through the air, a warning to any who dared encroach upon his territory.

Taehyung stirred uneasily in his sleep, the loudness of Jeongguk's growl disrupting his rest. Frowning, he shifted closer, his hands moving instinctively to soothe the turmoil roiling within his mate. With gentle strokes, he rubbed circles on Jeongguk's chest, a silent gesture of comfort and reassurance.

Feeling Taehyung's touch, Jeongguk's growl softened, his tense muscles gradually relaxing under the warmth of his mate's hands. 

Jeongguk watched Taehyung's calming actions with a soft gaze filled with love, he felt a warmth bloom in his chest. Quickly, he adjusted his expression to one of adoration and obedience, accepting the silent command of his mate like a devoted partner.

Mr. Han, observing this exchange with a hint of surprise, chose to maintain an air of nonchalance, though inwardly he couldn't help but take note of the shift in dynamics between the usually formidable alpha and his mate. 

Despite his surprise, he understood the importance of respecting their bond and opted to act as if he hadn't noticed, allowing them their privacy and autonomy in this moment of vulnerability.

He proposes with a hesitant voice. "Sir, would you like to change and rest? We can arrange a room. The club is empty, and we will make sure no one comes here until the doctor arrives."

Jeongguk was not happy with the disruption still he listened to every word the assistant said and thought over it. Looking at his mate he decided to go with it. He nods at the assistant. 

Mr. Han sighs in relief and departs with the guards. Jeongguk gently lifts Taehyung into his arms, cradling him close as they make their way outside. The cool air brushes against Taehyung's face, and instinctively, he seeks refuge in Jeongguk's warmth, nuzzling closer to his mate's chest.

Feeling the comforting weight of Taehyung in his arms and his dependency on Jeongguk at the moment makes his heart swell with contentment. For a fleeting moment, he entertains the notion of lingering outside, relishing in the simple pleasure of holding his mate close.

The evil thought however doesn't last long as his assistant's efficiency snaps him back to reality. Jeongguk for the first time was not happy with this efficiency, still, it was a reminder of the responsibilities that awaited. With a sigh, Jeongguk reluctantly makes his way indoors, his steps measured as he carries Taehyung to the prepared room.

Maythan noticing Jeongguk emerge from the building cradling Taehyung in his arms, was momentarily stunned. Maythan stayed there with Jeongguk's guards, their collective focus on ensuring the safety of the omega and the sole witness of the case.

His vigilance was momentarily interrupted by the sight of Jeongguk emerging, cradling Taehyung in his arms. The sight of the usually composed alpha carrying his mate with such tenderness caught him off guard, leaving him momentarily speechless.

A moment of disbelief washed over Maythan as he observed the unexpected display of vulnerability from the typically composed true-blood alpha.

As Maythan observed Jeongguk's protective demeanor towards Taehyung, a flicker of recognition sparked in his mind. While he was surprised by the protective demeanor of Jeongguk, his attention was on the person cradled in his friend's arms.

This infamous troublemaker is known to everyone but there is more to him than meets the eye. The memory of the video he had shown Jeongguk before the situation escalated flashed through his thoughts. In that video, there is a silhouette resembling the person currently cradled in Jeongguk's arms.

While it was only an assumption, Maythan's instincts rarely led him astray. He also knows about Taehyung and his personality, this is the most quiet and composed he has seen him. 

Maybe it is because he is asleep but if the two are this close then the strong bond between them would undoubtedly complicate any interrogation or action that needed to be taken. 

It was clear that Jeongguk's protective instincts were deeply ingrained, and confronting Taehyung would present a formidable challenge.

Sensing Maythan's gaze lingering on them, Jeongguk's protective instincts surged, his irritation palpable as he interpreted the presence of another alpha as a potential threat. With a low, warning growl, he tightened his hold on Taehyung, pulling him even closer until there was almost no space between them.

Taehyung stirred from his slumber, his eyes fluttered open, the haze of sleep gradually lifting. Gazing up at Jeongguk with a mix of drowsiness and concern, he offered his mate a reassuring smile, his voice soft and soothing.

"Calm down, what happened?," Taehyung murmured, the words flowing from him with a familiarity that hinted at a deeper understanding. 

Despite his grogginess, there was a sense of calm authority in his tone, as if he knew instinctively how to ease Jeongguk's agitation.

As Jeongguk's amber eyes met Taehyung's, a wave of recognition washed over him, dispelling the remnants of sleep and replacing them with a sense of anxiousness. 

The realization of Jeongguk's rut, coupled with the undeniable presence of his mate's pheromones, sent a shiver down Taehyung's spine.

"You...how is this happening?" Taehyung's voice trembled with a mixture of disbelief and apprehension. 

Taehyung was sure Jeongguk returned to a normal state earlier but noticing the changes, it is confirmed that it was just his illusion and Jeongguk is in a rut, making the poor mate helpless.

"He has been drugged," Maythan says not moving from his place, studying the protective alpha. 

Taehyung turns to face the person who has answered his confusion. He then realizes with a jolt that he is still in Jeongguk's protective embrace. A flush of embarrassment crept up his cheeks as he registered the intimate proximity, his heart pounding with a mix of discomfort and frustration.

"Why am I in this position? Do I look like a princess to you?" Taehyung's annoyance was palpable as he voiced his frustration, his words laced with irritation at being carried like a princess. 

His incredulous tone underscored his discomfort with the situation, his pride wounded by the unexpected display of vulnerability.

Jeongguk, sensing the shift in Taehyung's mood, furrowed his brow in confusion. He has been too focused to give Maythan the threatening glare. As the words leave Taehyung's mouth. 

Jeongguk's gaze flickered between his mate and Maythan. Unable to comprehend what had caused Taehyung's annoyance.

Maythan tries not to laugh and looks away. "Put me down." Taehyung orders unhappily.

Jeongguk's gaze remained fixed on his mate. A sense of conflict raged within him. Despite Taehyung's evident annoyance and the simmering anger in his eyes, Jeongguk found himself unable to comply with the command to release him. He slowly dares to shake his head in a 'no'.

Taehyung takes in a deep breath to calm himself down. He tells himself that this man is not in his senses and he, the sensible one should not be angry with him.

"Then do you want me to not talk to you ever again?" He blurts out. 

Taehyung's words hung heavy in the air, the weight of their implications sinking in with a chilling finality. 

The true-blood alpha shivered involuntarily at the thought of losing Taehyung's presence and his heart clenched with dread. His eyes widen and tears well up in his eyes. 

Taehyung sighs registering his words. He had not intended to inflict such pain with his words. Jeongguk is vulnerable to his threats and needs his warmth and care rather than hatred.

Feeling a surge of remorse, Taehyung reached out to Jeongguk as a gesture of consolation. He pats the true-blood alpha's head, apologizing softly, "I am joking, just joking." 

He looks around defeated and hides his face in Jeongguk's chest. "Then quickly take me to the room. I am feeling cold here." He says, resigning to his fate.

Jeongguk nodded in acknowledgment of Taehyung's request, a sense of relief washed over him, grateful that his mate had accepted his request.

He casts a piercing glare in Maythan's direction, his eyes reflecting the simmering resentment that had built within him, and walks away.

Maythan, who had unwittingly become the target of Jeongguk's ire, felt a wave of tension lift from his shoulders as the alpha's gaze shifted away from him. Taking a deep breath of relief, he silently resolves to tread carefully around Jeongguk in the future.

Jeongguk's pheromones were formidable, and his personality in rut was on another level. Maythan observed the powerful influence of Jeongguk's pheromones and witnessed the remarkable bond between Jeongguk and Taehyung, a sense of curiosity stirred within him. 

The depth of their connection seemed to defy the norms of Gandok, where mates were considered a rarity and compatibility was valued above all else.

With a furrowed brow, Maythan pondered the possibilities, considering the implications of their bond in the context of their current situation. Though mates were uncommon in Gandok, Maythan couldn't shake the feeling that there was something unique about Jeongguk and Taehyung's relationship.

As Jeongguk escorted Taehyung to the room, the warmth enveloping them offered a comforting reprieve from the chill of the outside world. Sensing the change in atmosphere, Taehyung's eyes swept around the room, taking in their surroundings with a sense of relief.

With a subtle gesture, Taehyung indicated for Jeongguk to lower him to the ground, his expression conveying a silent request for independence. 

A flicker of reluctance crossed the alpha's features. Despite his inner turmoil, Jeongguk knew better than to defy his mate's wishes.

With a heavy heart, Jeongguk acquiesced, his expression reflecting a mix of defeat and sadness as he carefully lowered Taehyung to the ground. 

Each movement was deliberate, each touch gentle, as Jeongguk silently conveyed his love and concern for his mate. His hands however were still on Taehyung's waist.

Taehyung's tears of happiness flowed freely, and a sense of contentment washed over him, grateful to have his wish fulfilled. He swatted away Jeongguk's hand from his waist, a sudden surge of frustration welling up within him.

Taehyung's gaze darted around the room, searching for the phone to call Mr. Han for help. But before he could reach for it, Jeongguk's firm grip halted him, his touch a barrier between Taehyung and his intended course of action.

Jeongguk's heart sank as he watched Taehyung's attention drift away from him, a sense of dejection settling over him like a heavy shroud.

In a voice heavy with emotion, Jeongguk tentatively voiced his innermost fear. "Don't you want to be with me?" His words hung in the air, laden with uncertainty and longing, a plea for reassurance in the face of their escalating tension

Taehyung stares at him in shock not knowing where this question came from. He however smiles and explains to Jeongguk. "I am just calling Mr. Han to get dry clothes for us."

"Don't talk to other alphas. He is old and not handsome like me." Jeongguk's words carried a hint of possessiveness and insecurity, his tone serious as he voiced his concern. His anxiety was palpable as he made his request, a reflection of his fear of losing Taehyung's attention to another alpha.

A flicker of amusement danced in Taehyung's eyes as he struggled to contain his laughter at Jeongguk's earnest plea. Despite his efforts to maintain a serious demeanor, the corners of his mouth twitched with suppressed mirth.

Clearing his throat to stifle a chuckle, Taehyung regarded Jeongguk with mock seriousness. "Well, if not Mr. Han or any other alpha, I suppose I'll have to call someone pretty young and very handsome. Who would it be?" he teased, a playful glint in his eyes.

Taehyung's question hung in the air, momentarily stalling the conversation as Jeongguk contemplated his response. With each passing second, the weight of the moment seemed to grow, until finally, Jeongguk broke the silence with a single word, spoken with quiet confidence.

"Me."

"Will you listen to everything I say?" Taehyung asks.

Jeongguk's heart flutters as Taehyung approaches him, a mixture of anticipation and apprehension swirling within him. He nods eagerly in response to Taehyung's question, his commitment to his mate unwavering.

Taehyung moves closer and slowly moves his hands on Jeongguk's arms, reaching to his shoulders as he removes the coat with deliberate care. Jeongguk's breath catch up in his throat, his senses heightened by their proximity. 

He remains still, gaze fixed on Taehyung, the warmth of his smile melting away the tension that had clouded his mind.

"You should take a warm bath or else you will catch a cold," Taehyung says in a playful teasing manner.

Jeongguk nodded, his ears were burning with the softness of the voice. Taehyung moves back just when Jeongguk wants to close this distance further. 

"Then why are you just standing here? Go quickly. I need to take a bath too."

Jeongguk blinked, momentarily taken aback by Taehyung's sudden change in tone. The playful teasing had shifted to a more assertive directive, leaving Jeongguk with no room for hesitation.

Jeongguk remains motionless staring at him. Taehyung frowns seeing him not in action. "What happened? What is the matter?"

Jeongguk remains quiet. A flicker of mischief danced in his eyes, recognizing the opportunity to alleviate the heaviness that weighed upon them. With a subtle yet inviting tone, Taehyung posed a question that carried both playfulness and sincerity. "Want to bath together?"

Caught off guard by Taehyung's sudden boldness, Jeongguk felt a shiver of surprise run down his spine. His mind raced, searching for the right words to respond but all he could do was remain quiet.

With a quick, almost instinctive motion, Jeongguk snatched up the nearby towel, his fingers trembling slightly as he hurriedly made his way toward the sanctuary of the bathroom. The cool tiles beneath his feet offered a welcome respite, grounding him as he sought to regain his composure.

Taehyung's gaze softened with a mixture of fondness and concern as he watched Jeongguk retreat into the bathroom. With a resigned sigh, he turned his attention to the task at hand, knowing that getting the doctor there was paramount to ensuring Jeongguk's well-being.

As he dialed Mr. Han's number, Taehyung's mind raced with thoughts of how to best manage the situation. He knew that dealing with a true-blood alpha in a rut could be challenging, especially given Jeongguk's formidable stature and strength.

Taehyung's steps quickened as he approached the door upon hearing the soft knock. With a grateful nod to the guard, he accepted the bundle of dry clothes, his heart swelling with appreciation for their prompt assistance.

Taking a moment to inspect the garments, Taehyung separated Jeongguk's clothes from his own with careful precision, ensuring that each item was accounted for.

 Satisfied, he turned his attention back to the closed bathroom door. With a gentle knock, Taehyung called out to Jeongguk, his voice filled with warmth and reassurance. "Your clothes have arrived," he announces.

A surge of anxiety gripped Taehyung's heart as he received no response from his mate. With a sense of urgency, he pushed open the door, his worry mounting as he stepped into the bathroom and found Jeongguk leaning against the side of the bathtub, his expression contorted in pain.

The sight struck Taehyung like a blow to the chest, a pang of anguish washing over him as he took in the distress etched on Jeongguk's face. Without a moment's hesitation, Taehyung rushed to his mate's side, concern etched in every line of his features.

Taehyung's voice was gentle and reassuring as he addressed his mate, the worry evident in his eyes as he carefully lifted Jeongguk's head and settled him in his lap. With a tender touch, he brushed back strands of Jeongguk's hair, his heart aching at the sight of his mate in distress.

"Hyung," Taehyung's voice was gentle laced with worry as he spoke, his words barely above a whisper. "Does it hurt anywhere?"

With Jeongguk's head nestled in his lap, Taehyung's heart ached with the desire to ease his mate's pain. Drawing upon the memory of the doctor's words, he recalled the calming effect his own pheromones could have on Jeongguk.

Closing his eyes, Taehyung focused on channeling a sense of calm and tranquility, willing his own pheromones to envelop Jeongguk in a soothing embrace.

With a gentle peck pressed to his mate's head, Taehyung hoped to offer a silent reassurance that he was not alone in his suffering.

Jeongguk opens his eyes and meets his mate's gaze. His face shows signs of sadness and defeat. "Taehyung...I am not a good mate for you."

Taehyung was bewildered and tilted his head. "Why?" He could only ask.

"I should protect you from any harm and be with you but I am failing in doing so. Today I made you risk your life." Taehyung had never seen Jeongguk talk so much and could only sigh internally. He checks the temperature of the water and slowly tries to wash Jeongguk's hair, lathering it up in a scented shampoo.

Taehyung's gentle touch lingered on the wound as he cleaned it, his focus unwavering as he tended to Jeongguk's injury. Both of them watch it as Taehyung works on it. "I never thought of what role I would play as a mate," Taehyung admitted, his gaze meeting Jeongguk's with unwavering determination. "But one thing was always clear—I wanted to be the strength of my partner. I may not possess the same power as you, but I promise to do my best to protect you from harm."

"The support we offer each other creates a bond that is unbreakable," he continued, his fingers tracing delicate patterns on Jeongguk's skin. "And through every challenge we face, that bond only grows stronger."

He cleans off the soap, "Don't you think so?"

Taehyung's smile widened as he met Jeongguk's gaze. He leans in closer to meet Jeongguk at eye level. Jeongguk found himself drawn in by the mesmerizing depth of his mate's eyes. A small smile graces his lips in response.

"I am really lucky," The true-blood alpha breathes, his voice soft with emotion as he speaks the words aloud.

The warmth of the water enveloped him and Taehyung's soothing voice recounting his week's endeavors filled the room, Jeongguk felt the pain begin to recede, replaced by a sense of calm and comfort. The gentle caress of his mate's pheromones worked their magic, easing the tension in his muscles and soothing his frazzled nerves.

Later, Taehyung excused himself to allow Jeongguk some privacy.  Stepping out of the bath, he wrapped himself in a towel and began to dry himself off, the residual warmth of the water clinging to his skin.

As he emerged from the bathroom, Jeongguk's eyes fell upon the containers of food in Taehyung's hands, a smile tugging at the corners of his lips.

As Taehyung emerged from the bath, he was greeted by the sight of Jeongguk waiting for him, a gentle smile playing on his lips. The untouched food on the table spoke volumes of Jeongguk's patience and consideration, and Taehyung felt a surge of warmth fill his heart at the sight.

With a lightness in his step, Jeongguk approached Taehyung, towel in hand, ready to dry his mate's hair. Taehyung couldn't help but smile at the familiar gesture, knowing all too well how cute Jeongguk could be when he was in caretaker mode.

Sitting down at the table, Taehyung allowed himself to be pampered by his mate, feeling a sense of comfort wash over him as Jeongguk lovingly dried his hair and served him food.

As the doctor arrived, Taehyung took charge, ensuring that Jeongguk was properly prepared for the visit. Despite his best efforts to explain the necessity of the treatment, Jeongguk remained restless and uneasy, his annoyance punctuating the air as the doctor tended to him.

Taehyung stood by Jeongguk's side throughout the appointment, offering words of reassurance and comfort as the doctor administered the necessary medication. The appointment drew to a close, the doctor advised Jeongguk to rest.

The difficult part was to hold Jeongguk in this room. Taehyung had seen Jeongguk in the house, how vigilant he was for their safety, and checked every place several times to ensure that his place had no threat. 

This place, however, is unfamiliar and huge. There are guards outside and media and other people waiting to know what is going in inside. If they see Jeongguk in this condition, this will be their last recording.

So, the question of rest lingered in the air as there was no way Jeongguk was going to sleep when his mate was there by his side to be protected.

The true-blood alpha remained restless and determined to leave their unfamiliar surroundings. Taehyung could feel the tension in the air as he struggled to keep Jeongguk from venturing out, his heart heavy with the weight of their predicament.

With each attempt to soothe Jeongguk's unease, Taehyung found himself met with resistance, his mate's determination to protect them both outweighing any rational arguments he could offer. As the minutes stretched on, Taehyung knew that he needed to find a way to calm Jeongguk's fears and convince him to stay.

When simple conversations could not contain Jeongguk at one place Taehyung had to use the other way. He curses for his luck and thinks of making this man pay for the trouble he caused. 

Taehyung was desperate for this rut to end as he wanted answers to his questions. His mind raced with questions, each one more urgent than the last. What had led Jeongguk to this place? Why was Jeongguk in such a vulnerable state? Who is that omega? And most important is identifying the culprit and their motive.

The present Jeongguk was too cautious to say anything. He remained quiet and would not say a word as if causing trouble to Taehyung was his biggest failure and he didn't want to think about it. Many times Taehyung tried to get him to spill the reason but, he remained tight-lipped. Taehyung is left with the only option to let this man rest and talk later.

Taehyung approached Jeongguk and enveloped him in a tender embrace. Jeongguk felt a surge of conflicting emotions wash over him. His body stiffened involuntarily as Taehyung rubbed his nose against his neck, the gesture endearing. It makes Jeongguk's heart feel a sudden turmoil.

"I am sleepy," Taehyung murmured softly, his voice filled with a quiet vulnerability that tugged at Jeongguk's heartstrings. Jeongguk was pushed into a dilemma of whether to protect or let his mate rest. Nothing was more important than to look after his mate who seemed so vulnerable and dependent on him.

Jeongguk silently guided Taehyung to the bed and settled him down with tender care, Taehyung couldn't help but be surprised by his mate's unexpected gesture of affection.

Sensing Taehyung's gaze upon him, Jeongguk turned to meet his mate's eyes, his own heart racing with emotion. He felt a rush of warmth flood his chest as Taehyung patted the space next to him, silently inviting Jeongguk to join him.

With a soft smile, Jeongguk accepted the invitation, shifting closer to Taehyung until their bodies were pressed together in a comforting embrace. As they lay side by side, their breaths mingling in the quiet of the room, Jeongguk felt a profound sense of peace settle over him.

At that moment, all of the worries and uncertainties of the outside world faded away. He lets Taehyung nestle towards his chest and hides him in his arms, slowly carding the hairs of his mate to let him sleep peacefully. 

As the medicine began to take effect, Jeongguk felt the soothing embrace of sleep wash over him, his eyelids growing heavy with each passing moment. The calming scent of Taehyung's pheromones filled the air, lulling him into a state of peaceful tranquility. Slowly, his movements grew sluggish, his fingers coming to a gentle pause as he succumbed to the pull of slumber.

Meanwhile, Taehyung waited patiently for this moment, his own exhaustion catching up to him as he nestled closer to his mate's warmth. The gentle rhythm of Jeongguk's breathing served as a lullaby, coaxing Taehyung into a deep and restful sleep.

In the quiet of the room, the two mates lay intertwined in each other's arms, their breathing synchronized in harmony. As they drifted off into dreams, the worries of the day melted away. 

They were both unaware of the chaos they caused outside.

 

Chapter 53: Kiss of clarity and reconciliation

Summary:

Jeongguk clarifies things with Taehyung.

Taehyung found himself enveloped within an unfamiliar environment, in an ethereal, radiant light that overwhelmed his senses. His brows furrowed in disorientation as he urgently called out for Jeongguk. His heart pounding with a desperate need to locate him. Amid his distress, a familiar voice pierced through the luminous haze, drawing his attention like a beacon in the darkness.

Moving towards the sound, Taehyung's eyes settled upon a figure of captivating allure—a man of striking beauty, with flowing dark locks cascading down to his waist, positioned upon a staircase, his countenance aglow with a welcoming smile. 

With a gesture, the man extended his hand towards Taehyung, beckoning him closer. As Taehyung closed the distance, he couldn't help but be entranced by the glorious features of his mate, recognizing him as his destined one. 

In an embrace that radiated warmth, Jeongguk enveloped Taehyung, the sensation so intense that it seemed to engulf him entirely, mixing against the lingering brightness that continued to assail his vision.

Overwhelmed by the mixture of emotions and sensations, Taehyung found himself compelled to open his eyes.

As Taehyung's eyes fluttered open, the harsh artificial glow from the overhead bulb assaulted his senses, prompting him to blink in an attempt to adjust. 

He made a subtle attempt to shift his position, only to find himself nestled within the secure embrace of Jeongguk, who had remained asleep throughout the day, holding him close.

Surveying his mate with a mix of awe and disbelief, Taehyung's gaze lingered upon Jeongguk's features, discerning the tangible reality before him from the dreamscape he had recently inhabited. The sight of Jeongguk's flowing locks and the genuine warmth of his smile in the dream solidified his presence as the embodiment of a true-blooded alpha.

Seeking confirmation of this escape from the dream, Taehyung tentatively reached out, his fingers lightly pinching Jeongguk's cheeks in a gesture of tactile reassurance. The sensation beneath his touch was undeniably real, prompting him to gently press a bit firmer, relishing in the softness that met his fingertips.

With a faint murmur of discontent, Jeongguk stirred from his slumber, reluctantly relinquishing his tight embrace on Taehyung as he gradually opened his eyes. Sensing the weight of his mate's gaze upon him, Jeongguk's attention shifted to meet Taehyung's expectant stare.

Observing the shift in Jeongguk's eye color, a telltale sign of his reversion to his normal state, Taehyung's initial sense of contentment waned, replaced instead by a palpable longing for the gentler, more affectionate side of Jeongguk that he had come to cherish. 

Disappointment etched across his features, Taehyung couldn't conceal his longing for the endearing qualities of his mate that seemed momentarily eclipsed by his usual nature.

Jeongguk couldn't suppress a soft chuckle of amusement. "Should I interpret the myriad of expressions crossing your face as a cause for celebration or concern that you like my other side more than me?" he quipped, teasing Taehyung gently.

As Jeongguk's sarcastic remark pierced the air, Taehyung's momentary lapse of longing was abruptly shattered, replaced by a surge of clarity as the memories of their recent ordeal flooded back into his consciousness. Anger welled within him, his brows furrowing in a mix of frustration and resentment.

With a swift and decisive motion, Taehyung reacted, his frustration manifesting in a forceful kick that caught Jeongguk off guard. Reacting with reflexive agility, Jeongguk managed to intercept the blow just in time, his hands instinctively grasping Taehyung's legs to prevent the intended impact.

Caught off guard by Taehyung's sudden outburst, Jeongguk's expression registered a mixture of surprise and concern as he gazed up at his mate.

Jeongguk, his tone a blend of bemusement and concern, couldn't resist remarking, "I must admit, I am impressed by the complexity of your character and the distinct shift in your demeanor, particularly the favoritism bestowed upon me during my rut. However, I'm left wondering, what prompts this abrupt change?" Perturbed by Taehyung's sudden mood swing, he sought clarification, his gaze fixed intently on his mate, momentarily disregarding the faint noises emanating from the outside world.

Taehyung's countenance twisted with unmistakable anger, his features contorted as he retorted, "Do not feign innocence. Simply take a moment to survey our surroundings, and perhaps you'll comprehend the reason behind my reaction to an unbridled, shameless, and disrespectful display from a true-blooded alpha who, despite having a mate, chooses to indulge in his rut elsewhere." His words dripped with accusation, fueled by a sense of betrayal and hurt.

In response, Jeongguk blinked in disbelief, astonished by the misunderstanding that had taken root in Taehyung's mind, his expression a mix of bewilderment and amusement.

A heavy silence settled over the room as Jeongguk regarded his enraged mate with a steady gaze, absorbing the palpable tension that hung between them like a shroud. With deliberate care, he gradually released his grip on Taehyung's leg, shifting to a seated position as he watched the emotions play across his mate's face, his own expression a mix of amusement and affection.

Breaking the silence with a soft chuckle, Jeongguk shook his head in gentle disbelief at the accusation leveled against him. "Is this truly what you believe happened?" he queried, his tone laced with genuine curiosity as he continued to regard Taehyung with a tender gaze, seeking to bridge the gap of misunderstanding that had arisen between them.

Taehyung's irritation simmered beneath the surface as he observed the faint smile playing upon Jeongguk's lips, his frustration mounting at the apparent lack of seriousness from his mate. Refusing to waver in his stance, he maintained his resolve, determined not to be swayed by any attempts at manipulation.

"Don't presume to manipulate me," Taehyung asserted, his voice tinged with a hint of resentment as he recalled the sight of the omega in the hallway. "My convictions were firm, and perhaps I should have remained steadfast in my beliefs." His words carried a weight of disappointment, reflecting his inner turmoil at the perceived betrayal.

Attempting to extricate himself from the situation, Taehyung made a subtle move to withdraw, but Jeongguk's firm grasp on his hand halted his escape. Meeting his mate's gaze with a stern expression, Jeongguk's seriousness mirrored the gravity of the situation.

Taehyung, known for his resilience and strength of will, refused to yield easily to Jeongguk's grasp. Summoning his determination, he retaliated swiftly, launching his other hand in an attempt to strike Jeongguk's grip and break free. However, Jeongguk's reflexes were equally swift, intercepting the attack with his free hand to thwart Taehyung's efforts.

Undeterred, Taehyung pressed on, his resolve unyielding as he sought to break free from Jeongguk's hold. With a determined glare, he unleashed a punch aimed at his mate's torso, simultaneously attempting to dislodge Jeongguk with a forceful kick. Yet, despite his efforts, Jeongguk maintained his grip, refusing to release his hold on Taehyung.

As the struggle intensified, their movements became increasingly frantic, culminating in a sudden loss of balance that sent them both tumbling backward onto the bed. In the ensuing chaos, Taehyung found himself atop Jeongguk, their positions reversed as they grappled with each other in a tangled embrace.

Taehyung's breath came in ragged gasps as he struggled to maintain his balance atop Jeongguk, his body tense with a mixture of frustration and uncertainty. Sensing his mate's discomfort, Jeongguk regarded Taehyung with a careful gaze, his expression tinged with concern and a myriad of unspoken emotions.

In the tense silence that enveloped them, their eyes locked in a silent exchange, each seeking to decipher the emotions reflected in the other's gaze. Taehyung found himself captivated by the hypnotic intensity of Jeongguk's stare, unable to tear his gaze away despite his inner turmoil.

Attempting to break the silence, Jeongguk spoke, his voice calm yet tinged with a hint of urgency. "I was present for the investigation; the omega in question is a witness," he explained, his tone measured as he offered a glimpse into the reason for his unexpected presence. Observing the subtle shift in Taehyung's expression as his words registered, Jeongguk awaited his mate's response, hopeful for a resolution to the tension that lingered between them.

Without waiting for a reply, Jeongguk pressed on, his voice steady and composed. "The attack caught us off guard, and we're still uncertain whether it was intended for me or the witness," he elaborated, providing insight into the ongoing investigation.

As Jeongguk spoke, Taehyung's mind raced, processing the information and connecting the dots of the case that Jeongguk had been diligently pursuing for the past week. The involvement of the detective, Mr. Han, and the omega aligned with Jeongguk's narrative, sparking a sense of recognition and understanding within Taehyung.

Despite the clarity provided by Jeongguk's explanation, a heavy weight still settled in Taehyung's chest, the unsettling feeling refusing to dissipate entirely. Casting a concerned glance toward Jeongguk, his gaze shifted to the wound on his mate's arm, a silent testament to the dangers they faced in their pursuit of justice.

With a clench of his jaw, Taehyung's frustration bubbled to the surface, his voice edged with a hint of exasperation. "What do you mean you're uncertain about the attack? It's obvious it was targeted at you," he asserted, his concern for Jeongguk palpable in his words. "I've warned you before to take better care of yourself."

Unbeknownst to Taehyung, Jeongguk's gaze bore into him with a piercing intensity, his fingers tightening imperceptibly on Taehyung's waist as he absorbed his mate's impassioned outburst. 

Interrupting Taehyung's tirade, Jeongguk interjected with a furrowed brow, his confusion evident in his voice. "I'm struggling to comprehend how you were aware of the impending danger that loomed over me," he admitted, his gaze searching Taehyung's face for answers.

As Taehyung met his questioning look, uncertainty flickered in his eyes, unsure of how to respond to Jeongguk's inquiry. Before he could formulate a reply, Jeongguk exerted gentle pressure, flipping their position and urging Taehyung to recline beneath him, his presence a comforting weight as he hovered above.

Leaning closer, Jeongguk's voice lowered to a whisper, his words laden with significance. "Mr. Kim, have you ever ventured near the grove?" he inquired, invoking the name of a place that stirred unease within Taehyung's heart. 

Caught off guard by the mention of the ominous location, Taehyung's pulse quickened as he found himself ensnared by the gaze of his mate, his senses tingling with apprehension as Jeongguk encaged him with his presence.

Taehyung attempted to maintain a facade of confidence, albeit with a hint of uncertainty creeping into his voice as he stammered, "Who hasn't been there? Why are you even questioning this?" Despite his outward display of assurance, Taehyung's demeanor betrayed a flicker of doubt.

Observing Taehyung's reaction closely, Jeongguk's smile remained gentle, his expression carrying a weight of understanding. "It just so happened that I caught sight of an unfamiliar figure skulking amidst the forest—a place seldom traversed by many and conveniently devoid of surveillance coverage," he explained, his tone measured and deliberate. "Yet, they were discernible, even in the absence of direct scrutiny."

A meaningful depth permeated Jeongguk's gaze as he continued, "This occurred prior to the tragic forest fire incident," he revealed, his words laden with significance.

With a firm push, Taehyung gently nudged Jeongguk to the side, his expression tinged with irritation as he addressed his mate. "It's reassuring to hear that progress has been made in the case," he acknowledged, though his gaze remained averted, a subtle indication of his lingering frustration.

"I came here with the sole intention of extracting you from harm's way," Taehyung continued, his tone clipped and businesslike. "Now that my task is complete, you may resume your duties without my interference. This matter holds no significance to me."

Glancing briefly in Jeongguk's direction, Taehyung's resolve wavered momentarily as he muttered under his breath, "Next time, I won't be so quick to come to your aid. Sacrificing my first kiss seems to have garnered little appreciation in return." His words carried a hint of resignation, a reflection of the disappointment he felt in the aftermath of their encounter.

Yet, before Taehyung could make his departure, he found himself once again halted by Jeongguk's firm grip.

As Taehyung's patience wore thin, he felt a surge of frustration building within him, his muscles tensing in preparation to confront his mate. Yet, before he could act upon his impulses, he was caught off guard as Jeongguk swiftly intercepted his movement, their lips colliding in an unexpected and passionate kiss.

Eyes widening in astonishment, Taehyung instinctively attempted to push Jeongguk away but found himself ensnared in the alpha's embrace. Unable to resist the overwhelming intensity of the moment, he surrendered to the fervor of the kiss, his hands finding their way to Jeongguk's nape as their tongues entwined in a dance of desire.

Sensations coursed through Taehyung's body, causing him to tremble as he clung tightly to Jeongguk, his resolve melting away in the heat of their shared passion. In that moment, all other thoughts and concerns faded into oblivion, leaving only the undeniable connection between them.

“I will gladly be an unbridled, shameless and disrespectful mate, if it is for you. I have no interest in anyone else.” Jeongguk says in between the kiss and easily make them lie on the bed while deepening the kiss, their desires hungrily conveyed to each other, making the moment turn into a hot and unbearable mess. The intensity of their desire was palpable as they communicated fervently, leading to a moment of unbridled passion that became almost overwhelming. 

The two poured out the hidden feeling in the kiss as they explored and tasted each other's mouths with a ravenous hunger. This time they were lucid and attuned to the intensity of their mutual desire. 

Taehyung yielded to the intensity of their kiss, and Jeongguk gradually eased back, allowing a slight distance to form between them. Observing the haze of emotions in Taehyung's eyes, as the two pant and breathes in. 

Jeongguk spoke with sincerity, expressing gratitude for his mate's unwavering support and willingness to go to such lengths for his safety.

"Thank you for pulling me out of danger and sharing this moment with me," Jeongguk conveyed, his voice imbued with genuine appreciation. "I value our connection deeply, and I'm glad to have shared this experience with my mate. However, I must insist that you refrain from risking your safety for my sake in the future. Your well-being is paramount to me."

As Taehyung blinked in response, Jeongguk continued, his gaze searching for reassurance within his mate's expression. "Taehyung, I trust that you won't engage in any actions that would compromise your integrity or place you at odds with the law," he affirmed, his tone firm yet laced with concern. With a lingering gaze, Jeongguk awaited Taehyung's response.

Taehyung's nod conveyed his acquiescence. A sense of submission settled over him, his gaze softening as he locked eyes with his mate. With a tender touch, he cupped Jeongguk's cheeks, his thumb tracing gentle circles across the alpha's skin.

"I can't make promises to avoid conflict with the law if it means compromising our principles," Taehyung confessed softly, his voice carrying a weight of determination. Despite the submissive demeanor, there was an underlying strength in his words. A steadfast commitment to their shared values and beliefs.

Sensing the gravity of Taehyung's declaration, Jeongguk reached out, his fingers intertwining with Taehyung's palm in a silent gesture of solidarity. 

The sudden knock on the door shattered the intimate moment shared between Taehyung and Jeongguk, jolting Taehyung back to reality and prompting him to hastily disentangle himself from his mate. A flush of embarrassment tinged his cheeks as he reflected on the events that had transpired mere moments ago, his mind racing to regain composure.

Seizing the opportunity to compose himself, Taehyung hurriedly rose to his feet and made his way to the door, eager to address the unexpected interruption. Mr. Han stood on the other side, his features concealed behind a mask, his expression unreadable as he observed Taehyung's disheveled appearance.

"I apologize for the disturbance, but this is urgent," Mr. Han interjected before Taehyung could inquire further, his tone grave and serious. Taehyung's curiosity was piqued. He was about to respond when the sound of multiple voices reached his ears.

Sensing Taehyung's apprehension, Jeongguk approached them, offering a comforting gesture as he gently smoothed Taehyung's hair and adjusted his hoodie, ensuring he appeared presentable. With a reassuring nod, Jeongguk swung the door open wide.

The surprise etched on Taehyung's face was palpable as he laid eyes on his brothers Jin and Namjoon standing in the doorway, their presence unexpected yet unmistakably significant. Before he could voice his questions, Jin swiftly took hold of Taehyung's arm, guiding him away from the room with urgency written in his demeanor.

Sensing the tension thickening in the air, Jeongguk frowned in confusion and followed closely behind. As they made their way towards the hall, their astonishment only grew upon seeing their families gathered there. The two powerful families gathered in such a place. They had expressions a mix of concern and disapproval, casting wary glances at each other.

Jin gestured to Namjoon, prompting him to enter the room they had just vacated, swiftly retrieving Taehyung's belongings or anything that might shed light on his presence. Taehyung watched in silence as the assistant emerged from the room, bearing the items in hand, a silent testament to the gravity of the situation unfolding before them.

Despite Taehyung's attempts to engage his brother in conversation, Jin remained unresponsive, his tight grip on Taehyung's hand serving as a silent testament to his disapproval. Taehyung watched with a mixture of apprehension and curiosity as each person in the room gradually removed their masks, allowing the dissipating pheromones of Jeongguk to disperse into the air, easing the tension in the atmosphere.

To Taehyung's surprise and dismay, he recognized the familiar faces of Hoseok and Yoongi, his parents, Jimin, Jeongguk's parents, and even Lady Ella among the gathered crowd. 

Lady Ella's displeasure was evident as she cast a disapproving glance in Taehyung's direction. Her attention diverted to consoling Mama Jeon, who was visibly distraught over her son's well-being.

Jeongguk's gaze shifted to his assistant, Mr. Han, seeking clarity amid the tension-laden silence that enveloped the room. With a composed demeanor, Mr. Han straightened himself, preparing to address the pressing concerns at hand.

"In light of the recent surge in your pheromones and the subsequent chaos it caused in Gandok, the situation has escalated significantly," Mr. Han explained, his voice measured and authoritative. "Reporters inundated the area, drawn by the opportunity to unearth scandal surrounding the club. As word of your presence during the rut spread, it fueled speculation and misinformation. Currently, various theories are circulating regarding your involvement, tarnishing your reputation."

"To handle the situation Madame Jeon suggested to enlist Lady Ella's assistance in quelling the unrest." Mr. Han fell silent, allowing the weight of his words to resonate within the room. 

Jeongguk clenched his teeth in frustration, his gaze drifting toward his parents with a mixture of disappointment and resolve.

Jeongguk took a decisive step forward, addressing his mother with a firm yet gentle tone. "Mother, I appreciate your concern, but I must insist that Lady Ella not be entangled in these matters. Her involvement poses an unnecessary risk," he stated firmly, his gaze unwavering.

Ella met Jeongguk's gaze with a sense of urgency, her willingness to assist evident in her demeanor. "I am more than willing to offer my assistance if it means supporting you," she affirmed softly, her voice tinged with determination as she lowered her gaze.

Taehyung casts a glance at her and is met with a challenging gaze from her. He looks away. This was not the time.

Jeongguk turns his attention to Taehyung's family. He bows respectfully, acknowledging their presence with humility and gratitude. "I apologize for the trouble caused, though it was never my intention," he expressed sincerely. "Rest assured, I will handle the situation accordingly, and I vow to ensure your safety. This favor will never be forgotten by me."

Gareth and Isa exchanged a glance before Gareth addressed Mr. Jeon with a polite nod. "With your permission, we shall take our leave," he stated respectfully, signaling for his family to depart with him. 

As they prepared to exit, Gareth conveyed a final nod of acknowledgment to Jeongguk, expressing their trust in his ability to navigate the challenges ahead.

Taehyung's family prepared to depart, and Jimin observed the scene unfolding with a keen eye. Sensing the tension in the air, he approached Taehyung with a quiet resolve, leaning in to convey a message in hushed tones. Their exchanged glances spoke volumes, a silent understanding passing between them.

With a nod of acknowledgment, Taehyung acquiesced to Jimin's suggestion, allowing his brother to guide him away from the gathering. Casting a concerned glance back at Jeongguk, Taehyung found reassurance in the alpha's reassuring smile and farewell gesture.

Though his reluctance was palpable, Taehyung followed his brother silently, the weight of the situation weighing heavily on his mind.

As they departed, Taehyung's gaze lingered on Jeongguk, a mixture of apprehension, trust and sadness reflected in his gaze. Jeongguk silently watched Taehyung leave and asked his guard to tell his team to assure their security through the way.

With a firm yet composed demeanor, Jeongguk directed his family to take their seats, signaling the beginning of a serious discussion. "Please, let us convene for a discussion while my team manages the current situation," he stated with authority, his tone leaving no room for argument.

Despite the facade of control, a subtle undercurrent of dissatisfaction lingered in Jeongguk's expression. He is the true-blood alpha, it has become imperative to remind this once again to the citizens of Gandok.

Chapter 54: Bound by devotion

Summary:

Jeongguk calms the situation down.

The ambiance within the hall was palpably tense upon Jeongguk's arrival, as it became apparent that the intersection of the two families in this particular setting was not met with mutual luck. Evidently, there had been exchanges, albeit possibly blunt, between the respective parties. 

Swiftly discerning the potential for further discord, Jeongguk made the quick decision to escort the Kim family from the premises, thereby mitigating any potential worsening of tensions. 

His assistant already did half of the job telling the families that Jeongguk and Taehyung were not well and he made them rest in the same room so that doctor can monitor them easily. Thus, there was no need for the explanation on this part. As for the purpose of Taehyung’s visit here is to kept vague for the time being.

The absence of the Kims left a notable quietness in its wake, interrupted only by the occasional directives transmitted over the receiver and the discreet movements of the team in the background. 

In this hushed atmosphere, Jeongguk's family awaited his directive with bated breath. Mrs. Jeon's gaze remained fixed upon the wound, her apprehension unmistakably reflected in her countenance.

Settling into the chair, Jeongguk surveys the room, his awareness sharpened. A subtle nod to his assistant prompts action. "Contact Mark and request a detailed update," he instructs before allowing the doctor to attend to his injury. 

The gravity of the situation dictated discretion, rendering it unsuitable for discussion within the purview of outsiders. Recognizing this imperative, Jeongguk determined it necessary to dispatch Ella before disclosing the details to his parents. Fortunately, the presence of Jimin proved instrumental in facilitating this delicate scheme.

Amidst his family's silent presence, Jeongguk directs his attention to Jimin and Ella, initiating with a composed tone.

Addressing Ella with appreciation, Jeongguk begins, "I truly value your unwavering support and assistance. However, given the delicate circumstances, your presence here may inadvertently cast a negative perception, potentially impacting your reputation. Therefore, I kindly request that you return home for the time being. Rest assured, we will extend an invitation for dinner once the situation stabilizes." Though Ella appears inclined to object, Jeongguk smoothly shifts focus to Jimin, indicating the need to continue the conversation.

Despite harboring no personal animosity towards Ella and empathizing with her sentiments, Jeongguk remains steadfast in his commitment to prioritizing the happiness and comfort of his mate. While he perceives no direct threat from Ella, his primary concern lies in ensuring the peace and contentment of his mate, whose discomfort with Ella's presence cannot be overlooked. Thus, Jeongguk exercises caution, mindful of the potential ramifications of inadvertently causing distress to Taehyung.

Before Jeongguk can broach the topic, Jimin takes the initiative, his resolve evident as he insists on staying until he receives clarity regarding the attack.

 Aware of Jimin's steadfast nature and genuine concern, Jeongguk acknowledges the need to address his inquiries satisfactorily. With a resigned sigh, Jeongguk acquiesces to Jimin's determination, understanding the importance of ensuring his peace of mind.

Meanwhile, the doctor proceeds to dress Jeongguk's wound and administer the necessary injections, followed by a meticulous examination to ascertain his condition. After a thorough evaluation, the doctor reassures that Jeongguk's condition has stabilized, prompting his departure.

Jeongguk turns his gaze towards his parents, a sense of gravity in his tone as he begins, "I find myself in a precarious situation. I have intentionally stirred the hornet's nest. It has already yielded its initial repercussions." He glances at the wound in his arm. 

Their expressions shift to surprise at his words, while Jimin, Ella, and Eric register visible alarm, Bella still struggling to grasp the severity of the situation looks at him in bewilderment.

Continuing with solemnity, Jeongguk elucidates, "It's imperative to minimize the number of individuals entangled in this matter. I share this not to instill fear, but to caution you about the potential risks we face. Our safety is compromised, necessitating heightened vigilance."

For Bella, this marked the new instance wherein Jeongguk broached the subject of the potential threat in their midst. Accustomed to a sense of security, the revelation required a significant adjustment period for her to fully internalize and comprehend.

Bella's eyes widen in apprehension as she seeks clarification, "What do you mean?" she queries, her voice tinged with concern.

Pausing momentarily to collect her thoughts, Bella's concern for her son's safety becomes palpable. "Is this because of that troublemaker?" she questions, her fear evident as she voices her apprehension. "I've always warned you to steer clear of the Kim's. That boy spells nothing but trouble," she laments, her frustration apparent. 

Eric casts a discreet glance at his wife before turning his attention to his son, silently urging her for restraint, though he understands her emotional state. Sensing Bella's distress, Ella steps in to offer comfort and reassurance.

Once more, the atmosphere becomes charged with tension as Jeongguk observes Bella quietly dabbing away her tears while attributing the turmoil to Taehyung. His silence speaks volumes, as he contemplates the situation with a discerning gaze.

Mr. Han's discomfort is palpable as he registers Madam's remark. With a hesitant glance towards Jeongguk, he carefully gauges the situation. Jeongguk, maintaining his composed demeanor, leans back in his chair, addressing his mother with measured patience. 

"Mother, you have a very decent way of expressing gratitude to the individual who saved your son's life," he begins, his tone firm yet respectful. "May I inquire if there were any interactions between you and them prior to my arrival in the hall?" Jeongguk observes their reactions closely, discerning the validity of his suspicions.

Eric regains his composure and directs a surprised and meaningful look at Jeongguk. "Was he the one who saved you?" he inquires with a hint of urgency. Jeongguk affirms his father's query with a nod, acknowledging the significance of the question.

Before further discussion ensues, Bella interjects tearfully, expressing her confusion and distress. "How was I to know what was happening? When I heard about my son's danger and arrived here to find another family in distress over their own son, it's only natural to react as I did," she explains, her emotions raw. "You can't possibly understand the depth of my concern," she adds through sobs.

Eric finds himself in a state of helplessness as he endeavors to assuage his wife's distress, acutely aware of the pressing nature of the circumstances. However, despite his efforts, she remains displeased by the accusation levied by their son, persisting in her tears.

Observing the dynamics, Jimin, who had been silent until now steals a glance at Ella. She seems visibly frustrated and defeated for some reason. A meaningful smile grazes his lips upon noticing that and he turns his attention back to Jeongguk. 

This drama is nothing new for him and he is already used to it. With a serious expression, Jimin poses a question that piques his curiosity, he cuts to the heart of the matter. 

"How could that be possible? Your pheromones are lethal to any of us," he asks, his tone reflecting the doubts that many present there had.

Jeongguk, cautious about revealing sensitive information in front of Ella, tactfully sidesteps Jimin's question. "At present, my awareness of events preceding the incident is limited," he explains calmly. "Our priority should be managing the current situation and identifying the individual responsible," he asserts, redirecting the focus to the task at hand with a composed demeanor.

Given the circumstances, it would be prudent for you to accompany her home," Jeongguk advises calmly, his tone indicating the seriousness of the situation. "The guards will ensure your safe departure without drawing undue attention. Any further details will be disclosed during the press briefing."

Despite Jimin's initial reluctance to leave, Jeongguk's resolute expression prompts compliance. With a nod, Jimin acknowledges the directive, his lips pressed into a tight line. 

Turning to his cousin, Ella, Jimin observes her hesitation. Understanding the complexity of the situation, Ella finds herself conflicted, realizing that her efforts to maintain decorum may not have yielded the desired outcome. 

Nevertheless, she conveys her concern for Jeongguk with a caring glance before embracing his mother in a gesture of comfort. With a final show of support, Ella departs alongside Jimin, mindful of the gravity of the circumstances at hand.

Jeongguk rises from his seat and approaches his mother, enveloping her in a comforting embrace while gently patting her back to soothe her distress. As he does so, he notices his father's unwavering gaze fixed upon him, indicating a growing comprehension of the situation unfolding.

"I believe I'm beginning to grasp the direction of these events," Eric remarks, his tone reflecting a composed demeanor as he starts to piece together the puzzle. "I trust you'll provide your mother with the necessary explanation in due time," he adds, acknowledging the importance of clarity and transparency.

Jeongguk affirms his father's understanding with a nod. "Indeed, not immediately, but the explanation will come in due course," he assures.

Sitting upright as his mother begins to calm down, Jeongguk addresses the gathered family with a composed demeanor. "I've been engaged in a crucial investigation, which led me here today. It's possible that someone, aware of my activities, seized the opportunity to launch an attack," he explains, his tone measured yet resolute. 

"While I was fortunate enough to be rescued, I refuse to jeopardize the safety of my loved ones. From this moment forward, I urge each of you to exercise utmost caution. Failing to protect my family would undermine my role as the 'Pillar of Gandok'."

As Jeongguk delivers his message, Mr. Han approaches with news of a call from Mark, the team leader. Acknowledging the information with a nod, Jeongguk rises to answer the call. However, his demeanor shifts noticeably upon hearing the contents of the conversation, his professional façade momentarily giving way to a more focused intensity.

From the other end, the team leader delivers the update that the sniper involved in the shooting has been discovered deceased. Maythan, along with the team, is currently on-site gathering evidence, yet as of now, no substantial details have surfaced to shed light on the motive behind the assassination attempt.

Taking charge, Jeongguk inquires about the condition of the body and requests comprehensive reports to be placed on his desk by early morning the following day. Mark acknowledges the instructions and ends the call.

Expressing dissatisfaction with the lack of progress, Jeongguk instructs Maythan to join him within the hour for further discussions, emphasizing the urgency of the matter. Turning to Mr. Han, he tasks him with arranging a press conference to address the recent developments professionally and transparently.

Mr. Han promptly communicates with the PR team, briefing them on the upcoming conference and outlining the critical points to be addressed in preparation for Jeongguk's participation. He adeptly immerses himself in the attendant tasks, efficiently managing the requisite arrangements.

Expressing dissatisfaction over the lack of information on the incidents that transpired while he was unconscious, Jeongguk turns to his father and inquires, "What transpired during my absence?"

Eric Jeon fixes Jeongguk with a solemn gaze before sighing heavily. "Upon the surge of your pheromones, chaos erupted within the confines of the club. Patrons fell ill, prompting a frenzied evacuation as they sought safety. The abruptness of the incident, coupled with the ensuing gunshots, attracted the attention of the media swiftly. A swarm of journalists descended upon the scene, eager to uncover the root cause."

"The magnitude of the disturbance," Eric continues, "indicated the involvement of a formidable alpha, and it didn't take long for them to piece together that you were present. Speculative stories began to circulate, fueled by witness accounts, insinuating that even individuals of great influence succumb to primal instincts." 

"Subsequently, rumors began to circulate, tarnishing your reputation as a sophisticated individual, painting you instead as a hidden libertine. Regrettably, these narratives gained traction, casting doubt upon your character."

"We were primarily concerned with your well-being during that tumultuous period, prioritizing your recovery over quelling the baseless rumors," Eric elucidates, his tone reflecting a sense of gravity.

"Fortunately, the Kim family extended their assistance in our time of need. The young man, Hoseok provided a potion to stabilize your condition and shield us from its effects. Additionally, Young Master Kim took proactive measures to mitigate the chaos, attempting to prevent the dissemination of misinformation and alleviate the traffic congestion."

"Despite their efforts, the Kims were understandably unsettled by the predicament their younger heir found himself in," Eric continues, his gaze shifting to his wife as he exhales heavily. "The situation here was incredibly tense, leaving us feeling doubtful and powerless in the face of uncertainty," Eric concludes, conveying the severity of the situation.

Jeongguk's expression softens as he reflects on the assistance provided by his mate and his relatives, a sense of gratitude evident in his demeanor. "Dad, it's more than just ensuring their son's safety. The fact that both 'pillars' were united under one roof carries significant implications," he explains, his tone thoughtful yet resolute. "They were here as a family to undamage my reputation. They have done their part; now it's up to me to address the rest."

Eric and Bella exchange incredulous glances, realizing their oversight in failing to grasp the broader context of the Kim family's involvement. They were so occupied with their concern and fear for their son that they mistook the assistance provided by the Kims. 

"In that case, we owe them our gratitude and apology," Eric acknowledges, his gaze shifting to his wife, who responds with a slow nod of agreement. They both felt ashamed, despite being influential family, in times of crisis, the Kims proved to be more efficient than them.

Indeed, the presence and proactive involvement of the Kim family served as a powerful block to the expansion of rumors. Their unified front underscored the gravity of the situation, signaling to the public that the circumstances were far more serious than initially perceived. 

The convergence of influential figures lent credence to the notion that significant events were unfolding. In doing so, the Kims effectively quelled speculation and misinformation, reaffirming their commitment to maintaining order and preserving the integrity of those involved.

With a faint smile, Jeongguk acknowledges the need to prioritize his responsibilities. "I must return to work and prepare for the upcoming conference. We'll reconvene once the situation has stabilized," he declares, conveying his commitment to managing the aftermath with professionalism and resolve.

Despite the immense responsibilities resting on his shoulders, Jeongguk remained remarkably composed and focused. Ensuring the safety of the omega witness, conducting thorough inspections for clues, and preparing to address the public demanded his undivided attention. 

However, he found solace and strength in the support and presence of Taehyung, whose assistance allowed him a moment of much-needed rest.

Jeongguk retrieves his phone, composing a message addressed to Taehyung: "I trust your departure proceeded smoothly without any complications?" With a press of the send button, he awaits a response, his gaze fixed intently upon the screen.

As Jeongguk observes the indication that Taehyung is composing a response, he awaits with keen anticipation. Shortly thereafter, a message arrives: "I extend my gratitude to the General for his assistance. Rest assured, there is no cause for concern; my family possesses equal capability. I urge you to focus your attention on your esteemed guest, who stands ready to offer support and strength to the pitiful, weak, and deserving true-blooded alpha in need. :)"

Jeongguk reads the text, he feels an itch in his heart at the tone and content of his mate's message. He can't help but be amused by the spirited nature of Taehyung's communication. 

Swiftly composing his reply, he types, "Indeed, she may be a guest, but you, my dear mate, hold an unparalleled place in my attention, care, and concerns." With a sense of resolution, he returns his phone to his pocket, anticipating Taehyung's characteristic silence yet imagining a faint smile might have graced his lips in response.

Even amidst the chaos, Jeongguk couldn't help but feel a sense of contentment and vitality, buoyed by the memory of his mate's tender care and the warmth of their connection. With a renewed sense of purpose, he immersed himself in his work.

His team was waiting for his orders on further tasks and investigations and he had to make things right and meet the owner and manager of the club. There were many things to be done before the conference.

Chapter 55: The unyielding and unconditional family bond

Summary:

Taehyung finds solace in the support of his family.

Taehyung felt a knot of concern tighten in his stomach as he watched his brother, remain unresponsive. With a furrowed brow, he glanced over at his other brothers, silently pleading for answers with his eyes. Yet, they remained tight-lipped, engrossed in their chatter, oblivious to Taehyung's distress.

Feeling defeated, Taehyung redirected his attention back to Jin, his heart heavy with worry. He gently reached out, shifting close to his brother as he sang out the name of Jin in a soft, hopeful tone. But Jin still didn't stir, his silence echoing louder than ever in the midst of Taehyung's concern.

Taehyung's pout deepened as he pinched Jin's sleeve, gently tugging to grab his brother's attention. "I am sorry for leaving work without any notice," he murmured, the words tinged with regret. Yet, as he stood there, he realized there were so many other apologies owed, so many things left unsaid.

Scratching his head in frustration, Taehyung wrestled with the tangled web of apologies he needed to offer. Which one should come first? Which wound needed healing the most? The weight of his actions pressed down on him, urging him to find the right words, the right actions, to mend what was broken between them.

Everything felt like it was crumbling around Taehyung, the weight of his inadequacies bearing down on him like a heavy burden. He hadn't realized how much his fear emanated from him, permeating the air with its suffocating presence. But then, in a moment he didn't expect, he felt the gentle pull of his brother's embrace, drawing him close, offering solace in the warmth of Jin's chest.

"Don't fret," Jin's voice, though heavy with emotion, carried a soothing reassurance that Taehyung desperately needed. "I feel it can't be helped anymore. If possible, I would have never let you grow up and protected you with all my might, but that is not the case anymore."

Taehyung's lips trembled as he pressed himself closer to Jin, his heart aching with a mixture of gratitude and guilt. The words his brother spoke echoed every sentiment he had been harboring, releasing a floodgate of pent-up emotions. Tears welled in Taehyung's eyes, blurring his vision as he finally allowed himself to release the tension he hadn't realized he'd been holding onto.

Feeling Jin's tender hand patting his head lovingly only intensified the swell of emotions within Taehyung, each touch a reminder of the unconditional love that surrounded him despite his perceived failures.

Hoseok and Yoongi exchanged a silent glance. Their expressions weighed down by the gravity of the conversation unfolding before them. Namjoon, too, turned back to check on the brothers, his curiosity piqued by the hushed tones and somber atmosphere that enveloped them. 

It was evident that this conversation held significant importance, one that they had tried to avoid for as long as possible.

Taehyung's loneliness in his unique ability couldn't be ignored any longer. Jeongguk remained oblivious, innocent in his unknowingness of Taehyung's gift, and they couldn't fault him for that. The burden of understanding fell solely on their shoulders, a weight they had carried in silence for far too long.

Jin's gaze softened as he looked down at his brother, his question hanging heavy in the air. "Did she tell you about it?" His words were laced with a quiet intensity, a reference to the elusive Moon Goddess whom only their family had been blessed to see. It was a sacred knowledge, passed down through generations, entrusted to them alone.

For Hoseok and Yoongi, it was the first time they had heard of such a revelation. The legacy had skipped a generation, from their grandfather who had been bestowed with the vision of the Moon Goddess to now Taehyung, the bearer of this sacred gift. It was indeed a blessing, a connection to something divine, but it also brought forth a set of challenges they hadn't anticipated.

Taehyung's slow nod only added to the weight pressing down on Jin's heart. He listened as Taehyung continued, revealing the extent of their connection. "I get to know when he is in pain," Taehyung confessed softly, his words heavy with the burden of their bond.

Jin glanced back at Hoseok, tensing with his friend's silent affirmation. The notion that such a connection could exist between mates wasn't unfamiliar to them, but the implications of it weighed heavily on Jin's shoulders. He gritted his teeth, his frustration and worry intertwining into a knot of emotions within him.

"It was very painful," Taehyung's voice trembled with emotion as he spoke, his words striking Jin like a physical blow. "It is either we both die or live together."

Jin's grip tightened instinctively around his brother, a silent vow to protect him at all costs. But as Taehyung spoke, the reality of their situation became starkly apparent. The Moon Goddess had imposed a challenge upon them, one that Jin had never asked for nor wanted. The knowledge that Taehyung's safety was tethered to his mate filled Jin with a sense of helplessness and anger.

Since the day Taehyung had been chosen, Jin had carried the weight of his brother's destiny like a heavy burden upon his shoulders. Today's incident only served as a stark reminder of the dangers that loomed over them, threatening to tear them apart. 

Worry for Taehyung gnawed at Jin's insides, a constant reminder of his own powerlessness in the face of fate's whims. Despite their efforts to shelter his brother, these incidents persisted, revealing just how fragile their grasp on safety truly was. Jin couldn't shake the feeling of being tethered to an unstoppable force, forced to watch helplessly as Taehyung navigated the treacherous path laid out before them.

Recollections of a statement from an ancient tome flashed through Jin's mind, its words resonating with eerie relevance. It spoke of mates being tested through trials, a testament to their sincerity and loyalty not only to their people but also to each other. It seemed as though that statement was manifesting itself before Jin's very eyes, the harsh reality of their situation coming into sharp focus.

Yet, despite his desire to intervene, Jin found himself relegated to the role of a mere spectator, watching from afar as his brother struggled against forces beyond their control. The knowledge that he could do nothing to alleviate Taehyung's burden weighed heavily on Jin's conscience, a bitter reminder of the limitations imposed by their circumstances.

Jin's mind raced with apprehension as he contemplated the potential fallout of revealing Taehyung's secret to Jeongguk's parents. He had witnessed their subtle but unmistakable disapproval of Taehyung's presence, and he dreaded the wave of repulsion that would surely follow once the truth came to light. Beside him, Yoongi observed the turmoil in Jin's demeanor with a calm demeanor of his own, sensing the weight of the situation.

Clearing his throat, Yoongi spoke up, his voice steady yet filled with wisdom. "Not everything is as dark as it seems to be," he began, his words cutting through the heavy atmosphere. "While your brother may appear to be in danger, he is also saved from it by the grace of the Moon Goddess or by the sacred bond he shares with his mate."

Jin's brows furrowed in contemplation as he absorbed Yoongi's perspective. It was a perspective he hadn't fully considered amidst his own worries and fears. Yoongi continued, his tone softening with a hint of pride. "Among everyone in Gandok, it is Taehyung and Jeongguk who are the chosen ones. This is our luck and her grace upon us."

Taehyung's heart quickened at Yoongi's words, his eyes darting to meet Yoongi's reassuring gaze. A smile tugged at his lips as he felt a surge of gratitude wash over him. Beside him, Hoseok chimed in, offering his own support and assurance. "We may be helpless in the face of certain situations, but we will always be here to support and provide assistance whenever needed," he affirmed.

Overwhelmed by the outpouring of love and support from his brothers, Taehyung wiped away his tears and forced a smile. "Why are you all being so emotional for no reason? I'm fine," he insisted, though his voice betrayed a hint of vulnerability. Deep down, he was thankful to all of them, his beautiful family.

As the conversation between the brothers unfolded, Namjoon remained a silent observer, taking in the emotions and sentiments shared among them. When he met Jin's gaze, he conveyed unspoken support. This accidental spill of emotion made a blush creep up Namjoon's cheeks, quickly averted his eyes to mask his embarrassment.

Sensing the need to shift the focus of the conversation, Namjoon cleared his throat, drawing everyone's attention to the matter at hand. "General Jeon is going to address the people in about an hour," he announced, his tone carrying a sense of urgency.

The revelation sparked a sense of anticipation among the brothers, redirecting their thoughts away from their personal concerns and towards the imminent address by General Jeon. With a shared nod of acknowledgment, they silently resolved to set aside their worries for the time being and prepare for whatever news the address might bring.

As they arrived at the house, Gareth and Isa greeted their sons with a mixture of worry and relief evident in their expressions. However, their apprehension melted away when they noticed the smiles adorning their children's faces. Sharing a glance, Gareth and Isa exchanged a silent sigh of relief, reassured by the resilience and strength displayed by their sons.

Gareth enveloped Isa in a tight embrace, his hand gently patting her arm to convey his confidence in their children. They had taught them well, instilling in them the values of courage and perseverance to face whatever challenges came their way. Yet, as parents, they couldn't help but worry, especially now during this crucial time.

Isa's maternal instincts kicked in as she noticed the telltale signs of tears in her son's eyes. Pulling them into a tight hug, she pressed kisses to their cheeks, her heart swelling with love and concern. "What should I do?" she murmured softly, her gaze shifting between her sons. "I am so thankful to the Moon Goddess for giving me such good sons, but please don't hide anything from your mother. I worry about you both."

Her words were met with understanding nods from her sons, their love for her shining through in their eyes. Jin smiled and offered a reassuring pat on her shoulder before she turned her attention to Taehyung, her concern evident.

"Did you get hurt anywhere?" Isa's gaze lingered on Taehyung's neck, her eyes widening in horror as she noticed the finger marks marring his skin. Panic surged within her as she reached out to touch the bruises gently. "What happened? Tell everything to your mother."

Taehyung hesitated, wanting to shield his mother from the harsh realities of what had transpired. But under her unwavering gaze and the expectant looks of his family, he sighed, recounting the events of the day. He spoke of the danger sensed by the Moon Goddess, his frantic race to reach Jeongguk and the tumultuous encounter that followed. 

As Taehyung looked around at the somber faces of his family, he couldn't help but offer a reassuring smile. "I am fine," he assured them, though the unease still lingered in the air. "This could have happened to me as well, and Jeongguk would have done the same for me."

 

 

The words were meant to comfort, yet they failed to dispel the underlying tension that weighed heavily upon them all. Still, there was a collective sense of relief that Taehyung emerged unscathed from the ordeal.

As a slow shift in Taehyung's acceptance of his mate and the acknowledgment of his feelings began to manifest, accompanied by the unfolding test of nature's course, the Kim family recognized the need to reveal their hidden card to their beloved son. With the weight of responsibility heavy upon their shoulders, Jin proposed that their father, Gareth, should be the one to make the decision.

"Father," Jin began, his voice carrying a solemn tone as he addressed Gareth, "it is time for us to unveil our family's hidden card to Taehyung. He needs the guidance of our elders now more than ever."

The gravity of Jin's words hung in the air, a testament to the seriousness of the situation. Gareth nodded thoughtfully, understanding the significance of the moment. As the patriarch of the Kim family, it fell upon him to lead and protect his children, especially in times of uncertainty and challenge.

With a determined expression, Gareth agreed to take on the responsibility. "You're right, Jin," he replied, his voice steady and resolute.

Jin's request is heavy with significance. "Please, hand over the keys to Grandfather's secret room to Taehyung," he implored watching Taehyung's reaction.

Taehyung's eyes widened in shock at the mention of a secret room, a hidden corner of their family's legacy unbeknownst to him until now. Gareth, their father, stepped forward to explain, his voice tinged with solemnity.

"This key was entrusted to me by my father, with the instructions to pass it on to you only when the time was right," Gareth revealed, his gaze steady upon Taehyung. "Since Jin believes this is that time, I will give it to you now. It rightfully belongs to you, my son."

Taehyung's heart raced with anticipation as the butler was summoned to fetch the key. When it was finally placed in his hands, he felt a surge of excitement mixed with reverence. This key held the promise of uncovering secrets and treasures left behind by his grandfather, a man whose legacy loomed large in Taehyung's mind.

With a firm grip on the key, Taehyung's eyes sparkled with determination. His grandfather's face flashed before his mind's eye, a reminder of the wisdom and knowledge that awaited him within the secret room.

Jin's comforting gesture brought Taehyung back to the present, his words echoing with hope and encouragement. "Any information to protect you, your bond, and Gandok... I hope Grandfather has it," Jin mused. "He was the only one who knew about your ability before anyone else. He would have been proud to see you grow like this."

As Taehyung traced his finger over the intricate design of the key, his mind buzzed with anticipation and curiosity, wondering what secrets his grandfather had safeguarded for him within the confines of the hidden room. His gaze shifted to his brothers, who stood before him with encouraging smiles, their unwavering support bolstering his resolve.

The key itself was a work of art, adorned with the image of a wolf gazing up at the moon, a symbol that resonated deeply with Taehyung's soul. Its beauty captivated him, drawing him into a world of mystery and possibility.

His heart raced as memories flooded back, the image of his grandfather's chain necklace flashing before his mind's eye. It was this very key that his grandfather had treasured, a key that held the secrets of their family's legacy.

Jin's warning broke through Taehyung's reverie, a reminder of the weight of responsibility that now rested upon his shoulders. "Remember, no more secrets," Jin cautioned, his tone serious. "If there is any information that could be crucial for your safety, do share it with us."

Hoseok chuckled at Jin's stern tone, shaking his head in amusement, while Namjoon interjected with important news. "Jeongguk is live," Namjoon announced, his voice cutting through the tension. "The broadcast is about to begin."

With a renewed sense of purpose, Taehyung pocketed the key, his determination steeled by the support of his brothers.

As the Kim family settled down in front of the television, anticipation hung heavy in the air. On the screen, Jeongguk sat poised and composed, flanked by his father and Maythan. Despite the recent ordeal, he appeared remarkably unfazed, donning his uniform with an air of determination.

With a nod of acknowledgment to the gathered crowd, both in person and through the lens of the camera, Jeongguk's expression turned solemn as he began to address the audience.

"Good evening, esteemed citizens of Gandok," his voice rang out with clarity, carrying a weight that belied his youthful appearance. "I stand before you today with a heavy heart and a sense of duty."

Each word was carefully chosen, resonating with sincerity and resolve. Jeongguk's gaze met the camera, his eyes reflecting the gravity of the situation as he continued to speak.

"In light of recent events, it is incumbent upon me to address our esteemed citizens, in order to shed light on the path we are collectively traversing. It has come to my attention that, as a society, we have fallen prey to the regrettable habit of hastily drawing conclusions and deriving pleasure from the dissemination and consumption of false information, often at the expense of others' reputations and dignity.

Our forebears instilled in us the importance of upholding values and principles, yet in the hustle and bustle of our daily lives, we have, regrettably, allowed these foundational beliefs to slip from our grasp. 

While I do not seek to lecture or admonish, as General of Gandok and one of the esteemed pillars, I am duty-bound to implore upon you the necessity of adhering to truth and integrity in our interactions and communications.

Henceforth, I urge each and every one of you to exercise discernment and diligence in the dissemination of information, ensuring that any news shared is accompanied by verifiable evidence and substantiated facts. Be advised that, should the Jeon Corporation detect any rumors or misinformation pertaining to myself or my family, we will not hesitate to pursue legal recourse to safeguard our reputation and honor.

With that said, let us address the unfortunate incident that transpired at the club recently. While I must exercise discretion in divulging specific details, I wish to announce that the premises in question will be temporarily sealed off. Both the owner and manager will be subjected to thorough inquiries, as it has come to light that the incident was an attempted assassination, orchestrated towards me knowing well of my presence at the location.

Furthermore, I urge your attention to a significant case currently under investigation. I am grateful for the invaluable assistance provided by Mr. Park, whose diligent efforts have yielded substantial progress in our pursuit of justice. Rest assured, we are swiftly moving towards apprehending the perpetrators involved in the mine case. However, I must stress that this incident was not a matter of chance; it was a calculated act with nefarious intent."

As Jeongguk's words reverberated throughout the hall and resonated with those tuning in from their homes, murmurs of concern and speculation rippled through the audience. 

I extend my sincerest apologies to those who suffered illness as a result of the unfortunate incident. Our family acknowledges the inconvenience and distress caused, and we are committed to providing financial aid as compensation for the hardships endured.

This incident has served as a sobering reminder of the importance of vigilance and caution in our actions. It has reinforced our resolve to pursue justice diligently and methodically, as we are heading towards the right path. Rest assured, we are steadfast in our commitment to the well-being and safety of our citizens.

Lastly, I would like to express my profound gratitude to the Kim family for their unwavering support during this challenging time. Their steadfast commitment and unwavering dedication have been invaluable, reinforcing their status as 'pillars' of Gandok.

Jeongguk pauses then watching the people present there he continues, "Your trust and confidence in our leadership are paramount, and we remain steadfast in our dedication to serving the people of Gandok with honor and integrity."

Jeongguk rose from his seat with the grace and dignity befitting his position, bowing respectfully to the assembled crowd before settling back into his chair, prepared to field their inquiries. A hushed silence enveloped the room, the weight of his words lingering in the air, leaving the audience momentarily stunned by the depth of detail and directness in his address.

His aura exuded a commanding presence, tempered by an underlying sense of tranquility that belied the gravity of the situation. It was as if he held the answers to their questions before they were even asked, his composure unwavering amidst the sea of uncertainty.

Yet, despite the palpable tension, it took a moment for the audience to gather their thoughts and formulate their inquiries. The unexpected openness and transparency of Jeongguk's speech had caught them off guard, leaving them momentarily at a loss for words.

In the serene atmosphere of the Kim household, Jeongguk's words echoed through the room, leaving his family pleasantly surprised by the candidness of his address and amused by his gentle reprimand of societal behavior. As the silence lingered, punctuated only by the weight of their collective thoughts, it was Isa who broke the stillness, her voice carrying a lightness infused with admiration.

"I must say," Isa began, her tone laced with pride, "I feel immensely proud to have a son-in-law like him." Her words were met with a chorus of laughter from those gathered, the warmth of their amusement filling the room, even as Taehyung feigned annoyance at his mother's playful remark.

The laughter served as a welcome reprieve from the seriousness of the situation, a reminder of the bond shared by the Kim family and their ability to find moments of levity amidst the challenges they faced. 

 

Chapter 56: Something is wrong with General Jeon

Summary:

Taehyung unexpectedly meets Jeongguk?

Jeongguk gently knocked on the door to his father's room, his heart thudding in his chest as he waited for a response. When his father, Eric, opened the door with a surprised expression, Jeongguk's nerves only heightened. "Is mother asleep?" he asked, his voice barely above a whisper.

Eric nodded, a weariness evident in his movements as he closed the door behind him. "Yes, she finally drifted off. It's been quite the exhausting day," he replied, his gaze meeting Jeongguk's with understanding.

Feeling a knot form in his stomach, Jeongguk hesitated before meeting his father's eyes. "There's something I need to talk to you about," he began, his voice wavering slightly with uncertainty.

Eric nodded, silently urging his son to continue, his own curiosity piqued by the seriousness in Jeongguk's demeanor. With a shared understanding, they made their way to the study, a place that had always fostered open and honest conversations between them.

As they settled into the comfort of the study, the air thick with anticipation, Jeongguk took a deep breath, gathering his thoughts before finally speaking.

"It's about Uncle," Jeongguk stated, getting straight to the point. His father glanced at him, then sighed and rose from the sofa to prepare a drink for himself. "Let me be prepared," he said, indicating the need for a moment to gather himself. Jeongguk nodded silently, understanding the gravity of the situation.

As Eric settled back opposite him, there was a sense of clarity in his demeanor. He spoke first. "I knew this day would come. What have you found?" he inquired, his tone steady but tinged with concern.

Jeongguk met his father's gaze, feeling a hint of uncertainty before speaking. "I'm still gathering evidence, but it's pointing towards Uncle and his associates. I know Umbra had grievances with him, but it wasn't directly targeted until now. His allies are already facing trials, but this recent development seems to implicate him directly. And with Mother..." Jeongguk's words trailed off as Eric interrupted, clearly displeased with the direction his thoughts were taking.

"Do you need to worry about these things in a situation like this? You should focus on work and justice," Eric interjected firmly, his tone leaving no room for argument. This response only served to heighten Jeongguk's nerves.

"Father, you'll be subjected to the wrath of Aunt and the Ji family," Jeongguk blurted out, his anxiety evident in his voice.

Eric smiled, a mixture of reassurance and resolve flickering in his eyes.

There was a heaviness in the air as father and son grappled with the complexities of their family's dynamics and the choices that had led them to this moment.

"Everyone bears responsibility for their actions," Eric's voice carried the burden of decades of family dynamics. "After my parents passed, I assumed care for your aunt. She's always been fiercely independent, and steadfast in her decisions. When she chose Yeon's brother as her partner, her resolve was unwavering. No one could sway her."

He paused, a heavy sigh escaping him before he continued, "Yet, despite our awareness of the truth, we cloak it in silence. As a family, we're bound by shame, unable to confront or correct each other. It's a sad testament to the distance that's grown between us."

Eric's gaze softened, betraying a hint of sadness as he added, "I've cautioned Yeon countless times about the repercussions of his choices, but he's remained obstinate. The depth of his involvement in this darkness eludes me, but I've long sensed his aversion to the light."

The stillness in the room seemed to amplify the weight pressing down on Jeongguk's chest, the dim light casting long shadows across the study. He watched his father quietly, observing the measured intake of the drink, the lines etched on his face speaking volumes of the burdens he carried.

"I won't waver in my decision once the proofs are gathered," Jeongguk declared, his voice firm despite the unease in his heart. "I hope, at that time, Father will understand my actions."

Eric met his son's gaze with unwavering clarity. "When I entrusted you with the company, I knew your capabilities extended beyond mere skills," he began, his tone resolute. "It's about your ability to discern truth and stand by it. We are the 'pillars' of Gandok. The strength of this place rests upon our shoulders. If one falters, the other will inevitably weaken, perhaps even shatter under the strain. But when a pillar begins to rot, waiting for it to collapse on its own is futile. Sometimes, we must act before it's too late. And I fear, we may already be behind."

He paused, the gravity of his words hanging heavy in the air. "The attack on you... I knew it couldn't be the work of just anyone. That's why your desire to speak with me didn't surprise me. I can never jeopardize the safety of my family. Since you're already entangled, end this safely and ensure justice prevails. That's our purpose, Jeongguk. We exist for this." Eric's words were a rallying cry, instilling courage and determination in his son to see their family's legacy upheld, even in the face of darkness.

Jeongguk's hand gently rested on his father's, a silent reassurance of his commitment. Their smiles, though weary, held a glimmer of hope as the weight on their chests lifted ever so slightly. Eric let out a sigh, sinking back into the sofa with a sense of relief.

"The second young master of Kim was always on the right track after all," Eric chuckled softly, a hint of pride coloring his words. "He's quite a brave and bold kid."

Jeongguk's smile widened at the mention of his mate. "I may have wronged him, but there are still some principles I'm bound to," he admitted, his voice tinged with regret.

As he hesitated, unsure whether to voice his thoughts, Eric's understanding gaze encouraged him to continue. "Father," Jeongguk began slowly, "what would you do if someone you care about chose the wrong path in seeking justice for others?"

Eric's expression shifted, a flicker of surprise crossing his features. He sat back, his eyes fixed on his son, contemplating the weight of the question. For a moment, silence enveloped them, the air heavy with unspoken thoughts and emotions. 

Then, with a thoughtful gaze, Eric spoke softly, "Sometimes, guiding those we care about back onto the right path requires patience, understanding, and unwavering support. It's not always easy, but it's our duty to stand by them, even when they lose their way."

Eric cast a meaningful glance at Jeongguk, his eyes reflecting a depth of understanding. "But in some cases, you have to understand that they chose that path because there was no other option left," he remarked, his voice tinged with wisdom. "What is right and what is wrong is hard to discern until people's lives are at stake."

Jeongguk absorbed his father's words, contemplating the complexity of moral decisions in the face of dire circumstances. Before he could dwell further, Eric's next question caught him off guard.

"So, is there anyone you like?" Eric asked, his tone gentle yet curious. Jeongguk processed the question and nodded in affirmation, but the sudden realization of what he admitted caused his face to flush with embarrassment. He quickly shook his head, stammering that it wasn't like that.

Eric chuckled heartily at his son's flustered response, his laughter filling the room with warmth. "It's good to be young, and even better to feel these emotions," he remarked fondly. "You're allowed to live a life like others. We'll wait until you're ready to talk about them."

With a smile, Eric stood up, breaking the momentary spell. "It's late. You should rest too. I'm glad we had this conversation," he said, bidding his son goodnight before departing.

Left alone in the quiet of the study, Jeongguk remained motionless for a moment, replaying the exchange in his mind. Then, with a soft chuckle, he leaned back against the sofa, covering his eyes with his arm. Despite his initial embarrassment, he couldn't help but feel a sense of warmth and gratitude for his father's understanding and acceptance.

Jeongguk found himself immersed in work, the days passing by in a blur of meetings and tasks. Amidst the chaos, thoughts of Taehyung lingered in his mind like a distant echo. He glanced at the certificate resting on his desk, a reminder of Taehyung's absence. Jeongguk contemplated delivering it to him personally, a small gesture to bridge the growing distance between them.

Despite his efforts, communication with Taehyung remained sparse and strained. Each attempt to reach out was met with only brief, indifferent responses or silence. Jeongguk couldn't help but feel a pang of guilt, recognizing it as karma's retribution for his past actions.

Lost in his thoughts, Jeongguk found himself blurting out a question to Mr. Han, who was busy reciting the key points of the meeting. "When will my rut arrive?" The unexpected query caused Mr. Han to choke on his saliva, his eyes widening in shock. He looked at his boss, bewildered by the sudden question. Jeongguk's dislike for ruts was well-known among the staff, making his inquiry all the more surprising.

"I thought you hated it," Mr. Han voiced his confusion, unsure of what prompted Jeongguk's sudden interest in his rut cycle.

Jeongguk nodded, acknowledging the truth of Mr. Han's statement before murmuring, "But he only likes that side of me." The admission hung heavy in the air, a testament to the complexities of Jeongguk's feelings towards Taehyung.

Mr. Han struggled to comprehend the implications of Jeongguk's words, unsure of how to respond. "It's not going to be anytime soon," he finally replied cautiously, sensing the disappointment in Jeongguk's demeanor.

Desperate for any information about Taehyung's whereabouts, Jeongguk pressed on, "Where is he at the moment?" His voice betrayed a hint of longing and concern.

Mr. Han couldn't shake the feeling that something was amiss with his boss. The atmosphere seemed charged as if the air itself had shifted. It was understandable, given the relentless pace of work and the recent sleepless nights they had endured. Perhaps Jeongguk was simply feeling the weight of exhaustion.

"What is it?" Mr. Han asked innocently, trying to discern the cause of his boss's unease. Jeongguk let out a weary sigh before replying, "My mate, Mr. Han. You seem tired today."

Apologies tumbled from Mr. Han's lips as he hastily responded, "He's in college, dutifully doing his studies."

Jeongguk couldn't help but doubt the sincerity of the word "dutifully" when it came to Taehyung and Jimin. However, he chose not to dwell on it, instead rising from his seat with determination. "Then let's go meet him," he declared, catching Mr. Han off guard with his sudden decision.

Mr. Han opened his mouth to protest, wanting to urge his boss to reconsider, but the impatient look on Jeongguk's face left him with no choice. Quickly, he moved to assist Jeongguk, fetching his coat and signaling to the driver to prepare the car.

Jeongguk remained nonchalant throughout the journey, his gaze fixed on the passing scenery outside the car window. The university campus soon came into view, a familiar sight that stirred memories both fond and complicated. As they arrived, Jeongguk waited in silence while the chauffeur awaited his instructions regarding entry onto the grounds.

Breaking the silence, Mr. Han cautiously suggested informing young Master Kim of their arrival. However, Jeongguk waved off the idea, expressing his desire to surprise Taehyung instead. Though skeptical, Mr. Han acquiesced, respecting his boss's wishes. He informed the guards of their presence and inquired about Taehyung's expected whereabouts.

"When does he usually come out from this direction?" Jeongguk inquired, his voice calm and measured. Mr. Han consulted his watch, his familiarity with Taehyung's schedule proving useful. "If he sticks to his usual routine, he should be out in about five minutes. We might catch a glimpse of him if we enter the campus," Mr. Han replied, offering a suggestion.

Jeongguk nodded thoughtfully, then instructed his assistant to contact Professor Das and make a donation to his department. Mr. Han wiped his forehead, a bead of sweat forming under the weight of the unexpected task. Nevertheless, he complied, following the instructions.

As the car entered the campus grounds, Jeongguk stepped out, drawing curious glances from those nearby. He stood tall, sheltered under the shadow of an umbrella held by his assistant, his demeanor composed as he quietly observed his surroundings. Glancing briefly at the campus, he checked his phone with a sense of calm assurance, knowing that he would recognize Taehyung's presence when the time came. There was no need to rush; patience would reveal Taehyung's whereabouts in due time.

Jeongguk's senses tingled with the unmistakable presence of Taehyung's pheromones, pulling his attention towards the familiar laughter echoing across the courtyard. His eyes found Taehyung, surrounded by their editorial team, his laughter ringing out amidst their conversation. 

The sight of Taehyung's hand intertwined with Elian's arm didn't go unnoticed, causing a flicker of something indiscernible to stir within Jeongguk.

Jeongguk glanced briefly at his assistant and murmured, "Let's head back." Mr. Han's confusion was palpable as he tried to decipher Jeongguk's sudden change of plans. They had just seen Taehyung, so why would his boss want to leave now?

As Jeongguk made his way towards the car door, Mr. Han's surprised gaze followed him, unsure of what to make of the situation. Opening the door for his boss, Mr. Han couldn't help but wonder what Jeongguk had in mind.

A small smile tugged at Jeongguk's lips as the scent of Taehyung's pheromones grew stronger, signaling his proximity. Jeongguk took his time moving towards the opened door, savoring the anticipation of Taehyung's reaction.

Suddenly, a soft and deep voice broke through the quiet, addressing him with surprise. "Hyung?" Taehyung's voice carried a mixture of shock and curiosity as he appeared before them unexpectedly.

Turning to face his mate, Jeongguk's heart swelled with affection at the sight of Taehyung's surprised yet beautiful face. Taehyung courteously bowed to Mr. Han before turning his attention back to Jeongguk, his eyes filled with questions.

"Why are you here?" Taehyung inquired, his curiosity evident as he awaited Jeongguk's explanation.

Jeongguk's expression mirrored his surprise and delight. "What a stroke of luck to run into you," he exclaimed, his eyes sparkling with genuine happiness. Gesturing towards a department in the distance, he explained, "I actually came here to make a donation towards the new building."

Taehyung nodded in understanding, his gaze briefly flickering towards Mr. Han, who seemed to be in a state of shock at the unexpected encounter.

Turning his attention back to Jeongguk, he tried to avoid his friends waving and watching them from a distance. 

"You have quite a free time. Jin hyung is always busy." Taehyung's remark about his apparent free time prompted a dry smile from Jeongguk, who replied, 

"Some people are just meticulous with their schedules, allowing for these impromptu events."

Taehyung's response was less than impressed, muttering under his breath, "What a showoff," as Mr. Han struggled to stifle his laughter, trying to remain inconspicuous.

Sensing the tension, Jeongguk quickly shifted the conversation. "Are your classes over for today?" he inquired, trying to ease the discomfort.

Taehyung nodded, his attention drawn to the crowd gathering around them, snapping pictures and gossiping excitedly. 

Uncomfortable with the attention, Taehyung made a move to leave. "You were about to head off, right? I shouldn't keep you any longer," he stated, stepping back slightly.

Jeongguk felt a surge of panic within him, desperately wanting to prolong their time together. "Then allow me to drop you off. It would put my mind at ease knowing you're safe," he insisted, his tone pleading.

But Taehyung shook his head, rejecting the proposal. "That would be too much trouble for you," he countered, his voice tinged with reluctance. Disappointment flashed across Jeongguk's face at Taehyung's refusal.

"Taehyung, are you still angry about my family's behavior that day?" Jeongguk's voice softened with sincerity as he seized the opportunity to address the lingering tension between them. 

"Let me make it up to you by apologizing along the way," he urged, his eyes pleading for understanding.

Taehyung chewed on his lip, torn between the magnetic pull of Jeongguk's pheromones and the stubbornness of his ego. He hadn't seen his mate in days and the prospect of basking in his warmth a little longer was tempting. It wasn't too much to ask for, he reasoned.

Finally, Taehyung relented with a nod. "Then I'll accept your offer," he conceded, giving in to the longing he felt to be near Jeongguk a little while longer.

A smile of genuine warmth spread across Jeongguk's face. "Thank you," he stepped aside to allow Taehyung to settle into the car first, eager to prolong their time together, even if just for a little while longer.

Mr. Han met his boss's gaze that held a triumphant smile, silently acknowledging the success of Jeongguk's maneuver. Despite the occasional cunning streak in his boss, Mr. Han couldn't help but feel pleased to witness the increased interaction between the mates.

Taking another car, Mr. Han followed the directions provided by Jeongguk, leaving the two mates to their own devices.

"You've had a long day," Jeongguk remarked as Taehyung settled into the car, his tone warm and genuine. Taehyung couldn't help but smile lightly at the acknowledgement of his efforts.

However, Jeongguk's next question caught Taehyung off guard. "I'm feeling a bit hungry. Would you like to dine together?" Taehyung's eyes widened in surprise, his hand instinctively reaching out to check Jeongguk's forehead for signs of fever. "What's gotten into you?" he asked, his curiosity piqued.

Jeongguk's smile widened as he leaned back in his seat. "I'm perfectly fine. I'm just making a small effort to extend our time together," he admitted, his gaze softening with affection.

Taehyung felt a rush of warmth flood his cheeks at Jeongguk's confession. Stammering slightly, he finally managed to respond, "Then... let's have lunch together." The invitation hung in the air, sealing their newfound resolve to spend more time together.

Jeongguk discreetly tapped out a message to his assistant, arranging reservations for their lunch as he observed Taehyung gazing out at the passing scenery. Captivated by the sight, Jeongguk couldn't resist snapping a picture of Taehyung, his heart swelling with affection at the candid moment.

The sound of the camera shutter caught Taehyung off guard, prompting him to turn towards Jeongguk with a mixture of surprise and amusement. His mouth hung open in disbelief as Jeongguk captured another shot.

"You..." Taehyung trailed off, unable to articulate his thoughts as he reached out to grab the phone from Jeongguk's hand, his expression a delightful blend of incredulity and affection.

Jeongguk doesn't let him have it. Defeated Taehyung says, "Mr. Jeon, do you realize that taking my photos without permission could lead to legal consequences?" Taehyung's tone carried a hint of amusement as he spoke, his eyes dancing with light-heartedness.

Jeongguk's attention remained focused on his phone, a small smile playing on his lips. "I understand, which is why I've decided to keep it to myself. These photos are for my eyes only, not for the public," he replied calmly, his gaze fixed on the screen.

Intrigued, Taehyung leaned in to see what Jeongguk was up to, only to gasp in surprise as he watched Jeongguk set the photo as his wallpaper. He couldn't tear his eyes away from his mate, feeling a mixture of bewilderment and affection at Jeongguk's unusual behavior.

"Something's definitely off with you today, hyung," Taehyung remarked, unable to contain his curiosity.

Jeongguk paused, meeting Taehyung's gaze head-on. The sparkling intensity of Taehyung's heterochromatic eyes made his heart skip a beat, as if Taehyung held both of them in thrall with just a glance.

"Say it again," Jeongguk urged softly, his voice barely above a whisper. Taehyung frowned in confusion, his blush deepening as he asked, "Say what?"

"Call me hyung again," Jeongguk requested, a hint of vulnerability in his tone.

Caught off guard by the request, Taehyung turned away, mumbling to himself, "It's a trap," as he felt his heart race in his chest. The moment felt surreal, as if he could melt into the warmth of their connection.

Jeongguk couldn't help but smile at Taehyung's reaction, feeling a sense of liberation after his conversation with his father. In that moment, all he wanted was to focus on their shared happiness, to cherish the joy reflected in Taehyung's eyes.

The tranquil moment between Jeongguk and Taehyung shattered abruptly as Taehyung's phone rang, the sudden noise jolting them both out of their reverie. With a furrowed brow, Taehyung glanced at the unfamiliar number flashing on the screen before hesitantly answering the call.

On the other end of the line, a girl's voice gasped and panted, her words interspersed with desperate cries for help. Taehyung's heart clenched in concern as he strained to make out the voice through the distress. "Lily? Is that you?" he questioned, his voice tinged with anxiety.

The girl, identified as Lily, continued to plead for assistance, her voice laced with fear and urgency. "Help me, Taehyung. They're going to kill me," she cried out, her desperation palpable even over the phone.

 

Taehyung's mind raced as he tried to process the situation. "Where are you?" he demanded, his voice trembling with concern.

There was a brief pause before Lily responded, her voice filled with anguish. "Where we first met. Taehyung... I'm sorry. I can't hold on much longer. I..." Her words trailed off as the sound of gunshots erupted in the background, followed by an abrupt disconnection.

A wave of panic washed over Taehyung as he listened to the chilling sounds, his hands shaking with fear as he stared at his phone in disbelief. Sensing his distress, Jeongguk pulled him into a comforting embrace, his voice calm but urgent as he pressed for more information.

"Where is that place?" Jeongguk's voice was steady, his patience evident as he sought to gather crucial details. He held Taehyung's gaze, his expression a mix of concern and determination. "Tell me, where is the place?" His tone was soft and urging. 

Taehyung met Jeongguk's anxious eyes, his own filled with turmoil as he struggled to make sense of the situation. With a shaky voice, he finally managed to utter the name of the location. "Crescent Road."

Without hesitation, Jeongguk sprang into action, issuing swift instructions to his driver to take them to Crescent Road without delay.

Chapter 57: A subtle touch of warmth in chaos

Summary:

Jeongguk tries to console Taehyung

Jeongguk's heart skipped a beat at the mention of "Crescent Road," a name that sent a ripple of apprehension through his veins. Yet, he remained composed, his focus unwavering as he clasped Taehyung's hand tighter, silently reassuring his mate amidst the looming shadows.

The mere mention of Crescent Road conjured images of a world veiled in darkness, a labyrinthine maze where vice and danger lurked around every corner. It was a place infamous for its brothels and gangs, where the underbelly of society thrived in the shadows cast by towering buildings.

Despite its reputation, Crescent Road held a peculiar allure, drawing in not only the desperate and destitute but also those with darker intentions. For beneath its façade of depravity lay a network of clandestine dealings, a haven for spies and kingpins alike.

Jeongguk's concern deepened as he observed Taehyung, lost in a somber reverie amidst the chaos of Crescent Road. The dusk was enhancing the gloominess spread across Taehyung's features, emphasizing the weight of his thoughts.

Worry gnawed at Jeongguk's heart as he longed to reach out, to comfort Taehyung in his moment of introspection. Yet, before he could utter a word, Taehyung's voice pierced the silence, drawing Jeongguk's attention like a moth to a flame.

The words hung heavy in the air, laden with the echoes of Taehyung's past encounters with the denizens of Gandok. Each syllable bore the weight of memories both haunting and profound, a testament to the indelible imprint left by those who had crossed Taehyung's path.

“I have visited the darkest of places in Gandok and met many dangerous as well as humble people I can think of. I can’t forget, even if the meeting is for a moment, they impacted my life in a way.” Taehyung says. His voice is soft but laden with helplessness.

Jeongguk listened intently, his gaze fixed upon Taehyung's face as if searching for answers in the depths of his mate's eyes. He had always sensed a layer of mystery surrounding Taehyung's past, a veil that shrouded the truth of his experiences.

And yet, in this fleeting moment of vulnerability, Taehyung had offered a glimpse into the labyrinth of his soul, a rare glimpse into the depths of his resilience and pain.

As Jeongguk contemplated the significance of Taehyung's words, a surge of determination welled within him. He vowed to unravel the enigma of Taehyung's past, to stand by his side as he confronted the ghosts that haunted him.

But even as he made this silent promise, Jeongguk couldn't shake the nagging doubt that lingered in the recesses of his mind. The path to understanding Taehyung's pain would be fraught with obstacles, a treacherous journey through the darkest recesses.

Taehyung's gaze remained fixed ahead, his thoughts adrift in the tumult of memories and unspoken truths. The weight of his encounters with Lily hung heavy in the air, a testament to the complexities of their relationship.

As he spoke, the words spilled from his lips like droplets of rain, each one laden with layers of meaning and emotion. Lily's presence in his life had been a sudden form of a challenge and a blessing, her boldness a mirror to his own inner turmoil.

“Lily is one of those encounters. She is a bold and smart lady with no hesitation in speaking what she feels is right. We met sometimes as she would give me information on the people I needed to know for my article.”

Jeongguk listened intently, his heart aching with the desire to understand the depths of Taehyung's experiences. Yet, even as Taehyung shared fragments of his story, there remained an unspoken divide between them, a barrier of secrets and shadows that lingered between their intertwined fingers.

And then, in a moment of quiet vulnerability, Taehyung glanced at their joined hands, a silent plea for understanding passing between them. Jeongguk's response was instinctual, his grip tightening around Taehyung's hand in a silent vow of solidarity.

"I trust you," Jeongguk whispered his words a beacon of reassurance amidst the uncertainty that enveloped them. And in that moment, Taehyung felt a surge of gratitude wash over him, a flicker of hope amidst the darkness that threatened to consume him.

But as the silence stretched between them, Taehyung knew that some truths were too fragile to be shared, some wounds too deep to be healed. 

As they ventured deeper into the heart of Crescent Road, Jeongguk's senses were assailed by the cacophony of sights and sounds that defined this urban jungle. Neon signs flickered overhead, casting an eerie glow upon the dilapidated storefronts and alleyways that lined the street.

The air was thick with the scent of sweat and smoke, a tangible reminder of the desperation that permeated the atmosphere. Even the sun seems to resent this place. Amidst the chaos, Jeongguk remained vigilant, his instincts honed by years of navigating the treacherous streets of Gandok.

The air crackled with tension as Jeongguk and Taehyung arrived at the scene, the distant wail of police sirens punctuating the heavy silence that hung over the gathering crowd. Taehyung's nerves were already on edge, his anxiety mounting with each passing moment.

As they approached the small cluster of people, Taehyung's heart hammered in his chest, a sense of dread knotting in the pit of his stomach. He moved with urgency, his steps quickening as he sought to catch a glimpse of the unfolding scene.

But before he could fully take in the grisly sight before him, Jeongguk's hand covered his eyes, shielding him from the horror that lay just beyond their reach.

"Don't look," Jeongguk's voice was firm, tinged with a quiet resolve as he sought to protect Taehyung from the gruesome reality that unfolded before them.

Taehyung's breath caught in his throat, his pulse thundering in his ears as he struggled against the instinct to see, to know. Yet, Jeongguk's grip remained tightened on him.

"I am sorry," Jeongguk's voice pierced through the chaos, shattering the fragile bubble of hope that Taehyung had clung to amidst the turmoil. The words hung heavy in the air, a crushing weight that threatened to engulf them both in despair.

Taehyung's breath caught in his throat, his heart skipping a beat as the ground beneath him seemed to shift. He struggled to maintain his balance, his world spinning in disarray as Jeongguk's apology reverberated through his senses.

Before he could even comprehend the full extent of Jeongguk's words, strong arms enveloped him from behind in a reassuring embrace, anchoring him amidst the tumult of emotions that threatened to overwhelm him. Taehyung clung to Jeongguk as if he were the only lifeline in a stormy sea, his fingers trembling against the fabric of his mate's sleeves.

As they stood there, locked in their embrace, Taehyung's senses were assaulted by the frantic whispers of the people around them. The crowd had dispersed in a frenzy of panic, their voices a cacophony of fear and uncertainty.

Some cursed under their breath, while others exchanged hurried whispers about the incessant gunfire that echoed in the distance in broad daylight. Each word sent a shiver down Taehyung's spine.

Jeongguk's gaze swept over the crowd, his eyes ablaze with a silent command for them to disperse and keep their mouths shut. It was a look that spoke volumes, a silent warning to those who dared to linger and speculate amidst the chaos of the crime scene.

But as his eyes traveled further, they landed on the surveillance cameras scattered throughout the street. His jaw clenched in frustration, a grim acknowledgment of the brazenness of their adversary. To commit such a heinous act in broad daylight, under the watchful gaze of the cameras, was a deliberate challenge, a taunt aimed directly at those who sought justice.

Despite the anger that simmered beneath the surface, Jeongguk remained outwardly calm and composed. Jeongguk gently turned Taehyung's face towards him, his touch firm yet tender, a silent plea for his mate to focus amidst the chaos that surrounded them.

"You need to sit back in the car," Jeongguk's voice was calm, each word measured and deliberate as he sought to convey the gravity of the situation to Taehyung. "This is a crime scene. Let the police take care of things first."

Taehyung nodded, his gaze meeting Jeongguk's with a mixture of apprehension and understanding. He knew the importance of following Jeongguk's instructions, especially in moments like these when emotions ran high and danger lurked in the shadows.

Jeongguk guided Taehyung towards the car, a gentle yet firm hand on his shoulder. The arrival of Mr. Han was right on time. The assistant rushes to their side, shocked by the change of events.

"Take care of Taehyung," Jeongguk instructed Mr. Han with a sense of urgency, his voice carrying the weight of responsibility as he entrusted his mate's well-being into Mr. Han's capable hands.

Mr. Han nodded solemnly, his expression determined as he stepped forward to assist Taehyung.

Jeongguk's gaze swept over the scene before him, his eyes alighting on the officers who had arrived to take charge of the investigation. With a sense of purpose, he approached them, his posture straight and unwavering as he addressed them.

The officers returned the gesture with a salute, their respect evident in their expressions as they acknowledged Jeongguk's presence. He listened to the instructions of Jeongguk patiently while the forensic team went to the scene. Jeongguk's voice was steady and authoritative as he coordinated with the officers.

Taehyung accepted the bottle from the assistant, gratitude glimmered in his eyes. Leaning back against the seat, he unscrewed the cap and took a sip, the cool liquid soothing his parched throat.

But as he tilted his neck, a sudden glint of light caught his eye, drawing his attention to the reflecting object on the street. It was the pole with the mirror, the flickering light falling and reflecting from it. 

His gaze lingered, curiosity piqued, as he watched the forensic team at work, their cameras flashing in rapid succession as they captured every detail of the crime scene.

And then, amidst the flurry of activity, something caught his eye. Taehyung's breath caught in his throat as he followed the trail of light from the camera flashes. His eyes widened in astonishment as the message hidden in the darkness was revealed before him.

The words, painted in what appeared to be crimson red, leaped out from the otherwise nondescript wall with a chilling clarity: "Actions beget consequences; the seeds you plant shall yield their harvest"

A shiver ran down Taehyung's spine as the weight of those words settled over him like a heavy cloak. It was a message both ominous and profound.

The juxtaposition of the flashing cameras and the flickering broken tube nearby cast an eerie glow over the wall, lending an otherworldly aura to the scene. 

Taehyung stared at the message, etched in crimson against the backdrop of chaos, he couldn't shake the feeling that they were being watched, that every move they made was being scrutinized by unseen eyes.

Taehyung feels a chill race down his spine as various possibilities of threat run through his mind. His gaze falls upon the lifeless form of Lily, the stark contrast of her blood staining the pavement sending a shiver through his soul. 

His eyes traced the broken heel of her shoe, a poignant reminder of the violence that had shattered her world in an instant. The last words of her echoing in his mind.

But before he could delve further into the grim tableau before him, Jeongguk stepped in a protective barrier between Taehyung and the harsh reality of the crime scene. 

Taehyung's heart hammered in his chest, the tension radiating from his body palpable as he struggled to process the enormity of what lay before him.

"The gang will be caught soon," Jeongguk's voice cut through the silence, a beacon of reassurance amidst the darkness that threatened to consume him. "Some witnesses know them. For now, this case is believed to be driven by hatred towards this young lady."

Taehyung listened in silence, his gaze flickering between Jeongguk's steady expression and the haunting message painted on the nearby wall. His grip tightened around the bottle in his hand, a silent anchor amidst the storm of emotions that raged within him.

Nodding slowly, Taehyung's eyes held a steely resolve, a determination to see justice served for Lily and all those who had fallen victim to the cruelty of others. Jeongguk's sigh of relief did not go unnoticed, a silent acknowledgment of the strength that Taehyung exuded even in the face of adversity.

"Justice will be given as soon as possible," Jeongguk reiterated. With a final glance at Taehyung, he turned to Mr. Han, issuing instructions with a sense of purpose and determination.

Taehyung's thoughts drifted to the enigmatic woman with the gothic-style makeup. A pang of guilt twisted in his chest. Her presence had left an indelible mark on his memory, a testament to the strength and resilience that she embodied despite the hardships she faced.

He remembered the way she chewed her gum with an air of nonchalance, her demeanor a stark contrast to the chaos that surrounded them. She had been a solitary figure, navigating the harsh realities of life with a determination that left Taehyung in awe.

And yet, amidst her tough exterior, Taehyung had glimpsed a vulnerability that mirrored his own. She had been the one to save the kidnapped girl, her actions a testament to her selflessness and courage in the face of danger.

Taehyung's heart ached as he recalled the moment on the bus when she had spoken in his favor, her words a lifeline amidst the sea of judgment and prejudice. In her, he had found a kindred spirit.

But now, as he looked upon her lifeless form, a wave of sorrow washed over him. She had been a mess of flesh, a victim of a crime born out of hatred and malice. And in that moment, Taehyung couldn't help but whisper a heartfelt apology, a silent acknowledgment of his inability to save her when she had needed him the most.

As the darkness enveloped the sky, casting a somber hue over the world outside, Jeongguk settled back into the car, his gaze soft as he turned to Taehyung. "Want to go home?" he asked, his voice a gentle caress in the heavy silence that hung between them.

Taehyung's response was a silent nod, his thoughts weighed down by the events of the day. With a quiet command, the driver started the engine, and they began their journey away from the scene of the crime.

But Taehyung's mind was elsewhere, his eyes fixed on the screen of his phone as he read the response to his text. The words were a stark reminder of the delicate balance they walked, the thin line between speculation and action.

"It is just your speculation," the message read, a sobering reminder of the need for caution in their pursuit of justice. "We can't act now. We need to be very thorough with our actions. Let's lay low for a while."

A sense of frustration welled within Taehyung, a gnawing desire to take action, to seek answers in the face of uncertainty. But as the timer on the message to delete the text began its countdown, he forced himself to focus on the world outside, on the sky with its sparse clouds painted against the canvas of night.

Despite the clarity of the evening sky, Taehyung couldn't shake the feeling of gloom that settled over him like a heavy cloak.

And so, as the seconds ticked away, the message disappeared from his screen, Removing any signs of the Umbra.

 

Jeongguk remained on the call, his attention split between the urgent conversation at hand and the silent figure beside him. His fingers danced across the screen of his phone, navigating through the reports with practiced ease, yet his heart ached with a sense of helplessness as he glanced toward Taehyung.

Taehyung's hand was clasped in his own, the touch offering a fragile connection amidst the turmoil that engulfed them. But despite the physical closeness, there was a palpable distance between them, a gulf of pain and sorrow that Jeongguk longed to bridge.

He had seen his fair share of gruesome cases in his line of work, but Taehyung's anguish cut deeper than any he had encountered before. This wasn't just another crime scene; it was a personal tragedy.

The memory of the woman who had called out to Taehyung in her final moments weighed heavily on Jeongguk's mind, a silent reminder of the burden of guilt that Taehyung carried. He longed to ease his mate's pain, to offer solace in the face of such unfathomable grief, but he knew that words alone could never be enough.

Seeing Taehyung lost in his thoughts, Jeongguk made a silent decision. He turned to Mr. Han, his voice resolute as he issued instructions. "Handle the rest of the work," he instructed, "Only inform me in case of emergency."

Jeongguk informed Jin of the situation through a text. With a soft beep, Jeongguk's phone signaled a text from Jin, requesting him to stay in the house, if possible until he arrived. 

As he pocketed his phone, Jeongguk's gaze drifted to the passing scenery outside the car window. The rhythmic hum of the engine and the gentle sway of the vehicle lulled him into a contemplative state. Closing his eyes, he allowed his thoughts to drift, pondering on how to break the silence between them.

Meanwhile, Taehyung sat in quiet contemplation, his mind still reeling from the events of the day. But suddenly, he heard his name being called, a whisper that seemed to echo in the depths of his mind. Startled, he turned to Jeongguk, realizing that somehow their thoughts had become intertwined, their mind link was opened.

Jeongguk's internal monologue continued to play out in his mind, he wrestled with the awkwardness of the situation, lamenting his perceived lack of skill in conversing with Taehyung. He couldn't help but critique his own attempts at communication, feeling a pang of guilt at the silence that hung heavy between them.

"Should I ask what I can do to help you? No, that sounds too professional. What about- May I help you..." Jeongguk mused to himself, there was silence for seconds, his thoughts spinning in circles as he struggled to find the right words. "You can tell me what's on your mind. I'll be happy to hear... No, happy is not the right word at the moment."

His self-deprecating thoughts threatened to overwhelm him as he chastised himself for his ineptitude in connecting with Taehyung on a deeper level. He felt the weight of responsibility settles on his shoulders, knowing that his inability to reach out to Taehyung only contributed to his mate's subdued demeanor.

Unbeknownst to Jeongguk, Taehyung listened to his internal dialogue with a mixture of amusement and fondness. Despite his struggles, Jeongguk's earnest efforts to understand and support him warmed Taehyung's heart.

Jeongguk's fingers hovered over his phone once again, Taehyung remained silent, his focus solely on the stream of thoughts emanating from his mate's mind. 

He watched the reflection of Jeongguk's face in the window, anticipation building as he waited for the contents of the text. 

"How do you console…a friend…when they are feeling upset?”

Taehyung becomes curious about the identity of the receiver of the message. His curiosity is soon answered as Jeongguk's voice cuts through the silence, reading aloud the message he had received.

"Big bro, you are the Jeon Jeongguk, your presence itself is a consolation, you don’t need to console anyone with your words. The thought in itself has freed the soul of that person from the afterlife.”

“….”

Taehyung's mouth twitches at the familiarity of the tone. He knows this is a text from Jimin, knowing all too well the playful yet profound wisdom that this person often imparted.

If not for the mind link, Taehyung would have snatched the phone and give a good response to this buttering, but he wanted to hear more of Jeongguk's thoughts. He was not ashamed, it was Jeongguk who made the mistake of doing the mind link.

Taehyung suppresses his amusement when he senses the silence in the mind and the frustration in Jeongguk's demeanor, a reflection of his struggles to find the right words. Jeongguk keeps the phone back in his pocket, not wanting to glance at it further or ask for an advice.

He pondered whether his mate might be hungry, and should he stop by for a takeout. A wave of tenderness washed over Taehyung's face at the thoughts in Jeongguk's mind that revolved all around him. The quietness in the car and the soft monologue of his mate carried so much warmth that it made Taehyung relax.

He leans comfortably on the seat. The soft glow of the moonlight cast gentle shadows across his features.

But as Jeongguk's thoughts raced, Taehyung's index finger moved to squeeze Jeongguk's small finger in a reassuring gesture, the pressure a silent reassurance that spoke volumes. In that simple touch, Jeongguk felt a sense of connection and understanding that transcended words.

His train of thought ground to a halt as he turned to glance at Taehyung, his heart swelling with gratitude for the warm presence beside him. His eyes remain fixed on the intertwined fingers.

Taehyung shakes his head slowly, his gaze drifts back to the mesmerizing sight of the full moon hanging majestically in the night sky. Its radiant glow seemed to pierce through the darkness, casting a serene aura over the world below.

At that moment, amidst the quiet stillness of the night, Taehyung felt a subtle shift within him. The heaviness that had settled over his heart began to dissipate, replaced by a newfound sense of calm and clarity.

With each passing moment, the sky seemed to shed its cloak of gloom, transforming into a canvas of hope and possibility. And as he continued to gaze up at the celestial spectacle above, a small smile tugged at the corners of Taehyung's lips. 

He slowly disconnects their mind-link.

Chapter 58: I will protect what's mine

Summary:

Taehyung and Jeongguk talks about Umbra.

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk arrived at Taehyung's house. The butler's surprise was evident in his demeanor as he greeted them with a respectful bow. Hastily, he escorted them to the grand living room where Isa was engrossed in flipping through a magazine. 

Isa, caught off guard by Taehyung's unexpected companion, rose from her seat with a mix of astonishment and delight painted across her features. With a warm smile, she extended a gracious welcome to Jeongguk, her eyes sparkling with curiosity and genuine interest.

Jeongguk, maintaining a demeanor of utmost respect, offers a bow to Isa before softly addressing her with an apology for his unannounced arrival. Isa, with a graceful gesture, dismisses any need for apologies, assuring him with a wave of her hand. However, Jeongguk persists, expressing regret for the inconvenience he caused that day. Despite Isa's reassurances, he remains adamant.

Isa, with a warm grin, assures Jeongguk once more that the incident has long been forgotten, moving closer to him with a comforting pat on his arm as she encourages him to take a seat. However, before the exchange of pleasantries can continue, Taehyung brutally interjects them.

"Don't trouble yourself, Jeongguk is a man of many obligations. He'll be taking his leave," Taehyung announces, subtly prompting Jeongguk with a discreet glance to depart. However, to Taehyung's surprise, Jeongguk casually shakes his head, indicating his desire to stay.

"It's not a problem. My schedule has been shifted and I can stay here for a while. It has been long since I visited everyone." Jeongguk says so much making Taehyung gape in surprise. He stands there momentarily stupefied by this unexpected decision.

Isa, amused by the unfolding interaction, lets out a soft chuckle before warmly inviting Jeongguk to take a seat. Taking her place on the adjacent sofa, she gestures for Jeongguk to join her, creating an inviting atmosphere for him.

Observing her son's reluctance to join them, Isa directs a playful yet firm gaze towards Taehyung. "If you're not inclined to join our conversation, dear, perhaps you could excuse yourself and freshen up," she suggests, prompting Taehyung to reluctantly leave the room, his expression a mix of resignation and bemusement at the unexpected turn of events between Jeongguk and Isa.

Caught in a moment of inner conflict, Taehyung hesitates, torn between the desire to escape but unsure of what these two might be discussing behind his back. The thought of his mother telling his embarrassing childhood moments to Jeongguk made Taehyung stiff. 

After a moment's deliberation, he takes a tentative step forward, only to pause and abruptly change course, settling himself beside his mother with an air of reluctance, his mood noticeably sour as he avoids meeting the gazes of the other two occupants in the room.

Sensing Taehyung's discomfort, both Jeongguk and Isa turn their attention toward him, their expressions softening with understanding. A silent understanding passes between them as they exchange a knowing glance, their smiles reflecting a shared connection. 

"I'm feeling a bit peckish," Taehyung murmurs, his gaze still fixed on the magazine he's idly flipping through, sensing his son's attempt to distance himself.

Isa's maternal instincts kick in as she then notices the change in her son's demeanor—a subtle pallor to his complexion, a quietness that seemed out of character. With a concerned glance towards Jeongguk, she silently urges him to shed light on the cause behind Taehyung's distress. However, Jeongguk hesitates, recognizing the sensitivity of the situation.

 It wasn't his place to divulge the details of the unsettling event that had evidently left Taehyung shaken. Uncertain whether Taehyung wished to share such a harrowing experience with his mother, Jeongguk finds himself caught in a dilemma.

Meeting Isa's gaze, Jeongguk conveys the gravity of the situation with a solemn expression, indicating that something significant had indeed transpired. Isa's concern deepens at the silent exchange, prompting her to reach out and gently pat her son's arm, coaxing him to meet her eyes.

Studying Taehyung's features intently, Isa's voice carries a mixture of tenderness and firmness as she addresses him directly. "How long do you intend to keep it hidden?" she inquires softly, her words carrying a weight of understanding and encouragement.

Taehyung was taken by surprise by her words. He opens his mouth to say something but closes it again, not knowing where to begin. He then says his thoughts openly, “I again failed to help somebody in need.”

Taehyung's admission hangs heavy in the air, his words a raw reflection of his inner turmoil. His attempt to laugh it off falls flat, revealing the depth of his disappointment in himself. 

Isa and Jeongguk exchange a glance, their expressions reflecting a mixture of shock and empathy as they absorb Taehyung's confession. Jeongguk didn't expect Taehyung to hold such a negative view of himself. 

He knew Taehyung was shaken by that horrifying scene but didn't expect it to be to this extent of self-loathing. He thinks his decision to stay there was right and he needs to talk to Taehyung about this incident in detail.

Moved by her son's vulnerability, Isa pulls him into a tender embrace, pressing a gentle kiss to his forehead. "My dear Taehyung," she murmurs softly, her voice laced with warmth and reassurance, "why do you harbor such doubts about yourself? In Gandok, if there's anyone who embodies the spirit of selflessness and compassion, it's always been you."

Her words carry a soothing resonance, a reminder of Taehyung's inherent goodness and the countless times he has extended a helping hand to those in need. 

Taehyung's act to stay strong crumbles down in his mother's embrace. He hides his face in her arms. Jeongguk observes the tender scene with a sense of relief. He understands the importance of allowing emotions to surface, rather than bottling them up inside. 

He quietly watches as Taehyung tells his mother about the call and the scene that happened later. She is scared to hear about it and holds her son firmly in her arms while telling him she is there to protect him.

Sensing the weight of the atmosphere, Jeongguk breaks the tense silence with a gentle yet insightful observation. His voice, deep and soothing, carries a sense of understanding and empathy, reaching Taehyung like a gentle breeze on a hot summer day, imbued with the calming essence of his presence.

"I can't help but notice," Jeongguk begins softly, his words carrying a depth of insight, grabbing the attention of the duo, "that some things remain unchanged, even as we grow older. You were crying like this in my memory of our childhood. It seems that crybaby is still there, albeit a bit more fierce."

Isa couldn't help but smile hearing him. She pats her son's head, remembering it as well. Jeongguk reminisces, memories flooding back to a time when he found himself in the midst of a similar scene, years ago. 

He recalls being left alone in the hall as his father and Taehyung's father delved into business matters in the study. It was then that he heard the unmistakable sound of Taehyung's cries echoing through the grandeur of the house, his distress palpable even from a distance.

Intrigued and perhaps a bit curious, Jeongguk ventured closer, drawn by the commotion. There, he witnessed a tender moment between Taehyung and his mother, as she cradled her son in her arms, her soothing words attempting to quell his tears. 

Taehyung was crying as his Grandfather didn't take him to his companion's house and went alone. Despite her efforts, Taehyung's cries persisted, his frustration evident.

Isa's gaze shifted towards Jeongguk, and with a warm smile, she beckoned him inside. Upon entering, Jeongguk exchanged greetings with Isa before his attention was captured by the sight of Taehyung, a small trembling figure in his mother's embrace. 

The sound of Jeongguk's voice seemed to have a magical effect as Taehyung's cries gradually subsided, his tear-stained face turning towards Jeongguk with a mixture of surprise and curiosity.

In that moment, Taehyung's breathing seemed to still, his wide eyes locking onto Jeongguk's with a sense of recognition. A hesitant yet genuine "Ggukie hyung" escaped his lips, a shy smile gracing his features as he welcomed Jeongguk's presence.

Isa, witnessing the transformation in her son's demeanor, looked on with a mix of defeat and astonishment. Sensing an opportunity to provide comfort and support, she entrusted Jeongguk with Taehyung's care while she tended to other matters.

As the afternoon unfolded, Jeongguk found himself enchanted by Taehyung's infectious energy and playful spirit. The once tearful child had transformed into a bundle of joy, eager to share his toys with Jeongguk. 

Jeongguk feels nostalgic reminiscing about that time then his eyes land on the familiar fierce spirit in front of him. Taehyung's reaction is immediate, his gaze meeting Jeongguk's with a mixture of challenge and surprise. Swiftly withdrawing from his mother's embrace, he sits up, hastily wiping away the tears that had pooled in his eyes, his expression now tinged with defiance.

Jeongguk could hardly decide whether to chuckle or sigh as Taehyung's glare bore into him. With an unmistakable edge, Taehyung broke the tension, "You were of no help back then, and you're no help now." 

His blunt remark caught Isa off-guard, causing her to cough in surprise. She quickly shushed her son, offering a nervous laugh to ease the awkwardness while casting an apologetic glance toward Jeongguk. Jeongguk, for his part, remained unfazed; he simply offered a resigned shrug and extended his hand in a gesture of peace. 

"Allow me to make amends," he proposed. Isa blinked in bewilderment at the sudden shift in dynamics. Seizing the moment as an opportunity to escape the thickening atmosphere, she muttered an excuse about needing to locate the butler and swiftly exited the room, leaving Jeongguk and Taehyung to their own devices.

As soon as Isa leaves, Jeongguk's demeanor shifts, his expression turning somber as he studies his mate quietly. The questions that were earlier in his mind resurface again. He was unsure whether Taehyung would answer him but still, his mouth gave his thoughts away.  

"What's on your mind? Was Lily just an acquaintance from work?" Jeongguk's upbringing in handling various situations and digging up information has honed his intuition. He knows the individuals who serve as invaluable sources of information. 

With Taehyung's apparent unease, it suggests to Jeongguk that Lily was more than just a casual friend. Taehyung feels a pang in his heart at Jeongguk's probing, yet he remains tight-lipped, his gaze fixed downward.

Jeongguk was also unsure if this crime was just a horror-filled unfortunate murder or an assassination to bait someone. His mind was reeling at the cameras, the perfect spot of the crime, the message on the wall, and the time of the murder. It was as if someone wanted to grab their attention and cause fear in them.

"What evidence do you have against me?" Taehyung counters, surprising Jeongguk. Jeongguk meets his gaze squarely, attempting to decipher Taehyung's intentions, but Taehyung is adept at concealing his secrets. He's honed this skill over time, making it challenging for others to unravel his motives.

Taehyung's dry chuckle fills the room. Jeongguk's tension grows palpable. Taehyung meets Jeongguk's gaze head-on, his eyes holding a depth that sends a shiver down Jeongguk's spine. 

"What if I'm the one you're all seeking? What if I am Umbra?" His words hang heavy in the air, devoid of jest, and Jeongguk's clenched fist betrays his inner turmoil.

This isn't the first time Taehyung has hinted at such a possibility, but each time it sends a chill through Jeongguk's veins. "And if that were true," Taehyung continues, his voice steady despite the tension crackling between them, "what would you do?"

Jeongguk's breath catches in his throat, the weight of Taehyung's words pressing down on him.  He was taken aback by this incessant questioning and instead asked back, "What would you do then if you were in my place? Would you keep it to yourself, lock me away in a cell, or take it upon yourself to bear the burden of my actions?"

His mind races with the possibilities, the implications of Taehyung's confession echoing in his ears. Jeongguk was not sure whether he was disappointed or angry with the way Taehyung was casually asking him something so serious and dangerous. 

It was like this person had already given up on life and was taking the risk in the last moments of it. Jeongguk was not ready for it. He watches Taehyung for a brief second and then finally adds. "Perhaps I would first seek to understand why," Jeongguk responds, his voice tight with emotion.

Taehyung's reaction is unexpected; his eyes waver, and he looks away, biting his lip in silent contemplation. Jeongguk's heart clenches at the sight, torn between duty and empathy, between loyalty to his cause and the compassion he feels for Taehyung.

Taehyung's silence was saying several words to him. Jeongguk presses on, his voice firm yet tinged with a hint of desperation. "I said this not because we share a bond. I harbor no personal vendetta against Umbra. My only aim is to unravel their motives, origins, and structure. Umbra's existence signifies a failure in our governance and judgment. Can you imagine the weight of that failure on us?" Jeongguk's words hang heavy in the air, laden with the burden of responsibility.

Jeongguk rarely broaches this subject with Taehyung directly. He's a man of action, guided by a strong sense of righteousness. If he suspects someone, he diligently gathers evidence and ensures they face the consequences, his conscience clear in his pursuit of justice. Taehyung, on the other hand, harbors a deep fear that his actions may tarnish Jeongguk's pristine reputation.

However, when Taehyung discovers that Jeongguk has already resolved to take responsibility for his actions, it's as if he's realized that Jeongguk's image has already been stained by association. The knowledge that Jeongguk is willing to stand by him, regardless of the consequences, leaves Taehyung feeling a mix of gratitude and guilt.

"I understand your empathy, your focus on emotions," Jeongguk continues, his gaze unwavering. "But my position demands practicality. I must ensure the well-being of all, even if it means making tough decisions."

Though Taehyung remains motionless, Jeongguk senses his attention. "The path you're choosing now not only jeopardizes your own plan but also endangers you," Jeongguk warns. "Knowing you, you'll proceed regardless. And so, I must take measures to protect what's mine."

Taehyung's heart constricts at Jeongguk's words, a bitter taste settling in his mouth. He wants to respond, to explain, but the words elude him. Jeongguk's understanding of him. His ability to anticipate his actions, both reassures and unsettles Taehyung. It's a dangerous dance they're engaged in, a delicate balance between trust and fear.

The distance between them feels palpable, despite the physical proximity. It's as if with every step closer, Taehyung instinctively pulls away, a self-preserving reflex borne out of fear of what their relationship might become. It's not Jeongguk he fears; it's the inevitable conclusion that awaits them, looming like a shadow over their every interaction.

Taehyung has long been aware of Jeongguk's suspicions regarding his potential ties to Umbra, dating back to the moment Jeongguk confined him to the cell. Despite this, Taehyung knows that Jeongguk's sense of duty and their unbreakable bond compel him to assume responsibility for Taehyung's actions. 

Even though Jeongguk may not want to believe that Taehyung is fully involved in the conspiracy against the government, their bond is too strong for Jeongguk to stand idly by while Taehyung is in danger. Thus, whenever Jeongguk initiates discussions about Umbra, Taehyung finds himself caught in a web of conflicting emotions and unspoken truths.

Today, however, Jeongguk has expressed his perspective on the matter, and Taehyung can do nothing but listen in silence. He understands that Jeongguk's intentions are twofold: to uncover Umbra's secrets and to shield Taehyung from harm, even if it means risking his own safety. 

It's a complex situation that Taehyung despises, as their conversations about Umbra often lead to dead ends or unresolved tensions. Yet, amidst their differences and the intricacies of their relationship, Taehyung recognizes that they both adhere to their own principles with unwavering stubbornness.

Their paths may diverge at times, but the ultimate destination remains the same: the pursuit of truth and justice, albeit through different means. 

As footsteps draw near, the tension in the room thickens, prompting silence to descend upon them. Isa's concerned gaze scans the faces of Jeongguk and Taehyung, puzzled by the sudden seriousness. "I expected to find you both reminiscing and sharing childhood memories. What's brought on such solemnity?" she inquires, her brow furrowing with confusion.

The butler enters quietly, setting down a tray of tea and snacks. Taehyung watches the wisps of steam rise from the cup. His thoughts mirror the swirling chaos within him. Sensing his need for solitude, he rises silently, the heaviness of the moment weighing upon his shoulders like a burden too heavy to bear. 

With a murmured excuse about lost appetite and a desire to rest, he excuses himself from the table, leaving his mother with a mix of concern and understanding in her gaze.

As Taehyung takes a step away, ready to retreat into the sanctuary of his own thoughts, Jeongguk's voice breaks the silence. "Aunt Kim, I wanted to ask you something," he begins, surprising Isa. 

"Your address always gives me goosebumps. Just call me Mom," she responds with a warm smile, a hint of amusement twinkling in her eyes at Jeongguk's surprised reaction. 

"What's on your mind?" she prompts him.

Jeongguk's smile fades slightly as he gathers his thoughts. "I wanted your permission to reveal our mate bond to my parents," he confesses, his tone serious. 

Isa's surprise is palpable, her expression frozen in a mix of shock and realization as she absorbs Jeongguk's words. Taehyung, caught off guard by the sudden shift in the atmosphere, halts in his tracks, his fingers gripping the banister tightly as if seeking support in the whirlwind of emotions stirring within him. 

He hadn't anticipated Jeongguk's swift action, and though he's taken aback, his heart races with a mixture of astonishment and an indescribable sensation that seems to tug at his very soul. 

"Are you certain about this?" she asks Jeongguk. Taehyung holds his breath while listening to their conversation. His good alpha hearing made their sound clear to his ears.  

Jeongguk's expression is resolute. "It's necessary. Especially now when the cub that I have grown liking towards is unknowingly walking into the hunters' trap," he explains, a sense of urgency coloring his words. 

Taehyung's fingers twitch involuntarily, a telltale sign of his inner turmoil. He can't shake the feeling that Jeongguk intentionally included that line for him to hear, a silent acknowledgment of his presence and perhaps a subtle message about their intertwined fates. As his chest tightens with each strained breath, Taehyung wrestles with the conflicting desire to confront Jeongguk and to retreat from his penetrating gaze, fearing the vulnerability that lies beneath.

Yet, no matter how much Taehyung tries to push Jeongguk away, the bond between them only seems to strengthen. It's a frustrating realization for Taehyung, who can't deny his own selfishness in clinging to Jeongguk despite his attempts to maintain distance. He scoffs at himself, acknowledging that he's never truly let go of Jeongguk, even when he's tried to convince himself otherwise.

Though Isa is unable to understand what he means by trap, she understands and acknowledges that his family deserves to know. She dreamily nods affirming the request.

Jeongguk falls silent, his ears attuned to the softness of Taehyung's voice, barely above a whisper. The alpha's tone was filled with irritation as he said, "I don't agree, and neither will they approve of me."

Jeongguk's smile lingers briefly, a subtle acknowledgment of Taehyung's presence before his attention returns to Isa as she inquires about his family and his brother's well-being and studies. 

The butler's announcement of the arrival of young master Kim prompts Jeongguk to greet Mr. Kim and Jin, warm greeting is exchanged with pleasantries.

As the evening progresses, the sky gradually darkens, casting a shadow over the tranquil scene. In the distance, the faint howls of wolves echo through the air, a subtle reminder of the dangers lurking beyond the safety of the estate. 

With a shared understanding, the two "heads of the pillars" retreat to a private room to discuss the day's events and strategize for the challenges ahead.

Chapter 59: A spring touch

Summary:

Jeongguk brings justice to case.

Jeongguk is immersed in the meeting, the discussion buzzing around him like distant echoes, while he reads the report and gives his input and advice. His focus, however, was abruptly interrupted by a sharp knock at the door, drawing his attention to Mr. Han with a silent yet palpable annoyance.

The assistant quickly moved on his heels and cautiously eased the door open. Jeongguk's irritation grew, only to be met with the sight of the receptionist, her pallid face betraying the urgency of her presence. She trembled visibly, her gaze avoiding Jeongguk's as she addressed Mr. Han with a quivering voice.

"This is really urgent, that's why I..." Her words faltered, her hand extending the note to Mr. Han, who snatched it with a mixture of urgency and impatience, swiftly closing the door behind her. 

With a practiced facade of composure, he apologized to the assembled members on her behalf before retreating to his seat. During certain meetings, Jeongguk makes it very clear to not be disturbed by any means, especially when it is their company's audits and quarterly turnovers.

Jeongguk couldn't help but notice the subtle tension in Mr. Han's demeanor, his movements momentarily faltering before he resumed his seat with a robotic efficiency. Even as Jeongguk continued to address the group, he couldn't shake the feeling of Mr. Han's strained calm, his pheromones betraying the underlying unease beneath the surface.

As the meeting progressed, Jeongguk couldn't ignore the escalating tension emanating from Mr. Han. Despite his best efforts to maintain a facade of normalcy, the strain was palpable, growing more pronounced with each passing moment. 

Finally, Jeongguk broke the flow, calling for a recess, ostensibly for lunch, though his real intention seemed to be to address the pressing matter at hand.

The assistant let out an audible sigh of relief at the announcement, the weight of anticipation seemingly lifted from his shoulders. As the room cleared out, leaving only Jeongguk and Mr. Han behind, Jeongguk swiveled his chair to face his assistant, a single word escaping his lips like a command.

"Speak."

With a bit of hesitation, Mr. Han turned his laptop screen towards Jeongguk, silently conveying the urgency of the situation. The note from the receptionist bore a message that demanded immediate attention to this email, the gravity of which was underscored by the solemn expression on Mr. Han's face.

Jeongguk narrows his eyes as he casts a downward glance at the screen. His expression becomes grave as his eyes scan the content of the mail. His pheromones spiked a bit in response to the anger he felt. 

He solemnly turns to Mr. Han, his tone brooking no argument. "Cancel my appointments for today," he commanded, his voice carrying a weight of urgency. "Get the car ready. We leave for Solace immediately."

Mr. Han sprang into action, mobilizing his assistant to facilitate their sudden departure. Jeongguk remained seated, the weight of the email's contents settling heavily upon him. With a sharp inhale, he donned a pair of gloves retrieved from his coat pocket, a tangible manifestation of his resolve amidst the brewing storm.

With measured steps, Jeongguk made his way toward the exit, his mind a whirlwind of conflicting thoughts and strategic considerations. The email from Solace, bearing the Leader's seal, demanded their immediate attention and compliance to end the investigation on the 'mine case', yet Jeongguk's instincts told him that acquiescence was not an option.

As Mr. Han hastened to join him at the elevator, offering to inform the central secretary of their impending arrival, Jeongguk shook his head firmly. "No need," he replied tersely, his tone brooking no argument. "I'm not inclined to divulge our every move to the Leader at this moment."

The gravity of the situation demanded discretion and careful deliberation, and Jeongguk was determined to navigate the treacherous waters ahead with prudence and resolve, even if it meant defying the directives of those in power.

Mr. Han was rendered speechless yet, he knows when to remain quiet and not put up questions. The journey to Solace, the headquarters of Ji’s business and Government felt stretched as the assistant had no idea what was going to happen there and what is Jeongguk planning on talking about. 

His hair had started to grey now and he was not at the age to take this much stress yet, he couldn’t control his nerves. He hears Jeongguk speak from behind. 

When Jeongguk's voice broke the silence, it jolted him from his reverie, causing him to shift uncomfortably in his seat. 

"Do you doubt my power? Why are you this nervous?” Jeongguk asks. His voice was deep. Jeongguk's question hung in the air, a challenge laced with an undercurrent of amusement.

"I never doubted it," Mr. Han replied hastily, his tone tinged with a hint of apprehension. "I'm just... concerned about the repercussions. Leader Ji's actions may lead to making you upset..."

A chuckle from Jeongguk interrupted his train of thought, surprising him with its familiarity. It was a side of Jeongguk he hadn't seen in years, reminiscent of their earlier days together. Memories of Jeongguk's rebellious spirit during his training days flooded his mind, reminding him of the fire that once burned brightly within him.

"Well, he already did," Jeongguk admitted, his voice tinged with defiance. "And since he's soured my day, I'll return the favor."

Mr. Han couldn't help but feel a sense of nostalgia mingled with apprehension as he observed Jeongguk's newfound resolve. It was a side of him long suppressed, buried beneath layers of duty and familial obligations, as imposed by his family upon handing him over the Jeon's leadership. 

But today, in the face of adversity, that dormant fire had been reignited, and Mr. Han couldn't help but wonder what repercussions it might bring.

The driver pulled up to the stop, the anticipation in the air was palpable. With practiced grace, he swiftly exited the car, bowing low as Jeongguk emerged from the vehicle, a silent acknowledgment of respect for his position and authority. Mr. Han followed closely behind, his demeanor a mixture of apprehension and deference.

Approaching the imposing facade of Solace headquarters, they were greeted by the receptionist, who bowed respectfully in recognition of Jeongguk's arrival. Her words, though polite, conveyed a hint of apology for the inconvenience of their unannounced visit, informing them of the Leader's ongoing meeting and the necessity of waiting in the guest room until its conclusion.

Jeongguk accepted the news with a stoic nod, his silence speaking volumes as he followed the attendant through the corridors of the grand building.

Jeongguk and Mr. Han traversed the halls of Solace, they were enveloped in an atmosphere of reverence and heritage. The building itself, with its grand ancient architecture, bore the proud emblem of a wolf's face engraved upon its entrance—a symbol of the Ji family's roots and identity, serving as a constant reminder of their legacy.

Inside, the halls were spacious and exquisitely adorned, each corner adorned with displays showcasing the achievements and tributes to the three pillars, particularly their esteemed branch. The air was thick with a sense of history and reverence, as if every inch of the building held echoes of the past.

At the heart of Solace lay a sacred garden, a sanctuary revered by the people for its historical significance. It was here, legend had it, that Gana and Dokja first convened as leaders of the people, laying the foundation for their enduring legacy. The garden, with its tranquil fountain and lush greenery, stood as a testament to the unity and strength of the Ji family's leadership.

Surrounding the garden were various entrances, each leading to different parts of the headquarters. One path led to a museum, another to the bustling offices, and the third to the inner sanctum—the main office of the Leader. These entrances, guarded and revered, symbolized the pillars of the Ji family's power and influence.

As they walked, Jeongguk couldn't help but notice the portraits lining the walls—a stretched gallery of descendants, each new member leaving their mark upon the legacy of Solace. It was a sight he had grown accustomed to, yet one that never failed to command respect and reverence from those who passed by.

Solace, once a humble meeting place for the esteemed "pillars," underwent a profound transformation during the reign of Yeon's family, evolving into the grand institution now wholly controlled by the Ji dynasty. Despite its newfound significance, its origins as a simple gathering spot held a deeper historical resonance, a fact largely overlooked until Taehyung's bold act of dissent.

In a courageous display of defiance, Taehyung penned an article detailing the historical importance of this place, now named Solace, highlighting its transformation from a modest meeting ground to a symbol of Ji family dominance. His words resonated with a sense of reverence for the past, a lament for the loss of tradition in the face of unchecked power.

However, Taehyung's protest was met with fierce backlash, as expected. The entrenched power of the Ji family and the silence of generations past had rendered dissent a dangerous act, and Taehyung bore the brunt of the consequences. His article was swiftly removed, his voice silenced in the face of overwhelming opposition.

Yet, in his solitary act of defiance, Taehyung became both the first and last to challenge the status quo, a solitary beacon of resistance in a sea of complacency. Though his words may have been erased, the echoes of his protest lingered, a reminder of the power of dissent in the face of tyranny.

Jeongguk and Mr. Han passed the conference room. Jeongguk's steps faltered momentarily, his internal struggle evident in the tensing of his jaw.

It went against his principles to interrupt a meeting, an act he deemed both rude and impolite. Yet, since his hearing is sharp and the casual mention of "the two pillars" in the conversation within the room ignited a spark of fury within him, causing him to grit his teeth in frustration.

Unable to ignore the slight against his and his mate's family's honor, Jeongguk's resolve hardened. With a determined glare, he rapped sharply on the door, the sudden sound echoing through the silent hallway, surprising not only the attendant and Mr. Han but also the members of the conference room, who turned to face the unexpected interruption with a mix of curiosity and apprehension.

As Jeongguk's pheromones filled the air, the atmosphere within the room seemed to grow heavy with the unmistakable presence of the true blood, leaving no doubt as to the identity of the intruder. 

The door to the room flung open, inviting the intruder. All eyes turned towards Jeongguk as he entered, his commanding presence filling the space with an air of authority.

Among the group of Yeon's shareholders and allies, Ella's surprise at Jeongguk's unexpected appearance was notable. She rose from her seat, her gaze fixed on him with a mixture of curiosity and apprehension, before silently resuming her place, sensing the simmering anger that seemed to radiate from Jeongguk's every pore.

Jeongguk's eyes narrowed as he took in the sight before him, his gaze lingering on the figure of Yeon, the source of his ire, and the man seated beside him, his smirk dripping with arrogance and disdain. It was a sight that ignited a fire within Jeongguk.

With a steely resolve, Jeongguk stepped forward, his expression a mask of controlled fury as he prepared to address the gathering. 

Yeon's displeasure was evident as he confronted Jeongguk, his tone dripping with thinly veiled disdain. "I informed the desk of the important meeting. What is this display of behavior?"

Jeongguk's gaze swept over the assembled faces, as if each one was a target in his mind's eye, before returning his attention to Yeon, his response measured and deliberate. "If the meeting concerns the nullification of the powers held by the 'two pillars,' then it's only fair that the branch in question should have representation to voice their opinions, wouldn't you agree?"

Yeon gritted his teeth, his frustration barely contained as he struggled to respond. "It's not what you think," he muttered through clenched teeth.

Turning his attention to the man seated beside Yeon, Jeongguk's gaze hardened as he addressed him directly. Raphael, ever confident and unyielding, chuckled in response to Jeongguk's accusing glance, his demeanor tinged with amusement.

"Ah, the General of Gandok with his intriguing attitude," Raphael remarked, his tone carrying a hint of mockery. It was not the first time he had openly antagonized Jeongguk, his fondness for Ella is evident in his actions.

"And who are you?" Jeongguk's raised eyebrow and pointed question seemed to catch Raphael off guard, his smug demeanor faltering for just a moment before he composed himself with a scoff. 

It was clear that Raphael didn't appreciate being singled out by Jeongguk, his arrogance, and disdain for the General of Gandok were noticeable in his response.

It is not like Jeongguk is not aware of people in Yeon’s circle but recently many new faces have seemed to turn up in Gandok. This made an alarming concern for Jeongguk who asked his men in base to keep an eye on them. 

Raphael is one of them. He is an ambitious beta with the air around him that seemed to thicken with his arrogance, a nauseating aura that Jeongguk couldn't help but find unsettling.

Jeongguk didn’t enquire much about him, having no other motive to look into him. Raphael's open discussion of the pillars had set off alarm bells in his mind. His instincts told him that this ambitious beta was not to be underestimated, and he resolved to keep a close eye on him and others like him who seemed to be vying for power within Yeon's circle.

Raphael's smile faded into a scornful sneer, and Jeongguk's resolve only hardened. Raphael averted his gaze. It was evident to Jeongguk that his presence was having its intended effect. Despite Raphael's attempts to appear strong, Jeongguk's formidable pheromones exuded a sharpness that could make even the most resilient beta submit, a fact not lost on this ambitious strategist.

Seating himself in the vacant chair, Jeongguk exuded an aura of authority, while Mr. Han stood dutifully behind him, offering a respectful bow to the members assembled in the room. The weight of his presence lent an air of deference to their proceedings, a silent acknowledgment of Jeongguk's status as the General of Gandok.

Yeon, perhaps sensing the tension in the air, took it upon himself to answer on Raphael's behalf, his words tinged with a hint of pride. "He is Raphael," Yeon began, his tone measured. "Very intelligent and extremely talented businessperson. He plays a crucial role in our business operations and possesses promising prospects for the future."

Jeongguk listened to Yeon's vague explanation in silence, his expression unreadable. Though Raphael's talents may have been commendable, Jeongguk remained wary of the true intentions lurking beneath his ambitious facade. It was clear that Raphael's allegiance lay with Yeon, and Jeongguk knew better than to underestimate the threat he posed to Gandok's stability.

Yeon's words hung heavy in the air, his gaze steady as he addressed Jeongguk directly. There was a calculated confidence in his demeanor, a sense of anticipation tinged with a hint of challenge. Jeongguk couldn't help but notice the glint of excitement dancing in Raphael's eyes, but for now, he chose to focus his attention solely on Yeon.

As the true blood remained silent, Yeon took it upon himself to continue the conversation, his tone measured yet tinged with underlying tension. "I understand your reason for this unannounced visit, and truth be told, I anticipated your arrival," he began, his words carrying a weight of significance.

"Since you are here, let us speak openly about the matter at hand," Yeon continued, his voice steady despite the swirling currents of emotion beneath the surface. Sensing Jeongguk's silence, he pressed on, his words a subtle challenge veiled in diplomatic language.

"This case was closed," Yeon stated matter-of-factly. "But due to the machinations of a shady organization with a personal vendetta against me, you have seen fit to reopen it. In doing so, you not only cast doubt upon my integrity but also undermine the decisions made by the investigators and judiciary."

Yeon's words struck a nerve, the implications of his accusations hanging heavy in the air. Jeongguk knew that his actions had stirred up a hornet's nest of controversy, but he remained steadfast in his convictions. As the General of Gandok, he understood the weight of his responsibilities, even if it meant facing off against those in positions of power and influence.

Jeongguk's silence weighed heavily in the room, his intense gaze fixed unwaveringly on Yeon as the leader continued to address him. Despite the apparent hesitation in Yeon's demeanor, he maintained a facade of dominance, his words laced with a thinly veiled sense of authority.

"You ventured beyond the bounds of trust," Yeon asserted, his voice carrying a note of reproach. "By scrutinizing the efforts of those who tirelessly contributed to the construction and success of Solace, you have not only displayed a lack of faith in me but also in the very people who have stood by my side."

The implications of Yeon's words hung in the air, a stark reminder of the delicate balance of power and perception that governed their positions. 

"It is one thing to harbor doubts privately," Yeon continued, his tone softening slightly as he revealed the decision reached by the judiciary and other key figures. "But to openly question the integrity of those around us sends a message that undermines the trust and unity we have worked so hard to cultivate."

With finality in his voice, Yeon pronounced the decision to maintain the closure of the case, a subtle yet significant gesture aimed at preserving the status quo and averting further discord. 

Jeongguk's fingers tapped lightly on the table as the others agreed with Yeon’s statement and looked at him in admiration. This small movement from him caused them to pause and regard him with a mixture of curiosity and deference. 

With a slow nod, he acknowledged Yeon's statement, his voice steady and composed as he addressed the room.

"And what do you all propose I do?" Jeongguk inquired, his tone measured and deliberate, still exuding the dominance befitting true blood. His sentence made it obvious who those key figures were that made this judgment. 

Yeon, visibly relieved by Jeongguk's compliance, maintained his facade of cold detachment, his eyes betraying a glimmer of satisfaction at the agreement.

"We must not allow ourselves to be swayed by the baseless accusations of Umbra," Yeon asserted, his voice carrying a note of determination. "Believing in the nonsense of Umbra is like bowing to their demands and drama. We need to show them that nothing they say affects us and is the truth."

"We have to put an end to this drama. You should address the people and inform them that nothing out of the ordinary was found in the case. The decision remains unchanged but we did this investigation to prove Umbra wrong. It is the ‘pillars’ we all should trust."

Though Yeon had initially intended to use the term 'leader,' he sensed Jeongguk's mood and opted instead for the more neutral term 'pillars.' 

Jeongguk retracted his long, slender fingers and rose from the seat. He nodded once to Yeon before departing with a few simple words. "I will address the people, then," he affirmed, his voice carrying a sense of purpose and determination. With that, he left the room, his mind already racing with plans.

Jeongguk made his way to the exit, his thoughts consumed by the impending task at hand. A familiar voice calling out to him caused him to pause in his tracks. Turning, he found Ella standing there, her expression a mix of fear and shame, her voice tinged with uncertainty.

"I tried to convince them," Ella began, her words hesitant. "But this decision, it's the best course for us 'pillars,' so I went along with the others."

Jeongguk's smile was fleeting as he regarded his cousin, his gaze penetrating. "There's a stark contrast between you and Jimin," he remarked, his tone measured yet firm. "While he stands firm in his decisions without faltering, you seem to be easily swayed by the opinions of others. You have the potential to be so much more, but are you truly using it to your advantage?"

The words hung heavy in the air, a rare moment of candidness from Jeongguk that caught Ella off guard. She bristled at the implication, her teeth gritted in frustration, but before she could muster a retort, Jeongguk had already turned away, leaving her to contemplate his words in silence.

It was a sobering moment for Ella, as a realization settled down in her that Jeongguk acknowledges her as no more than a cousin and now sees her as a level lower than Jimin. She wanted to clarify but Jeongguk disappeared from view and seemed out of her reach. She grits her teeth and walks back faced with a smug look of Raphael.

Jeongguk made his way to the office, his mind abuzz with plans and preparations. He wasted no time in mobilizing his resources. With a series of swift calls, he directed Mr. Han to ready the necessary arrangements for addressing the people, while simultaneously coordinating with his team to gather the personnel needed to support his statements.

"Prepare the slides within the hour," Jeongguk instructed tersely, his tone leaving no room for delay. With a sense of urgency driving his actions, he left no detail overlooked, ensuring that everything would be in place for the upcoming conference.

As he reached out to his team at the base, his instructions were met with stunned silence, whether it was the personnel receiving his orders or the detectives or his assistant. With a gulp, they acknowledged Jeongguk's directives, getting busy with work.

In the quiet solitude of the cemetery, Taehyung knelt before Lily's grave, offering a silent tribute with a bouquet carefully chosen to match her name, Moon Goddess accompanying him. His usually jovial demeanor was replaced by a solemnity as he took in the surroundings, a somber acknowledgment of his frequent visits to this place of remembrance.

"Seems like I'm becoming a regular here, huh?" Taehyung remarked softly, though the attempt at humor fell flat, his expression grave as he addressed the silent monument before him. With a gentle touch, he placed his palm on the cold stone, a silent gesture of gratitude. 

"Thanks for helping this weak brother of yours. I won’t sit quietly and let this matter go until I am ascertained about the motives of this crime.”

As he spoke, his attention was drawn to the sound of a notification emanating from his phone, its distinct tone cutting through the stillness of the graveyard. Taehyung glanced at the device in surprise, exchanging a puzzled look with the ethereal figure of the Moon Goddess who stood silently beside him.

"This...," Taehyung trailed off, his voice filled with astonishment as he read the unexpected message displayed on his screen. "An address, and at this hour? He didn't seem to have planned one when we met yesterday."

The significance of the address was not lost on Taehyung. It is a special means of communication used by the 'pillars,' each notification carrying weight and importance. As he stood up, dusting off his pants with a sense of purpose, Taehyung knew that something had stirred to lead to this.

With a final glance at Lily's grave, Taehyung set off, anticipation building as he awaited the start of Jeongguk's live broadcast.

With a composed and measured demeanor, Jeongguk appeared on the screen, his expression serious and dignified as he greeted the viewers.

"The people of Gandok, I trust this sudden broadcast has caught you off guard, but there are matters of utmost importance that cannot afford delay," Jeongguk began, his voice carrying an air of authority and professionalism. 

"As many of you are aware, an extensive investigation has been conducted into the 'mine case'." Jeongguk continued his words carrying the weight of authority. "Today, I stand before you to announce the conclusion of this investigation."

Taehyung's eyes widened in surprise at the unexpected announcement, he wasted no time in springing into action. With a sense of urgency propelling him forward, he dashed towards the waiting car, his heart pounding in his chest with anticipation.

"Quickly, to Jeon's office," he instructed the driver, his voice urgent as he settled into the backseat. The gravity of the situation weighed heavily on his mind as he contemplated the implications of Jeongguk's announcement.

The broadcast unfolded on the screen before them, Yeon and the other ministers watched with wide smiles, their satisfaction evident as they praised Yeon's adept handling of the situation and taming this wild dog well. Glasses were raised in celebration, laughter, and chatter filling the room as they basked in the perceived success of their leader's actions.

Ella, however, sat on the sidelines with a sense of unease gnawing at her insides. Despite the jovial atmosphere around her, her intuition whispered warnings of impending turmoil, causing her to watch the screen with a growing sense of fear.

Beside her, Raphael settled in, offering her a glass of drink with a smirk that only served to fuel her simmering anger. With a tense shake of her head, Ella declined the offer, her gaze never leaving the figure on the screen who held her heart in his hands.

Jin and Gareth exchanged surprised glances, their attention immediately drawn to the broadcast unfolding before them. Around them, the bustling city streets came to a sudden halt as pedestrians paused to listen, and journalists scrambled to capture the unfolding events on camera. Even within the confines of office buildings, workers abandoned their tasks to gather around screens or discreetly watch the live feed on their phones, their curiosity piqued by the unexpected announcement.

Jeongguk continues, "Following a thorough investigation conducted by my team," he began, gesturing towards the individuals assembled behind him, "we have arrived at significant findings."

Pausing for a moment, Jeongguk's eyes showed a subtle hint of amusement as he continued, "It has come to our attention that the initial investigation into this matter was flawed. The perpetrators responsible for the alleged crimes were purposefully overlooked, resulting in a grave miscarriage of justice for the families affected."

The revelation sparked a sudden eruption of murmurs and discussions. The laughter of the ministers faded into an uneasy silence, their expressions shifting from amusement to disbelief as they struggled to comprehend the words spoken.

"As this case was brought to light through a broadcast, I have made the decision to uphold transparency in our findings and provide the public with the truth they rightfully deserve," Jeongguk announced, his voice commanding attention as he addressed the audience. "The investigation into this matter was thorough and extensive, with several ministers who were associated with the mine and now hold high positions within our government being subject to interrogation."

"As my subordinate speaks, you will have access to the details of the case, including the exhibits submitted during our investigation," Jeongguk continued, stepping aside to allow Officer Graham to take the microphone.

Officer Graham, a young and dedicated member of the investigative team, is known for his unwavering loyalty to Gandok and his meticulous approach to each case he tackled. With a keen eye for detail and a reputation for being a man of few words, Graham's presence in Jeongguk's team was both natural and invaluable.

Despite his youth, Graham carried himself with a quiet confidence and a sense of duty that belied his years. His commitment to uncovering the truth and seeking justice for the victims of long-forgotten cases had earned him the respect of his peers and superiors alike.

In many ways, Graham mirrored Jeongguk in both personality and ethics. With a solemn expression, Officer Graham saluted Jeongguk before addressing the audience. "The unfortunate incident at hand transpired within the confines of the 'Melta mine,' a notable undertaking spearheaded by a burgeoning subordinate branch of the Ji family's principal business, situated within the verdant expanse of the forest grove," Officer Graham began, his delivery imbued with a solemnity that underscored the gravity of the situation.

The first exhibit shown on the screen was the photo of the mine after the accident. It had a very gloomy scene with the entrance totally destroyed and what seemed like a few blurred bodies lying on the side.

 "This project garnered support from various ministers, as evidenced by the list displayed in exhibit two."

"Under the governance of Mr. Carls, the oversight of the 'Melta mine' project was assumed. This endeavor heavily leaned on the utilization of inexpensive labor, with a workforce exceeding a hundred individuals operating in rotational shifts to meet the demands of the project." Officer Graham elucidated, his voice steady and composed as he provided a detailed account of the events leading up to the tragedy. 

"On the fateful day of xx/xx/xx, news of the mine's entrance collapse reached us, resulting in the tragic loss of all miners involved." As the audience absorbed the gravity of the situation, Graham continued, his words punctuated by the weight of the evidence presented. 

"Following the incident, protests erupted from the families of the victims, shedding light on the disturbing circumstances surrounding their loved ones' employment. It was revealed that the miners were subjected to stringent restrictions, including a lack of communication with their families and an enforced confinement within the mine premises."

"However, despite diligent efforts, the testimonies provided by witnesses could not be fully corroborated, as many individuals either remained reticent or claimed to have moved on from the incident," Officer Graham explained, his tone reflective of the challenges faced in the investigation. "Furthermore, forensic analysis yielded inconclusive results due to the substandard investigative work conducted at the time."

"In light of these obstacles, our research team embarked on a comprehensive endeavor to excavate the old mine site and uncover the root cause of the collapse," he continued, emphasizing the thoroughness of their approach. "Soil and water analysis conducted at the location revealed evidence of a significant explosion within the mine, resulting in widespread casualties and the subsequent closure of the entrance."

"Of particular note was the discovery of manually-operated detonator pieces within the mine, which were determined to be of recent origin," Graham added, his expression growing more solemn. "This finding strongly suggests the possibility of deliberate sabotage as the cause behind the tragic events."

The Exhibits keep displaying on screen proving their extensive research and word in the case. The atmosphere within the Solace grew increasingly tense, with Yeon's fury palpable as he watched the broadcast unfold before him.

Beside him, his subordinates echoed his anger, their curses and perspiration evidence of their growing agitation. Urgent calls to Jeon headquarters went unanswered, leaving them stranded in a frustrating state of helplessness. Despite their efforts to silence the broadcast, their attempts proved futile as if met with an impenetrable wall of silence.

Yeon's frustration reached a boiling point, his instinct for violence simmering just beneath the surface. However, a whispered word from his secretary stayed in his hand, reminding him of the precariousness of their situation. With gritted teeth, he begrudgingly relented, knowing that their only option was to endure the broadcast for now, no matter how infuriating it may be.

Meanwhile, Raphael's snickering only served to further enrage Ella, his enjoyment of the situation adding insult to injury. Beside him, Ella remained silent, her eyes betraying a mixture of fear and discomfort as she observed the unfolding chaos. It was a moment fraught with tension and uncertainty, as the true extent of the revelations continued to unravel before them.

Graham paused, allowing the significance of his words to sink in before directing the audience's attention to Exhibit 14. "This exhibit provides a comprehensive overview of the harrowing conditions faced by the victims, offering a glimpse into the tragic events that unfolded within the confines of the mine," 

The interview clip played, depicting the blurred visage of an omega seated in the stark interrogation room. Her voice, carried a weight of significance as she recounted her story. Jeongguk watched with a solemn expression, recognizing the pivotal role that Ren had played in their investigation.

Ren's testimony was a breakthrough moment for them. Her account filled in crucial gaps in the case, shedding light on the motivations and circumstances surrounding the tragedy.

As Ren's voice resonated through the halls of Gandok, her words held the attention of listeners far and wide. "My fiancé Liam was eager for this opportunity," she recounted, her tone tinged with both hope and sorrow. "We were planning to settle down, and this project seemed like our ticket to a better future. The compensation offered was substantial, and Liam was excited about the prospects it held for us."

"Then what happened?" The interviewer's question hung heavy in the air, prompting Ren to cast her gaze downwards, her hands fidgeting nervously in her lap. "He stopped contacting me," she began, her voice tinged with sadness. 

"His phone was always off, and it felt like he had disappeared without a trace. I reached out to the company that had arranged his placement, but they assured me that he was on-site and would contact me when he could. They even showed me his signed paperwork, confirming his presence."

A shiver ran down Ren's spine as she recounted the nightmarish moment when Liam finally called. " One night I got his dreadful call. If not for knowing him for long I would not have recognized that voice." She admitted, her voice trembling slightly. 

The interviewer unlocks the phones and presses on a file, first showing it to Ren. "Is this the recording you submitted?" Ren nods looking at the file in fear as if a monster will crawl out of it. 

"I recorded the call because I missed him so much."

The interviewer presented Ren with the phone, playing back the audio clip of Liam's haunting message. As the crackling sound filled the room, Ren's heart clenched with a mixture of sorrow and anguish. The photo of Liam, a young man of only twenty years, appeared on the screen as the detective submitted the evidence for the record. 

“Exhibit 15 the audio clip by Liam March. One of the miners in the tragic accident. Age 20.” 

The recording plays. The audio crackled to life, filling the room with the unsettling sound of heavy panting and labored breathing. A trembling voice uttered a tentative "Hello," followed by Ren's anxious reply. A moment of silence hung in the air, broken only by the haunting sound of sobbing from the other end of the line.

"I'm sorry... I'm sorry," Liam's voice echoed through the phone, thick with desperation and anguish. "Forgive me for not being there for you. I love you... Can you go on without me?"

Liam's voice trembled with dread as he spoke, his words were rushed and frantic. "I can't stay on the line for long," he confessed, his tone fraught with despair. "They've taken our phones, and we're trapped here with no way out. This call... it's a stroke of luck, but I can't risk being caught. I'm so tired, Eve, and I'm so scared..."

His voice cracked with emotion as he poured out his heart, the weight of their dire situation bearing down on him. "All I want is to be free... to live... with you," he choked out between sobs. "But I don't know what to do. I'm lost, Eve. I'm lost..."

His words hung heavy in the air, a desperate plea for guidance and salvation in the face of overwhelming despair. Ren could feel the ache in his voice, the longing for a life beyond the confines of their nightmare, and her own heart broke with the weight of his anguish.

Ren's heart clenched with panic as she pleaded for answers, her voice rising in desperation as Liam's sobs grew louder. His words tumbled out in a frantic stream of consciousness, painting a harrowing picture of terror and despair.

"They've killed everyone," Liam cried out, his voice trembling with fear. "Bodies everywhere... crawling towards me in the night. We're all going to die... I'm going to die. Please, save me. I beg you."

The desperation in Liam's voice was palpable, sending shivers down Ren's spine as she listened helplessly. "Who is doing this?" she demanded, her voice fraught with anxiety. But Liam's response was fraught with fear and hesitation.

"I can't say... I can't say," he whispered hoarsely. "The boss... he's evil. He's coming for us. Save me... save..."

And with that, the line went dead, leaving Ren to grapple with the chilling reality of Liam's desperate plea for help.

Ren's sobs echoed through the interrogation room, a symphony of grief and despair that pierced the silence. The interviewer waited patiently, allowing her the space to collect herself before she spoke once more, her voice quivering with raw emotion.

"Eve... that's what Liam used to call me," she began, her voice barely above a whisper. "My real name is Everen. After Liam's death, I was shattered. I couldn't bear the thought of moving on without him. I clung to the hope that he would somehow come back to me, but as time passed, that hope faded into despair."

She took a shuddering breath, gathering her courage to continue. "After a year of mourning, I realized that I couldn't keep living in the past. I had to find a way to survive, to make a life for myself. But as an omega, the laws restricted my options, leaving me with little choice but to hide away, invisible to the world."

Her gaze hardened with determination as she recounted her journey. "That's when I heard about the Emerald Club. I saw it as an opportunity to uncover the truth, to seek justice for Liam and all those who had suffered. I joined as a hostess, assuming the identity of Ren, biding my time until the moment was right."

"For years, I waited and watched, gathering information and allies, but I knew I couldn't face those alphas alone. I needed help," she admitted, her voice tinged with both regret and resolve. "And now, finally, that opportunity has come."

With those words, the interview clip came to an end. Ren's poignant testimony resonated deeply with the audience, particularly among omegas who have faced similar struggles with societal restrictions. 

Graham resumed speaking, "Based on Ren's courageous testimony and the meticulous gathering of clues and evidence, we have uncovered the identities of the individuals responsible for the tragic events at the Melta mine," Graham announced, his tone measured and resolute. "To our surprise, many of these culprits have already met their demise in the years following the tragedy. Those who remain will be brought to justice through the legal process."

With that declaration, Graham stepped aside, allowing Jeongguk to address the audience and provide further details on the next steps in ensuring accountability and closure for the victims and their families.

"As every criminal faces their inevitable reckoning, our team has already taken decisive action to bring the remaining culprits to trial," Jeongguk declared, his voice steady and resolute. "I am confident that they will cooperate with the legal process, ultimately providing closure for the victims and their families. With these final measures, this case has reached its long-awaited conclusion."

He paused, acknowledging the responsibility that came with their positions of authority. "As 'Pillars,' we are entrusted with the highest standards of integrity and accountability. However, we are not immune to the influences of those around us, and sometimes we may falter from the path of righteousness. For any mistakes I may have made, I offer my sincere apologies."

Jeongguk bowed respectfully to the audience, a gesture of humility and gratitude. "I am grateful to my team for their unwavering dedication and tireless efforts in pursuing justice," he continued, saluting them with admiration. Their reciprocal smiles reflected the camaraderie and solidarity within their ranks.

Turning his gaze back to the camera, Jeongguk issued a solemn warning to all those involved in the case. "I urge caution and restraint, for frustration and anger may lead to misguided actions. In the end, justice may have been delayed, but it has not been denied. Thank you."

With those final words, Jeongguk concluded the broadcast, leaving a lingering sense of closure and resolution in its wake.

The revelation of the ministers' involvement in the case sent shockwaves through Gandok, igniting a firestorm of anger and outrage among the populace, noticing that many of them were working in the cabinet all this while. 

As the JSFAT swiftly apprehended the implicated individuals, the people watched with a mixture of satisfaction and vindication, finally understanding the gravity of Jeongguk's words and the significance of his actions and his presence in Emerald club.

The journalists started talking about crucial points and playing the clips again and discussing about it. They even hoarded near the headquarter wanting to get more answers from the team.

Jin eagerly showed his father the staggering number of viewers tuning into the live broadcast, a testament to Jeongguk's unwavering resolve and the impact of his message. While they admired Jeongguk's strength and leadership, Jeongguk's mother's distress was palpable as she struggled to comprehend her son's bold actions and fell on the sofa, holding her head.

In contrast, Jimin beamed with pride, affectionately placing a hand on his assistant's shoulder. "That's my bro," he declared proudly, acknowledging Jeongguk's courage and determination.

Hoseok and Yoongi exchanged smiles as they returned to their work in the lab, silently acknowledging the events unfolding before them.

Meanwhile, Ella's anger boiled over as she made a swift exit from the room, rejecting Raphael's advances with a resounding slap. She hears him say, "I am the best option you have." 

Left alone, Ji clenched his fists in frustration as the ministers earlier praising him threatened him to reveal his deeds if harms comes to them. His reputation tarnished by association despite his name not being explicitly mentioned.

His adviser's counsel to wait for the people's rage to subside before taking action only fueled Ji's simmering rage. In a fit of fury, he hurled his glass at the television screen, shattering it into a thousand pieces, a symbolic gesture of his mounting desperation and rage.

Taehyung's eyes scanned the list of names on his screen, searching for any trace of Ji's involvement in the trial. To his surprise, Ji's name was conspicuously absent. For a fleeting moment, suspicion flared within him, but then he remembered something that eased his apprehension. With a sigh of relief, he leaned back in his seat, his mind already formulating a plan.

After a moment of contemplation, Taehyung decided to set aside his concerns for the time being. He knew that Jeongguk's team had done an exceptional job in bringing the case to its conclusion, despite the lack of substantial evidence. As he knows the one who knows the full extent of truth is only him.

Setting his phone down, Taehyung gazed up at the imposing facade of the headquarters building before him. He gets out of the car and stares at it while contemplating his next step. After thinking for a while he hesitantly types a text on his phone. "How are you?" And sends to Jeongguk.

Jeongguk observed the incessant buzzing of the phone on his desk, and the murmurs of his assitant who was busy handling his commands, a testament to the whirlwind of activity surrounding him. Despite the chaos, he found a moment of solace as he gazed out at the glittering city lights through his office window, a small smile playing on his lips.

Glancing down at his vibrating phone, Jeongguk's smile widened upon seeing a text from Taehyung. With a sense of warmth, he turned to Mr. Han and instructed him with another task, "Please inform Mother that I apologize for canceling dinner. There's urgent work to attend to." Mr. Han was visibly deflated but still nods resuming his task.

Fingers dancing over the screen, Jeongguk quickly replied to Taehyung's message. "I am hungry," he typed, a response promptly flashed across the screen. 

"Then let's have dinner together."

Jeongguk's smile deepened, a flicker of excitement sparking in his eyes. "But I don't want to trouble you," he replied. "You might be at home. It would be troublesome for you."

Jeongguk observed Taehyung's delayed response with mild amusement. He couldn't help but anticipate what Taehyung's eventual reply might entail. When Taehyung finally set aside any reservations and declared his presence outside Jeongguk's office, a knowing smirk tugged at Jeongguk's lips.

Without skipping a beat, Jeongguk swiftly typed his response. "Meet you in the parking."

With his phone safely tucked away in his pocket, Jeongguk turned to Mr. Han and issued a directive. "Go home. Leave the rest for tomorrow," he instructed, his tone carrying a hint of finality.

As he strode confidently towards the elevator, Jeongguk could feel the collective surprise of the employees lingering in the air. The AI, sensing the need for clarification, dutifully repeated Jeongguk's message to the puzzled onlookers.

Exiting the elevator on the basement level, Jeongguk's gaze immediately fell upon Taehyung, who stood waiting at one corner. 

Dressed in a pastel sweater, a white shrug, and comfortable trousers, Taehyung exuded a cozy charm making Jeongguk pause in his tracks, taking in the sight of his mate. 

Taehyung's smile was like a burst of spring, warming the surroundings with its infectious joy, and he offered a small wave to Jeongguk as their eyes met.

With determination shining in his gaze, Jeongguk closed the distance between them, striding purposefully towards Taehyung. As he reached him, he pulled his mate into a secluded corner, his movements swift yet gentle, and without warning, he captured Taehyung's rose-tinted lips in a passionate kiss.

Taehyung was taken completely by surprise, his senses overwhelmed by the sudden intensity of the moment. Yet, as Jeongguk's lips melded with his own, any semblance of resistance melted away, replaced by a rush of desire and affection that flowed between them.

Taehyung closes his eyes, surrendering to the kiss. His hands instinctively found their place, cupping Jeongguk's cheeks tenderly, spreading warmth and affection with every touch.

As their lips moved together in perfect harmony, Taehyung felt a surge of emotions coursing through him. The world around them seemed to fade away, leaving only the electric connection between them, crackling with desire and longing.

In that moment, everything felt right. Wrapped in each other's warmth, they shared a bond that transcended words, a silent promise of love and devotion that spoke volumes in the quiet intimacy of their kiss.

 

Chapter 60: I found my destined mate

Summary:

Jeongguk reveals the secret to his parents.

 

Mr. Han's gaze, heavy with concern, falls upon Jeongguk once more as he relays his mother's persistent request for his presence at home. Jeongguk's attention is momentarily torn from the pile of documents before him as he meets Mr. Han's eyes with a nod, his expression betraying nothing. 

 

The assistant, acutely aware of the weight of delivering such news to Madam Jeon, feels a shiver of apprehension course through him. He braces himself for the inevitable storm that will follow when he informs her that her son, consumed by his duties, cannot heed her call.

It wasn't an exaggeration to say that Jeongguk wasn't idle. In the aftermath of the recent broadcast, Gandok was alive with gossip and murmurs, and the once-cohesive cabinet now openly expressed their disapproval of Jeongguk's actions, complicating matters further. Despite juggling the myriad issues plaguing both the military base and the company, Jeongguk found himself entangled in a web of challenges.

His decision to postpone meeting his family, though pre-planned, weighed heavily on him, especially in light of his mother's persistent calls. Mr. Han, while not privy to all the intricacies of Jeongguk's situation, couldn't shake the feeling that Jeongguk needed to have a candid conversation with his mother, to clarify his reasons and alleviate her concerns.

With a knowing smile, Jeongguk gestures for his assistant to make the call, instructing him to inform his mother that he would indeed join them for dinner, citing an important matter he needed to discuss. Jeongguk couldn't help but be amused by the mixture of relief and gratitude that washed over Mr. Han's face at his decision. 

As Mr. Han scurries off to complete the task, Jeongguk's gaze drifts to the imposing pile of documents on his desk. Leaning back in his chair, he contemplates the weight of the impending revelation he must make about his mate. The thought of his mother's inevitable favor of Ella and the Ji family only adds to the urgency of his decision. 

Following his recent encounter with Taehyung, Jeongguk found himself resolved to disclose the truth about their relationship to his parents sooner rather than later. The tension within the cabinet and the animosity from the Ji family weighed heavily on him, and the looming threat only heightened his urgency to protect Taehyung.

Jeongguk understood that in order to ensure Taehyung's safety and openly care for his mate, he needed the support and understanding of his family. With danger lurking around them, keeping secrets was no longer an option.

As Mr. Han gently reminded Jeongguk about the dinner before departing for the evening, Jeongguk acknowledged the reminder with a nod. Before leaving, he instructed his assistant to arrange meetings with some crucial individuals.

When Jeongguk made his way to the Jeon mansion, the atmosphere seemed to shift palpably around him. He could feel the weight of his mother's displeasure hanging in the air, evidenced by the subtle glances and hushed whispers exchanged among the attendants.

Upon his arrival, Jeongguk's expectations were met as he caught sight of his mother's stern countenance. Bella's terse nod in response to his greeting spoke volumes. Her attention swiftly diverted to her younger son as she instructed him to retreat to his room and rest. 

Jaehan suddenly moves and embraces Jeongguk's leg, catching him off guard. His younger brother's reluctance to part is evident in the tightness of his grip. Mrs. Jeon's glares watching him being inobedient, swiftly reminded Jaehan of his place, the little one shrinks back in fear, hurt evident in his eyes.

Jeongguk offers a comforting pat to Jaehan's head, his heart aching at the hurt reflected in his brother's gaze. He leans to whisper to his brother who had shown a bit of courage to cling to him. "Listen to your mother. We'll have time to talk later," he reassured him. His own guilt gnawing at him for the lack of attention he often paid to his brother.

The hurt in Jaehan's eyes was unmistakable as he whispered, "Brother never has time for me." Jeongguk couldn't refute the truth of those words, feeling a pang of remorse. He was the most excited person to have Jaehan in their family but was not able to show that love through his actions as he wanted to.

His work and position didn't let him spend much time with his brother and the only time they interacted was when he was disciplining or asking about his health. Still, Jaehan never complained and always showed happiness on his arrival. He admired his brother very much. 

Determined to make amends, Jeongguk makes a promise, "I'll pick you up from school, okay?" The brightness that dawned on Jaehan's face at the promise warmed Jeongguk's heart, and he nodded happily before bounding off towards the stairs, bidding his mother a good night along the way.

Mrs. Jeon's mood soured a bit more upon hearing that promise made. She silently gestures towards the room prompting Jeongguk to get changed and have dinner with them. Jeongguk nodded in acknowledgment before making his way to his room to change, knowing that a potentially difficult conversation awaited them over dinner.

As Jeongguk returned to the dining room, he found his father already seated, a polite greeting was exchanged between them before they delved into a light discussion about business. The clinking of utensils and the soft murmur of conversation filled the room as the attendants efficiently served each dish.

Bella's silence, however, spoke volumes. Despite the facade of harmony in their conversation, she couldn't shake the feeling of disarray within herself. Setting her spoon down, she fixed her gaze on her husband, her words cutting through the veneer of tranquility. "Your son made a promise to his brother when he can't seem to spare even a few moments for his own family."

The atmosphere at the table shifted palpably as both father and son fell silent, their attention drawn to Bella's pointed remark. Sensing the tension, the attendants discreetly took their cue to leave, leaving the family to confront the underlying issues in private.

Bella scoffs upon watching the two become silent, registering her words. "He's grown into a man capable of making his own decisions, whether they pertain to his personal life or his work," she declared, her gaze unwavering as she addressed her husband and son. "It seems we hold little significance in his life now."

Bella's words lingered in the air, enveloping the room in a palpable tension, Jeongguk felt compelled to address her accusation. "Mother, it was never my intention to make you feel neglected," he began, his voice steady despite the weight of the situation. "The circumstances I find myself in have forced me to make difficult decisions."

But instead of assuaging Bella's frustration, Jeongguk's attempt at clarification only seemed to fuel her simmering anger. Her eyes flashed with indignation, her frustration boiling over as she shook her head in disbelief. The gloomy shadow that had settled over the room seemed to deepen, casting a pall over their dinner as the rift between them widened.

Bella's words struck Jeongguk like a blow, her frustration and anguish pouring forth in a torrent of accusations. "Your father won't voice it, but others around me have started to express their discontent," she continued, her voice laced with anger and desperation. "They can't comprehend your actions. They accuse you of being influenced by someone, and fear that your recent decisions will only deepen the divide between our families."

As tears welled up in her eyes, Eric felt a familiar pang of concern and exhaustion settling in. He understood Bella's struggle, but he couldn't help but feel exasperated by the superficial nature of the troubles that plagued her.

Bella continues, "Your aunt has stopped talking to us, and that poor child Ella does everything in love and gets hurt in return."

Jeongguk looks down at the untouched dessert that was earlier served to him. “I also felt the same. I used to think that I had no choice, this was my duty and responsibility but now I understand this is not the duty that was given to me. I can’t please everyone and I don’t need to. I should do according to my principles even if it is turning against one of the family members.”

Jeongguk's admission hung heavy in the air, the weight of his newfound resolve was palpable amidst the delicate balance of the dinner table. As his words sank in, Bella stiffened in shock, her gaze darting between her son and her husband in disbelief.

Turning to Eric with a pained expression, she pleaded for him to intervene, to steer their son away from this seemingly rebellious path. But Eric, weary and resigned, could only offer an exhausted sigh in response. 

"We've enabled them to wield power over us," he admitted, his voice heavy with regret. "We've allowed fear to dictate our actions, and now we're reaping the consequences."

Jeongguk remained silent, his resolve unshaken despite the turmoil his words had unleashed. Bella, unable to contain her frustration any longer, rose from her seat in a whirlwind of emotion. "Is this all you have to say to your rebellious son?" she demanded of her husband, her voice trembling with anger. 

"Is he too young to understand or be causing such trouble? He should have listened to us, done what was best for everyone, and married Ella. It's not that difficult to understand!"

But Jeongguk met his mother's gaze squarely, his own eyes reflecting a determination that brooked no compromise. "I don't love her," he stated simply, his words cutting through the tension like a knife. The silence that followed his declaration was deafening. 

The parents and attendants not far from them grappling with the truth laid bare before them. Bella's shock was evident as she stared at her son, her emotions swirling in a tumultuous sea of disbelief and disappointment.

Bella's breath caught in her throat, her heart aching as the weight of Jeongguk's words settled upon her. "What?" she managed to whisper, her voice barely more than a tremor as if she couldn't quite comprehend what she had just heard. 

She knew deep down that Jeongguk harbored reservations about Ella, but to hear him say it so plainly was like a blow to her heart. Jeongguk rose from his seat and approached her. 

Bella felt a mix of emotions swirling within her—anguish, uncertainty, but also a glimmer of hope. Kneeling before her, he gently took her hand in his, his touch a tender reassurance amidst the storm of emotions that raged within her.

"I understand your concerns, Mother," he began, his voice calm but resolute. "You want nothing but the best for me, a secure future. But Ella... she's never been the one for me. Despite all you've endured, despite the hardships you've faced, trust me when I say that change is necessary. I've found courage in someone who fights for what's right, regardless of their position or strength. And in comparison, I feel bound by these familial ties that have been imposed upon me."

As Jeongguk spoke his truth, Bella trembled, tears brimming in her eyes as she struggled to come to terms with the reality laid bare before her. She looks at her son and pats on his shoulder resigned by his determination. Eric speaks up watching the two.

"The path you're choosing, Jeongguk, it's fraught with danger," he cautioned, his voice tinged with a mixture of apprehension and resignation. "You're stirring up a hornet's nest, and once those bees are roused, there's no telling what may come of it. With all your responsibilities, how do you plan to bear this burden alone? Are you not taking on more than you can handle?"

Jeongguk met his father's gaze with quiet confidence. "I trust in my fate," he replied, his tone unwavering. "If it were not meant to be, the Moon Goddess would not have bestowed upon me this power."

Bella looked at her son in astonishment, her heart torn between pride and fear. "You speak as though you've already made up your mind, as though you have everything planned out," she observed, her voice tinged with disbelief. "But why this sudden change? You've never been one to go against us or invite even the slightest hint of danger upon our family. What's different now?"

"I found my destined mate," Jeongguk declares, his voice carrying a hint of happiness and a small smile graces his lips. Jeongguk's admission causes a shock to the parents, his words laden with a weight that neither Bella nor Eric were prepared to bear.

 

 

The room fell into stunned silence as Bella and Eric exchanged a look of disbelief, the word "mate" echoing ominously in their minds. Mates were a rarity in Gandok, a concept steeped in myth and legend, with few ever experiencing the bond firsthand. To hear their son claim to have found his destined mate was nothing short of shocking.

"You have a destined mate?" Bella's voice wavered as she clutched a handkerchief, her eyes wide with a mixture of disbelief and fear. Trembling with the weight of what this revelation could mean for their family, she turned to Eric, seeking solace and support in his steady presence.

Eric, sensing his wife's instability, rose from his seat and reached out to her, offering a comforting embrace as she clung to him, tears streaming down her face. Meanwhile, Jeongguk stood before them, his expression a mix of determination and vulnerability as he confirmed, "I am certain that he is the one."

"HE" Both the parents ask in unison. The realization that their son's mate was male-only deepened their shock, leaving them reeling with a whirlwind of emotions. Their words echoed in unison, their voices trembling with disbelief as they grappled with the implications of this revelation. Bella's sobs grew louder as she clung to her husband, her fears and uncertainties threatening to overwhelm her.

Jeongguk watched his parents process the revelation, he couldn't help but feel a twinge of amusement at their stunned expressions. This was the first time he had seen them so vulnerable, so unguarded, and it was both unnerving and alien.

Bella's voice trembled as she sought to piece together the puzzle laid out before her. "Is he... an omega?" she ventured cautiously, her eyes searching Jeongguk's for confirmation. 

With a shake of his head, Jeongguk delivered the next blow. "No, he's an Alpha. And you know him well."

Eric's face drained of color as he realized the implications of Jeongguk's revelation. Things become clear to him now and Jeongguk's actions seem justified, still, he wanted to silence his son, to have patience in revealing the name, but Bella's desperation overrode his attempts at restraint. Gripping Jeongguk's hand tightly, she fired off a barrage of questions, her voice trembling with urgency. 

"Is he from one of the families of officials? Or from the base? Is he an aristocrat, or... what is his name?"

Unable to bear the suspense any longer, Bella implored Jeongguk for answers, her eyes pleading for clarity amidst the chaos. Jeongguk was more than willing to tell the answer. 

"His name is Taehyung Kim," he confessed, his voice laid with admiration for his mate. "He's the second young master of the Kim family, one of the 'pillars' of Gandok."

Eric's shoulders slumped in defeat, resigned to the fate that awaited them. But it was Bella who bore the brunt of the revelation, "Taehyung...who?" She acts quite out of it and stares at her son. Jeongguk felt pity for her but there was nothing he could do about it.

Her world shattered into a million pieces before her very eyes when she heard her son say, "Taehyung Kim...the one you always refer to as the troublemaker?" 

Bella feels like lightning has struck her. This was too much to take in. She repeated the name, her voice barely a whisper as she stared at Jeongguk in disbelief.

And then, without warning, darkness descended upon her, her body giving way to the overwhelming weight of shock and despair as she fainted, collapsing onto the floor in a heap. The room fell into an eerie silence, broken only by the sound of Eric's distressed voice calling out to his wife, his own heart heavy with the weight of the truth they could no longer deny.

Jeongguk gently settled his mother onto the bed, his heart heavy with guilt, he watched as the doctor examined her condition. With reassurance that it was merely stress-induced, the doctor administered medication and advised Eric to provide his calming pheromones to aid Bella's recovery before departing the room.

As Jeongguk sat by his mother's side, observing his father's tender care, he couldn't shake the feeling of apprehension that gripped him. The weight of his revelation casts a shadow over their once-stable family dynamics.

It was completely different from the Kim family who seemed quite calm to this information. They are protective but support their son regardless. But for him, his family is tied to Ji's family in a way that this information will destroy the harmonious relationships between families. 

Lost in thought, Jeongguk was startled when his father's voice broke through his reverie, finding Eric sitting beside him, offering comfort in his quiet way.

"So that Kid is really special. I still don’t believe that my son has a mate. It is not every day that you hear about it. It has been a century maybe when the last mates were born. Nothing is going to be the same anymore.”  

Eric's words held a mix of disbelief and concern, acknowledging the rarity and significance of Jeongguk's newfound bond with Taehyung.

"If I wasn't certain, I wouldn't have told you both," Jeongguk admitted softly, meeting his father's gaze. "I've longed for a mate, and having Taehyung by my side fills me with happiness and hope."

Eric's expression softened with understanding, though beneath the surface lay a deep-seated fear for what lay ahead. "Mates are a rarity in Gandok, and with that comes great risk. Once revealed they don't survive for long as if a curse looms over them," he confessed, his voice heavy with paternal concern. "I can't help but feel the instinct to protect my family, even if it means cutting ties with my own sister."

Jeongguk listened, his heart heavy with the weight of his father's worries. As they both glanced at Bella, still resting, Jeongguk knew that the road ahead would be fraught with challenges, especially for his mother.

"She'll need time to come to terms with it all," Eric reflected, his voice tinged with regret. "She will however take time to understand it. She's spent so long prioritizing the happiness of others, she's forgotten her own. This will be hard for her."

"It is my fault also when your aunt caused troubles and acted spoiled I remained quiet while she tried to do her best to keep the ties of the families intact. She loved to have a big family and she thought that her succumbing to your aunt’s request would make us happy and a big family. The Ji would, however, see you as a threat once your having a mate is revealed.” 

Jeongguk nodded in understanding, his resolve unwavering. "For now, let's keep it between us, until Taehyung and I decide to mark each other."

Eric nodded in agreement, though he still was not able to digest the information completely.

Eric asks quietly “How are Kim’s taking this information as?”

Eric's quiet inquiry about the Kim family drew a small smile from Jeongguk as he thought of Taehyung nestled in his mother's arms. "They love him dearly and support him in everything, but like you, they fear for his safety," Jeongguk replied, his tone tinged with affection and concern.

Eric nodded in understanding, knowing Gareth Kim's calm demeanor and the deep bond he shared with his sons. If talk about this generation, his son is also like Gareth, calm among the three leaders. 

He couldn't help but feel a swell of pride for his own son, knowing that Jeongguk was truly special, even if this revelation was a shock to their family.

“But I can’t accept it just yet, you might be wrong. You must have misjudged. This should not be happening I can’t let you be dragged in danger by that troublemaker. I will consult a shaman and talk to a doctor he will know how to undo this mate thing.” 

Bella interjected with her disbelief and denial as she sat up regaining consciousness and silently listening to their conversations. Her harsh words cut through the air like a knife. Eric's heart sank. 

He attempted to intervene, to calm the storm of emotions that threatened to engulf them, but Bella's insistence on seeking a way to undo the bond between Jeongguk and Taehyung only served to exacerbate the tension in the room.

Jeongguk felt a surge of heat rising within him at Bella's words, his protective instincts flaring in defense of his mate. Despite Eric's attempts to placate her, Jeongguk couldn't ignore the pain and anger simmering beneath the surface.

"Bella, please," Eric implored, his voice tinged with desperation. "This is not something we can undo. Jeongguk's mate is a part of him now, and we must accept that."

But Bella's gloomy gaze remained fixed on them, her words a stark reminder of the uphill battle they faced in accepting this new reality. For Jeongguk, the thought of anyone trying to come between him and Taehyung ignited a fierce determination within him, one that would not easily be quelled.

Jeongguk's pheromones spiked, filling the room with an aura of protectiveness and defiance, his mother's trembling form only served to exacerbate the tension in the air. With his eyes glowing amber, his gaze fixed firmly on his parents, they recoiled in shock, unaccustomed to seeing such a threatening expression directed at them from their own son.

Bella's shiver sent a pang of guilt through Jeongguk's heart, mingling with the anger and disappointment that simmered within him. He held their gaze, his features etched with a mix of sadness and fury, the weight of his mother's words still heavy on his mind.

It was Eric's desperate shout that finally broke through the haze of Jeongguk's emotions, snapping him out of his trance. With a start, he realized the intensity of his own reaction and the fear he had instilled in his parents. Guilt washed over him like a tidal wave as he stood, his expression one of shock and remorse.

Apologizing to his parents, Jeongguk's father nodded in understanding, though uncertainty still lingered in his gaze. But it was the sight of his mother, holding him tightly, her whimper echoing in the room, that brought Jeongguk back to himself.

Meeting her gaze with a pained expression, Jeongguk's heart ached with regret. "Mother... I..." he began, his voice faltering with emotion as he struggled to find the words to express his remorse for his actions.

Eric's words cut through the heavy atmosphere like a knife, confronting Bella's denial head-on, he couldn't watch the two struggling like this. "Stop being in denial," he urged, his voice filled with a mixture of frustration and desperation. "Look what you're doing to our son. Is this what you wanted for him? It's time for you to accept the truth. Mates are a blessing from the goddess, and you gave birth to a special child. We should be proud and supportive. Jeongguk needs us now more than ever."

Bella's tears flowed freely as she grappled with the weight of Eric's words. "But it's so hard," she confessed, her voice trembling with uncertainty. "How will my son have a family, children? People will laugh at him having a male mate? They will mock them? How will I bear it? What should I do? Why my son of all people? Why my baby? I tried so hard to secure his future but Moon Goddess decided to punish me, why?" She cries loud unable to bear the pain in her chest.

Jeongguk, overcome with guilt, approached his parents, kneeling before them with a heavy heart as apologies for his action slipped through his mouth. "Mother, Father, please accept us. I don't care about anyone else I just want you to accept us," he pleaded, his gaze fixed on the floor, unable to meet their eyes.

Bella felt the pain in her chest watching her son like this. She felt hatred for Taehyung and also everyone else who would cause trouble to her precious son. She was not ready to accept it yet but she also couldn't see her son this way.

Feeling her husband's prompting, Bella finally made a move, her grip tight on the blanket as she struggled to find the strength to embrace her son. With a deep breath, she knelt beside him, enveloping him in a tight embrace, her tears mingling with his.

"I would like to meet your mate and have dinner with him." She takes a step to understand this pair making Eric smile and join them in the embrace.

At that moment, as the three of them clung to each other, Jeongguk knew that his family had taken the first step toward acceptance. Though the road ahead would be fraught with challenges and uncertainty, he found solace in the knowledge that his mate had become an integral part of their family.

The sudden vibration of Jeongguk's phone disrupts the moment. He excuses himself to take the important call. His parents agreed readily to it, exhausted by the emotional turmoil. Jeongguk stepped out of the room to take the call, his mind still reeling from the emotional turmoil within his family, his phone buzzed in his hand. 

With a quick glance at his parents, who were still processing the revelations of the evening, he excused himself and answered the call.

It was the officer assigned to the case of Lily, and the urgency in his voice drew Jeongguk's attention immediately. 

The officer relayed that there was suspicious activity at the club related to the case, and he forwarded a photograph for Jeongguk to review. Squinting at the image, Jeongguk's eyes widened as he recognized the figures in the dim lightening of the club—a familiar omega sitting with an alpha at the counter.

Despite the lack of clarity, Jeongguk's gut twisted with recognition. He instructed the officer not to take any action until he arrived, his mind already racing with plans to confront the situation head-on. Pocketing his phone, he prepared to leave, his senses sharp and alert.

Chapter 61: The beautiful omega

Summary:

A chaotic day.

 

Elian furrowed his brow in concentration, working furiously, his fingers flying over the keyboard in a desperate attempt to crack the complex security measures. Taehyung's calm demeanor while sitting next to him remained unchanged, his gaze fixed on the screen with a sense of unwavering confidence. 

Despite the gravity of their task—hacking into the highly secure Gandok police system—which is also a small branch controlled by the parent Kim technology- controlled by the Chief of Gandok, Jin, Taehyung seemed strangely at ease as if this were just another routine endeavor for him.

Caught off guard by Taehyung's nonchalant attitude, Elian couldn't help but feel a surge of curiosity bubbling within him. With a hesitant glance at Taehyung, who was now engrossed in his mobile game once again, Elian finally voiced his suspicions.

"Why do I get the feeling that this isn't your first time doing something like this?" he asked, his tone laced with a mixture of awe and intrigue.

Taehyung's smile widened slightly at the question, a hint of mystery dancing in his eyes as he leaned back in his chair, considering his response carefully. 

"Let's just say I have a knack for navigating through... challenging situations," he replied cryptically, his words carrying a sense of understated confidence.

Taehyung smiles as he sees the hesitation in Elian's eyes. "Don't worry you are almost there." He says staring at the screen. Then fetches his phone and calls Namjoon.

Namjoon was in a serious discussion with Jin when Taehyung's call resounds in the room. Jin looks up from the documents and motions towards the phone for Namjoon to pick up. Namjoon hesitantly takes the call. He knows this number only brings trouble for him and as he expected his face turns pale when Taehyung dropping every formality just gets to the business.

"Hyung I am trying to take a file related to Lily. I have almost reached there. I am assuming you are with Jin hyung since you are so silent. It is good. You know it, please do me a favor, just don't let my brother see the notification. I am being considerate as you told me and didn't hack into the main system. He will just get a warning and nothing else. Just provide the permission from there."

Namjoon grits his teeth upon hearing it. He whispers angrily. "Do you know what you are asking of me?" 

Taehyung casually swivels in his chair. "Yes, a daily thing for you. To handle my brother I mean. Isn't it?" Namjoon wanted to scold him but no words came out of his mouth. He glances at his boss who is leaning on the table flipping through the pages.

Jin looked handsome and calm but the truth is known by only Namjoon about how calm these brothers are. "Give me a few minutes." He says to which Taehyung replies with an 'Oh'

Namjoon feels something is wrong until Taehyung chirps again. "But I already initiated the command." Taehyung glances at the screen and asks Elian to wait. 

"Hyung," Taehyung's voice rang through the phone, a mischievous twinkle in his eye. "You need to hurry." Namjoon hears Taehyung doing the countdown and disconnects the phone in frustration. 

He wasted no time in springing into action. He had expected Taehyung to take more time, to allow him the opportunity to distract Jin, but it seemed his younger brother had other plans.

With a determined stride, he made his way towards Jin, who had been engrossed in studying the report, oblivious to the unfolding events. As Namjoon drew closer, Jin's attention shifted, his curiosity piqued by Namjoon's sudden approach.

But before Jin could utter a word, his phone lit up with a notification, effectively diverting his attention. Seizing the opportunity, Namjoon leaned in, his lips pressing firmly against Jin's in a passionate kiss that left them both momentarily stunned.

Jin's eyes widened in surprise, his initial shock quickly giving way to a reciprocated intensity as he pulled Namjoon closer and held his waist firmly. 

Caught off guard Namjoon opens his mouth in surprise. Jin takes it as an invitation and deepens the kiss. Adrenaline rushes through their bodies as they get pulled to each other. Namjoon felt hot all over, he wanted to question his boss's move and also wanted to get lost in the beautiful sensation the lips of his boss caused, but the phone that was now held in his hand reminded him of the task in hand. He quickly swipes the screen and gives permission.

Jin feels like Namjoon is distracted and tries to move away but Namjoon wraps his arm around him locking the lips. They were both undeniably captivated, Jin found himself swept up in the unexpected passion of the moment, his thoughts momentarily forgotten as he surrendered to the allure of Namjoon's embrace.

Namjoon deletes the notification and puts the phone back while Jin's grip on his waist tightens with each passing moment. As the understanding settles in with the tight grip, Namjoon realizes the situation and their intimate position. He jumps several steps back.

Namjoon stood there, his heart still racing from the unexpected intimacy with his boss. Jin's calm demeanor only served to heighten the awkwardness of the moment. Namjoon's mind raced with a flurry of conflicting emotions, his cheeks burning with embarrassment as he struggled to regain his composure.

He stares at his boss. The desires in his boss's eyes were driving him crazy, the glazed lips made him like a walking aphrodisiac. His face turns red as he realizes what he has done and where his thoughts are running. 

Jin clears his throat watching his assistant standing there without saying a word. "Are you better now?" Jin asked, acting unfazed by the encounter, clears his throat, breaking the tense silence that hung between them. 

With practiced ease, he bent down to retrieve the fallen papers that were proof of the sudden wild moment between them. His movements were deliberate as he attempted to restore a semblance of normalcy to the situation.

Namjoon quickly moves to assist his boss. He keeps stealing a glance at his boss who calmly goes back to reading as if nothing happened. 

Namjoon could not help but wonder if Jin was always this frivolous. Would this alpha pounce on anyone who approached him, without asking any question or feeling awkward about it?

Jin sighs, touching his lips, and meets the eyes of his assistant. "Did you like the kiss?" He enquires as if having a normal conversation on the report.

"Wha...what?" Namjoon was totally lost. The room was very quiet. Namjoon could hear the beating of his own heart. Jin feels a bit shy but continues, "If you are troubled again, then make sure to find only me to liberate yourself." 

"Huh," Namjoon was shocked. He could see Jin's ears turning red but they were both speechless at the moment. Namjoon's phone vibrates. He checks it to distract himself from this situation. Taehyung texted him "Thanks, bro. You saved the day. As a reward, I will tell my brother to be gentle with you." 

The last line causes the memory of their shared kiss to flood Namjoon's mind, the intensity of Jin's gaze still fresh in his memory, and blood rushes to his cheeks again. With a muttered excuse, Namjoon hastily made his retreat, seeking refuge in the solitude of the washroom where he could collect his thoughts and attempt to make sense of the whirlwind of emotions that had overtaken him

Meanwhile, in the dorm, Taehyung patted Elian's back in appreciation for his excellent work. He couldn't help but feel a sense of urgency as he quickly accessed the file containing the video footage. With a flicker of apprehension, he pressed play, the images on the screen unfolding with chilling clarity.

The cameras captured the gruesome murder scene in vivid detail, each frame a haunting reminder of the brutality inflicted upon Lily. Taehyung's stomach churned as he watched, a shiver running down his spine at the sight of the relentless barrage of bullets tearing through her body. He couldn't bear to witness any more of the horrifying spectacle, quickly rewinding the footage to focus on the faces of the perpetrators.

Gritting his teeth with determination, Taehyung scrutinized each frame, committing the faces of the culprits to memory. With a deep breath, he forwarded the video to his phone, the weight of the evidence heavy in his hands.

Rising from his seat, Taehyung quickly cleaned any proof of their interference in the system, his expression hardened with resolve as he prepared to take action but before he could leave he saw Elian returning from the kitchen.

Elian approached with a glass of juice, and Taehyung's expression softened with gratitude. He accepted the drink and regarded Elian with a serious gaze. "I want you to be careful," he said earnestly, his tone carrying a weight of concern. "If you ever feel like someone is following you or keeping an eye on you, don't hesitate to call for help."

Elian's response was hesitant, brushing off Taehyung's warning with a casual remark about the safety of his dormitory. But Taehyung's demeanor remained resolute, his eyes reflecting the gravity of the situation. This made Elian shift his focus to the laptop, sensing that Taehyung's silence spoke volumes about the potential danger he faced.

He also knew Taehyung wouldn't tell him anything if he thought it was dangerous. Elian sighs and decides not to dwell on it. He is grateful to be of help to the Kim family in any way.

The conversation shifted abruptly as Elian, eager to lighten the mood, mentioned the recent broadcast featuring the General. "General was so cool." He says, admiringly. 

Taehyung chuckles softly, acknowledging the admiration with a nod. "Of course, he learned from the best," he remarked with a hint of pride, a smile tugging at the corners of his lips.

Elian rolls his eyes upon hearing it and takes a sip of his juice. Glancing at his watch, Taehyung rises from his seat with sudden determination. "I'll catch up with you later," he says, flashing a reassuring smile at Elian. As he prepared to depart, Elian couldn't help but voice his curiosity about Taehyung's plans.

Taehyung paused, meeting Elian's gaze with a playful twinkle in his eye. "Am I beautiful?" he quipped, catching Elian off guard. The unexpected question left Elian blushing furiously, his response a hesitant nod.

With a grin, Taehyung assured Elian, "Then it will be a piece of cake." With that, he bid farewell to Elian, reminding him once more to stay vigilant and report any signs of danger.

The day passes by quickly, Hoseok notes the result of his experiments when Yoongi walks up to him with the phone in his hand. “Taehyung is asking for you.” 

Hoseok smiles knowingly, “What is he asking for this time?” Yoongi shrugs and hands him the phone. Hoseok puts it on speaker and lets Yoongi tie his hair in a ponytail while he greets Taehyung. 

Taehyung quickly makes his request, “Brother I want that potion again. The omega pheromones.” Both Yoongi and Hoseok meet gaze.

A sense of concern gnawed at him. Yoongi's expression mirrored his unease as they exchanged a glance, silently deliberating the gravity of Taehyung's intentions.

"What is it this time?" Hoseok inquired, his tone tinged with apprehension as he prepared himself for Taehyung's response.

"I found out the culprits involved in Lily's murder. I want to meet them," Taehyung revealed, his voice steady despite the gravity of his words.

Yoongi interjected, his concern palpable. "Are you sure you want to do this at the moment? It's already a dangerous situation. Jeongguk has promised he will put them behind bars."

There was a brief pause on the other end of the line before Taehyung spoke again, his resolve unwavering. "I'll be assured once I hear it on my own. What if others are on the target? I can't risk it."

Hoseok felt a surge of frustration and worry rising within him. "You're putting yourself in the spotlight," he admonished, unable to contain his concern any longer. "Don't worry your brother."

With a heavy heart, Hoseok knew that Taehyung's determination could not be swayed. Yoongi massages Hoseok's head lightly to calm his nerves. He addresses Taehyung's bold decision.

"I assume you're already on your way. With everyone knowing you in Gandok, how are you going to meet them?" Yoongi's interrogation carried a note of concern, his brow furrowed with worry.

Taehyung's chuckle in response only added to the mystery. "You'll understand once you open the door for me," he replies coyly, a mischievous glint in his eyes.

With a resigned sigh, Hoseok and Yoongi hurry to comply, opening the door to reveal Taehyung's stunning transformation. Hoseok's exclamation of disbelief echoed through the room, while Yoongi simply smiled in appreciation.

"You look beautiful," Yoongi remarked, his eyes tracing the contours of Taehyung's elegant attire and flawless makeup.

Taehyung accepted the compliment graciously, pushing back a stray lock of his silky wig. Hours of meticulous preparation had transformed him into a vision of femininity—a stark contrast to his usual self. The red satin dress with mandarin collar and long sleeves hugged his curves perfectly, adorned with delicate floral motifs. His hair cascaded in glossy waves down his back, framing his face in an enchanting allure.

The makeup was not overdone but enhanced his eyes and lips making them more appealing. The kitten heels made it comfortable for Taehyung to walk. His veiny arms were nicely covered in the sleeves and the cream faux fur cape wrapped around them. His slim fingers had rings and painted nails added charm to the fingers. 

He was not recognizable as Taehyung at all. The heterochromatic eyes were hidden by the lens of envy green color. He looked breathtaking. Taehyung slipped effortlessly into his role, he turned to Hoseok with a trembling eye, a soft request on his lips for the potion, feigning distaste for his own pheromones. Hoseok rolled his eyes at the theatrics but relented, disappearing inside to fetch the requested item.

Meanwhile, Yoongi observed Taehyung's transformation with a mixture of amusement and admiration. "You really are a troublemaker," he remarked with a chuckle, knowing full well the chaos that often ensued in Taehyung's wake.

"Brother, you hurt my feelings," Taehyung playfully pouted, clutching his chest in mock agony. Despite the jest, there was a hint of seriousness in his eyes, a silent acknowledgment of the risks he was about to undertake.

Yoongi couldn't help but admire Taehyung's determination, though he couldn't shake off the underlying worry. 

"Don't get in trouble and don't get too invested," he cautioned, his voice tinged with concern. "There's a world of lies outside. A calm mind is required to differentiate truth from falsehood."

Taehyung nodded solemnly, his gaze unwavering. "I feel Yeon is silent because he's planning something big, and his target is me from the beginning," he explained, his tone resolute. "I can't just sit and wait for him to act. I have to look into the matter to be prepared."

Understanding Taehyung's determination, Yoongi simply nodded in agreement, acknowledging the gravity of the situation. Meanwhile, Hoseok arrived with two bottles of the potion, his shy demeanor betraying his concern for his brother's safety.

"In case of emergency," Hoseok clarified, his voice soft but filled with reassurance.

Without hesitation, Taehyung accepted the bottles, his gratitude evident in his smile. He wasted no time bidding his brothers goodbye, knowing he had a mission to fulfill. With his brothers' words of caution echoing in his mind, he prepared himself for the night.

It didn't take long for Taehyung to arrive at the club nestled in the deep alleys of Crescent Road. Stepping out of the car, he exchanged a whispered directive with his bodyguard, ensuring they were on the same page. Taehyung checks his bodyguard's appearance and instructs him to only act when asked.

Taehyung usually liked to act solo but this time he wanted to change his act and bring the bodyguard along to make the play look more real. The bodyguard, a mix of admiration and apprehension evident in his demeanor, nodded in compliance, trailing behind Taehyung as they approached the club's entrance.

On the street, a group of onlookers, and junkies, their hunger apparent, watched Taehyung intently. He opened the purse in his hand and gracefully tossed several coins their way, causing a scramble as they eagerly collected the offering. Taehyung offered them a satisfying smile, a display of the difference in their status, before turning his attention to the imposing bouncers guarding the club's entrance.

With practiced ease, Taehyung extended his hand, silently requesting the pipe, which the guard handed over without hesitation. Inhaling deeply, Taehyung met the bouncer's gaze, the unspoken understanding evident between them. Without a word, the bouncer opened the door, granting Taehyung entry into the bustling club beyond.

Inside, the atmosphere was a chaotic blend of noise and scent, the air thick with the unmistakable aroma of lust-filled pheromones. None was ashamed to display their hunger and desire in this place. It was very unpleasant. 

Drawing closer to his bodyguard, Taehyung whispered a query about the time, to which the guard responded with a confirmation "It is the curfew time".

As Taehyung navigated through the club's interior, he couldn't help but notice the apparent leniency in certain establishments, where the laws seemed to bend in favor of those in positions of power, allowing them to openly flout regulations without consequence.

Taehyung exuded an air of effortless charm and elegance as he made his way towards the counter, his presence turning heads and drawing curious glances from the club's patrons. With a graceful flip of his hair, he settled onto a stool, his bodyguard hovering nearby in a protective stance. Turning to the bartender with a winsome smile, Taehyung requested something new and exciting, his soft-spoken manner captivating the bartender's attention.

In this unconventional setting, Taehyung stood out as a notable figure, his appearance and status marking him as an anomaly amidst the crowd. As intrigued onlookers approached him with various intentions, Taehyung remained discerning, waiting for the individuals he sought to reveal themselves.

Expressing his disappointment to the bartender, Taehyung mentioned Lily's name. "That lady met me last time and contacted me when I was overseas, she told me she would make me have fun. Now I am unable to locate her.”

The bartender seemed unhappy at the mention of the name and cautioned him against mentioning her name but offered his assistance in connecting Taehyung with other guests for entertainment.

Taehyung's piqued curiosity doesn't go unnoticed by the bartender and he adds, "She had a notorious temper. It is good you are saved. She scammed the esteemed guest here and got punished." Taehyung's ears perk up but nothing shows on his face.

"Didn't think of her like that." The bartender nods agreeing with him and places a greenish-coloured drink in front of Taehyung. "For the beautiful omega." He says.

Ignoring the compliment and mention of his trait, Taehyung graciously accepted the drink offered to him, taking a sip and nodding in approval. Complimenting the bartender on the concoction, Taehyung's genuine appreciation elicited a shy response from the bartender.

The bartender suggested introducing Taehyung to esteemed guests, and Taehyung's curiosity was piqued. He watched silently as the bartender communicated with someone nearby, his anticipation building as he awaited the encounter.

Taehyung's discerning gaze rested on the bartender questioning the bartender's decision to include him among the esteemed guests without probing his true intentions for being there. 

He spoke, “It is quite weird of you to make me join the esteemed guest list while never questioning my intention of coming here in the first place?"

The bartender's response was cryptic yet revealing, emphasizing his role as a mere employee who believed in providing care to those who deserved it, particularly a beautiful omega like Taehyung.

Taehyung responded with a playful roll of his eyes, acknowledging his preference for intelligence and discretion in others. His confident demeanor belied the complexities of the situation; he was no stranger to establishments like this, having encountered similar venues in the past and understanding their inner workings.

In places where the lines between spy and guest blurred, individuals like Taehyung were subjected to intense scrutiny, their every move dissected until they revealed their true intentions. These venues operated with ruthless efficiency, serving all who entered their doors, whether as spies or patrons, and extracting benefits in their own ways.

Taehyung likened such establishments to the jaws of a cobra, where one was injected with poison and left to navigate the dark and treacherous terrain, much like Lily had experienced. It was a sobering reminder of the dangers inherent in these environments, where survival demanded both cunning and resilience.

A man approached and took a seat next to Taehyung, his gaze lingered on Taehyung's figure, openly appreciating every curve. Taehyung remained composed, unfazed by the man's scrutiny, and leaned casually against the counter, toying with the glass in his hand, drawing attention to his slender waist.

The man, seemingly intrigued by Taehyung's presence, remarked "It is quite dangerous for an omega like you to venture out during curfew hours in Gandok. You must be aware of the rules."

Taehyung met his gaze with a subtle challenge, “If you know that then you also should understand that I am not any usual omega.”

The man chuckled at his confidence, “I can see that. So what are you here for?” Taehyung puts the glass turning to meet the man’s gaze, “What can you offer? I am free tonight.”

In response, the man leaned in, whispering a tantalizing offer in Taehyung's ear, “A new item arrived today. Want to try it?” Taehyung’s lips perk up, “I prefer a more diverse and adventurous experience, not just a one-on-one encounter." 

The man was taken aback by Taehyung's boldness, but he quickly composed himself and suggested leading Taehyung to a special place where his desires could be fulfilled.

Taehyung's guard took his hand as he gracefully rose from the stool, his gaze momentarily lingering on a figure in the distance that bore a striking resemblance to Jeongguk. However, the casual attire and obscured features left him uncertain. Brushing aside the momentary doubt, Taehyung followed the man, eager to explore the hidden depths of the club.

Taehyung halted in his steps before entering the room, catching the man's curious glance. With a polite smile, he feigned a need for the washroom. 

"I think I had a lot of drinks earlier. Do you know where the washroom is?”

 

 

The man obligingly showed him the way, but Taehyung dismissed his guard, insisting that he wait at the entrance of the room with the man while Taehyung freshened up.

Entering the smelly washroom, Taehyung couldn't help but notice its occupants indulging in various pleasures, undeterred by the loud music drowning out their sounds. Checking himself in the mirror, he adjusted his attire, ensuring everything was in place. He touched the wrist and the collar of his dress that hid the weapon of his safety. 

Taehyung came prepared for any kind of situation. He scanned the place while walking out of the washroom and got the idea of the place and also looked for familiar faces from the video. His focus wasn't on the men themselves but on the one who had hired them and their motive.

Thinking ahead, Taehyung also scoped out potential escape routes for when his task was complete. Suddenly, he sensed a presence behind him and whirled around, ready to defend himself, only to find the person removing their cap and planting a brief kiss on his lips. Recoiling in shock, Taehyung was about to strike when he recognized the face beneath the cap—it was Jeongguk.

Taehyung's eyes widened in disbelief as Jeongguk smiled at him, looking handsome and captivating in his casual attire. His hair was down and he looked quite youthful. Realizing that Jeongguk was the person he had noticed earlier, Taehyung's initial shock turned to irritation. He was not prepared for everything. 

A thought crossed his mind, he wouldn't accept that Jeongguk could recognize him so easily. He takes advantage of this and steps on Jeongguk's toe with his heels, his glare piercing.

"How dare you touch me? Do you have a habit of pouncing on anything beautiful?" Taehyung seethed, ready to storm off. But Jeongguk's response stopped him in his tracks.

"No, I developed this habit only after meeting my partner," Jeongguk replied calmly, his words sending a jolt of realization through Taehyung. He cannot be saved from this person, he is more lethal than this cobra's jaw. Cursing his luck for encountering Jeongguk in such a situation, Taehyung braced himself for the awkwardness that was sure to follow.

Taehyung turned to check his mate, surprised by the unexpected encounter, but what truly caught him off guard was seeing Jeongguk wearing blockers. Unable to sense Jeongguk's pheromones, Taehyung felt a twinge of irritation. Was Jeongguk experiencing the same frustration?

Meeting Jeongguk's eyes, Taehyung sensed a brewing storm of anger within his mate. A nervous gulp escaped Taehyung's lips unintentionally. Jeongguk closed the distance between them, his expression morphing from displeasure to a hint of amusement.

"I am really unhappy," Jeongguk began, his finger lightly brushing against Taehyung's cheeks. Then, a mischievous glint sparkled in his eyes. "But if you allow me to take this dress off, I can forgive you."

 

Chapter 62: The fury of justice

Summary:

Taehyung finds the culprit.

Taehyung stood there, utterly dumbfounded by the shameless display of his alpha. His initial impulse was to tell Jeongguk to get lost, but he quickly composed himself and morphed his expression into one of shy innocence. He is still in the club and should act accordingly. 

His long lashes trembled as he lifted his eyes to steal a glance at his mate before quickly looking back down, feeling a blush creep onto his cheeks. He turned slightly to the side, his pout evident on his rosy lips, his features softening into an adorable expression.

"Don’t say something like this so lightly," Taehyung murmured softly, his voice barely above a whisper. "This omega's heart is very fragile."

Jeongguk, with his sharp hearing, caught every word. He stared at the fragile omega before him, a smirk playing on his lips as he raised a brow.

Taehyung's soft, coquettish tone is close to that of an omega girl and strikes a chord with Jeongguk. 

Despite the playful facade, there's an underlying threat beneath the surface, a warning for Jeongguk to keep his distance. Yet, Taehyung's blush remains on full display, adding a layer of complexity to his demeanor. It's this dual persona that intrigues Jeongguk, drawing him in despite the implicit warning.

Jeongguk couldn't help but chuckle at the antics of his mate. Taehyung had always possessed stunning features, inherited from his parents, but seeing him in this particular attire caused a flutter in Jeongguk's heart.

This young master had a knack for surprising him with his unique choices, and despite Jeongguk's initial intention to tease, he found himself genuinely captivated by how beautiful his mate looked. However, amidst his amusement, Jeongguk couldn't ignore the conflicting emotions swirling within him. 

He felt genuine unhappiness at seeing Taehyung in close proximity to those alphas, his blocked pheromones adding to the discomfort. Yet, simultaneously, there was an undeniable excitement at the sight of his mate in this unexpected ensemble. 

Jeongguk found himself grappling with these newfound emotions, unsure of how to navigate them. It was a new experience for him, one that left him feeling both intrigued and unsettled.

He stretches his hand to delicately tuck a lock of hair behind Taehyung’s ear, a playful glint dancing in his eyes. “So, is that a yes?” Jeongguk teases, his voice laced with amusement.

Taehyung meets his gaze with a glare, the earlier cuteness now replaced by the boldness and confidence of a beautiful omega. "Keep dreaming," he retorts, ready to turn and leave. But before he can take a step, Jeongguk's firm grip on his arm stops him in his tracks.

 

 

Leaning in close, he whispers, "I won’t stop you, but if anything happens, just call my name."

The sincerity in Jeongguk’s voice sends Taehyung's heart into a frenzy, his pulse quickening with each beat. Despite his initial hesitations, Taehyung finds himself feeling more assured by Jeongguk's simple concern, a newfound confidence stirring within him.

But Taehyung is someone who is fond of inviting troubles and thus he motions for Jeongguk to lean closer. Jeongguk complies, drawing nearer, Taehyung whispers something in his ear.

His voice takes on a deeper, more seductive tone as he asks, "How should I address you? General or perhaps Jeongguk oppa?” The last title he drags a bit, his voice sounding sultry and seductive like his appearance. A mischievous smile dances on Taehyung’s lips as he watches Jeongguk visibly shiver at the intimate address.

Jeongguk’s gaze locks onto him, and Taehyung can feel the intensity of his stare. Gulping nervously, Taehyung shifts back slightly, suddenly feeling a twinge of apprehension at the fiery look in Jeongguk's eyes, as if sensing the primal desire simmering just beneath the surface.

Jeongguk closes the distance between them, his lips grazing lightly over the skin of Taehyung's ear, then slowly nibbling at it. "Love or husband will do," he quips, his warm breath sending shivers down Taehyung's spine, the corners of his lips curling into a smile. 

Taehyung blushes furiously at the endearments, taken aback by the unexpected brazenness from the typically stoic alpha. He pushes the true blood away, rubbing at his ear.

Unable to withstand the pressure of the playful banter with Jeongguk, Taehyung surrenders defeat, his resolve crumbling under the weight of the alpha's playful demeanor. 

Glancing around the club, he notices a distinct difference in the clientele compared to his usual haunts. Sensing his unease and doubts, Jeongguk offers a reassuring pat on his head. "Don’t act recklessly and protect yourself," he advises, his tone carrying a hint of concern. Taehyung nods.

Spotting the man from earlier approaching him, Taehyung quickly turns to look back at Jeongguk, but the true-blood alpha has already disappeared into the crowd. With a resigned chuckle, Taehyung faces the man. 

"I was coming to you, but it seems I have attracted an admirer," he quips, feigning nonchalance. The man nods, seemingly unfazed by Taehyung's explanation, leading the way into the room.

As they enter, Taehyung is assaulted by the overwhelming stench of alpha pheromones, mingled with the acrid scent of smoke and sex that hangs heavily in the air. Coughing and struggling to breathe, he clings tightly to his bodyguard for support, seeking refuge from the suffocating atmosphere. 

Sensing Taehyung's distress, the man smirks. He keeps on walking without turning back. Taehyung takes this chance and quickly pulls his bodyguard closer, his voice low and urgent.

"Did you tell Jeongguk about us?" Taehyung whispers, his gaze piercing. The bodyguard's eyes widen in fear as he shakes his head frantically. Taehyung glares at him before quickly composing himself in front of the man, feigning embarrassment as he wipes away fake tears and inhales slowly, looking like a delicate doll.

"Is this how you treat your guests?" he chokes out, his voice strained from the noxious fumes while addressing the alpha in front. The man merely smiles mysteriously, a sense of pride evident in his demeanor. 

"You'll get used to it," he replies cryptically.

As they pass through a partition, Taehyung's eyes widen at the sight that greets him. The room is filled with guests indulging in their carnal desires, oblivious to the presence of an outsider. Alphas and omegas alike are entwined in various states of intimacy, their moans echoing off the walls. 

Thick smoke hangs in the air, obscuring the scene with a haze of decadence. Taehyung's gaze darts around the room, taking in the debauchery before him.

His attention is drawn to a table adorned with various substances and tablets, including heat-inducing drugs that make his blood run cold. Clenching his fists in anger, Taehyung surveys the crowd, recognizing several familiar faces from the video among the throng. 

The man didn't stop there; he led them to a gallery, stopping at the far end in front of a door. Glancing once at Taehyung, he opened the door. "I heard you're familiar with Lily," he remarked. 

Taehyung wasn't surprised that word had reached him. He nodded, waiting patiently as the man didn't enquire any further, and motioned for Taehyung and the bodyguard to enter. 

"Only privileged guests enter here. I hope you have a good time," the man said before leaving.

Taehyung observed the bright red carpet on the floor as he walked inside, heading toward a hall where a lady awaited him. She smiled upon seeing him, her appearance peculiar with a smile that didn't quite reach her eyes. 

She looked colorful in the monotonous color scheme of the hall without any furnishings or decorations. "Are you here to buy items? How much can you pay?" she inquired. 

Taehyung turned to his bodyguard, who promptly displayed several cards. Taehyung smiled and looked back at the lady. "Which one will you prefer?" he asked.

Clicking her tongue in annoyance, the lady instructed him to follow her to the next room. Taehyung hadn't expected this club, which seemed shabby from the outside, to house something as lavish as a gallery for the black market. It appeared he was still unaware of many things, or perhaps much had changed since he last ventured into such places. 

The lady opened another door, ushering Taehyung into a meeting room with chairs facing a glass screen. After seating Taehyung in an empty chair, she left, leaving the bodyguard standing behind him.

Glancing around, Taehyung realized he wasn't alone in the room. There were almost fifteen alphas present, and all of them turned to look at him, their gazes filled with interest.

Being the only omega in the room naturally caught the attention of others, but to Taehyung's bad luck, he didn't recognize any of them. The host approached him, taking his hand in a gentlemanly gesture and kissing the skin as a gesture of welcome. 

"Welcome. I hope you will be satisfied with the items," the host said softly, leaning in closer. "Since you were familiar with Lily, then you should also watch where we pluck her from. Sadly, she chose to betray us."

Taehyung met the host's gaze, noting the absence of shame or regret but rather a pure curiosity directed at him. As the host straightened his back, he called out to the room, "Gentlemen and the beautiful lady, your esteemed host bids you welcome. Let's not wait any longer and let the bidding begin."

Leaning back, Taehyung listened as his bodyguard whispered in his ear, "2, 3, 8." Taehyung nodded, recognizing these as the seat numbers of the alphas who showed movement at the mention of Lily's name. As the room darkened and the light in the glass cage lifted, a masked man in a doctor's coat entered. He bowed to the guests before proceeding to a table laden with various items, starting from his right and selecting the first one.

Taehyung observed the bidding with a sense of detachment. These theatrical displays were common in the clubs of these areas, where black market items were paraded for sale in grandiose fashion. Having experienced such events before, he knew the items often turned out to be fake, but the underlying implications troubled him deeply. 

As the doctor began his spiel about the heat-inducing drug, Taehyung raised a skeptical brow. The alphas in the room, however, showed keen interest, eagerly placing their bids. It was clear that greed was rampant among them.

Moving on to the next item, the doctor presented the "marking pill" with a smile, describing its temporary effects without side effects. This time, the guests showed only mild interest, expressing disdain for an omega that didn't resist. 

One even vocalized his preference for a more spirited companion. Taehyung, unfazed by their comments, responded with a charming smile and a light chuckle, his beauty and demeanor captivating the room.

With a playful click of his tongue, Taehyung dismissed their immaturity, turning his attention back to the items on display. The room fell silent, the alphas momentarily subdued by his presence.

As the doctor proceeded to showcase the next item—a contraceptive potion—Taehyung couldn't help but feel a surge of contempt. With just a drop, the potion promised to induce heat in an omega, enhancing their desire for knotting without the risk of pregnancy. 

The alphas in the room eagerly applauded, clamoring to secure the potion for themselves. Bids flew, reaching exorbitant heights, until finally, the doctor declared the winning bid, met with a triumphant smile from the victorious alpha.

Following this were more mundane items designed for pleasure, culminating in the last item—the potion to enhance an alpha's potency. The doctor's shameless endorsement of the potion, boasting of its refinement with true blood alpha's blood, drew a scoff from Taehyung. 

"That's impossible," he muttered incredulously, earning a glint of anticipation from the doctor, who seemed to have been waiting for just such a response.

True-blood alphas are rare like the mates. They only happen once in a long time by the grace of the Moon Goddess, claiming to extract blood from true- blood is like stating that it is drawn from Jeongguk, which was impossible. Taehyung knew they were up to no good.

The boasting for violence and strength is quite a common conception in the minds of the people but Taehyung has known Jeongguk since childhood and he is the most calm alpha amongst them. Them talking ill about true-blood alpha irks him.

The doctor announces the next phase of the proceedings. Taehyung's unease intensifies. His eyes widened as several young omegas, chained and barely clothed, were brought before them. Their fearful gazes seemed to pierce through the glass, pleading silently for mercy they knew they wouldn't receive. Taehyung's heart sank at the sight, a surge of anger rising within him.

The words of the doctor when he was seated here echoed in his mind regarding Lily, "You should see where we pluck her from...." Taehyung clenches his fist tightly while silently watching the display.

The doctor's degrading descriptions of the omegas only fueled the lustful desires of the alphas in the room, their hungry eyes assessing each one with predatory intent. The rough manhandling while showing the omega's face and body and laughing and discussing their body and how to enjoy it were nauseating discussions Taehyung had been a part of. 

Taehyung felt a wave of disgust washes over him at the callousness of it all, the blatant disregard for these individuals' humanity. The doctor announced happily, "We have brought fresh items for you, feel free to choose the one you like and whoever is left in the end will contribute to our demonstration for the night." This causes a roar of excitement among the individuals as if it were the most exciting part of these shows.

As the bidding commenced, Taehyung's mind raced, grappling with the horror unfolding before him. The young boy, subjected to early heat induction, drew particularly salacious interest from the alphas, their bids escalating rapidly. Taehyung clenched his fists, his jaw set in determination to make them pay for it.

But amidst the depravity, there remained one omega, a young female with scars marring her delicate features. Taehyung's heart ached for her, knowing she was deemed undesirable by these vile men. He could feel the weight of their predatory gazes bearing down on her, and it ignited a fire within him.

Then, the doctor's demonstration began. The pill was forced down the young omega's throat, and she crumpled to the floor in agony, tears streaming down her cheeks. Taehyung's fists trembled with rage, his resolve hardening with each passing moment.

The other omegas were taken away, leaving only the scarred female. Then an alpha bound by chains is brought into the cage. The man's defiance was evident in the glare he shot at the doctor, but it seemed futile against the sinister intentions of those in power.

As the doctor explained their experiment, Taehyung's stomach churned with disgust. The notion of manipulating someone's very essence for the sake of power and control was abhorrent to him. And now, witnessing the injection of the drug seemingly derived from a true blood alpha sample, Taehyung felt a surge of revulsion at the sight.

The alpha's reaction was immediate, his body contorting with primal ferocity as the drug took hold. Taehyung couldn't tear his eyes away, a mixture of horror and fascination gripping him as he witnessed the transformation unfold before him. The alpha's growls echoed through the room, reverberating with a primal intensity that sent shivers down Taehyung's spine.

But it was the sudden panting that followed that sent a chill down Taehyung's spine, a stark reminder of the insidious nature of the drug and its effects on those subjected to it. Taehyung's grip tightened on the handle of the seat, his resolve hardening with each passing moment. This cruelty would not go unanswered. 

It was like watching the animals in their wildest state hunting their prey. It was disgusting and inhumane as it can be. The greediness of the ones holding power crosses the limits when they enjoy these inhuman horrors with a smile and desire.

The alpha becomes rampant, growling in desire and pain. He tears the clothes away, showing his hardened desire. The omega in the cage trembles with the ferocious pheromones of the alpha bombarding her. The heat-inducing pill shows its effects slowly as her body starts to heat up and moans slip through her mouth.

The pheromones are caught by the chained alpha who loses his sanity acting like a mad dog, sniffing and moving closer to his prey. He pounces at her without wasting time and pulls her by the leg. The omega cries in fear wanting to go away but the grip is tight on her. The alpha starts tearing her clothes. The men watch it with interest giving vulgar comments and looking with fascination.

Taehyung looks away unable to bear it. The doctor laughs, "This is just beginning. Thanks to our respected Mr. Karsh. We were able to bring this ultimate drug to our market." Taehyung hears the name and looks at the person.

Karsh, is this the lead for him? He wanted to check for himself but his hand trembled as the loud cry of the omega reached his ear. It was agonizing. Taehyung was taken aback seeing the blood, as the alpha roughly handled the omega wanting for her to submit to him.

"Stop this right now." He shouts but the doctor just smiles. "The guests want a detailed demonstration. The fun part is not yet started. The true blood alpha traits are starting to show. Look at the aggressiveness."

The alpha was clawing at the omega to take her in. She was trying to fight back. Her body getting wounds and blood trickling down it. The alpha licks it hungrily. His golden eyes were maddened with lust. 

An attendant walks and places the pills and water on the table of each guest. Taehyung glances at it and finds out that the other guests have quickly taken it without a thought.  

The doctor stares at Taehyung. "Esteemed guest, why are you not taking the pill? The evening is quite long. Don't you want to make a nice memory?"

The alphas in the room look at him hungrily while the host approaches him, gesturing to the pill. "Have it or they will learn that you are a spy." The host whispers. "They hate spies, especially when it is a delicious omega like you. We all know Lily hated this place. She would not ask anyone to look for her here. If only she had let us experiment. Things would have been nice." 

The bodyguard pulls his gun at the host but he seems to not be afraid of it. "It is of no use. You won't be able to walk away from this place." The alphas sitting next to Taehyung laugh. They were impatient some had already unbuttoned their shirt watching the scene in front. Taehyung glares at the host. "Kneel," he says.

Suddenly, the tension in the room thickens. It felt as though an invisible force had wrapped itself around everyone present, constricting their movements and stifling their breath. The oppressive weight of the pheromones hung in the air like a suffocating blanket, rendering them powerless and unable to even shift their gaze.

Taehyung's bodyguard swiftly makes his exit, sealing the room shut from the outside world. Within the confines of the chamber, a purplish glint danced in Taehyung's eyes, a harbinger of the storm brewing within him. His gaze fixed on the cage before him, where the young omega remained trapped, a silent witness to the horrors unfolding in her midst.

The pressure intensified, and rivulets of sweat trickled down the brows of the alphas, their discomfort palpable in the stifling atmosphere. The host choked in pain, kneeling with a thud on the floor. Taehyung's eyes glowed with fierce determination, a reflection of the power simmering within him.

He takes out the lenses and throws them away. The heterochromatic eyes were turning purple with each pulsating movement.

With purposeful strides, Taehyung approached the glass door, his gaze fixed on the scene unfolding within the cage. His plea to the Moon Goddess echoed through the chamber, invoking her presence in their darkest hour. His every vexing was pulsating in anger and killing instinct.

The ethereal figure of the Moon Goddess materialized before him, her eyes scanning the harrowing sight before her. The omega's anguished cries pierced the air as the alpha's primal instincts overtook him, a grotesque tableau of dominance and submission.

With a gentle touch, the Moon Goddess laid her hand upon the glass, and in a dazzling display of divine power, the barrier shattered into a thousand glittering fragments. The air was tinged with the metallic scent of blood and the sickly sweet aroma of lust, but Taehyung's commanding pheromones prevailed, quelling the chaos that threatened to consume them.

The doctor gazed upon Taehyung in horror, his body frozen in place, a silent witness to the unfolding revolution. He realized the true extent of his folly. In the presence of such divine intervention, there was no room for deceit or tyranny to flourish unchecked.

No one was able to understand how the thick glass wall shattered and how they were restricted by the mere omega whom they wished to toy with. They were all scared nonetheless, unable to even lift their eyes.

The alpha's agonized cries reverberated through the room as his mind was assailed by excruciating pain, his very essence writhing under the weight of Taehyung's wrath. Meanwhile, the omega continued to writhe in distress, a tragic casualty of the malevolent machinations that had ensnared her, she was struggling for her life.

Just as Taehyung's fury threatened to consume him entirely, familiar arms enveloped him in a reassuring embrace. Jeongguk's presence, accompanied by his soothing pheromones, served as a balm to Taehyung's frayed nerves. His hand reaches out and hides the fluctuating moon mark on Taehyung's forehead while he keeps calling for Taehyung to let his voice get through the alpha's raging thoughts.

Desperate to exact retribution, Taehyung struggled against Jeongguk's hold, his tear-streaked face contorted with anguish. His cries for vengeance echoed through the chamber, "Let me kill this bastard. They are demons in human clothing,” condemning the perpetrators for their monstrous deeds. 

Under Taehyung's commanding gaze, the alphas succumbed to his potent pheromones, bowing in submission to his will.

In the midst of the chaos, Jeongguk's steady presence offered Taehyung a lifeline of stability. With gentle yet firm reassurance, Jeongguk guided Taehyung's turbulent emotions, coaxing him back from the brink of despair. He makes Taehyung face him.

“Look at me. Say my name.” Jeongguk says softly but urgently. Taehyung met Jeongguk's unwavering gaze, he was still in agony and his vision was blurred by tears, but the sentence brought back the reminder of his mate.

Taehyung calls for Jeongguk, his call filled with pain. The simple act of speaking his mate's name serves as a tether to reality, grounding him in the present moment. The true-blood alpha nods and praises him. “Good…now breathe. Let me handle it. You need to get out of this room quickly. Can you do it?”

Though Jeongguk was feeling various emotions, he first ensured the safety and sanity of his mate. Noticing the mark gone from the forehead and with a nod of approval from Taehyung, Jeongguk released Taehyung.

Taehyung walks slowly out of the room as if hypnotized by his mate's order. Jeongguk turns to look back at the room, his authoritative aura filling the place as he takes control of the situation. 

Swiftly and decisively, Jeongguk issued orders to his team, mobilizing them to secure the premises and apprehend the perpetrators. 

Except for the doctor and the one named Karsh rest were all taken care of by the team. Jeongguk moves his gaze at the alpha named Karsh while wearing his gloves. 

The trembling alpha moves back in horror seeing the angry gaze of the true blood. He tries to pull up his pants but Jeongguk gives him no time. With swift and calculated precision, Jeongguk seized the alpha by the collar, throwing him towards the nearest wall. With swift and decisive blows, he meted out punishment to the alpha. The alpha responsible for Lily's demise and torment received the full force of Jeongguk's wrath, his teeth shattered by a powerful punch before he was hurled across the room like a ragdoll.

"You are not allowed to cause pain to my mate." Jeongguk hisses for the alpha to hear. The alpha loses consciousness. He throws the man towards his team. Jeongguk's team swiftly moved to apprehend the alpha for interrogation.

Jeongguk's fury was palpable, his blood boiling with rage at the sight of his mate's suffering. He shrugs his hand and blood drops fall on the floor. He turns his attention to the doctor, his eyes ablaze with righteous indignation. With brutal efficiency, he cornered the doctor against the shattered remnants of the glass cage, the shards digging into the man's flesh as a grim testament to his crimes.

The doctor's cries of terror fell on deaf ears as Jeongguk exacted his own brand of justice, administering a dose of the rut-inducing drug with ruthless precision. With cold determination, he extracted every last drop of information from the doctor, leaving no stone unturned in his quest for justice.

As he watched the doctor squirm in agony, Jeongguk's resolve remained unshaken. Turning to his officers, he issued a command with steely resolve, demanding a thorough investigation into the source of the illicit operation. With the weight of his authority behind them, his officers moved with unwavering determination to uncover the truth.

With the ordeal finally over, Jeongguk discarded his gloves with a sense of finality, his expression a mask of grim satisfaction. Stepping out of the room, he found Taehyung standing quietly, his demeanor betraying the lingering traces of distress. Approaching his mate, Jeongguk enveloped him in a comforting embrace, his heart heavy with the knowledge of the pain Taehyung had endured.

Having witnessed countless atrocities and injustices, Jeongguk's heart had gradually hardened over time, becoming immune to the horrors of the world. Yet, Taehyung remained an exception to this desensitization. Unlike Jeongguk, who had learned to watch and wait for the opportune moment to strike, Taehyung refused to remain passive in the face of wrongdoing.

Taehyung's unwavering resolve and fearless determination set him apart. He possessed a fiery spirit that refused to be quenched by the darkness that lurked in the shadows. Even if it meant placing himself in harm's way, Taehyung would not hesitate to take action when confronted with injustice.

For Taehyung, justice was not a distant concept to be pursued at a later time; it was a relentless pursuit that demanded immediate attention. He would not stand idly by while others suffered, regardless of the risks involved. In Taehyung's eyes, the urgency of the moment outweighed any concerns for personal safety or self-preservation.

"You did a good job." Jeongguk praises his mate who was still having residual fear and anguish. He wordlessly scoops Taehyung into his arms and swiftly exits the place. With every step, a mixture of concern and simmering anger paints his features. Though his mind churns with the desire to enact swift and decisive justice upon those responsible, Jeongguk knows he must first trace the roots of this vile operation.

Silent determination fuels his movements as he navigates through the maze of darkened corridors, his only focus on ensuring Taehyung's well-being. 

As they emerge into the cool night air, Jeongguk's grip tightens slightly around Taehyung, a silent reassurance of his unwavering protection. Though his mind races with plans for retribution, he knows that a methodical approach is necessary to dismantle the network of corruption.

Taehyung found solace in the warmth of Jeongguk's, sighs of relief. He nestled closer to his mate, finding comfort in leaning over the broad shoulder of his mate.

As they made their way toward the car, Taehyung stole a glance at Jeongguk. His haziness subdued. His gaze fixed on his mate who came before he even called for help.

He could sense the frustration in Jeongguk's demeanor and knew this alpha might be blaming himself for letting Taehyung take such measures. His heart ached at the sight of the turmoil etched in the alpha's features. 

Jeongguk's hold on Taehyung's body while carrying him was gentle yet firm. It felt like he was afraid Taehyung would be harmed if he didn't take care of him properly. 

It is frustrating to not have a scent of your mate and pain intensifies if you scent the distressed pheromones of your mate. Taehyung understands Jeongguk's emotions.

He stares at his mate and then silently and gently traces his fingers along Jeongguk's jawline. Surprised by this sudden move, Jeongguk pauses and glances at his mate. When their eyes met, Taehyung sensed the weight of unspoken words hanging between them, a shared understanding born of their deep connection.

In a moment of unspoken understanding, Taehyung closed the distance between them, capturing Jeongguk's lips in a tender kiss. His arms circles around Jeongguk's neck. Jeongguk pulls him up and deepens the kiss. 

The moon's soft glow bathes them in its ethereal light, casting gentle shadows across the deserted street. With urgency in his steps, Jeongguk guides them to the awaiting car, settling Taehyung atop the hood with a tender yet possessive touch.

Their eyes meet, an unspoken understanding passing between them as the intensity of Jeongguk's gaze ignites a fire within Taehyung. "You're breathtaking," Jeongguk murmurs, his voice a low, husky whisper as he watches Taehyung's moistened lips part in anticipation.

Gently brushing Taehyung's hair aside, Jeongguk leans in, his lips capturing Taehyung's in a searing kiss that ignites sparks of longing. With each tender touch, his hands explore Taehyung's waist, pulling him closer in an intoxicating dance of desire.

Their kiss deepens, a passionate exchange of breath and heat as Jeongguk's fervor grows. He traces the curves of Taehyung's lips with his tongue, teasing and tasting with a hunger that mirrors Taehyung's own.

Taehyung succumbs to the whirlwind of sensations, his body melting against the cool glass of the car as Jeongguk's embrace grows tighter, their desire consuming them in the moonlit night.

Neither of them wanted to stop but as their hardened desires touched each other, they halted in surprise. Taehyung looks down and yelps pushing Jeongguk away. "I...I am wearing a dress. Do you have no shame?" Says the shameless alpha who was wanting for more, a few seconds ago.

Jeongguk can't help but chuckle, his laughter a blend of relief and disbelief as he leans his head against Taehyung's shoulder, savoring the comfort of his mate's presence. "Who would've thought that as soon as I tell my parents about my mate, my mate would shock me with this get-up," he muses, a hint of amusement in his voice. "If only Mother could see this..." His words trail off as he imagines her reaction.

Feeling Taehyung's hands cupping his face, Jeongguk meets his mate's concerned gaze. "You told them about us?" Taehyung's question catches him off guard. His surprise is evident as he nods in affirmation. He had anticipated Taehyung's excitement or perhaps another round of affectionate gestures, but instead, his mate's immediate concern for his well-being takes him by surprise.

 

"Are you fine? Is everything good there?" Taehyung asks concerned. He has known Mrs. Jeon's nature and understands she is difficult to handle.

For a moment, Jeongguk is rendered speechless, his heart swelling with warmth at Taehyung's genuine care. After a brief pause, he bursts into laughter, his body shaking with mirth. What had he expected? Of course, Taehyung's priority would always be his mate's welfare above all else. 

"I'm grateful to have you as my mate," he murmurs between kisses, pressing a gentle kiss to Taehyung's hand and then to his forehead before guiding him down from the hood of the car.

Opening the car door for his mate, Jeongguk gestures for Taehyung to take a seat, his heart brimming with love and gratitude for the caring soul beside him.

Taehyung fastens his seatbelt and steals a glance at Jeongguk, a blush tinting his cheeks. "Let's stop at a store. I have to change," he requests, feeling the need to shed his current attire. 

Jeongguk responds with a playful smirk before starting the engine. "Are you sure you don't want to take my offer?" he teases, referring to their earlier conversation. Taehyung's cheeks flush even deeper at the reminder, and he averts his gaze, feeling a flutter of nerves in his stomach. "Just drive," he mumbles, his voice betraying his embarrassment.

Taehyung eyes fondly as he observes Jeongguk. He notices how his mate seems to have relaxed and being playful now that he's informed his family, and he finds himself admiring Jeongguk's ability to uphold family traditions while also being his own person. 

Jeongguk starts to drive. The sight of Taehyung beside him fills Jeongguk with warmth, and he gently allows his pheromones to envelop Taehyung, hoping to soothe him into a peaceful slumber.

As they drive, Jeongguk steals glances at Taehyung, etching the image of his beautiful mate into his memory. Jeongguk can't help but smile, knowing that Taehyung's beauty knows no bounds.

Chapter 63: A legacy of love and power

Summary:

Taehyung opens his grandfather's treasure

Taehyung wakes to the sound of enchanting humming. His eyelashes flutter open, and the first thing he sees is the Moon Goddess perched on the windowsill, cradling a bird in her hand. She hums a melodious tune, her dress billowing gently in the breeze. Her hair, cascading like a silken waterfall, intermittently falls across her face and then retreats, enhancing her divine and mesmerizing presence.

She smiles while gazing outside. "You are finally awake," she says softly. Taehyung hums in response, sitting up and keeping his eyes on her. He rubs his eyes and yawns, trying to clear his mind, then glances at the bird in her hand. "Moon Goddess, is it just me, or have you seemed quieter these days? I haven't seen you much either," he asks.
Taehyung

The Goddess finally glances at him, her eyes lingering on Taehyung's face for a moment. "I was just contemplating a few matters," she replies, gently stroking the small head of the bird before smiling widely. "When are you going to open your grandfather's treasure?"

Taehyung is taken aback by her inquiry. He turns to open the drawer and retrieves a crafted wooden box. He picks it up and opens it, revealing a key nestled securely on a red velvet cushion. Taehyung stares at it, momentarily speechless.

The Moon Goddess watches him quietly, then releases the bird, letting it fly away. "You are getting along well with your mate," she remarks. Taehyung, surprised, looks back at her, memories of that night flooding his mind and bringing a smile to his face.

Jeongguk had waited for Taehyung to wake up, bringing him clothes to change into and food to eat, and later dropping him home. The next day, Jeongguk informed Taehyung about the case.

Lily had declined the offer to be a lab rat. Having been held captive since she was young and forced to serve elderly men, her life had been harsh. This research, funded by a larger organization outside of Gandok, was something she couldn't accept. Jeongguk decided not to pursue it further until more evidence was gathered, but they would focus on dismantling the mafia.

Jeongguk also asked Taehyung to take care of himself and rest, acknowledging that he had expended a lot of energy that day. Taehyung couldn't deny the request and took the time to rest. Reflecting on everything, Taehyung realized how much their relationship had progressed.

The Moon Goddess smiles, noticing Taehyung's giddy expression as he thinks of Jeongguk. "Don't you want to know more about mates?" she asks.

Taehyung glances at her in surprise. Her voice brings him back to the present. "Do you think my grandfather's treasure is related to mates?" he asks.

The Moon Goddess descends from the windowsill, her gaze patient as she looks at Taehyung. "How would we know unless we check it?" she replies.

Taehyung nods, understanding. He excuses himself and rushes to the washroom. The Moon Goddess watches him go, then turns her attention back to the key on the bed. She silently rubs her thumb over the intricate carvings, lost in thought.

Taehyung walks towards the backyard of the mansion, following a carved path lined with lamps on both sides, leading to a Higan cherry tree in full bloom. The Moon Goddess pauses to admire the tree, gently touching its delicate blossoms. Taehyung approaches her with a smile. "My grandfather planted it here," he says softly.

They stand in silence, watching as the wind causes the small branches to sway, scattering cherry blossoms around them. Taehyung brushes a blossom from the Moon Goddess's hair and smiles. "Let's go inside," he suggests, pointing to a nearby cabin. The place was rarely used but kept clean by the attendants.

They enter the wooden cabin, greeted by a peculiar but pleasant aroma. The space is surprisingly large and well-furnished, with a hall that leads to a bedroom, a small kitchen, and a storeroom. A spiral staircase winds up to a room above. Taehyung had spent time here as a child, but after his grandfather's passing, he stopped visiting. He recalls how his grandfather would sit in a chair for hours, silently staring at the tree outside, while Taehyung played with his toys on the floor. These were peaceful memories for him. Returning now stirs up a well of emotions.

Taehyung gazes at his grandfather's photo on the wall and joins his hands in a gesture of apology for not visiting more often. Meanwhile, the Moon Goddess silently explores every corner of the cabin, taking in its quiet charm and history.

The Moon Goddess finally stops beside Taehyung, silently gazing at the portrait. Taehyung breaks the silence, "Before his passing, my grandfather was quite restless, and the only place he found solace was here. Sometimes, he would lock himself inside for hours or even days. I started to dislike this place because I felt it was consuming him. That's why I've been avoiding it. But it seems in his final moments, he was thinking of me and wanted to help."

Taehyung blinks away the threatening tears and tries to smile as he takes out the key. "This key belongs to a box he kept in a secret place we built together. Let me show you." He walks towards the bedroom and checks the area, then moves to one side of the bed. Pushing aside the side table, he knocks on the floor, then hooks his finger on a circular ring embedded in the wooden floor. "The young me could only think of this, but Grandad was quite satisfied." Taehyung smiles and pulls up the ring. A square piece of the floor lifts neatly, revealing a hidden compartment.

Taehyung glances at the box inside and bends down to pick it up. It's heavy, but with some effort, he lifts it out, sets it aside, then closes the compartment and replaces the side table. He picks up the box again and smiles. "Let's take it to the hall and check the contents."

The Moon Goddess nods, her eyes fixed on the box, and follows Taehyung to the hall.

Taehyung holds the key, glancing at it before inserting it into the keyhole. With a deep breath, he turns it, and the lock opens with a click. He opens the box, revealing a fine piece of cloth, soft and light like a delicate scarf. He picks it up and stares at it, feeling its texture.

The Moon Goddess, seated opposite him on the carpeted floor, gently takes the scarf from his hands. She examines it thoughtfully, while Taehyung turns his attention to the other contents of the box. He finds a scroll and carefully unrolls it, discovering a photo of his grandfather as a teenager. His grandfather's features were strikingly similar to his own, with a straight posture and a piercing gaze. The buttoned coat he wore added to his aura, embodying the elegance of Young Master Kim.

Taehyung stares at the photo in awe, feeling a sense of admiration and a touch of melancholy. He reflects on how his generation seems to lack that same refinement, but then Jeongguk comes to mind, and he shakes his head. There are still those who carry that elegance.

He shows the picture to the Moon Goddess, who looks at it with surprise. A smile spreads across her lips as she gazes at the portrait, sharing Taehyung's sense of wonder and connection to the past.

Taehyung looks at the diary, feeling its coarse texture beneath his fingers. "Isn't my grandad handsome?" he asks. A hint of pride in his voice. He unties the thread that locks the diary and opens it. With keen interest, he begins to read the content on the first page aloud.

"Dear Taehyung, if this box and its contents have reached you, it means you have found your mate. It also means I am no longer there with you. But Grandad is glad. I have been writing this diary for a while, wanting to share many things with you that I never had the chance to. Let's begin with that beautiful day which changed my life."

Taehyung frowns in curiosity and anticipation, then turns to the next page, eager to uncover the story his grandfather left behind.

"As the sole heir of the Kim family, I bore the weight of numerous duties and responsibilities. Days slipped away as I immersed myself in studying the intricacies of our family's legacy and the responsibilities of being a 'pillar' in Gandok society. It was a demanding task for a 17-year-old, with much left to comprehend. The only respite I allowed myself was an evening stroll, a brief escape to breathe in the fresh air."

"It was on one of those summer evenings that our paths crossed. I found myself in the moonlit yard, surrounded by blossoms and the gentle murmur of a fountain. The tranquility was shattered by the sound of splashing, drawing me towards the source. With a small dagger clutched in my hand, prepared to confront an intruder, I approached the fountain. What I found there shocked me to my core."

"Kneeling at the edge of the fountain was a figure, drinking from its waters. Outrage surged through me, and without a second thought, I pushed them away, my voice booming with indignation. As the figure stumbled back, their features illuminated by the moonlight, I was struck dumb by their beauty. They were more radiant than the moon itself, a celestial presence that defied description."

"My heart raced as I gazed upon them, utterly captivated. "Who are you?" I demanded, my voice betraying my awe. For a moment, they remained silent, then spoke softly, their words like the melody of a nightingale. "You can see me?"

Before I could respond, the guards, alerted by my raised voice, rushed into the yard, fearing for my safety. In the chaos, the mysterious stranger slipped away, leaving me grasping at the air. All I could salvage from the encounter was a scarf, fluttering in the breeze, a tangible reminder of the ethereal beauty that had crossed my path."

Taehyung stares at the beautifully inked words on the pages, then slowly shifts his gaze to the scarf and its owner. "It was you," he murmurs, his surprise evident. The Moon Goddess offers a sad smile in response. "I know you have many questions, but do continue. I will answer everything in the end."

Still reeling from the revelation, Taehyung looks at the Moon Goddess, struggling to believe what he's hearing. He had thought that only mates could see her, but his grandfather had been an exception. With the Moon Goddess not yet ready to provide answers, he turns his attention back to the diary and reads on.

"I was in love. I couldn't sleep, couldn't eat, restless all the time, waiting for the evening to come and hoping to find her again in the yard. But she never appeared. My parents noticed my state and decided to take me camping near the river, my favorite place. I agreed, eager for a change of scenery. We set up tents, gazed at the stars, enjoyed a meal, and even went fishing, momentarily distracting me from thoughts of her.

But as night fell and I lay inside the tent, her face haunted my thoughts once more. Her words echoed in the silence. Unable to sleep, I ventured out near the river. My parents and attendants were fast asleep, and the sky was clear, the moon's reflection on the water feeling otherworldly. However, the waves disrupted the moon's reflection, and unable to bear it, I waded into the water, forgetting its depth and danger.

Halfway in, my leg slipped, and I was swept away by the river's sudden current. It was dark, painful, and terrifying. But then, I heard the familiar splash, and she appeared, holding me in her arms, guiding me to safety. Tears streamed down my face from the pain, but she wiped them away with patience, her touch comforting. Dumbfounded, I stared at her. 'You finally showed up. I've been searching for you,' I said.

She hummed softly, responding, 'I shouldn't have been there that day. But curiosity led me to taste the water of that beautiful thing.' I was stunned by her lack of knowledge about the world. 'Who are you?' I asked again.

She looked at me with a smile. 'I am the Moon Goddess,' she said softly, making me wonder if I was dreaming. She appeared older than me but not ancient, her face always bearing a gentle smile and warmth in her touch. Clutching her dress tightly, I pleaded, 'Don't leave. Stay with me.'

She smiled at my request. 'I can stay until dawn,' she replied. 'Promise me you'll visit me again,' I urged. Her expression turned serious, but before she could respond, I made a deal. 'I will teach you about our world, about humans.' Her eyes lit up at the offer, and she nodded in agreement."

From that day onward, our daily meetings became a cherished routine. I found joy in teaching her and couldn't help but chuckle at her occasional clumsiness. The sight of her splashing ink on her face and dress, attempting to climb walls like a thief, and engaging in playful antics filled my heart with warmth. Despite her ethereal appearance and ability to vanish into thin air, she seemed so human to me.

However, her curiosity often led her into dangerous situations. Despite my efforts to protect her, she would occasionally injure herself, much to my horror. If not for her otherworldly qualities, I would have mistaken her for a regular human. Over time, our bond grew, and she developed a deep understanding of people and society, seemingly becoming less reliant on me.

As the years passed, I became increasingly anxious. I longed to confess my love for her, but the fear of rejection held me back. One evening, my parents insisted I accompany them to a party attended by aristocrats. As I stood amidst the crowd, I couldn't shake the feeling of longing to bring her to such gatherings and show her the truth behind their façade.

Suddenly, my senses were captivated by a mesmerizing scent. I followed it and found a young lady on the balcony, her blue eyes locking onto mine as she uttered the word "Mate." My world shifted beneath me, torn between my instincts and my heart's desire for the Moon Goddess. In a moment of panic, I fled from the scene, the revelation causing me physical anguish.

In the following days, I suffered from severe symptoms, coughing up blood and writhing in pain. Yet, I refused to acknowledge the truth. When the Moon Goddess appeared before me, I attempted to approach her, but she recoiled, her expression solemn. She questioned my self-destructive behavior, expressing her belief that mating was essential for living beings.

"I did this for you. I blessed you with a mate. I wish for your happiness and will provide any boon you seek." She said.

"Are you happy to know that I have a mate?" She looked at me in surprise and nodded. "Of course I am." This made my pain numb. Still, hope was something I held to. I stared at her and asked once more. "Were these years with me made you feel nothing towards me. Can't you feel the human emotion we call love?"

The Moon Goddess stared at me strangely and truthfully answered, "I felt grateful to you. I wanted to bless you with happiness and boons." She repeated. This made me lose my mind and without thinking for a minute, I selfishly shouted at her.

"My happiness is with you. I want you. I have wanted you since the first day we met. Can you love me the way I do? Can you be mine?"

In a fit of desperation, I confessed my feelings, selfishly demanding her love in return. Her shock was palpable, and she struggled to comprehend my human emotions. As a goddess, her love for all species was equal, but the notion of romantic love was foreign to her.

Feeling a surge of despair, I realized the futility of my plea. The pain of rejection tore through me, leaving me shattered and alone in my longing for a love that could never be.

For the first time in all those years, I made a strange request. I asked her to leave me alone. She was surprised but complied. My attendants told me that my mate was also suffering because of me. I felt bad for her, but that was the extent of my feelings. Still, to alleviate her pain, I decided to meet her. She was a kind, sweet, and caring woman. Her affection for me grew with each meeting, but I maintained boundaries. I stayed with her every day, filling the room with my pheromones to ease her suffering.

I felt numb. The one I truly loved had given me this surprise, intending to make me happy, but it only brought me pain. I often laughed bitterly at my fate. My mate was an innocent victim in this, and I pitied her. Thus, I resolved to find a way to break the mate bond, to free us both from this enforced destiny. I immersed myself in books, sought out knowledgeable people, and delved into research. Few understood the mate bond, as it was rare for mates to survive until now. My mate and I kept our bond a secret, fearing for our safety while I searched for a solution.

I tried various potions and dark tricks, but nothing worked. The only way to break the bond was death. This option was not acceptable, as it would drive my mate insane with grief and longing. Unable to protect her, I couldn't pursue this path. Desperation led me to a final attempt.

One night, under a full moon, I stood on the balcony and called for the Moon Goddess. It had been half a year since I last saw her, and her appearance shattered my fragile calm. I couldn't bear the pain of her absence.

I realized that I had been living a dream, falling in love with a celestial being. I was selfish, blinded by love. My mate's loving glances reminded me that love is about the wishes of the one you love. So, I decided to end this chapter of my life. I greeted the Moon Goddess with respect and reminded her of her promise to grant my wishes. I made two requests.

'Sever my mate bond. I was blessed with this bond for the care and love I showed you as a human, but my intentions were always selfish. I desired you. I don't need a bond. I will marry her and fulfill your wish of seeing me happy with a family like other living beings.'

My second wish was the hardest to say. Summoning all my strength, I spoke with pain, yet without showing weakness. 'Make me never able to see you again like others.'

For the first time, I saw the Moon Goddess show sadness. A tear trickled down her cheek, and before I could reach out to her, she faded away, just as I had wished. I cried that night until dawn, freeing my love, moving on, and starting a new journey. Burying a part of me. Caging my heart in the darkest of places. I kept this secret buried within me.

Later, I married your grandmother. She feared I would leave her once she realized our bond had vanished, but I took her as my partner. I gave her the love she deserved. We had Gareth, and I stayed with her until her final moments, never making her feel unloved. I knew the pain of it.

Years passed, and I had my grandsons. When I first saw you cradled in your mother's arms, I felt a glimpse of the Moon Goddess, and those feelings stirred again."

"I tried to calm myself but was drawn to the memories I had long kept away. The face I thought I had forgotten suddenly appeared in my mind again, and the longing came with it. But now, I was too old to dwell on such things. My focus was on looking after you and your brother, watching you both grow. Until one day, I saw you talking to someone.

There was no one there, but you seemed to converse with someone only you could see. I saw you offer your teddy bear to this invisible presence and giggle at something they said. Isa told me this had been happening for a long time. You told me it was the 'Moo Godwess' talking to you.

At that moment, I didn't know how to react. All I felt was anger, hatred, and helplessness. The Moon Goddess had re-entered our lives, and you being able to see her meant you were destined to have a mate.

I wanted to stop you, but the thought of not being able to see her myself brought back the pain I had buried. I wanted to beg the Moon Goddess to spare us. So, I went to your room where you were sleeping soundly, holding the bunny I had gifted you. Your cheeks, squished against the pillow, made you look so cute and vulnerable. I wanted to hide you from the world. But as if expecting me, you opened your eyes. Your purple eyes stared at me, and you held onto my shirt, crying, 'I am sorry. Don't let me go.'

Upon hearing those words, spoken so clearly, I realized someone was conveying them through you. My heart began to race. I walked away and thought about it for several days. It took me a while to come to terms with it. Gandok had changed from the days of my youth. You were not here as a mere boon but as a necessity for the people.

She needed you, and I would do everything to fulfill the wishes of the one I loved. I wanted to protect you from harm, so I decided to make you a strong man who could stand fearlessly against injustice.

I taught you about our past and showed you the true faces of people. Grandad is sorry for being harsh sometimes, but Taehyungie, you were the best blessing I could have received. You healed my wounded heart. You always knew when Grandad was down and would bring your toys to cheer me up. You also conveyed messages from the Goddess. Because of you, I realized my love was not entirely one-sided. I was able to stir a small emotion in the Moon Goddess, enough to make her glance at me once in a while.

You made my life meaningful. If I die in the future, I will have no regrets because I had Jin and you as my grandsons. Your parents loved me, and you will bring a bright future for Gandok. You broke the cage that imprisoned my heart and freed it. I lived to love and will die feeling loved."

Taehyung wipes his tears after reading the last line. The Moon Goddess stares at the tree, reminiscent of how his grandfather used to gaze at it. The approaching dusk casts an orange hue on her. Though she says nothing, Taehyung can sense the stir in her emotions. Hearing the deeply held thoughts of someone she had known for so long was both excruciating and overwhelming.

'Do you hate me, Taehyung?' she asks, turning to face him. Taehyung places the diary down, stands, and walks toward her, wrapping her in a gentle embrace.

"Those who are gone may not know the pain and gap they leave for those staying behind. I could never hate you. I know you missed him all those years and even now." The Moon Goddess, surprised, closes her eyes, finding calmness in the embrace of someone who carried traits of both his grandfather and her. It felt like holding a part of them both. Taehyung is very special to her, just as his grandfather was.

"I could never have lived that life, even if I wanted to. I tried to tell him, but he wished for me to leave him, and I could not disagree. The gods told me a mate was needed for this place to save itself from descending into darkness. It was time for me to bring a mate again. I felt the emotion he always called a "selfish desire." I wanted you to be born into this family. But because I interfered a bit too much, there were certain things I was unaware of."

Taehyung listens intently, understanding the weight of her words and the depth of her feelings. "We cannot change the past," Taehyung whispers, 'but we can honor it by living fully in the present. That's what he once said to me. I can understand it fully now."

Taehyung straightens up and asks the Moon Goddess curiously, "If I was able to see you in the early stages, then why did it stop later?" The Moon Goddess smiles gently.

"As I mentioned, I was uncertain about various happenings. Your ability to recognize your mate and reach him when you were still a child, without having developed pheromones, was unusual. Many other signs also made me feel that my presence early in your life might be interfering with your senses. So, I decided to leave. However, I did tell you that I would return when you grew up. You even told me to take care." She smiles, remembering the moment fondly.

Taehyung, however, struggles to recall it clearly. His life had been full of many events, and he hadn't used his power until he differentiated and found his mate nearby. "There is still more to see. Your grandfather liked to collect data and research things he deemed important."

Taehyung nods, well aware of this aspect of his grandfather. He had seen his grandfather's study and read many of his papers. The knowledge he possessed about the world was largely thanks to his grandfather's efforts. Sitting back down, Taehyung picks up another diary. Its content is straightforward and written quite precisely.

'A mate bond is a sacred bond. If one tries to run away from it, they become weak, diseased, and die. The stronger the bond, the more lethal the consequences of severing it. It is best to ease things out with partners. A bond becomes stable if the mates have a good understanding of each other and become stronger if they love each other.

It is, however, important to go through the mating process to become powerful. It is like a ritual that completes the process. Mates are like two halves of one soul; they only feel complete and at their fullest when mated. Gandok has not seen any mated pair after the originals. They all died in their weakest forms. Therefore, it is essential to mate early to survive.'

Taehyung pauses, sighs, and gulps down his question before reading further. 'A mated pair can sense each other's presence, become mind-linked, feel each other's pain, and sense the danger faced by the other. Their power starts to grow, and the longing becomes stronger. This makes them protective and territorial. They are also very vulnerable. The stronger the bond, the more vulnerable the partners become...'

Taehyung stares at the text, troubled. "This... Grandad is clearly talking about mated partners, but Jeongguk and I are not mated yet. So how can we..."

The Moon Goddess gazes at the diary, then back at Taehyung. "This is what I meant about unusual patterns in you two. I have been observing it for long especially the day you felt the pain Jeongguk went through."

Taehyung's curiosity intensifies. "What do you mean by unusual patterns?"

The Moon Goddess looks him directly in the eyes. "It means the pattern that was only found in the first mated pair, Gana and Dokja."

Chapter 64: The unseen bond

Summary:

Moon Goddess fills Taehyung with information.

Taehyung looked at the Moon Goddess with sheer shock. "This... there is no way." He could barely speak. The thought of being close to the originals felt surreal. He stared at the Moon Goddess, who remained calm and composed.

"Gandok is a blessed place. Anything is possible as long as you have faith. Just like the situation here, it will change if you and Jeongguk believe in yourselves." Taehyung struggled to process this new information.

"Gana and Dokja faced numerous hardships," the Moon Goddess continued. "They were young couples who had just started a family, they lost loved ones, got a lot of responsibilities on their shoulders, were looked upon by many for help, and saw friends turn into enemies. Tired and afraid to disappoint the people, Gana once asked me why she was chosen. I had no answer for her except that I believed only she could endure such trials. Her pure heart and love would nurture this place. Taehyung, you possess that same love for the people. This is not because of my actions or your powers; it is your special heart." The Moon Goddess's eyes followed the soft branches of a tree swaying gently in the breeze.

Taehyung hesitated, his fingers pinching the edge of the diary page. He didn't know how to express what he felt. He stared at the text, took a deep breath, and continued reading.

Taehyung stared at the text describing how to mate, his ears turning red. Embarrassed, he shut the diary and set it aside. The Moon Goddess glanced at him with a questioning look. Taehyung laughed awkwardly and said, "There's nothing much of importance there, let's check more." He sifted through the other contents, eventually picking up a document with the heading "Mate" written on it.

He began to read: "When young I started searching for the truth behind mates to break the bond, but this time, I have other reasons. I want to help my grandson understand the powers he holds. This bond is not as bad as it was for me. In fact, I sometimes wonder if it was only me who didn’t appreciate it. During my search for the relatives of the last mates, I finally managed to contact someone. She shares the bloodline with the previously selected mate. Unfortunately, her elder died, but before their death, they left the family a diary. The lady handed me the diary to read. The mate bond is a soul bond. Once one partner is born, their heart begins to long for the other, filling them with a determination to wait for the right one. It just happens to them. They have no control over their feelings."

Taehyung remembered Jeongguk saying he would wait for his mate and felt overwhelmed by the realization of the hidden feelings Jeongguk had endured for years, never seeing any signs of his mate. The Moon Goddess sensed his emotions and smiled. 

"Jeongguk is truly a strong person. He would never have shown it to anyone, but his longing was immense. No one could have understood. He would have died alone, waiting for you."

Taehyung felt a deep pang of pain, recalling how he had previously decided to break their bond or hide it forever.

Taehyung continued to read the quoted content: ‘My mate met me and instantly embraced me as if his life depended on me. In a way, it did. In our case, he had everything first. He came into the world first, he could see the Moon Goddess, and he was waiting for me, searching for me. He fell in love the moment he saw me. I, on the other hand, was very skeptical. I had read history and knew the dangers of this responsibility. We were both ordinary people with no powerful background to protect us. It was then that I realized I became protective of us the moment we met. This is how beautiful this bond is.

But I made a mistake. I told him that we would become stronger to take on our responsibilities. He agreed to whatever I said, even though he was afraid of the situation. I disregarded his vulnerability; I was not aware. Slowly, even though we were progressing, by the time our end came, I realized he knew me more than I knew him. He looked after me while I kept focusing on the big picture, forgetting that we should have spent our time bonding to become stronger. It was my fault that my mate was in danger. Now, my time is near. I will go and apologize to him. But for whoever will be the next chosen one, this message is for you: Don’t forget to look after your mate to save the world. Only together can you grow, learn, and become stronger. This is how you can truly show progress.’

Taehyung couldn't help but remember Jeongguk again. His handsome mate’s determined gaze showed that he wouldn’t give up on winning Taehyung’s heart. Taehyung felt a longing to meet Jeongguk quickly. The Moon Goddess sensed something, stared at Taehyung for a moment, then looked down, saying nothing.

Taehyung, curious about the mate bond, asked the Moon Goddess, "If mates are born to fight in dire situations and have been killed before fulfilling their duties, then how have we not declined yet?"

The Moon Goddess raised her brow, a smile grazing her lips. "You think of it that way. Do you feel I want warriors only for Gandok?"

Taehyung was confused. Seeing this, she chuckled and said, "Fated mates are meant to guide the people. Over time, we lose our motives, principles, and purpose. They are there to guide and nurture society. Unfortunately, they have not been able to do so. This time, the situation is more intense than before. Therefore, there arose a need for a warrior like Jeongguk and a loving person like you. Though your grandfather was my first choice, things turned out differently. Perhaps you two were destined for this task, not him."

Taehyung was unsure of his own capabilities, but he nodded. "Then what we heard until now..."

The Moon Goddess interrupted him softly. "It doesn’t matter. As time passes, humans have a tendency to create rumors, good or bad, to spice things up."

Taehyung sighed and sat up straight again, having another question. "Why is there no news of the people responsible for the killings of these mates?"

The Moon Goddess was touching the carvings on a box, her finger stopping temporarily upon hearing his question. She remained quiet for a while, then looked at Taehyung. "There is one more thing that humans don’t know. It is cruel, but this is how it is. The fated mates are tested by the divine. If they are not ready or capable enough, they are eliminated. Until now, all the mates that did not survive long fell into this trap. Therefore, faith is important."

Taehyung was shocked to hear this. It was news to him. The Moon Goddess continued, "The more capable the person, the tougher the test."

 

 

Taehyung smiled faintly. "So we cannot blame the assassins of those mates?"

The Moon Goddess seemed unhappy upon hearing this. "None are without a choice. They were driven by a desire to gain power. They are always to blame. It is always difficult to watch your children going after each other's lives."

Taehyung felt pity for the Moon Goddess. She had been taking care of humans and watching them turn into devils, trying her best to guide and discipline them by providing fated mates. Still, the karmic debts of these people prevented her from changing their destiny. She could only wait and patiently do her job of looking after them. The world is cruel, even to this divine presence.

The Moon Goddess, aware of Taehyung's thoughts, smiled gently. "There are many reasons why those responsible are not caught. Society is jealous of mates and doesn't trust them easily. Those in power feel threatened by them, and some want to use them as lab rats. Then there are those who need money and would do anything for it, even killing mates in their early days. Some families hold grudges against others, and even mates themselves can be ruined by their own desires. This has caused a deep sense of mistrust among people. Gandok is a mixture of good and evil, intertwined to the point where it's hard to distinguish between the two. How would you recognize the perpetrator in such a situation? Would you really care to? No one did. Instead, they showed sympathy for a while and then moved on, spreading rumors that the mate bond is a curse and dangerous to the fated mates."

Taehyung was taken aback by the politics behind the matter. It was beyond his understanding and belief.

Taehyung, worried, asked, “Shouldn’t Jeongguk know about all this?”

The Moon Goddess looked at him thoughtfully. “Jeongguk is already aware of the dangers that come with being a fated mate. He is a blessed child, a true-blood alpha. He figured out much of this early on. His patience and protective boundaries stem from the fear that you might get upset with him. The true nature of a true-blood alpha is very intense—their love, jealousy, protectiveness, vulnerability, care, and desires are all quite profound. 

Knowledge of these dark truths can be a double-edged sword. It can make you wary, but it can also fill you with doubt and fear. He remains silent to protect you. When he probes you about Umbra, it’s not because he wants to end it, but to protect you. If possible, he would take the blame for you, just as he put himself between you and Yeon. He is silently doing his work. 

Jeongguk has worked like a lone wolf until now. His team admires him because they know they are dependent on him rather than him needing them. The day he found out about his mate, he took up his duty with renewed vigor. He may not see me for the time being, but like your grandfather, he has his ways of knowing and getting things done.”

Taehyung felt proud hearing about Jeongguk, but the fear lingered. If his mate wanted to protect him, what about his own safety? Taehyung frowned. 

“But if he doesn’t know, how can we protect ourselves and each other?”

The Moon Goddess sighed softly. “Jeongguk’s strength and determination come from his unwavering faith and love for you. He has faced countless trials, and his spirit remains unbroken. What he needs now is support. You both have a unique role to play in this world. Trust in your bond and each other. The rest will follow.”

Taehyung nodded slowly. All this information made his head throb, and he also felt a pain in his stomach for some reason. Ignoring it, he asked, “Is our opponent this strong?”

The Moon Goddess chuckled again and patted Taehyung’s head. “It is not about strength but about belief and trust, about persistence in your motive.”

Taehyung felt sad. “So if not for this, Jeongguk and I would have never been together.”

The Moon Goddess laughed upon hearing this. It took her a moment to control herself, and she smiled, watching Taehyung pout. “You really underestimate your partner’s feelings for you. Even if you were not mates, you were destined to be together.” There was a mischievous glint in the Moon Goddess’s eyes. 

“I will tell you a secret if you promise to keep it with you.”

Taehyung nodded quickly, equally excited, the two of them acting like friends gossiping over a crush. “Jeongguk imprinted on you when he was young. He was ashamed of it and therefore acted so cold towards you. How could I not fulfill my blessed child’s desire?”

The Moon Goddess smiled, seeing the stunned and flushed face of Taehyung. “If you were not mates, he would have approached you later in life or died as a lone wolf.” She grinned, thinking of that foolish child.

Taehyung’s pout deepened. “Such a waste of years of pining. If I had known it before, I would have played a bit hard to get from the beginning.”

The Moon Goddess rolled her eyes. “I doubt it, given the way you acted in your teenage years.”

Taehyung blushed and coughed. “I was young. I was young.” Then he murmured, missing his alpha, “I want to see him now.”

The Moon Goddess smiled. “Isn’t it nice to have a mate?”

Taehyung nodded, but then, thinking of something, his face grew serious. With a grim expression, he asked the Moon Goddess, “Do you know how the mating is done?”

The Moon Goddess shrugged, indicating how obvious it was to know. She was ready to elaborate if Taehyung wished, but he surprised her with another question. “Then if you knew it well, why did you make the two mates male? Not only are we both males, but we are also both alphas.”

The Moon Goddess’s eyes widened at the implication. She looked away, pretending not to hear. Taehyung narrowed his eyes at her attitude. Knowing that she has nowhere to hide at the moment, she tries to laugh it off.

“Haha… you are worried about heirs for the Kim and Jeon families. Oh no! So thoughtful and such a visionary our Taehyungie is… haha.”

Taehyung was not amused. He wanted to interrupt, but this sentence made him more solemn. He was actually worried about these things as well. His gaze, sharp as a blade, made the smile on the Moon Goddess’s face fade, and she shut her mouth, almost sweating in fear of this little one. She tried to divert the topic. “You should be worried about something else at the moment.”

Taehyung was not impressed with the way she changed the topic but became curious about what she was implying. “You were exposed to Jeongguk’s pheromones for a long time. He is trained, so it may not affect him, but your pheromones are strong today. Make sure to stay indoors for a while. Your period of rut may arrive soon.”

Taehyung’s eyes widened. It was true. On that day, he had been showered with Jeongguk’s pheromones for a long period, and his strength was weakened because of the state he was in. So, the discomfort he was feeling at the moment might be partially due to this.

He nodded and checked more items. There were photos of their family, his father and grandparents, and a drawing that seemed to depict the Moon Goddess, although the painting showed a veiled face. He handed it to the Moon Goddess. At the bottom of the box were torn pieces of paper lying in a handkerchief. It looked like they had been torn in frustration but couldn’t be disposed of for some reason. Taehyung took out all the pieces and, like a puzzle, took his time putting them together.

The Moon Goddess sat there watching silently, without any intention of helping. She even poured herself some tea and complained about how long Taehyung was taking to complete such a simple task. Taehyung rolled his eyes, and made a face, but said nothing, focusing on his task.

Finally, he sat back when everything was put together. The Moon Goddess gave a satisfied look, popped a cookie into his mouth, and then, glancing once again at the paper, ordered him to read it quickly.

Taehyung watched her in admiration. This beautiful Goddess had been with him for quite a while. She knew everything but still acted so curious about these small matters and would never reveal anything to him unless asked. How insufferable. 

The Moon Goddess looked up at him and smiled as if having heard whatever he said. “That’s my style,” she said, showing him a peace sign.

Taehyung could only roll his eyes again.

He quickly chewed down the cookie and read the text:

"I feel so lost right now. I don’t know whom to turn to and whom to ask about the questions that keep bugging my mind. The world I am in is not what I expected it to be. People have turned evil, these pillars are rusted, and hearts are blackened. Who will take responsibility to guide us, to change us?

Taehyung is still young, and I don’t even know what has happened or why he suddenly stopped seeing the Moon Goddess and has no memory of her. It was that deadly fever in childhood that scared us to death. I am still holding on to the hope that he is the one who can fulfill this task, but it is risky. I am putting my grandson’s life at risk. Am I burdening him? It is all my fault. If only I had done my duties well. I was clouded by my emotions. 

I hope Taehyung doesn’t notice this weak side of me. I wish I could have given my final goodbye to the Moon Goddess, and I wish I could live longer to help my grandson. I am sorry, Taehyung. Grandad has failed you in this. He was in a haste and exposed his information to the wrong people. Now they call me crazy. I know they are after me, and I don’t have much choice. I wish I could do something for you. I am afraid that you will see me as a coward hiding in fear of death. 

I wanted to see you differentiate and meet your mate. I wanted to be your strength. Grandad wanted to guide you in this difficult journey, but I also know that you will be loved and taken care of by your family. You will feel lost, but remember, even if I am not around, my blessings will be with you, my prayers will clear your path, and you will never feel this loneliness like I do. I may not be there physically, but I am watching over you from the stars. 

Taehyung-ah, take care of yourself. Grandad is sorry. He made many mistakes with no time to amend them. His only redemption is leaving a few things for you and silently walking away. Grandad is not crazy; he has come across the truth of Solace. The darkest time is ahead. You have to save the people. Save Gandok from this organization. Yeon is not alone; he has many backing him up, working together. It is a den where you can only enter according to your will but cannot walk out. You have to believe in Grandad. I am not crazy. What should I do? This is useless. Writing all this also seems useless now…”

Taehyung stared silently at his trembling hands, the weight of his grandfather's words settling heavily on his heart. The letter was filled with fear, regret, and a desperate hope that Taehyung would succeed where he had failed. As he finished reading, memories of his grandfather's last days flooded back, each scene more haunting than the last.

His Grandad’s behavior in his last few weeks had been very strange. He was always anxious, scared, and acted like a madman, isolating himself in the study for days without coming out. Taehyung would sometimes get scared and other times be worried and even cry watching his Grandad’s condition.

Late at night, his grandfather would enter Taehyung's room, staring at him with a look of desperation. Sometimes he would ask if Taehyung could see anyone else in the room, describing a lady-like figure. Other times, he would simply stare, his eyes filled with a sorrow that Taehyung couldn't understand. These moments left a deep shadow on Taehyung.

Taehyung still insisted on taking care of him, trying to make him sleep and staying with him for hours while his Grandfather took a few hours of rest. He thought his care would change things, but he was so wrong.

The situation grew worse when one day, his grandfather disappeared. He was last seen heading towards the forbidden street, a place shrouded in mystery and danger. For days, there was no sign of him. The family searched everywhere, but it was as if he had vanished into thin air. When he finally returned, he was a changed man—weak, emaciated, and more terrified than ever. He locked himself in the study once more, and this time, he never came out.

Taehyung remembered the dreadful morning they had broken down the study door. The sight of his grandfather's lifeless body on the floor was an image that has haunted him ever since. The strong, loving man who had raised him was gone, leaving behind a legacy of unfinished business and unspoken fears.

As Taehyung sat there, staring at the unfinished and torn letter that was not intended to be read. A letter of weakness and shame for his grandfather, he felt a mix of emotions. 

Anger at the world for its cruelty, sadness for his grandfather's suffering, and a deep, abiding sense of responsibility. He knew that he had to carry on his grandfather's work, to uncover the truths that had driven him to the edge of madness. He had to protect Gandok from the lurking evil and honor his grandfather’s faith in him.

The Moon Goddess watched him quietly, her presence a comforting reminder that he was not alone. She placed a gentle hand on his shoulder. "Your grandfather had difficulty in accepting the situation and acted on the spur of the moment. However, he always believed in you, Taehyung. He saw something in you that even you might not see yet. Use his strength, his wisdom, and his love as your guide. You have the power to change things, to make a difference. Don't let the negative emotions engulf you. You were not at fault."

Taehyung nodded. The Moon Goddess smiled, her eyes filled with a timeless understanding. "Remember, you are never truly alone. Guidance comes in many forms. Trust in your bond, trust in yourself, and the rest will follow."

Taehyung sighed, feeling a wave of exhaustion wash over him. The weight of the day's revelations pressed heavily on his shoulders, and he longed to lie down and process all the information he had uncovered. Carefully, he placed everything back in the box, ensuring it was as he had found it. 

As he returned the box to its original place, he noticed the Moon Goddess holding the items his grandfather had left for her. With a gentle smile, she vanished from sight, leaving him alone with his thoughts.

Turning away, Taehyung made his way back to his room. His body felt heavy, and a slight feverish sensation began to creep over him. He knew he needed rest, both to recover from the physical strain and to give his mind a chance to digest the emotional and mental burdens he had encountered. He reached his room, feeling the day's events catch up with him, and lay down, hoping that sleep would bring some much-needed relief.

Jeongguk sat in the conference room with Ella, his expression serious and focused as they discussed a business proposal. Ella attempted to apologize for her behavior during the previous meeting they had, but each time she started, Jeongguk remained unresponsive, his attention unwavering from their work. 

Frustrated, she eventually gave up, resigning herself to negotiating the details of the proposal. As the meeting neared its end, Ella signed the papers with a heavy heart, taking one last chance to reach out.

"Aunt hasn't called me for a long time. We haven't seen each other either. Have I become an outsider now?" she asked softly, sadness evident in her tone.

Jeongguk rang the bell, summoning Mr. Han. As soon as the assistant entered the office, Jeongguk handed him the signed papers. Mr. Han was about to ask something when his phone rang. He glanced apologetically at Jeongguk and left the room to answer the call. Sensing an opportunity, Ella tried to extend her time with Jeongguk.

"I've thought a lot about what you said last time, about me being no comparison to Jimin, and I felt..." she began, but was interrupted by Mr. Han, who returned in a rush and whispered something urgently in Jeongguk's ear.

Jeongguk immediately stood up, prompting Ella to rise as well, sensing the urgency. He excused himself and instructed Mr. Han to see her off. Mr. Han nodded, and Ella, disappointed, realized she had once again failed to have a meaningful conversation with Jeongguk. She left the room in despair.

As Mr. Han after escorting Ella returned halfway down the corridor, he noticed Jeongguk leaving the office. He hurried to catch up with his boss. Jeongguk informed him that he would take important meetings from home and that the rest should be canceled for the time being. Mr. Han, aware that Taehyung was at Jeongguk’s house and in his rut, understood the urgency but was troubled by the timing.

"But sir, tomorrow’s meeting is the one you’ve been looking forward to the most," Mr. Han reminded him.

Jeongguk halted upon hearing this, staring intently at Mr. Han, who began to sweat under the true-blood alpha's gaze. Quickly, Mr. Han spoke up, "I will reschedule it."

Jeongguk gave a curt nod and resumed his urgent pace, leaving the office. Mr. Han mentally kicked himself for his earlier comment and hurried to follow his boss. 

Chapter 65: Wild cub, gentle bond

Summary:

Jeongguk tries to take care of Taehyung

 

Jeongguk called his butler while on his way home, eager to know about Taehyung's well-being. The butler answered immediately, but his voice was a whisper. Jeongguk frowned and asked, “What happened? How is Taehyung? Is everything alright there?”

The butler hummed softly before responding, “Young master is fine… he asked the staff to assemble in the hall and stand at one side. We are all together in one corner while he… he is waiting for you at the entrance.”

Jeongguk was taken aback. “Is he in pain?”

The butler, unsure, glanced at Taehyung. Dressed in a fitting black shirt and pants, Taehyung’s tall and slender figure glowed under the hall lights. He stood with his arms crossed over his chest, staring blankly at the door. Noticing the butler’s gaze, Taehyung turned his eyes towards him, a frown of curiosity and displeasure on his face. 

He looked beautiful, with his neatly styled hair and glowing complexion, a blush on his cheeks from his condition, and a disguised temperament that made him look mysterious and captivating. The staff watched silently, not feeling punished or cornered. The dull and flickering crescent moon mark on his forehead mesmerized them, each glance from him causing someone to gasp at his beauty.

“Sir… he… he looks beautiful,” the butler said, momentarily forgetting Jeongguk's question.

Jeongguk was surprised by the butler's answer. He sighed internally, cleared his throat, and brought the butler back to the present. The butler apologized and explained that he was unsure of Taehyung’s emotional state but mentioned that Taehyung had been waiting for Jeongguk for almost an hour.

Jeongguk tightened his grip on the phone. He knew the staff wasn’t at fault for not informing him immediately when Taehyung arrived. Despite hurrying, it had still taken time to get there. As the entrance gate to his home opened and the car drove inside, Jeongguk instructed the butler to stay put, promising he would be there in a minute. Disconnecting the call, Jeongguk quickly made his way to the entrance.

Mr. Han, waiting for Jeongguk to finish the conversation, eagerly asked, “It’s not going to be that bad, right? The young master has quite a calm demeanor.”

Jeongguk glanced at the guards on duty and shook his head. “I’ve gotten a glimpse of him during his rut before. It’s not at all like you think. You’ll be surprised.”

Jeongguk had witnessed traces of Taehyung’s behavior during his rut and knew that Taehyung had become quiet and ferocious, a stark contrast to his usual calm self.

Jeongguk wasn't worried that Taehyung would harm anyone, but he understood the vulnerability of an alpha during this period. Any attempts to talk to him or act against his wishes could distress Taehyung. For now, Taehyung setting a boundary between himself and the staff shows that he is still having a bit of control over himself. 

As Jeongguk got out of the car, he could feel Taehyung’s pheromones in the air. It was strong but not overpowering to harm anyone. The car drove away quickly, and Mr. Han was about to ask for instructions when, like a flash, Taehyung walked up to Jeongguk and pulled him closer by the collar of his coat. Their eyes met, and Taehyung silently stared at his mate.

Jeongguk was dumbfounded by this sudden action, but that wasn't all. Taehyung leaned in towards Jeongguk’s neck and started to inhale his scent, a growl slipping from his throat as he pressed his nose to the soft and smooth skin. 

Mr. Han and the guards quickly turned away, giving them privacy. It didn’t take Jeongguk long to respond; he carefully enveloped Taehyung in an embrace, securing Taehyung’s hand with his own, letting him feel comforted by his pheromones. His other hand gently held Taehyung's waist as he whispered softly in his ear, “I’m here… don’t worry.”

The effect was immediate. Taehyung relaxed his shoulders and hid himself in Jeongguk’s embrace. Jeongguk cleared his throat and gestured for the staff to leave, mouthing instructions to ensure no one entered. 

Mr. Han swiftly made the move and accompanied the staff to leave. Feeling the shift in the air, Taehyung tried to look back, a growl slipping from his throat as his grip tightened on Jeongguk, feeling danger around them. Jeongguk held him firmly, not letting him move.

Taehyung seethed and stared at his mate in frustration, unsure why he was being stopped. He wanted to look back at the staff, but Jeongguk gently held his face, making him look at him instead.

Jeongguk patted Taehyung's cheeks lightly. “I’m fine.”

Taehyung’s frown deepened, his eyes taking on a purple hue. Doubt flickered in his gaze, slowly turning into anger as he pulled away from Jeongguk's embrace. He looked around but found no one there. 

Jeongguk sighed in relief at the efficiency of his people. If the staff had stayed, they would have witnessed the rage of an alpha. 

The staff was accustomed to vacating the premises during Jeongguk's ruts and had done so expertly.

Jeongguk allowed Taehyung to survey the surroundings before speaking. “Shall we go in?”

Taehyung stared at him silently. It was a different feeling; his mate was the opposite of him during a rut. Though they were both territorial, possessive, and vigilant, Taehyung tended to be more short-tempered and moody. 

He continued to stand there, examining Jeongguk from head to toe as if he had just realized who he was talking to. Then, abruptly, he dusted himself off as if he were covered in dirt. The act was very elegant but full of arrogance. Jeongguk felt a bit offended but remained quiet.

“You…” Taehyung began, stepping closer. “Go wash yourself clean.”

Jeongguk stood stiffly, feeling lost. There was no one who could order him like this. It was like they swapped the personalities. When he didn’t move, Taehyung took his hand, pulled up his sleeve, and bit his wrist, making Jeongguk’s eyes widen with the sudden wild action.

“How dare you let another alpha leave their pheromones on you?” Taehyung growled. "You were with her."

Jeongguk gulped, though he didn't do anything wrong but still, he should have taken care of this. Taehyung's dislike for Ella is always evident and during this time it may have turned to hatred. He came in a hurry and forgot about it. Not only Ella he had been in contact with many people today and it might be annoying for Taehyung.

He quickly shifted, not wanting to discomfort his mate. “I’ll wash quickly,” he replied obediently, heading inside.

Taehyung glared at his back before turning around again to check his surroundings, his gaze piercing as if even a bird wasn’t allowed in his territory. He closed his eyes, scrunched his nose at the mixed pheromones around him, and then slowly inhaled. He wanted to fill the place with his pheromones.

He followed Jeongguk inside, shutting the door behind him and looking around the hall. The staff had aired the place which made Taehyung relax.

He stood there silently, then frowned as his body started to hurt. He slowly moved towards the dining room and sat on a chair, closing his eyes. The moon mark on his forehead shone and dimmed continuously as his strong pheromones filled the space. Biting his lips to control the pain, he sat straight and stubbornly, inhaling slowly, trying to hide his discomfort. 

Several thoughts raced through his mind. He could hear the sound of water, which relieved him that Jeongguk was fine and just showering. His mind kept nagging him about his motive for coming here, but Taehyung wasn’t in the mood to answer. All he knew was that he wanted to see Jeongguk and protect him.

Taehyung didn't have to wait long as Jeongguk walked downstairs after a few minutes. His hair was still wet, and he was dressed in casual attire. He glanced anxiously at Taehyung, who was sitting like a statue on a chair. Jeongguk could sense Taehyung's distress. 

He looked at his mate helplessly. "Why don’t you rest?” He asks, not able to understand why Taehyung was torturing himself when there were only them in the place now.

“I am fine,” Taehyung replied immediately, his voice hoarse.

Even Taehyung knew that he wasn’t fine, but his stubborn self continued to deny and act strong, remaining fixed in place. Jeongguk walked over and sat opposite him, pouring himself a glass of water. Taehyung opened his eyes and watched him silently. Their gazes met. 

Jeongguk could see the moon mark on Taehyung's forehead, his tinted eyes, and the expressions revealing his pain. Despite this, the alpha before him seemed determined to endure it for some reason.

“Want to eat something?” Jeongguk asked.

Taehyung looked away, refusing to answer. Jeongguk wasn't good at starting conversations, so the two fell into silence, but it didn't last long. He had just taken a sip of water when Taehyung spoke up. 

“Are you going to do the mating process with me?”

Jeongguk choked on the water, coughing and lowering his head to the table. He didn't say a word, but his body trembled slightly. Taehyung glared at him, sensing the other was holding back laughter. “So you were never in the mood to?”

Jeongguk quickly looked up in shock. Taehyung's gaze was piercing. “You don’t want to do it with me. I knew it from the first day...Who is it then?”

 

 

Jeongguk tried to interject, but Taehyung's thoughts and words were racing. “Is it her? Is she better than me, or do you prefer…”

Unable to bear it any longer, Jeongguk interrupted. “Wait… wait… what is going on in your mind? I didn’t say that I won’t.”

Taehyung frowned. “Then you will do it?” he asked.

Jeongguk felt awkward discussing this but still nodded. “Do you want to do it right now?” He was skeptical about the whole conversation and stared back at Taehyung.

The alpha looked away. “No,” he said, ending the conversation as abruptly as it had started. Jeongguk, baffled, stared at his gorgeous mate and added, “We will complete the mating process when we are both ready and agree to it soberly.”

Taehyung glanced at him once more before looking away again. Jeongguk poured another glass of water and handed it to Taehyung. “Here, have this, and let’s eat something so you can rest.”

As Jeongguk stood and headed towards the kitchen, Taehyung asked, “Don’t you want to know my reason for coming here?”

Jeongguk halted and turned to face his mate, giving a small smile. “Do you need a reason to visit your mate or come to our house?”

This time, Taehyung was speechless, a blush creeping up his cheeks as he looked away. Jeongguk smiled, seeing the spark of life in his mate, who had been sitting there like a statue.

It was a good thing the chef had prepared dishes for Jeongguk. He heated them up and brought them to the table. Seeing Taehyung so silent was new and strange for Jeongguk. He placed the dishes on the table, and the aroma of the delicious food reached Taehyung, making him gulp and open his eyes. Taehyung stared at the food, waiting quietly until Jeongguk served him.

Jeongguk expected Taehyung to start eating, but instead, Taehyung kept his eyes fixed on Jeongguk without a word. Understanding his silent request, Jeongguk took the first bite. Taehyung watched him closely, then slowly moved his hand to start eating. Once he began, he didn't look up at his mate. Jeongguk, however, kept observing him and continued to serve him more food until Taehyung declined any more.

Taehyung swallowed the last bit of food and wiped his lips, then sat up straight, his gaze fixed on Jeongguk. The true blood alpha pretended not to notice, eating his food slowly.

"I remember something," Taehyung started again. Jeongguk nodded, signaling him to continue. "I have a question."

Jeongguk's hands trembled slightly, a sign of his growing apprehension. He had an ominous feeling about Taehyung's words and wanted to tell his mate not to ask any more questions, but as he looked up at Taehyung’s focused face, he could only manage a small smile and prompt him to go on.

Taehyung’s questions were tricky today as if he had come prepared with a dagger, ready to strike if Jeongguk answered incorrectly. Jeongguk felt slightly intimidated by this little alpha.

"Whom do you like more: me like this," Taehyung pointed at himself, "or me in the dress that you have as your wallpaper?"

Jeongguk gulped, glancing at his phone on the table with the wallpaper clearly visible. He quickly turned the phone off and cursed his luck. Taehyung watched his every move like a predator observing its prey before the hunt. Jeongguk felt the pressure on his shoulders, heavier than dealing with his family, work, Gandok affairs, or even Yeon. 

He looked at Taehyung and tried to smile, but it was difficult. His face looked pained, but Taehyung was not merciful. He wanted answers and looked impatient.

"There is no difference. It’s you in both, whether this or that," Jeongguk tried to clarify.

However, Taehyung was not satisfied. He scoffed and looked away, but when their gazes met again, his eyes were blazing with anger.

"Is it? But this photo got the honor to be your wallpaper while you never bothered to take my photo as I am always," Taehyung said, his tone sulking, contradicting his fierce expression.

Jeongguk wanted to bang his head against the wall. He looked at Taehyung with a pitiful gaze. "It’s not like that. I’ll change it right now." He reached for his phone, but Taehyung snatched it away.

"No need. I don’t want to force you to like me. I understand that you just like my handsome face but want a woman to be with. This also explains those pheromones always sticking to you." Taehyung stood up with a huff, ready to leave.

Jeongguk panicked, unable to understand the changing moods of Taehyung which was worse than the seasons and got up. "Where are you getting these ideas and theories from? I am a very loyal and honest alpha. I like my male mate."

Jeongguk tried to coax him, his overbearing demeanor vanished in thin air in front of his mate but Taehyung kept walking and ignored him, stopping only near the door. 

"What…are you trying to come to the washroom with me?" Taehyung raised an eyebrow.

Jeongguk stepped back. "It’s fine, you go…take care. I’ll wait here."

Taehyung shut the door in his face. Jeongguk exhaled heavily and turned around, holding his head. This was new. He was happy no one was there to see him like this, or his image would have been ruined. 

Jeongguk looked back at the door and wondered how the two of them could be so different during their ruts when they shared almost the same traits. He then analyzed the whole situation and concluded that maybe Taehyung was feeling insecure. Thinking of it that way, Jeongguk felt determined to make his mate believe in their bond and relationship.

When Taehyung opened the door, he found Jeongguk still standing there, waiting for him. He didn’t comment on it. His body felt hot all over, every muscle aching and sore. He bit his lips to control his desires with his mate so close. It was difficult; his pheromones became uncontrollable, spreading in the air. 

Jeongguk approached, concerned. Taehyung’s face was turning pale, and his lips threatened to bleed from the biting, but he still gestured for Jeongguk to stay away. The true blood alpha looked at him helplessly, trying to calm him with his own pheromones.

Taehyung felt dizzy, struggling to clear his view and think straight. He felt a warm embrace and then the sensation of being lifted. He tried to protest, but his body felt numb and unresponsive. Using all his strength, he cleared his mind enough to realize he was being carried upstairs to Jeongguk’s room.

"Put me down," he breathed.

Jeongguk held him tightly. "If you don’t put me down…I will bite you," Taehyung threatened, trying his best despite his state of mind.

Jeongguk tried not to laugh. "Do whatever you want, but first rest. You need to sleep."

Taehyung stared at his handsome mate, conflicted between wanting to reach out and embrace him and wanting to stay away. He looked away stubbornly. "I don’t want to sleep."

"Why do you dislike me?" Jeongguk asks. Taehyung was not expecting him to ask this. He mutters, "It doesn't matter." 

"It matters to me. I want the whole of you to like the whole of me." Taehyung felt his heartbeat quicken and wanted to distance himself from his mate to breathe and think rationally but he couldn't move his body much.

Jeongguk could sense the struggle and dilemma of his alpha. He knows Taehyung likes him unconditionally but Jeongguk is late in recognizing his mate and reaching out to him and because of this reason, his alpha side has put up a wall of defense to protect him from a broken heart. 

It is not like Jeongguk was entirely at fault here, the circumstances led one thing to another. Jeongguk has a conjecture that this wall was also created because of Taehyung's grandfather. When he lost his loved one he felt the pain, his alpha side became hateful of the feeling 'like and love'.  

Jeongguk was determined to break that wall and be loved by Taehyung in every way. The more he has spent time with Taehyung, the more he has become addicted to the feeling of being loved by him. His true blood alpha is fond of Taehyung and so is he. 

Jeongguk opened the door to the room and carefully placed Taehyung on the bed. He removed his slippers and tried to make him lie down.

Childishly, Taehyung fought back, sitting up and throwing the quilt away.

"I am fine. I am not sleepy. I need to check…"

Jeongguk put a finger over Taehyung’s lips, shushing him gently. "You don’t need to worry. No one is here to harm your mate, and I will stay with you. Hold my hand…see, I am absolutely fine."

Taehyung became silent and took Jeongguk's hand in his. He actually felt better, but his gaze kept moving to the door, anxious about unknown dangers and feeling the urge to mark his territory and remain vigilant.

Jeongguk understood this. He picked up the quilt and sat behind Taehyung, pulling the alpha closer to him and making him sit on his lap like a baby. He covered them both with the quilt, leaning back comfortably against the headrest.

Taehyung tried to move away, but Jeongguk was strong, holding him securely in his arms. Taehyung’s body leaned on Jeongguk's chest. The position was intimate and cozy. Jeongguk smiled, seeing Taehyung slightly distracted by their position, and began to card his fingers through Taehyung’s hair to help him relax and lessen the pain.

"Do you want to hear a story?" he asked.

Taehyung didn’t respond but also didn’t protest, his body language giving a silent nod. Jeongguk smiled and continued.

"There was once a boy who was born different from others, and as soon as he could understand words, he was told how special he was and what responsibility he held. The boy grew up with that pressure in his mind. He was expected to do a lot and didn’t want to disappoint anyone, so he worked really hard and gave his best in everything. He even did things he disliked because he felt it was his duty. As he grew older, he got lost in the sense of responsibility. The kid was never a kid but always a mature boy.

One day, he met a little boy who pointed at their eye and said they had something in common. The little boy also said he wanted to marry him. The dutiful boy became scared. The little one was very cute and determined, even offering his toy as a token, but the elder felt burdened by this new responsibility. He wasn’t sure what it meant but knew he wasn’t ready to answer yet. The elder boy never wanted to make promises he couldn’t keep, so he walked away."

Taehyung listened silently, so quiet it seemed as if he had stopped breathing. Jeongguk’s voice was low and soft, like moonlight on the stream, it felt sparkling. His fingers gently brushed through Taehyung’s hair and over his back.

"The little one didn’t give up. He kept chasing the elder to the point where the elder thought of him as part of his life, just like food, sleep, and studies. As they grew up, he became more used to the little one and unintentionally started to like the monopolization of the younger’s feelings. He even thought of always having it this way. The elder boy was never selfish, but the little sunshine had a charm. 

One day, he imprinted on the child as soon as he knew how to do it. This was not out of duty or obligation but a genuine feeling, something that made him feel less robotic and more human. How could he let it go? But as soon as he did, he felt guilty for forcefully possessing something without the other person's knowledge, so he punished himself by trying to maintain distance. 

He thought it might work, but it never did. He was told he was special and would have a special mate, but his heart was always fixated on one person. He kept his feelings hidden from everyone, even that person. He acted cold and heartless, fulfilling his duties, achieving everything early, and meeting the expectations of his elders and people. He was praised and respected. From afar, he kept an eye on the person he liked but didn’t dare cross the line, fearing rejection."

Jeongguk rubs Taehyung's back as he sees him shift a bit, to provide comfort to him. His calming pheromones enveloped Taehyung like a cocoon so was his warmth. Taehyung was not sure if it was because of this or the story that he felt like his heart would melt at any moment. He unknowingly leans more on Jeongguk as if wanting to become a part of him and holds him tightly.

Jeongguk notices it and continues, "There were good days in his life filled with accomplishments, praise, and love from his family and team, but that was all. His heart would stir only when that person walked to him, looked for him, found him, threw tantrums at him, glared at him, commented on him, or showed anger towards him. 

He became a lost cause. Even the other’s anger was beautiful to him. He felt emotions he thought he couldn’t feel. When he found out he didn’t need to hide and walk away because this person was his mate, he decided to show his true feelings. He didn’t want to back down, even if that person insisted, because this was the only thing he wished to have; the rest was all duty. This was his desire. That person was his desire. Now he was lucky enough to have that person in his arms."

Jeongguk looked down at Taehyung, who was clutching his shirt tightly, tears wetting his sweatshirt. He smiled. "So that boy...now turned man," Jeongguk said amused, "started planning their future together. He thought of how to tell his parents, and how to make the two families meet. He imagined the two families in harmony and smiled like a fool when no one was watching. He also planned to ask his mate about changes in the house according to his mate’s wishes. He dreamt of them living together, spending days in each other’s embrace, having the best mornings by seeing his mate first as he opened his eyes, listening to his stories, going to work together, and coming back to lie in each other’s arms."

Jeongguk notices the small smile grazing Taehyung's lips as he buries his head in Jeongguk's chest, inhaling deeply. His grip tightens on Jeongguk as he embraces him. "He had seen this in movies and wanted to experience it now that he had found his mate in the one he liked. They would bicker sometimes but get back together in the next moment. They would do their duties and hold each other’s hands in times of stress. They would marry, call each other husband, and grow old together…he would do his best to make his mate happy."

Jeongguk sighs, patting Taehyung's arm as he thinks of all other things dreamily. He felt Taehyung’s grip loosening slowly. Looking down he finds his mate was dozing off. He held Taehyung’s hand and pecked it. He smiled, watching Taehyung sleep soundly in his arms. 

Gently, he adjusted Taehyung into a more comfortable position and covered them both with the duvet. Taehyung had tired himself through the day standing for a long time waiting for him and then ignoring the pain and not resting. It was good that he fell asleep. 

Jeongguk placed a soft kiss on Taehyung’s forehead. "You are not the only one who is insecure, but I believe in you and know I got really lucky. I hope you understand this now." Jeongguk held Taehyung in his arms and closed his eyes, listening to the soft breathing of his mate.

He also falls asleep. Time passed quickly as they rested in each other’s embrace, but later, Jeongguk found himself in a strange dream. In the dream, he was being attacked by a wild cub that bared its teeth and tried to be intimidating. Jeongguk found it cute and wanted to pet the cub, but the wild little one bit his neck. 

It wasn’t painful but caused an itch. He tried to move away, but the cub grazed its teeth, not wanting to let go. To teach the cub discipline, Jeongguk reached out to hold its small head, but his fingers caught thick locks of hair. Stirring in his sleep, he held the cub tight and slowly opened his eyes, only to find that the wild cub was none other than his mate.

Jeongguk met Taehyung’s purple gaze and quickly retracted his hands. Taehyung moved back, noticing Jeongguk was awake. They both sat up, one licking his lip and the other touching his neck. Jeongguk gave an accusing glance at his mate, to which Taehyung responded with a pout, his big doe eyes staring at Jeongguk with innocence.

“I just wanted to show others that you are taken,” Taehyung said, looking down dejectedly. Before Jeongguk could talk about who the culprit and victim was, he found Taehyung frowning, deep in thought. 

The alpha suddenly looks back at Jeongguk. “You are a true blood alpha and have no vigilance. You could let anybody take advantage of you easily.” Taehyung glared at Jeongguk, then threw the duvet on his face before leaving the room.

Jeongguk was astounded. He stared at the door, not knowing how to react in a situation like this. His hair became a mess as he pushed away the warm duvet and lay back down, defeated. There was no way to reason with Taehyung; he had to accept defeat.

Chapter 66: Unexpected antics and silent conversations

Summary:

Taehyung does something unexpected

 

When Jeongguk comes downstairs, he finds Taehyung watching TV and nibbling on a biscuit. One packet is already empty, and another is half done. Smiling lightly, he walks towards Taehyung and ruffles his hair. 

"Hungry? I'll prepare something for us." He says. Taehyung doesn’t glance at him but also doesn’t decline, keeping his eyes glued to the anime on the screen as if it’s something very informative requiring his full attention. 

Jeongguk finds it adorable and pinches his cheek. Taehyung turns his body to the other side. Jeongguk moves to the side to look at him, causing Taehyung to turn away again. Jeongguk feels amused, he cups Taehyung's face making him face him with force. 

Taehyung glares at him, like a little chipmunk caught while eating nuts, his cheek is still stuffed with the biscuit.  He stuffs the biscuit that is in his hand in Jeongguk’s mouth and looks away. Jeongguk chews the biscuit and pecks Taehyung’s head before heading to the kitchen. 

Taehyung glances back at him, his eyes lingering on the hickey on Jeongguk's neck, a satisfied smile crossing his lips. He leans back on the sofa and continues watching the loud anime with action scenes.

As soon as the aroma of the food fills the air, Taehyung feels his hunger intensify. He walks towards the kitchen and sits on the stool near the counter. When Jeongguk turns, he finds his little pet waiting expectantly for his food. Jeongguk shakes his head, amused, and plates the breakfast for Taehyung to have first. 

Taehyung stares at his plate, his face revealing his hunger, but he doesn’t move as he did before. Jeongguk teases him, “Should I feed the young master?”

What Jeongguk didn’t expect was for Taehyung to open his mouth when he picked up the fork. Completely surprised, Jeongguk covers his mouth with his palm and chuckles silently, unable to handle the antics of his cute mate. He quickly feeds Taehyung, but Taehyung refuses the second bite and turns the fork towards Jeongguk instead.

Jeongguk smiles and takes a bite. Taehyung stares at Jeongguk’s smile for a few seconds before turning his gaze to other things in the room.

Jeongguk brings another bite to him, and Taehyung takes it like a disciplined child.

“Were you always like this?” Jeongguk asks, looking at Taehyung’s bulging cheeks as he chews slowly.

Taehyung remains quiet for a moment before speaking up, “You should compensate for the time you ignored me.”

Jeongguk blinks, looking at his mate blankly. Taehyung offers no context or explanation for his statement, leaving Jeongguk at a loss. He tries to make sense of how Taehyung's mind works, but no solution comes to him.

Jeongguk's phone rings, making him glance at the caller ID. Seeing it's Mr. Han, Jeongguk knows it must be urgent. "I have to take this call," he says, walking to his study. 

Taehyung remains seated for a while, a pout slowly forming on his face. He thinks Jeongguk only cares when he’s in pain, and the frown deepens as he considers how demanding he’s becoming and how he is craving Jeongguk's attention. He gets up to clear his head and heads to Jeongguk’s dressing room.

Opening the huge glass cupboard, Taehyung inspects the neatly lined dress shirts, coats, and trousers. He scoffs at the boring, dull colors. He then checks the wristwatches, which are mostly of the same style, and the shoes, which all look alike. Taehyung thinks of his collection of sports shoes, sandals, loafers, sneakers, and boots, and imagines how colorful this room will be when his things are next to Jeongguk’s. 

He whistles, not realizing he’s unconsciously planning to move in. He picks a decent taupe-colored shirt and dark pants and goes to change. The shirt isn’t too loose, and he looks decent. Jeongguk's clothes fit him well, and their familiar, homely scent makes Taehyung relax.

In a good mood, Taehyung walks outside to get some fresh air. He sits under the canopy, but within minutes, his instincts tell him to be near Jeongguk. 

Pouting, he answers to himself, "I don’t want to go," but his mind keeps urging him to be near Jeongguk, to protect him, to be vigilant, and to check the house once more. His mind was conflicted from staying away to be near his mate. Rolling his eyes, he continues lying on the bench. 

"He needs no protection," he mutters. His eyes start to darken to a shade of purple and pain shoots through his body, forcing him to sit up. 

"Moon Goddess," he calls in frustration. He blames it silently on her.

A chuckle echoes, and the Moon Goddess appears next to him, lying on the other bench. They look at each other and sigh. One for her nonchalant attitude and the other for him being dramatic.

"Why am I like this?" Taehyung asks. 

The Moon Goddess snickers and closes her eyes in satisfaction. "Isn't there fun in the thrill? In and out, you are the same person. If you like him so much, what is stopping you?"

Taehyung looks at her in defeat. "This... me...he doesn’t understand my mind. I want to protect my mate, to be next to him. That’s why I’m here."

The Moon Goddess says a long stretched "Oh," in understanding. 

"The one mate you don’t like much? Are you talking about him?" She asks, pointing towards the house, making Taehyung aghastly look at her. He blinks.

The Moon Goddess smiles. “You are here to be with him, so be with him.” Her eyes shine in excitement as a thought crosses her mind, she looks at him. “I have an idea. Why don’t you cling to him like the annoying kid you used to be for old time’s sake?” She wiggles her eyebrows mischievously.

Taehyung wants to feel offended by her words and even considers asking who has influenced her to speak like this. Then it crosses his mind that she’s mostly with him. He waves these thoughts away, confident he is the best company she could have. He mulls over her idea, finding it intriguing. 

“Hmm… I can do that. This way, both of me will feel good.”

The Moon Goddess smirks, lying back on the bench in victory. “Go on, don’t waste your time here.”

Taehyung nods and gets up. He looks back and sees her disappear again. He walks inside and slowly opens the door to the study. Jeongguk is sitting on the sofa, checking a document on his tablet while Mr. Han continuously provides details about something over the phone. Jeongguk hums occasionally, not interrupting his assistant. 

He looked quite immersed in work that even when Taehyung entered, he didn't look up. He reprimands Mr. Han for a mistake and goes back to listening to what he has to say.

Even in casual clothes, Jeongguk exudes a bossy aura. He seems quite unapproachable, his features looking sharper in the yellow lighting of the room, and the way he sits on the sofa emanates the authority of the worthy General that he is.

Taehyung feels a different kind of hunger develops in him watching this scene. He shakes his head to disperse the thought away but it was of no use.

Taehyung likes challenges. His body likes them even more. During normal days, he would have constraints, but during his rut, he had little control over his desires. And if the person is Jeongguk, he’s sure no one could resist. 

Without warning, he walks towards the true blood alpha and, in the next second, occupies Jeongguk’s lap, lying down on the sofa with his head resting on Jeongguk’s lap.

Jeongguk looks down in surprise and concern at his mate. Taehyung’s pheromones are the same as before, but he’s acting differently. Jeongguk asks Mr. Han to wait for a minute. He looks down at his clingy mate, who has made himself comfortable by putting a cushion on Jeongguk’s lap, resting his head on it, and hiding his face in Jeongguk’s body, his arms wrapped around Jeongguk's waist.

Jeongguk quickly asks, lightly rubbing Taehyung’s waist to comfort him. “Are you feeling discomfort?”

Taehyung nods slowly, rubbing his face against Jeongguk’s sweatshirt. He sighs in satisfaction. Taehyung could feel the abs under the clothes. He loves Jeongguk’s pheromones. 

He reaches out and holds Jeongguk’s fingers. He presses the palm of Jeongguk's hand to his chest. Jeongguk becomes more concerned and puts his phone and tablet away. “Is it aching here?”

Taehyung wants to roll his eyes, he just wants to say it is his heart that is hurting by staying away from his mate, but instead peeks with one eye, meeting Jeongguk’s gaze. 

Seeing the concerned gaze, a thought crosses his mind. His eyes tremble. He inhales deeply as if troubled by something.  His voice turns sulky and filled with coquettishness as he says, “Do you remember when I used to fall asleep in Jimin’s study while watching you, and instead of paying attention to me, you would just walk away after reading your book?”

Jeongguk, unable to understand how this is related to the pain, hears Taehyung say, “Compensate for it.”

Jeongguk frowns, hearing the same word again. His hands subconsciously rub slowly on Taehyung’s chest, causing a strange feeling to develop in Taehyung’s body. Taehyung becomes quiet and inhales. 

However unaware of Taehyung's condition, Jeongguk was still pondering on Taehyung's words. He reasons, “You forgot how I would always cover you with a blanket before leaving.” There was a satisfied look on Jeongguk's face as if he said the most logical thing.

Taehyung smiles dryly. He knows what Jeongguk said was the truth. He remembers how he would wake up on the sofa with a cushion under his head and a blanket covering him, all thanks to Jeongguk. 

Taehyung thinks of another way to express his desire. He turns, lying on his back, and brings Jeongguk’s hands closer, touching his fingers slowly, as if studying a delicate piece of art. 

Jeongguk senses something different in Taehyung and is about to ask him about it, but Mr. Han’s voice cuts through the silence, calling his boss with concern and asking if everything is fine.

Jeongguk presses off the mute button and answers him. Taehyung stares at the hand with interest. He remembers how attracted he was to Jeongguk’s long fingers. They are so beautiful, he could gaze at them all day. He brings Jeongguk’s hand closer and kisses each of his fingers, slowly, pouring his love.

Jeongguk feels a spark travel down his body as Taehyung kisses his fingers. He looks down at his mate in surprise. Their eyes meet, and Jeongguk notices the moon mark and the purple eyes staring at him with heated intensity. 

He feels a shiver down his spine. There is something about this gaze that makes Jeongguk momentarily lose his calm and feel a desire building within him.

Mr. Han keeps on speaking on the phone, breaking the silence in the room and holding Jeongguk back. Jeongguk gives Taehyung a warning glance, but the alpha remains unfazed. 

Taehyung opens his mouth and licks Jeongguk’s fingers slowly, maintaining eye contact. Jeongguk tries to avoid Taehyung's lascivious gaze and focus on what Mr. Han is saying, but it becomes increasingly difficult as Taehyung sits up, removes the cushion, and settles on Jeongguk’s lap. Jeongguk’s free hand moves to Taehyung’s waist, holding him in place.

Taehyung smirks and leans down to inhale Jeongguk’s scent gland, his pheromones spiking with a seductive tone that makes it hard for Jeongguk to concentrate. 

Taehyung presses kisses on Jeongguk’s neck, moving slowly to his shoulder blade. Jeongguk, unable to bear it, disconnects the phone as Taehyung’s other hand starts to move on his chest and below, entering the sweatshirt and making contact with his warm skin. 

Jeongguk tosses the phone aside and holds Taehyung's hand, pulling him away to meet his eyes.

“What are you doing?” Jeongguk asks, breathlessly.

“Feeling my mate,” Taehyung replies, his avid gaze powerful enough to render Jeongguk breathless. Taking the advantage of Jeongguk's stillness. Taehyung nuzzles Jeongguk’s wrist and kisses it. 

“You are mine. I want to possess you. I have waited for so long. Now that I have accepted you, I want to mark what is mine.”

Jeongguk looks at his mate in surprise, captivated by his beautiful face and seductive voice. Taehyung's words pull him closer, breaking his chains of constraint, reason, and control. He grits his teeth, trying to maintain control. “Do you really want it?”

Taehyung nods.

Jeongguk, still not satisfied, commands, “Words, Taehyung.”

“Yes,” Taehyung responds firmly, meeting his gaze.

Jeongguk notices his shirt on Taehyung. “You’re wearing my shirt,” he observes. Taehyung pauses momentarily, then nods, looking back at Jeongguk. The amorous stare from Jeongguk makes him almost lose his sanity.

Jeongguk smiles lightly. “Make sure it doesn’t get dirty.”

Taehyung is momentarily confused, but Jeongguk’s hands move quickly, pulling up the shirt and instructing Taehyung to open his mouth. Taehyung bites on the shirt while Jeongguk unbuttons his pants and unzips them.

As soon as Jeongguk's hands touch the tip of the sturdy bulge, Taehyung trembles. He shuts his eyes and bites down on the shirt. The scene is so erotic that Jeongguk's grip tightens, causing a moan to slip from Taehyung's lips.

They both pause, one surprised by his own desire, the other mesmerized by the sensual voice he heard. Taehyung glances down at the shirt that slipped from his mouth. His eyes catch the hidden fervor of Jeongguk in the layers of clothing.

Meeting Jeongguk's gaze, Taehyung breathes, and requests almost in a whisper, "Do it together."

Jeongguk was already walking on a thin rope, and as soon as Taehyung said those words, something stirred deeply in his heart. The atmosphere became thick with their pheromones, laden with a mutual desire to possess and satisfy each other.

The hand that had been pleasantly torturing Taehyung suddenly moved away, and within seconds, Taehyung found himself being pressed by something equally hard. He was too immersed to make sense of things as Jeongguk's hands skillfully brought them both to extreme pleasure.

The pressure and the movement were just right, causing Taehyung to bite on his lips to not let another moan slip away. His eyes glaze up with tears as the pleasure becomes extreme.

With heavy-lidded eyes, Taehyung lowered his hand, watching Jeongguk's hand moving in a rhythmic motion. Jeongguk whispered in Taehyung's ear, "The shirt is in the way."

Taehyung pressed his eyes shut, his carnal desires peaking to the point where even a simple sentence caused heat to spread through his body. His mind was fogged with frenzy. He inhaled deeply, holding tightly onto Jeongguk's shoulder.

"Taehyung," Jeongguk's deep, husky voice made him look up and meet the eyes of his mate. There was an amber hue in Jeongguk's heated gaze, but that gaze was immensely annoying him and demanding for him to hold onto that damn shirt.

Exhaling, Taehyung quickly unbuttoned the shirt and pushed it away, exposing his pale skin. "Is it still in the way?" he asked with a hint of annoyance.

When his eyes met Jeongguk's, his breath caught in his throat. Jeongguk's gaze was completely covered in ardor. In a swift motion, Jeongguk pushed Taehyung onto the sofa and leaned over him, pressing their bodies. His hand sped up its movement.

Taehyung shut his eyes, his Adam's apple bobbing as he tried to control himself from letting a moan slip through his mouth. His jaw was drawn taut, his throat felt dry.

His breathing quickened abruptly, and his grip on Jeongguk tightened. Noticing Taehyung's small movements, Jeongguk kissed his Adam's apple, then his chin, and finally his lips. The sound of Jeongguk's breathing caused Taehyung to completely lose himself in the moment.

It all felt too good and surreal to Taehyung. One moment, he was bewildered, thinking it was a dream; the next, he was in immense pleasure, unable to make sense of things.

His eyelashes fluttered as Jeongguk brought them to their peak. Taehyung glanced at his mate with glazed eyes, unable to focus. He wants them to climax together.

Jeongguk whispers in his ears to not hold back. Hearing the command, Taehyung's body jerked upward, and the white threads of desire fell onto his body, mingling with that of Jeongguk’s. He panted and reached out to kiss his mate.

The haziness clouding Taehyung's mind had yet to fully disperse, and traces of desire still lingered at the edges of his eyes. Jeongguk moved away, kissing on his forehead and his eyes but it took Taehyung quite a while to finally focus. 

He found Jeongguk wiping his chest and abdomen clean. While he felt like a mess, his throat dry, Jeongguk was still fully dressed, wiping him elegantly as if nothing had transpired moments ago.

Jeongguk noticed the redness staining the corners of Taehyung’s eyes and smiled. He wiped his hands clean and tossed the tissues into the dustbin. “Seems like I compensated well,” Jeongguk joked. 

The low timbre of his voice was the only sign that made Taehyung feel they had done something together. His mate, however, was insufferable with his remarks. Taehyung was ready to kick Jeongguk away, but Jeongguk held his leg, chuckling at his antics.

“Okay, I won’t tease,” Jeongguk said. He pulls Taehyung up on his lap and hugs him. Taehyung rests his head on Jeongguk's shoulder, calming himself from the high. 

Jeongguk pulls the shirt over Taehyung's shoulder and combs his hair with his fingers. "Are you thirsty?" He asks, kissing Taehyung's earlobe. Taehyung shakes his head and pushes Jeongguk away, their eyes meet.

His cheeks redden as he realizes his position and state. He glanced at Jeongguk, who looked calm as he pressed the button on the remote to air the room. Taehyung was ready to leave, prying away from Jeongguk's hand when Jeongguk checked him up. “The shirt suits you,” he said in a mischievous tone. 

Taehyung was taken back to the deed moments ago. He huffed in annoyance, trying to cover his shyness with a retort. “But I don’t like these dull colors.” He got up and ran away from there. 

Jeongguk watched him, amused, then fell back on the sofa as soon as Taehyung left. He covered his eyes with his palm, the image of Taehyung still fresh in his mind. He could feel the heat spreading down again just remembering those glazed eyes, wet lips, pale chest, and erotic voice. He curses under his breath, not able to control himself.

Taehyung is always full of surprises and does things you would least expect at that moment. He was working and then this tiger came and ignited the desires within him. Jeongguk chuckles, surprised by his own lack of control. 

Taehyung is dangerous, since the beginning of his rut, he has been marking and claiming his partner openly, causing Jeongguk to feel competent as well as filling his heart with warmth. Taehyung's alpha is really aggressive, Jeongguk accepts. 

“It’s going to be so difficult to control from now onwards,” he muttered. Jeongguk’s true blood alpha side was bugging him to be next to his mate all the time and mark him. He even kept praising Taehyung's beauty and how there could be no one more beautiful than his mate. How fragile and vulnerable his mate looked and should have been handled carefully. 

How Jeongguk should have taken care of his mate and bathed him. His mate was not meant to do any chores in the presence of Jeongguk. He was telling Jeongguk not to let Taehyung go and to let him stay in the house. Jeongguk sighed, tired of himself, blinking away the thoughts, he got up to wash. 

He had to prepare a meal for Taehyung and look at the files Mr. Han had sent. Still, he was in a good mood. He had managed to break the wall between them, and it seemed Taehyung’s alpha side was also accepting of him. This was all he wanted. He hummed in satisfaction and went to his room.

When Jeongguk prepared the meal, he called for Taehyung to come downstairs, but the alpha didn’t reply. Hearing no noise from upstairs, Jeongguk hurried to check. 

The true blood alpha started scolding himself for leaving Taehyung alone. What if he had hurt himself? All sorts of negative thoughts ran through his mind as he rushed to his room.

As Jeongguk entered his room, he found Taehyung lying on the bed, dressed in another set of Jeongguk’s clothes—this time, casual wear. Taehyung was fast asleep, hugging one of Jeongguk’s sweatshirts, his hair still wet.

The true blood alpha started actively blaming himself. 'This is all because of you. If only you had listened to me. Look at him, he's such an adorable baby. What if he thinks you don’t care about him after fulfilling your desires?' Panic surged through the true blood alpha, making Jeongguk feel dizzy with all the noise in his head.

He sighed, feeling caught between Taehyung and his own secondary gender. As powerful and arrogant as his secondary gender was, he became soft and crazy in love when it came to his mate.

Jeongguk walked over to the bed and gently brushed Taehyung’s damp hair from his forehead. "I’ll always care for you," he whispered, more to himself than to the sleeping alpha. The sight of Taehyung in his clothes, so vulnerable and at peace, stirred a profound sense of protectiveness and affection within him.

Jeongguk gets up, brings the hair dryer, and plugs it in. He gently places Taehyung’s head on his lap and starts drying his hair. Taehyung stirs in his sleep, turning to hug Jeongguk’s thigh.

“Aren’t you hungry?” Jeongguk asks, switching off the dryer. He looks at his clothes and says, “Do you feel comforted with them?”

Taehyung nods slowly. Jeongguk frowns, “Then what about me? Why do you need them when I am here?”

This makes Taehyung rub his eyes, still quite sleepy. Noticing Jeongguk’s frown, he opens his arms to give him a hug. Even in his drowsy state, his instincts tell him not to upset his mate. Jeongguk’s heart warms at the sight. He lies down and brings Taehyung closer, but just as he does, Taehyung opens his eyes and sits up on Jeongguk, straddling him.

“You were intentionally acting vulnerable just to get a hug?” Taehyung asks, looking at Jeongguk threateningly.

Jeongguk inhales deeply, meeting the suspicious look of his mate. “Don’t I deserve one?” he asks, bewildered.

“You can’t fool me,” Taehyung narrows his eyes.

Jeongguk rolls his eyes, pulls Taehyung down into his embrace, and covers them both with the quilt. “Sleep, you were sleepy earlier.”

Taehyung fights back. “I am not anymore.”

But Jeongguk was persistent. “I am. We both are.”

Taehyung tries to push him away. “I’m not.”

"If you will lie quietly maybe I will let you give a mark on the other side of the neck." 

There was silence in the room and Taehyung said slowly after some time, "Promise?" 

Jeongguk notices that he has started speaking a lot more than before when he is around his mate and is always weak for Taehyung's requests. There won't be a boring moment in his life now, he thinks, a smile tugging at the corners of his lips.

Chapter 67: A hidden threat

Summary:

Troublemakers meet again

Jeongguk wakes to the persistent ringing of his phone. His eyes feel heavy and gritty; he and Taehyung had struggled to sleep the night before. Taehyung had insisted on staying up to keep watch, but Jeongguk wasn't about to let him do it alone. 

If Taehyung was determined to stay up, then so would he. Jeongguk spent the night working on his office tasks while Taehyung glared stubbornly at him, playing the role of a watchdog. Eventually, halfway through the night, Taehyung succumbed to exhaustion and fell asleep on the bed. Only then did Jeongguk allow himself to rest.

Now, the urgent call from Mr. Han had pulled Jeongguk back to consciousness. As the phone continued to ring, he glanced at Taehyung, who was stirring in his sleep. Jeongguk gently patted him back to sleep before answering the call.

"I can't fulfill the request right now. Taehyung is still unwell," Jeongguk explained, glancing at Taehyung, who, though not opening his eyes, perked up his ears at the conversation.

Taehyung's phone chimed with a message from an anonymous sender: “The target has moved. One of the minions was spotted near Oak High Secondary School.” The brief message sent a shiver down Taehyung's spine. He looked back at Jeongguk and said, "I want to go out."

Jeongguk, still on the phone with his assistant, turned to Taehyung in surprise. Mr. Han continued speaking, mentioning that Madame had reminded them of the promise Jeongguk made to his brother.

Taehyung's eyes brightened with determination. "Let's pick up your brother together," he suggested.

Jeongguk was stunned by the sudden proposal, and he wasn't the only one; Mr. Han, on the other end of the line, was equally taken aback.

Jeongguk stares at his mate for a few moments, then asks, "Are you sure about that? Won't it stress you out?" His concern was valid. Alpha in a rut becomes more territorial, and expanding the area he had to protect could increase Taehyung's stress. Taehyung had already insisted on staying awake the night before and now wanted to go out.

Taehyung nodded resolutely. "I'll be fine. I just want to get some fresh air."

Mr. Han, who had been silent up to this point, cleared his throat and asked, "So, sir, is it confirmed then? Should I make the arrangements?"

Jeongguk glanced at Taehyung, who seemed lost in thought, then replied to his assistant, "Yes, just bring the car. I'll drive. Have the team on alert; if anything happens, I want them to be there." Jeongguk wasn't entirely sure why he felt the need to have his team prepared, but looking at Taehyung filled him with unease.

After disconnecting the call, Jeongguk looked at the clock. It was already quite late. He turned to Taehyung and said, "Get up and get ready. I'll make breakfast. We can have lunch after picking up my brother."

Taehyung nodded obediently and left to prepare.

After an hour or so in the car, Jeongguk chuckles as he glances at Taehyung, who is busy fastening his seatbelt. Taehyung had once again borrowed some of Jeongguk's finest clothes. He chose a shirt and trousers that went well with the color of his eye, leaving the top button undone to let the shirt drape loosely over his shoulders. The azure color of the shirt enhances the pale skin of his neck. He neatly tucked the shirt into his pants and rolled the sleeves up to his elbows. 

Despite the meticulous attire, Taehyung exuded a casual, effortlessly cool aura. He added sunglasses, a spritz of Jeongguk's cologne, and his own sporty shoes to complete the look.

Taehyung's presence was commanding without needing to try hard. Jeongguk found himself amused by how dressed up his mate was just to meet his brother. He couldn't help but think they were bound to attract a lot of attention today.

Taehyung turned to Jeongguk, raising his eyebrows that were clearly visible above his sunglasses, he prompted Jeongguk to hurry. The sight made Jeongguk chuckle again as he started the engine. Without wasting any more time, they drove towards the school.

Oak High Secondary School is renowned in Gandok for its stellar academics and comprehensive second-gender education and training programs. It is particularly esteemed among aristocratic families. However, this reputation does not mean the school exclusively admits elites. The school's challenging entrance exam ensures that any student, regardless of economic background, can gain entry if they qualify and there are seats available.

Taehyung remembers the rigorous study sessions his brother Jin imposed on him, making him sit for hours to prepare. Only their grandad could occasionally rescue him from Jin's relentless tutoring. 

The school premises are expansive and open to visitors, a testament to Oak High's confidence in its top-tier security. The campus of the school is vast, encompassing a large playground and two main buildings. One building houses the classrooms and administrative offices, while the other is dedicated to indoor activities such as gyms, sports facilities, fitness centers, mess halls, and dormitories for a few foreign students. Tall trees line the boundaries of the campus, and the walls are topped with wires for added security.

The school sprawls over a wide area, and Taehyung fondly remembers his early years when he often felt lost in its expanse. Over time, however, the campus became like a second home to him.

As Taehyung gazes at the grand, palace-like building before him, he sighs. The sight brings a wave of nostalgia and memories of the mischief he and Jimin caused, which made the teachers eager to see them graduate. The troubles they stirred up are still well-known among the staff.

Jeongguk, noticing Taehyung's sigh, teases, "Remembering the trouble you caused?"

Taehyung turns to him, glaring from behind his sunglasses, which only makes Jeongguk smile. They both look back at the building, and Jeongguk's expression grows serious. He senses something amiss, though he can't quite put his finger on it.

He looks back at the building and suddenly narrows his eyes. Taehyung is about to question him, but Jeongguk speaks first. "Something's wrong. I smell..." He trails off, pulling out his phone. Turning to Taehyung, he says, "Stay here and wait for me to come back with my brother."

Jeongguk exits the car, already dialing someone on his phone. Taehyung watches him walk away, concern etched on his face. Once Jeongguk is out of earshot, Taehyung asks, "What do you think, Moon Goddess?"

The Moon Goddess materializes in the back seat, leaning forward with a serious expression as she watches Jeongguk. "I think he's always handsome, no matter what," she says earnestly.

Taehyung turns to glare at her, though his sunglasses obscure his eyes. "I was asking about the situation," he deadpans.

The Moon Goddess nods thoughtfully, examining the school building. "I think we shouldn't wait here."

Taehyung smiles at her response. "I felt the same." With that, they both get out of the car.

Recently, the school hosted its annual sports event for seniors, and the decorations from the event are still up, giving the campus a festive feel. Workers are busy dismantling tents and taking down the huge posters that adorned the grounds during the event. Despite the commotion, the campus is crowded, with people bustling about, contributing to the lively atmosphere.

A guard stops Taehyung, asking him to enter his details and the reason for visiting the campus. Taehyung smiles and, without hesitation, writes his name and notes that he is an alumnus of the school. The guard scrutinizes the entry and nods, allowing Taehyung to proceed. Taehyung briefly considers questioning why Jeongguk was allowed in without registering, but he sees the guard salute Jeongguk with the utmost respect as he enters the premises.

Feeling a twinge of annoyance at the difference in treatment, Taehyung vocalizes his thoughts to the Moon Goddess, who listens to his grievances in silence. Taehyung notices the cameras around the campus and starts walking towards the building.

Suddenly Taehyung stops in his tracks. He turns to the Moon Goddess, pointing an accusing finger at her. “It was you. You purposely made me go to Jeongguk, which led to…” Taehyung trails off, looking away.

The Moon Goddess smiles mischievously. “Led to what?” she asks, feigning innocence.

Taehyung continues pointing his finger but finds himself speechless, the images of the activity they did, resurface. After a moment, he drops his hand and resumes walking. As they approach the building, both he and the Moon Goddess stop. They exchange glances and then look back at the imposing structure.

“Seems like it’s not that safe,” the Moon Goddess says.

“The children are still inside,” Taehyung adds. They sensed a danger in the building and it was not limited to one location.

The Moon Goddess nods. “Let’s make them leave first.”

Taehyung, however, remains rooted to the spot, prompting the Moon Goddess to look at him in surprise.

She asks, "Why aren't you moving?"

Taehyung rubs the tip of his nose and whispers, "The management pleaded with me not to come back here after my last day of school."

The Moon Goddess looks at him, speechless. "What kind of image does Gandok's savior have?" she comments, glancing up at the building's structure.

Suddenly, a voice interrupts Taehyung. "What are you doing here? And you finally lost your mind to be talking to yourself."

Taehyung turns with a sour expression, facing the man he least wanted to see. "None of your business," he snaps.

Jimin smiles. "Oh, really?" He glances at the guards accompanying him, who are looking skeptically at Taehyung. "Why are you here?" Taehyung asks, eyeing Jimin's overdressed suit and fur scarf draped over his shoulder. Taehyung suppresses the urge to roll his eyes at Jimin's ostentatious display of wealth.

The girl standing next to Jimin scoffs at Taehyung. Jimin gestures to the guard, who steps forward to explain. "Sir donates to the school every year."

Jimin tilts his head modestly as if it’s no big deal. "I am a full-time philanthropist," he announces.

The girl next to him beams. "Yes, dear, unlike others." She comments looking at Taehyung.

Jimin gives her a look, and she quickly steps back. He then turns his smile back to Taehyung. "It seems like you want to get inside."

Taehyung considers this and then looks at him expectantly. "Are you taking me in with you?"

Jimin shakes his head and chuckles. "No, I just wanted to wish you 'Good luck.' See you inside—if you can." He turns to the guards and gestures for them to ensure Taehyung does not get in.

Taehyung curses under his breath as he watches Jimin depart. He wants to get inside, but the guards block his way. "I want to meet the principal," Taehyung insists, but the guards look at him dubiously.

He rolls his eyes. "In that case, I can look around, right?"

The guards nod. "People are allowed to check the campus."

Taehyung scoffs at their generosity, then turns to the massive building and starts moving toward the other side. Thanks to the blockers he has on, his scent cannot be detected, which allows him to think of a plan more easily. 

The Moon Goddess, however, felt weird with this security measure. "Why would they let people roam around the campus? Isn't it unsafe?"

Taehyung nods. "There's a reason for it. Grandad told me once that people have always been curious to visit this school. It's like a tourist spot. The campus holds many old artifacts and memories. These grounds have a history of families hiding here during the riots before the ‘pillars’ were formed. It's said that if this place were evacuated, there could still be remnants of family wealth. There was no school at that time but the houses of the families that had moved were here once." 

"Many come here to pay respects to their ancestors who were affected by the riots. So, the school decided to open it to outsiders. There are cameras everywhere, and several areas are off-limits. For example, I can't enter the main buildings without a pass. These passes are scanned at the doors to allow entry."

"Another reason is to promote the school. When people walk in and see this place, they become fascinated by the immense campus, the impressive buildings, and the top-notch academics and facilities. It boosts the school’s reputation. Overall, this place wasn't created as a private institution. It was made to serve people, regardless of their background or financial status."

The Moon Goddess nods, understanding the rationale behind the open campus policy.

Taehyung focuses back on their task to enter the building. "It seems like climbing to my floor at home has its own advantages," he beams, glancing at the Moon Goddess.

"Are you climbing up there?" The Moon Goddess looks at the wall with a platform high above. She then looks back at Taehyung, who has already started stretching.

"How are you going to do that?" she asks.

Taehyung stretches his body and says, "You just need to have confidence in yourself. I used to be scared of my brother and would always use this method to escape." He smiles proudly.

The Moon Goddess beams upon hearing this. "Then next time, teach me to climb your window."

Taehyung looks at her, feeling defeated. "Is this what you, as an adult, should be asking me for?"

The Moon Goddess shrugs and then vanishes. When Taehyung looks up, he finds her standing on the railing of the window. "The platform here is fine. You can come up," she calls.

Taehyung nods. He points at the security cameras which Moon Goddess makes glitch with a flick of her fingers. "Forgive me, Madame Griggs. This will be the last time I cause trouble in your school." Taehyung says.

Miss Allie Griggs, the daughter of the Griggs family who founded the school, was strict and resolute but had a soft spot for Taehyung’s grandfather. This connection is the only reason she tolerated Taehyung’s antics for a while. However, she eventually started punishing him in her own way to discipline the handsome yet mischievous teenager. She and the principal at the time had many headaches dealing with the Taehyung-Jimin duo.

Taehyung glances at the protruding bricks on the wall, perhaps intended for potted plants or some other purpose. He counts them, looks up, and then, inhaling deeply, jumps to grab one, balancing himself by hugging the wall. The Moon Goddess watches with a smile as Taehyung moves to the second brick. He nearly slips, but she grabs his hand, chuckling at his astonished expression. Then she helps him climb up the wall.

"Why didn’t you do that before? Were you waiting for me to die?" Taehyung asks, exasperated.

The Moon Goddess looks at him innocently. "You didn’t ask for my help."

Taehyung is ready to retort, but she pokes his shoulder, directing his attention to the room behind the window. Taehyung turns and finds several little kids with wide eyes staring at him. He pauses, watching as their shock turns to admiration in an instant. 

Smiling, he waves, unsure of what else to do. The children, in the middle of their lunch, drop their spoons upon seeing the handsome man smile at them, their jaws hanging open.

"Teacher, is he a superhero?" one of the kids asks, excited.

Taehyung intended to enter the classroom normally, but just as he puts one foot ahead of the window, the Moon Goddess gives him a playful push, causing him to stumble. Instinctively, he flips in the air and lands smoothly on both feet. The children watch the scene in pure admiration, and a collective "Woah" slips from their mouths as they burst into applause for Taehyung.

Of course, this stunt was carried out by the magical powers of the Moon Goddess but Taehyung was not afraid of attention. He rather gives Moon Goddess an accusing look as she walks inside and settles on the desk of one of the kids, peeking at their lunch box.

The teacher shouts for security and rushes towards the door, but Taehyung swiftly moves a chair into her path, causing her to stumble and sit down. The students erupt into applause again, impressed by Taehyung's quick reflexes, her call for help drowning in the sound of applause.

Taehyung raises his hands in surrender. "I am no threat. I’m here to help. I’m from JSFAT."

Jeon’s team is well known in Gandok. Although the teacher remains skeptical, she knows that no one would dare joke about being part of that elite team. She sees the skills Taehyung possesses but still isn’t entirely convinced, eyeing him warily.

"You really are a superhero," one of the girls says shyly, making the children roar in admiration again, agreeing with her.

"Can you show us more of your powers?" a chubby boy asks eagerly.

The Moon Goddess, mirroring the boy's enthusiasm, repeats his words, looking at Taehyung expectantly.

Taehyung, always eager to showcase his skills, picks up a pointer from the table. He deftly spins it around his fingers, flips it across his palm, and moves it fluidly between his hands, demonstrating impressive martial arts techniques. The students go wild, their applause growing louder with each move. The Moon Goddess chuckles, amused by how easily Taehyung can get momentarily distracted from his mission.

Taehyung was dazzled by these little fans of his. He proudly pushes back his shirt.

"Uncle, will a laser beam come out of your eyes if you take off your glasses?" one boy asks, eagerly.

Taehyung is taken aback by the term 'Uncle.' He notices the teacher and the Moon Goddess snickering and says, "I would have answered you if you had used the right term to address me."

He is about to say more when a familiar voice interrupts him. "Taehyung hyung, what are you doing here? Is brother also here?" Jaehan asks, surprised. He had seen Taehyung at his classroom window but was too shy to speak until he couldn't hold back any longer.

"Jaehan?," Taehyung exclaims, looking at him in surprise. "We met so soon." Surprised at his good luck, Taehyung glances at the Moon Goddess. Accompanying her has its own advantages, he thinks.

The students gasp upon hearing Jaehan call Taehyung, brother. They turn to Jaehan with renewed interest, whispering and exclaiming excitedly, "Jaehan knows the superhero!" Jaehan blushes, feeling the weight of all the attention.

Taehyung is about to respond when an announcement echoes through the classroom speakers. "Attention, please. There is an activity, so students are asked to gather in the playground. I repeat, all students are requested to gather in the playground along with their teachers. Please maintain discipline."

Taehyung nods at the teacher. "Do as instructed."

The teacher finally lowers her guard, realizing that Jaehan knows this mysterious man. Everyone at school is aware of who Jaehan is. Jaehan quickly walks toward Taehyung, adjusting his glasses and looking up at him. "You’re not here just for me, right?"

Taehyung is momentarily stunned by Jaehan's perceptiveness. "We were initially, but something is wrong here," he whispers.

Leaning closer to Jaehan, Taehyung adds, "I’m giving you the responsibility to look after your classmates and keep them safe."

Jaehan's eyes widen. "Can I do that?"

Taehyung ruffles his hair affectionately. "Of course you can."

Jaehan blushes and nods. Taehyung claps to grab the attention of the students. "You all need to stick together and follow Jaehan," he instructs, asking the teacher to lead them away.

As the students file out, Taehyung moves into the corridor, where teachers are lining up the kids. He glances at the Moon Goddess, who points upward. Taehyung nods and hurries to the next floor, ready to uncover what’s amiss.

As Taehyung ascends to the second floor, he spots Jimin emerging from a room with his entourage and a lady, likely the Principal, flanked by the school staff. They appear serious and agitated.

She was visibly shocked angry and frustrated with the security. It seems her men are not as trustworthy as she believed and are now held by JSFAT.

Jimin notices Taehyung and gestures kindly for the Principal to go downstairs before walking toward him with a smile.

“I thought it would take you a day to get here,” Jimin teases.

Ignoring him, Taehyung gets straight to the point. 

“How has someone breached the security here?”

Jimin smirks. “Just like you did.” He laughs as Taehyung scoffs. 

“We’re not sure if it’s one person or many, but they had inside help. The culprit is among them. What do you think?”

Taehyung closes his eyes, sharpening his senses. He detects a faint scent of gunpowder, not concentrated in one spot but discreetly placed in various locations. Opening his eyes, he looks at Jimin. “Gunpowder.”

Jimin nods. He sighs as if tired of all this. Just as Taehyung thinks Jimin is going to fill him in with some good advice or information. He hears the alpha say, “So, I’m thinking of leaving. I hate places with potential danger.” 

He shrugs, ready to leave, but Taehyung grabs his collar and drags him along. Jimin’s men watch helplessly as their master shouts in protest, they, however, don't dare to intervene. 

As they head upstairs, Jimin's complaints are on full flow and loud, “Do you know the value of this suit? Do you have any idea of my worth? How dare you treat me like this? Are you asking for a beating?....”

Reaching the corridor, both fall silent upon seeing Jeongguk. He looks exasperated, his eyes fixed on Taehyung, whom he had told to stay in the car. Taehyung releases Jimin, who straightens his collar. The girl accompanying Jimin quickly brushes off any creases from his suit.

Jeongguk questions, "What are you two doing here?"

“I’m here to make a donation. I wasn’t aware of the danger, but he dragged me here,” Jimin explains, pointing at Taehyung.

Jeongguk sighs, turning his attention to Taehyung. “I missed the school and wanted to relive the old times,” Taehyung says, even shifting his goggles to wipe away fake tears. None of the spectators believe his reasoning, but they remain silent.

Jeongguk raises an eyebrow, his stern gaze making Taehyung shift uncomfortably. 

Taehyung laughs dryly, but his attempt at levity falls flat. Jeongguk, unimpressed, signals one of his men. "Escort them downstairs and make sure they leave with the children," he orders. Taehyung is about to protest when a realization strikes him.

“Jimin, what did you say earlier?” Taehyung asks urgently.

Jimin huffs, “I said I’m worth more than a state and—”

“Before that, about the security,” Taehyung interrupts, stepping on Jimin’s foot to silence him.

Jimin frowns, “There has to be an insider.”

Taehyung’s eyes widen. “Jaehan is alone, and everyone knows who he is.” Without wasting a second, he rushes downstairs. 

Jeongguk's eyes widen in realization, but before he can inform them that he has already made arrangements, he notices that Taehyung is already gone, escaped from the situation that could befall him if he remained here.

Jimin, sensing the urgency, follows Taehyung, leaving Jeongguk behind, speechless. Jeongguk stares at the now empty place and then shifts his glance back to the mysterious chemical attached to the explosives, his expression turns grim as he examines it.

One of his men approaches, “Sir, we’ve called him. Mr. Jung—is on his way.”

Hoseok is known for his expertise in these matters, and Jeongguk trusts him implicitly. The explosives themselves are not the main threat; it’s the gaseous chemical attached to them that raises concerns. The chemical could be there for a specific and dangerous reason.

A few of Jeongguk’s men were monitoring the camera footage while the others were working to diffuse the explosives. 

Jeongguk had already detected the odd scent of the chemical mixed with the familiar smell of gunpowder when he entered the premises. This was why he had asked Taehyung to stay back, but as usual, Taehyung ignored his warning at a crucial moment.

Determined to secure the area, Jeongguk begins a thorough search, using his keen senses to detect more spots with the suspicious chemical. The situation is under his control for now, but he knows they need to act quickly to prevent a disaster.

The odd situation is that Jeongguk has still failed to identify the main target. Usually, in such cases, there is one main person or host who poses the most danger, like the final boss, but so far, his team has found no one suspicious.

The campus is vast, and they are acting quickly to search every corner. What adds to Jeongguk's worry now is the presence of these troublemakers, who were not expected to be together here. 

He instructs his men to keep a close eye on the playground and, if the situation escalates, to take charge and protect the civilians.

If these two are here then more trouble will arrive sooner or later.

Chapter 68: Echoes of regret

Summary:

Shocking turn of events lead to a heart break.

The lady following Taehyung and Jimin halts in her tracks, watching as the two of them hurry down the stairs. She calls out to Jimin, making both of them stop and look back at her with questioning gazes.

"I'm scared," she says, her voice trembling as she acts pitifully.

Jimin nods rapidly upon hearing her, and when Taehyung starts to think that Jimin is showing a rare moment of empathy, he hears Jimin say, "Me too, so please protect me if we get into any danger."

The lady is left speechless. She stares at Jimin, feeling aggrieved and cursing her luck. Taehyung suppresses a laugh, feeling a pang of pity for the lady for having to deal with Jimin. He watches as she stomps her feet, glares at Jimin, and walks ahead of them, her frustration evident.

Jimin folds his arms over his chest and watches her hurry down the stairs, chuckling softly. Taehyung can't help but ask, "Why did you bring her along if you don't want to take care of her? She’s quite pretty."

Jimin scoffs at Taehyung's question. "I didn't bring her along but was pressured to tag her along. Her father is a friend of my dad’s and wanted us to get along. Didn't you see how she looked at my brother? I'm not going to let her put on an act in front of me."

Taehyung frowns, realizing he hasn’t noticed her interest in Jeongguk. If that's the case, he thinks smugly, he'll have to find a way to expose the hickey he gave Jeongguk, hidden beneath that collar.

Jimin gives him a playful push. "What are you standing here for? Weren't you in a hurry?"

Taehyung snaps out of his thoughts and starts running down the stairs.

As they run together, Taehyung hears Jimin talking animatedly, "My brother will have a partner who is the best of the best—handsome like me, smart like me, with a status like me, talks like me, thinks like me, acts like me... Oh god! It'll be a hassle to find someone as perfect as me."

Taehyung, unable to bear Jimin's self-praise, lightly kicks his leg, causing him to stumble forward. Jimin catches himself on the railing and shouts back, "Are you trying to kill me?"

Moon Goddess, counts something on her fingers and tells Taehyung, "You don't match anything on that list. You're not as perfect as him." She looks admiringly at Jimin.

Taehyung rolls his eyes at both of them, pushes Jimin aside, and walks away. "You'd be surprised to know his choice," he mutters.

Moon Goddess laughs upon hearing Taehyung's words and walks beside him, trying to gauge if he is genuinely angry with her. Just as they were about to enter the playground, she suddenly stopped and called out to Taehyung.

"What is it?" Taehyung whispers, concerned.

Moon Goddess glances at him but stays quiet. Sensing something is wrong, Taehyung moves forward cautiously.

The lady who had been accompanying Jimin was taken hostage and shoved towards the line of sobbing children. Overwhelmed with fear, she began crying even louder than the children. The man guarding them shouted at her to keep quiet.

Suddenly, a voice crackled over the loudspeaker, announcing a dire ultimatum: "Jeongguk, come down and meet us, or we will kill all the kids."

Taehyung felt his blood run cold. The weight of the threat hung heavily in the air, pressing down on everyone. His mind raced, thoughts scattered by the urgency of the situation. He glanced around frantically, eyes scanning the frightened faces of the students. Every face he saw was twisted in fear, but one was missing. Jaehan was nowhere to be found.

Panic began to bubble up inside Taehyung. He strained to see through the crowd, hoping for a glimpse of Jaehan’s familiar face, but all he saw were terrified children and anxious adults. The realization that Jaehan was missing only intensified his dread. He had to find him. He had to make sure he was safe.

The seconds felt like hours as Taehyung stood frozen, his mind a whirlwind of fear and determination. He knew he had to act quickly, but his thoughts were muddled by the gravity of the situation. The cries of the children, the lady’s sobs, and the menacing announcement all blended into a cacophony of chaos.

Jimin, standing beside Taehyung, seethed with anger as he took in the scene before them. Without hesitation, he stormed forward, shouting insults and ready to fight. Taehyung reached out, wanting to stop Jimin from acting recklessly, but it was too late. The people they were up against had other plans for them.

Jimin tried to fight back, but seeing a gun pointed at the children, he stopped. Jeongguk’s team, who had followed them, also surrendered to prevent any harm to the kids. Taehyung bit his lip in nervousness, unable to think of a solution. Moon Goddess patted him lightly on the shoulder and pointed to another building a few meters away, standing tall and foreboding.

“There is someone in there. It is dangerous,” she whispered.

Taehyung frowned upon hearing this. He glanced back at the current situation, noting that the group seemed to be waiting for Jeongguk. Knowing that Jeongguk could protect the children and his brothers, Taehyung decided to investigate the building. He nodded to Moon Goddess and quietly made his way over.

To his surprise, no one stopped him or tried to hold him hostage. The place was eerily quiet and unguarded. A sense of unease crept over Taehyung, but he trusted the Moon Goddess’s intuition. If she said someone was there, he believed her.

He cautiously entered the building, but as soon as he stepped inside, a dark cloth was thrown over his head, blocking his view. He was dragged roughly forward. 

Taehyung struggled, trying to fight back, but the assailants were prepared. They struck him hard in the stomach and then across the face, leaving him dazed. He was hauled into a room and shoved inside, the door slamming shut behind him.

Taehyung stayed still for a moment, listening intently. When he was certain there was no one else around, he cautiously removed the cloth from his face. Darkness enveloped him, the eerie silence amplifying his anxiety. 

The only sounds were his own heartbeat, pounding in his ears, and his labored breathing, each breath a reminder of the pain from the blows he had received. The oppressive quiet and the unknown surrounding him made his nerves tingle with unease.

Taehyung felt chills run down his spine as the realization sank in—he was completely separated from the others. He pounded on the door, his palms desperately searching for the knob in a frantic attempt to escape. But the door was locked, and there was no way out. Suddenly, a strange sensation washed over him, making him turn sharply.

"Who's there?" he called out, his voice echoing in the eerie silence. He could sense movement in the room, an unsettling presence that set his nerves on edge.

He wasn't fond of this quiet, so he decided to confront the unknown presence. "Jeongguk is here," he threatened, his voice steady despite his unease. 

"You won't get out alive. Stop whatever you're doing and surrender."

Though he didn't know who or what he was dealing with, Taehyung took a chance. He tried to sense his surroundings, focusing on calming himself down while preparing for whatever might come next.

As if his words had an impact, the atmosphere shifted. Suddenly, the room's lights flickered on, bathing everything in a harsh, bright glow. Taehyung squinted, his eyes struggling to adjust to the sudden brightness. 

Before he could fully comprehend what was happening, a rough hand grabbed him, yanking him toward a chair. In an instant, cold metal cuffs clamped around his wrists, securing him in place.

Taehyung struggled to free himself, his movements frantic and desperate. When he finally looked up, anger and horror etched on his face, he was met with a sight that shocked him to his core—something he had never expected to see in this place.

He saw Elian—his friend, dorm mate, and confidant—standing there, watching him with a smile. Taehyung's eyes widened, shock and betrayal evident on his face. Elian chuckled at Taehyung's stunned expression.

"Jeongguk won’t be coming here for a while," he said with a chilling smile. "He's busy trying to solve the mystery of the traps we set up. My target is you, Taehyung."

He continues, "I was thinking of how to lure you in, never thought you yourself would come to greet me. I think our bond of friendship is deeper than blood." Elian says amused. 

He leans down to come face to face with Taehyung and sneers, "Do you know what I dreamt of?"

Taehyung remained silent, still unable to process the situation. "I dreamt of joining Kim Technologies," Elian continued, his voice dripping with bitterness. "But it could only remain a dream because of someone like you." His smile turned into a grimace as he seethed at Taehyung. "You destroyed our dreams. You destroyed us."

Elian's eyes burned with anger. "And then you dare to give me this look," he spat.

Taehyung could not understand what was going on, his mind racing to make sense of Elian's words. He could only stare at Elian, bewildered and hurt.

The Elian in front of him seemed so different from the one he had known since they joined college. Elian had been the person with whom Taehyung spent most of his time, apart from his studies and research. He had even helped Taehyung with hacking whenever required. Taehyung had never once felt the need to be guarded around Elian, believing they were good friends. But today, that same friend was looking at him with a hateful gaze.

Taehyung struggled to recognize this version of Elian. The nerdy boy he used to know, who was always buried in books and projects, was now a stranger filled with anger and resentment. The transformation was jarring, and Taehyung could hardly believe that this was the same person who had once been his confidant.

Taehyung scrutinized Elian, searching for any sign that he might be coerced. Refusing to believe the betrayal, he said, "Did they threaten you? You would never do this. I still believe in you."

Elian's smile vanished, and he turned away, his shoulders trembling as he let out a laugh. "The more the trust, the greater the hurt. Did you realize that?" he said, his voice tinged with bitterness.

Taehyung stared at his friend, the one who used to chatter endlessly about Jin's achievements, Kim Technologies, and his dream to join them. A tear slipped down Taehyung's cheek, his lip trembling. "Why?" he whispered, the question barely escaping his lips.

Elian looked down at him with a smirk, relishing the pain and confusion in Taehyung's eyes. He then spoke slowly, ensuring Taehyung could hear each word clearly. "Because someone offered me something that you and your brother never could. This is a lost fight you’re waging against the authorities, and for your own selfish reasons, you dragged us all into it."

The words hit Taehyung like a punch to the gut. He sat frozen, unable to comprehend what he was hearing. His eyes widened in disbelief as he took in the sight of his friend—someone he trusted—now standing before him as an adversary.

Elian's expression hardened. "You are the reason, Taehyung. You started this, and now we are all paying the price while you enjoy your lavish life. Have you ever thought about your friends? Do you even know where they are right now? Why would you care?" he spat, his voice laced with bitterness. 

"-'He' told me to give you a message: He has his eyes on you and knows all your friends. If you don’t surrender soon, every one of them will fall victim to him, just like Lily."

A somber expression covered Elian’s face, betraying the emotional turmoil beneath his hardened exterior. His words sent a pang of guilt and sorrow through Taehyung, deepening the chasm of confusion and hurt that consumed him.

"Lily failed to choose a side, and others will have to make that choice. But I am making that choice for everyone," Elian continued. "It is not you doing us a favor. We were always on our own, whether it was our status or our lives. Do our lives matter to the authorities? The answer is simple: no. But yours can. So, Taehyung, if you want, I will apologize, but you have to die. I can’t watch more dreams get destroyed by you."

Taehyung cried upon hearing Elian's hateful words. He had always suspected that Lily’s death was not a mere accident, but hearing 'that person' confirming it, brought an overwhelming sadness that formed tears in his eyes. He looked up at Elian and said, “My death won’t bring the justice you want. It will only escalate the darkness that has engulfed Gandok.”

Elian chuckled bitterly. “Your words don’t affect me anymore. They’ve already found your links to Umbra, and it’s only a matter of time before they expose you and this organization. We’re doomed. There’s no place like Utopia. It’s a mere fiction. The real world we live in has no place for your ideals. No one cares. This mission was suicidal from the beginning, and since we’re nearing death, I’m going to give you an easy one.”

Elian pointed a gun at Taehyung’s forehead, his hand steady and eyes cold. Taehyung felt a shiver run down his spine, the reality of his situation hitting him like a tidal wave. The betrayal, the fear, and the despair all coalesced into a single moment of stark clarity.

Taehyung met Elian’s eyes and said, “Even my death won’t stop Umbra. It’s not me that runs Umbra; I’m just a pawn like everyone else.”

Elian hesitated, doubt flickering in his eyes. “You’re lying.”

Gunshots echoed from outside, and Elian glanced at his wristwatch. Jeongguk was here. Taehyung could sense it, and Elian was also aware, the overwhelming and suppressing scent slowly filling the room. 

Elian smiled as he looked back at Taehyung. “Our time is quite limited.”

Taehyung shook his head, desperately trying to reason with Elian. “Stop this. It doesn’t have to end like this.”

He attempted to rise from the chair, but Elian forcefully pushed him back down, his grip tightening. “No, Taehyung. It’s too late,” Elian said, his voice laced with resignation.

Elian stared at Taehyung, his eyes shimmering with unshed tears. A sad smile tugged at the corners of his lips. "I lied about not having a choice," he confessed, his voice barely above a whisper. "We all have a choice, and I chose this one. It’s the only way I could save my family."

A single tear traced a path down Elian’s cheek, glistening in the dim light. "He will contact you," he continued, his gaze locking onto Taehyung’s. "Don’t listen to him. Run away."

Before Taehyung could respond, a deafening crash echoed through the room as the door burst open. "I’m sorry," Elian breathed, his apology hanging in the air, his expression hardening as he looked one last time towards Taehyung.

Elian took a few steps back from Taehyung, his hand trembling as he pointed the gun at him. Just then, the JSFAT team burst into the room, their shouts filling the space. Without warning, they opened fire on Elian before Taehyung could intervene.

Elian’s eyes widened for a moment before a serene smile spread across his face. He crumpled to the floor, the gun slipping from his grasp.

A gunshot shattered the tense silence, reverberating off the walls. Blood splattered across the room, painting a macabre scene of sacrifice and desperation.

Jeongguk entered the room, his expression turning from determination to shock as he saw Elian lying motionless on the floor. The JSFAT team swiftly moved to free Taehyung from his handcuffs. 

He pushed them away as they freed him, his focus solely on Elian. Rushing to his side, Taehyung knelt beside him, tears streaming down his face as he saw Elian's closed eyes and the tears that slipped silently from them.

With great effort, Elian whispered something barely audible. Taehyung leaned in closer, straining to catch his words. "I didn't say a word to them about your secrets," Elian managed, his voice fading into silence, his last breath escaping him.

Taehyung's cries filled the room as he held Elian close, pleading for answers that would never come. "Why did you do this?" he begged, his voice cracking with anguish, but Elian remained still and silent.

Jeongguk, sensing Taehyung's unbearable grief, gently pulled him away from Elian's lifeless form. Taehyung resisted at first, clutching onto Elian as if to deny the reality before him. Finally, weakened by sorrow, he allowed Jeongguk to lift him to his feet. Jeongguk embraced his mate tightly, offering solace in the face of yet another painful loss, silently hoping to ease Taehyung's heartache, if only for a moment.

Jeongguk spoke up, his voice steady but filled with deep concern as he watched Taehyung struggle to come to terms with Elian's sacrifice. "He made a conscious choice, Taehyung," Jeongguk said firmly, his gaze locking onto Taehyung's. "It was a trap, designed to lure you in. The Principal's nephew was involved, and they deliberately put the children at risk. And Elian..." He paused, choosing his words carefully. "He was cornered, threatened. They held his family's lives over him like a sword."

Jeongguk's assurance didn't end there. "Our teams are already on their way to protect his family," he continued, hoping to offer some solace amidst the turmoil. "You're not alone in this. I will help you, every step of the way. We will avenge for his sacrifice, you just have to stay strong for me and others."

Jeongguk noticed Taehyung's stunned silence and decided to gently inform him, realizing the need to provide clarity amidst the chaos. "My team was already poised to apprehend these criminals. We were waiting for the main culprit to make their move. Jimin and Jaehan are safe, along with the other children," he assured, his tone firm yet compassionate. "But there are things that need to be addressed openly. Why did you decide to come here? Was it really a coincidence? Elian was watching you all this while and we were also able to see you two through the camera. Elian has decided his fate before coming here.”

Taehyung's gaze drifted to the bloodstain on the floor, his mind struggling to process the weight of Jeongguk's words. Elian's warnings echoed in his ears, now laden with new meaning. Elian had been surveilling them, scrutinizing their every move. Taehyung's anger towards Elian for his secrecy mingled with regret for not fully grasping the gravity of their situation sooner.

In shock, Taehyung stumbled outside, the weight of his own missteps crashing down upon him. He collapsed on the ground, Elian's words replaying in his mind like a haunting refrain. He wanted to lash out at himself, to wake himself from this nightmare, but Jeongguk's gentle touch stopped him, eyes filled with empathy.

 

Overwhelmed with guilt, Taehyung blamed himself for the unfolding tragedy. Tears streamed down his face uncontrollably. Then, a soft touch on his cheek drew his attention. It was Jaehan, his young face showing gratitude and understanding. "Thank you, Taehyung hyung, for believing in me," Jaehan said softly. "I didn't cry. I stayed strong for my friends."

 

Taehyung looked up and saw Jimin standing nearby, his gaze filled with pity. Unable to contain his sorrow, Taehyung began to cry anew, startling Jaehan, who worried he had said something wrong. Quickly, Jaehan embraced Taehyung, trying to offer comfort, but Taehyung's mind was already overrun with self-recrimination and despair.

Jeongguk wanted to console Taehyung but the loss was done and his mate was heartbroken who could only watch anxiously as his mate is embraced by his brother. Thoughts of revenge and teaching the culprits the lesson run in Jeongguk’s mind but he could not act rashly at the moment. The opponent has no morale and he needs to act carefully to show the real face of them to the public with evidences without causing any more harm to his people. 

Taehyung shuts his eyes, a tumultuous mix of grief, anger, and disbelief washing over him. The reality of Elian's sacrifice sank in deeper, shattering his already fractured heart into even smaller, more painful pieces. 

Elian's sacrifice was a testament to his belief in choice, yet he overlooked the weight of 'regret'. It's a burden that no one truly anticipates until it settles heavily on their shoulders. Taehyung becomes silent and even Jeongguk could not notice the inner conflict Taehyung was having with himself. For Taehyung, each sacrifice added another layer to his already burdened heart.

Taehyung now carried the weight of many such burdens. Each decision left its mark, making it increasingly difficult for him to live life without the constant weight of what-ifs and could-have-been.

Chapter 69: Secrets in the shadows

Summary:

Jeongguk briefs Taehyung with the case.

 

Taehyung entered Jeongguk's office and took a seat opposite him. Jeongguk studied Taehyung's face, trying to discern any signs of discomfort. Since the incident three days ago, Taehyung had decided to head home, and they hadn't met since. Their occasional phone calls were brief, merely checking in on each other's well-being. Jeongguk, preoccupied with dealing with the aftermath, hadn't found the time to reach out properly. Today, however, he asked Taehyung if he wanted to accompany him to Elian's funeral.

Taehyung agreed, but when they arrived at the venue, he chose not to go inside. Instead, he kept his distance, quietly observing as people entered and mourned alongside Elian’s parents and siblings. Jeongguk had asked if he wanted to go in, but Taehyung declined, saying he preferred to watch from afar. 

That day, after the incident, Taehyung returned home and received an email from an unknown source. He hesitated to read it after seeing the sender. The email seemed timed to arrive at that precise moment as if the sender knew the future. Taehyung glanced at it and guessed who it was from, deciding not to read its contents. He feared that whatever was inside might further shatter his already fragile spirit.

After staying outside for a while, watching people emerge from the venue wiping their tears, Taehyung decided to leave. Jeongguk, however, asked him to accompany him to the office, and Taehyung agreed. 

In the office room, Mr. Han bowed to the two of them and approached with a tablet in hand. After scrolling through the document, he began to narrate the report that Jeongguk wanted Taehyung to hear. 

This was one of the reasons Jeongguk had asked Taehyung to come along. Though it was against the law, he felt Taehyung deserved to know about the investigation since he had lost his friend and had almost been in danger himself.

Mr. Han informed him that one of the trustees and a board member of the school, who also served as the Vice Principal, had orchestrated the incident. 

She wanted to change the school's rules to block outsiders from entering or exhibiting on the school premises. Her niece had tragically lost her life due to the existing policy that allowed outsiders to visit the campus to explore the grounds where their ancestors had taken refuge. 

Though the culprit was punished by law, she wasn't satisfied with just that. She wanted to permanently close the school premises to outsiders. The board members were unwilling to support her, and after unsuccessfully appealing to various authorities and trust members, she was approached by an investor with a plan. They decided to plant fake bombs and cause chaos in the school to threaten the authorities into complying with her demands.

She was unaware that a harmful chemical had also been planted, posing a danger to the students. She allowed the culprits to enter the campus without any security check and let them access various floors to plant the fake bombs. However, she did not know what happened in between, or how Elian was involved in the situation.

Mr. Han looked up from the screen at the two in front of him. The room fell into silence, but before Taehyung or Jeongguk could speak, they heard a sigh from the AI, followed by its comment, “What kind of craziness is this?”

Taehyung shot a sharp gaze at Jeongguk, who looked embarrassed by the outburst from the AI. He cleared his throat and commanded the AI to be quiet. Despite its complaints, the AI quickly obliged. Taehyung then turned his attention back to Mr. Han.

"What did you find out about Elian?” Taehyung asked. Mr. Han glanced at Jeongguk, and after receiving permission, he opened another file and began to inform them.

“Mr. Elian was also involved with the group behind this plan. They were all in contact and monitoring the situation until Young Master Jeon arrived with his team. His presence disrupted their plan, forcing them to improvise and take hostages. Their initial motive was to lure you, Second Young Master Kim, into surrendering yourself in exchange for the hostages. However, due to the unexpected changes, they missed you, and you ended up finding the room where Elian was staying on your own.”

Taehyung looked down at the floor, listening quietly. At that moment, he felt numb, unable to process any emotions.

Jeongguk noticed the swirling emotions in Taehyung but remained quiet, wanting Mr. Han to reveal everything. Mr. Han continued, explaining that Elian’s family had been attacked in the middle of the night and coerced into calling their son. When they refused, his father was brutally shot in front of them. 

Terrified of losing anyone else, Elian’s mother reluctantly decided to call him. She was furious, believing Elian had done something wrong and gotten involved with the wrong group. During the call, she scolded him harshly, blaming him for their family’s dire situation. 

Elian, shocked and silent throughout the conversation, only managed to say that he could see some people standing outside his dormitory.

Elian was given the task of luring you out and handing you over to these people. If the plan failed, he was told either he would have to say goodbye to the world, or his family would.

Jeongguk nods for Mr. Han to stop. He then leans back in his chair, fixing his gaze on Taehyung. "That leaves us with many questions. First, how did you know something was going to happen at the school?" Jeongguk asks, his tone not sharp but interrogative.

Taehyung looks up from his lap and meets Jeongguk's eyes, a sad smile tugging at his lips. He fetches his phone, opens a text message, and slides the phone towards Jeongguk. "Since we’ve come this far, I want to tell you a few things."

Jeongguk reads the text, his expression unreadable, then passes the phone back to Taehyung, waiting for him to continue.

"Umbra is an organization built by the efforts of many," Taehyung begins. "I didn’t get involved with it lightly. It is the voice of the people. If you want to find the person running it, you’ll have to lure them out. Dig deep, and you’ll find a network of people sharing and collecting information for this organization. It’s the voice of victims, and it brings forth the pain people have suffered."

He pauses, glancing at Jeongguk before continuing. "Most of my contacts with Umbra were through calls and texts that self-destruct a few seconds after being read. In every office, street, and location, there’s someone silently passing information to Umbra. That’s how it has established itself on such a large scale. It's funded through channels unknown to most, sometimes even linked to autocrats' families if you look closely. If you think you’ve caught the mastermind, think again; that person might only be the shadow of the real one. It operates in darkness, but I’ve never seen anything as bright as Umbra."

Taehyung takes a deep breath. "This text, I initially thought it was from Umbra. But now, I feel it was Elian who sent it. I wasn't in the right state of mind to think straight. Since you had to go to that place, it was a win-win situation for me," he admits, looking at Jeongguk.

Taehyung’s gaze lingers on his mate as he asks, “Who is the investor that you said is behind this plan?”

Jeongguk shakes his head. “He’s just a pawn used by the powerful. He owns one of the Delta cruises, so you can imagine his background.”

Taehyung isn’t surprised. Delta is not a respectable name among aristocrats in Gandok. 

While the higher families are known for their reputation and legal work, Delta handles all the dirty work. They launder black money into white, and no one can accuse them because everyone is involved. This brand is powerful both inside and outside Gandok and will do any work for anyone as long as the price is right. It’s no surprise that someone asked them for a favor.

Taehyung clenches his jaw but remains silent, prompting Jeongguk to speak again. “How did Elian know about the way Umbra contacts you?”

Taehyung frowns at the question. Jeongguk clarifies, “What I mean is, are you sure he was never contacted by Umbra? Since this organization is of the masses, it can reach out to anyone when needed. They might have someone helping them plan this out and get into others' devices. Do you think there is someone who is good at it?”

Jeongguk’s questions are tricky. If Taehyung reveals anything, he will expose his method of hacking and certain members working in the dark. He shakes his head. “Being roommates, I couldn’t always hide things from him. He has seen these unknown texts, but I covered them up with excuses.”

Jeongguk looks at Taehyung, as if knowing he is hiding something, but says nothing and nods. Taehyung looks at him sincerely. “Everything will be revealed at the right time. There are many things even I don’t have answers to.”

This is a half-truth, but for now, Taehyung has to handle certain other things. Jeongguk nods in understanding.

Taehyung’s phone starts to ring. He looks at the unknown ID, glances at Jeongguk, then picks up the call. As soon as he says hello, he hears a child's cheerful voice on the other end.

“Taehyung hyung, it’s me, Jaehan.” The joy in the little one’s voice is unmistakable.

“Jaehan?” Taehyung glances at Jeongguk, making the elder brother raise an eyebrow, wondering why his brother is calling his mate. Jaehan continues excitedly, “Hyung, I found out something. My mother is going to ask you for something, and you can’t say no, please, please.”

Taehyung is puzzled by what Jaehan is talking about when he hears Jaehan’s mom call his name in the background, making Jaehan go quiet for a moment. He then whispers into the phone, “My mother is going to invite you over. You can’t say no, please.”

Taehyung hears Jaehan’s mother scolding him, telling him not to run off with the phone. After a pause, he hears Bella’s voice on the line. “Taehyung?” she inquires.

Taehyung hums in acknowledgment and greets her. She starts the conversation formally without any jabs, something that has never happened between them before. “How have you been? Are you alright now?”

Taehyung isn’t surprised; he knows she’s trying to cope and adjust to the situation involving mates. He responds, “Yes, I’m alright. How about Aunt? How are you and Uncle doing?”

He hears a small chuckle from the other side as if the other was not laughing at the care shown to her but at the situation, they are in. “I wanted to thank you for saving my child’s life. I owe you for this. He talks about you a lot, and I also found out about you and Jeongguk.” There’s a pause, then she continues as if trying to unburden herself. 

“I would like you to join us for dinner. Would the day after tomorrow work for you? Let’s get to know each other better.”

Taehyung is amused by her efforts to avoid making any mistakes. He replies, “Sure. I’d be glad to join.”

There’s a brief silence and hushed voices on the other end as if someone is coaching her on what to say. She then asks, “Is there anything specific you would like Aunt to prepare for you? You can tell me your preferences.”

A mischievous glint appears in Taehyung’s eyes. His voice softens, and with batted eyes, he looks at Jeongguk as he speaks to Bella. “My only preference now is your son Jeongguk; nothing else matters.”

There’s silence on the other end, and the line disconnects after a few seconds. Taehyung chuckles happily, looking at the number, and puts the phone down. 

When he looks up, he sees the two people in the room staring at him in shock. They want to comment, but no words come out. However, the AI couldn’t remain quiet and spoke up, “Good luck, boss, with your future.”

Silence prevails in the room for a few minutes after this.

Jeongguk clears his throat, prompting Mr. Han to quickly excuse himself and move to the other side of the room. “My mother invited you to dinner. Are you in the mood? I can ask her to postpone if you don’t feel like it. Jaehan will understand.”

Taehyung shakes his head. “It’s fine. We have to meet sooner or later. It might as well be now.”

Jeongguk feels happy inside but remains calm on the outside. He nods slowly. Taehyung stands up, preparing to leave. “I have to get going. There are some things I need to take care of.”

Jeongguk rises too, wanting to see him off, but Taehyung stops him. “You can stay. I’m fine.”

Jeongguk looks at him with concern. “You know I still haven’t found the whereabouts of your other friends. I’m afraid they’re in danger.”

Taehyung pauses, knowing this already. He had tried to contact everyone he knew. While a few answered, many didn’t. Jeongguk’s inability to find Abi and the group from college indicates that someone is seriously hunting him and won't stop after getting two of his friends. Taehyung feigns calmness and smiles lightly. 

“I know. I tried calling them. I warned my friends of the impending danger. If they listened to me, they would have moved to safer places.”

Jeongguk feels pity watching Taehyung trying to be brave. He embraces him. “Don’t worry. We are looking for them, and soon we will find leads.”

Taehyung can’t say anything. His brother and mate are powerful, but this battle is between him and Yeon, who is targeting him. He isn’t sure if involving them is a good choice. He bids them farewell and leaves.

Taehyung was about to exit the building when someone walked past him nudging his shoulder. He felt a slight touch and quickly checked his pocket. Before he could react, the man quickly scurried away. Taehyung said nothing, his focus was on the content in his pocket that was passed to him. 

He reached into his pocket and felt a piece of paper. With a sense of what this might be, he moved to the side and unfolded it.

The note contained a typed message: “If you don’t want more casualties, meet me.”

Taehyung scoffed, crumpled the paper, and tossed it into the nearest bin. He continued walking but suddenly stopped, looking up with a smile. He glanced at the glass window on the top floor of the building and gave a knowing wink to the person he was sure was watching him. 

With that, Taehyung walked away, acting as if nothing transpired there.

Back inside, Jeongguk returned to his seat. Both he and Taehyung, once out of each other’s sight, let their forced smiles fade away. They each wiped off the facade they had put on for each other’s sake.

The day passed by in a blink, and soon it was the afternoon before the dinner with the Jeons. Taehyung dressed in a sharp pair of trousers and a stylish shirt, looking exceptionally handsome. The Moon Goddess was with him, sitting next to him as he asked the driver to stop by the cemetery. He had finally mustered the courage to visit Elian.

Walking through the long grass, the blades brushed against his clean, dark brown trousers, swaying gently in the breeze. Taehyung reached the newly placed headstone, which bore his friend’s photo and a message from the family. He noticed the fresh flowers already there and placed his own bouquet next to them.

“I’ve thought about it,” Taehyung said, his voice soft. “You had a choice. I’ve thought of so many ways this could have been prevented, but what’s the use now? You wanted to rest here. You wanted to act quickly. I warned you before.”

A tear fell from Taehyung’s eye. “Today, I wanted to take care of certain things and meet you so that I could read what you wanted to say to me as if you were here, telling me yourself.”

Taehyung took out his phone and opened the email. There were two files attached. He first opened the document.

“Dear Taehyung, 

We haven’t spent much time together, but I’ve known you long enough to understand that you’re angry with me if I’m no longer there and you’re reading this email. 

I can’t describe the excitement I felt when I realized I would meet the brother of the person I worshipped as a kid. Maybe the Moon Goddess loves me a lot because I even got to meet and touch the hand of my idol, Jin. My dream was half fulfilled at that moment, thanks to you. Though a larger part of my heart wanted to work under him, it’s impossible now, and it would be a lie to say I’m not sad. 

I got a call from my mother, and I had lost my father. I may lose them both if I don't act fast. This is the last thing I wanted to do. I don’t want to do this to you, but I have no choice left. I know what they want from me and as soon as I leave this door and meet them there is no return. 

I know you are also linked to Umbra on a larger scale, unlike me, who is just a small dot in that darkness. I came in contact with Umbra accidentally, and I was mesmerized by what it could offer for our future. I wanted to help, so I tried to find some information, but I wasn’t careful and got caught. Now they are after me and my family. They also sent me a video that made me take this step. 

I’m sorry if I disappointed you. I am scared and I can't think of any solution. I am afraid, I am not brave like you and I don't have much time left. It is good in a way, once you’re on the other side, nothing matters.

I just want you to save my family and tell them that I’m sorry. I didn't want things to turn out this way. I have so much to tell you...I have always thought of you...but there is no time left. I’m sorry. 

Goodbye!”

Taehyung became silent. Letting all the information sink in. The Moon Goddess patted Taehyung’s shoulder, providing him with strength. Taehyung then opened the second file, which was a video. He played it and was horrified by the content. 

The video showed Abi with her hands tied and her mouth gagged by a cloth. The camera was close to her face, capturing her terrified and haggard appearance. Tears streamed down her face as she cried while a man scratched her cheek with a sharp blade. The video ended abruptly.

Taehyung felt the ground slip beneath his feet. He clenched his phone tightly in anger.

He looked at the number he had saved long ago, not knowing if he would ever call it. But enough was enough. He dialed the number, and after just a few rings, an amused voice answered.

“For once, you did something good,” the person said.

Taehyung hatefully gazed at the vicinity before answering, “Put your dirty hands off my friends and tell me where do you want to meet?”

Yeon laughed upon hearing this. “So eager… don’t let that dog follow you. I have quite a few people in my sights, and you could lose them if you make any mistakes. Don’t act smart. Meet me at the address I will send you, and remember, I have eyes and ears everywhere.” The phone disconnected abruptly.

The Moon Goddess felt angry on Taehyung’s behalf, but to her surprise, Taehyung seemed calm. He started to walk back.

“Are you going to meet him now? Won’t you inform your brother and mate?” the Moon Goddess asked, watching him with concern.

Taehyung smiled at her worried gaze. “It’s not that simple.”

The Moon Goddess became even more worried, so Taehyung continued, “I’m going to meet my mother-in-law for now. Some things are better kept secret.”

The Moon Goddess watched as Taehyung changed his demeanor to a calm and smiling one before getting into the car. She sighed and vanished.

Chapter 70: A test of acceptance

Summary:

Taehyung meets Jeongguk's family

 

The car stopped at the entrance of the Jeon Mansion, where a quick security check granted Taehyung access. The mansion, just as grand as the Yeon residence, stood majestically. It is often featured in documentaries on media channels for its beauty. As Taehyung stepped out of the car, he was greeted by Jeongguk, who stood at the entrance with the butler and attendants by his side.

It wasn't Taehyung's first visit; he had come here to play with Jimin a few times before during their childhood, though those instances were rare. Today, however, felt different. The person who usually kept a distance now welcomed him with a genuine smile and open arms. Taehyung couldn't help but smile back, but his attention was quickly drawn to a little goofball rolling out from inside the mansion.

Jaehan stood before him with outstretched arms. Taehyung chuckled, kneeling to embrace Jaehan, and they giggled in a happy greeting. Jeongguk watched with a huff, his chance to welcome Taehyung taken by his enthusiastic little brother. The butler and attendants quickly snapped pictures of the scene, adoring their young master. Noticing Jeongguk's glance, they tucked away their phones and bowed to Taehyung, greeting him warmly as he entered the mansion alongside Jeongguk and Jaehan.

Jaehan was eager to show Taehyung around the mansion, but a quick glance from Jeongguk stopped him in his tracks. He looked down and quietly followed the two of them. Noticing this, Taehyung patted Jaehan's head consolingly. Leaning down, he whispered, "Don’t worry, hyung faced this a lot too when he was young." Jaehan's eyes sparkled, feeling a sense of camaraderie with Taehyung.

Jeongguk, ready to reprimand the two, noticed his parents waiting to greet their guests. Taehyung smiled and bowed respectfully to his mate's parents. Eric smiled broadly and patted him on the back, while Bella examined the bouquet of flowers and the bottle of wine that Taehyung had brought. She handed them to the butler and invited Taehyung to sit down.

Taehyung took a seat between Jeongguk and Jaehan. Bella watched them, a fleeting sadness passing through her eyes before she quickly masked it with a smile. "Your family must be very happy about your mate bond," Bella remarked, her tone laced with a hint of superiority as she looked at her son. 

Eric and Jeongguk exchanged a glance, and Eric subtly shook his head, signaling Jeongguk not to interfere.

Taehyung's smile widened at Bella's comment. He took Jeongguk's hand in his and looked into his eyes, their gazes meeting warmly. "Yes, they are very happy that Jeongguk has found someone like me," Taehyung replied confidently. Jeongguk patted Taehyung's hand and smiled. "I am too," he affirmed.

Bella, who had been about to say something, paused, seeing the genuine connection between the two. She instructed the butler to serve Taehyung a freshly brewed exotic tea that she favored.

Taehyung passed a cookie to Jaehan and took a sip of the tea, complimenting Bella on her excellent taste. Pleased by the compliment, Bella quickly asked another question, "How did you find out that you are mates? You’re really lucky to have him. He is quite in demand."

Taehyung took his time to answer, savoring the tea. However, Jaehan couldn't wait. He wiped his face elegantly and answered on Taehyung's behalf, "Mama, Taehyung hyung is also in demand at our school. My whole class is a fan of him."

Bella shot her son a glare for interrupting the adult conversation, but Eric and Jeongguk chuckled, praising Taehyung for his popularity. Taehyung appreciated Jaehan's support and handed him a box of cupcakes along with superhero figurines he had brought as gifts. Jaehan's eyes twinkled like bright stars as he received the gifts from Taehyung. He quickly showed them to his nanny, who smiled and admired the presents before taking Jaehan away to let the adults continue their conversation.

Taehyung then turned to Bella, placing his cup back on the table with a smile. "It's quite a dramatic story if you ask me, but since you want to know, I can’t help but tell you this—"

Jeongguk sensed what was coming and wanted to stop Taehyung, but seeing how much he was enjoying the moment, he refrained, bracing himself for the cringe-worthy tale Taehyung was about to share.

Taehyung began, "I remember that day clearly. The weather was wild, and I was out with my dog, trying to find shelter. My dog, being playful, ran off, and I followed, scared and worried that it would get into trouble. A leaf grazed my eyebrow, causing my vision to blur for a few seconds, and the next thing I knew, I collided with someone. But with my quick reflexes, I managed to catch that person just in time."

Taehyung paused, acting shy as he continued, "And there he was, my mate, Jeongguk, in my arms, looking at me with equal expressions of shock, admiration, and surprise at finding his mate in such unexpected circumstances. My dog kept barking at us as if blessing us for finally finding each other."

Jeongguk hid his face with his palm, his body trembling with amusement. Eric murmured under his breath, "You’ve got quite a knack for storytelling."

Bella, unable to bear the story any longer, stood up, her voice a little higher than expected as she instructed the butler to prepare dinner and left the room.

Taehyung watched as Bella left the room. He smiled, noticing Eric shaking his head. “She’s still in the process of accepting things. Give her some time.” Eric said.

Taehyung nodded. “I’m fine with it.”

Jeongguk nudged him, “Are you enjoying this?” He asks, finding his mate quite mischievous today.

Taehyung grinned, “Very much.”

Eric then spoke to Taehyung sincerely, asking about his parents' health, his brother's work, and his own plans. Taehyung answered honestly, and their conversation soon diverted to business and the history of Gandok, a topic Taehyung was particularly passionate about. 

Finding a common interest, Taehyung and Eric engaged in a lengthy, enjoyable conversation. Jeongguk occasionally offered his opinions but was mostly distracted by work calls.

Time passed smoothly. Jaehan returned, sharing stories about his school. 

Soon, the butler announced that dinner was ready. They walked to the dining room, and the seating arrangement remained the same. Bella had clearly put effort into preparing a variety of mouth-watering dishes. Taehyung expressed his appreciation, complimenting the delicious spread.

The attendants were about to serve when Bella spoke up, “Serve Jeongguk the sushi I specially prepared for him with his favorite sauce.” She then looked at Taehyung. “Do you like sushi, Taehyung?”

Taehyung nodded. Bella continued, “You should try this special one. I also prepared his favorite steak, noodles, fragrant rice, and flavorful vegetable gravy. He’s quite choosy about food, so I always try new things to suit his palate. I know him best.”

Taehyung nodded, admiring her efforts. He glanced at Jeongguk and stopped the attendant who was about to serve them. “Let me do it,” Taehyung said, carefully serving Jeongguk. “Have it. Mom put a lot of effort into preparing all these dishes.”

Bella’s hands shook upon hearing the word ‘Mom,’ and she almost spilled her food. She stared at Taehyung in shock. Jeongguk took a bite of the food while Taehyung looked at him admiringly, avoiding her gaze. 

“I’ll like whatever you like and make you like what I like as well,” Taehyung said with a charming smile.

Jaehan looked at his plate and pouted. “Hyung, I want the steak too.”

Taehyung smiled and served him as well, even cutting the steak into small pieces. “Here, enjoy,” he said. 

Jaehan was thrilled and looked at his dad. “Can’t hyung stay with us from now on?” he asked innocently.

Bella almost choked on her food. Eric patted her back and answered Jaehan, “Your hyung is a busy person, but in the future, he will be with us. Right, son?” Eric appreciated that Taehyung had called Bella his mom.

Taehyung smiled. “I would love to.”

Jeongguk served Taehyung in return and said, “Eat,” to gently hush him.

After Taehyung's slip of the word 'Mom', Bella decided to remain quiet. She occasionally glanced over as Jeongguk continued speaking to Taehyung in a hushed voice, attentively taking care of him while Taehyung happily enjoyed his meal. Jaehan, trying to emulate his big brother, also tended to Taehyung, who let the two brothers spoil him.

Noticing Bella's sour mood, Eric tried to cheer her up by engaging in small talk on topics she liked. After dinner, Bella requested that dessert be served in the living room. Jeongguk excused himself to have a business discussion with his dad, leaving Bella and Taehyung alone. 

Jaehan saw that his mother was busy instructing the staff and used this chance to ask the question that had been bugging him. "I heard Mother and Father say that you are my brother’s mate," he said to Taehyung.

Taehyung chuckled, pinching Jaehan’s cheek. "Do you know what a mate is?" he asked in return.

Jaehan, being a studious and sincere boy like his big brother, felt embarrassed but still answered honestly, "No, I don’t know yet. But once I do, can you be my mate too?" He asked, feeling a bit shy.

Taehyung couldn't help but laugh at this. Even the nanny standing nearby chuckled shyly and told Jaehan not to ask such things. Jaehan looked worriedly at Taehyung, afraid he had said something wrong, but Taehyung patted his head reassuringly. 

"I would love to, but to have me as your mate, you have to do a lot of penance and be persistent in your desire. If you’re as lucky as your brother, maybe in the next life I can be your mate."

The nanny was speechless. She had been warned by Jeongguk that Taehyung could say random things, but this was new to her. Jaehan, not fully understanding, nodded to Taehyung.

Feeling pity for the boy, the nanny distracted him by handing him the card he had prepared. Jaehan’s eyes shone with excitement as he looked at it.

Jaehan, being asked to get ready for bed, wished Taehyung goodbye and handed him a handmade greeting card before leaving with his nanny.

Bella suggested showing Taehyung around. "It's been a while since you last visited. I thought a short tour of the garden and backyard might be nice."

Taehyung nodded, walking beside her. "It's beautiful," he said, taking in the garden with its fountain, lanterns casting a soft glow, and a swing in the middle. He was mesmerized.

Bella noticed his genuine appreciation. "Ella helped with the interior design and the flower arrangements. She's incredibly talented. Everywhere I look, I see her influence."

Taehyung's smile faltered, and he hummed noncommittally, not wanting to respond.

Seeing his reaction, Bella continued, "Now that we're alone, you can drop the pretense and answer me honestly." She looked him in the eye. "Are you really mates, or is this some sort of game you're playing with my son to get to me?"

Taehyung scoffed, "You have quite a negative opinion of me. If there were a way to sever the bond, I would have tried it. That's what I thought about this mate bond until Jeongguk showed me his care and love, which I wouldn't trade for anything."

Bella felt her heart sink at his words. She felt bitter. "You both may have that love, but what can you give my son? He is fond of kids—can you give him that? Can you even satisfy him in a way a girl can? I may sound orthodox, but if you really love him, you should have thought of his happiness."

Taehyung smiled gently. "We often think we know our children better than anyone else, but once they grow up, they learn to hide many things. You may have known the version of Jeongguk you wanted, but he is different in many aspects in real life. 

I told him this relationship was not conventional and that he should leave. It was your son who insisted on trying. As for the other things, we share a sacred bond, not a business deal where both are looking for profits. 

Jeongguk and my feelings go beyond that. No one can ever guess what he means to me and vice versa. If you really love your son, just look into his eyes and tell me if he is forced into all this. Your doubts are genuine, but I am not someone who would impose myself on anyone for something that was not under our control. I know how to handle situations. You call me a troublemaker, so you should know I can dare to challenge anything."

Bella became speechless, unable to meet Taehyung's eyes. She anxiously rubbed her hands together, not knowing how to accept this without convincing herself. To her, Ella was still the right choice. Jeongguk was a well-known figure in Gandok, and once people realized he had a male mate, they would laugh at their family.

Taehyung smiled as if reading her mind. "I call my mother a tigress because she can fight even the fiercest of beings to defend and protect her sons. She always prioritizes our happiness. If we are happy, she could fight the world to protect that happiness. She never questioned what society would say; she was more concerned about my consent and happiness. I can proudly say I have the best family and mate...and I want you to be a part of it. If you don’t give us a chance, you will never understand us."

Bella met Taehyung's eyes, which were calm and shining like the lanterns in the garden and stars in the sky. Her eyes moistened. Even after she had said such harsh things to him, he stood there with a smile, ready to fight for his bond and love. 

She felt ashamed and tried to come to terms with the situation. She also wanted to protect her family and be with them every step of the way. She had always been like this, but in raising her children, she had gotten carried away by how powerful her son was and how ideal she thought they were, forgetting he was human and had his own desires and dreams.

Bella realized that Jeongguk was happy with Taehyung not just because he made him feel more human—anyone could do that—but because Taehyung made Jeongguk feel more powerful, helping him explore and embrace his true nature. 

Eric had always pointed out this positive change in Jeongguk, but she had never understood it before, thinking her son was just rebelling against common beliefs. Now she got what her husband meant. Jeongguk was acknowledging his true self because he had a mate who accepted all of him and became his strength.

Jeongguk walked out of the room, calling out to his mother as he stood near Taehyung, resting his hand on Taehyung’s back, looking for any signs of discomfort in his mate being alone with his mother. "What were you talking about?" Jeongguk noticed his mother didn’t look well.

Taehyung pouted, clinging to him and rubbing his palm over Jeongguk’s sturdy arm. "Mom was telling me she could see Ella’s influence everywhere in the house. I’m so jealous now," he said, making a sound of disappointment and visibly sulking.

Bella was startled, unaware of Taehyung’s habits. She didn't expect Taehyung to be a drama queen and be so blunt. She tried to clarify things, but Jeongguk spoke up first with a smile. "She’s not wrong. My cousin, Ella frequently visited this place. Now that I have shown this place to my mate, you can do whatever you want and call it your home." Jeongguk kissed Taehyung on the head.

Bella could only laugh dryly and go along, saying, "Yes... Jeongguk is right."

Taehyung gave her a bright smile and said cheerfully, "Okay!" Bella was surprised by this sudden change of attitude and realized she had given in to agreeing this was Taehyung's house too. She was dumbfounded, this person was really dangerous. He can hypnotize anyone with his smile and get things done his way.

They then returned to the room, had dessert, and Taehyung said his goodbyes. Jeongguk insisted on dropping him home, so Taehyung agreed, and they both left after taking blessings from Jeongguk’s parents.

Eric turned and observed his wife as she stared at the way the mates left. "You need to start understanding them. You are ignoring something very beautiful. Gandok is getting mates after a long time, and it is our duty to protect our children. You have always ignored the present situation. Now start thinking of having Taehyung as our family. He is a kind and brave boy. If the Mother Goddess has blessed them, then we have no right to interfere. Her decisions are made for a reason."

Bella nodded. Eric patted her back, and they walked inside. "I just wanted to make sure. I understand why Jeongguk likes him so much in such a short time. I was really wrong to push Ella towards him. I will support these two from now on."

Eric smiled and handed her a rose he picked from the bouquet Taehyung brought. Bella smiled, accepting it. Eric placed the rose in her hair, admiring her beauty. "My wife is really beautiful, even after all these years."

Bella blushed. "What has gotten into you?" she asked shyly.

"What? Do you think only the kids can show affection? I lack it?"

Bella laughed, and their mood brightened. They both felt light after meeting Taehyung in person and just like Jaehan, they were entranced by his honesty, prudence, and natural charm.

Chapter 71: A resolute determination

Summary:

Taehyung meets Yeon

 

Jin looked at Namjoon in surprise as he informed him that his brother was waiting for him in the room. Jin had left for work early and hadn't seen anyone at home. This happened almost all the time, as they each had their own schedules, and meeting together was reserved for special occasions. 

Jin frowned and quickly left the conference hall where they had been. "Why didn’t you inform me earlier?" Jin asked.

Namjoon answered politely, "Second young master asked me not to."

Jin sighed. "Did you ask him if he needed anything or if he was in trouble?"

Namjoon nodded. "He said there’s nothing like that. He’s just here to meet you."

Jin’s frown deepened as he considered the situation. He entered his room and found Taehyung sitting calmly, reading a magazine. Jin walked up to him and sat next to him on the sofa. 

"How are you? Did everything go well at the dinner? Do you need something? Are you in some trouble?" Jin asked nervously, watching Taehyung, who calmly closed the magazine and put it aside.

Taehyung looked at Jin for a moment, appreciating how, despite his heavy workload, his brother always valued family and showed concern for even the smallest matters. "I'm not in trouble. The dinner went well, and I'm just here to meet you. I want to talk to you about something if you're free now."

Jin frowned slightly and glanced at Namjoon. The assistant quickly nodded. "Understood," he said and left the room to take care of his boss's schedule.

Once they were alone, Taehyung and Jin began their conversation. After about an hour, Taehyung left the office. He checked his mobile and made a call to Yeon.

Yeon picks up the phone. His voice is laced with amusement as Taehyung inquires about their meeting location. "I never expected you to be so wilful. It's good that you’re different from your brother.

Hmmm...about the meeting, I see you like to write about the past a lot in your articles, and I happen to be in a place that trades in relics. Join me here—if you manage to be on time, then we shall talk." Yeon disconnects the call, leaving Taehyung to decipher the cryptic message.

Taehyung's eyes widen as he realizes the location: the Reliquary. This antique store is notorious for its annual auction, a clandestine event where officials and autocrats' families gather. Ostensibly, they come to acquire rare artifacts, but beneath the surface, it’s a hotspot for dark dealings and power plays.

The Reliquary, once a reputable establishment founded by a great researcher and scholar, has evolved under his descendants. While the store's primary purpose of preserving history remains, the auction has taken on a more sinister edge. 

Here, wealth and influence are flaunted, and the staff—composed of highly trained and formidable alphas—enforce the strict rules with ruthless efficiency. One wrong move, and they wouldn't hesitate to break a neck.

Taehyung knows he must tread carefully. This isn’t just a meeting; it’s a high-stakes game where any misstep could be fatal.

Taehyung glances around and spots a nearby café. With only two hours left before the auction starts, he knows he has to act fast. The Reliquary only allows entry to those registered on their digital guest list, and Taehyung needs to find a way onto it.

Entering the gaming café, he's greeted by the sound of teenagers shouting, howling, and furiously clicking their keys. The air is thick with the strong pheromones of youth and the energy of the games. 

Taehyung chooses a secluded spot at the back and opens his small suitcase, revealing a setup of wires, a laptop, and a portable Wi-Fi router inside the briefcase. He powers up the laptop, which displays the Kim Technologies logo.

Taehyung clasps his hands together, murmuring a quick apology to his brother before swiftly entering the password. The screen displays a complex interface. Taehyung's fingers fly over the keys, opening a virtual private network (VPN) to mask his location and identity. He then launches a series of scripts that allow him to gain access to the Reliquary's network.

After a few minutes, he bypasses the firewall and finds himself inside the system. He quickly locates the guest list database, a series of names and details flashing across the screen. 

The timer is ticking down, and an orange bar on his screen shows the time remaining before a warning message is sent to Kim Technologies and the Reliquary.

Taehyung smiles. "Don't worry, I'll be quick."

He navigates to the guest list, a series of photos and data flashing across the screen. Identifying an irrelevant guest, he skillfully replaces their information and pictures with his own. The warning sign turns red as Taehyung waits for the update to complete, remaining calm and collected. 

He glances back at the teenagers cheering over a victorious round, then returns his focus to the screen. A message pops up confirming the data has been successfully updated.

Taehyung grins. Just before the timer hits zero, he executes a clean-up script to erase any traces of his presence and leaves behind several decoy files to throw off any pursuers. 

"Catch me if you can," he murmurs, planting an Easter egg for his brother to find later. Satisfied, he completes the exit process, pays the café attendant, and walks away.

The next step was to reach the location. Taehyung gets into his car, securely stowing the small suitcase in the trunk, and accelerates towards his destination. As he parks, he takes a moment to check his reflection in the mirror, ensuring he looks confident and presentable. 

With a calm and collected demeanor, he approaches the entrance, only to be halted by the guards. Glancing at his wristwatch, he notes he has only fifteen minutes left to find Yeon.

Taehyung stares at the scanner by the door, and after a tense moment, a beep sounds and a green light signals the recognition of his identity. The receptionist nods with a slight surprise to the guards, allowing him inside. 

They knew who Taehyung Kim was and didn't expect him to be here. There was a high chance his presence could mean there was trouble around the corner but the details are there and there is no reason to stop him at present.

As Taehyung enters, he turns just in time to see the man whose identity he replaced being stopped by the guards. The data shows no entry for him, and despite his protests and profanities, he is asked to leave.

A lady in staff attire approaches Taehyung with a smile. "This way, please," she says, leading him through a series of hallways. Just as they turn a corner, Taehyung hears a gunshot. He doesn’t know what transpired, but a part of him feels a pang of responsibility. He pushes the thought aside, focusing on his mission.

"I've been here before," Taehyung says, breaking the silence. "I was hoping to catch a glimpse of the Leader. It is a coincidence that we are here at the same time and belonging to the three families we should pay our respects to. But the Supreme is not easily seen."

The lady smiles knowingly. "The Leader has his special place. He doesn’t mingle with the other guests, but if you put in a bit of effort, you might find him." She subtly gestures towards the balcony.

Taehyung nods, thanking her. She gestures for him to take his seat in the hall. "I wish for our guests to follow the rules," she adds politely before leaving.

In these places except for the ones who are in power, the staff acts in the same manner as everyone else no special privileges are provided, but if you manage to show off your wealth properly and spend money here, they will take good care of you. In the end, it is all about money.

Taehyung settles into his chair, causing a ripple of whispers among the attendees. Though they usually treated him like any other second young master and easily sidelined him, still his presence was a matter of gossip on its own.

He pays no attention to them. His focus is entirely on the balcony. His eyes scan the area, searching for the elusive figure he knows is there somewhere.

Taehyung scans the guards and senses that Yeon might be nearby. Deciding to take a risk, he asks the attendant for directions to the washroom. She gives him a once-over before pointing to the corner. 

“It’s advised to remain seated during the auction to avoid disrupting others,” she adds.

Taehyung nods but ignores her advice, heading towards the washroom to her evident displeasure. Just before reaching the designated turn, he takes a detour, spotting a staircase. 

To catch Yeon's eyes, Taehyung has to take some action. Glancing around to ensure he’s not being watched, he ascends the stairs. As he reaches the gallery at the top, two guards suddenly attack. 

Taehyung dodges one blow and defends against the other. He praises his good luck ready to fight. He then hears footsteps and realizes he's surrounded by several more guards. They were all buffed, angry, and in desperation to beat him to a pulp.  

Taehyung smiles raising his hands, with a sigh, he surrenders. “I was just looking around.” His raised hand suddenly punches the fire alarm on the wall causing a loud siren to surround the place. 

Panic occurs among the guests and staff. They look around ready to evacuate. The guards who were about to approach Taehyung stopped seeing the sprinklers turned on. They get wet showing their well build muscles.

Taehyung shivers looking at the angry men and appreciates their well-built muscles, "Sorry, my hand slipped." 

The guards, uninterested in his explanation, seize him and escort him to a room. They inform about the fake alarm and ask the staff to take care of the situation.

Taehyung finds himself standing in front of a large desk, behind which sits a middle-aged man. To his side is the person Taehyung came to meet.

Yeon, with a cigar in his mouth, smirks as he assesses Taehyung. “You should learn the way around these places from your father,” Yeon comments.

He glances at the man across the desk, "Didn't I tell you, he is fun to deal with." The man waves his hand, signaling the guards to leave, leaving only Taehyung in the room with them. 

“You are brave, I must say,” Yeon compliments him, throwing a towel at Taehyung.

Taehyung catches the towel and dries his hair. “You wanted me here, so here I am. Now can we talk?” Taehyung cuts to the chase.

Yeon clicks his tongue. “Why so eager? Relax, we have the whole day, and the auction is about to begin. Let’s talk in my cabin. It’s a gift for your presence.”

Taehyung suppresses the urge to roll his eyes at Yeon’s mock generosity and remains silent. Yeon stands, and so does the man, who bows to him respectfully. 

The man leads the way out to Yeon, accompanied by several guards, with Taehyung following. They ascend to an opulently decorated room upstairs with a coffee table laden with snacks and tea. Several omega attendants stand ready to serve Yeon.

The guards force Taehyung into a chair opposite Yeon. A man who had caught Taehyung’s attention earlier as he entered the room walks leisurely and sits beside them. An eerie smile on his face as he checks Taehyung. Intrigued by this person’s identity, Taehyung studies him. Noticing his curiosity, Yeon chuckles.

As the bell rings, signaling the start of the auction, the host introduces himself and reveals the first item. None of the three are interested in it, though Taehyung notes its significance as an artifact belonging to the Ji family. Yeon seems uninterested and instead introduces the man beside him to Taehyung.

“Meet my new business partner, Raphael. He has similar tastes as me and is quite outstanding,” Yeon says. He is about to introduce Taehyung but Raphael cuts in, 

“I’ve heard about him, but aside from his looks, there’s nothing notable. I thought we were going to have fun with the true blood.”

Yeon laughs. “I know, but that person is not easy to manage. Second young master Kim, on the other hand, is quite spirited and will be more fun to work with.”

They speak about Taehyung as if he isn’t there. “Leave my friends now that I am here,” Taehyung says to Yeon interrupting them.

Both Yeon and Raphael chuckle. “You are mistaken. I never said I would release them once you arrived,” Yeon responds.

Taehyung expected this. “Then what is it you want?”

Yeon becomes serious, staring at Taehyung. “Give me information about the Umbra, and I will think about it.”

Taehyung smiles. “Why do you think I would know about it when you, with all your resources, couldn’t trace it? Or do you believe in me more than yourself?”

Raphael chuckles, enjoying the exchange. “Not bad,” he says with a maniacal smile. “He is good.”

Feeling uneasy about Raphael, Taehyung adds, “I have no information to share.”

Yeon doesn't seem disappointed. “Expected it. Do you see this place? It has been here for a long time. They find antiques and sell them to the highest bidder. Everything follows the seller's rules, and any deviation leads to... bang,” Yeon says, emphasizing the last word. 

“This is how a deal is done. Why should I release your friends if I get nothing valuable in return?”

Taehyung, though the youngest in the room, is experienced in dealing with all sorts of people. “You have planned something for me, and it’s not about the information on Umbra. So just tell me what you want. Why waste your precious time... Leader?” Taehyung says sarcastically.

Yeon laughs, seemingly amused. “This may be the first time you’ve called me that. You are right. I’m not ruthless; I’m just concerned. People like you are a threat to my plans. You cause repulsion in simple-minded people, making them think and dream of dangerous things. 

Do you think you can make a change? Do you want to take my place? You can’t. That’s why, as an elder, I wanted to discipline you, something your parents failed at miserably. Then thinking about it again, the Kim family has always been dense, poking their noses where they don't belong, whether it’s you or your grandfather.”

Taehyung grits his teeth as Yeon scoffs. “Quite a pitiful death he got.”

“Stop talking about him,” Taehyung snaps, his voice filled with restrained anger.

Yeon acts surprised but remains unfazed. “Oh, that’s bad. I thought you wanted to know how, in his last days, he acted like a madman, pointing his finger at me, trying to convince others that I was in the wrong. He even went to the Jeons, that friend of yours, the true blood alpha. Even he didn’t save your grandfather. They all believed the old man had lost his mind.”

Raphael adds fuel to the fire, “Oh! I heard he took his own life like a coward. That’s sad.” He smiles, clearly enjoying Taehyung's reaction.

Taehyung looks at the two men with sheer hatred, making Yeon savor the moment. 

“He didn’t take his own life; he was killed,” Taehyung seethes.

“This is what happens when you get involved in business you should not interfere with,” Yeon says pitifully. “So here I am, giving you a chance to back off as you have so much to lose.” His tone and eyes darken.

Taehyung glares at him. “Only a coward uses loved ones as a threat.”

Raphael interrupts, “Okay, let’s not get too serious. Let’s make it fun. Your men are all waiting patiently to play their roles.”

Taehyung frowns and glances at Raphael. “What do you want?” he says, each word slowly and forcibly, trying to get to the point.

Yeon leans back in his chair, “I want you to compensate for my losses due to your interferences and be responsible for the death of your loved ones.”

Seeing Taehyung remain silent, Yeon gestures to his secretary. The man shows Taehyung a screen where his family, Jeongguk, and Jimin are seen, unaware that they are targets of Yeon, going about their daily activities.

“Let’s play a game. If you can save them in time, they will live. If you can’t, then... may they rest in peace,” Yeon says. The two start laughing.

Taehyung looks at them in shock, “What do you mean? What does this have to do with my friends?”

Yeon laughs, “Nothing, except they are connected to you and your family—the pillar I have long wanted to break. I will keep an eye on you. If you let others get involved, there will be no mercy. The choice is yours.”

Raphael claps. “This is so cool.”

The bell rings again. “Oh, the first round of auction has ended,” Yeon acts surprised. He looks at his secretary. “Take every item.”

The man nods and leaves the room. Yeon then turns to Taehyung, “Why are you still here? If I were you, I’d be on my heels.” He laughs. "Or you can beg me to leave them alone based on your sincerity I can spare their life."

“You will pay for this,” Taehyung says, glaring at the two men.

Yeon acts nonchalant, “No. It is they who are going to pay because of your actions. Taehyung…my dear Taehyung. I told you many times to stop this nonsense, and now you’ve left me with no choice but to watch your loved ones writhe in pain while you desperately try to save them. One misstep and they will never see another day. Be a good boy now and follow what I have planned for you.”

Taehyung feels his confidence shatter but still tries to probe, “You will gain nothing from this.”

Yeon looks away, dismissing Taehyung’s words. “Time is of the essence, Taehyung,” he says. “Let’s see how many you can save. You always wanted to be Gandok’s savior. Thank me for giving you this wonderful chance to show off your talent.”

Raphael laughs. “Gandok is really a fun place to be in.”

Taehyung is in a dilemma, having come to save his friends only to find his family also in danger. He feels responsible for everything. He expected Yeon to seek revenge, but not in this way.

Raphael knocks on the table, grabbing his attention. “Don’t you want to hear your first clues? Solve the puzzles and save the people. Such an easy game.” Raphael treats the lives of people as a trivial game. 

“Let’s start with an easy one to test your knowledge of the culture of Gandok. Discipline starts at home. Go to the place that celebrates the new seasons. In the heart of that place is an old lady selling rice cakes. Find the thing she has before the clock strikes one.”

Raphael gets excited. “I wonder what it is, but if I were you, I wouldn’t be sitting here.”

Yeon laughs, “The meeting has come to an end. You save them, they live. You can’t, they die. Their freedom depends on you. Bye-bye.” Yeon smiles evilly.

Taehyung stands up and warns them, “I don’t hold grudges, but once I do, I make the person pay.” He walks out, heading back to his car. As soon as he sits inside, Taehyung feels his body heavy with tension, all the pressure resurfacing.

“Moon Goddess are you not going to show yourself?” Taehyung asks.

The Moon Goddess appears next to him, complaining, “In time, you called me. I thought you’d forgotten about me.” Taehyung stares at her. 

She sighs and pats his head. “It’s not your fault. You should not focus on useless thoughts. We need to act before their lives are in danger. Yeon is serious about this game. You are his pawn, but don’t let him feel powerful. Defeat him.”

Taehyung mutters, “The place that celebrates the new season.” He thinks it over, seemingly ignoring her words. She looks at him in shock.

She couldn't help but ask, “Why are you not mulling over the thought that it's because of you they are in danger? Or that you shouldn't have come here alone? Or that you should have told Jeongguk? Why are you not thinking about these things?”

Taehyung stops thinking and looks back at her. “My worrying over this won’t change anything. Yeon had planned this for me for a long time. He was just looking for a way to make me feel miserable. I need to save them, or else he will actually win.”

The Moon Goddess looks at him in surprise. “What kind of therapy do you do to yourself?”

Taehyung smiles bitterly. “I am scared, but I can’t do anything about it. The good thing is, I have you. I know you won’t interfere in these human matters, but still, being next to me is enough.”

The Moon Goddess feels her heart swell. She glances at him, drying him off with a flick of her fingers. Taehyung stares at his dried clothes and looks back at her, 

“I know where this place is.” He says, determination filling his voice as he steps on the gas pedal and speeds off.

 

Chapter 72: In the shadow of fear

Summary:

Yeon amuses himself in Taehyung's misery.

 

Gandok is a place rich in culture. The people here celebrate every occasion with music, carnivals, feasts, games, and more. They know how to live and enjoy life. Despite the various regulations and societal changes, this aspect of Gandok remains stable.

Taehyung stopped in front of a carnival entrance. The entry was embellished with traditional wolf lanterns and bustling with people in traditional robes, laughing, chattering, and taking pictures. The entry was quite beautiful, excited Moon Goddess about what was inside.

They walked up the stairs and passed under the giant entry arch, with a huge wolf lantern overhead. The place was colorful and lively. Lights hung from all sides and various stalls were decorated beautifully. Some vendors were still setting up their stalls, while many were already open for business. 

Attendants guided people around, and as Taehyung entered, they bowed and handed him a leaflet detailing the activities and information about the stalls. Taehyung took the pamphlet, but the attendant hadn’t released it yet, looking at him with a smile she added, “Find me where the old lady’s rice cakes are sweet, but the clock’s strike is bitter.” 

Taehyung frowned as the attendant released the other end of the pamphlet and looked away, attending to other customers. Moon Goddess stared at the girl or the attendant, “She has a creepy smile,” she commented, walking next to Taehyung, who was staring at the pamphlet.

He had a feeling that eyes were watching his every move. He checked the pamphlet and quickly looked for the rice cake shop. There were many, so he decided to look for the old lady mentioned, going through each stall that sell rice cakes. The last line said by the girl can mean that the time is limited, so Taehyung hurried to search for the old lady.

Not fond of crowds and being well-known among the people, Taehyung felt awkward. He bought a cap from a nearby stall and pulled it low to hide his face.

As Taehyung checked one rice cake stall after another, a man passed by nudging him. Taehyung stopped and asked the man to watch where he was going. The man turned and looked at him strangely as if staring deeply into Taehyung’s eyes. "I was waiting for this rice cake," he said. 

Taehyung was confused and creeped out; he didn’t even need to ask the man to repeat himself as the man, like a tape recorder, kept repeating, "I was waiting for this rice cake." Taehyung, scared of this madness, released the man’s hand. The man smiled eerily and walked away, still muttering the same words.

Feeling weirded out, Taehyung glanced around. The Moon Goddess suddenly pointed to a shop. “Is that the one?” she asked. Taehyung looked at the dull stall of rice cakes with fewer customers. The old lady was slow in her actions and smiled at the people mechanically. 

The stall felt out of place, devoid of any attraction or color. "Rice cake," Taehyung said as he approached the lady. The lady pointed to the board showing the prices and plate sizes. Taehyung frowned, looking at the board that was written in lazy handwriting. 

He smiled, looking back at the old lady, and asked again, “I was asked to meet you.” The lady was expressionless, still pointing at the board.

He looked at the old lady patiently, and framed his words to emphasize the point, "Ma'am, someone sent me here." Taehyung tried to probe, but the lady looked at him cluelessly and pointed at the board again with a smile.

Taehyung tried to ask her again, but each time she showed no sign of knowing or hearing anything. It was then that Taehyung thought of something and called out to her again, "I was waiting for this rice cake."

 

The lady stopped her actions and looked at him, a smile spreading across her lips.

"You should have said so, you should have said so earlier," she repeated, smiling and wiping her hands on her apron. The old lady, with her bent posture and crinkled skin, bent down to fetch something.

She asked Taehyung to open his hands. When he did, she handed him a box. Taehyung quickly opened it and saw a communication device. "Carnivals are loud. You should listen carefully," she said, gesturing for him to wear it.

As soon as Taehyung put the earpiece in his ear and turned on the receptor, he heard Yeon's voice. "Bingo... you passed. Easy peasy, isn't it? Keep this device on. Turn to your left. Under the tree, a man is waiting for you."

Taehyung had known Yeon for a long time but never thought he would be this crazy and have so much time to play games with him. He had always seen Yeon as someone driven by greed for power and fame, but this twisted game made him rethink everything. The other side of the line went silent.

Taehyung glanced at the lady, who had lost her smile and was staring at him. Feeling uneasy, he left the stall and moved toward the tree. The man standing there, smoking, looked at him and smiled.

"Didn't expect the person to be as such. If you remain alive till the end of the day, we can have fun throughout the night."

Taehyung ignored the comment. "What is the message?" he asked. The man threw the cigarette on the ground, putting out the flame with his worn-out shoe, and handed Taehyung a device with a video.

The live video showed Abi, unconscious lying on the chair in an empty room. Her head was leaned to one side while she was tied to the chair. Her face had bruises and she seemed pale and worn out.

Taehyung clenched his fist, his anger could have suffocated the people nearby if Moon Goddess was not there to check on him. He was ready to throw a punch at the man, but his earpiece suddenly became active. 

"Oh dear! Is that your beautiful friend? The one that actively published the articles on me. What a pity, she is the first person to be tested," Yeon said, showing his phony concern.

Taehyung scoffed, "What have you done to her? Why is she in such a condition?"

 

 

Yeon chuckled, "Oh! It's simple. Just let me have my fun. Come on, don't just stand there. What about solving a clue- A future untold by a woman wise, beneath a canopy where truth and lies... blend and twist with the carnival’s guise."

Yeon added proudly. "Oh man, I am such a genius." There was a voice in the background agreeing with him. They laugh merrily.

Taehyung felt goosebumps from the man's laughter; it was as if this person had sold his soul to the devil.

"Find her quickly, or the sniper's finger might slip. Your time starts now... tick tock... tick tock..." the phone went silent again.

Taehyung took out the device and saw a five-minute countdown running on it.

He took a deep breath, then glanced back at the man, who only smirked. "Tick tock, Taehyung. Time's a-slipping."

Taehyung's mind raced as he tried to decipher Yeon's cryptic hints. Moon Goddess repeats the clue for Taehyung. He quickly then checks the pamphlet.

He glanced around, scanning the stalls and attractions. The riddle hinted at deception and duality, a place where reality and illusion mingled. His eyes caught the symbol of a crystal ball with a sign that read "Mystic Divinations."

Taehyung stared at this symbol and repeated the riddle. A smile appeared on his lips. He looked around and hurried towards the tent, but another thought crossed his mind. 

"Wise woman... canopy..." He looked up and saw another, smaller tent adorned with symbols of the moon and stars, more subtle and less crowded than the others.

"That must be it," he thought, quickening his pace.

Inside the tent, a young woman with piercing eyes sat behind a table, her hands resting on a crystal ball. She had a gothic look and wore black robes that merged with the background, had three moles forming an inverted triangle on her chin, and her eyebrows were pierced at the ends. 

Her black lipstick and long, painted nails added to her striking appearance. She wore several beaded bracelets that covered half her arm, creating a charming and enchanting sound as she moved. She smiled knowingly as Taehyung approached.

"You seek the future, but time is tight. Ask your question before the night."

The Moon Goddess walked closer and leaned in, checking her out. "Will this look suit me?" she asked, genuinely interested. Taehyung rolled his eyes at her. 

He felt the urgency. "I was sent here. What's the next clue?"

The oracle nodded, her eyes glinting with understanding. She moved her hand over the crystal ball and smiled mysteriously.

 

 

“A friend in crime is what you seek. Finding her will be no easy feat. Flames and ashes spread their trace, but ink-stained blotches mark the place. Find her in time or let her dwell, in a sorrowful spot where regrets swell.”

Taehyung frowned. This was really dark and sinister. He stared at the oracle, who opened her eyes and met his gaze. She saw him still standing over there motionless and asked. “That’s all I have for you. Do you want to know about your marriage?” she asked with a wry smile.

Gritting his teeth, Taehyung turned and walked out of the tent. He had recorded her message and replayed it several times while checking the pamphlet and making his way toward the exit.

As he listened to the riddle again, he tried to piece together the clues. "Flames and ashes... ink-stained blotches..." He glanced around the carnival grounds, his mind racing. The riddle seemed to point to a place associated with fire and writing.

Moon Goddess glanced at his phone and then said thoughtfully, "I suddenly recalled the incident in your department when your editorial office was put on fire. That was really a scary time." Taehyung's eyes widen upon hearing the Moon Goddess's words.

He holds her arm and shakes her, "That's it that's the place. It fits the description. Abi and I are linked to that place. It has to be that one. He says. Moon Goddess you are a genius." Moon Goddess smiles shyly.

"I also think so." She says and the two run for the exit. The people around them look at Taehyung weirdly asking each other in confusion as to whom he was talking to.

Taehyung rushes to the car and as soon as he starts the engine he hears a sound in the device. He glances at it only to find a new timer. The time was set for half an hour. He grits his teeth and quickly leaves for the destination hoping he is right in his guess. 

It was nerve-wracking passing through the signals and reaching his college. He never thought that he would find his college so far away. Today time is precious for him. His friend needs him or something might happen to her. 

Orienting himself Taehyung gets out of the car and runs towards the editorial office. The building was now abandoned after the incident as no fund was passed to renovate it. 

It is long forgotten after a fire destroyed it. It fits the riddle perfectly: a place of flames and ashes, with ink stains marking its history. Nostalgia hits Taehyung as he climbs the stairs and walks into the silent building. 

He hurried towards the location Yeon’s voice crackled in his earpiece. “Tick tock, Taehyung. Time’s slipping away. Did you find your dear friend?”

Taehyung ignored him, focusing on his task. He reached the room, the breath caught in his throat as he pushed open the door, which creaked loudly.

Inside, it was dark and dusty. The air was thick with the smell of burnt paper and old ink. Taehyung moved cautiously, the furniture was charred and the glass was turned black, giving the room a suffocating aura. 

Taehyung could hardly recognize it from what it used to be. He quickly took out his phone and, turning on the flashlight, called for Abi. 

Silence filled the room, the ticking sound from the device's timer adding to his anxiety. Sweat beaded on Taehyung's forehead as he looked around frantically.

The Moon Goddess pointed to a corner. Taehyung hurried over and pushed the piled furniture away with force. Behind it, he found Abi, unconscious just as shown in the video. 

Taehyung freaked out, checking her pulse, then immediately untied her and carried her out into the open air. He quickly called for an ambulance.

 

 

The Moon Goddess stared at Abi, tapping her fingers on her forehead before saying, “Don’t worry, she is not in danger. You saved her.”

Taehyung clenched his jaw, carrying Abi out of the building in his arms. He shouted at Yeon, “What did you do to her?”

Yeon responded smugly, “I acted according to the law. Go against the government, and pay the price.”

Taehyung wanted to curse him, but Yeon cut him off, “Don’t lose your temper yet. You need to look for your next clue. Do you see the poster on the wall outside the building? Guess whose magazine it is?” Yeon laughed. 

Taehyung turned to look at the wall and found a new poster pasted on it. Its colorful display contrasted sharply with the gloomy building. Taehyung recognized the magazine cover immediately and spoke up in shock, “He is your nephew.”

Taehyung had always thought that Yeon loved his nephew. He never expected that Yeon would use Jimin against him.

Yeon scoffed, “He loves you more than me. He is ashamed to call himself a Ji, the name that brought prosperity and fame to him. So, he has to pay the debt.”

There was silence on the other side, and just when Taehyung thought that Yeon had disconnected the call, he heard him speak again, “Your pass to save him will be in the next location. Only if you can guess it correctly.”

Yeon disconnected the phone, and a message popped up on the device. Another riddle appeared:

"Where science and alchemy merge their fate, In a house where cures innovate, Seek the serpent's twin entwined, Guarding secrets where healing is designed. Not in the shop, but where they create, Find the emblem behind the gate."

Taehyung stared at the message. It seemed hard and he could not make sense of what this meant. Maybe in normal circumstances, it would have been easy for him but right now Taehyung's mind was slowly getting clouded by the safety of his loved ones. 

He kept on repeating the words staring at the keywords when he heard the distant siren of an ambulance and quickly waved it down as it entered the department. 

He had called for an ambulance from his college’s medical department to not delay the first aid. The paramedics hurried with a stretcher and carried Abi with them. Taehyung watched as they put her into the vehicle. One of them asked for Taehyung’s identity.

“Please take care of her and if needed do transfer her to another hospital." Taehyung hands them his card. They stare at it and then at Taehyung. 

"I’m in a hurry. Please take care of her first, and then I’ll report the matter and call the police,” Taehyung told them.

The medical staff nodded and took her. Taehyung’s family name was enough for them to know they wouldn’t be deceived, or they could always catch him later. 

Taehyung watches the ambulance leave when something strikes him. The sign on the ambulance was quite interesting. There were two serpents intertwined and a magic wand passing in between with wings on its side.

He rechecked the words on the riddle and his eyes glinted with hope. Moon Goddess standing next to him speaks up, "You figured it?"

 

 

"I think I know what this riddle is pointing at and based on this location I feel Yeon wants me to go to the place that gave Umbra quite a limelight." Taehyung quickly got into his car and headed for a gas station. While the car was being filled, his mind was reeling with thoughts of the riddle and what awaited there.

However sure he is of the place, a fear always lingers at the hindsight of the consequences of him being wrong.  Taehyung gets inside the car. After pondering over it, he asks the Moon Goddess, "Do you think he will harm his nephew?" 

The Moon Goddess answered sincerely, "He will. You have harmed him immensely. He has planned this with a vendetta and he is not alone in this."

Taehyung checked the device, there was no timer this time but a message to hurry before it is too late was written. He also wants to end this game as quickly as possible and thus sped toward Jen Pharmaceuticals.

Jen Pharmaceuticals, a subsidiary of Solace, had faced severe backlash after being exposed by Umbra. The scandal had been a major setback for Yeon, both financially and to his reputation. Though Yeon had wanted immediate revenge, he couldn't find Umbra. 

Now, he saw Taehyung as a pawn in his game of vengeance. Taehyung detested playing along, but he had no choice with his loved ones' lives on the line. He wondered how low Yeon would stoop.

Jen Pharmaceuticals was located on the outskirts of Gandok, and the drive took considerable time. Taehyung stretched his arms as he arrived, feeling the strain of the journey. His stomach growled, but he couldn't afford to waste time on a meal. 

The building loomed ahead, the infamous pharmaceutical company marked by 'do not enter' tape. The atmosphere was unsettlingly silent, with broken windows hinting at past protests and angry mobs.

A large lock secured the main door, and there wasn't a guard in sight. Taehyung felt a wave of anxiety, wondering if he had come to the wrong place. He glanced around, clueless about what to do next. The one-way communication device in his hand offered no clues. He stood there, checking his watch, frustration mounting.

Suddenly, Yeon's voice crackled through the device. "Look at that. Amazing, you've reached the right spot. You know how to play this game. Since you've impressed me, I'll release another hostage along with Jimin if you complete the next task."

Taehyung quickly asked, "What is the task?"

Yeon sounded amused as he replied, "I like this enthusiasm. This is what you need to do for the next task." Taehyung's patience was wearing thin, but he listened intently, knowing he had no other option.

Yeon's voice drawled lazily through the device, "Go to room 301 on the fifth floor. There's a locker inside. Open the vault, and you can save them."

Taehyung's irritation boiled over. "You want me to break in and steal something from a vault? Do you think I'm like you?" he shouted.

Yeon clicked his tongue. "You don't understand, Taehyung. In your current situation, every second counts. There's no room for negotiation. I say, and you do. That's how it's going to be until the end. I've taught you discipline; now it's time for you to learn obedience. You have only twenty minutes or else... bang..." Yeon disconnected the call.

Taehyung gritted his teeth, his jaw clenching as he glared up at the building. A bitter smile graced his lips as his eyes flashed purple.

The Moon Goddess patted him on the back, her touch reassuring. “You are not alone. I am here with you, and we are going to deal with him together. You have the power to break in.” She smiled mischievously.

Taehyung understood her meaning. She couldn't intervene directly but could always bless him. He looked around and found a large stone, nodding at her slowly. He walked towards the glass door and hurled the stone at it, shattering it. “Why bother being civil for his game? We can’t waste time,” he muttered.

The Moon Goddess chuckled. “My blessings always work,” she commented as they entered the building. The place was huge and felt haunted. Taehyung was thankful for the remaining daylight.

He wasted no time and checked the elevators. To his relief, they were still operational. Thanks to the caretaker for not cutting off the electricity, as pharmaceutical companies needed consistent power to maintain the right temperatures for medicines and chemicals.

Taehyung pressed the button for the fifth floor and waited impatiently as the elevator ascended.

As the elevator reached the fifth floor and chimed, Taehyung checked the device's timer. Twelve minutes remained to open the vault. He quickly scanned the door numbers and stopped at room 301. The floor resembled any other office, with rooms dedicated to various departments. Taehyung was about to enter the Chief Officer’s room.

He approached the door and, as expected, it was locked. Through the glass, he saw a dark room with minimal furniture. He glanced back at the lock, which could only be unlocked with a key card. Taehyung cursed silently. Only ten minutes remained. His blood ran cold. How was he supposed to open it without a key card?

The Moon Goddess looking at the lock whispered, "Wow what is this thing?" She asked curiously. 

Taehyung took a deep breath and muttered under his breath, "It is a pain in the a**" He said taking out his wallet and picking a card from several others.

He curses Jimin and his luck, trying to calm his racing heart. He slides the card at the location of the lock, bending the card towards the doorknob he tries to wiggle and maneuver the card around a bit. His senses were sharp as he tried to fit the code of the keycard. He tried it several times, trying not to be anxious as the time was ticking by. 

Finally, he heard the unlocking of the door as he hit the right angle, his breath caught up in his throat he pushed open the door. Moon Goddess looks at him in mesmerisation, "How did you...?" Taehyung checks the lock and turns to her.

"I am not a thief. It was my luck that the lock was not that tricky." Moon Goddess nods, watching him skeptically. Then she nudges him.

"Teach me later how to do it." She urges. Taehyung studies her speechlessly, seeing her unfazed look, he sighs and focuses on finding the vault that could not be seen anywhere, but since Moon Goddess was there with him. She points at the painting.

Taehyung quickly throws the painting away and stares at the vault in front. It is a massive steel structure. He hurried over and inspected it, finding the three dials placed vertically. 

"This is the same as the one I see in games I play usually. My life has crossed the path of the real and virtual world, it seems." 

His eyes move to the device showing the timer. His time was wasted in the door and now only two minutes were left. Taehyung anxiously touches the first dial. He puts his ear close to the vault.

He was feeling blessed for having alpha hearing skills as when he moved the dial from one dot to another he suddenly heard a small click sound. Taehyung holds his breath and slowly leaves the dial moving to the next below it. 

Earlier he tried to calm himself by engaging in a short conversation with Moon Goddess. Her presence was calming but even then he was afraid he would fail and worried about Jimin.

He wanted to think that Yeon would not do any harm to Jimin but Moon Goddess's words kept repeating telling him that Yeon has no limit and morality left. 

He hears another clicking sound and moves to the third one. Suddenly the device started beeping as the timer was getting close to zero. Taehyung and Moon Goddess glanced at the timer that was blinking, showing the urgency of the situation.

His heartbeat quickened and now he was distracted with both the timer and his loud pounding heart sound wasting more seconds. Moon Goddess senses his situation. She moves her palm and suddenly all the sounds become a blur. 

Taehyung was still moving the dial slowly when he heard the vault beeped and the light turned green. The door clicked open.

He opens the door wide and stares at the stack of cash inside the vault and with that, the timer also comes to an end. 

Taehyung stares at the door, inhaling sharply, his eyes tremble unable to believe that he managed to open the vault just in time and saved Jimin. He kneels resting his sweaty palms on the wall while trying to calm himself down.

The emotions that he was trying to push back come in as he leans in and rests his head on the wall, finding calmness with the coolness of the wall. 

He heard Yeon's voice in his earpiece, "Impressive, Taehyung. But the game isn't over yet. Use the card kept in the vault to access the lab on the ground floor. You've got five minutes to save your friend from suffocating in the poisonous gas. Also, take the cash, you have to deliver it to the agent on time. He is not in a good mood for missing the chance to show his talent to me."

Taehyung gets up. He had no energy left to even show his anger and there was no time to waste. He notices now that there is a key card along with the cash in the locker. 

He grabbed both and dashed out of the room. Time was running out. As he reached the elevator. Taehyung's heart pounded as he punched the ground floor button. The elevator doors closed, and it began its descent. He checked the timer - five minutes left. He couldn't afford to fail now.

The Moon Goddess remained quiet next to him, her mood visibly darkened. She finally spoke, “Jimin has no idea that he's being saved by you.”

Taehyung chuckled bitterly, “Targeting an innocent with a gun for no reason—only Yeon could stoop so low.”

The Moon Goddess nodded in agreement. As the elevator reached the ground floor, Taehyung hurried towards the lab and opened the door. 

Inside, he saw Derek, a former team member from their internship at Jeon's, struggling to free himself from the tape binding him to a stretcher. 

Derek's eyes widened with relief, and he almost cried in happiness. “Save me,” he pleaded, his voice heavy with fear. His face showed the horror he must have experienced while being kidnapped and brought here. 

Taehyung quickly moved to cut the tape and free him. They wasted no time and ran out of the lab. As they fled, the alarm for a poisonous gas leak blared throughout the facility. Derek couldn't run fast, so Taehyung carried him on his back, rushing out of the building. They only stopped when they were safely outside. Taehyung made Derek sit in the car and took a moment to catch his breath.

Yeon's voice cut through the moment, testing Taehyung’s mental endurance. “My agent is waiting for the payment. Go to the address quickly and drop the bag of cash in the blue bin near the bench.”

Taehyung gritted his teeth and got back in the car. His mind was showing signs of exhaustion, and his stomach ached from hunger. He opened a bottle of water and drank it to quell his hunger pangs. Derek, sitting in the back seat, looked at him with concern.

“You should rest for a while. We almost inhaled that gas,” Derek suggested.

Taehyung scoffed, “He won’t let me. He wants to see me like this.”

Derek swallowed hard, “What is this all about?” He asked, his mind fuzzy and his eyelids heavy from the drugs he'd been injected with.

Taehyung noticed Derek’s condition and decided not to explain everything right then. “Just rest,” he said. There was no point in explaining everything now. He was just relieved that he had managed to save Jimin and Derek.

The car sped towards the next destination. Taehyung arrived at the location Yeon had specified and dropped the bag in the bin. He then walked back to his car, which was parked a short distance away. 

Just as he reached the car, Yeon called him, his voice dripping with amusement.

“Oh dear Taehyung, do you know what you just did?”

Taehyung frowned. “What do you mean? I did as you asked me to.”

Yeon laughed evilly. “Oh, you just gave money to the agent to kill your family.” He continued to laugh maniacally.

Panic surged through Taehyung as he looked back at the bin. He sprinted across the road, narrowly avoiding being hit by a car. His eyes were fixed on the bin. He opened it, only to find it empty. Desperation clawed at him as he looked around, and suddenly, he heard a notification on his device. A video started playing.

Taehyung recognized the setting immediately—it was the garden area of his home. He saw his dog, Lizu, running around, and the caretaker playing with it. In the next moment, gunshots rang out, and blood pooled from Lizu and the caretaker. The video ended abruptly.

Taehyung felt his blood run cold. He collapsed to the ground, throwing the device away in horror. He couldn’t believe what he had just witnessed. His house had seemed safe, but now he didn’t know whom to trust.

Yeon’s voice cut through his despair. “Pitiful. We have no time to waste. Next will be your parents, and a surprise awaits you. Oh and one more thing don’t think of telling about this to anyone. They will know when the time is ripe. Your brother will be ecstatic to know this.”

Taehyung heard Yeon's laughter ringing in his ears as tears streamed down his face.

Chapter 73: Confronting old grudges

Summary:

Taehyung goes on to save his parents.

An officer enters Jeongguk’s room and salutes crisply before taking a seat. Without delay, he opens a tablet and slides it across the table to Jeongguk. “Sir, we’ve noticed some suspicious activity involving the second young master, Taehyung Kim,” the officer reports, concern evident in his tone.

Jeongguk frowns as he swipes through the images on the screen. Each photo shows Taehyung at different locations—first on his university campus, then at Jen Pharmaceuticals, apparently rescuing someone. 

The officer continues, “As per your orders, we’ve been monitoring his acquaintances. But this seems to go beyond that. He’s too precise—he knows exactly where to find these people, or…”

Jeongguk narrowed his eyes, finishing the officer’s thought, “Or someone is leading him.”

The officer nods in agreement. Jeongguk’s gaze sharpens, and he turns to Mr. Han. With a mere gesture, Mr. Han immediately attempts to contact the guards assigned to Taehyung’s security. But no one answers. 

Jeongguk had anticipated this. He pulls out his own phone and dials Taehyung’s number. No response.

“What do you make of this?” Jeongguk asks, his eyes still fixed on the photos. “The distance between these locations is significant. For him to travel between them so quickly suggests urgency. But there’s something more at play.”

The officer quickly finds a relevant CCTV clip and plays it for Jeongguk. In the footage, Taehyung is seen hurrying across a street, but the camera cuts off before revealing where he’s headed. Jeongguk, growing increasingly tense, instructs Mr. Han to contact Jin.

After a few moments, the call connects. Jeongguk doesn’t waste time on pleasantries. “Do you know where Taehyung is?”

There’s a brief silence on the other end before Jin replies, “He came to the office this morning and said he had some urgent matters to attend to. And Jeongguk, there’s been an attack at my residence.”

Jeongguk’s expression hardens. “I can send my team to investigate if you need.”

Jin hesitates before speaking again, his voice more serious. “There’s something else I need to tell you.”

Jeongguk moves to a more private corner of the room, his tone dropping as he converses with Jin for several tense minutes. After the call ends, he returns to his desk, visibly irritated and anxious.

“Trace Taehyung’s location,” he commands the AI, his mind racing with possibilities.

Jeongguk dials Taehyung's number again, and this time, the call connects. Taehyung’s voice comes through, strained yet attempting a casual tone. “Mr. Jeon, are you missing me already?” he asks with a hint of amusement.

Jeongguk’s eyes remain fixed on the video playing in front of him as he responds with a noncommittal “Hmm.” The unexpected response seems to catch Taehyung off guard. 

“Where are you?” Jeongguk presses.

There’s a brief pause before Taehyung sighs. “You know how I’ve been struggling to write an article lately? I’m out trying to find a story worth telling.”

Jeongguk nods. Taehyung is a smart person, he knows how to relay a message. “Did you find one?”

Taehyung’s voice carries a slight smile, but there's an underlying tension. “Actually, I’ve found several. But there are still a few places left to explore. My articles often depict the struggles of life... and sometimes, the dangers that threaten the ones we love.”

The subtle seriousness and hidden information in Taehyung’s tone don’t escape Jeongguk’s notice. This makes him concerned about Taehyung's safety and well-being. 

“Are you alright? I’ll find you soon. Don’t try to handle everything on your own. I told you to keep me in the loop, but you’ve ventured out alone. Just... stay alive and unharmed.”

He hears Taehyung chuckle softly at his words. “You’re quite demanding, Mr. Jeon. The pressure of writing these articles has been... overwhelming. I couldn’t bear it anymore. I’ll try to wrap this up quickly, and maybe I’ll put in a request to join your magazine department afterward. But for now, I have to go. Time is a lethal weapon, and my instincts are tellingme to hurry.”

Jeongguk tightens his grip on the phone. His blood boils just thinking of the kind of play Yeon is at. Before Jeongguk can respond, Taehyung disconnects the call. Jeongguk grits his teeth, a growing realization dawning on him as he begins to piece together the situation.

As the call disconnects, the AI promptly speaks up. “Tracking Mr. Kim’s location is proving difficult due to his constant movement, but based on the current data, he appears to be heading toward the southwest border.”

Jeongguk frowns, his concern deepening. He still doesn’t fully grasp the extent of Taehyung’s situation, but the mention of the southwest border only adds to the growing unease in the pit of his stomach.

Jeongguk replays the photos and video, his eyes narrowing as his gaze shifts to the large map of Gandok hanging in his office. A thought begins to take shape in his mind, sharpening his focus.

Meanwhile, Taehyung speeds toward the location indicated by Yeon to save his parents after dropping Derek off. He calls his mother, but she disconnects the call, sending a brief message instead: I’m at a work-related lunch, surrounded by officers. Is everything good at home?

She asks concerned as her son seldom calls her knowing she is at work. Taehyung replies that everything is fine but his heart sinks as he reads the message, the implication chilling him to the core. He can easily guess who those “officers” might be. One wrong move from him, and his parents could find themselves at gunpoint—or worse.

With a rising sense of urgency, Taehyung heads to the motel Yeon had directed him to. The place isn’t far from his current location, but it’s in a seedy area notorious for thugs and criminal activity. The danger is palpable, but he has no choice. He knows he has to keep moving, each step a race against time.

Gandok wasn’t always a hotbed of crime. In earlier years, criminal activity existed but was relatively low in intensity. However, in recent times, the crime rate has surged dramatically. Certain areas have been overtaken by criminal elements, turning them into hubs of illicit activity. What was once done discreetly under the cover of darkness has now become a bold, around-the-clock operation.

If anyone questions why the government seems to be turning a blind eye, the answer is simple: it strengthens the leader’s grip on power. As the city descends into chaos, people naturally turn to the government for help. This gives Yeon the perfect opportunity to swoop in, showcasing his supposed leadership and dedication. It’s all part of a calculated web of deception—create the virus, then present the antivirus, all while basking in the praise for solving a problem you engineered in the first place, gaining trust, and lining your pockets in the process.

Taehyung arrives at the motel, which appears to be in a state of disrepair. The building’s walls are covered in moss and creeping vines, and the air is thick with the damp, musty smell of neglect. The area is isolated, with few signs of life—just a rundown establishment that seems to have long been forgotten.

A man sits outside the motel, a straw between his lips as he leisurely basks in the warmth of the sun. He notices Taehyung’s car pull up but makes no effort to move, his disinterest evident.

Taehyung quickly informs Yeon of his arrival. He knows Yeon has been closely monitoring his every move, even listening in on his earlier conversation with Jeongguk. Because of this, Taehyung had been careful to remain cryptic during the call, knowing full well that Yeon’s eyes and ears were everywhere.

Taehyung steps out of the car and approaches the man, who immediately takes notice, eyeing him from head to toe with a smirk. “I’ve seen you on the news. Gotta say you look even better up close.”

Taehyung, weary of these encounters, cuts to the chase. “Give me the clue.”

The man shifts, sitting up in a bent posture with his legs spread wide, the straw still between his lips as he chews lazily. He looked pesky and showed no sign of cooperation. 

The smirk on his face doesn’t waver. “I thought rich boys like you had it easy. What happened? Run out of pocket money or something?” He laughs at his own joke, but Taehyung just stares, unamused.

Irritated by Taehyung’s silence, the man clicks his tongue and pats the table next to him. “Nothing comes free, kid.”

Taehyung pulls out his wallet and hands over the cash. The man counts it, grinning as if he’s won a prize. “That’s more like it. This is how business is done, young lad.” 

He retrieves a small box from his pocket and slides it across the table toward Taehyung. “Take this to the alley on your left. Hand it to the person waiting for you. Good luck. And if you need first aid afterward, I’ve got some—though it’ll cost you.” The man chuckles, waving Taehyung off as he reclines back into his seat.

Taehyung frowns, gripping the box tightly as he heads toward the alley. The path quickly narrows, twisting through a maze of filth, stagnated water, and heaps of waste. The stench is overwhelming, and Taehyung covers his nose, fighting the urge to turn back. But just as he considers retreating, his way is blocked by a group of men armed with knives and chains.

They’re a motley crew—some burly, others alarmingly thin, but all of them radiate hostility as they glare at him. “He’s here, boss,” one of them calls out.

Taehyung’s eyes dart around his senses on high alert. A shirtless man covered in tattoos strides toward him, exuding an air of menace and danger. Taehyung studies him, trying to place the face. The man’s muscles ripple with each step, and his eyes burn with a deep-seated grudge.

"So, you’re the one who put my brother behind bars for just messing with an omega," the man growls, his voice dripping with contempt.

Taehyung frowns then the realization hits him. This is the brother of the thug he and his brothers had confronted at the club, the one who had harassed an omega. Clearly, the man hasn’t forgotten, and the desire for revenge still simmers beneath his rough exterior.

The man grins menacingly. "Do you remember me? I’ve finally got the chance to teach you a lesson. Today, there won’t be any of your friends to save you."

Taehyung scans the men blocking his path before turning his gaze back to the boss. A smirk tugs at his lips, his handsome features only intensifying the goons' anticipation. 

"But it seems you’ve learned your lesson—that’s why you brought all these men just to face me."

The boss’s face flushes with anger, the taunt striking a nerve. "You think so highly of yourself, but not after today!" he snarls, turning to his men. 

"Take him down! I don’t want a single bone in his body intact!"

The men move quickly, ready to lunge, but Taehyung remains calm. He lowers his cap slightly, obscuring his forehead, and closes his eyes. When he opens them again, they’ve turned a vivid purple.

Behind him, the Moon Goddess appears, her presence radiant. She rests a glowing hand on Taehyung’s head, her clothes fluttering in the energy waves emanating from her. Though Taehyung is powerful in his own right, his unmated status restricts the full flow of his power. 

He could control these men, but it would drain him severely. The Moon Goddess, understanding this, enhances his strength, amplifying his abilities to help him face the threat.

The crescent moon on Taehyung’s forehead glows brightly as he speaks, his voice commanding and calm. "Drop your weapons."

In an instant, the goons lose their will to fight, their hands trembling as they release their weapons, which clatter uselessly to the floor. The boss's confidence falters as he realizes the power standing before him is far beyond anything he had anticipated.

Taehyung smiles coolly. “Take your boss outside. Let’s continue this conversation in front of the motel.”

Without hesitation, the goons turn on their leader, roughly dragging him to the ground. His face scrapes painfully against the rough pavement, and he hisses in pain, but his men show no mercy. They grab him by the legs, dragging him out of the alley as Taehyung walks calmly ahead, the men parting to let him pass.

In just a few minutes, they emerge from the alley, the sudden appearance of the group startling the man lounging in front of the motel. He sits up, eyes wide in astonishment as he watches Taehyung approach. The Moon Goddess, amused by the display, chuckles softly and perches herself on the armrest next to Taehyung as he takes a seat opposite the man.

The goons, now under Taehyung’s complete control, fall into line with robotic precision. They move swiftly, shoving aside anyone who lags or fails to grasp the orders. It’s chaotic and almost comical, but within moments, they manage toform a disciplined line. The sight leaves the man across from Taehyung with his jaw hanging open in shock.

As the goons push their battered boss to the front, he stumbles forward, fear and confusion replacing his earlier bravado. Taehyung remains calm and composed, his gaze never wavering as he observes the scene, the Moon Goddess watching alongside him with a knowing smile.

Taehyung nods in approval at the neat rows of men before him. The boss, still seething with anger, glares up at him. "Who are you exactly?"

The Moon Goddess chuckles softly. "He is my beloved child," she answers, her voice carrying an otherworldly warmth.

Taehyung smiles slightly and fixes his gaze on the boss. "What’s the message for me? Answer quickly."

The boss grits his teeth, his defiance wavering as he meets Taehyung’s eyes. The intensity in Taehyung's gaze, combined with the power emanating from him, makes the boss hesitate.

"We... we weren’t given any specific instructions," he admits reluctantly. "Just told to deal with you however we wanted."

Taehyung’s smile fades, and the atmosphere grows tense. His pheromones, potent and overwhelming, flood the air, causing the boss and his men to choke on the sheer force of it. Pain etches across their faces, but none of them dare to utter a word.

Sensing the tension, the Moon Goddess gently pats Taehyung’s shoulder. "Let’s check the box," she suggests her tone light, easing some of the pressure in the air.

Taehyung takes a deep breath, his expression softening slightly as he turns his attention to the box.

Taehyung pauses mid-action and glances at the man in front of him, still frozen in shock. "You," Taehyung says, his voice sharp. The man looks at him with wide eyes, fear and submission washing over his face. "I don’t know anything," the man stammers, his voice trembling. "I just run this business. I have no idea."

Taehyung purses his lips, taking in the sight of the grown man now on the verge of tears, shaking with fear. Turning to the goons, Taehyung calmly orders, "You’re going to do sit-ups. And you," he points to the man next to him, "are going to count."

The man nods frantically and immediately straightens up, starting the count. The once intimidating goons, who had earlier given fierce looks, are now obediently exercising, performing sit-ups under Taehyung’s command. Even the boss, without needing to be told, joins in, terrified of defying Taehyung. With each sit-up, they murmur apologies, their voices trembling.

Taehyung raises a finger to his lips, signaling them to be quiet. The only sound that remains is the steady counting of the man beside him. The Moon Goddess watches with delight, her eyes twinkling with amusement at the sight of these hardened men reduced to disciplined obedience.

Taehyung finally turns his attention to the box and opens it, revealing a filled syringe inside. The contents appear ominous, sending a chill down his spine. He finds a note within the box with just two words: "Inject it."

Anger flares within Taehyung, but before he can process further, his phone rings. It’s Yeon. 

"I see you’ve opened the box," Yeon says, his tone dripping with satisfaction.

Taehyung, now more alert, inspects the box closely and discovers a small mechanism inside—a signal transmitter that activated when the syringe was lifted. He gestures for the man to stop counting, plunging the area back into silence.

"Go on, child," Yeon taunts. "Inject the contents. You’re quite impressive, controlling those useless thugs. I wouldn’t be surprised if that witch Hoseok helped you with some potions of his. But I’ll deal with him after I take care of you."

There was hatred evident in Yeon’s tone as his plans were failing to push Taehyung down but he knew this time he has caught this person and thus was excited to play further.

Taehyung stares at the syringe, his grip tightening. "What’s in it?" he demands.

Yeon’s laughter echoes through the phone. "Just a little medicine to calm and nourish your senses. Trust your Uncle. But you’d better hurry—you have only a minute. If you don’t inject it in time, you’ll lose your parents. Uncle’s being quite harsh, isn’t he, giving you just a minute to decide their fate?"

Suddenly, the device starts beeping—the timer has begun. The Moon Goddess, sensing the gravity of the situation, looks at Taehyung with concern. She doesn’t know what the syringe contains, but she can sense the potential danger it poses to him in the future.

Taehyung stands there, the weight of the decision pressing down on him as the timer ticks away, each second bringing him closer to a choice that could change everything.

Taehyung turns to the Moon Goddess, his voice urgent. “How long can I function normally after injecting this?”

The Moon Goddess hesitates before answering. “Not more than thirty minutes.”

Without wasting another second, Taehyung injects the syringe, his decision resolute. The sharp sting of the needle makes him hiss, but he remains focused. “That should be enough,” he mutters to himself, feeling his pheromones' effect start to wane. The goons, who had been under his control, begin to feel lighter, relief washing over them as the oppressive force diminishes.

Yeon’s voice crackles through the phone, oozing mockery. “What a great son you are, Taehyung. I’ll be sure to praise you for your quick decision-making in the little time you have left. How does it feel? Do you feel the pressure in your heart yet?It is all worth it to save your parents isn’t it.” His laughter is cold and cruel.

“It is a tested medicine that works quite well on alpha. But we don’t have much time and I am a bit upset as this will be the final round of the game. Solve the clue and reach the location and I will spare your brother.”

Taehyung grits his teeth as a wave of dizziness hits him, but he manages to keep his composure. “My brother isn’t someone you can touch. He’s the eyes of Gandok.”

Yeon feigns fear, his voice dripping with sarcasm. “Oooohhh, how terrifying. But what if I told you that even those eyes can be deceived?”

Taehyung’s resolve hardens. “Then all of Gandok will fall.”

Yeon chuckles darkly. “Don’t worry, Gandok is safe under my leadership. You should be more concerned about your brother. Did you know he’s in a simulation room right now, working on a new tool that sticks to your brain and covers your eyes? Just imagine if that tool had a flaw. One signal, and it could cause the brain to burst.”

Taehyung’s blood runs cold at Yeon’s words. He suddenly recalls his conversation with his brother this morning—his brother had mentioned testing a machine that the board members had approved, and after his final check, they planned to sell it to the base. Yeon isn’t bluffing.

A wave of fear grips Taehyung as he stands abruptly, but his body feels heavy, his chest tightens, and sweat beads on his forehead. He’s running out of time.

“What’s the clue?” he demands, his voice tense with urgency.

Yeon’s voice crackles with amusement. “I must say, Taehyung, your quick decision-making is impressive. Truly, you are an intelligent man. The clue will appear on your device. Find the location, and we’ll talk again.”

Taehyung’s heart pounds as a wave of restlessness washes over him. He’s been under relentless pressure, and now the situation has taken a dire turn. The effect of his pheromone suppression continues to lift, and the goons, no longer subdued, begin to stare at him with a mix of curiosity and confusion.

Suddenly, a sharp beep cuts through the tension. Taehyung quickly checks his device, and as promised, the clue appears on the screen. His eyes narrow as he tries to make sense of it, his mind racing against the clock.

"Shrouded in shadow, it bears a name of gloom,

Where phantoms tread in a land of doom.

Once blessed, now cursed by divine decree,

A barren waste where none dare to be.

Tell me, where might this place be?"

Taehyung repeats the riddle aloud, his voice steady despite the weight of the situation. The men around him, curious and tense, listen intently. As the words hang in the air, Taehyung's mind races, trying to piece together the puzzle. Before he can dwell too long, the Moon Goddess, sensing his deteriorating condition, gently holds him and whispers, "I think I know where this place is."

Just as she’s about to reveal her thoughts, one of the men speaks up. "This place seems to be talking about a location which is famous for being haunted and is dark and barren.” The man tries to act intelligent. Moon Goddess chuckles, praising the man for simplifying the clue.

Another man, quick to dismiss him, sneers. "What do you know? You’re not smart enough to solve this!" Their bickering escalates, fists flying as they start throwing punches at each other.

Taehyung’s irritation boils over. He closes his eyes, trying to focus on the riddle, but the noise becomes unbearable. “Enough!” he shouts, his voice cutting through the chaos. The men fall silent, eyes wide as they turn to him.

“He’s not entirely wrong,” Taehyung says, surprising them. The thin man, previously ridiculed, smirks with newfound confidence, basking in the moment. His smirk doesn’t go unnoticed, and the others glance at him with a mix of jealousy and disdain.

One of them hesitantly asks, “Then what is this place, leader?”

Taehyung raises an eyebrow, slightly amused. “Who are you calling leader?” They awkwardly avert their eyes, but their curiosity remains.

He notices that the effect of his pheromones has already lifted, yet these men still act submissive around him. Confused but slightly relieved, he shifts his focus back to the riddle. His stomach churns painfully, but he pushes through the discomfort. 

“Have you never heard of Dark Grove?”

The mention of the name sends a chill through the group. Faces pale, as they recall the eerie legends surrounding the place they all fear.

 

Chapter 74: A love tested by fate

Summary:

A sacrifice is made.

A wave of dizziness hits Taehyung, forcing him to steady himself by leaning on the table. His complexion grows paler by the second. 

He whispers to the Moon Goddess, “I’ve already used my energy before, and now this drug is taking its toll.”

The Moon Goddess looks at him with concern, then reveals, “This is all because of the drug. As for the energy you’re worried about, I channeled it from your mate. That way, I didn’t break any rules.” She smiles, clearly pleased with her quick decision-making.

Taehyung’s eyes widen in shock. “What do you mean by that? Won’t it affect him? Drain him?”

The Moon Goddess shrugs casually. “He’s been training his body for so long, so it shouldn’t affect him much. But he’ll realize something’s wrong when he feels his energy is drained. It would help if you were more concerned about yourself. He’s true blood—not just anyone.”

Taehyung nods, too exhausted to argue, and his mind grows hazier. He knows he must leave for the Dark Grove quickly. Just as he’s about to move, the group of thugs blocks his path. He stares at them, wondering how to deal with this new obstacle.

Then something unexpected happens—the boss scratches his bald head and looks at Taehyung. “You don’t seem to be in the best condition,” he says.

Another thug behind him chimes in, “Leader, give us a chance to help you.”

Taehyung, puzzled, asks again, “Who are you calling ‘leader’?”

In unison, the goons bow to him and answer, “You are our leader. We’ve seen your power. You’re above all of us. Please take us under your care. We surrender to you.”

Taehyung can hardly believe his ears. All he can do is laugh at the absurdity of the situation. “You think the same?” he asks the boss.

The boss nods sheepishly. “We have a code: if someone defeats us in a fight or suppresses us by his pheromones, we surrender to them. You’re a powerful opponent, so according to our rule, I’ll do as you say.”

Taehyung marvels at the strange, animalistic code but waves them off. “No need. You remain their boss. I have to leave.”

The goons panic at his dismissal and quickly suggest, “Then let us take you to your destination. We won’t interfere unless you ask us to.”

Taehyung narrows his eyes. “Aren’t you afraid of Yeon?” he asks.

They shudder at the direct mention of the name Yeon but stay silent. The gang was amazed at how daring this young lad was. The boss grits his teeth and dares to say, “He’s not as powerful as you.”

Though he knows they’re merely siding with the stronger force out of fear, the Moon Goddess advises Taehyung to accept their help.

Taehyung harbored doubts, but as he glanced at the Moon Goddess, he couldn’t help but wonder if this sudden turn of events was her doing. It was impossible to fully grasp what she was thinking or planning. 

Reluctantly, he nodded and instructed the thugs to take him to the grove. They seemed almost jubilant at his decision, and the boss eagerly volunteered to drive Taehyung’s car while the others followed on their bikes. 

It was quite a spectacle, but Taehyung couldn’t afford to care; his body was growing hotter, and it felt like he could lose control at any moment.

Normally, when he felt this restless, he would get mind-linked with Jeongguk, but today even that connection seemed elusive. Taehyung focused on his breathing, trying to maintain his composure as the boss sped through traffic, weaving the car toward their destination.

Taehyung wasn’t sure how much time had passed; his focus was solely on calming himself and staying on task. As they drove further, he began to notice the isolation of the area, the warning signs marking it as a prohibited zone by the base. 

The air was thick with a damp, burnt smell—or perhaps it was just his imagination—but the sight of the barren, abandoned land before him made his heart ache. 

The last time he had been here, the place had been eerie yet full of life, with nature thriving in its own wild way. Now, it was a wasteland, littered with the carcasses of animals and the charred remains of trees.

Unease gnawed at him as they ventured deeper until the wired boundary appeared and the boss brought the car to a stop. He turned to Taehyung, 

"Leader, we're here." Taehyung wanted to correct him but had no energy to do so. Instead, he nodded, glancing at the device that had been ominously silent, making him increasingly anxious. As he stepped out of the car, he noticed the others arriving with tools in hand.

“What’s all this for?” Taehyung asked, frowning as he spotted an axe among the gear.

One of the men answered enthusiastically, “We thought you might need to dig up a grave or something.” The man giggled, and Taehyung found the sight of the burly man giggling more unsettling than their grim preparations.

Ash clung to his shoes, and the ground beneath him crumbled into dust with each step. Taehyung walked further in, the men trailing closely behind. They were visibly uneasy, huddling together as they glanced around in fear, the desolate landscape amplifying their tension.

Suddenly, the device in Taehyung’s hand beeped, signaling the arrival of a new message. He quickly checked it: "Once you're there, look for an 'X' sign and dig the ground—a grave-sized hole. :) Time is of the essence."

A shiver ran down Taehyung’s spine as he read the words. He glanced around, then instructed the gang to search for the ‘X’ sign. Despite their fear, they straightened up and began scanning the area.

As they scoured the barren landscape, trying to beat the encroaching darkness, one of the men called out, his voice echoing through the still air. “I found it!” 

Taehyung approached the spot where two branches crossed to form a crude ‘X’. He stared at the sign, his mind racing with the possibilities of what might be buried beneath.

“We need to dig here,” he told the men, “There’s another clue hidden underground.”

Without hesitation, the men set to work, their earlier apprehension replaced by a grim determination. Their tools proved invaluable, and they dug swiftly as if this task had been anticipated all along. 

Despite the ominous nature of the message, they worked with surprising efficiency, the sound of metal striking earth echoing through the desolate area.

Taehyung felt feverish, but he stood firm, watching as the men dug deeper into the earth. The Moon Goddess, sensing his unease, glanced at him and asked, “What are you thinking?”

Taehyung, his gaze fixed hazily on the growing pit, blinked slowly before answering. “If something happens to me, will you save them?” His voice was laced with quiet determination, yet also with an underlying fear. 

The Moon Goddess wasn’t surprised by his request; instead, she asked gently, “Do you have doubts?”

Taehyung nodded, his lips pressed into a thin line. “Yeon won’t just sit back and let me win. He’s already missed chances to take me down.”

She understood the weight of his concern. Yeon, with his cunning and ruthless nature, likely had another plan in motion. As Taehyung bit his lip, struggling to resist the drug’s effects, she could see the strain in his eyes, the way he was using every ounce of his willpower to stay in control. But some things were inevitable.

Suddenly, the men’s voices rose in excitement—they had uncovered something—a box, buried deep within the ground. The goons handed it to the boss, who quickly brought it to Taehyung. He took the small, antique-looking metal box, his heart pounding in his chest. After a quick scan, he opened it, revealing a note inside.

Without hesitation, he threw the box aside and unfolded the note. But as his eyes scanned the words, his blood ran cold. The contents were more terrifying than he could have imagined. His face drained of color, and a wave of dizziness threatened to overwhelm him. 

The note slipped from his trembling fingers, fluttering to the ashen ground below. The bold, mocking words on the paper seemed to echo in his mind, taunting him with their cruel message.

Moon Goddess and the others notice the words: "Oops, Misstep."

Taehyung mutters under his breath, "This can’t be happening." He pulls out the slip from his pocket with trembling hands, staring at the clue that led him here. Just then, his phone rings again. Yeon’s voice comes through, dripping with sinister glee. 

He laughs, loud and cruel, "Oh, Taehyung… my dear Taehyung, what did you do? Did you really think the place was the Dark Grove? But that's not the point—what should I do with your brother?"

Taehyung’s breath catches in his throat, tears welling up in his eyes. "Don’t touch him," he shouts, his voice cracking with desperation, but Yeon remains unfazed.

"You still don’t get it, do you?" Yeon sneers. "The situation you’re in—it’s all you're doing. Your arrogance has led you here. Seeing you broken like this, it’s exactly what happens when you defy someone more powerful than you. You get crushed—reduced to nothing."

Taehyung feels hot tears spill down his cheeks, the weight of his helplessness crushing him. He was tricked. Yeon clicks his tongue, mockingly sympathetic. 

"Uncle is very kind, Taehyung, so I’m giving you a choice. I can’t bear to see you in so much pain. You see, your ego being shattered like this is almost satisfying, but I want more. So, here’s your choice: Jeongguk or Jin. Which one do you want to see take their last breath? Decide quickly."

Raphael chimes in, "Leader, that’s an easy choice. He’ll choose his blood relative. Jeongguk has nothing to do with him."

Yeon laughs again, relishing the moment. "Is that it, Taehyung? Should I just kill him? After all, it’s not the first time he’s been targeted, and no one can cheat death forever. Either way, I’m fine with whatever you decide. Your real brother or the brother you’ve always been drawn to. Choose one. Time is ticking, and so is my patience."

With that, Yeon disconnects, leaving Taehyung in a suffocating silence.

The gang and Moon Goddess watch in shock as Taehyung rushes toward the pit, his mind unraveling. He starts frantically digging, repeating the riddle’s words like a madman, desperately trying to uncover something else, anything to save his brother. He refuses to believe he has failed. 

Tears mix with the dirt as he bends down, clawing at the earth with his bare hands. The gang tries to restrain him, but he doesn’t listen, his sanity slipping away as he snatches the axe from one of the members. 

The drugs coursing through his veins make his efforts weak and futile, but he refuses to give up.

"Is it the cemetery?" Taehyung suddenly stops, his breath ragged. "Was that the clue?" He turns to Moon Goddess, his eyes searching hers for any sign of hope.

"You knew it all along. Didn't you? Why did you not stop me?" Taehyung cries.

The gang looked at him puzzled and felt chills seeing how he was talking to nothing but air. Moon Goddess' expressions were grim, and as their eyes locked, a silent understanding passed between them. 

Taehyung’s heart sinks as he realizes the full extent of what has happened, this was all along his battle, the fight that he lost—he has no time left, no other choices to make.

Suddenly, the sound of approaching sirens breaks through the tense silence. Before anyone can react, the flashing lights of police cars appear on the horizon, and the heavy thud of boots hitting the ground echoes through the desolate landscape. The gang members look at each other in panic and then back at Taehyung.

"The police are here, but why?" the boss asks, his voice trembling with fear.

As if on cue, the cops arrive, their faces stern and determined. They move purposefully, clearly knowing exactly where to find Taehyung. One officer steps forward, his gaze fixed on Taehyung. 

"Mr. Kim, I’m afraid you need to come with us to the police station. You’re being charged with trespassing on private property and theft. Please put your hands up."

Taehyung barely registers the officer’s words, his eyes still locked on Moon Goddess. A storm of questions, pleas, and prayers swirl in his mind, but none of them make it to his lips. He stands there, frozen, as reality crashes down around him.

Taehyung’s heart sank as the realization hit him like a tidal wave—he had been played all along. There was never any escape from this twisted game. None of his friends, not even his parents, were the real targets. The entire time, it was he, Jeongguk, and Jin that Yeon had been after. But Taehyung, blinded by his desperation to protect them, had failed to see the trap closing in around him. He had been so focused on saving them that he hadn’t noticed how deeply he was being ensnared.

Now, with every move watched by unseen eyes, and the drugs coursing through his system, there was no telling what Yeon would do next. But one thing was certain—Yeon would stop at nothing to take their lives.

As the gravity of the situation weighed down on him, Taehyung’s eyes trembled with fear and frustration. He looked up at Moon Goddess, his last hope, the only one who could save them now. 

But before he could say anything, the cops roughly pushed him forward, snapping handcuffs around his wrists, dragging him away from the place where everything had gone so terribly wrong.

Taehyung suddenly halts, his feet rooted to the spot as a memory flashes through his mind—Moon Goddess’s words echoing in his ears: “It is not a shameful thing to ask for help. Sometimes, help comes when asked.” 

With renewed determination, he musters all his remaining strength, pushing the cops away. Ignoring their shouts, he dashes toward Moon Goddess, falling to his knees before her, his hands clasped in desperation.

"Moon Goddess," he pleads, his voice trembling with emotion, "I lost my grandfather, whom I dearly loved, and I’ve witnessed so many others lose their lives right in front of me. Is this really how someone must suffer? If righteousness is so painful to bear, why would anyone encourage it? I can’t lose my brother and my mate. Why give me so much hope only for it all to crash down like this? Why is this happening to me? Please, please help me."

Moon Goddess gazes at him, her eyes wide with an unreadable expression then a serene smile graces her lips. She steps back, and Taehyung watches in awe as a brilliant light surrounds her, forcing him to squint. 

The wind begins to howl, swirling around him with a strange, calming fragrance. When he opens his eyes again, he is met with a vision of the Moon Goddess in all her celestial glory.

She hovers above the ground, her form ethereal, adorned with a crown in the shape of a crescent moon of white crystals that shimmer like the stars, their chains draping gracefully over her flowing hair. 

Her earrings are large, almost covering her ears, and her neck is encircled by an array of gleaming jewels. A serpent bracelet coils around her wrist, extending halfway up her arm. The full moon’s light bathes her forehead in a radiant glow, while her hair moves gently in the unseen breeze. She looks more divine than Taehyung had ever imagined.

Taehyung though a bit afraid upon seeing such a celestial thing was mesmerized by the vision in front of him. He bows deeply, overwhelmed by her true form, which surpasses anything he had ever envisioned. 

Glancing around, he realizes the time has frozen—everyone stands motionless as if the world itself has paused to witness this moment. The surroundings were dark but Moon Goddess was bathing in light and a big Moon shone just behind her making Taehyung wonder if this really was true or his imagination.

When Moon Goddess speaks, her voice is soft yet resonant, carrying an unmistakable authority. “The Gods test their children’s faith through their actions. The darkest hour often precedes the dawn of better times. If you lose faith in yourself, it is as if you lose faith in me. You have not lost anyone; instead, you have gained so many who love you. You found your mate. You’ve always managed to overcome adversity, and you possess the strength to handle anything. 

Humans often neglect their joys, focusing on the sorrows and desires that elude them. But what do you fear, Taehyung, when I am standing beside you? Or do you no longer believe in me?"

Her words hang in the air, and she continues, "You must make a choice. If you wish to back out now, I can turn everything back to when you were a child—without a mate, without the power to see me, and without these challenges. A normal life with just your family. Do you want to turn back, or do you wish to face the final challenge that awaits you?”

Taehyung blinks, his mind drifting back to the peaceful days of his childhood with his grandfather and family. But then, the memories of meeting Jeongguk flood in, followed by the faces of Jimin, his brothers, and the friends he’s made along the way. His gaze returns to Moon Goddess, the steadfast presence in all his trials. A life without her, without his mate—it’s unthinkable. 

Tears spill from his eyes as he whispers, “I don’t want a life where I don’t have you two in it.”

Moon Goddess smiles, a tender expression full of warmth, as she watches Taehyung’s heartfelt declaration. With a simple flick of her finger, Moon Goddess removes the handcuffs from Taehyung’s wrists. 

Her expression is solemn as she begins to speak, "Mates are a rare blessing, appearing only after long intervals, but for Gandok, they became a curse for those who were chosen. After the first mates, many others followed, but one pair altered the fate of the mate bond forever. Leon and Violet were destined to be mates, but instead of uniting them, the bond became a source of torment.

"Leon, unwilling to accept the bond, was forced to mate with Violet, and in his frustration, he unleashed his wrath upon her, making her life a living hell. When tormenting her wasn’t enough, he took it a step further—killing their unborn child and eventually Violet herself, all in pursuit of his own twisted desires. 

Violet was a pure-hearted soul, but as she lay dying, grieving for the life of her unborn child and hers, she didn’t plead for mercy; instead, she cursed Leon and all future mates, condemning them to a life of unrest. 

She loathed the bond that had bound them against their will. Her curse has echoed through generations, giving those who seek to destroy mates a reason to act. The elders hid this incident but could not hide or remove the curse that followed."

Moon Goddess’s voice softens as she gazes at Taehyung, her words carrying a heavy weight. "Today, you and Jeongguk find yourselves in the same predicament. One of your deaths is inescapable for the natural order to be restored. But unlike those before you, you have not made the same mistakes. You sought my help, and for that, I offer you a choice—choose whom you wish to save."

Taehyung shivers as her words sink in, the gravity of the situation pressing down on him. "One of you must stop breathing for nature to follow its course," Moon Goddess continues.

This was the reality that was only known to the Moon Goddess, this was the pain that she had to bear asking her children to make difficult choices and sacrifice for survival.

Many of her children forgot her in their test of faith and succumbed to death before the choice was given to them and those who were able to get this choice either chose to live or get their memory erased or live a life in seclusion. 

Taehyung’s heart aches, his mind racing as he wipes the tears streaming down his face. "So, it was always meant to be this way," he whispers, his voice trembling.

Finally, with a resolve born from love and sacrifice, Taehyung looks up at Moon Goddess, his decision clear. "Save them—my brother and Jeongguk. Take me instead," he says, his voice steady despite the fear gnawing at his soul.

This was the first time someone chose death for themself. 

Moon Goddess doesn’t seem surprised, her smile still serene as she asks, “Do you not want to live?”

Taehyung smiles bitterly, his voice laced with sorrow. “I do want to live, but I can’t bear the thought of something happening to him in front of me. It’s easier if it’s me instead. But… can I see him one last time before I go?” he pleads, his voice wavering.

Moon Goddess tilts her head, considering his request, then slowly nods. “As you wish, my child. Jeongguk is on his way here. Tell Yeon that you choose Jeongguk as the target and spare Jin. I will ensure you meet him before anything happens. Yeon will call back soon.”

As soon as she says this, she moves toward Taehyung like a swift breeze, her presence suddenly close, face to face with him. Gently, she wipes a tear from Taehyung’s cheek. It seems like she wants to say something more, but she holds back, her expression softening. Then, like a wisp of air, she vanishes.

The evening light bathes Taehyung in a warm glow, and suddenly, the world around him resumes its motion. The people near him stir back to life, and in that moment, Yeon’s voice reaches his ear.

Yeon’s voice crackled with excitement. “Did you get my gift, Taehyung? It is not your first time to be taken in custody” he sneered, a sinister laugh following. “So, what’s your decision? Who will you save?”

Taehyung gritted his teeth. The drug coursing through his veins was making his body hot, his alpha instincts were diminishing as if his secondary gender was about to collapse completely. 

It was quite painful and troubling to his soul but the scene in front of him was no less painful. His instincts to survive were gnawing at him, his mind wanted to claw his skin to ease the pain or divert his attention. His alpha was going crazy and restless.

He felt like this drug would become the reason for his end, but pushed that thought aside. “Save my brother, Jin,” he replied, his voice firm.

Yeon burst into laughter, the sound of clapping and cheering echoing in the background, as if a crowd was celebrating Taehyung’s agony. “What a splendid game we played! Well done, kid!” Yeon jeered before abruptly disconnecting the call.

Taehyung pocketed the device, his resolve hardening. The police officers around him looked bewildered, noticing the absence of the handcuffs that had been on him moments ago. As they turned to question him, they found nothing but empty space—Taehyung had vanished into thin air.

The gang and the police stared at the spot in stunned silence. The gang, sensing their chance, bolted from the scene, while the police, spooked by the eerie rumors surrounding the place, retreated as well.

Taehyung reappeared on a nearby street, not far from Dark Grove. Moon Goddess steadied him in place before vanishing. He glanced around, his vision blurring, and saw several cars speeding toward him. His legs trembled, barely able to support his weight, but the thought of seeing Jeongguk gave him strength. 

Exhausted, starving, pale, and teetering on the edge of consciousness, Taehyung still managed a faint smile. Tears streamed down his face as the cars screeched to a halt and Jeongguk rushed out, his expression a mix of anger and concern.

Jeongguk looked striking, his coat billowing with each hurried step. His eyes, sharp and focused, locked onto Taehyung, and he called out his name. 

Taehyung spread his arms wide, welcoming the sight of the one he was destined to be with. Despite the fact that they weren’t yet marked, despite the disagreements and the time it took to realize their mutual love, they had always been drawn to each other, as if by fate.

Taehyung thought it would be easier to face this moment, but he was so wrong. If only they had more time together. If only he could experience that gentle, true side of Jeongguk once more—the side that emerged during his ruts, his true blood alpha.

Taehyung longed for Jeongguk’s scent, his presence, his voice, his warmth, and his care. How had he not realized sooner how deeply he loved him?

Jeongguk came to a sudden stop, his heart shattering at the sight of Taehyung’s tears. Concern etched deep into his features, but that concern quickly turned to horror as another vehicle screeched to a halt nearby.

Taehyung turned upon registering the sound. His blood ran cold as he recognized the danger. This had to be the assassin targeting Jeongguk. Panic surged through him, and he tried to warn Jeongguk, but before he could utter a word, gunfire erupted. 

Shots rang out from both sides—Jeongguk’s team swiftly eliminated the threat, but Jeongguk’s eyes widened in terror as he felt something wet and warm on his hand.

Taehyung collapsed into Jeongguk’s arms, blood seeping from a wound. “I’m sorry…Don't worry.” Taehyung whispered, his voice barely audible before unconsciousness claimed him. 

He was satisfied to be able to save his brother and become a shield for his mate.

He instinctively threw himself in front of Jeongguk, shielding him from the assassin's attack. Jeongguk’s team quickly fired back, taking down the assailants, but they were seconds too late to fully prevent the danger. 

As the dust settled, Jeongguk’s gaze fell on Taehyung, his eyes widening in horror as he saw blood rapidly soaking through Taehyung’s shirt. Three bullets had pierced through Taehyung’s body, each wound stark and unforgiving.

Jeongguk held his mate in sheer horror, unable to process what had just happened. Everything had unfolded so quickly, his mind struggled to catch up, but all that mattered now was Taehyung. 

The blood staining his clothes, the stillness of Taehyung’s body—it was too much to bear. Jeongguk shook Taehyung desperately, refusing to believe the reality in front of him.

The air grew eerily still, the chaos fading into silence as only one sound pierced through—the desperate call of Taehyung’s name, uttered by Jeongguk.

Chapter 75: The bond that binds

Summary:

The grief swallows Jeongguk.

Jeongguk had always been the calm, silent alpha, a trait ingrained in him since childhood. Even in the presence of Jin, Jimin, and Taehyung—each of them vocal and expressive—Jeongguk remained reserved, speaking only when necessary. 

This stoicism was further reinforced during his military training, where he learned to suppress his emotions, a habit that became second nature to him. 

But all of that composure shattered in an instant as he looked down at his mate. The sight of Taehyung’s blood pouring from his wounds, the pulse he could no longer feel, and the lifeless state he was in—everything Jeongguk had been taught to contain within himself suddenly snapped. 

Jeongguk frantically checked Taehyung's pulse, his hands trembling as he tried to stop the bleeding, but his mind was in turmoil. Nothing was working. He couldn't feel a pulse. Taehyung lay motionless, unresponsive to his desperate calls

Cradling Taehyung in his arms, Jeongguk’s fear of losing his mate overwhelmed him, and he tightened his grip, desperate to keep him close, as if letting go would mean losing him forever.

Jeongguk kept calling out for his mate, but his vision blurred as tears flowed uncontrollably from his eyes. The true blood alpha within him was furious, a rage so intense that his eyes shifted color, and his pheromones spiked dangerously. 

He was consumed by anger—at himself, at those who had harmed Taehyung, at the world around him. The reality of the situation was unbearable, and yet, he couldn’t allow himself to accept it. 

The team, standing at a distance, suddenly felt the overwhelming surge of his pheromones, an oppressive force that made them stagger back in horror. 

They called out to the General, but Jeongguk couldn’t hear them, lost in his own spiraling fury. The pressure in the air intensified, choking their breath and clogging their throats, as if their very nerves were about to burst. 

Trained alphas, hardened by years of discipline, found themselves brought to their knees under the crushing weight of Jeongguk’s unleashed power. 

The officer, recognizing the danger, ordered them to retreat, realizing that the true blood was losing control, his rage threatening to consume everyone in its path.

The officer attempted to suggest taking Taehyung to the hospital, but Jeongguk, the true blood alpha, remained frozen in place, his gaze locked on his mate. The oppressive weight of his pheromones grew stronger with each passing moment, overwhelming the team. 

Unable to withstand the pressure, they began to cough up blood, fear gripping them as they retreated, desperate to distance themselves. As they scrambled back, several cars approached, bearing an emblem that made the officer halt and salute. Jin stepped out, followed by his family, but the officer quickly moved to stop them.

"Sir, the situation is dire," he warned. 

Jin's voice laced with concern, demanded, "Where is my brother?" He had no idea what had transpired while he ensured their parents' safety. Jeongguk had promised to bring Taehyung back, but there was no sign of him. 

"Sir…" The officer's hesitation only fueled Jin's frustration. 

"I asked, where are they?" The air around them felt heavy and oppressive. Jin's heart pounded in his chest, an inexplicable sense of dread washing over him. 

His mother suddenly cried out in pain, nearly collapsing as she gasped, "Pheromones…"

It was then that Namjoon, Gareth, and Jin understood the gravity of the situation. Jin bolted forward, desperate to find his brother, but the officer held him back. 

"Sir, your brother… he was shot. The General can’t control his pheromones. The true blood overtook him. If you go any further, they’ll crush you," the officer cautioned, but Jin wasn’t listening. 

"I have to see my brother," Jin shouted as he pushed past them. However, just after taking further steps, his steps grew heavier, and his breathing became painfully slow. 

His veins turned a sickly bluish hue under the intense pressure. The stronger the alpha, the stronger the repulsion, yet Jin pressed on, tears streaming down his face as blood spilled from his mouth. 

The officer dragged him back, afraid of Jin's mental and physical stability but Jin fought against them, his anguish unbearable. Gareth and Namjoon struggled to hold him as he shouted, "I have to get him to a hospital! What is Jeongguk doing to my brother?" 

His fury and despair were palpable, but Namjoon intervened, "We can’t fight that pheromone, sir. We have to stabilize him first."

Just then, another car arrived, and Hoseok and Yoongi stepped out. They froze, sensing the perilous situation. Hoseok nearly collapsed, shocked by what he saw, but quickly handed a potion to Yoongi, instructing him to give it to Mrs. Kim, who was barely able to breathe.

Though both Hoseok and Yoongi were betas, the oppressive pheromones seemed to affect Yoongi far less than they did Hoseok. Yoongi inhaled deeply, taking in the chaotic scene around him. He watched as Gareth fed a potion to Mrs. Kim, his eyes narrowing in concern. 

"What’s going on?" he demanded. The commander explained the situation, causing the people nearby to turn pale, their expressions shifting to desperation. Isa could no longer hold back her tears and sobbed, desperate to see her son. 

Namjoon tried to treat Jin, but the alpha was too anxious and enraged to listen. Jin was adamant about getting his brother to the hospital, refusing to believe the commander’s words that his brother was lost. The situation grew more sorrowful, and a heavy silence fell over the group, each person consumed by shock and grief. 

Another caravan arrived, bringing the Jeon family. Jin’s anger flared the moment Mr. Han stepped out of the vehicle. Unable to contain his fury, Jin seized the man's collar and threatened him, "You know your boss well. Tell him to give my brother back right now." Mr. Han, unaware of most of the situation, paled under the intense, dark gaze of the alpha.

He turned to the others for help, his eyes pleading as he saw the grim expressions on their faces. Bella and Eric immediately understood that something terrible had happened. The news was already broadcasting that Taehyung was about to be apprehended by the police for acting suspiciously and trespassing on private property, allegedly with some vendetta. 

Jeongguk was unreachable. When Mr. Han informed them that Jeongguk had gone to save Taehyung, the couple knew there was more to the story than it seemed. Now, feeling the oppressive weight of their son's pheromones, Eric was overwhelmed by a sense of dread. 

He instructed Bella to stay in the car, draping his coat over her to shield her from the dangerous pheromones. Although Jeongguk is their son, his pheromones are potent and carry a deadly intent, as if they could annihilate anything nearby. 

Eric knew that words would be useless; action was needed. He helped the others pull Jin away from Mr. Han and then instructed the assistant to fetch the doctor who usually attends to Jeongguk. 

Yoongi suggested searching for something that could calm Jeongguk down—perhaps something from Taehyung's room. He planned to approach Jeongguk himself, as he was the least affected by the pheromones, but first, they needed something to distract Jeongguk and lower his guard. 

Mr. Han quickly volunteered to search for such an item and hurried off to complete the task. Gareth also called his butler, instructing him to bring anything that might carry Taehyung's scent. Meanwhile, Namjoon worked swiftly to keep the media at bay, aware that it wouldn’t be long before journalists descended on the site, sensing that something was seriously wrong in this otherwise deserted place.

Tears slipped from Jeongguk’s eyes as he cradled Taehyung closer to his chest, his gaze frantically searching his mate's pale, motionless face. The stillness was suffocating, more terrifying than anything he had ever faced. With trembling hands, he carefully wiped the blood from Taehyung’s fingers using a handkerchief, then gently cleaned his face before combing through his hair, pleading softly, "Wake up, please... don’t do this."

His voice was shaky, filled with desperation as he stared at his mate, unable to comprehend how everything had spiraled so horribly out of control.

The rage inside him swelled a dark, uncontrollable force. His eyes darkened to a menacing shade of orange as he heard the distant whimpers of the police officers, the very ones who had come to arrest Taehyung. 

They had unwittingly stepped into the reach of Jeongguk’s pheromones, and now they were paying the price. His pheromones, laced with lethal intent, had left them teetering on the edge of death. Under his unspoken command, they were forced to remain in place, inhaling the toxic air. Their bodies writhed in agony, their minds unraveling until they collapsed, unconscious, in desperate pleas for mercy.

Jeongguk’s fury only grew as he watched them, but what haunted him more was the silence from Taehyung. Last time, when he had lost control, Taehyung had been there, holding him back, grounding him. But now, no matter what he did, Taehyung remained unresponsive. 

The madness gnawed at the edges of his sanity, threatening to consume him. In a final, desperate act, he leaned down and whispered, "If you don’t wake up, I’ll mark you right now." But even that didn’t stir Taehyung. 

Enraged and frantic, Jeongguk bared his teeth and sank them into Taehyung’s soft, pale skin, drawing blood—but still, there was nothing. No reaction, no sign of life. The emptiness threatened to crush him, as he realized he felt nothing in return.

For an alpha, the worst agony is the inability to protect their mate, to fail in keeping them safe, and to watch them suffer. But for Jeongguk, a true blood alpha, these emotions were magnified beyond measure. The intensity of his feelings was overwhelming, compounded by the horrifying reality that he had just witnessed his mate sacrifice himself to save him. 

The urge to unleash his fury was overpowering—he wanted to rip Yeon apart, to destroy everything in his path. But a deeper fear held him back: the terror of losing Taehyung completely.

He clung to Taehyung's lifeless body, too afraid to let go, fearing that if he did, Taehyung would be gone forever. The thought of their families separating them filled him with dread. Jeongguk wasn’t ready to face a world without his mate. His mind spiraled into madness, a storm of rage, sorrow, and fear. 

He was prepared to kill anyone who dared to say Taehyung was gone, anyone who tried to take him away. If only Taehyung had let him stay by his side, none of this would have happened. Now, all Jeongguk could think of was to never let go, to hold on to his mate with every fiber of his being, lost in a vortex of uncontrollable emotions.

Jeongguk brushed Taehyung’s hair gently, a twisted smile forming on his lips as he whispered, “I’ll come to you once I’ve taken care of them.” He leaned down, pressing a soft kiss on his mate’s forehead, assuring him in a voice trembling with emotion, “Everything will be fine.”

As he lingered in his sorrow, the Moon Goddess appeared before him, her ethereal form settling down across from Jeongguk. Her gaze drifted to Taehyung, and then slowly, she turned her eyes towards Jeongguk. 

For a moment, she froze, a rare look of surprise and fear crossing her features as she met the intense gaze of the true blood alpha. It was as if Jeongguk could actually see her, his tear-filled eyes unfocused yet filled with a terrifying madness. The Moon Goddess pressed her lips together in concern before vanishing without a word.

Meanwhile, Yoongi, sensing the urgency of the situation, turned to Eric. “I need to speak with Mr. Han immediately,” he said. Eric, though puzzled, didn’t question Yoongi and quickly handed him the phone.

Mr. Han was in a state of near panic, desperately trying to find something—anything—that could help. He and the staff searched the house frantically, but their efforts seemed futile. When Yoongi’s call came through, a glimmer of hope sparked in Mr. Han’s eyes. 

Following Yoongi’s instructions, he gathered what was needed and swiftly left the house with the doctor in tow, determined to find a way to save Taehyung and calm Jeongguk’s storm.

The Moon Goddess observed as the anxious families of the two mates desperately tried to reach Jeongguk. Jin, holding a loudspeaker, pleaded with Jeongguk to let him take Taehyung to the hospital. 

His voice trembled with urgency as he insisted that Jeongguk was delaying the treatment Taehyung so desperately needed. But it was as if Jeongguk didn’t hear a single word. He sat motionless, like a statue, completely unresponsive to the world around him.

From a distance, Jin could only watch helplessly. The oppressive pheromones were taking their toll on his body; he could feel his skin tearing open, the pain sharp and searing. 

With a hiss of pain, he faltered. Hoseok and Yoongi pulled Jin back as he cried out, begging to have his brother returned to him. Guilt weighed heavily on Jin’s heart, and he blamed himself for the suffering Taehyung was enduring.

Jeongguk’s mother tried to speak, and even his father attempted to reach out, but their words fell on deaf ears. It was as if Jeongguk had completely shut out the world. But when Yoongi, summoning all his courage, stepped forward and tried to approach the circle, Jeongguk finally moved. He turned, a menacing growl rumbling from deep within his chest.

Everyone froze as they locked eyes with him. Jeongguk’s gaze was predatory, his eyes gleaming in the fading evening light like those of a wild beast. 

His face was smeared with blood, his brow furrowed in a dangerous glare directed at Yoongi for daring to come closer. His hands clutched Taehyung so tightly that no one could even see his mate’s face.

Yoongi instinctively stepped back, fearing that any further movement might make the situation worse. Bella nearly collapsed at the sight of her son in such a state. It was terrifying—Jeongguk saw everyone around him as a threat. In his vulnerability, the only one who could calm him was his mate, Taehyung.

The commander quickly ordered his men to spread out and secure the area around Jeongguk. They were instructed to form a perimeter and to halt immediately upon detecting the faintest trace of Jeongguk’s pheromones. 

Vigilance was crucial—they were to approach only when explicitly commanded. The team sprang into action, efficiently positioning themselves around the marked boundary.

Meanwhile, Mr. Han arrived on the scene with the doctor in tow. The doctor instantly grasped the severity of the situation. Handing the commander a vial, he instructed, “Shoot this into Jeongguk as soon as he lets his guard down.” 

While the commander coordinated his team, Yoongi prepared to approach Jeongguk, understanding that his task was pivotal as he was the one least affected by the onslaught of pheromones. 

His mind might be desiring to submit to Jeongguk's command but the gravity of it was not that intense to cause harm to his body and mind, at least he was in better condition than others.

Once the commander confirmed that his men were in position, he nodded to Yoongi, signaling him to proceed. Yoongi moved carefully to the designated mark, setting up a recorder with a loudspeaker attached to his waist, he stepped slowly forward. 

As he activated it, Taehyung’s voice filled the air, echoing through the tense atmosphere. The sound was beautiful—calm, soft, and infused with love. It was a stark contrast to the charged emotions surrounding them.

Taehyung's voice echoed through the air, reaching everyone present, “Today marks a very special day as I, Taehyung, and Jeonggukie, sitting in front of me, have become friends…” 

Jin trembled as he heard his brother's voice, surprise washing over him. His mother began to cry, her tears of longing spilling over as he held her in a comforting embrace. 

They watched Yoongi, who was cautiously taking small steps forward. The entire scene grew eerily quiet as if even the wind and the birds had stilled to listen to Taehyung’s soothing and cheerful voice.

"I want to give you a small gift on this special day—a special memory…” 

Taehyung’s voice continued, and Jeongguk stirred at the sound. He looked down at his mate, still and silent in his arms, as the familiar words tugged at emotions he had tried to bury. 

“Once a drake, stuck in a windy day…” Taehyung’s words floated through the air, and those listening could no longer control their tears.

But Jeongguk, instead of being comforted, became enraged, suspecting that someone was mimicking his mate’s voice. His fury sharpened his pheromones, the atmosphere growing more oppressive. 

Yoongi shivered, unable to move further for a moment, but then, catching a glimpse of Jeongguk from a bit closer, he clenched his fists and forced himself forward. It was agonizing to push against the power of a true blood alpha—his body trembled, his breath hitched in pain, and sweat beaded on his forehead. Yet, he gritted his teeth and took another step.

“He sees a house and knocks on the door saying… Quack, Quack?” 

The voices of both Taehyung and Jeongguk filled the air—Jeongguk’s tone light with amusement, while Taehyung seemed less impressed with his mate’s interruption. If one listened closely, they could even catch the sound of Jeongguk’s light laughter. They had been happy in that moment, a memory that now hung heavy in the air.

Jeongguk tightened his grip on Taehyung, kissing him as tears fell freely down his cheeks. The memory softened something within him, and his overwhelming pheromones began to subside, just enough for the commander to finally have him within the target range. Yet, they couldn’t risk the shot—any miscalculation could endanger Yoongi’s life.

Yoongi almost reached Jeongguk, seizing the opportunity to quicken his pace. As Jeongguk turned, their eyes met—Jeongguk’s gaze was wild, distraught, and maddened. Yoongi had never seen him like this, and it was painful to witness. 

His eyes drifted to Taehyung, who appeared to be merely sleeping in his mate’s arms. Jeongguk, noticing Yoongi's gaze on Taehyung, instinctively shielded his mate. "Don't dare to touch him." He threatens.

The speaker continued to play Taehyung’s soft, narrating voice making Jeongguk's gaze shift from Yoongi to it. He wanted to reach out for it but was also alerted by Yoongi's presence.

Then, to Yoongi’s horror, the tape suddenly fell silent. A chill ran through him as he saw the shift in Jeongguk’s expression. The team, watching from a distance, tensed at this unexpected turn—no one had anticipated the tape would stop at such a crucial moment. 

Jeongguk gazed at the device and then Yoongi came back to his senses and defense. His pheromones spiked dangerously and his thumb brushed the gun that he took hold of, prepared to attack. 

Yoongi tried to speak, "I am not here to harm you." He surrenders while thinking of how to replay the tape.

The team wiped their sweat, the commander was poised to give the signal to engage when, to everyone’s astonishment, Taehyung’s voice resumed, this time speaking with a tenderness that took them all by surprise.

“Moon Goddess, is this true, or am I dreaming? How have I gotten this lucky? It’s his heat, but the effects are reflected on me… I always thought he wanted a beautiful wife, kids, a typical happy family. Never thought he would accept being my mate so easily…”

Jeongguk froze, his aggression faltering as he absorbed Taehyung’s words. The realization dawned on him that this tape had always been in his study, but he had neglected to listen to it, as Taehyung had once asked him to. Regret and sorrow overwhelmed him, and he trembled with grief.

“I was ten years old when I saw an omega propose to him at school, giving him a card and a box of chocolates. I didn’t like it one bit…” 

Taehyung’s voice was lazy, tinged with the drowsiness of someone lost in a haze, speaking his thoughts without reservation.

Yoongi remained rooted in place, watching as Jeongguk’s emotions visibly fluctuated, reflected in the ebb and flow of his pheromones with every word Taehyung spoke. His grip loosened on the gun making Yoongi breathe in relief.

“I always wanted you but never thought you could be mine… I’ve caused you so much trouble…”

As Taehyung’s voice trailed off, the intense pheromones that had suffocated the air slowly dissipated, allowing everyone to breathe freely once more. 

Yoongi, seeing his chance, signaled the commander, who swiftly shot the vial, hitting Jeongguk with the tranquilizer. They had no other choice—Jeongguk would never have willingly let go of Taehyung otherwise.

Jeongguk hissed, his initial reaction one of defense, he picked up the gun again ready to attack the commander and Yoongi who were here for ulterior motives.

"You can't take him away from me." Jeongguk seethes but his determination wavers as he hears Taehyung's next words.

“Jeongguk, I have always liked you… so much that I’m still scared of having you.”

He stares at the tape in shock and then moves his eyes back to his mate, forgetting about the presence of others. The tranquilizer began to take effect, and his aggression faded. 

He could have attacked Yoongi, who was now within reach, but all hostility drained from him as he heard the final, tender words from Taehyung.

Tears fell as Jeongguk kissed Taehyung’s hand. “I love you too,” he whispered. With one final, desperate attempt to feel Taehyung’s warmth, he looked back at Yoongi and the approaching family members before finally succumbing to the tranquilizer. 

Yoongi gently patted his shoulder, offering words of encouragement, “You have to be strong. We’ll take them down together.”

Eric and Gareth then moved in, carefully pulling Jeongguk away from Taehyung. It was only then that they noticed something extraordinary—not only had Jeongguk been holding onto Taehyung, but Taehyung had been gripping Jeongguk as well. Jin, stunned by this discovery, hesitated before finally separating them. Together with the commander, they carried both men to the waiting cars.

From the sidelines, the Moon Goddess observed the scene in silence before vanishing. The sacrifice had been made, and nature’s course had taken place. Now, it was time to return to action.

 

Chapter 76: A reunion of heart and shocked souls

Summary:

A miracle occurs.

 

The Moon Goddess, in her transcendental form, sat gracefully on the crescent moon, her delicate figure leaning against its slender curve. Her flowing dress swayed gently with the rhythm of the moon's subtle movement, creating an ethereal vision that captivated the lower gods, ministers, and attendants gathered before her. 

The Minister of Affairs, beads of sweat forming on his brow, nervously recounted the potential repercussions of her actions.

“What you are planning could have dire consequences,” he warned, his voice edged with anxiety. “The true blood alpha is already wreaking havoc with the other alpha brother on the humans responsible for harming his mate. If we don't intervene soon, he may kill them all. We must act quickly, as planned.”

After Jeongguk and Taehyung were taken in for medical care, it took Jeongguk a full day to wake up. The moment he did, he insisted on keeping Taehyung in his house. 

Despite strong opposition from the Kim family, Jeongguk was adamant that Taehyung wouldn’t leave him like this. He insisted on waiting for his mate. 

Gareth and Isa eventually agreed but set a strict condition: they would wait only three days, after which the rites would have to be performed if Taehyung didn’t wake. 

Reluctantly, Jeongguk agreed and arranged for his doctor to care for Taehyung while he focused on investigating the circumstances that had led to Taehyung's current state. Jin extended his hand in teaming up to teach the culprits a lesson.

Jeongguk began meeting with Taehyung’s friends and tracking down the people who had conspired with Yeon to bring this tragic event to fruition while Jin assisted in the search being the eye of the Gandok. 

Jeongguk wasn’t in a hurry; instead, he wanted Yeon to feel the creeping terror of danger closing in on him before Jeongguk plunged him into complete darkness. 

His thirst for revenge was fierce. Jeongguk either stayed by Taehyung’s side, watching over him, or was out hunting down those who had played any role in causing Taehyung harm.

Jeongguk has spent the last two nights either reading a story to Taehyung or just watching him or sleeping on the chair next to him. People may call him crazy but his true blood alpha had hope that Taehyung is not gone or he himself would not have been breathing yet.

The auction house was demolished, and Jeongguk’s team relentlessly pursued its members, capturing those who tried to flee. The atmosphere in Gandok grew tense as if something was shifting, but the change was too subtle for anyone to identify clearly. 

Even reporters, despite writing articles on the mysterious events, were left clueless about many of the facts and the sudden disappearances of several high-profile figures. One of those missing, of course, was Taehyung, whose whereabouts were known only to the two families.

Jeongguk meticulously gathered all the information he could, carefully preparing to play his cards at the perfect moment. 

The Moon Goddess observed it all, yet remained unfazed, simply relaxing and humming to herself.

Her attention was seemingly elsewhere, dismissing his concerns with serene indifference. One of the attendants hesitated before adding, “This was destined to happen. Both must be sacrificed, or else no new mates will be born in the near future.”

The Minister silenced them with a sharp glare, urging them to hold their tongues.

This was an unprecedented event in the natural order, leaving the ministers perplexed about its potential consequences. They contemplated sacrificing Jeongguk as well to reset the balance and begin anew with fresh mates. 

"Perhaps after today, he’ll give up," one of the beautiful attendants whispered to another. Today was the third day, and both the attendants were fearful that Jeongguk might soon lose control and unleash a wave of destruction. 

Their concerns were valid, but the Moon Goddess had no intention of sharing her plans or revealing her thoughts to them.

The Moon Goddess paid them no heed, her focus drifting elsewhere as she calmly sipped nectar from the glass in her hand. Her serene demeanor contrasted sharply with the rising tension in the room. 

The Minister, noticing her apparent disregard for the gravity of the situation, grew increasingly anxious. Desperate to make her understand, he tried once more to explain, his voice tinged with urgency.

He laughed awkwardly, "You do realize that after today, when he loses hope, he'll go straight to Yeon." The minister paused, then added with a shudder, "Or are you planning to drive him mad before putting him to sleep?" 

His gaze shifted uneasily to the figure lying in the center of the hall. "You're not planning to let him return, are you?" He asks pointing at the body.

The minister's statement sparked a wave of whispers and murmurs among the attendants and ministers, who struggled to grasp the Moon Goddess's intentions. 

With a lazy glance, she remarked, "You're quite talkative today."

The minister, seemingly like a middle-aged man, had sharp features and a long white beard. He was dressed in a traditional robe that added to his dignified appearance. 

Though he was notably shorter than the imposing Moon Goddess and harbored a deep-seated fear of her, this didn’t stop him from voicing his thoughts. He had served the Moon Goddess for a long time, yet he still struggled to understand the intricacies of her enigmatic mind.

 

He was about to respond when a chuckle from the other Gods and Goddesses drew everyone's attention. "He's waking up," one of them announced, their voices filled with excitement.

The gods gathered around Taehyung, smiling as his eyes fluttered open. Squinting against the light, he recognized the familiar faces and groaned. "Why am I seeing this scene again?" he complained, eliciting giggles from the gods and goddesses surrounding him.

The Moon Goddess finally showed some interest. She descended gracefully from her throne, her ethereal form gliding toward Taehyung, who sat up and skimmed around in awe at the divine beings surrounding him. 

"Hi... again," he greeted awkwardly, unsure how to react to the surreal situation. The gods and goddesses covered their mouths in surprise, their soft features displaying a mix of astonishment and amusement.

Remembering why he was there, Taehyung quickly examined his body, noticing the bloodstains on his clothes. Peeking inside, he found his body intact and undamaged. Sighing in relief, he muttered, “So, only the stains remain.” 

The minister nearly collapsed upon hearing this, wanting to shout at the foolish boy that this should be the least of his concerns in a place like this. But it seemed that, except for him, no one else was bothered by it.

The Moon Goddess seated herself in front of Taehyung, her gaze intense as she studied him. Taehyung blinked in shock as she reached out and placed a hand on his shoulder. 

"What?" he asked, frowning in confusion.

With a serene and soothing aura, the Moon Goddess pursed her lips before speaking. "You’ve had your beauty sleep," she said, her voice carrying a hint of amusement.

Taehyung repeated her words, clearly baffled by the meaning. He remembered he was dead, so what could this possibly mean? Watching the Goddess staring at him with an unreadable expression, he rolled his eyes. 

"I deserved it, I guess?" he muttered, glancing around the grand hall at the numerous spirits present.

"And now," he added, raising an eyebrow, "what do we do after death?"

His question prompted the gods and goddesses to cover their mouths again, stifling their laughter at his unexpected candor.

"Such an interesting being he is," one of the Gods remarked. Taehyung glanced at them before turning his attention back to the Moon Goddess, who was still staring at him in a strangely intense way. 

"Why are you looking at me like that?" he asked, his voice tinged with confusion. 

The Moon Goddess cleared her throat and looked away, then casually replied, "I was expecting you to start complaining and crying to go back. You’re very calm...Do you like this place?" She smiled, while the other gods and goddesses subtly rolled their eyes at her blunt questioning.

Taehyung looked at her in disbelief. "Do I have a choice?" he asked, his tone laced with sarcasm. The Moon Goddess shamelessly shook her head, indicating a negative. The gods watching her sighed but, finding the exchange entertaining, continued to observe. 

"As for liking this place," Taehyung continued, "I would have appreciated waking up somewhere more dignified than the floor."

The Moon Goddess quickly pointed at her minister, shifting the blame. "It's his fault. He distracted me and didn’t allow me to take you anywhere else." 

Taehyung eyed the minister sharply, who waved his hands defensively, wanting to protest his innocence. The Moon Goddess narrowed her eyes at him. 

"Are you trying to say that this venerable being is lying?"

The minister paled at her words and quickly responded in a defeated tone, "I was at fault. It was me." 

The Moon Goddess smiled triumphantly and looked back at Taehyung with an expression that clearly said, 'See, I told you.' None of the onlookers believed her, but they wisely kept their thoughts to themselves. 

Finally, she rose from there and gestured for Taehyung to follow her as she made her way back to her throne.

As Taehyung walked behind the Moon Goddess, he could feel the curious eyes of the gods and spirits becoming more intense. "Um… Moon Goddess, will I be staying here now?" he asked hesitantly.

The Moon Goddess smiled and glanced at her minister. "See, he likes this place," she said with a teasing tone. Taehyung scratched his head, uncertain. "I don’t know what’s supposed to happen now. Do I serve you like the others here?"

The spirits gasped in protest at his words, whispering among themselves. "Who can serve her? She’s so difficult to handle," they complained, their murmurs growing louder. Some even wondered how a mere human dared to compare himself to them in such a way. 

The Moon Goddess rolled her eyes and raised a finger to her lips, her eyes glowing as she commanded silence. The hall immediately fell quiet.

She sat gracefully on her throne and turned to Taehyung. 

"I’m glad you’re being such a good child, but you can’t stay here for long." The Gods perked up at this, their interest piqued, while the minister felt yet another complaint bubbling up within him.

The Moon Goddess then asked, "Aren’t you curious about how the others are doing?"

Taehyung’s expression turned bitter. "What’s the use of hearing about it? They’ll have to live without me, and there’s nothing I can do to help from here." 

The Gods and Goddesses applauded in appreciation. "What an insightful child," one of them remarked. "Why didn’t we meet in Gandok?"

Taehyung turned to the God who had spoken, his curiosity making his eyes round and shining, giving him an adorably innocent look. "You’ve been to Gandok?" he asked.

The last time Taehyung had encountered these gods, he hadn’t remembered much about them. What he did recall was that they could appear however he wished to perceive them. The one before him now resembled the God of Rain, though Taehyung wasn’t entirely sure. 

They all looked equally divine, their curious gazes mirroring his own as they studied each other. Ethereal wisps and spirit-like figures floated around him, some drifting near the ceiling of the vast hall. The place felt surreal, like something pulled from his own imagination. It was an odd experience—one that might have terrified him if not for his familiarity with the Moon Goddess.

Moon Goddess smiled at his question. "They’ve all been there," She answered. She then turned to the minister, her voice taking on a more commanding tone. "You’ve been nagging this venerable being for so long—why don’t you explain the situation to the child?"

The minister gulped, finding it hard to deal with her, but he still obeyed her command.

The minister turned to Taehyung and politely explained the situation. "Your mate, along with your brother, is working to take down Yeon. They’re capturing their targets like predators, moving slowly and quietly. But the true blood alpha, Jeongguk, refuses to let go of your body. 

Today is the third day, and when it ends, as promised, the rites on your body will be performed. This means he will go berserk. True blood alphas are rare and incredibly dangerous—they can cause havoc and destruction, not just for themselves but for others as well. Chaos is looming in Gandok."

Taehyung looked at the Moon Goddess with concern. "You said I have a choice to protect him. I chose to protect him. But this didn't change anything? If one mate falls, does the other have to follow?"

The Moon Goddess smiled, clearly impressed by Taehyung’s insight. She glanced at the minister, who had tried to withhold this information, but Taehyung had still caught on. One of the forest goddesses spoke up, addressing Taehyung. 

"It would be cruel for one to live without the other. The cycle must continue, and new mates must be born."

Taehyung frowned. "So it’s not cruel for one to sacrifice their life for other only to see the other take his own life? If fate is so cruel, then why give mates in the first place and leave them with such an absurd choice?"

The minister, growing agitated, snapped, "You insolent fool! Do you understand the efforts the Moon Goddess puts into looking after you humans, even with the curse upon her?"

The Moon Goddess raised a hand, silencing the minister. He grew pale at her somber expression and looming aura and quickly fell to his knees. "Forgive me. I crossed the line. Please, forgive me." The hall falls in silence. No one expected for the minister to bring that up.

However, Taehyung interjected, his voice filled with concern. "What curse is he talking about? What has happened to you?"

The genuine worry in Taehyung’s eyes took the Moon Goddess by surprise, as well as everyone else present. She quickly masked her surprise with a gentle smile. "You can’t stay here for long—you must go back."

This statement sparked a wave of murmurs among the spirits. The minister trembled but didn’t dare look up. Taehyung narrowed his eyes. "Am I going somewhere else?" he asked.

The Moon Goddess shook her head. "I know the law of nature can be cruel, but we are not that cruel to our children. It’s their choices that shape their fate. You chose this path, and in doing so, you’ve altered the course of events."

Taehyung stared at her in surprise. "But you said I had to die for others to live."

The Moon Goddess smiled gently. "I said you had to stop breathing, which your body has endured for too long. I followed what nature wants and now, it’s time for you to return to it. This way I don't think I have interfered." She looks keenly at her minister making him tremble and he nods several times.

A chorus of murmurs rose from the crowd—some in protest, some in praise, and others simply watching the unfolding drama. "This shouldn’t happen," a few dared to complain.

The Moon Goddess surveyed them all. "A sacrifice was indeed made, but the final step is always under my control. I see potential in him and want him to return. Or are you all willing to wait another thousand years for such a cosmic event to occur?"

The spirits fell silent, their complaints stifled.

Taehyung, though relieved at the thought of returning, couldn’t help but ask with doubt in his voice, "Are you sure there will be no consequences for you?"

The Moon Goddess remained silent at his question, so one of the gods sitting nearby answered, "You can’t stay here for long. This is not where you belong. You were destined to go back the moment you made that choice—for others and for yourself."

Taehyung still looked suspiciously at the Moon Goddess. "Then, in that case, you will be there next to me, right?" he asked, feeling anxious for some reason.

The Moon Goddess looked up at him and offered a genuine smile. "Where else would I be but beside my children? Rest assured, chaos may be on the horizon in Gandok, but with the mates, peace will be restored."

Taehyung quickly posed another question. "Then if this was how things had to be, why didn’t you give me a proper briefing? I really thought that was the last time I’d see him."

The Moon Goddess smiled, leaning back in her seat. "I wanted a convincing act from you, and, well, I was too lazy to explain everything."

Taehyung made a face, ready to retort, but stopped as he saw her rise and approach him. She crossed her arms over her chest and leaned in close, staring directly into his eyes. Then she playfully poked his forehead. 

"You fool, did you really think I would let you suffer like that?"

She then whispered something in Taehyung’s ear, causing his face to flush red. The onlookers watched with growing curiosity at this exchange. They saw her pat Taehyung’s head gently as she said, "It’s time for you to return."

Taehyung wanted to say something, but his spirit began to slowly disintegrate, leaving him with a final glimpse of the Moon Goddess’s somber expressions etched in his memory.

Jeongguk dragged the alpha's battered body to the wall, fury etched across his face. His pheromones filled the air, so intense that the man beneath him coughed up blood. Multiple wounds marred the alpha’s body, and he trembled in agony.

“You have one minute to decide your fate,” Jeongguk growled, his voice ice-cold. “Tell the truth or the cowardly alpha in you will die.”

The man gasped, tears of pain spilling down his face as he begged for mercy. But Jeongguk’s pheromones only intensified, choking the air from the alpha’s lungs. He clawed desperately at Jeongguk’s gloved hand, but Jeongguk violently shrugged him off. The man crumpled to the ground, sobbing as he gasped out, “I’ll tell the truth. Please!”

Jeongguk stepped back, signaling to his men. “Record his statement.”

The commander, standing beside Jeongguk with a mask obscuring his face so, as to not let pheromones affect him, hesitated before speaking, “Sir, we’ll handle it from here. You should go… Today is—" He faltered, unable to finish the sentence, knowing it was the final day for Taehyung. The sun was nearly setting; there was little time left for Jeongguk to be by his mate's side.

Jeongguk clenched his jaw, muscles tensing, but he nodded. Pulling off his gloves, he tossed them aside. As he left the scene, he barked one final order: “Inform me if there’s any trouble.” The team saluted as Jeongguk walked away.

He was on his way when his heart suddenly raced, a wave of inexplicable happiness surging through him. Without hesitation, he dialed his doctor’s number. The call was answered almost immediately.

"Who’s with Taehyung?" Jeongguk asked, his voice sharp with urgency.

"Sir, it’s me and Mr. Han. The others are on their way," the doctor replied. Before Jeongguk could ask anything else, he heard a sudden gasp from the other side.

"Sir, I think… there’s movement! Mr. Kim… he seems to be waking up. This—it’s a miracle!"

Jeongguk’s heart pounded harder. He felt like he couldn't breathe, disbelief washing over him. Just moments ago, he had resigned himself to the thought of following Taehyung into the afterlife. But now… this?

His grip on the phone tightened, his entire body trembling as he forced himself to speak. "Confirm it."

There was silence, the longest few seconds of Jeongguk’s life. Then the doctor’s voice came back, full of awe. "I can feel the pulse. It’s real… it’s a miracle."

Jeongguk closed his eyes, the immense weight of his anxiety finally lifting. But still, uncertainty gnawed at him. Was this a dream? Was it truly happening?

"I’ll be there soon. Take care of him," Jeongguk said, his voice shaking as he ended the call.

He put the phone aside and, with trembling hands, pulled out the tape recorder from his pocket. Plugging in the earphones, he tried to soothe the frantic alpha within him, whispering under his breath, "He’s alive. Everything’s fine. We’re going to meet our mate."

The news spread quickly to both families and close friends. Everyone was stunned and overjoyed by the unexpected miracle, and they rushed to the house, eager to see the beloved little alpha. It took time for everyone to arrive, but the atmosphere was filled with a mix of relief and disbelief.

Jeongguk hurried to the house, stepping out of the car and taking long strides toward the room where Taehyung was resting. As he approached, he saw his family already gathered there. Jin, Namjoon, Hoseok, Yoongi, and Jimin—who was still unaware of the full story except for Taehyung’s condition—stood near the door, anxiously waiting for the doctor’s approval to enter. 

Taehyung’s parents and Jeongguk’s parents sat nearby, their eyes glued to the door, expressions tight with anticipation.

The moment they saw Jeongguk, the Kim family rushed to embrace him, their voices shaky with gratitude and apology. "Thank you, Jeongguk," they said, tears in their eyes. "We were so close to making a terrible mistake… Thank you for stopping us."

Though they were emotional, Jeongguk’s impatience to see Taehyung was palpable. He nodded at their words, but his focus was solely on the door that separated him from his mate. Despite their happiness, everyone was still in shock, eager to hear how such a miracle had occurred and to know what Taehyung had experienced.

When the doctor finally called them in, Jeongguk moved without hesitation, striding toward the room, his heart pounding in his chest. The others followed close behind, their emotions a whirlwind of hope, joy, and unanswered questions.

Jeongguk had personally cared for Taehyung over the past three days—changing his clothes, gently sponging his body, combing his hair, and speaking softly to him, reading stories in the hope of any response. Each time, Taehyung remained silent, unresponsive, his face blank, his body still. But today, as Jeongguk stepped into the room, he saw a sight that nearly brought him to his knees.

Taehyung was sitting upright, smiling brightly, responding to something the doctor had asked him. Jeongguk’s heart clenched, his eyes immediately welling up with tears that threatened to spill over. The weight of all the days spent talking to a silent, unresponsive Taehyung—days without a hint of that beautiful smile, without those sparkling eyes—now lifted. 

And today, there they were, those shining eyes and that radiant smile, aimed right at him. The moment their eyes met, Taehyung’s voice rang out in excitement, calling for him, Jeongguk’s entire body froze.

“Jeongguk hyung, let’s mark each other!,” Taehyung said with such casual boldness making Jeongguk rooted in the place.

Jeongguk’s entire body trembled at the words. This was not how he thought their meeting would be like. 

The doctor, in complete shock, accidentally injected the medicine meant for Taehyung into his own arm. 

Mr. Han’s hand shook so violently that the tablet he was holding dropped to the floor with a soft thud. 

Meanwhile, the friends and family members gathered there were utterly dumbfounded. They stood rooted in place, mouths agape, with Jimin’s jaw practically on the floor in disbelief.

Then, a roar echoed through the room, deafening everyone.

“TAEHYUNG KIM, DO YOU HAVE NO SHAME?!” Jin bellowed, his face red with both shock and exasperation.

Chapter 77: Unspoken fears

Summary:

The family spends time with each other.

 

Taehyung clamped his hands over his ears, wincing along with everyone else as Jin’s booming voice filled the room. His eyes widened in shock—he hadn't expected them all to be there. 

Just before leaving the Moon Goddess’s side, she had whispered in his ear that the only way to help her was for him and Jeongguk to mark each other. Taehyung wanted to share this immediately before forgetting or delaying it any further, which is why the words burst from his lips the moment he saw Jeongguk. 

But now, with everyone staring at him, embarrassment crept in. He chuckled awkwardly, avoiding their gazes by turning away. Maybe if he couldn’t see them, it would lessen his embarrassment.

Jeongguk, however, didn’t care about the audience. He walked up to Taehyung, pulling him into a tight embrace, and burying his face into the familiar scent he had almost lost. 

He whispered, "You’ve just come back to me. We’ll take it slow."

Taehyung frowned, wanting to ask if he was really that unfit. But before he could, he glanced at the doctor’s pale face as the nurse hurriedly administered something to calm him down. Taehyung decides to keep that for later. 

Mr. Han cleared his throat and quietly left the room, while Jin stepped forward, avoiding Jeongguk, who was still hiding his face in Taehyung’s neck. 

Jin patted Taehyung’s head, his voice soft but firm. "You scared me. Don’t ever do this again. You can ask your brother for anything, but don’t leave us like that again."

Feeling a swell of emotion, Taehyung nodded, wanting to respond to his brother. But Jeongguk’s bear-like hug was making it hard for him to speak. Without further thought, he pushed the true blood alpha away and grabbed Jin’s hand, offering his apologies. 

Jeongguk waited for a few seconds then seizing the moment, moved in for another hug when both families entered the room, surrounding Taehyung with love and affection, pushing him to the side once more.

His parents and Jeongguk’s parents expressed their relief and worry, their eyes brimming with emotion. Taehyung nodded, offering sincere apologies for making them anxious. "The Goddess loves me," he said softly, "and that's why I’m here again."

Isa, however, couldn’t let go. She held onto Taehyung tightly, overwhelmed by the thought that she might never have seen her son again. She kissed his face repeatedly as if each touch reassured her that this was real and not a figment of her imagination. 

Taehyung’s eyes glistened, and Jin turned away on the verge of tears. The four members had an emotional reunion andnone was ready to leave each other's side just yet.

Noticing how emotional they have all become, Gareth gently intervened. "Let him rest, Isa. You’ll have plenty of time to hold him and talk. He’s not going anywhere now." Reluctantly, Isa nodded and finally stepped back, though with greatdifficulty.

Next, Bella and Eric approached, offering their blessings and prayers for Taehyung’s continued recovery. They kept their visit brief, sensing he needed time to rest. 

Just as Jeongguk tried to move closer to his mate, Hoseok and Yoongi swooped in, their faces a mix of concern and exasperation making Jeongguk groan in irritation.

"You pulled quite the stunt, Taehyung," Hoseok said, his voice stern but affectionate. "You must promise you’ll talk to your big brothers next time instead of going through something like this alone." Yoongi added, "We’re always here for you."

Before they could say anything more, Jimin burst into the room causing Jeongguk to sigh in defeat. Jimin walked in with a horrified expression, pushing everyone aside as he rushed over to Taehyung. Grabbing him by the shoulders, he began shaking him, eyes wide in disbelief.

Jimin's question was no surprise to anyone in the room. "What do you mean by marking my big brother?" he demanded, his voice incredulous. Taehyung frowned, but then a proud, victorious smile spread across his lips. 

He looked away, feigning shyness. Jimin’s face twisted with disbelief as Taehyung nonchalantly replied, "It’s what mates do."

Jimin replayed the words in his mind, and once their meaning fully sank in, he released Taehyung’s shoulders in shock, turning to Jeongguk with wide eyes. 

"Brother, he..." But seeing the way Jeongguk was gazing at Taehyung with pure love and adoration made Jimin feel as if his soul had left his body. 

"This cannot happen. I don’t accept!" he exclaimed, looking back at Taehyung, desperately searching for answers.

Taehyung pouted, putting on an aggrieved expression. "I know it’s a shock. It was to me too!" he said dramatically. "I thought, 'How unfair it is to Jimin, after all his effort, that he put to keep his brother away from me. But what could I do? Jeongguk kept pursuing me, and eventually, I couldn’t help but give in." 

He sighed theatrically, placing a hand on his forehead as if lamenting the situation. "It’s hard being this charming, but alas, I should have known better."

The onlookers rolled their eyes at Taehyung’s antics, watching the two troublemakers with amusement. Jimin, now visibly trembling with anger and disbelief, pointed a shaking finger at Taehyung, but no words came out. His face was a mixture of disbelief and shock.

Jeongguk finally spoke up unable to watch the condition of his little brother. "He’s my mate, Jimin. We had to keep it a secret for our safety. I didn’t want to burden you with the truth before."

Jimin glanced back and forth between Taehyung and his brother, his mind struggling to process everything, and then he promptly fainted, collapsing into Namjoon’s arms.

Namjoon stares at the unexpected gift he received the moment he stepped into the room to greet Taehyung. His gaze shifts blankly to the people around him, but no one bothers to offer an explanation or guidance on what he should do with Jimin.

Taehyung stared at Jimin’s unconscious form, his mouth hanging open. "What a bummer. I just started to have fun," he muttered under his breath.

Jeongguk, having heard him, gave Taehyung a sharp look, his tone though soft as he calls him. "Taehyung."

Taehyung immediately straightened up, looking like a scolded child. "I-I mean, he always said no one was good enough for his brother. That my brother has very high standards..." He trailed off, glancing at Jeongguk.

Jeongguk met his gaze and calmly said, "I do."

Taehyung’s face flushed red, causing Jin and the others to roll their eyes once more. Sensing the tension, Jin spoke up. "Okay, we’ll leave you two alone."

The group gathered Jimin and left the room, giving the mates their privacy.

Taehyung fanned himself, feeling flushed from Jeongguk’s intense gaze. Before he could recover, Jeongguk moved closer, his arms circling Taehyung's waist as they both tumbled onto the bed. 

Without hesitation, Jeongguk captured Taehyung’s lips in a deep, passionate kiss, pouring all his love, warmth, and longing into it. The sorrow, madness, and desire that had consumed him for so long flooded back. 

He held Taehyung tightly, deepening the kiss, gently biting his lips, and tasting the sweetness of his mouth. His thumb softly caressed Taehyung’s cheek, while his fingers tenderly rubbed his earlobe.

Their bodies pressed together, heat radiating between them, both aware of the effect the kiss had on their bodies. Jeongguk pulled back slightly, his eyes searching Taehyung’s flushed face. 

Taehyung fluttered his eyes open, his cheeks a deep red from the affection he had just received. 

"Are we going to mark each other?" he whispered, noticing Jeongguk’s visible desire.

Jeongguk’s lips curled into a small, amused smile. He kissed Taehyung’s forehead and asked, "Do you know what marking usually implies?" 

Taehyung, ready to answer, paused as it dawned on him: in Gandok, marking was often a way of saying ‘Let’s have rough sex.’ His mind replayed how loudly he had announced it in front of everyone, and his face turned even redder. 

Jeongguk chuckled. "So, you remembered now."

Mortified, Taehyung let out a small cry of embarrassment, hiding his face in Jeongguk’s chest. Jeongguk patted him gently. "We’ll do as you wish, but now isn’t the time. Our families are just outside the door."

Jeongguk pulled Taehyung closer, wrapping them both in the duvet as they lay entangled. He buried his face in Taehyung’s warmth, and Taehyung instinctively embraced him. 

Without missing a beat, Taehyung whispered, "Okay, then I’ll tell my parents to leave quickly and push my brothers out too." Jeongguk trembled, trying to stifle his laughter at Taehyung's adorable bluntness.

"Taehyung," Jeongguk said after a moment, his voice soft and serious, "don’t ever leave me like that again. Take me with you, wherever you go, in this life or the afterlife."

Taehyung froze, startled by the weight of Jeongguk’s words. Suddenly, he understood what the Gods had hinted at about Jeongguk. Looking down at his mate, he caught a familiar scent—one that had seemed out of place before. Jeongguk had a smell of blood on him.

Taehyung realized Jeongguk must have done something before coming to him, but Jeongguk, sensing his unspoken question, tightened his hold.

"Rest with me for a while," Jeongguk whispered, closing his eyes.

Taehyung looked at him, his heart softening. Whatever had happened, they would handle it together. He closed his eyes, vowing to protect his mate and never let him lose his mind again.

What he didn't expect was that his not responding to Jeongguk’s request would pull him into such sweet trouble.

Taehyung had come to one realization: his family wasn’t just here out of concern for him—they were practically having a picnic. Every day, they gathered for breakfast around the table, chatting as if it were a family vacation. 

Some would leave for work, while others stayed behind to watch movies, play games, or simply enjoy each other’s company. Despite Taehyung's various attempts to politely suggest they go home, they ignored him, making it clear they intended to stay. 

Jimin, for one, threw him occasional glares, he complained about how he was the last one to know about this. He stopped eating meals and taking care of his face and clothes. He threw tantrums and made everyone believe he was the real victim here. 

Taehyung and Jimin would often bicker, leaving the families to intervene and settle their disputes. Ultimately Jeonggukstepped in, especially after watching his injured brother. There is one thing that these troublemakers have in common- they both can only be disciplined by Jeongguk.

Jeongguk apologized to Jimin and explained how Taehyung had ended up in this situation while saving them all.

Though Jimin might seem like a carefree, spoiled rich kid on the surface, he is actually highly intellectual, a master in his field, and deeply caring. Beyond his charming looks, he has a way of making those around him feel happy and giddy. 

Upon learning the truth, he immediately apologized, thanking Taehyung for saving his life, still shaken by the revelation that his own blood relative had plotted to kill him. 

Despite his devastation, Jimin never wavered in caring for Taehyung, rushing to his side at the slightest sound of pain, his worry always palpable.

But this didn't mean that he backed off from competing for his brother. He told Taehyung clearly that he would test Taehyung these days to see if he was really capable of this title. It was just a saying the family knew these two wanted to have something to cause trouble.

Taehyung, meanwhile, sensed that Jin, Jeongguk, and the others were hiding something from him, but none of them were willing to share it. 

He played along, acting like the perfect member of a happy family, but his thoughts were elsewhere. The absence of the Moon Goddess weighed heavily on him, and he worried for her.

As much as he cherished these moments with his family—eating meals together, watching movies, and enjoying sports—he couldn’t help but feel stifled. 

Four days had passed, and still, no one allowed him to watch the news or discuss anything related to Yeon. Every night,Jeongguk would snuggle up to him, whispering that he couldn’t bear to lose him again.

Taehyung reassured him that he wasn’t planning on leaving, but it was clear Jeongguk was still in shock. Whatever he said seemed to not convince Jeongguk in the slightest.

Frustrated, Taehyung began to insist that Jeongguk mark him, but each time he asked, Jeongguk would avoid his gaze.Even his brother scolded him for whispering such things and his parents and others looked at him in sympathy with the way he was being this needy and being ignored but that didn’t stop Taehyung from trying and Jeongguk from avoiding this topic.

He would whisper the words at every possible moment—whether Jeongguk was brushing his teeth, coming out of the shower, eating breakfast, heading to work, or returning home, even while they were spending time with family. 

It became so frequent that everyone around them had grown desensitized to Taehyung’s constant murmurs. The words had lost all meaning to the others. They began to treat him like he was invisible as if he were just air.

Sometimes, they even feared that they might accidentally start echoing Taehyung’s words to Jeongguk themselves. Shuddering at the thought, they quickly made it a point to avoid the two whenever such conversations began.

Every chance Taehyung got, he would bring it up, only for Jeongguk to brush it off. Feeling smothered by the situation and everyone’s protectiveness, Taehyung decided it was time to act on his own.

His opportunity came when a message from Umbra suddenly flashed across their screens—something even the government couldn’t hide. This time the message came with a piece of orchestral music and lots of animation. The message read:

"Have you all missed me? 

It’s been a while since our last showdown. The time has come for one final surprise for the people of Gandok. Hold your breath and wait for it—there’s a truth that will shake you to the bone. :)"

Taehyung stared at his screen, a sly smile forming on his lips. During his days of forced rest, he had been thinking—piecing together incidents and matching timelines. He was close to figuring out who was behind it all and made him do all the tedious work. He had to clear up the loose ends.

So, as usual, he spent the day with everyone: playing a game of cards with Bella, who was starting to be more pleasant, then mixing a ridiculous shake with Jimin in a playful competition. But it was later that evening, when everyone was relaxed and their guards were down, that Taehyung made his move. 

It was the perfect day to execute his plan. Jin and Jeongguk would be preoccupied with maintaining law and order in Gandok, as they always were whenever Umbra’s messages flashed across the city, throwing people into a state of panic. 

With his brothers and Jimin off handling some work and his mother and aunt indulging in their beauty treatments, no one was left to keep an eye on him. The opportunity to escape had never been better.

Checking his surroundings, he quietly opened the window to his room, ready to slip out unnoticed.

The sun was setting, casting a golden hue across the clear sky. Taehyung knew it would be dark soon, giving him the perfect cover to slip away unnoticed. 

He checked his pockets, making sure everything he needed was in place—Jeongguk’s hoodie, a cap, a mask tucked into his pocket, gloves already on his hands, his phone, etc.

After a quick glance at the height from his window to the ground, he took a deep breath. The first floor wasn’t too high, and he could land safely with just a bit of strain on his muscles.

Encouraging himself quietly, he whispered, "You can do it." His eyes gleamed with determination as he gripped the window sill, testing it for a good hold. In a swift movement, Taehyung hung from the window, inhaling deeply before letting go and landing with a soft thud. 

He winced—apparently, he’d underestimated the pressure. Perhaps he’d gained weight or lost some muscle tone recently. Dusting himself off, he quickly pulled on his mask, scanned the area, and prepared to leave.

The thick, tall bushes around the property gave him ample cover. He crept forward, sticking close to the shadows and trying to avoid the security cameras. 

Jeongguk’s house was a large estate, and it would take some time to reach the main gate. Just as Taehyung approached the exit, he noticed the gate was slightly open. 

It was his chance—the gate wouldn’t open without matching a person's identity, and that meant if he passed later he would be exposed, so he had to act fast.

As he prepared to make a run for it, a strong hand grabbed him from behind and pulled him close. Taehyung’s body stiffened, and he inhaled sharply, recognizing the familiar scent—Jeongguk. 

He looked up, wide-eyed, only to meet Jeongguk’s glowing amber eyes. His heart sank, and his body trembled under Jeongguk’s intense gaze. Before Taehyung could even utter a word, Jeongguk hoisted him over his shoulder, leaving him no time to explain or come up with an excuse.

Taehyung flailed in protest, stammering apologies, but Jeongguk remained silent, carrying him in the opposite direction of the house. 

Confused, Taehyung gasped, “Where are we going?” He expected to be dragged back inside, but instead, Jeongguk marched towards a car waiting nearby.

Ignoring Taehyung’s flustered attempts to understand what was happening, Jeongguk placed him inside the car. His face serious, he finally spoke, "Were you planning to leave?"

Taehyung, still wide-eyed and caught off guard, stammered, but Jeongguk shut the door without waiting for a reply and got in on the other side. Taehyung looked around, spotting Mr. Han in the front seat. 

Surprised, he asked, "What is happening?"

Jeongguk’s voice was calm, yet firm, as the car sped up. "We’re going somewhere." Taehyung stared at him, his mouth hanging open in shock. He had hoped to escape, yet somehow, he was now free from the house, but under entirely different circumstances.

Pointing back at the house, Taehyung muttered, "But... that’s—"

Jeongguk interrupted, "That’s not the only property I own." His gaze lingered on Taehyung, taking in his attempted disguise—the hoodie, the cap, the mask.

Taehyung’s confusion deepened. "What does that mean?"

He then notices his get up and quickly tries to explain, noticing the gloomy expression on Jeongguk’s face. Ever since his return, Jeongguk had been a bit off—coming home with the scent of blood clinging to his clothes, asking daily if Taehyung was planning to leave him, and constantly watching him like a hawk. 

Taehyung sighs, gently holding Jeongguk’s hands. "I’m not leaving you. Where would I go if not to you? I just wanted to step out of the house for a while. What should I do when you’re still not ready to tell me what happened after that day?"

Jeongguk remains silent, his eyes clouded with worry.

"I know you’re scared," Taehyung continues softly, as though comforting a child. One thing Taehyung was confident about was to talk to the true blood alpha rather than the stubborn Jeongguk. The alpha though dominant was soft for Taehyung's demands and words. It was easy to talk to him. 

"What will reassure you? Tell me, and I’ll do it." Taehyung says softly.

Mr. Han, seated at the front, glanced at Jeongguk in the rearview mirror. “Sir, all preparations have been made,” he informed. Jeongguk nodded in acknowledgment, his eyes never leaving Taehyung.

Without breaking his gaze, Jeongguk spoke with a low intensity. “I’m going to fulfill our wish of marking. That...I want”

Taehyung’s eyes widened in surprise, but inside his mind, he couldn’t help but cheer in a small victory. 'Finally!' 

 

Chapter 78: A Sacred Marking

Summary:

Marking.

 

Taehyung stepped out of the car, his gaze immediately drawn to the charming bungalow nestled amidst a lush, vibrant expanse of greenery. Beyond the house, towering mountains framed the scene, casting a serene, protective aura over the landscape. The tranquil beauty resonated deeply within him, making his heart flutter unexpectedly.

Jeongguk, standing beside him, squeezed Taehyung’s hand gently, pulling him from his reverie. “I’m glad you like it,” he said softly, reading Taehyung's thoughts, his face lighting up with a smile. 

“I chose this place thinking of my mate—a home where you could find peace, surrounded by nature’s beauty. A place as beautiful as you.”

Emotion shimmered in Taehyung’s eyes as he pressed a tender kiss to the back of Jeongguk’s hand in silent gratitude. When he looked back, he saw that their driver and Mr. Han, had already left. Jeongguk, now holding a suitcase and a small bag, caught his gaze and chuckled warmly. 

“Shall we go inside?”

The path to the house was softly illuminated by small lanterns lining the bricked walkway. Their warm glow wasn’t harsh,but gentle—like a quiet embrace that mirrored the cozy atmosphere of the bungalow. Insects danced around the lights, drawn to their beauty much like Taehyung was drawn to the peaceful energy of this place.

Stepping inside, Taehyung couldn’t help but gasp in awe. The interior was a perfect balance of simplicity and warmth. Light-colored walls contrasted beautifully with rich wooden accents, exuding a rustic charm that felt instantly welcoming. 

Fresh flowers-filled vases scattered around the room, their fragrance blending with Jeongguk’s subtle pheromones, lingering in the air like a promise of love.

A plush sofa sat in the center of the room, its soft cushions inviting Taehyung to sink into their comfort. Nearby, an electric fireplace cast a warm glow, while a chandelier above moved in gentle circles, spreading a soft, ambient light throughout the space.

Letting go of Jeongguk’s hand, Taehyung drifted toward the glass doors leading to an outdoor area. A cozy swing, with soft cushions, beckoned invitingly. He glanced back, his eyes gleaming with excitement. Every detail felt like it was crafted just for them.

He wandered through the kitchen next, his fingers brushing over the carefully arranged dishware. The sight of the bowls and plates, clearly prepared for two, filled his heart with warmth. The cozy, intimate setting was everything he had ever dreamed of.

Taehyung had never desired extravagance; wealth and grandeur held little appeal for him. What he craved was a space like this—small, charming, filled with warmth and simplicity. 

It was as though they were on a honeymoon, and the thought alone sent his pulse racing. He turned, catching Jeongguk leaning casually against the doorframe, his gaze soft and adoring.

Without a word, Taehyung walked toward him, wrapping his arms around Jeongguk’s waist in a tight embrace. Jeongguk, momentarily surprised, let out a soft laugh before lifting Taehyung effortlessly, holding him close as though he were the most precious thing in the world. 

With gentle ease, Jeongguk carried him to the bedroom, placing him on the bed as he captured Taehyung’s lips in a sweet, lingering kiss.

Taehyung melted under Jeongguk’s touch, his fingers instinctively tightening around his mate. 

When Jeongguk finally pulled away, it was only to look at him with a gaze full of affection. “Do you like it?” he asked, his voice barely above a whisper.

Taehyung, still dazed from the kiss, nodded, a smile tugging at his lips. “This house... it’s perfect. Everything here feels like you. The house filled with your scent. Of course, I love it.” He paused, his voice dropping to a soft murmur. “It’s adorable.”

Jeongguk smiled, his heart swelling with joy, before leaning down to kiss him again, this time deeper, more passionate, taking his time while enjoying the intimacy with his mate.

As they pulled away, Jeongguk gently whispered, “We should wash up. Do you want to go first?”

Taehyung, still lost in the aftermath of the kiss, blinked up at him, his voice a little breathless. “You go first,” he managed to say softly. Jeongguk chuckled, brushing a stray lock of hair from Taehyung’s face before reluctantly pulling himself away. 

He glanced at his mate one last time before heading to the bathroom, leaving Taehyung basking in the warmth of their new home.

It didn’t take long for Jeongguk to emerge from the shower, and the sound of the door creaking open drew Taehyung's attention. He remained sprawled on the bed, but as Jeongguk stepped out in a white robe, damp hair clinging to his forehead, an unexpected wave of nervousness washed over Taehyung. 

He quickly sat up, his gaze meeting Jeongguk’s before they both instinctively looked away, awkwardness hanging in the air between them.

After a beat of silence, Jeongguk cleared his throat, his voice low and hesitant. 

“You can… go ahead now.”

Taehyung nodded and stood up, but as he moved, Jeongguk’s eyes trailed down his body. “And, um,” Jeongguk added softly, “wash up thoroughly.”

The subtle heat in Jeongguk’s gaze made Taehyung’s face flush a deep crimson. 

Embarrassed, he quickly turned on his heel, heading straight for the bathroom. “I know, I’m an adult!” he shot back, his voice a little too defensive, before shutting the door behind him with a soft thud.

Jeongguk exhaled, letting out the breath he hadn’t realized he’d been holding. His heart raced, nerves prickling under his skin. To calm himself, he moved toward the bedside table, opening the drawer to check the things he had carefully prepared for tonight. His fingers brushed over the small items, and his chest tightened with a mix of anticipation and anxiety.

Before coming to this place, Jeongguk took two important steps. First, he sought the blessing of both his and Taehyung’s fathers to proceed with the sacred marking, honoring the tradition and securing their approval. 

Second, he met with a counselor who had visited his office, offering guidance and explaining the significance of this moment. The counselor advised Jeongguk to be thoughtful—perhaps even a little dramatic—to ensure that Taehyung felt cherished and deeply cared for.

With that in mind, Jeongguk’s gaze drifted to the small lamps scattered around the room. His hesitation melted away as he imagined the look on Taehyung’s face. 

Determined, he pushed through his embarrassment and lit each one, the soft, golden glow gradually illuminating the space, casting a warm, intimate ambiance.

Time ticked by, and the longer Taehyung stayed in the bathroom, the more Jeongguk’s nerves grew. He fidgeted, adjusting the creases on the bedsheets for the umpteenth time, his mind racing with thoughts of how the night might unfold. He double-checked the items he had placed within arm’s reach, his heart pounding so loud he was sure anyone could hear it.

Finally, the bathroom door clicked open, and Taehyung stepped out, moving slowly into the room. The soft lantern light bathed him in a golden glow, his skin still glistening with water droplets that caught the light in mesmerizing ways. His damp hair framed his flushed face, and his eyes sparkled like stars, reflecting the soft light of the lamps.

Jeongguk froze, utterly captivated by the sight. Taehyung looked ethereal, more beautiful than Jeongguk could have ever imagined. He felt his breath hitch, his chest tight with a mix of awe and disbelief. How had he gotten so lucky?

Taehyung’s eyes widened as he took in the setting, his gaze darting between the softly glowing lamps and the thoughtfully prepared space. His lips parted in surprise, a quiet gasp escaping him. 

“Did… did you prepare all this?” he asked, his voice barely above a whisper, clearly stunned by the transformation of the room.

Jeongguk swallowed hard, his heart thudding in his chest. “Yeah,” he muttered, his voice soft but proud. “I wanted to make it special.”

Taehyung’s astonishment melted into a smile, a look of pure affection and gratitude shining in his eyes. He stepped closer, closing the distance between them, and Jeongguk couldn’t help but feel a rush of warmth spread through him. This was exactly what he had hoped for.

Jeongguk extended his hand toward Taehyung, a soft invitation for him to join. As Taehyung slipped his hand into Jeongguk’s, Jeongguk shifted back slightly, making room for him to sit. He gestured toward the hair dryer on the nearby cabinet. 

Taehyung nodded, nestling comfortably against Jeongguk’s side, feeling the warmth of his mate seep into him as Jeongguk began drying his damp hair in quiet concentration.

Neither of them spoke. The silence that enveloped them wasn’t awkward, but rather a moment of quiet introspection, both preparing themselves for the night ahead. 

The only sound in the room was the low hum of the hair dryer, which soon clicked off as Jeongguk finished, carefully placing it back in the cabinet.

Taehyung stood up slowly, turning to face Jeongguk, who leaned against the counter, his hands resting by his sides. An unspoken tension lingered in the air, and Taehyung hesitated, unsure of how to break the silence between them.

Before he could find the words, Jeongguk reached for him, pulling Taehyung close. His strong arms wrapped around Taehyung’s waist, and he buried his face against Taehyung’s stomach, his breath warm against the soft fabric of his robe. Gently, he rubbed his face against Taehyung, seeking comfort in the simple closeness.

“Taehyung,” Jeongguk’s voice was muffled, heavy with emotion. “I just... I hope you want this. I don’t want you to feel like you’re forcing yourself.”

Taehyung blinked, momentarily taken aback by Jeongguk’s vulnerable words. The weight of his mate’s concern settled over him, and he felt a surge of warmth in his chest. Gently, he placed a hand on Jeongguk’s head, his fingers threading through his dark hair as he offered a reassuring, affectionate pat.

Taehyung had thought of the Moon Goddess many times, but his primary concern had always been Jeongguk’s safety. He knew that being marked would protect them, breaking the evil cycle of unmarked mates condemned to death. 

And, in his darkest moments—when he had been on the verge of death—his thoughts were consumed not by fear, but by Jeongguk. It was in that moment of clarity that he realized just how deeply he loved him. He wanted to give everything to Jeongguk, to be united with him in every way.

Taehyung understood Jeongguk’s insecurities, the nervousness that ate away at him. He could see how the weight of the past was holding Jeongguk back, and that’s why it was important to be honest with him before they went any further. It was a relief that Jeongguk had initiated the conversation.

A gentle smile played on Taehyung’s lips. “When I was on the brink of death, all I could think of was you—your warmth, your care, your love, your touch, your scent. I wanted to feel it all, possess it all. There are many things I might be unsure of in life, but when it comes to you, I have always been certain. Ever since we were young, I chose you. And I’m blessed that you chose me, too.”

Jeongguk’s head snapped up, his eyes glistening with emotion. Taehyung’s words washed over him like a balm, soothing the raw wounds of doubt and fear. His hands trembled slightly as he shook his head. 

“No,” he whispered, his voice thick with emotion. “I’m the lucky one. After you left… I went mad. The thought of never seeing you again, of never hearing your laughter, your voice, or feeling your presence... it drove me to the edge.”

His body shuddered at the memory. “I was so scared I’d never have you back. I wanted to hurt everyone who took you from me. I wanted them to suffer like I did, and if I couldn’t, I wanted to end my life just to be with you again.” He swallowed, his voice breaking. “Am I really the person you’ve always wished for?”

Taehyung knelt on the bed, moving closer, making Jeongguk shift back. He took the opportunity to settle into Jeongguk’s lap, wrapping his arms around his mate’s neck. Jeongguk instinctively tightened his hold, securing Taehyung in place, as if letting go would mean losing him again.

“There’s nothing that could ever stop me from loving you,” Taehyung murmured, his voice steady and full of conviction. “Now that I’m here, I’ll heal you. I’m sorry I left you like that. But if I’m ever asked to choose again, between saving one of us… I’ll always choose you. I don’t regret it for a second. Wouldn’t you do the same?”

Jeongguk’s grip on Taehyung tightened, a mixture of anger and anxiety flooding him as the trauma resurfaced. “You can’t leave me,” he whispered fiercely, his voice laced with desperation. He knew Taehyung was right—there was no question that Taehyung was his priority, his entire world. All Jeongguk wanted was to protect him, to possess him, to shower him with all the love he could muster. He never wanted harm to touch Taehyung again.

Seeing the anguish in Jeongguk’s eyes, Taehyung leaned in and kissed them softly, tenderly. “I’m not going anywhere,” he reassured, his voice gentle and soothing. “I’m yours. Have me—all of me. I’m here, and I don’t want to be anywhere else.”

Jeongguk opened his eyes, and Taehyung saw the raw, unfiltered desire in them. The need to claim, to protect, to love overwhelmed him. “Then let me make love to you,” Jeongguk whispered, his voice thick with longing.

Before Taehyung could respond, Jeongguk shifted their positions in one swift movement, laying Taehyung gently on the bed. His touch was both tender and possessive as he carefully adjusted Taehyung’s head on the pillow, his eyes never leaving his mate’s face.

Jeongguk’s gaze was filled with hunger and love as he lowered his head, capturing Taehyung’s lips in a searing kiss. The intensity of the kiss spoke of everything Jeongguk had felt—the longing, the fear, the relief—and Taehyung melted into it, his fingers gripping Jeongguk’s arms as they lost themselves in each other.

Jeongguk trailed kisses down Taehyung’s neck, his tongue flicking out to taste the sweetness of his mate’s skin. His hair brushed softly against Taehyung’s chin and neck as he moved lower, his lips exploring every inch of Taehyung’s body with deliberate care. 

Each touch of his mouth, each caress of his tongue, felt like a worshipful reverence—savoring the beauty laid before him, stoking his desire with every kiss.

Jeongguk’s lips lingered at Taehyung’s chest, where the soft buds of his skin were glistening in the dim candlelight. He teased them gently, circling them with his tongue before carefully capturing one between his teeth. 

The sensation sent shivers of pleasure coursing through Taehyung’s body, making him tremble with desire. His breath hitched, and a moan escaped his parted lips, filling the quiet room with the sound of his pleasure. The flickering candlelight danced with the same rhythm as Taehyung’s trembling body, craving more of Jeongguk’s touch.

Jeongguk took his time, exploring his mate slowly, savoring every inch of Taehyung’s skin as he moved lower. Taehyung had offered his body like an empty white canvas for Jeongguk to fill with the art he desired and Jeongguk was making full use of it.

His lips pressed firmly against Taehyung’s heated skin, leaving bites and marks, claiming what was his. There was no hesitation, no holding back. Each mark was a symbol of his love and possession, and with each one, Taehyung’s mind grew foggier, overwhelmed by the pleasure that Jeongguk’s touch ignited. 

Soft, breathless moans spilled from Taehyung’s lips, mixing with the warmth of the candle-lit room, as Jeongguk’s fingers trailed possessively over his body.

When Jeongguk reached Taehyung’s waist, he bit down gently, watching the way his mate writhed beneath him, his face flushed and his body trembling in response. 

Jeongguk’s chin brushed against Taehyung’s hardened desire, causing him to pause. Taehyung’s eyes fluttered open, glistening with unshed tears of pleasure, meeting Jeongguk’s hungry gaze. Without breaking eye contact, Jeongguk took him into his mouth, the bittersweet taste flooding his senses.

Taehyung’s eyes widened, his body arching beautifully at the sensation. He tried to push Jeongguk away, overwhelmed, but Jeongguk was determined. His mouth moved with purpose, taking Taehyung deeper, drawing out ragged moans that filled the room. The heat of the moment was palpable—the bed felt too warm, the air thick with desire, as Taehyung’s body flushed with pleasure.

Jeongguk quickened his pace, his rhythm building as he sought to send Taehyung over the edge, ignoring the desperate pleas spilling from his mate’s lips. “Please… I can’t…,” Taehyung begged, his voice trembling with the intensity of the moment. But Jeongguk wasn’t finished. His focus was entirely on bringing Taehyung to pure bliss, pushing him further until he took everything Taehyung had to offer.

Taehyung’s body shuddered as he gave in, lost in the waves of pleasure Jeongguk had drawn from him. His eyes, now glazed with satisfaction, watched Jeongguk in awe, seeing him take all of him without hesitation as if it was an art form, a testament to their connection. He collapsed onto the bed, his chest rising and falling heavily, panting in the aftermath of his release.

But Jeongguk wasn’t done.

Jeongguk moved further down, causing Taehyung to gasp sharply as his soft, teasing tongue made contact with the sensitive skin below. The warm pressure of his tongue, gentle yet deliberate, sought access to a place that made Taehyung cry out in pleasure, his body overstimulated and trembling. Every touch felt like fire on his skin, igniting new sensations he wasn’t prepared for.

Jeongguk pulled back with a satisfied gleam in his eyes, his lips curving into a smile as he took in Taehyung’s blissed-out state. Reaching for the drawer beside the bed, he grabbed a tube of lubricant, his eyes never leaving Taehyung’s flushed face. “Let me take care of you today,” he whispered, squeezing the cool liquid onto his long, slender fingers. 

Taehyung’s breath hitched at the sight, a mixture of shyness and anticipation flickering in his gaze.

His eyes wandered over Jeongguk's half-exposed body—the defined muscles of his chest and arms, the broad expanse of his shoulders. 

Jeongguk had always been reserved, never fully revealing himself, even after their time together. He’d exit the shower in a tightly secured robe, leaving Taehyung to wonder about the body hidden beneath. But now, seeing Jeongguk bare before him, it was more than Taehyung had ever imagined.

Jeongguk noticed the admiration in Taehyung’s eyes and chuckled softly, the sound deep and filled with affection. “It’s all yours. I’m all yours,” he said as he discarded the robe, letting it fall to the floor. He leaned down, pressing soft kisses along Taehyung’s shoulder, trailing up to his earlobe, his temple, and his lips. Each kiss was a promise, a reassurance.

As his fingers began to explore Taehyung’s body, they found their way inside, slowly pushing past the initial resistance. Taehyung trembled, his hands clutching Jeongguk’s strong shoulders, biting down on his mate’s skin as the sensation overwhelmed him. 

The mixture of pain and pleasure confused his senses, his body unsure whether to recoil or sink further into the heat. He buried his face in Jeongguk’s neck, leaving desperate, scattered bites along his mate’s skin, seeking distraction.

Jeongguk’s touches were gentle but unrelenting, his fingers moving with deliberate care, stretching and preparing Taehyung for what was to come. His lips never left Taehyung’s skin, soft kisses and whispered words of comfort flowing from him. 

The calming pheromones in the air soothed Taehyung’s nerves, making the process less daunting, until finally, Jeongguk’s fingers brushed a spot that sent a sudden wave of pleasure crashing through Taehyung’s body.

Taehyung’s fingers dug into Jeongguk’s back as the pleasure built, his body arching beautifully each time Jeongguk found that spot again. He let out soft, ragged moans, completely lost in the sensations. Jeongguk’s eyes never left him, watching every movement, every trembling breath. 

His heart swelled with pride—he had brought Taehyung to this place of unrestrained pleasure, and it filled him with a mix of desire and possessive love.

Jeongguk’s body was burning with need, his desire almost unbearable. He wanted to take Taehyung fully, to lose himself in the heat of their love, but part of him wanted to savor every moment, prolong the pleasure. 

Their bodies were pressed so tightly together that it felt like nothing else existed—just the heat, the softness of their skin, and the frantic beating of their hearts.

Their hardened desires brushed against each other, heightening the tension. Jeongguk bit his lip, barely able to control the rush of want flooding through him as Taehyung’s body trembled in response. With one last glance at Taehyung, watching his mate’s body arch in pure bliss as he pressed on that spot once more, Jeongguk carefully withdrew his fingers, positioning himself fully over Taehyung.

Their eyes met, both filled with nervous anticipation. The room felt heavy with the weight of what was about to happen, but before any doubt could settle in, Taehyung pulled Jeongguk into a deep, fervent kiss. The kiss dismissed every lingering thought, every flicker of hesitation, and replaced it with a shared understanding—they were ready. They were each other’s.

Jeongguk pushed himself forward, entering Taehyung slowly and patiently. Despite the careful preparation, Taehyung’s grip on him tightened as he felt the familiar ache. It was different this time—more intense, more real—and the stretch still carried a bite of discomfort.

Taehyung let out a soft complaint, half teasing about Jeongguk’s size. Jeongguk chuckled lowly, pressing gentle kisses along Taehyung’s jaw and neck in a soothing effort, his lips lingering as he moved deeper. Their breathing grew heavy, and their hearts pounded in unison, the reality of what was happening sinking in.

They were no longer just two people—they were becoming one, tied together physically and emotionally, their connection deepening with every breath. Jeongguk’s gaze met Taehyung’s, and for a moment, they both felt overwhelmed.

The weight of their bond, the permanence of this act, left them in awe of each other. Jeongguk pressed a tender kiss to Taehyung’s forehead, resting there briefly before closing his eyes as he pushed further inside, causing Taehyung to gasp and his breath to hitch.

“I’m sorry,” Jeongguk whispered, his voice thick with both desire and concern, unable to hold back any longer. With a final push, he seated himself fully within Taehyung, making him shudder as a wave of both pain and pleasure clouded his senses. Taehyung bit down on his lip, his body trembling beneath Jeongguk’s. The feeling was intense—too much and not enough at the same time.

Jeongguk pulled back slightly, pausing for a moment as he shamelessly admired their bodies intertwined, watching the way they fit together. Taehyung, overwhelmed by Jeongguk’s heated gaze, tried to hide his face, but Jeongguk wouldn’t allow it. 

He leaned down, gently removing Taehyung’s arm from his face, his touch tender as he began to move again. Jeongguk wiped away the tears that had escaped from the corners of Taehyung’s eyes, offering him a soft, reassuring smile as he increased his pace.

Taehyung clung to him tightly, unable to hold back any longer, the pleasure too much to bear. Jeongguk’s eyes fluttered closed, his own body trembling with the overwhelming sensations coursing through him. 

His pace quickened, each movement more intense than the last, the room filled with the sound of their mingled breaths and soft moans. The bed creaked beneath them, moving in rhythm with their bodies, while the flickering candlelight cast their shadows on the walls, silent witnesses to their union.

Taehyung cried out as Jeongguk hit that spot deep inside him, sending waves of pure, unfiltered pleasure through him. Their bodies moved together, perfectly in sync, lost in the intensity of the moment. 

They were becoming each other, their connection more profound with every thrust, every kiss, every touch. The night stretched before them, long and endless, neither of them willing to stop at just once.

Jeongguk gave Taehyung time to adjust, to let their bodies grow more familiar with each other, before shifting positions.He poured his love into every movement, showing Taehyung how deeply he felt with every touch, every whispered word. Their desire spilled out between them, mingling with the white threads of their release, but their hunger for each other didn’t wane. 

After a brief pause to catch their breath, Jeongguk fed Taehyung water and a small snack, their bodies still intimately connected. Then, with a shared glance full of heat and longing, they began again, unwilling to separate, unwilling to let this moment end.

What had begun as a mix of pain and pleasure was now pure, unadulterated bliss for both of them. The world outside ceased to exist, and the passage of time became irrelevant. 

The clock’s hands moved steadily, but neither of them noticed. The moon that had cast a soft glow in the room slowlydrifted away, but inside, the heat of their passion burned brighter than ever.

Jeongguk pulled Taehyung onto his lap, their bodies still connected, a tangled, heated mess after hours of unrelenting passion. Taehyung bit his lip, gasping softly as Jeongguk’s hands gripped his waist tightly. His eyes traced the sharp lines of Jeongguk’s glistening, muscular form, each groan, and breath from his true blood alpha filling the air, vibrating against Taehyung’s skin. 

Jeongguk pressed his forehead to Taehyung’s chest, groaning in pleasure, but his movements never faltered, each thrust deep and deliberate.

“You’re so beautiful,” Jeongguk murmured between breaths, his voice dripping with adoration. “So perfect… I’m so happy to be yours.”

Taehyung felt like he might unravel completely, his body a tight coil of heat and desire. The pleasure was overwhelming, threatening to pull him under, but he didn’t want it to stop. His gaze wandered to the candles around them, melted down to their stubs, the faint light flickering as the dawn approached. 

The soft ticking of the clock, the sound of their heavy breathing, the rhythmic creaking of the bed—all of it blurred into the background of their intense connection.

He kissed Jeongguk again, needing to feel even more of him like they were both in heat, driven by an insatiable hunger. Taehyung took Jeongguk’s hand, guiding it down his body. 

“This… this is how deep you are,” he whispered breathlessly.

Jeongguk paused at Taehyung’s words, his dark, lust-filled gaze dropping to where they were joined. His fingers brushed back his sweat-dampened hair, eyes glinting with a primal desire. 

“Taehyung…” Jeongguk’s voice was low, almost reverent, as he stared down at his mate, something in him seemed to shift with Taehyung's words and action.

Taehyung’s heart raced, his gaze locked on Jeongguk’s eyes, now shifting to a fiery amber, glowing like the dawn breaking through the night. The warmth and power in Jeongguk’s gaze sent a shiver down Taehyung’s spine as if the sun itself had touched him.

Taehyung felt a swell inside. He looked down with wide eyes. “Are… are you knotting me?” Taehyung finally asked, his voice trembling as his body tensed in anticipation.

In response, Jeongguk thrust gently, causing Taehyung to gasp and moan, his whole body trembling with pleasure. He felt full. Jeongguk captured Taehyung’s lips in a deep, passionate kiss as his movement stopped.

“Taehyung,” he breathed against his mate’s mouth, their foreheads touching, “it’s time.” Taehyung’s eyes fluttered shut as Jeongguk’s words sank in. 

“My alpha baby… I want to mark you,” Jeongguk whispered, his voice filled with a love so deep, that Taehyung’s heart felt like it might burst. His pulse quickened, and his eyes briefly flickered to a deep shade of purple, his alpha side rising in response to Jeongguk’s invitation.

Jeongguk brought Taehyung’s head closer to his neck. “Let’s do it together,” he whispered into Taehyung’s ear, his voice low and tender, full of longing.

Taehyung’s alpha, held back for so long, roared to life, unable to resist any longer. A low growl escaped from Taehyung’s throat, his teeth bared in excitement. 

Alphas are born to dominate society in a way. They are powerful and overbearing. They are meant to be above betas and omegas in strength as well as in bed, but Taehyung resisted that urge for his mate. His instincts sometimes overpowered him surging, powerful, and commanding but Jeongguk's love, assuring words and pheromones soothed it, taming his natural dominance.

Now that Jeongguk asked him, he couldn't control any longer. The words echoed through him, and the desire to mark his mate overpowered everything else.

Jeongguk held him in place carefully, positioning his neck for the bite. In a synchronized motion, they bit down on each other’s soft, glowing skin, their teeth sinking in at the same moment. As they tasted each other’s blood, a surge of overwhelming power exploded within them.

Their pheromones intensified, filling the room with a heady, potent scent that made the very air around them hum. The decorations on the walls rattled as a mystical force circled around them, a glowing ring of white and gold light forming around their necks, inscribed with ancient, sacred symbols. 

Taehyung, lost in the ecstasy of the moment, shut his eyes tightly, but Jeongguk noticed the blinding light that now enveloped them. Their pheromones intermingled as they dived in ecstasy. 

The earthy scent of wet soil after the rain mingled with the spicy notes of freshly cut wood and a sharp, citrusy tang, all blending seamlessly with the delicate fragrance of blooming roses. The scent like the warmth of a nearby campfire added a smoky, comforting depth to the air, while the cool breeze carried the crispness of the forest. 

It was a perfect symphony of contrasts—warmth and cold, serenity and exhilaration, wrapping around each other in a sensory dance, stirring the soul with its vivid complexity.

Outside, the world responded to their bond. The wind howled wildly, rain poured from the sky, and lightning cracked across the valley. A powerful gust blew through the room as if nature itself was blessing the union of these two fated mates. 

In the town of Gandok, the lights flickered out, plunging the area into darkness. Then, a brilliant glow illuminated the sky, and the mystical ring with sacred symbols appeared overhead.

The people of Gandok awoke to a sudden and startling shift in the weather. Wild winds howled through the night, their eerie wails filling the air with an unsettling sense of danger. It was as if the very earth had trembled for a moment, jolting everyone from their sleep. 

Fear gripped them as they rushed to their windows or stepped outside, desperate to understand the sudden wrath of nature. But what they saw left them not in fear, but in stunned silence—surprise etched across their faces as they witnessed a spectacle unlike anything they had ever seen.

Elders, recognizing the signs from ancient tales, fell to their knees, tears streaming down their faces.

“Gandok has been blessed… We are finally blessed,” they cried, clasping their hands in prayer.

Some began recording the extraordinary event, while others, still unaware of its significance, sat in their beds, hearts pounding as they felt the surge of energy coursing through the land. 

Why did they feel such excitement? Why did their bodies hum with newfound strength? Why were they compelled to bow? There were many questions erupting in the minds of the masses.

The pillar families rushed to their balconies, staring in awe at the glowing sky. Isa and Bella almost fainted as the realization of what had happened struck them. Hoseok squeezed Yoongi’s hand tightly, while others simply watched, awestruck by the divine display. But not everyone rejoiced. 

Yeon gritted his teeth, fighting the urge to bow before the divine occurrence. He snarled at his family and servants, scolding them for submitting to the moment’s power.

Meanwhile, the elders began to offer prayers, beat drums, and play instruments for this happy occasion. Praying fervently to the Moon Goddess, their voices rising in the night. 

As the glowing light in the sky dimmed and faded, the sun began to rise over Gandok, casting its warmth over the land, marking a new beginning.

Back in the room, Jeongguk and Taehyung, oblivious to the events outside, slowly pulled away from each other after marking one another. They stared in awe at the marks left on their bodies. 

The bite marks, still visible, shimmered faintly, but upon closer inspection, they resembled a crescent moon with a howling wolf at its center—a small, intricate tattoo-like symbol etched into their skin. 

A sacred mark has been etched. History is written. A bond stronger than any force has been forged.

As their bond solidified, a rush of emotions and memories flooded their minds—scenes from their childhood, their school days, their reunion, and every moment that had led them to this point.

They could feel each other’s heartbeats, their love now palpable and infinite.

Jeongguk’s eyes widened as he looked at Taehyung, who now glowed with an ethereal light. A shining crescent moon marked his forehead, and his hair had grown to touch his shoulders, flowing like silk. His eyes, a deep, vibrant purple, sparkled with divine energy.

Taehyung’s gaze drifted to Jeongguk’s body, noticing the mystical symbols etched along his mate’s neck, shoulder, and chest, glowing faintly in a golden hue. He reached out, tracing the markings in awe.

Their minds linked, and the first words that echoed between them were simple yet filled with infinite love:

“My alpha… I love you.”

Chapter 79: In the calm of mate's embrace

Summary:

Jeongguk gets filled with various information.

As the sun climbed overhead, its bright light filled the room. Jeongguk stirred awake, glancing at the clock on the side table. It was already noon. They had been asleep for hours. 

 

After marking each other, Taehyung succumbed to exhaustion and collapsed onto Jeongguk, who had patiently waited for the knot to subside. Once it did, he tenderly cleaned his mate, changed the sheets, aired the room, and finally drifted off beside him.

 

Now, Jeongguk turned to look at Taehyung, who lay with his back to him, his soft heartbeat clearly audible. Brushing a few strands of hair away from Taehyung's face, Jeongguk placed a gentle kiss on his arm, content to wake up beside his beloved.

 

But his peace was abruptly shattered. His features hardened as a low humming sound filled the room. Instinctively, he sat up, shielding Taehyung, a dangerous growl escaping his lips. Someone was in their room—and he hadn’t sensed them until now.

 

His eyes locked on a woman standing near the fallen decorations. He was startled but wary. How had she entered without him knowing? The woman—unfazed by his threatening growl—continued to hum softly while meticulously arranging the items that had fallen from the wall and wooden shelves back in place.

 

Her delicate fingers worked with precision, though she critiqued the artwork with a casual mix of praise and dismissal. Once satisfied, she turned to face Jeongguk, her smile serene despite his caution.

 

Jeongguk acted swiftly, covering Taehyung more securely, sending soothing pheromones to calm his mate, who stirred at the sound of his growl. 

 

The woman chuckled softly. "Child, you're trying to use your powers on the wrong person," she mused. "How should I put it?" She took a step forward, causing Jeongguk to instinctively shield Taehyung even more with his body. "It is a waste to use it on someone who gave it to you in the first place."

 

Jeongguk unable to understand her words, watched her cautiously. His mind raced—this woman was undeniably powerful. But there was something familiar about her. Something that reminded him of Taehyung.

 

She studied him with amusement as if recalling a fond memory. "You remind me of a pair of chipmunks I once teased," she said, her voice light with humor. "The male trembled, but he still protected his mate from me. Such small, brave creatures." 

 

Her gaze softened. "Don’t worry—I’m not here to harm you. How could a mother harm her own child?"

 

Jeongguk's brow furrowed. "Who are you?" he demanded, his voice sharp.

 

 

She seemed surprised by the question and then playfully shy, a gesture that mirrored Taehyung's mannerisms. "Oh, I do love when people ask me that," she said, clearly enjoying herself. "I don’t like to brag, but the power and responsibility I hold makes it difficult not to."

 

Jeongguk was in no mood for her games. His voice turned steely as he repeated, "Who are you?"

 

The woman rolled her eyes, clearly unimpressed. "Did I really give birth to you?" she muttered, annoyed by his impatience.

 

Jeongguk shot back quickly, "You didn’t."

 

With a deadpan expression, she let out an exasperated sigh. "I am the creator and protector of the second genders, the divine architect behind their bonds and destinies. Revered yet seldom seen. I can be a form or formless. I am not bound by time or space, my influence is woven into the very fabric of existence, guiding the children—those connected by the sacred mate bonds. With a mere thought, I can alter the course of fate. To meet me is to stand in the presence of the cosmos itself, a force that commands respect and reverence. I am the Moon Goddess." 

 

She began to introduce herself in a flat, almost bored tone, but halfway through, she recalled how beautifully Gana had once praised her with these very words. Her demeanor shifted, and excitement sparked in her eyes. 

 

As she finished, her gaze flicked to Jeongguk, eager to see the stunned awe she had come to expect. Yet, to her dismay, his expression remained as unreadable as stone—so unlike Taehyung, whose emotions always danced openly across his face. 

 

She sighed, mildly disappointed, though the faint traces of shock and disbelief in his eyes didn’t escape her notice. Before he could respond, the goddess drifted closer, her ethereal form floating effortlessly. She reached out and tapped his forehead lightly. 

 

A jolt ran through him, and the mystical symbols that marked him began to glow in a brilliant golden light, just like before. Both of them watched in awe.

 

"Isn't my artwork stunning?" she asked, admiring the glowing symbols with a satisfied smile.

 

Jeongguk looked back at her, surprise evident in his eyes before he bowed respectfully. “My apologies. I still feel like I’m dreaming, and this doesn’t seem like reality. I don’t know the rituals enough to greet and welcome you properly, and I ask for your forgiveness if I’ve been rude.”

 

The Moon Goddess smiled gently. She took a step back before settling herself on the edge of the bed. “No need for formalities. You’ve already pleased me. But tell me—how did you accept this so easily? I thought I’d have to put in more effort to explain things to you.”

 

Jeongguk glanced at his sleeping mate before answering. “I’ve heard stories about you from his grandfather, and I’ve read about you in the books I’ve studied. Though I was always skeptical...” He hesitated, his eyes shifting to meet the Moon Goddess’s again. 

 

She flicked her fingers, and the bowl of nuts on the side table floated to her hand. After tasting one, she grimaced and set it back down.

Jeongguk cleared his throat, carefully choosing his next words. 

 

“Forgive me, but isn’t your manner of speaking and... demeanor a bit too casual? I expected something more… formal.”

 

The Moon Goddess snorted, amused. “You sound just like my minister.”

 

Jeongguk furrowed his brow, a thought suddenly striking him. “This isn’t the first time we’ve met, is it?”

 

The Moon Goddess paused, halfway through reaching for a piece of fruit. She looked at him, a knowing smile spreading across her face.

 

"Is that so?" she replied her tone light but knowing. 

 

Jeongguk’s suspicion deepened. "Your aura… I’ve felt it before, many times. It’s hard to describe—it only lingered for a few seconds each time—but it was always there when…" He trailed off, his mind immediately turning to Taehyung. 

 

Just then, Taehyung stirred, slowly waking up. Rubbing his eyes, he mumbled in a deep, groggy voice, “Why are you talking to yourself?”

 

Still exhausted, Taehyung tried to sit up but couldn’t muster the strength. Pouting, he leaned heavily against Jeongguk, who gently wrapped his arm around him, allowing him to rest his full weight. Jeongguk covered him protectively, whispering a soft "Good morning" as he rubbed Taehyung's arm. 

 

Taehyung smiled, opening his eyes slowly, and a soft blush crept across both their faces, a sudden shyness overtaking them for reasons they couldn’t quite explain.

 

Then Taehyung’s gaze drifted to the figure sitting before them. Without thinking, he waved casually. “Oh, Moon Goddess! You finally decided to show up.” He closed his eyes again, his tone as if he were greeting an old friend.

 

The room fell into stunned silence.

 

Jeongguk stared at Taehyung in disbelief, his mouth slightly agape. Realizing what he’d just said, Taehyung jolted awake, his eyes flying open as he stared at the goddess, panic flashing across his face. 

 

The Moon Goddess burst into hearty laughter, nearly rolling off the bed with amusement. “Hey there! Long time no see,” she managed between laughs.

 

Taehyung’s gaze darted between Jeongguk and the goddess, his expression filled with horror. 

 

 

Jeongguk, still wide-eyed, was now openly staring at him. “You know her?... You can see her?” he asked, his voice a mix of confusion and shock, unsure if he was even asking the right questions.

 

Taehyung opened his mouth to speak, then shut it, unsure of where to begin. He looked like a disheveled puppy—his hair a mess, eyes still droopy from sleep, and his body covered in marks. His face scrunched up, almost on the verge of tears, as he pleaded, “Please stop laughing at me.”

 

The Moon Goddess, still amused, glanced at him with a mischievous gleam in her eyes, then took in the sight of his body.“A beast attacked you and showed no mercy, I see.”

 

Taehyung’s eyes widened as he glanced down at himself. Jeongguk was quick to act, wrapping Taehyung in his arms and covering him protectively. Taehyung peeked out from behind Jeongguk’s arm and mumbled shamelessly, “He took good care of me.”

 

Jeongguk caught between embarrassment and disbelief, didn’t know how to respond. It was clear now that these two were unusually comfortable with each other. He brushed Taehyung’s hair gently. 

 

“You need to explain things to me,” he said, trying to steer the conversation back to the topic they had been dodging.

 

Taehyung met his gaze and nodded. “I’ve known her since I was a child, from the time I could understand things. She was always there, but later I forgot about her... until she found me again after I came out of my isolation.”

 

Jeongguk absorbed the revelation, his mind reeling with the information. He nodded slowly, turning back to the Moon Goddess, who was watching him with a smile. “Usually, one of the mates is able to see me,” she explained. “I guide them, show them the path. Taehyung is especially dear to me, as was his grandfather.”

 

Jeongguk blinked in surprise. “He could see you too?”

 

Taehyung smiled softly. “Grandad wasn’t just anyone. He was chosen to be a mate, but he renounced it, which led to us being the chosen ones.”

 

Jeongguk listened in stunned silence, his eyes darting between Taehyung and the Moon Goddess. Taehyung continued, sharing how the Moon Goddess had always been there in times of danger, and how the miracle of his survival was all thanks to her. 

 

 

Jeongguk finally sighed, having been filled with so much information. His guarded stance softened. He bowed his head slightly. “Thank you for saving him and looking after us.”

 

 

At that moment, Taehyung’s stomach growled, breaking the seriousness of the conversation. Jeongguk chuckled softly, getting up from the bed. “I’ll make us something to eat,” he said, carefully helping Taehyung sit up and lean on the pillow. They haven't had a proper meal since yesterday. He glanced at him once more before heading to the kitchen.

 

Taehyung watched Jeongguk leave, then turned back to the Moon Goddess smiling shyly. She informs, “It’s hard to be apart from your mate once the bond is formed. It takes some getting used to.”

 

Taehyung scratched his head sheepishly. “So, does that mean we have to stick together all the time?” he asked a hint of excitement in his voice.

 

The Moon Goddess looked into his bright purple eyes and nodded. “Yes, and I’m happy you both finally marked each other, breaking the curse.”

 

Taehyung smiled warmly. “Part of that was because of you. I was scared and anxious, not being able to see you.”

 

The Moon Goddess chuckled. “How else would you have taken that step if not for the fear? I needed to push you a little.”

 

Taehyung glared playfully at her. “You did it on purpose? I thought something was seriously wrong! Even the gods and ministers seemed worried.”

 

She smiled, clearly pleased. “I’m glad you care that much. This bond is sacred—take care of it,” she said, her eyes falling on the crescent moon mark. “You remind me so much of Gana.”

 

Taehyung smiled at the mention. “Maybe I have her blessings, too. I’m sure Grandad would be the happiest of all.”

 

The thought of his family made him freeze, his face paling as he remembered he hadn’t informed them yet—especially his brother. The Moon Goddess chuckled at his expression. “Worried about your impulsive decisions?”

 

Taehyung almost whimpered. “He’s going to kill me.”

 

“Don’t worry,” the goddess said reassuringly. “With Jeongguk by your side, you won’t have to worry about that. He already asked for your father’s permission before coming here.”

 

Taehyung was floored. Shocked, he suddenly felt a wave of gratitude and warmth, wanting to run after Jeongguk and hug him. “I’m so lucky to have him,” he whispered, accidentally linking his thoughts with Jeongguk. He immediately heard Jeongguk’s soft chuckle in response: “Me too.”

 

 

Flushing red, Taehyung smiled shyly. The Moon Goddess clapped her hands and stood up. “See? Isn’t my 'mate' package amazing? It comes with so many benefits. Once you unlock it by marking your mate, you get all the premium features!”

 

 

Taehyung, intrigued, was about to ask for more details about this ‘package,’ but Jeongguk, still not used to the goddess’s antics, stared at her blankly while holding the tray filled with food, unsure how to respond to her self-praise. The Moon Goddess, however, was beaming like a proud salesman, completely unfazed.

 

It took a while for Jeongguk to get used to the Moon Goddess, but he slowly adjusted to her presence. Still, there were many surprising things she did, leaving him to wonder who influenced whom—did Taehyung learn these quirks from her, or was it the other way around? It made sense why the two of them got along so well. 

 

However, Jeongguk now had another mischievous presence to deal with in his life. The Moon Goddess casually mentioned that everyone was now aware of their bond after the marking and advised them not to keep it hidden for too long.

 

“I wasn’t planning to,” Jeongguk replied.

 

 

The Moon Goddess explained that it would take some time for them to fully adjust around others. “You’re fine now because you’re with me, but once you start encountering other pheromones, you’ll become more agitated and territorial.For a while, stay here and gradually ease back into society. The full moon makes mates the most powerful—like me. Make the most of it.”

 

Jeongguk glanced at Taehyung, who was eating his meal, his complexion returning to normal. Concerned, he asked, “Is there a way to hide the signs that we’re mates, at least for now?”

 

The Moon Goddess shook her head. “It’s a blessing and a protective charm cast upon you both. You have no idea yet what you’ve gained, but you will in time.” She quickly shifted back to her playful self, adding with a grin, “It’s part of the premium package I mentioned earlier.”

 

Jeongguk stifled the urge to roll his eyes, but his attention was soon drawn back to Taehyung, who kept feeding him a bite of his sandwich, distracting him.

 

Taehyung gulped down his food and, with a curious look, said, “Now that we’re talking about all this, I want to know what happened that day—how did you calm down? Everything.”

 

Jeongguk exchanged a glance with the Moon Goddess before deciding to recount the events for Taehyung. Taehyung listened quietly, his face falling as he learned what his mate had gone through, though certain details piqued his curiosity. His mind whirred with thoughts, even as time passed and the Moon Goddess eventually vanished.

 

Needing fresh air, Taehyung decided to step outside. It was nearing evening, and he hadn’t left the room all day. The two of them sat in the garden on a blanket, watching the mountains in the distance and basking in the soft sunlight.

 

“We messed up the order,” Jeongguk said, holding Taehyung’s hand and brushing his fingers gently. “I wanted to put a ring here first before marking you. Maybe even have a proper ceremony. But we’re not ordinary people. We couldn’t have done it quietly without risking our lives.”

 

There was a note of sadness in Jeongguk’s voice. Taehyung smiled and kissed him softly on the lips. “Don’t worry about that. Think of it like reading the page upside down—we still got there in the end. Once we’re back, we can get the rings and maybe have a ceremony later. But honestly, I’m happy as we are now. We have the blessings of the gods and our loved ones. That’s more than enough for me.”

 

Jeongguk smiled back, his heart swelling with affection. “This place is peaceful. I hope we can keep it this way.”

 

Before leaving, the Moon Goddess had reminded them, “You have a duty to fulfill. I can guide you, but the actions are yours alone. Gandok depends on you.”

 

Jeongguk had been reflecting on her words ever since. He kissed the top of Taehyung’s head and asked, “How are you feeling now?”

 

Taehyung smiled up at him. “I’m good.” Their pheromones, an intermingling of each other’s scents, were calm—a witness to their bond. Despite the open space around them, they sat close, with Jeongguk holding Taehyung in his arms, unwilling to be separated. Jeongguk inhaled deeply, taking in Taehyung’s scent, which now carried a hint of his own.

 

“I’ve never felt this relaxed before,” Jeongguk admitted softly.

 

Taehyung hummed in response, his eyes closing as Jeongguk kissed along his side. They talked lightly about their families, Taehyung’s grandfather, and his experiences with the Moon Goddess. 

 

Taehyung’s voice, low and melodic, was soothing to Jeongguk, like the gentle hum of a bird. Jeongguk cherished the moment, knowing it would be one of his fondest memories.

 

The mark Taehyung bore was made by him—Taehyung was his mate, and that was an undeniable truth now. It filled Jeongguk with pride and chased away the dark thoughts that had once plagued him. His hand moved slowly along Taehyung’s waist, and his lips grazed the mark lightly. 

 

 

Taehyung shivered at the touch, turning to meet Jeongguk’s gaze. He wrapped his arms around Jeongguk’s waist, locking him in place.

 

 

“Since you started this, take responsibility,” Taehyung whispered with a mischievous glint in his eyes. He kissed Jeongguk deeply, his hunger clear as he sought to rekindle the passion from before.

 

 

“Let’s go inside,” Jeongguk linked their minds, suggesting restraint.

 

 

Taehyung paused and glanced around, smirking. “There’s no one here.” 

 

His hands moved swiftly, pulling off Jeongguk’s shirt as his gaze roved over Jeongguk’s body, filled with desire. He pushed Jeongguk back onto the blanket.

 

“No point in wasting time. And since you started it, if you want to talk…” he trailed off, leaning in close, “talk dirty to me.”

 

His teeth grazed Jeongguk’s shoulder, and the true-blood alpha could only comply, captivated by his mate’s irresistible request.

 

Chapter 80: Ripples from the past

Summary:

Umbra strikes again.

 

The week following the marking was nothing short of eventful for the people of Gandok. As the media and authorities scrambled to identify the mates, all eyes turned to the Pillars, desperate for any sign of an extraordinary individual among their ranks. 

 

Yet no one knew who the mates were, and speculation ran wild. Jeongguk's name circulated, but his family and company remained tight-lipped. Even their extended relatives, like the Ji family, were left in the dark, despite their own attempts to uncover the truth. The hunt for the mates was relentless, but every guess missed its mark.

 

Yeon, growing increasingly anxious, attempted to contact Jeongguk directly and even enlisted Ella to pry information from the Jeons. But the Jeon family was prepared. They carried on as if nothing had changed, with Jeongguk burying himself in work at the office, all while Yeon and his network grew more uneasy by the day.

 

As for Taehyung, no one bothered to wonder where he was—or if he was still alive. 

 

In the background, Yeon’s empire began to crumble. His associated businesses were collapsing, either due to illegal dealings coming to light or other regulatory failures. His men disappeared without a trace, one by one. He had a strong suspicion of who was behind it all, but no concrete evidence to back his claims.

 

Meanwhile, the media fixated on the mysterious phenomenon that had taken place on that fateful morning. News channels buzzed with speculation and historical accounts of the mates, recounting legends of how they had once shaped Gandok in eras past. 

 

 

Common folk gossiped in their usual fashion, spinning wild rumors—some claiming to have seen the mates, describing them as colossal and otherworldly beings. The more people talked, the more fantastical the stories became, feeding into a frenzy of misinformation.

 

Yet this media storm only lasted a few days before an even greater shock hit Gandok, leaving everyone—especially those within ‘Solace’—reeling.

 

After posting their ominous message of return, Umbra seized control of devices once more, preparing to play their final, twisted card. Screens everywhere erupted in a burst of colorful animation, with virtual fireworks exploding in vivid hues. 

 

A lighthearted children's rhyme began playing in the background—innocent, yet unsettling in its juxtaposition. Then, a chilling voice took over, a woman’s eerie tone as if she were singing a rhyme to call her students, her voice dripping with malice.

 

"Little children, little children, where are you? Where are you? Won’t you come out, won’t you come out, until the eyes are on you?"

 

The animated and creepy eyes of the teacher moved left to right looking for the said children. The sound of children's laughter followed, distorted and haunting, sending shivers down the spines of onlookers. 

 

Whether on the street, in buses, cars, offices, or homes, people froze, their attention gripped by the scene unfolding on their screens. They stared in growing horror, unable to tear their eyes away from the nightmarish display on their devices or the towering screens in public spaces.

 

The Umbra logo appeared, flickering ominously, as the voice continued to echo through the air. On the screen, animated children shuffled into a classroom, their wide, unnatural grins plastered on their faces as they took their seats. 

 

The teacher, standing at the front of the room, turned toward the audience with a disturbingly sweet smile, her eyes glinting with something far more sinister.

 

"Everyone is here," she grinned, her words hanging in the air like a threat.

 

She clapped her hands in satisfaction, her grin widening as she addressed her unseen audience. "Let's begin our class. Please pay attention. I don’t like naughty children." Her tone was sweet but laced with menace. 

 

"Today’s story is about the most important person. If you guess it right, you pass the test. Sing along, okay?" She smiled, her eyes shifting with an unsettling gleam.

 

The screen flickered, shifting to an old photograph of a large family, roughly 30 to 40 members gathered together, smiling happily for the camera. Elders sat in the front, with men, women, and children standing around them. Some kids stood on the ground, while others were held in the arms of men with their wives by their sides—a portrait of a content and well-groomed family.

 

The teacher's eerie voice returned, now singing softly. "~~Once there was a happy family, in a place where they led the town. But greed came creeping, never enough, and power was all they wanted now. The family was big and talented, hard to ignore, so the leader came up with a plan, to silence them forevermore, so no one makes a sound~~."

 

 

As the teacher’s words echoed, the family in the photo slowly changed. Their smiling faces turned to expressions of fear, eyes wide and brimming with tears. 

 

Suddenly, a man appeared at the back of the group, standing tall with a cigar in his mouth, a thick mustache, and a gun in his hand. With a cold, detached expression, he raised the weapon and pulled the trigger.

 

The teacher’s voice took on an amused tone, "~~One fell down, two fell down, three and four cried, but this wasn’t enough, for there were more to die.~~"

 

The children’s laughter rang out again, this time more chilling as they joined the teacher in repeating the twisted rhyme. One by one, the figures in the family photo vanished, their faces dissolving into thin air, while the man with the gun chuckled darkly, moving forward with each step.

 

The onlookers, trapped in this psychological nightmare, shuddered as they watched helplessly. Every screen around them—whether their personal devices or the massive public displays—played the same sinister scene. There was no escape, only the mounting dread as the horror unfolded before their eyes.

 

The teacher's chilling lullaby continued as she sang, her voice dripping with cruel amusement. "~~The family begged, ran to escape, some asked for forgiveness, and some cried in vain. But the leader laughed and pulled his trigger... One fell down, two fell down...~~"

 

On the screen, the photograph morphed into a scene of pure chaos. Children screamed as they watched their parents fall, one by one, their desperate attempts to flee futile. 

 

The family’s numbers dwindled, and the terror in their eyes was palpable. The teacher’s voice, steady and haunting, kept the grim rhythm of the tale. "~~The leader tensed, unsure where to hide—so many bodies piled by his side. But then, a mine came to his mind, and his face brightened with the thought of joy. He pushed the family toward the darkness of the forest, as one fell down, two fell down..."

 

The animated children clapped in eerie unison, singing along with unnatural sincerity, while the screen showed the mine swallowing the family members whole. With each flash, another face from the photograph disappeared, their numbers dwindling rapidly.

 

"~~But when the leader thought his work was done, and all had died, a child escaped and ran to hide. He watched in horror as his family tried... to save their only child. Replaced by one they held dearly, his horrified eyes witnessed their demise... as one fell down, two fell down..."

 

The scene played out on screen, the family vanishing, leaving only the young boy hidden deep in the shadows, in the darkness, unknown to the leader. The boy’s face reflected silent terror as he watched from his secret place. 

 

 

The onlookers, glued to their devices, felt a suffocating tension, wiping away beads of sweat as the grisly story unfolded before them. Though they had already guessed the identity of the so-called "leader," the revelation of such horrors was more than they could bear.

 

 

The air grew thick with dread. This wasn’t just a story—it was a nightmare reflecting the cruel history they had long tried to forget. The screen continued to flicker, the boy still in hiding as the teacher’s voice echoed ominously, leaving the watchers gripped with fear and unease.

 

The boy stared at the screen with dark, emotionless eyes as the eerie story continued. "The boy remained hiding, watching as the leader began to cry. He cried and cried as the camera flashed by, telling the tale of his family's cursed demise. They were taken by the curse of the Moon Goddess, one he could not fight. The leader wiped his tears, throwing dirt over coffins that held no bodies inside. He smiled inwardly, knowing he had succeeded in his plan—annihilating all those who could claim his throne and laughed as One fell down...~~"

 

The teacher’s haunting voice echoed once more as if mocking the tragedy. "~~There were only two left now, a brotherly duo. The elder took the throne, the younger smiled, as one fell down, two fell down..."

 

The boy, silent and cold, stepped out of his hiding place and walked away, his figure fading into the distance as a melancholic tune played softly in the background. 

 

Suddenly, the screen flickered, revealing the true family photograph—a snapshot of the Ji family with all their extended branches. The image caused gasps from the viewers, for each member had been crossed out, leaving only one unmarked, the one who now held supreme power in Gandok.

 

 

In the next moment, the footage transitioned to a press conference where Yeon stood in front of the cameras, young and handsome, next to his father, tears streaming down his face. His voice trembled as he spoke of the tragic demise of his lineage, claiming they had been wiped out by a curse cast upon them by the Moon Goddess. 

 

His father recounted how disease, natural causes, and brutal robberies had decimated his family, leaving him and a few others to face this relentless curse. His grief seemed so genuine that the public couldn’t help but sympathize, their hearts heavy with pity for this once-great family now on the verge of extinction.

 

 

Yeon had always been seen at funerals, mourning the endless losses. His public image became that of a man besieged by fate, cursed to lose everyone he loved. 

 

There had even been incidents of attacks on the surviving members, but somehow, they always emerged unscathed, fueling the belief that they were battling an unseen force bent on their destruction. People were convinced that someone—or something—was after their leader.

 

The screen flickered again, showing reports of the slaughter that had befallen the Ji family, as well as accounts of distant relatives who had fled Gandok in fear of the curse. 

 

But what no one realized was that those who had supposedly left hadn’t gone anywhere at all. In reality, they had been buried deep beneath the soil of Gandok, waiting silently for the justice that had long been denied to them. 

 

 

The final image lingered on the screen, a grim reminder of the forgotten dead—of those who had been erased from history, but never from the earth.

 

The children’s eerie chorus resumed, their voices soft but unnerving. "~~The child grows up and waits for his turn, watching the empire the leader built to burn. The Moon Goddess wipes the child’s tears away. Many hands reach out and hold his hand that day. 'Umbra' is born in the depths of his mind, and for the first time in his life, the child smiles, as the leader wipes his sweat in fear. The cogs of the wheel start to turn backward, unwinding all he built as One fell down, two fell down, three and four cried. But this was not the end, for the leader was still alive.~~~~"

 

The children's applause rang through the air as the final notes of the haunting melody faded, their claps echoing like a morbid celebration of the fall.

 

 

A static crackle filled the air, then a distorted male voice began to echo ominously from the broadcast. "You’ve always wanted to know who Umbra is, what we stand for, and where we dwell. Today, I’ve answered it. I am Umbra, the last living witness to the crimes of Yeon Ji’s family. But you cannot find darkness, you cannot capture it, and you cannot hold it for long. It follows its own rules. You won’t capture me, because I am not just one person—I am the manifestation of many."

 

The voice paused, heavy with accusation. "Wake up, people of Gandok! The leader you’ve chosen is a stain upon this land. His hunger for the throne is insatiable. His crimes are endless. They’ve written history in blood—betraying their kin, their loved ones, and the innocent people of Gandok for ages. Those who dared to speak against them lost their tongues... and their lives. Do not rely on the history they’ve spoon-fed you—the real history is cruel, riddled with deception, and hard to swallow. 

 

 

I knew no one would believe me alone, so Umbra was created to force-feed this truth to the masses. We humans have short memories. You will go back to your lives soon enough, but know this: the ancestors, whose blood was shed, have awakened. They wait for justice. They wait for revenge."

 

The voice deepened, its weight like a final judgment. "This is Umbra's last message. But our work will continue until justice is served. The proof you seek will soon be in the hands of every citizen of Gandok. Wake up! Stand for yourselves! Change is coming, and history will be rewritten. Goodbye. And... see you soon, Yeon."

 

Silence fell like a shroud as the broadcast ended. People barely remembered to breathe. They stood frozen, staring at their screens, paralyzed by a wave of conflicting emotions—confusion, horror, betrayal, sorrow—each washing over them in turn. 

 

Reporters were speechless. The elders were horrified. The youth was stunned. Each person was consumed by thoughts of what would happen next.

 

The Pillars of Gandok had always been the foundation of their lives, the structure on which they leaned for support. But now, one of those three pillars seemed ready to collapse.

 

Breaking into their thoughts, loud and eerie wail of sirens blared across the city, slicing through the tense air. The emergency alert system had been activated. Its sound prickled everyone’s nerves. Moments later, Yeon’s voice broke through the noise, a broadcast from Solace on the official ‘Pillar’ channel. This time, there was no video—only the image of the wolf insignia and his somber and unnerving tone.

 

"A curfew is now in effect throughout Gandok to curb chaos and prevent violent protests against the government. You are required to stay indoors. Strict actions will be taken against anyone found roaming in groups or spreading misinformation. We apologize for the inconvenience, but until we capture those responsible for tarnishing the legacy of the Holy Ji family—the very founders of Gandok—your movements and communications will be restricted. We urge you not to share rumors that could put you in a difficult position. Help the government maintain law and order until further notice."

 

The broadcast ended, leaving the eerie police sirens echoing through the streets. Stores quickly shuttered, traffic ground to a halt, and a collective heaviness descended on the hearts of the people. Schools closed. Colleges shut down. The streets were swarming with masked officers taking their positions in key areas across Gandok.

 

And in the heaviness that followed, one undeniable truth settled in: the information shared by Umbra had once again proven to be true. Yet no one dared say it aloud as they watched, gripped by fear, while the city's protectors now seemed more like enforcers of a crumbling empire.

 

Not far away from the chaos, the mates stood silently, watching the broadcast unfold. Taehyung's eyes were fixed on his screen, his mind racing with a web of thoughts. The Ji he had met in the forest—already dead. The revelation settled in, and a realization began to take shape: there were two Ji family members alive unknown to anyone. 

 

Luckily, Taehyung was able to encounter one, but now, as the pieces fell into place, a smile tugged at his lips. He knew exactly who the other one must be.

 

A surge of anticipation coursed through him, and his gaze met Jeongguk's. Jeongguk was busy on the line as the curfew situation increased his work and his team needed instructions to carry out the tasks. 

 

Jeongguk opened his mouth to speak, but before he could say a word, Taehyung broke the silence. "It's time for us to go back," Taehyung said, his voice steady but charged with purpose. 

 

"And it's time to meet... this mysterious Ji."

 

Jeongguk’s eyes narrowed in understanding, the weight of Taehyung’s words sinking in. The game had shifted, and the final confrontation was now on the horizon.

 

 

Chapter 81: Evolving together.

Summary:

The mates meet their families.

The room was heavy with silence as the families and friends looked on, eyes wide with curiosity. Jeongguk held Taehyung's hand, his thumb gently brushing over Taehyung's skin, both to comfort him and to steady his own rising irritation. The air was thick with familiar pheromones, yet the mates struggled to adjust, the sudden flood of scents leaving them uneasy.

 

When they decided to return, Jeongguk suggested exposing themselves first to the staff and Mr. Han to gauge their reaction to foreign pheromones. 

 

As the guards, staff, and Mr. Han arrived at their door, they gasped at the sight of the mates. Taehyung and Jeongguk, radiant and otherworldly, seemed touched by the divine—blessed by the Moon Goddess herself. In awe, they knelt, heads bowed in reverence as they greeted the mates of Gandok, their happiness palpable.

 

 

But Taehyung and Jeongguk could not respond. The overwhelming pheromones triggered their territorial instincts, and Jeongguk’s low growl rumbled through the room, eyes flashing with a protective gleam. Taehyung's gaze mirrored his anger, possessive of his mate in the face of what they perceived as a challenge. They were ready to strike.

 

Just then, the Moon Goddess herself appeared, her presence calming the room instantly. She placed a hand on both Jeongguk and Taehyung, smiling gently. “We don’t want to scare them, do we?” she said softly, her voice soothing. “Let’s learn to adjust to situations like this.”

 

She took Taehyung’s hand and placed it in Jeongguk’s, encouraging them to tighten their grip. “Now,” she continued, “release your pheromones slowly. Cover them with calm, gentle waves. Let your alpha relax and accept the others. Take your time—too much, and they will be harmed. Think of it like patting them on the head.”

 

With eyes closed, the mates followed her guidance. The staff and Mr. Han gritted their teeth as the initial wave of overbearing pheromones washed over them, but gradually, the atmosphere shifted. The oppressive tension eased, replaced by a feeling of blissful calm. For reasons they couldn’t fully understand, they felt safe—and protected. Eyes glistened with relief.

 

The Moon Goddess smiled warmly. “See the power you have? Your pheromones bring hope and peace like a parent calming their child. It’s part of my... premium package,” she chuckled with pride, clearly amused at her own humor. She hadn’t witnessed such a scene in centuries.

 

When the mates opened their eyes, they were greeted by the sight of everyone still kneeling before them. Quickly, they urged the others to rise. “Please, don’t stay like that,” Taehyung said, flustered by the display. But no one seemed to mind. They were simply honored to have been able to help the mates adjust.

 

After some time discussing plans for assimilating back into society and getting a sense of the current state in Gandok, Jeongguk proposed they leave for his house. Mr. Han immediately began making the necessary preparations, while the Moon Goddess busied herself with snacks, content to watch from the sidelines.

 

Meanwhile, Jeongguk introduced Taehyung to the head of his personal guard, a tall, imposing figure who stood with military precision, his face a mask of seriousness, barely betraying a trace of emotion.

 

 

Taehyung listened with interest as Jeongguk introduced, "This is Cole Palmer. The best among my team. He’s been trained from a young age and has served me loyally for years. I trust him completely, and I want him to be your personal guard from now on."

 

Taehyung was taken aback, instinctively wanting to decline, but before he could speak, Cole stepped forward and bowed respectfully. “It is an honor to be at your service, Sir,” he said, his voice steady yet sincere. The formality flustered Taehyung, unused to such treatment.

 

Jeongguk smiled gently, sensing his mate's discomfort. "You are going to be the principal figure of Gandok. It’s only fitting that the best guard in all of Gandok is by your side." He paused, then added, "There will be others as well, but you’ll meet them later at home."

 

Taehyung, still grappling with the sudden shift in his role, asked, “What about you?” His voice held a trace of uncertainty.

 

Jeongguk chuckled a warm sound that put Taehyung at ease. “I’m the head of JSFAT, remember? You don’t have to worry about me.”

 

Noticing Taehyung’s lingering doubt, Cole spoke up. “We are all at Sir Jeongguk’s service. He will never be left vulnerable. We assure you of his safety.”

 

Jeongguk looked at Taehyung with concern. “Are Cole’s pheromones overwhelming you?” he asked, his voice gentle.

 

Taehyung shook his head. Thanks to the Moon Goddess's intervention, he felt no discomfort, no repulsion from the people around him. Jeongguk sighed in relief, reassured that Taehyung was adjusting well.

 

The journey to their home was filled with Jeongguk’s work-related discussions, his phone constantly buzzing with calls and updates. Yet despite his busyness, he didn’t forget to check on his mate from time to time. Taehyung, exhausted, eventually fell asleep, leaning against Jeongguk, who continued to work, his hand occasionally resting on Taehyung’s to soothe him.

 

 

As they arrived home, Jeongguk gently roused Taehyung. “Prepare yourself,” he warned softly. “There will be another wave of pheromones.” Jeongguk had been trained for this from a young age and could easily adapt to this new but familiar situation, but Taehyung who had never been trained and had suddenly got such excessively active senses was still learning to manage his emotions in the presence of overwhelming scents.

 

 

The moment they stepped inside, they were greeted by family and friends. Taehyung instinctively scrunched his face, feeling the intense wave of pheromones hit him like a force. 

 

The guards and Mr. Han quickly stepped in, creating a barrier of calm to give Taehyung time to adjust.

 

When he finally looked up, he was met with the sight of his family and friends kneeling before him, just as they had earlier. The display of reverence was overwhelming. "Please, get up," Taehyung said, his voice filled with emotion. But they remained bowed, affected by the powerful presence of the mated pair—a force no one could ignore.

 

 

Taehyung felt a strange discomfort seeing his parents and Jeongguk’s family kneeling before them. It created a sense of distance that made his chest tighten, and a small pout formed on his lips as he looked down, clearly unhappy with the display. 

 

Jeongguk, attuned to his mate’s emotions, cleared his throat and spoke up, "Alright, enough of that. Get up before you make him cry."

 

 

The families quickly stood, responding to Jeongguk’s lighthearted but firm tone. But as they rose and finally took in the sight of Taehyung and Jeongguk, a collective gasp filled the room. They looked different—transformed. There was something ethereal about them as if touched by the divine.

 

Isa instinctively reached out, her fingers itching to brush through her son’s hair and touch the mark now adorning his forehead, a symbol of his newfound status. But Gareth gently stopped her. “Give him time,” he whispered, understanding that Taehyung was still adjusting to everything.

 

 

The families moved to the living room, yet even as they sat, their gazes remained fixed on the two mates, unable to look away. This is how they end up in the current situation. Several pairs of eyes watched them silently.

 

Jeongguk and Taehyung exuded a presence that was mesmerizing—a mixture of calm and comfort, their pheromones blending into something almost divine. The families felt blessed, and humbled to be part of their lives.

 

The silence stretched, but no one seemed willing to break it. Until finally, Jin, unable to bear it any longer, spoke up. He had been holding back from embracing his brother and now felt a pang of frustration. "I don’t understand... Why are you wearing those tinted glasses inside? Is this a new trend I am unaware of?"

 

Taehyung hesitated, glancing at Jeongguk for reassurance. When Jeongguk gave a subtle nod, Taehyung sighed and replied, “Don’t be shocked. I’m... sensitive.” He hesitated again, playing up the moment, before slowly removing the glasses.

 

As soon as his eyes met theirs, the room fell into stunned silence. Wide-eyed and open-mouthed, everyone instinctively leaned back, struck by the sight before them. Taehyung’s once familiar eyes were now a striking shade of purple, glowing with an otherworldly intensity. Combined with his long hair and the mark on his forehead, he looked completely transformed.

 

Their second genders reacted instinctively, pushing them to kneel once more, compelled by the sheer power of the mated pair’s presence. But before they could, Taehyung sensed it and quickly intervened. “Please, stay seated,” he said, his voice gentle but firm. The command broke through their instinct, and they straightened in their seats, struggling to maintain composure.

 

The mates sighed in unison, watching their families’ reactions with a mix of amusement and exasperation. Jaehan, unable to contain his curiosity, inched closer to Taehyung, blushing slightly as their eyes met. “Hyung,” he began, his voice tinged with excitement, “you finally transformed into your superhuman form?”

 

 

Taehyung chuckled, a deep, resonating sound that made Jeongguk’s heart skip a beat. Unable to resist the warmth of his mate’s happiness, Jeongguk leaned in and placed a soft kiss on the top of Taehyung’s head, a gesture of quiet affection. This intimate moment caused another ripple of surprise among the family.

 

Jimin, never one to hold back, groaned dramatically. “Way to rub it in, making me feel single. Taehyung, you’ve bewitched my brother! He’s acting like a completely different person now.” He shot a teasing look at Jeongguk, and then his gaze froze, narrowing in on something. “Wait... is that a tattoo?”

 

Jeongguk’s neck had shifted just enough to reveal a glimpse of intricate, mystic symbols running along his skin. Jimin’s eyes widened in disbelief. “You have a tattoo?” he asked, incredulous.

 

Taehyung smiled slyly. “Yes, it goes all the way to his wrist and chest.”

Bella and Eric exchanged surprised looks. “When did you get that?” Bella asked, her voice tinged with both shock and curiosity.

 

 

Taehyung’s face reddened slightly, but his grin was playful. “After mating.”

The room fell into stunned silence once more, the weight of his words settling over everyone. 

 

 

Jeongguk, amused by how well Taehyung was adjusting to the situation, reached over and ruffled his mate’s hair. “You’re getting way too comfortable embarrassing everyone like this,” he whispered, pride evident in his voice.

 

 

Taehyung smiled with unabashed pride, comfortable to be with his family. As the butler entered, serving tea and snacks, the warmth of the hot tea filled the air, creating a more relaxed atmosphere. Gradually, the tension began to melt away, and the family eased into conversation about the events of that fateful day.

 

Jeongguk and Taehyung had been briefed by Mr. Han on the phenomenon, but hearing firsthand about its impact on the people made them realize they wouldn’t be able to hide much longer. The Moon Goddess had already made it clear that their destiny was to come into the open soon.

 

Eric broke the silence, his tone grave. “Yeon is growing more agitated. He’s been actively searching for you, pushing his network to find the mates.”

 

Bella added, “The family has been asking around as well, trying to get information from your office. We’ve done our best to deflect their inquiries, but they’re getting suspicious.”

 

Namjoon leaned forward, giving an update on the situation in Gandok. “The curfew is stricter than ever. No one’s allowed outside unless it’s to buy essential supplies, and even that is restricted—one person per household, heavily monitored. If you so much as greet a neighbor, they take you in for questioning. It’s like living under a constant threat.”

 

 

"They’ve also ordered us to monitor all networks and devices closely, reporting any exchange of information or rumors related to Yeon. Additionally, Yeon has mandated the suspension of internet services, allowing access only during limited hours."

 

 

The room fell silent as Namjoon’s words sunk in. “It’s becoming unbearable,” he added. “The people are restless. They’re trapped in their homes, and it feels like torture.”

 

Jin, who had been listening intently, spoke next. “Yeon’s even blamed Kim Technologies for not being able to locate Umbra. He’s threatening to sue, accusing us of hiding their whereabouts. He’s desperate and losing control. It’s as if he’s determined to tear down anyone in his way.”

 

 

Jeongguk exchanged a knowing glance with Taehyung. They had expected things to escalate. “We anticipated this,” Jeongguk said calmly. “My team at the base informed me that members of Solace have already arrived for an inspection and are staying for a while. I’ve told my men to monitor their movements but to avoid any confrontations unless I give the order.”

 

Hoseok, who had remained quiet until now, chimed in. “They’ve even given my lab an inspection notice. They’re tightening their grip on us.”

 

The discussions continued for a while, tension easing into something more manageable. Jaehan sat next to Taehyung, indulging in cupcakes as they chatted about Jaehan’s school. He had many stories to share with Taehyung. For a moment, the warmth in the room felt comforting, a stark contrast to the grim reality outside. 

 

 

"As a Ji, I can understand him. With everything that's been revealed lately—so chaotic and grim—it’d be more surprising if he didn’t lose his mind," Jimin says, resting his chin on his palm. Despite the weight of his words, he remains surprisingly nonchalant. "Mother’s been crying constantly, and father’s barely ever home these days. I am eager to see Uncle's face once he finds out who the mated pair is."

 

The conversation flowed naturally, with everyone exchanging observations and speculations about recent events. Yet, no one explicitly mentioned the looming and dark elephant in the room—Umbra. They subtly danced around the topic, careful not to speak its name.

 

 

The family was fortunate—they had the privilege of being pillars of Gandok’s society. Meanwhile, ordinary citizens couldn’t even take a drive down the street without permission from Yeon’s officers.

 

Just as the conversation began to flow more naturally into light-hearted topics, the butler reappeared, his expression tense. 

 

“Excuse me,” he said, interrupting the moment. “There’s a commotion outside. Lady Ella is here, and she’s asking for an audience.”

 

 

Jeongguk’s family sighed in exasperation, while Taehyung visibly tensed. They had arrived at the mansion in tinted cars specifically to avoid being spotted by the media or anyone else, but now that Ella was here, everything could unravel quickly.

 

“The media has gathered outside the premises,” the butler continued. “The police are trying to disperse them, but it seems Lady Ella deliberately attracted attention.”

 

Jeongguk’s jaw clenched, he knew she did that to not be sent back. Taehyung’s unease was palpable. If Ella saw them together—if she caught wind of what was happening inside—it could trigger a cascade of complications they weren’t ready for.

 

 

Despite their dislike for the situation, they couldn’t avoid Ella. Bella, visibly worried, fretted, “We’ve been dodging her questions for too long. She must be certain by now that you are mated with someone—that’s the only reason she’d have the nerve to show up here.”

 

Bella glanced at Taehyung with a look of guilt. “Taehyung, dear, I’m so sorry. It’s my fault for pushing her toward Jeongguk and letting things escalate. Maybe that’s why she’s going to such lengths now.” 

 

Eric gently consoled her. “She would have shown up regardless. She’s his cousin and might just be eager to see him.”

 

Taehyung, while not insecure about Ella—he trusted Jeongguk fully—still couldn’t shake the irritation her presence stirred. “She also has her own reason for being here, to clear her father’s name from the recent allegations. She knows Jeongguk can help.”

 

Both Bella and Eric fell silent at this. Taehyung was right. Ella’s desperation wasn’t just about family—she wouldn’t stop until she had spoken to Jeongguk.

 

 

It was well-known that this house was off-limits to most, reserved only for Jeongguk and his most trusted. Even Jeongguk’s friends and family only met him at the Jeon family’s main residence, and Taehyung was the first to ever step foot inside this secluded home, apart from Jeongguk’s team. 

 

 

Recently, due to a change in circumstances, his family and others had moved in temporarily for security reasons, but Ella daring to breach this sacred space felt like a violation.

 

 

The tension was palpable as everyone quickly realized what needed to be done. They all had to hide—including Jimin. Gareth and Isa were the first to stand, followed by Jin, Hoseok, Yoongi, Namjoon, and Jimin. They exchanged uneasy glances with Taehyung, silently offering him the option to leave with them. But Taehyung’s tight grip on Jeongguk and the frustration written across his face made it clear he wasn’t going anywhere.

 

 

Understanding their cue, the family quietly left, leaving Jeongguk to handle the situation with Taehyung.

 

Jeongguk’s irritation was evident. He had hoped to delay this encounter, but his parents gently reminded him that postponing would only make things worse. If they didn’t address Ella now, they risked revealing their secret to the public sooner than planned.

 

Reluctantly accepting the truth of their words, Jeongguk sighed. “I’ll handle it.”

 

He turned to Taehyung, his expression softening. “Come on,” he said quietly, “let’s go to our room.”

 

With one last look of reassurance, Jeongguk signaled the butler to call Ella in. As they moved upstairs, he instructed his parents to keep her occupied with small talk until he could calm Taehyung down. Once inside the privacy of their room, Jeongguk pulled Taehyung close. 

 

“We’ll deal with this together,” he murmured, hoping to ease the storm of emotions he knew was building inside his mate. “But for now, just breathe.”

 

 

It wasn’t Taehyung’s fault. Ever since they had mated, the two had been inseparable, their bond fresh and intense. Now, with the prospect of having to leave Jeongguk’s side while he dealt with Ella, the alpha inside Taehyung grew restless and possessive, holding onto Jeongguk tightly.

 

 

Jeongguk could feel his mate’s unease. Wrapping his arms around Taehyung, he pressed soft kisses onto his face, soothing him as though calming a child. “I’ll keep the conversation short, I promise,” Jeongguk murmured. 

 

 

The bond between them was still stabilizing, and this unexpected intrusion was triggering their instincts, making them see it as a threat. Neither of them wanted to be apart, and neither wanted the other to feel unhappy.

 

The true-blood alpha couldn’t bear seeing any discomfort in his mate. He silently chastised himself, unwilling to leave until Taehyung felt reassured and permitted him to go.

 

 

Jeongguk suddenly remembered something and gently offered a suggestion. “You remember that photograph from Umbra’s broadcast you were curious about? Why don’t you use this time to check it out? I’m sure it’s in the study, on the shelf in the right corner.”

 

 

Taehyung shook his head, burying his face deeper into Jeongguk’s chest, refusing to let go.

 

“And,” Jeongguk added, “you can chat with Moon Goddess while you’re there. You’ve had a few questions for her, haven’t you?”

 

But Taehyung still didn’t budge. His reluctance was clear—he didn’t want to be separated, not even for a moment.

 

“Just this once,” Jeongguk coaxed softly. “We won’t have to hide for much longer. We’ll announce our bond to the public soon.”

 

He could feel Taehyung’s mind working through his words, the gears slowly turning. Jeongguk smiled softly. “Taehyung,” he called, his voice gentle yet encouraging.

 

Finally, Taehyung pouted, reluctantly giving in. “Okay, but not more than twenty minutes, or I won’t promise to stay hidden.”

 

Jeongguk chuckled, leaning in to press a kiss to Taehyung’s lips before stepping away quickly—before the mood shifted and things escalated between them.

 

Taehyung stood there for a moment, staring quietly at the door Jeongguk had disappeared through. His heart ached, but before the feeling could settle too deep, a familiar presence gently tapped his shoulder.

 

Moon Goddess smiled at him, her gaze warm and understanding. “What are we going to look for in the study?” she asked, a playful tone in her voice. “It’s been a while since we’ve been given a task like this together.”

 

She watched him, knowing well how anxious he felt—like a child sent to school for the first time, suddenly apart from their parent. She chuckled softly, her eyes twinkling with affection. 

 

“You’re feeling out of sorts being away from Jeongguk, aren’t you?” she asked, though she already knew the answer.

 

Taehyung nodded, a little embarrassed by his clinginess.

 

Moon Goddess gently tilted her head, considering. “Do you want to know another feature of your bond?” she teased, instantly capturing Taehyung’s attention. 

 

 

His ears perked up, curiosity flashing across his face. She chuckled again. “I’ll tell you when we reach the study and find what you’re looking for.”

 

That was enough to stir him into action. With a small nod, Taehyung finally turned toward the study, Moon Goddess at his side.

 

Meanwhile, Jeongguk descended the stairs, a heaviness settling in his chest. He could hear his parents already in conversation with Ella, their voices carrying snippets of discussion about the Umbra broadcast. 

 

Ella was denying the claims, as expected, but what caught Jeongguk’s attention was how openly they were discussing it. For the first time in a long while, the topic of Umbra had been broached—something no one had dared to bring up in the house. 

 

It was a heavy subject, a bitter reminder of their failures. Jeongguk and Jin, in particular, had struggled to unmask the shadowy organization. The weight of that failure lingered in the air, palpable and unspoken.

 

Hearing their words made Jeongguk pause at the foot of the stairs. His annoyance spiked briefly, but he quickly concealed it, glancing back at the room where he had left Taehyung. The thought of his mate grounded him.

 

Steeling himself, Jeongguk pushed aside his irritation and walked into the room, ready to face his cousin.

 

Chapter 82: Love, loss and the mysterious Umbra

Summary:

Taehyung talks about Umbra

 

Ella shuddered as a wave of overpowering pheromones washed over her. She turned and found Jeongguk standing there, his presence hitting her like a force of nature. 

 

Her eyes widened in shock as the alpha in her instinctively wanted to submit. Her knees buckled beneath her, and she knelt, helpless against the overwhelming sensation. 

 

Fear flickered in her chest—it was the first time she had experienced anything like this and the humiliation of being on her knees before a member of the Jeon family stung deeply.

 

Her eyes reddened, panic settling in. “What… what’s happening to me?” she whispered, her voice trembling. In that moment, she felt small, and insignificant, as if she didn’t belong in this space, this world where Jeongguk stood so far above her.

 

Jeongguk's expression remained neutral, and though he hadn't intended to provoke this reaction, his pheromones had this effect since the time he mated. 

 

“Get up. Calm down,” he said, his voice steady yet commanding. His words were like a lifeline, cutting through the haze in Ella's mind. Slowly, she regained control, her breath evening out as she forced herself to sit upright.

 

Jeongguk walked over and sat across from her, his presence somehow even more imposing at such close range. Ella stared at him, her mind racing. Something was different. 

 

Jeongguk wore a hood that concealed his neck, a style Ella had rarely seen him in. It was different from his usual appearance, yet somehow, it made him even more striking.

 

There was a shift in the air around him. He exuded an aura of power and mystery, looking more handsome and untouchable than ever—distant, yet impossible to ignore.

 

The thought sent a pang through her chest, and she bit her lip, overwhelmed by a sudden sense of loss. It felt as though something precious had slipped through her fingers as if she'd missed her chance with him.

 

She wanted to greet and speak to him how she used to, but the words died on her tongue. The distance between them, once imperceptible, now felt insurmountable.

 

“I was told you’ve been looking for me,” Jeongguk said, his tone sharp but calm, piercing through her reverie. “You even asked my staff and employees about my whereabouts. And now you’ve come here, despite the fact I’ve made it very clear that this place is off-limits to everyone. So tell me—what’s so urgent that you’ve been so eager to find me?”

 

His words cut deep, like a dagger to her heart. It wasn’t the first time she’d heard him speak like this—his directness was infamous, whether in the office, at meetings, or when handling the ‘Pillars’ project. His tone was always the same: cool, precise, with an edge that left no room for misunderstanding.

 

But Ella had never imagined he would direct that tone at her. She had seen him smile a few times, and in those moments, she had foolishly allowed herself to believe that he had changed, that perhaps he was more approachable than before. But now, face-to-face with him, she realized just how wrong she had been.

 

It was clear that Jeongguk was displeased by her sudden arrival, especially with the media entourage she had brought along, creating a spectacle. But Ella was desperate. 

 

She felt her grip on the man she loved slipping away and was equally determined to defend her father, who had been targeted by Umbra’s accusations. 

 

In her anxiety, she saw no other option but to make her presence known publicly, hoping it would compel Jeongguk to meet with her and secure her place by his side.

 

She felt no shame in her actions; she knew Jeongguk could handle the reporters. This was simply her only way to ensure she could get in.

 

Ella glanced toward Eric and Bella, hoping their presence might ease the tension, but the air felt heavy, almost suffocating. Both parents sat silently, their eyes fixed on her as if waiting for an explanation. 

 

She clenched her fists, her elegant fingers digging into her palms, her breath quickening under the weight of the moment. But she was the most powerful alpha lady in all of Gandok—the highest rank among them. She wouldn’t be brought low by a mere inquiry.

 

Straightening her back, she forced herself to meet Jeongguk’s piercing gaze. “With the recent events in Gandok, you were the only one I could talk to.”

 

Her voice faltered, and she quickly looked away, unable to hold his eyes for long. The weight of what she had just admitted hung between them, suffocating her resolve.

 

Jeongguk's expression remained impassive, his tone sharp. “Which event are you referring to? The Umbra broadcast, the divine phenomenon, or the fact that your father tried to assassinate the Pillars’ family?”

 

Ella froze. Her eyes widened in shock, her voice trembling as she stammered, “Wha—my father would never… he wouldn’t do such a thing!” Her hands trembled as she fidgeted with the hem of her coat, her face draining of color.

 

Jeongguk glanced at his wristwatch, his tone as measured as ever. “I wouldn’t say anything without reason or proof, and you know that well. It wasn’t just my family and the Kim family he targeted—it was Jimin, his own nephew. Your father included him in the plan to execute.”

 

Ella’s world shattered around her. She hadn’t known about any of this. She had rushed to find Jeongguk after witnessing the strange phenomenon in the sky that fateful day, her heart gripped by the fear that he had found his mate, someone else, and she was losing her only chance with him. 

 

Her desperation grew with every passing moment, fueled by her inability to find him. Then the broadcast from Umbra had sent her spiraling, shattering her hopes of ever being with him.

 

And now, her father’s reputation and throne were on the brink of collapse. She was losing everything—her family, her status, her future. Her home had become a battleground, her parents locked in constant arguments and fights. 

 

 

Her mother’s family had threatened to sever all ties with Solace, and her father’s mistress had stormed into their home, creating chaos and blaming her mother for stopping their son’s education. Her omega brother had descended into madness, addicted to drugs.

 

 

Everything was crumbling, and Jeongguk had been her last hope. If she had him, she could still have a reputation and hold a place in Gandok, still have something left. Without him, everything—her family, her future—would be gone.

 

 

But now, hearing those words come from Jeongguk's lips, her final hope slipped through her fingers. The room seemed to spin around her as dizziness overtook her, her mind unable to process the weight of his accusations. How could her father have betrayed not only the Pillars but their own blood?

 

 

Her vision blurred, and she struggled to find her voice, her body trembling as if her world had been pulled out from beneath her. Everything was slipping away, and she didn’t know how to hold on.

 

 

Her father had pushed her into finding out Jeongguk’s whereabouts, urging her to uncover what he was up to. He never mentioned what he had already done, leaving her to face the humiliation alone in the presence of this powerful family. 

 

Years of carefully building her reputation—shattered in an instant. The betrayal stung deeply. She had been blinded by her father’s love, believing he was the target of Umbra’s schemes, convinced they wanted to take him down to control Gandok. But this… this she had never anticipated.

 

Still, disbelief clawed at her, and hope lingered in her mind. “You must be mistaken,” she whispered, her voice faltering. “It could’ve been someone else posing as my father. Umbra has been after him for ages. It wouldn’t surprise me if they framed him. It would be easier to rule Gandok if all three Pillars were taken down.”

 

She tried to make sense of it all, her mind reaching for any logical explanation. Jeongguk glanced at her with pity.

 

“If it were just me who had been harmed, I wouldn’t have told you any of this.” His voice was steady, but a flicker of anger darkened his gaze. Images of Taehyung's lifeless body and the blood that stained that day flashed before his mind. His jaw clenched, the true blood alpha struggling to contain his rage. “But your father crossed a line—again. This isn’t the first time, he tried to harm me.”

 

Ella’s chest tightened, her jaw clenched at his words, but she refused to back down. “He’s being targeted. We’re being targeted! I thought you, of all people, would understand that. After everything—after the years we spent growing up together, the bond between our families—I thought you’d feel something for me. Some love, some care. But is this all it’s come down to? My parents? Am I nothing to you? Or…” Her voice wavered, filled with hurt and frustration. “Have you found your mate?”

 

 

At the mention of their relationship, Eric and Bella shifted in their seats, their eyes flicking to Ella in concern. She had raised her voice, dragging personal matters into the open, revealing wounds she hadn’t meant to show. They looked at her with pity, as if they already knew the answer.

 

 

Ella’s voice cracked as she continued, tears now spilling down her cheeks, soaking into her dress. “I’ve been looking for you because I’ve always loved you. I’ve spent my whole life hoping for us—our families, everyone, always said we were the ideal pair, the mates of Gandok. And now, because of this organization, because of Umbra, my dreams are ruined. My family’s name is tarnished.” She sniffed, her hands trembling in her lap. “How can you be so cold, so cruel to me? Have you never felt anything for me?”

 

Her tears fell silently, her body trembling under the weight of her words. Bella made a motion to move toward her, to offer some comfort, but Eric gently grabbed her arm, stopping her with a shake of his head. His eyes held a silent message: this was not the moment to intervene.

 

 

Ella felt the room closing in, her heart breaking. Everything she thought she had—her future, her place in Gandok, her connection to Jeongguk—was slipping away, and there was nothing she could do to stop it.

 

 

From the beginning, Ella had been told that her only path was to win over Jeongguk and marry him—that there was no one more suitable for her than him. Over time, she had come to believe it, and slowly, it became her reality. But now, it felt as though that belief had been nothing more than a fleeting dream, detached from the truth. Jeongguk was beyond her reach, too far to capture and make hers. Yet, despite everything, how could she just give up?

 

 

Ella chuckled bitterly, more tears spilling down her reddened cheeks. “How long do I have to wait for you to agree? If only you’d said yes, none of this would have happened…” Jeongguk’s gaze sharpened the intensity of it making her shiver. 

 

 

Meanwhile, Taehyung, who had been quietly searching through albums to find a particular photograph, froze. His sharp ears caught Ella’s confession, and his fingers faltered, causing the album to slip from his hand. He bent down, his hand trembling while he heard Jeongguk speak.

 

“No ripples are caused without reason. We all pay for our actions. I did wrong to someone once, and I paid for it with the pain of losing them. I learned the hard way what loving and caring someone is. I’ve learned to speak up, to stand firm against what’s wrong, and to recognize it for what it is. That’s where I found my strength. I warned you the last time, Ella—keeping a blind eye won’t change the fact that what your father did was brutal and immoral. Instead of acknowledging his crimes, you expect me to accept him and believe everything is a lie."

 

 

“I never felt anything for you beyond brotherly care, the same care I’ve always shown. I bear no grudge against you because I see you differently from your father. But there’s a limit, Ella. If you continue blindly trusting and following his path, I can’t help you anymore. Do you want answers? Go ask him yourself or seek the truth. As for us, I told you—you’re important to me, like Jimin, but nothing more than that.”

 

 

Ella’s tears fell faster now as the words tore through her. “Why?” she choked out, standing abruptly, clutching her purse as if it were her last anchor. “Why can’t it be me? I even came all the way here to confess my feelings. Why don’t you love me? Why can’t you love me?... Who is it that you like? I tried to do everything to be your perfect partner where do I lack for you do not even consider me as your love partner?”

 

 

Eric and Bella quickly moved to console her, handing her tissues and offering water. Jeongguk stood too, feeling the growing restlessness that always accompanied his inner alpha when separated from his mate. It had been over more than twenty minutes, and the true blood alpha inside him was becoming impatient, its promise pulling at him.

 

“Because,” Jeongguk said calmly, “since childhood, I’ve only ever had one person in my mind. No one can take that place—ever.”

 

Even if Jeongguk felt sympathy for her, that was all he could offer. He could never give her his love—his heart had always belonged to Taehyung, and no one else. Watching her cry, he felt an undeserved sense of responsibility for something he had no part in creating. 

 

 

He had always maintained his distance, never once giving her any indication that his feelings went beyond friendship. He knew this day would come, but now that it had, he realized she still wasn’t prepared to accept it. Jeongguk was at a loss, unable to comfort her. The only thing he could do was reject her, once and for all, with unmistakable clarity.

 

 

As Jeongguk turned to leave, Ella shoved Bella aside and rushed toward him in desperation. "Please, help us! We can find our feelings for each other after marriage. You can’t just abandon me like this, Jeongguk. My family has always stood by yours—they’ve always supported the Jeons. My father gave you this position; how can you betray him over false accusations?" She grabbed his arm, and an instant wave of revulsion surged through both Jeongguk and Taehyung, their bond amplifying the nauseating feeling. 

 

 

Jeongguk instinctively yanked his arm away, the motion so sudden it nearly caused Ella to lose her balance. Her eyes widened in shock as she stared at him, unable to comprehend what had just happened. Jeongguk's heartbeat raced, and as he felt Taehyung’s rising anxiety through their connection, his concern for his mate overshadowed everything else.

 

 

Without sparing another glance, he turned and walked away. The sound of Ella’s sobs echoed behind him, but his heart was already elsewhere. Every tear she shed reminded him of the pain Taehyung had gone through, hiding his feelings for so long. Jeongguk respected Ella, but never—not once—had he thought of her in the way she wanted. His thoughts, his heart, had always been with someone else.

 

 

Jeongguk opened the door to the study and found Taehyung kneeling on the floor, picking up the photograph he had dropped. The Moon Goddess was not far from them watching him in concern.

 

 

Jeongguk walked straight to his mate, gently pulling Taehyung up to his feet. He could see the tears in Taehyung’s eyes, and without a word, he kissed him, pouring all his feelings into that kiss—his love, his reassurance, his promise that everything was fine now, that he was here, uncaring of another person in the room.

 

 

Taehyung clung to him, his hands fisting into Jeongguk’s shirt, tears flowing freely as he let himself get lost in the moment. The kiss deepened, their emotions merging as Jeongguk held him closer as if he could absorb all of Taehyung’s sadness and pain. He lifted Taehyung onto the table and leaned forward not breaking away from the kiss, hungrily capturing his lips, and tongue, tasting his mouth, as if every second apart could now be erased by this closeness. 

 

 

Slowly, the sadness and anxiety ebbed away, replaced by the warmth they shared, the assurance that they were together again.

 

 

When they finally pulled apart, both were breathless, their faces flushed. Jeongguk gently wiped Taehyung’s tears, pressing soft kisses all over his face before pulling him into a tight embrace. “I love you,” he whispered against Taehyung’s hair.

 

Taehyung smiled weakly, burying his face in Jeongguk’s shoulder. “Don’t make me more emotional…”

 

Jeongguk chuckled softly, feeling lighter after the intense few minutes back there. He pressed a tender kiss on the top of Taehyung’s head, inhaling the comforting scent of his mate. The feeling of being truly loved was overwhelming—a gift he would never take for granted. 

 

At that moment, as he thought back to his conversation with Ella, Jeongguk realized again how much strength Taehyung had given him. Taehyung had stood by him, fought for him, and even taken a bullet for him. Their love was pure, untainted by manipulation or ambition. It was a bond that Jeongguk knew could never be replaced, not in this lifetime or any other.

 

He turned slightly, and his gaze met the soft, divine presence of the Moon Goddess standing nearby. Her eyes brimmed with warmth and understanding, a silent blessing in her ethereal form. Jeongguk felt his own eyes moisten with gratitude. A quiet “thank you” slipped from his lips, filled with emotion.

 

He was grateful—grateful that fate had led him to Taehyung. It was because of the Moon Goddess that he had found his mate, the one person who completed him, who made him whole. And Taehyung was his forever.

 

Taehyung gently patted Jeongguk's arm and leaned back, placing a light, childlike kiss on his cheek before smiling softly. Then, with a thoughtful expression, he asked, "Will she be alright?"

 

Jeongguk sighed and shook his head. “I’m not sure. If she decides to confront her father, it’s unlikely she’ll be alright after learning the truth.”

 

Noticing the worry flickering in Taehyung’s eyes, Jeongguk added, “We were at fault too, you know. Neither she nor I ever tried to dig deeper, even though we had our doubts about Yeon. We were raised to believe in family loyalty and to stick together no matter what. But now... everything feels different. She’ll come to understand eventually, but it’ll take time. That’s what’s best for her.”

 

Taehyung nodded, his concern easing as Jeongguk’s words sank in. He then pulled out the photograph he had been searching for earlier, his eyes lighting up with excitement. “Look what I found.”

 

Jeongguk glanced at the picture and smiled, recognizing it immediately. “You found it.”

 

Taehyung grinned widely but then flipped the photograph over, revealing something on the back. “Check out the names of the people in the photo.”

Curiosity piqued, Jeongguk quickly scanned the list of names. His gaze stopped abruptly on one in the particularly familiar-looking name, his eyes widening in disbelief. “This...”

 

Taehyung beamed, watching the realization dawn on Jeongguk’s face. “The mysterious Ji.”

 

Jeongguk was stunned. “How is this even possible?”

 

Taehyung pointed toward the Moon Goddess, who stood quietly, watching over them. “With her grace, anything is possible.”

 

Jeongguk stood there, dumbfounded, still processing the revelation. But a spark of determination flashed in his eyes as he grabbed Taehyung’s hand, pulling him down from the table. “Then what are we waiting for? Let’s go talk to him.”

 

Taehyung nodded eagerly. Together, they made their way to the guest room, where the others were waiting, their hearts racing with anticipation at the reaction they were about to receive.

 

In the guest room, the brothers were all gathered, enjoying snacks and chatting about the Yeon family. The atmosphere was lively, with drinks and food being passed around, a rare moment of leisure amidst their hectic schedules. 

 

Despite the curfew in effect, none of them had truly rested; if anything, the workload had only increased. Jin had barely any free time but made it a point to meet his brothers, bringing Namjoon along. Jimin, Hoseok, and Yoongi weren’t spared from the chaos either. 

 

 

Hoseok and Yoongi had taken it upon themselves to provide aid to those struggling with illnesses, as the recent restrictions made it harder for the needy to get the help they required. Stockpiling potions to distribute for free, they rushed over as soon as they heard that the mates had returned.

 

 

They all needed this rest now. The past few weeks had felt like a relentless storm tearing through their lives, leaving their families battered and shaken. With their lives constantly on the line and Solace tightening its grip around them, there had been no time to breathe, let alone relax. But now, with Taehyung safe and the two of them mated, they could finally see a glimmer of hope—like sunlight breaking through after a long, dark storm.

 

 

The door opened, and as Taehyung and Jeongguk entered the room, the lively chatter quieted a bit, and all eyes turned to them. The brothers immediately invited the two to join the circle, but Taehyung had something else in mind.

 

 

He clapped his hands, grabbing everyone’s attention. “I have an announcement to make. There’s a secret we’ve been meaning to share with all of you.”

 

A playful smirk tugged at Taehyung’s lips as he looked around the room, catching each of their curious gazes. Jimin, almost intoxicated, spat out his drink, shock evident in his features. “Don’t tell me you got pregnant!”

 

 

The room erupted in a chorus of complaints as the older brothers hurled cushions at Jimin for his ridiculous comment. Jeongguk, however, briefly entertained the idea, coughing lightly as he pushed the thought aside with a hint of amusement.

 

 

Taehyung shot a glare at Jimin before quickly regaining composure. “No, you idiot. It’s not that.” He glanced over at Jeongguk, reprimanding him with his gaze before turning back to the others. “Jeongguk and I... we can see the Moon Goddess. And she’s here right now. In this room.”

 

 

With a casual gesture, Taehyung pointed toward one corner of the room. “She’s standing right over there waving at us.” He waves back.

 

Silence fell as the brothers all turned their heads toward the corner, squinting at the empty space, their expressions puzzled. They stared blankly, waiting for something to appear—anything and even waved their hands foolishly. All except one.

 

He looked at the space next to Taehyung. His brow furrowed, an uncharacteristic flash of confusion crossing his face. His expressions were minute and lasted only for a few seconds before he quickly turned his focus on the place Taehyung pointed to. 

 

Taehyung’s smile grew wider, catching the reaction he had been waiting for. Jeongguk standing by his side noticed it as well. He was a master of this. 

 

 

“What’s the matter, hyung?” Taehyung asked sweetly, his tone deceptively light. “Did you see her standing next to me? Or perhaps... should I call you, Yoongjun Ji?”

 

The brothers all froze at the name, the once boisterous room now dead silent.

 

Taehyung’s voice lowered, but the weight of his words was undeniable. “The founder of Umbra.”

 

 

The shock in the room was palpable. Their eyes turned from Taehyung to toward Yoongi—no, Yoongjun Ji—who now stood in the midst of his brothers, exposed.

 

 

It's fascinating how darkness always follows the light—how no Umbra can exist without it. Even more intriguing is that it requires an obstruction to form a shadow. In this case, the 'object' is like people, burdened by things left unsaid, unseen, or unresolved. Each hidden truth casts its own shadow, and they were about to delve into a conversation long overdue.

 

Chapter 83: Enigma of Darkness

Summary:

The mystery behind Umbra unravels

 

The group stared at Yoongi, their expressions a mix of confusion and shock. “What do you mean he is Umbra?” Jin asked, his voice reflecting the collective disbelief at Yoongi’s revelation.

 

Taehyung kept his gaze fixed on Yoongi, who met his eyes briefly before turning towards the Moon Goddess. A deep sigh escaped Yoongi's lips. “I never intended to hide for long. At least, not from the two of you,” he admitted.

 

The tension in the air was palpable as everyone exchanged glances, trying to make sense of the situation. Yoongi chuckled, though there was little humor in it. “Revealing myself was never the issue,” he continued. “The problem was how I used others to cast a shadow. Exposing me would have exposed them.”

 

His words only deepened the confusion, except for Hoseok, who remained unshaken.

 

“Wait… are you saying Yoongi is the one behind Umbra?” Jimin asked, his voice filled with uncertainty as he tried to clear his head.

 

Taehyung nodded, causing Jimin to blanch in disbelief. “But… how did you know?” Jimin pressed, still grappling with doubt.

 

Without a word, Taehyung placed an old photograph on the table. The group leaned in to examine it, passing it from one person to the next. In the group photo was a young child, strikingly similar to Yoongi.

 

“Is this his father?” Jin asked, frowning as he looked from the photograph to Yoongi.

 

Taehyung shook his head. “No… it’s him.”

 

The room fell silent again as the others struggled to understand. Jin was the first to break the silence. “This photo is old. If that’s really him, then Yoongi should be our parents' age…”

 

His voice trailed off, eyes widening as he turned to Hoseok, who wore a guilty expression.

 

“I’ve known about his secret for a while,” Hoseok admitted softly. “But the reason was important enough for me to keep quiet. Still, it’s best if you hear it directly from him.”

 

Jin seemed ready to respond, but Taehyung cut in. Jeongguk gently guided Taehyung to the couch, urging him to sit.

 

“We have time,” Taehyung said calmly. “Let’s hear what he has to say first.” Yoongi’s eyes swept over the room, his face somber as he addressed them. 

 

“I know you all have questions, and I won’t blame you if you feel betrayed.” His gaze lingered on Jin, his long-time friend. “But I couldn’t reveal my secret until now. Please, hear me out first… and then, whatever you feel afterward, I’llaccept it.”

 

Sitting between Jin and Jeongguk, Taehyung squeezed his brother’s hand silently encouraging him to give Yoongi the chance to explain.

 

“I was very young when my parents first told me about the threat looming over our family. I remember seeing relatives gather at our house, always having hushed, serious conversations. Curious, I’d ask my mother what was going on, and she would smile, trying to reassure me. She told me that there was someone in the family who wished us harm and that I needed to grow up strong to protect us.

 

At the time, I think she was just trying to comfort me, but I took her words to heart. I began paying closer attention to their conversations and soon realized how frightened everyone was. 

 

 

My relatives were desperate, discussing ways to run, hide, or even surrender. But my parents… they were different. They believed they had done nothing wrong, and that this trial was unjust. They were confident they could resolve everything by talking sense with Yeon's family especially once my sister was born.”

 

 

Yoongi continued, "My father couldn’t bear to put my mother under any more stress, especially in her condition, so he sought other ways to protect us from the storm looming over our family. To survive, he even aided Yeon's father in carrying out his dirty work, hoping it would keep us safe.

 

We were all Ji’s, bound by the same blood and lineage. But despite that, there was someone within our own family who saw everyone as a threat, someone who wanted to destroy us. It was strange—unnerving, even—to realize that the danger was coming from within. I needed to know more, to uncover the truth behind this madness. I was young, but I took my mother’s words to heart. I wanted to protect my family.

 

Ji's library was immense, and I began pouring through its volumes, searching for answers. Among my relatives was an older man, always humorous, always trying to cheer me up. Over time, we grew close. One day, I asked him if he was afraid, like the others—fearful of being killed. He smiled and said he had been, once, but now that I was there, he felt he could rest easy. And then, he shared with me the dark secrets of our legacy.

 

That’s when he began revealing the secrets of our past, the dark truths our family carried. He told me about the curse that had been eating away at the Ji family for generations, a curse born from the day we broke and slaughtered the sacred lineage of Gana and Deokja. 

 

Our bloodthirsty nature, he said, was the price we paid for that sin. And unless we found a way to repent, we would never stop.

 

I met with him daily after that, and each time, he revealed more. He showed me ancient texts, the writings of our ancestors—accounts of their lives, their regrets, and the heavy toll our family’s actions had taken. The more I learned, the more I was horrified by the truth buried within our illustrious Ji family.”

 

 

Hoseok patted Yoongi’s back, offering him silent comfort. Yoongi grasped Hoseok’s hand in both of his, growing quiet for a moment as if drawing strength from the warmth. When he finally spoke, his voice was softer but laced with the weight of the past.

 

“I learned that it was our own family who had been killing mates, driven by the fear of losing control over Gandok. Yeon,and those before him, knew we possessed nothing special—nothing beyond the name Ji and the bloodline we had long since tainted. Even the name itself meant nothing if we’re being honest. But to maintain our hold on power, we couldn’tallow any mate to rise unless they carried our blood."

 

 

"The problem was, no mates were being born into the Ji family. The frustration, the anger… it only fueled our bloodlust. At some point, the elders stopped trusting each other. The family tree kept expanding, but the thread binding us together grew tangled with knots of mistrust, greed, and the hunger for power. Darkness seeped into the Ji family, and we committed unspeakable wrongs, each member striving to grow their own power and surpass the others.

 

“Then came the bloodbath. The elders turned on each other, using blackmail and murder as their weapons. Yeon’s father realized that if this continued, the family’s secrets would be exposed, and so the most brutal massacre in Ji's history began. He purged the family, leaving no one behind. I watched my uncle, the one who shared our legacy, die right before my eyes in the library.

 

 

“I ran home, terrified and crying. Before I could tell my parents, they hid me in a small, cramped space disguised with decorations. The box they shoved me into was suffocating, my body twisted and aching, but my mother told me to be a good boy and stay quiet. Be quiet and hidden.

 

 

"I watched in horror as my parents and newborn sister were slaughtered in front of me, and I was powerless to stop it. Yeon searched everywhere for me, ordering his men to turn the house upside down. I prayed—begged—the Moon Goddess for help. Then… I blacked out from the sheer terror."

 

The past had replayed in Yoongi’s mind so many times that now, even the tears refused to come. Instead, he felt hollow, numb, as he revisited that dreadful memory once again. 

 

 

“When I woke, everything was silent. I was still in that box, but the house was empty. My parents’ bodies were gone, and the bloodshed seemed like a terrible dream. But it wasn’t. I crawled out of the box, dazed, and just… walked. I didn’tknow where to go, or what to do. I just kept walking aimlessly.”

 

Yoongi looked up and met the eyes of the Moon Goddess, who watched him with a warm, comforting expression. She sat beside Jeongguk, perched on the wide armrest of the sofa, her body half-leaning against Jeongguk and half-resting on the couch. 

 

 

Her presence was close, almost protective, staying near the mates. Together, the mates and the Moon Goddess exuded an aura of immense power, like something out of a dream—an otherworldly vision that only Yoongi seemed able to witness.

 

“Then, when I had lost all hope,” Yoongi continued, his gaze still fixed on her, “I saw her. The divine presence. The Moon Goddess.”

 

 

His voice softened as he recalled the memory, staring at her as if reliving that fateful moment. “She appeared in the night, bathed in moonlight, glowing with warmth and serenity. Her smile—it reminded me of my mother, and in that moment, all the emotions I’d been holding back for so long came rushing to the surface. I broke down, crying like I never had before. 

 

The darkness and the forest do not scare me more than the scene I witnessed before. She held me, patted my back, and soothed me. When I asked her who she was, she told me that she was the one I had called out to and that she had saved me from Yeon and his men.”

 

He paused, his eyes distant as he relived the memory. “She told me not to cry, that I had a role to play—a purpose to fulfill. But she said she would only reveal the details when I was older when I could truly understand. So I have to live life, grow up, and become stronger than I am. 

 

 

After that, she led me to the door of a family, an elderly couple, who took me in as their own. They never questioned my past or identity, cared for me, gave me an education, and helped me become independent. For years, I didn’t see the Moon Goddess again—until the day I differentiated.”

 

 

Yoongi’s voice held a longing as he recalled that day. “I was so excited. I rushed to the couple, eager to tell them that Iwas an alpha. But before I could, the Moon Goddess appeared once more. This time, she asked for a favor.”

 

 

His expression grew somber as he continued. “She told me that, after many years, mates would once again be born into the two 'Pillar' families, and they would help me avenge my family. But their safety was crucial—if I failed to protect them, we would all be doomed.”

 

 

Yoongi let out a small, bitter laugh. “I was happy to help, but that also meant I would have grown older by then. I wouldn’t be able to grow up alongside you. I wouldn’t be able to stay close, to protect you as I wanted by being your brother, friend, and family. So, I asked her how I could help when our timelines don't meet.”

 

 

He glanced again at the Moon Goddess, his voice heavy with emotion. “She said she would stop my aging, keep me as I am now, but only if I sacrificed my second gender. I would be left with nothing—just a human, defective in the eyes of society."

 

"I felt it was unfair. I had so many questions and so many complaints. I had done nothing wrong, yet I was paying for the karma of my family. I wanted to scream at her, to protest the injustice, but deep down, I knew nothing comes without a price. 

 

It was a hard choice, but from the moment I was young, I had a fire of revenge burning in me. This was my only chance. I wanted to see Yeon fall, and I knew the best way to achieve that was to let the mates live—the very thing Yeon despised most.

 

So instead, I made a request. I asked her to let me live just a few years as an alpha, long enough to serve my parents and give them the life they had always dreamed of—one where their son was an alpha, full of promise.

 

At that time, being an omega came with many limitations in society, while an alpha had endless opportunities and responsibilities. They wanted to experience that pride, and I gave it to them, living those years fully until they left the world peacefully. After that, I called upon the Moon Goddess once more, and this time, I fulfilled my promise."

 

 

"I was grown up and had no regrets anymore, my goal was to protect the two mates. So, I gave it up. My second gender, my chance at a normal life… I sacrificed it all so I could stay like this, fixed in time, to fulfill my purpose.”

 

 

Yoongi’s voice fell to a whisper. “And now… here I am.”

 

 

Taehyung hadn’t even realized that tears were streaming down his face until Jeongguk gently reached out, wiping them away. The weight of Yoongi’s story, the sacrifices he had made, left the room in a stunned silence.

 

They all knew about the so-called “defective” humans—those without secondary gender differentiation. These people were seen as weak, vulnerable, and often exploited, and bullied by those who believed themselves superior. 

 

Society didn’t allow them to marry anyone with a secondary gender, labeling them as useless. It was a harsh reality, and the thought of Yoongi living that life—sacrificing his identity and enduring this stigma for so long while waiting for the mates to be born—tightened the hearts of everyone present.

 

Taehyung thought his own sacrifice was significant, giving his life to others. But now, seeing Yoongi, he realized how wrong he had been. It was an even greater sacrifice to live a life without a secondary gender, all for the sake of people Yoongi hadn’t even met yet and for the future of Gandok. Tears welled in Taehyung’s eyes as he grasped the enormity ofwhat Yoongi had given up.

 

Hoseok, who had remained silent, wiped his own tears and pulled Yoongi into an embrace. Despite the emotional weight of the moment, Yoongi remained the calmest among them. He had lived this life for so long that he no longer grieved over it. He had seen his parents die, and later, his foster parents as well. For years, he had patiently waited for the mates to grow up, methodically planning his revenge against Yeon.

 

 

But life had not been without its moments of light. One such moment was the day Yoongi, while studying potions, encountered someone who caught his eye. This person had long hair, often tied up in a messy bun, and would stay late in the lab, hunched over chemicals. He frequently inhaled the fumes for too long, sometimes passing out or growing dizzy. Yoongi, intrigued, eventually approached him, concerned for his well-being.

 

 

It was then that Yoongi learned his name: Hoseok. A brilliant scholar with a passion for potions. Hoseok dreamed of having his own lab one day. His classmates called him a witch, always absorbed in his work. 

 

The first thing Yoongi ever said to him, after their awkward introductions, was, “Let me braid your hair for you.” Both were surprised by the words, but from that moment on, it became their habit—looking out for each other, and caring for one another.

 

Hoseok soon realized that Yoongi had no friends. People avoided him, despising him for being a mere human, “defective” in their eyes. Wanting to protect Yoongi, Hoseok brewed a special potion and gave it to him, saying, “From now on, you’re my beta—my handsome and loyal beta.” That moment forged their bond, and they have come a long way since then.

 

As Hoseok and Yoongi met each other’s gaze, memories of their past resurfaced, flooding their minds with nostalgia. They shared a warm smile, their bond deeper than words could express.

 

 

“I was the one who gave him the identity of a beta,” Hoseok explained, turning toward Jin. “And I introduced him to you. That’s when Yoongi saw Taehyung for the first time. He recognized him immediately but made an excuse to leave. His emotions were in turmoil. Later, he confessed everything to me—his past, his plans for revenge. If you think Yoongi is wrong for what he’s done, then I am just as guilty. I’ve supported him from the start. I helped hide Taehyung’s secondary gender with potions, it was risky for the little one but we both wanted to keep an eye on him and build his trust in us. We plotted our revenge.”

 

Hoseok bowed deeply to Jin, his voice steady but full of apology. "I'm sorry. I wronged you both, but my friendship and love for you were always genuine, never false or tainted."

 

 

Jin felt speechless, overwhelmed with emotions. He couldn't find the words, his mind clouded with thoughts and doubts. Yoongi noticed and decided to give him space. Now that he had chosen to reveal the truth, he wanted to be completely transparent.

 

“I knew the mates would bring peace to Gandok, but the path was treacherous. Yeon was always hunting for them, convinced that Jeongguk would be one of the mates. He had a strong intuition that the true-blood alpha posed the greatest threat to his power, even if Jeongguk wasn’t a mate. Jeongguk's strength alone could easily challenge the throne.

 

 

Then, when Taehyung’s grandfather died, leaving him devastated and isolated, I knew I had to act. To give you time to heal, I became a distraction for Yeon. That’s when I created Umbra, with the purpose of exposing the dark secrets of the Ji family and bringing you two closer together. I put you both through difficult trials, but I trusted that you would help each other. I also knew the Moon Goddess was watching over you. But the day you took those bullets...” Yoongi's voice faltered as he recalled the moment. “I was terrified. I felt like it was all my fault. I begged the Moon Goddess to save you, even if it meant sacrificing myself, but she told me this was your test as mates.”

 

 

Taehyung smiled softly, feeling grateful for Yoongi's care. “It was. That moment made me look deeper into your past...and this photograph.” The others glanced between the two in confusion. 

 

Taehyung clarified, “There were two major clues. First, hyung was strangely unaffected by Jeongguk’s pheromones, which is almost impossible given their strength. The second, and most crucial, was the tape—a secret only Jeongguk and I knew. Yet you instructed Mr. Han where to find it. That’s when I realized you could see someone others couldn’t. The only one who knows everything.”

 

He paused, letting his words sink in. “I confirmed it with the Moon Goddess herself. She told me she had revealed the truth to you, and that you could see her.”

 

The room fell silent as the others stared at Taehyung, impressed by his deductions. In their earlier panic, they had missed these details, but now it all made sense. Every time Taehyung went on a mission to gather information, Yoongi or Hoseok had been by his side. They fought alongside him, supported him when he needed it and endured his brother’s scoldings with quiet patience. They had helped Taehyung adjust after his period of seclusion and were instrumental in helping him overcome his grief after his grandfather’s passing.

 

Time and again, Taehyung and Jeongguk crossed paths during these expeditions, and each encounter brought them closer together, pushing them toward the realization that they were mates. Umbra, created by Yoongi, became the reasonTaehyung and Jeongguk discovered their bond.

 

Yoongi had been like a guardian angel, dedicating his life to protecting the mates until they had fulfilled their destiny. He had successfully turned Umbra into a sensation, exposing the Ji family’s corruption while helping the Moon Goddess safeguard the future of Gandok. Though his sacrifices remained unknown to the public, Yoongi was the unsung hero in both their lives and the lives of the people of Gandok.

 

 

The room fell silent again. The Moon Goddess walked toward Yoongi, gently kissing his head. “I was not wrong in my judgment. You are as close to me as these two, and the reason they are together. Thank you, my child.” Tears welled up in Yoongi's eyes, and he quickly wiped them away, smiling through the emotion. “I’m glad this human wasn’t entirely useless.”

 

Both Taehyung and Jeongguk felt an overwhelming urge to protect him, bowing in respect for all he had done. Yoongi, embarrassed and shy, shifted awkwardly under their reverent gaze. As the atmosphere lightened, and the heavy weight of the revelations began to lift, another matter came to the forefront.

 

Jin sighed, exchanging a glance with Jeongguk. Without words, they seemed to understand each other, and Jeongguk spoke, his tone commanding, reflecting the authority of the General of Gandok. “Now that we know you were the one who started Umbra, we’d like to know about the people involved. We’re aware you didn’t do this alone.”

 

Yoongi’s eyes widened in surprise before a sly smile spread across his lips. “Is that really necessary? They’ve stayed clean, caused no harm, and stuck strictly to their roles.”

 

Jin and Jeongguk remained unconvinced, tension rising in the room once again. Jin glanced around, sensing the subtle shift in the air. “We’ve faced countless failures trying to track you down. It’s only fair that we know the complete truth. This kind of operation couldn’t have been handled by just one person.”

 

Yoongi nodded, accepting the truth of their words. Umbra had always been seen as an organization rather than the work of a single individual, and he’d never claimed otherwise. Still, he hesitated, unwilling to drag others into this. But when his eyes met Taehyung’s, the alpha gave him a silent nod, signaling his approval. Yoongi sighed—he had rarely gone against Taehyung's wishes.

 

Looking around at the others, Yoongi could see they were all prepared to hear the truth and give their approval as well. He braced himself, then said, “What if I told you that, except for you two, everyone in this room is part of Umbra? Would you interrogate them? Demand details?”

 

 

Jin jolted in shock, his eyes wide as the revelation hit him. Jeongguk’s expression was equally stunned, not quite expecting this level of involvement. They had both anticipated secrets, but not this. They lived with a group of troublemakers, all hiding in plain sight.

 

 

These fools had helped someone without fully knowing who he was, yet had trusted him with their lives. A headache began to form in both Jin and Jeongguk as they processed the revelation. The others, feeling the weight of the situation, awkwardly averted their eyes, knowing well what is going to befall on them.

 

Chapter 84: Beneath the Shadows

Summary:

The group talks and clears things out.

 

Jeongguk glanced at Taehyung, who subtly shifted toward his brother, sensing the brewing storm in Jeongguk's expression. "I... I can explain," he said, trying to calm him down. 

 

Jeongguk’s eyes narrowed. "You didn’t know who you were working with, yet you still got involved in dangerous situations for them?"

 

Taehyung turned to Jin, clinging to his arm. "Brother, save me!" he pleaded, but Jin only smiled faintly before his voice boomed.

 

"Taehyung Kim, I never took you for a fool."

 

Jin’s scolding voice rang in Taehyung's ears, making him retreat toward Jeongguk. Realizing Jeongguk's proximity wasn't much safer, he cursed his luck. The Moon Goddess laughed heartily, clearly entertained by the sight of Taehyung in trouble. 

 

Jin continued to scold, his frustration growing. "What were you thinking? If I’d known about this earlier—"

 

Yoongi, sensing pity for the alpha, finally stepped in. "It’s not entirely his fault. I’m the one responsible. Taehyung was drowning in darkness, surrounding himself with all the wrong people. He was exploited for his fame and wealth, drinking his sorrows away in shady clubs. 

 

One night, I saw people giving him drugs—that was my breaking point. I had to pull him out. So I reached out to someone I knew to strike a deal with Taehyung, something that would help him learn more about Yeon. He just had to gather information on certain individuals, by whatever means necessary. 

 

I never expected him to join me... but he did. He became a powerful asset, making breakthroughs and even provoking Yeon’s temper.

 

 

"It may have been a risky move, but I believed Taehyung was the right person for it. I kept a close eye on him, making sure he didn’t get into too much trouble. Hoseok gave him the potions that inhibited his scent to protect his identity as well improved his health and the effects of drug overtime. 

 

 

Later, when Taehyung frequently started asking for heat suppressants, we realized he had already figured out who his mate was. We kept it hidden for a while, but when his doses started to increase, we had to intervene. Thankfully, Jeongguk found out about their bond, and things worked out."

 

Jin sighed, shaking his head. "To think all of this happened right under my nose, while I was oblivious, believing I was the one protecting him... it's a heavy blow. I should've known."

 

Namjoon, who had been silent until now, finally spoke up. "I knew you’d feel that way. That’s why, when I noticed Taehyung acting strangely, I dug deeper. I found a code and a link to a site about a group called Umbra planning something. 

 

At the time, they were recruiting people who wanted justice and weren’t afraid to stand up for the truth. I joined to keep an eye on Taehyung and ensure his safety... and I also provided them with technological assistance."

 

Eyes widened at Namjoon’s revelation, the room now filled with more layers of secrets than anyone had anticipated.

 

Namjoon continued, “It seemed a few people had already begun working with Umbra, and when I finally saw their motives and the corruption they were exposing, I felt the urge to help. I didn’t want Gandok to fall into the hands of these villains. At first, I considered telling you the truth, but the more I thought about it, the more I realized that revealing it too soon might compromise what Umbra was trying to uncover.

 

I was wrong, and I acted impulsively. Please forgive me. But I’ve seen the darkness up close. A family friend of mine was caught in the claws of these vultures, and after her demise, I watched her family fall apart. That’s when I knew I had to do something. I couldn’t just stand by and let more omegas fall into danger.

 

"Umbra’s unconventional methods may seem extreme, but no one else could have exposed these truths so effectively. So, I offered my assistance and created software that could control all devices and halt their activities, allowing Umbra to display the truth. I was assigned several skilled online teams, but the real breakthrough came from none other than the young master Kim." Namjoon glanced at Taehyung. 

 

“He provided invaluable codes. No one knew he was an amazing hacker. He sent them anonymously, never asking for anything in return, limiting his involvement to provoking Yeon. However, he eventually found out about my involvement and asked me to help erase traces of his interference in your server.”

 

Taehyung froze, holding his breath. He knew what was coming. His body tensed as he waited for the inevitable outburst from Jin. And then, it happened.

 

Jin roared, his voice booming so loudly that it seemed to shake the entire house. Everyone else covered their ears, unable to endure the sound. 

 

“Namjoon and Taehyung! Think carefully about your final wish before I throw both of you out of here! You tampered with my server and AI, erasing traces of your misdeeds! You acted behind my back, used me—your boss—and your own brother, to accomplish your shady tasks, while I was left to deal with the press and Yeon! What a clever way to treat your brother and boss, for an organization you didn’t even fully understand. And you,” Jin pointed at Namjoon, “you dare praise my brother for being so ‘smart’ while the two of you fools couldn't even figure out who was behind Umbra.”

 

Both Namjoon and Taehyung paled, their heads bowed in guilt, afraid to utter a word. Jeongguk’s heart clenched in sympathy for his mate, his True Blood Alpha instincts urging him to console Taehyung. But he restrained himself, knowing this had to be dealt with. Taehyung had been walking the edge of danger for far too long, and this time, it had almost consumed him.

 

The Moon Goddess stepped closer to Jin, observing him intently before turning to Taehyung. “Such a pitiful elder brother,” she mused softly.

 

Taehyung’s lips quivered, his eyes welling with tears. He let out a small, choked sound before rushing forward to hug Jin tightly, despite his brother’s initial attempts to push him away. 

 

Taehyung buried his face in Jin’s clean shirt, rubbing his tears on it as he pleaded, “I’m sorry. I won’t lie to you again. I didn’t really lie—I just didn’t say anything. I promise I’ll be a better brother from now on.”

 

His voice wavered as he continued, “That’s why, on the day Yeon played that game, I came to give you that coded file. It contained Yeon’s darkest secrets. I believed that if something went wrong, you could use it to bring justice for me.”

 

Jin’s grip tightened on Taehyung as memories of that day resurfaced. He looked down at his brother’s tear-streaked face, those purple eyes filled with emotion, and sighed deeply. How could he stay angry at someone who held such an important place in Gandok and in his heart? 

 

Witnessing as how his brother was special and chosen for the higher goals by the Moon Goddess, of course, Taehyung's heart would not have been at peace if he had not acted against the wrongs done to the people of Gandok. His people. Thisalso seems to be a reason for him becoming a mess after his Grandfather's demise. There was no one to fight next to him in this silent war.

 

Yoongi had saved his brother when Jin couldn’t—when Jin had been too consumed with duty. His hands were tied. He was also young and had to prepare and do his training to take the position of the head of the company. He had to learn and get responsible for many things and be by his father's side while grieving for his grandfather. 

 

Taehyung was able to hide from the world and grieve in silence but he was not even given a chance for that. Still, he forgot about it as his regret was not being there for his brother when he got involved with such lowly people. He could only repent by supporting Taehyung in whatever he did to come out of that space.

 

 

His scoldings had always been superficial; deep down, he felt he had failed as a brother. He wasn’t the only one. Their parents, too, had felt guilty for pushing Taehyung toward that world, especially during a time when he was grieving for their grandfather and separated from Jeongguk, who had left for training.

 

 

Jin sighed again, looking down at his brother. As long as Taehyung was safe, he could forgive him for every mischief. Hegently patted Taehyung’s long, silky hair. Despite how much Taehyung had changed and matured, in Jin’s arms, he still felt like the same little brother.

 

 

Looking over at Yoongi, Jin’s voice softened. “Thank you for saving my brother. You and the Moon Goddess saved our family from falling apart.”

 

Taehyung’s eyes widened, surprised at how quickly his brother had forgiven him. He opened his mouth to speak, but Jin stopped him with a firm look. “Behave now, Taehyung. You’ve got a good mate by your side. I’m just relieved it wasn’t someone shady trying to fool you—or else I’d have had to deal with them myself.”

 

Taehyung grinned at his brother’s words, rubbing his face into Jin’s embrace again like a child seeking comfort. Jeongguk, watching the scene, smiled lightly. The calmness in Taehyung’s pheromones soothed his True Blood Alpha instincts, easing his tension.

 

Jin then turned his attention to Namjoon, his voice taking on its usual commanding tone. “You’ll work overtime for a week and handle all my foreign deals. And thank you for being there for my brother. Your position at Kim Technologies is safe.”

 

Namjoon adjusted his glasses, feeling a wave of relief wash over him. He bowed respectfully to Jin, grateful for the forgiveness. Just as he straightened, he noticed Taehyung wink at him. The young master knew how to charm both his brother and his mate into surrender.

 

Jeongguk, who had remained silent throughout the conversation, finally spoke, his voice cutting through the air like a blade. “Jimin.”

 

The room instantly fell quiet, a tense stillness settling over everyone. Jimin, who was luckily positioned behind the Moon Goddess, hidden from Jeongguk’s view, shivered at the sound of his name. The Moon Goddess, sensing the tension, turned to glance at Jimin before stepping aside with a knowing smile, leaving him fully exposed to Jeongguk’s gaze.

 

 

Jimin was fearless in front of most people—not even their parents or Yeon could shake him. But Jeongguk’s anger was different. When his brother was upset with him, Jimin always found himself surrendering. Jeongguk knew this well, which is why he cared so deeply for his younger brother and had tolerated Yeon’s manipulations for so long—to protect him.

 

“Speak,” Jeongguk commanded. His tone was sharp, and short, leaving no room for argument.

 

 

Jimin fidgeted uncomfortably, his eyes darting to Yoongi, silently pleading for support. Yoongi opened his mouth, ready to intercede, but one steely glance from Jeongguk silenced him.

 

“Brother, I…” Jimin began, his voice wavering slightly under the weight of Jeongguk’s intense gaze. “Umbra contacted me. At first, I thought it was just another business offer and ignored it. But one day, I received a message with a glimpse into Yeon’s dark secrets. They asked if I was interested in learning more—and if I wanted to join them in unraveling the truth.”

 

 

Jimin hesitated, casting another quick glance at Jeongguk before continuing. “I was intrigued. I’ve always felt guilty that you got dragged into this mess because of my family. I wanted to put an end to it. So I joined. Later, I realized Taehyung was acting suspiciously, and I started to think he might be involved too. That only made me more determined to see it through.”

 

 

He swallowed nervously. “My task was simple—just write a proper script based on the information given to me, to be used for broadcasts. The team I worked with was enthusiastic, even though we were strangers. We didn’t know each other’s identities, but it didn’t matter. The information was always accurate, backed by evidence, and perfectly matched the timeline. I didn’t see a need to question who was behind it. Sometimes I felt bad for Uncle, but that’s as far as it went. I know he never thought much of me anyway.”

 

 

Jeongguk clenched his jaw, his teeth gritting together, his anger palpable. The room felt charged with unspoken emotions,as Jimin sat there, vulnerable under his brother’s piercing gaze.

 

 

Jeongguk’s gaze swept over the three culprits. His voice, sharp and unforgiving, cut through the silence. “Three people, three different reasons—each of you driven by your emotions. Is this how you make decisions? You put yourselves in danger, going up against the government, all because your hearts were swayed by promises made by Umbra?”

 

The three, trembling under his scrutiny, lowered their heads in shame, unable to respond. Jimin’s lips parted in protest, but no words came out. Taehyung bit his lip, and Namjoon clenched his fists, all three visibly shaken.

 

“There is no greater fool than the ones before me,” Jeongguk continued, his tone cold. “If tomorrow Yeon came forward with evidence against me, would you be swayed again? Would you follow him?”

 

Jimin’s eyes widened in horror, and he quickly shook his head. But as soon as Jeongguk’s piercing gaze landed on him again, he snapped his eyes back to the ground, too terrified to speak.

 

The Moon Goddess, sensing the tension, chimed in softly. “I wouldn’t.” Her voice, though lighthearted, drew scolding glances from Taehyung and Yoongi, silently begging her to stay quiet.

 

Jeongguk, unmoved, pressed on. “Gandok is blessed with such revolutionary youth—so smart that they abandon all logic and reasoning to follow the flute of an unknown man because their hearts felt it was right.”

 

 

Taehyung, ever the soft-hearted one, made a pleading face at Jeongguk, silently begging for forgiveness. Yoongi, seeing the weight of guilt crushing them, sighed heavily.

 

 

“They’re innocent,” Yoongi said, his voice calmer now. “I was the greedy one. I wanted them to be part of Umbra because their support was vital. If Umbra was ever exposed, I knew they’d be able to escape. Their knowledge and their closeness to the inner workings of the government allowed us to plan accordingly. I’m just a weak human, but with their help and the Moon Goddess’s grace, we uncovered the truth.”

 

 

He looked directly at Jeongguk. “If anyone deserves your anger, it’s me. I brought up all of them as well as the talented civilians together in a technological rebel. You can scold me all you want, but leave them out of it. I had already planned to take full responsibility if you managed to catch us. But Namjoon and Taehyung—they protected me.”

 

 

Jeongguk sighed, the tension in the room palpable. The three stood on the verge of collapse from the pressure. His anger was still simmering, but seeing their faces—so full of regret and guilt—softened him slightly. There was much more he wanted to say, but he decided to hold back.

 

 

“Fine,” Jeongguk finally said, his voice firm but less severe. “You two”—he pointed to Jimin and Taehyung—“are going to write an apology. Three pages. Reflect on your mistakes. The sincerity in your words will determine your forgiveness.”

 

 

Jimin and Taehyung immediately gulped, their tears barely held back. Writing apologies had always been their most hated punishment since childhood, and Jeongguk had never once accepted their first drafts. Each one was always rejected for not being sincere enough. The thought of facing another round of corrections made their hearts sink.

 

 

The room shifted. Though Jimin and Taehyung were quietly panicking, the others couldn’t help but smile. Everyone there knew exactly how much the two hated this punishment, and a hint of amusement broke through the earlier dark atmosphere. Even Jeongguk’s harsh demeanor softened as he saw their shared misery.

 

 

For the first time in a while, the tension in the room completely lightened.

 

Taehyung pouted, trying to soften Jeongguk’s resolve with his cute, pleading expression, while Jimin resorted to begging for mercy. But Jeongguk remained unmoved, his face impassive. Taehyung threw a glance at the Moon Goddess, silently complaining that he hadn’t been given the features necessary to sway his mate’s heart and win forgiveness. 

 

The Moon Goddess merely shrugged, unbothered, and took a deep breath, enjoying the steam as she opened the kettle brought in by the butler, who had arrived just in time.

 

 

Jeongguk and Jin exchanged knowing nods as they sipped their tea, pointedly ignoring the two younger ones, who grumbled about being mistreated. The scene of their complaints was oddly domestic, almost peaceful. 

 

 

When Isa and Bella peeked into the room, curious about the earlier commotion, they were met with this unexpected calm. Having heard Jin’s anger echoing through the halls earlier, they had expected to find chaos. Seeing that the atmosphere had shifted, they sighed in relief.

 

 

Isa, in particular, felt a wave of nostalgia wash over her. It was as though time had transported her back to when Taehyung, Jeongguk, Jimin, and Jin were just children—crying, laughing, and causing mischief, while the elders watched fondly. 

 

 

When six years old, Jimin had once told Taehyung that he overheard the elders talking about how Jeongguk’s eyes would change color once his secondary gender manifested. This had terrified little Taehyung. He had run to Jeongguk in tears, begging him not to let his eyes change.

 

 

Jeongguk, fascinated by the rosy cheeks and tears that resembled pearls, teased him, feeling amused by the sobbing face of Taehyung who looked cute and chubby, saying he would simply find someone whose eyes matched his new color. 

 

 

This had only made Taehyung cry harder, eventually collapsing into Jin’s lap, sobbing and hiccupping. Both Jeongguk and Jin had sat there in amusement, watching Taehyung's tears spill from his fear of losing his closest friend. Jimin joins him in crying not knowing how to calm Taehyung.

 

Isa smiled at the memory—those were golden times, filled with the loud laughter and tears of innocent children. The world hadn’t weighed them down yet.

 

Now, as she looked at her sons—Jin, who had grown to become Chief, and Taehyung, who had taken on the mantle of Gandok’s savior—she couldn’t help but feel the bittersweetness of time’s passing. 

 

 

Closing the door softly, she decided to let them enjoy their moment together.

 

As Isa and Bella stood there awkwardly in the hallway, neither quite sure what to do next, an unspoken tension lingered between them. Since their sons had mated, their family dynamics had changed, and the once friendly competition between them now had an edge of awkwardness. 

 

 

The silence was thick until Bella’s eyes caught the glimmer of a green stone pendant around Isa’s neck. It was beautifully set with a diamond-studded outer layer.

 

“I had one of those,” Bella said, her voice carrying a note of casual indifference. “Sold it. It felt too old-fashioned for my taste.”

 

Isa smiled warmly, fingering the pendant. “Oh, really? Well, it seems your beauty products are aging too.” She nodded toward the corner of Bella’s eyes. 

 

“Look, wrinkles are forming. Maybe I should give you one of my imported creams—it works wonders on wrinkles.”

 

Bella, not one to be outdone, retorted smoothly, “Imported? Let me guess—one of M’s company products? No thanks, those are outdated.”

 

“No, not that one. I choose the best ones, like this dress you can see...” Isa replied, unfazed.

 

The two women walked toward the hall, their soft but biting words exchanged with the ease of practiced rivalry. The sarcasm in their voices lingered in the air like a familiar dance of wits, neither backing down.

 

Inside the mansion, peace had returned. But outside, on the street, trouble was beginning to brew.

 

Late into the night, a group of defiant omegas gathered in the streets, flames from a pyre lighting up the dark sky as they threw their collars into the fire. It was a powerful act of rebellion against Yeon’s oppressive orders. Betas joined their ranks, their voices rising against the exploitation and abuse of power rampant in the industry. Together, they chanted for Yeon to step down from his position as leader, demanding justice and reform or they would burn themselves up in the fire.

 

The protest didn’t last long before chaos erupted. The media, quick to arrive, managed to capture the scene before the authorities moved in. What followed was a brutal crackdown as cops descended on the crowd with aggression—beating, shoving, and dragging people into waiting cars. Those arrested were labeled as troublemakers and locked up for supposedly causing chaos and inciting drama.

 

 

Neighbors who had been watching from their homes couldn’t stay silent any longer. They rushed into the streets to protect the protestors, but their efforts only added to the disorder. The scene spiraled into further chaos, with bodies clashing in the struggle and one set to fire. 

 

 

The cries and horror followed as people tried to save the omega. Bloodied and bruised, many of the omegas fell to the ground, their once defiant faces now pained. Their suffering sent shockwaves through the community, igniting outrage in the hearts of those witnessing the violence.

 

As the injured omegas were forcefully collared and dragged away into custody, the crowd's anger swelled. The rising tensions could no longer be contained, and soon, agitated voices began calling out, demanding justice. 

 

Cries for help filled the air, desperate pleas for the mates—the protectors they had always believed in—to come forward and shield them from this horror. The air was thick with desperation, the people's spirits ignited, no longer willing to endure in silence.

 

Chapter 85: The silent rebellion

Summary:

Gandok moving towards a reform

 

The day after the initial protest, tensions only escalated. More people flooded the streets in groups, defiantly protesting against the Government. Fear of imprisonment or police brutality no longer held them back—their anger was unmistakable, their cries for change filled with frustration and desperation. Despite their numbers, they were quickly subdued by the police.

 

Jeongguk’s security team, stationed at key locations, kept him informed of the growing unrest. There had been a series of violent attacks targeting the homes and offices of both the Kim and Jeon families, with their employees caught in the crossfire. 

 

Concerned for their safety, Jeongguk ordered his guards to be deployed across all affected properties. The attackers were not just troublemakers—they were organized and intent on causing harm. Gandok felt like it was on the verge of boiling over, with protests and lawlessness spreading like wildfire.

 

Jeongguk repeatedly tried to contact Solace, hoping to speak with Yeon about the escalating situation, but his calls went unanswered. Instead, Yeon appeared in another broadcast, pointing fingers at the other two pillars of power. 

 

He accused the Kim family of instigating unrest through their vast networks, and Jeongguk of failing to provide the necessary support to control the disorders. The police were failing, they were tired and overnumbered by mobs and protestors.

 

 

Yeon’s speech further deepened the public’s mistrust. Frustration with all three pillars grew as citizens called for their removal, demanding a Gandok free from their influence. To the public, the pillars were no longer symbols of leadership but of oppression and corruption.

 

 

Night fell, casting an eerie silence over the city. The streets, which had been filled with violence and protest during the day, were now desolate, scattered with the remnants of the unrest. 

 

The Moon Goddess walked through the empty roads, her presence silent but heavy. As she moved, she noticed a haggard beggar wandering aimlessly, his voice cutting through the stillness, “Stay awake, people. Be alert. Watch your downfall. Only the mates can save us.” 

 

His voice echoed loudly through the deserted streets, and a dog’s bark soon joined in, amplifying his call. Before long, the police dragged him aside, silencing him. Yet he only laughed as they pulled him away, “They’re coming for you,” he warned ominously.

 

 

The Moon Goddess vanished from the scene and reappeared at Jeongguk’s residence, where tension hung thick in the air. Inside, several officers, Jeongguk, and Jin were deep in a heated meeting. Though their faces lit up upon seeing the mate, there was little time for pleasantries. 

 

The situation was spiraling out of control, and they needed to act fast.

An officer briefed the group on the latest developments. Reports from the borders indicated a flurry of suspicious activity—shipments of goods flowing out of Gandok, some intercepted, but many bearing Solace’s seal, which made it impossible for them to be stopped. 

 

 

In addition, new faces had been spotted across the city, with Yeon continually meeting with foreign agents, likely to bolster his power through armed men. Despite the curfew, bars remained unusually active, and trade seemed to be flourishing, while the production of questionable pharmaceuticals had ramped up.

 

 

Namjoon, always quick to act, mobilized his team to dig deeper into the networks. They began collecting data on the new arrivals in Gandok, uncovering that Yeon had been in constant meetings with investors, shady businessmen, and suppliers—each one more dubious than the last. It was becoming clear that Yeon was preparing for something far more dangerous than they had anticipated—an all-out attack on the two remaining pillars.

 

 

Though it seemed absurd at first, no one could ignore the threat Yeon posed. He was far from reckless; having been immersed in this world for years, Yeon knew exactly how to seize power, much like his ancestors before him.

 

 

Jeongguk didn’t seem too concerned, his attention drifting elsewhere. His gaze settled on Taehyung, who was engrossed in tapping away at the keyboard, his face illuminated by the glow of the screen. The moon mark on Taehyung’s skin shone even brighter under the light, a subtle reminder of his unique bond. 

 

 

Jeongguk had never seen this side of him before—focused, determined, and completely in his element. “Mesmerized” didn’t even begin to cover it; a wave of heat washed over him just from watching his mate in action.

Taehyung paused for a moment, leaning over to say something to the woman next to Namjoon, who nodded before pulling something from her bag. 

 

 

As Taehyung gathered his hair and tied it into a loose bun, he returned to his work with renewed concentration. Jeongguk’s breath caught in his throat. He had been so lost in the sight of Taehyung that he hadn’t even noticed the officer trying to get his attention. It took a nudge from Jin to snap him out of his trance. 

 

Jeongguk blinked, embarrassed when he realized Taehyung was smiling, fully aware of his mate’s lingering stare.

 

Trying to regain his composure, Jeongguk shifted back to the task at hand. He ordered his team to halt all trade until the unrest subsided and to send a sample of the suspicious medicine to Hoseok, the renowned alchemist of Gandok, often referred to as the "Witch." If anyone could decipher its contents, it was him.

 

Suddenly, a sharp clap broke through the room. Taehyung had everyone’s attention. “Ladies and gentlemen,” he announced with a smirk, “we’re about to enter Yeon’s meeting.”

 

The officers stared in disbelief. Among the higher authorities, loyalties were split—some supported Yeon, while others remained loyal to Jeongguk and Jin. They were trustworthy, having served the pillars for years, but the shock at Taehyung’s bold statement was evident. 

 

One of them hesitated before asking, “Are you sure about this? Yeon knows Cheif’s capabilities. After what happened with Umbra, he’s bound to be on guard for a hack.”

 

Taehyung’s smile deepened. “Don’t worry,” he said confidently, “as long as there’s something to hack, I’ll be in that room.”

 

Namjoon adjusted his glasses and nodded, fully aware of Taehyung’s formidable reputation in Gandok. “Young master is right. Hear for yourselves.”

 

The room fell silent as the unmistakable sound of Yeon’s meeting echoed through the speakers.

 

A man spoke about the unrest spreading through Gandok, highlighting the protests targeting Solace, the deployment of police across the city, and the mounting costs and damages they had incurred in recent days. Before he could continue, Yeon abruptly cut him off. "I’m well aware of the situation," Yeon said impatiently. 

 

"What I want to know is how we can turn this chaos against Jeongguk."

 

Another voice chimed in. "If we can find the mates and convince them to side with us, things would become much easier. Their influence could shift the balance in our favor."

 

Yeon listened as Raphael spoke up. “The problem is, we still don’t know who the mates are. But I suspect it’s that dog—the one the leader and his daughter failed to tame and control.” A tense silence followed before another person shifted the conversation, updating Yeon on the successful delivery of supplies to the borders, ready for distribution. 

 

"The more unrest we stir, the easier it will be to turn this against the other two pillars."

 

“Have them focus their attacks on Solace,” Yeon commanded, as Taehyung listened in, smiling at Yeon’s unfolding plan.

 

Another voice joined the discussion. "We need more funds," the man complained. "Dealing with Jeongguk’s men is exhausting, and the Kims have eyes everywhere, leaving evidence at every turn to them. We need to eliminate them."

 

Suddenly, the woman sitting next to Namjoon alerted the group to an intrusion in their server. Taehyung noticed but left it for Namjoon to handle. They had anticipated Yeon would attempt to breach their network—his goal was to cripple the Kims by dismantling their technology.

 

 

Namjoon worked swiftly with his team whispering them the instructions online and when Taehyung asked what he had done, Namjoon smiled slyly. “Just sent them some... entertaining videos to watch.” 

 

 

Moments later, the live audio feed was filled with the sound of strange moans and grunts. Someone in Yeon’s meeting hurriedly apologized. Taehyung grinned, realizing the person attempting to breach their system was present in Yeon’s meeting.

 

Jin caught on too, turning to Taehyung and Namjoon. “Next time, give them a small bait. Let them expose themselves fully.” Namjoon nodded in agreement.

 

One of the officers, who had been quiet for a while, finally voiced his concern. “Sir, when do you plan on announcing your mate bond to the public?”

 

 

Jeongguk glanced at Taehyung before responding. “As you’ve seen, it takes time for us to adjust to the new pheromones...” But before he could finish, the Moon Goddess interrupted, her voice commanding. 

 

“You must do it now.”

 

Jeongguk fell silent for a moment before turning to his assistant. “Call Yoongi and Hoseok to the meeting,” he ordered. “We’ll make the announcement as soon as we decide how to approach it.” He looked at Taehyung for approval, and Taehyung responded with a reassuring smile and a nod. “We’ll be fine,” he said softly.

 

 

The officers let out a collective sigh of relief. They understood this was the only way to regain control of the situation—Yeon clearly had no intention of letting things settle, based on the discussions they overheard.

 

 

 

Their attention shifted back to Yeon’s plans when a knock came at the door. Yoongi and Hoseok entered the room. 

 

 

The officers exchanged confused glances, unsure of what this meant. They had assumed that this meeting was a highly classified matter, but Yoongi’s presence raised suspicions about Jeongguk’s true intentions.

 

 

As Yoongi and Hoseok took their seats, Jeongguk introduced them to the officers, signaling that the next steps would involve more than just internal decisions.

 

 

Though the officers respected Jeongguk’s decisions, they couldn’t hide their dissatisfaction with the new arrival in the room. Yoongi appeared to them as an unremarkable figure, with pheromones that seemed to hover between beta and alpha—nothing that stood out. 

 

One officer voiced the group’s concern, addressing Jeongguk directly. “What’s the purpose of introducing this person? What can he possibly do for us?”

 

Before Jeongguk could respond, Yoongi calmly interjected. “I am the one Yeon is looking for. I am Umbra.”

 

A heavy silence fell over the room. Even Namjoon’s team, who had been quietly whispering amongst themselves, fell silent, sensing the sudden shift in the atmosphere. Though they hadn’t fully caught what Yoongi had said, his words hung in the air, demanding attention. He repeated himself, making sure everyone heard him clearly.

 

“I am Umbra.”

 

 

The shock was immediate. Namjoon’s team stared, disbelief etched across their faces. To them, Umbra was a formidable, near-mythical organization responsible for developing advanced, disruptive technology that had kept them awake at night—an organization they’d respected, though begrudgingly. And now, here stood Yoongi, a man they’d thought was just another commoner, claiming to be the mastermind behind it all.

 

 

The officers, almost robotically, turned their gaze to Jeongguk and Jin, their expressions blank as they waited for confirmation. Both heads of the pillars nodded solemnly, and it was as if the life drained from the officers at that moment. Faces paled, and hands instinctively moved to wipe the sweat from their brows.

 

“We apologize, sir,” one officer stammered, struggling to recover from the shock. “We didn’t mean to get carried away.”

 

 

Despite their rattled emotions, they were eager to learn more about Umbra’s operations, but Jeongguk quickly cut them off. “Not now,” he said firmly, bringing the focus back to the matter at hand. There were more pressing issues to address than Umbra’s past.

 

 

The officers glanced from Umbra to the two mates, then to the two powerful 'pillars' seated in the room. Their gaze lingered on Hoseok, the 'witch,' suddenly aware of the immense power gathered before them. It felt unreal. The cards stacked against Yeon were all here, in this very room. 

 

 

The officers could barely comprehend how these individuals—each influential and feared in their own right—were united under one roof.

 

 

It was hard to grasp that the most talked-about figures in Gandok were all in the same place: the alchemist, the pillars, the notorious Umbra, and now, the mates. 

 

 

While the rest of Gandok spiraled into chaos, clueless and quick to both blame and revere these same figures, here they were, quietly planning their next move. It was surreal, almost dreamlike.

 

The officers struggled to maintain their composure. Jeongguk’s introduction of Taehyung, his mate, was already a shock. Now, with the revelation of Yoongi as Umbra, they realized they had chosen the right side. 

 

 

They exchanged nods of assurance, knowing they had aligned themselves with the real power in Gandok. A change was coming—one that would reshape Gandok’s future. If history didn’t record this moment, it would be a grave omission. They were witnessing the beginning of a new era in Gandok.

 

 

Breaking the silence, Jeongguk spoke. “We’ve decided to reveal our bond as mates, and we wanted your input on the best course of action for that.”

 

 

 

He addressed Yoongi, who had known about them long before anyone else. Yoongi had seen things none of them had, and his long-awaited moment for revenge was finally here. He smiled knowingly, his eyes scanning the room.

 

These officers weren’t just any authorities—they were army commanders, key strategists, financiers, and heads of intelligence, people who had always been instrumental in shaping the pillars’ plans. It was a revelation that they were not with Yeon but here, standing with Jeongguk and Jin. 

 

 

Though Yeon held the title of leader, many departments still operated under the control of the two pillars—something Yeon was desperate to reclaim, now that his full exposure loomed over him.

 

 

The intelligence team had long worked alongside the Kims, and Jeongguk himself had personally established the base. So, it wasn’t surprising that they held such a strong position within the two pillars’ operations. 

 

 

However, Yeon had never granted them the full authority they deserved. Their expertise and influence were well-known, and it was clear how these individuals had provided crucial support and power to both Jeongguk and Jin.

 

 

On the other side, Yeon had formed his own parallel teams within Solace, pulling several men from the agency to work under him. Despite this, he had largely focused his efforts on troubling Jin, seeing him as more of a threat. With Jeongguk, however, Yeon had always felt more assured—after all, they were family. In his mind, it was only a matter of time before Jeongguk’s base would fall under his control.

 

 

Yoongi broke the silence. “Gandok’s broadcast system is under Yeon’s control. Even if you manage to get in and start a broadcast, a war will have begun before you can finish. Your message needs to reach the people first, giving our team time to prepare for the Government’s retaliation. It has to be uninterrupted. I suggest using my channel.”

 

 

The officers exchanged uneasy glances. They knew Yoongi was right, but using Umbra’s channel would associate them with the notorious organization, potentially undermining public trust in the mates. One officer voiced the concern, "That could stir distrust among the masses. They’ll see us as no different from Umbra."

 

Jin shook his head. “Actually, people have more faith in Umbra than they do in the pillars at this point. Umbra has gained the trust we’ve lost. But yes, it could still be used against us.”

 

Yoongi nodded, fully aware of the risks. His gaze shifted to the Moon Goddess, then back to the group. “I know the dangers,” he said, “but this is where the real plan comes in.”

 

Yoongi paused, gathering his thoughts. “There is a way,” he said, his voice steady but firm. “I’ve discussed this with Moon Goddess, and while it’s bold, I believe it could work.” The Moon Goddess gave a slight nod, encouraging him to continue. “Given the current mistrust surrounding the three pillars, a simple press conference won’t be enough. You have to confront the people directly and demonstrate your power. They need to see and feel what you're capable of.”

 

 

The room stirred with dissent as officers voiced their concerns. One spoke up, his voice tight with tension. “That’s far too risky. You’d be vulnerable—exposed to an attack from all sides. Yeon would use that moment to strike.”

 

But Yoongi pressed on. “Even better if you're tested—if the people question you or challenge you. They need to believe again. To truly trust you, they need to see your capabilities firsthand. Jin can request the elders to call a gathering. The elders have always believed in the importance of mates, and they hold significant influence among the people. If they stand by you, the public will listen. With their help, the broadcast will reach the masses.”

 

 

The gravity of the plan settled over the room like a heavy fog. It was as daring as broadcasting in the Pillar’s conference hall, but this time, they would be completely exposed, with Yeon’s forces waiting for the perfect opportunity to strike.

 

 

The officers glanced at one another, expecting the mates to decline the dangerous proposal. But before they could protest further, Taehyung’s voice cut through the tension.

 

 

“I’ll go with this plan,” he said, his tone resolute. “It’s risky, yes, but we need to address the people. This is our moment to show them the truth.”

 

 

Jeongguk had anticipated Taehyung’s boldness, but he still felt the need to lay out the risks clearly. “You realize, as soon as you reveal your identity, you could be attacked,” he said, his voice firm but laced with concern.

 

Taehyung traced the bond mark on his neck with his fingertips. “Carrying this bond mark, I have no fear,” he replied, meeting Jeongguk’s gaze. “I understand it will be an exhausting task for the security, but we can’t hide behind them forever. This threat will always be with us. We can’t live caged within walls of protection.”

 

 

Jin, who had been silently listening, exhaled deeply, concern etched into his features. “Taehyung, they’ve harmed you before. They’ve attacked Jeongguk repeatedly. We can’t risk your lives for this.”

 

 

But Taehyung smiled softly, his resolve unshaken. “Our purpose, as mates and as pillars, is to serve the people. If we run from that, we betray everything we stand for. We need to face this.”

 

 

Jeongguk’s eyes flickered toward the Moon Goddess, seeking her counsel. She stood beside Yoongi, her presence serene, radiating a quiet authority. She smiled gently. “There’s no such thing as the perfect moment or the perfect plan,” she said, her voice a soothing calm in the room. “What you do with the right intention becomes the right action.”

 

 

Jeongguk nodded slowly, her words resonating with him. “Very well,” he said, his decision final. “We will go with Yoongi’s plan.”

 

 

The officers exchanged uneasy glances, their initial reservations still lingering. They had hoped for more discussion, perhaps even to present alternative methods, but it was clear that Jeongguk, Taehyung, and the others had already made up their minds. What unsettled them further was the mysterious reference to the ‘Moon Goddess.’ Though they respected Jeongguk and his decisions, they felt out of depth not knowing who or what she truly represented.

 

 

With the decision made, the focus of the meeting shifted. The room filled with tension as they began to discuss the logistics of the day the mates would address the public. Each word felt weighty as if they were preparing for an inevitable battle.

 

 

Jeongguk laid out the security protocols, ensuring that every possible contingency was considered. Officers were tasked with safeguarding the gathering, while Namjoon’s team worked on securing the digital networks to prevent interference from Yeon’s forces. Jin, still uneasy about the risks, emphasized the need for absolute secrecy until the moment of the reveal, to prevent Yeon from gaining an upper hand.

 

 

Yoongi outlined the use of his own underground network to transmit the broadcast, ensuring an uninterrupted message to the masses. “The people must see you not just as leaders but as the mates they’ve been waiting for,” Yoongi said. “This can’t be a half-hearted display. The elders will be the key to rallying public support. Their trust in the bond will sway the people.”

 

 

As the meeting progressed, a plan began to take shape. Every move had to be calculated, every possibility accounted for. The officers, still cautious, gradually began to see the merit in the bold approach. Their doubts, though present, were now overshadowed by the gravity of what was about to unfold.

 

 

By the time the meeting concluded, the tension had morphed into a quiet determination. Everyone in the room knew that the day the mates revealed themselves would be the turning point for Gandok. It was a risk—perhaps the greatest one they had ever taken—but it was a risk they were now fully prepared to face.

 

 

With Yoongi’s help, they successfully contacted the elders and arranged a discreet meeting. Hoseok presented his findings on the suspicious medicines supplied to him, while Jimin meticulously gathered all the data on recent events, compiling a comprehensive report for Jeongguk to carry. Jin and Namjoon focused on the digital front, ensuring their networks were secure and communication lines safe. Meanwhile, Taehyung and Jeongguk, amidst the chaos, carefully planned how they would introduce themselves to the public, stealing precious moments for each other in the midst of their busy schedules.

 

 

The entire team worked tirelessly, knowing how critical their preparation was. They took advantage of the ongoing unrest, moving quietly from one location to another, scouting sites, and overseeing the logistical preparations for the big day. Jeongguk and Taehyung personally inspected key areas, while monitoring the progress of their officers, all while keeping a low profile.

 

Yeon, growing suspicious of their movements, tried to pry into their activities and sabotage their plans. But the group remained cautious and methodical, carrying out each task with patience and stealth, making sure to stay one step ahead.

 

When they finally met with the elders, the emotional weight of the moment was palpable. Many of the elders wept openly, overwhelmed by the sight of the mates, bowing and offering prayers for their success. The devotion was heartfelt, as these elders had long believed in the power of the mate bond. They pledged their unwavering loyalty and were ready to do anything in service of the mates. For their protection, the elders were kept in a secure location until the time came for them to fulfill their role.

 

 

Among the common people, these elders were well-known and respected, so their sudden absence sparked rumors and growing concern. When they reappeared after several days, it immediately caught the attention of the media and the public. Their return, along with the quiet but significant preparations underway, began to stir whispers throughout Gandok, setting the stage for the moment that would change everything.

 

 

The elders spoke with reverence and awe when interviewed by reporters. "The mates have summoned us. They are here to protect us, to guide us. They are a blessing upon Gandok," they said, bowing deeply in respect to the Moon Goddess for granting them the honor of witnessing the mates' presence. The reporters pressed them further, pointing out that Yeon claimed the phenomenon that occurred in the sky was not caused by the mates but by the curse as people were turning against their holy ancestors, the Ji family.

 

 

The elders shook their heads, resolute. "No. The mates are real, and their power is undeniable. They will reveal themselves to us on the day of the full moon and bless us with their divine presence. Gandok must prepare—these protests must end. We need to stop the violence and come together for the start of the greatest celebration Gandok has ever seen." 

 

 

Their eyes shone with a mix of fervor and hope. When pressed further on who the mates were, the elders held firm. "We cannot say. This is not the right time. The mates will reveal themselves when the time is right—on the day of the full moon."

 

 

The interview sent ripples through Gandok. For many, the elders' words reignited a long-held faith, a belief in the ancient powers of the mates. Across the city, there was a noticeable shift in the air—some were moved by the elders' conviction, starting preparations for the festival in earnest. But others, more skeptical, continued to protest, convinced that this was all a manipulation to distract them from the real issues. Despite this division, the atmosphere in Gandok began to transform.

 

 

As preparations for the festival grew, the streets of Gandok slowly came alive. Banners and vibrant decorations started to appear, strung across doorways and markets. Paper lanterns shaped like moons and stars adorned the city, swaying gently in the breeze. Bells rang intermittently throughout the streets, a traditional way of inviting positivity and blessing into homes and businesses. Flower garlands were crafted by women in the squares, symbolizing peace and unity, while children helped hang colorful streamers from rooftops. Even the markets began to buzz with anticipation, with stalls setting up to sell goods for the upcoming celebrations.

 

 

People didn't care about the curfew they were sent away but would come back soon and do their job. It was tiring for cops who were also on the verge of giving up. When sent away chanting of ancient prayers was heard from houses that echoed down the narrow streets. People prepared their homes, lighting candles and incense at their doorsteps to invite the spirits and Moon Goddess's blessing into their lives. 

 

 

The festival, though just beginning, promised to be grand—a moment when the people of Gandok could set aside their fears and grievances if only for a night, to celebrate their mates' divine arrival.

 

The police forces, acting under Yeon’s orders, tore down decorations and kicked over the bells that the people had carefully hung. They shattered lanterns and ripped garlands from doorways, trying to enforce the curfew and crush the spirit of celebration. But the people of Gandok remained undeterred. As soon as the authorities left, the streets would come alive again with quiet defiance. Bells were rehung, decorations replaced, and lanterns relit, flickering against the night sky like stars in a determined show of faith. Slowly but surely, the people began to overpower the police—not with force, but with sheer belief and unwavering determination.

 

 

The curfew imposed by Yeon became little more than a joke. The streets, once silent and fearful, were now alive with bustling activity. The people of Gandok moved freely, gathering in clusters to sing praises to the Moon Goddess, their voices echoing in the alleys and squares. They no longer feared the pillars or their decrees, convinced that the spirits—and the mates themselves—would protect them from any harm.

 

 

Jeongguk, aware of the rising tension, took swift measures to ensure the safety of the people. He issued orders to his team to remain vigilant and to prevent any harm or mishaps from befalling the citizens. Though he watched the growing movement with cautious optimism, he knew that the competition for power had now spilled into the streets, and Yeon would not back down easily. His enemy sought to sow further discord, trying to stir chaos by pitting believers against non-believers, hoping that clashes would erupt between the two groups. But to Yeon’s frustration, nothing of the sort happened.

 

 

The people were done with the politics of the powerful authorities, tired of being manipulated and controlled. They refused to fall into the traps laid by Yeon. Instead, they continued their quiet rebellion—celebrating, protesting, and redecorating the city over and over, unafraid of being jailed or beaten for their defiance. Their faith in the Moon Goddess and the mates emboldened them, and they sang her praises openly in the streets. With every bell that rang, every lantern that flickered, the voice of the people grew louder, drowning out Yeon’s attempts to control them. Gandok had shifted, and the spirit of the city was no longer in Yeon’s grasp.

 

 

Watching from their secure location, Jeongguk, Taehyung, and their group saw the first signs of their plan succeeding. The elders' words had struck a chord, and now, with the streets alive with hope and the slow but steady halt of protests, the next phase could begin. Taehyung and Jeongguk took comfort in the moment of peace but knew that more work lay ahead.

 

 

Meanwhile, Yeon seethed as reports of the elders’ influence reached his ears. The name of the mates was spreading again, echoing through the streets of Gandok, undermining his carefully laid plans. The idea of a celebration—an event that would draw public attention to the mates rather than to him—infuriated him. His grip on power was slipping, and though he would not show it publicly, he knew this was just the beginning of his troubles. The real pain had only just begun.

 

 

Chapter 86: The Rise of Retribution

Summary:

Yeon faces the outcome of his actions.

 

For the first time in his life, Yeon felt suffocated by the weight of the circumstances. Everything was spiraling beyond his control, and no matter how hard he tried, nothing could be repaired. The latest broadcast of Umbra had sealed his fate, followed by a strange phenomenon that convinced people it signaled the arrival of mates.

 

 

Yeon scrambled to turn the situation in his favor, but doubts spread like wildfire. The public’s trust in Solace had crumbled, shaking their once steadfast loyalty. And it was all because of an organization he couldn’t infiltrate, couldn’t control. Frustration gnawed at him, but what infuriated him more were two women he’d never expected to cause such trouble.

 

The fallout from the broadcast hit close to home—his family bore the brunt of society’s scorn. Ovisia, unable to watch her son be humiliated any longer, pleaded to be by his side. With teary eyes, soothing words, and many nights of "helping him relieve his stress," she convinced him. At last, he relented, allowing her into his mansion during this dark time.

 

 

But this didn’t sit well with Laia. Any woman would feel humiliated by such a brazen act—her husband bringing a mistress into their home and parading their affair for the world to see. Though Laia and Yeon had married for business purposes, she had the status, looks, and refined upbringing that made her a suitable match for the ruler of Gandok and Solace. Yet Yeon never cared for her in the way he desired Ovisia. 

 

 

Ovisia, who was younger, beautiful, and obedient. She didn’t question him, fulfilled his every whim, and never challenged his authority. With her, Yeon felt no need to keep his guard up—she was easy, predictable, a pet he could control. He never thought things would go this far. 

 

 

Initially, he planned to enjoy Ovisia's company for a while and end things when it suited him, but she proved to be the perfect pet, one that purred at his touch and lit up with every lavish gift. Letting her go was no longer an option. And now, there she was, sitting next to him, drinking tea in their mansion, as if she belonged.

 

Laia despised the sight.

 

 

The arguments between her and Yeon were fierce. She demanded he get rid of Ovisia, that he stop openly flaunting their affair, especially now when their reputation was already in tatters. The public humiliation was unbearable, yet Yeon remained unmoved. Their shouting matches echoed through the halls, but they led to nothing but more gossip for the maids and a growing chasm between them. 

 

 

Meanwhile, Ovisia and her alpha son reveled in their new life, lounging in the mansion they had once only dreamt of. It was this son, after all, who had been instrumental in destroying Laia’s own. He was the reason her son had spiraled into addiction. From childhood, he had tormented his stepbrother, bullying him relentlessly and pushing him deeper into the darkness of the clubs, where drugs and ruin awaited.

 

 

Laia watched, seething, as the woman who had wrecked her home laughed softly, admiring the expensive gifts Yeon had lavished upon her. But her attention was suddenly pulled away as her daughter, Ella, entered the house. She looked distraught, her body trembling, eyes swollen from crying, and her pheromones radiating her turmoil. She stormed in, her gaze immediately locking onto her father with unmasked fury.

 

 

Ovisia rose gracefully from her seat, putting on a display of concern in front of Yeon. “Oh, dear! What happened? Are you all right?” she asked, stepping toward Ella with feigned sympathy.

 

 

Ella recoiled, glaring at Ovisia as if her touch burned. “Step back. I have my mother to take care of me,” she spat, her voice sharp with disdain.

 

Her outburst earned her an immediate scolding from Yeon. “There’s no need to be so rude, is there?” he said coldly.

 

Ella turned to her father, her face twisted with hatred. “You tell me,” she shot back. “Is there not? After what you’ve done to us—turning us into a laughingstock in front of the entire society—and yet, you still have the audacity to ask me this question?”

 

Yeon’s face darkened, his temper flaring. He took a step toward her, his hands clenching into fists. “Watch your tone,” he warned, but Ella wasn’t done.

 

“You’ve ruined everything,” she continued, her voice trembling with emotion. “You’ve humiliated us, destroyed our family, and for what? Your own selfish desires?” Tears welled up in her eyes, but her voice held firm. 

 

“I trusted you, and what did you do? You made us the target of ridicule. You destroyed any chance I had at happiness. You took everything from me.”

 

 

Yeon’s patience snapped. He lunged forward and slapped Ella across the face, the sound echoing through the room. She staggered back, shock and pain flashing across her features.

 

 

He raised his hand again, ready to strike, but Laia stepped in, grabbing his arm. Her voice was sharp and unwavering.“You can raise your hand against me all you want, Yeon, but I will not allow you to lay a finger on our daughter. How dare you?”

 

 

Yeon glared at her, fury radiating from him, his hand twitching as though he was moments away from hitting her too. But Ella’s voice cut through the tension, raw with emotion.

 

 

“Why don’t you answer me?” she cried, tears now streaming down her cheeks. “Tell me if what they’re saying in the news is false! Tell me that my father isn’t a murderer who values power more than human lives! Tell me that you haven’tsold your soul to the devil and that your blood isn’t tainted with the same filth as the murderers who came before you!”

 

 

The room fell into a suffocating silence, the weight of her accusations hanging heavily in the air. Yeon stood frozen, his hand still raised but now trembling with the force of his rage. Ella’s tears fell like pearls, but her gaze remained locked on her father, waiting for an answer that she knew would never come.

 

 

Yeon pulled out a gun, pointing it directly at his daughter. “This dirty blood won’t hesitate to shoot you too if that sharp tongue of yours utters another word,” he hissed. 

 

 

Both Ella and Laia froze in shock, unable to comprehend the scene unfolding before their eyes. The attendants nearby trembled, and the guards stood on high alert, ready to intervene if necessary. Neither Ella nor Laia ever imagined a day would come when Yeon, their father, and husband, would threaten them with a weapon.

 

 

Laia instinctively pushed Ella behind her, shielding her daughter with her body. Her eyes locked onto Yeon’s, searching for the man she once believed had some shred of decency left. But the cold glare he directed at Ella was that of a stranger.

 

 

“Yes,” Yeon growled, his lips curling into a sneer, “it’s all true. So what? Did you really think we could build an empire without spilling a little blood? Who hasn’t shed some for a little gain?”

 

 

Ella clenched her fists, her mind racing, struggling to reconcile the father she once knew with the monster standing before her. Jeongguk’s words echoed in her head. She couldn’t hold back any longer. “You attacked Jimin, didn’t you?” Her voice trembled, and even Laia turned to her daughter in surprise.

 

 

Yeon chuckled darkly, lowering the gun but keeping it in hand. “Ah, so you’ve been to see him,” he muttered, putting the pieces together. “Yes, I did. That worthless man had to serve some purpose.”

 

 

Ella’s confusion deepened. “Why, Dad? Why would you stoop so low? What could you possibly gain from all this? We were happy before… Why couldn’t you just leave things as they were?” Her voice broke with the weight of her frustration and heartbreak.

 

 

Yeon’s anger flared again, and for a moment, he looked ready to shove Laia aside and teach Ella a lesson. But something stopped him—the face that questioned him so fearlessly resembled his own. His blood, his daughter. He forced himself to pause.

 

 

“Enough, Ella,” Laia said sharply. “No more questions. I’ve heard enough. We’re done here. We won't stay here a minute longer.”

 

 

Ella opened her mouth to protest, but Laia placed a firm hand on her arm, silencing her. She turned to Yeon, her voice steady despite the turmoil boiling inside her. “I always hoped your greed would eventually subside,” she said, her words calm but laced with years of disappointment. 

 

 

“I did everything I could to make this work, hoping there’d come a day when you’d act like a husband and a father. But it was all a dream. Today, you pointed a gun at us. You can kill us if you want, but we’re leaving. I’ll take my children and go. You stay here with her and watch your own downfall.”

 

 

Ella began to protest again, but Laia tightened her grip, determination in her eyes. Together, they turned and started to walk away. The room fell into a tense silence, no one daring to speak. 

 

 

Laia, a woman of strength and dignity, had stood by Yeon for years, supporting him through thick and thin, but today marked the end. She had given everything to this marriage, yet it was doomed the moment he betrayed her.

 

 

Ella glanced back at her father, silently pleading with her eyes for him to stop them, to say something, anything, to change this outcome. But Yeon merely stood there, a satisfied smirk on his face. Then, unexpectedly, he laughed—a harsh, mocking sound that echoed through the mansion.

 

 

“Run all you like,” he jeered. “But remember, your daughter carries this dirty blood too. You can never escape the truth.”

 

 

The last bit of hope that she carried also shattered with these words. She knew she was not the one that Yeon wanted. He always craved for an alpha son but adjusted with her hoping she would wind up Jeongguk in the family but as she failed to do this she also failed to be by his side as his daughter. 

 

 

It hurt so much but it also makes her angry. Ella felt like a fool believing that she had a loving family of four but in reality, they were never happy. They were never the ideal family that they showed to the Gandok.

 

 

She craved to be the one. She had watched Jeons and Kims and thought she could also be like them but now all she could feel was filthy. Hearing her father's words, she understood why she felt this way. 

 

 

Ella’s fists clenched, her jaw tightening. She spun around, her voice shaking with fury. “I also carry my mother’s blood, and that’s what will stop me from becoming anything like you. I hate you, Dad.”

 

With that, she turned and walked away, her back straight despite the emotional storm brewing inside her. Ovisia, sensing an opportunity, turned to Yeon. “Aren’t you going to stop them?”

 

Yeon’s response was dismissive. “Let them go. They’ll come crawling back once they’ve cooled down.”

 

Outside, the driver hurried to open the car door as he saw Laia coming out, who was now quietly crying, the weight of their reality crashing down on her. Ella was about to follow her mother into the car when someone caught her eye.

 

 

Raphael.

 

He was standing a few feet away, his eyes meeting hers. A soft smile played on his lips as she approached. Ella stopped and turned to her mother. “Wait for me. There’s something I need to talk to him about.”

 

Laia nodded silently, wiping her tears as Ella walked toward Raphael.

 

 

Raphael’s smile deepened as Ella approached. “I knew the day would come when you’d walk toward me,” he said, his voice smooth and confident. But as his gaze fell on her bruised cheek and her distressed state, his smile faltered. He reached out to touch her face, but Ella quickly swatted his hand away. 

 

 

His eyes darkened, though a trace of amusement still lingered in his tone. “Looks like I arrived a little late. Seems I missed the fun.”

 

Ella’s expression hardened. “It’s only just begun,” she replied coldly. “You’ll have plenty of time to watch the show.”

 

 

Raphael grinned at her words, but then his expression shifted as he rubbed his forehead, clearly thinking about the situation unfolding around them. “I’m a good businessman,” he began, his voice turning serious. “I’ve invested heavily in your father’s empire. But before things get worse, I need to secure my assets.”

 

 

Ella wasn’t surprised. She had long since stopped expecting anything decent from him. “Why are you telling me this? You’re talking about my father. Aren't you afraid about me revealing your plans?”

 

 

Raphael chuckled a low sound that sent a chill down her spine. “Aren’t you leaving him? Isn’t that the plan?” His hawk-like gaze pierced her, sharp and calculating, as if he were sizing up his prey.

 

 

Ella stiffened, startled by how easily he’d deduced their situation. 

 

Raphael’s eyes gleamed as he continued, “By the way, I’ve included you in my assets as well. If you catch my drift. The offer still stands.”

 

Ella’s jaw clenched at the insinuation. “I’ll never fall for your tricks—or for you,” she snapped, disgust lacing her words.

 

 

Raphael’s expression shifted slightly, a hint of disappointment passing over his face. “Pity,” he murmured. “In that case, would you prefer to exchange your junkie brother in your place? He’s an omega. Could be useful to me.”

 

 

Ella’s anger surged, her fists tightening. “Who are you? What are you after?” she demanded, her voice trembling with fury.

 

 

Raphael shrugged nonchalantly as if her outrage meant nothing to him. “Just a brother exacting noble revenge for his sister,” he said with a casual air.

 

Ella frowned in confusion. “Sister?”

 

His gaze flicked away, momentarily distant. “Everyone pays for their sins, Ella. And your father’s time has come. You can't count on your fingers how many innocent lives he destroyed. Sadly, you, the pretty daughter, are caught in the crossfire.” He stepped closer, leaning in so his breath brushed her ear. 

 

“You’ll all pay for the crimes your father committed. Starting with your little brother.”

 

Before Ella could fully register his words, a sudden cry from her mother shattered the tension. Laia rushed toward them, her face pale with panic. 

 

“Ella—your brother... he’s in the hospital... they say he’s going to—” Laia’s voice broke, and she nearly collapsed, her composure crumbling.

 

Ella caught her mother just in time, quickly guiding her to the car with the help of the guards. She called to the driver, her voice urgent, “Get us to the hospital, now!”

 

As the car pulled away, Ella glanced back at Raphael, who stood in the distance, smiling that same unsettling smile. He waved her a mocking goodbye, his eyes gleaming with malicious satisfaction.

 

 

From that day onward, Yeon's life unraveled one piece of bad news after another. His omega son, Kayle, became the family's disgrace, sinking deeper into the abyss of drugs. The final blow came when Kayle got into a vicious altercation with his stepbrother, their rivalry escalating into a violent fight that left both of them with serious injuries. 

 

Ovisia’s grief knew no bounds when her son, the apple of her eye, passed away during the incident. Though Kayle survived, his mental state deteriorated so rapidly that Yeon had no choice but to send him to a mental hospital for further care. The scandal was everywhere, yet sympathy for the family was nonexistent. No one cared for the two injured sons,and even less for their father.

 

The mansion echoed with silence, broken only by Ovisia’s sobs and increasingly erratic behavior. She clung to Yeon like a lifeline, her sanity fraying at the edges. She begged him, day and night, to kill his other son, blaming him for their downfall. Her once sweet, submissive nature had turned into something desperate, and Yeon, exhausted and sleepless, was starting to feel the weight of her unraveling.

 

 

But even in the midst of his personal chaos, the outside world was just as merciless. Solace, the empire he had painstakingly built, began to crumble beneath him. Shareholders withdrew their investments in droves, causing the company’s stock to plummet to historic lows. 

 

 

The first to make his exit was Raphael, who took back all his shares without a hint of hesitation, along with a handsome profit. As if that wasn’t enough, he seized several of Yeon’s properties as compensation for the losses incurred, showing no mercy.

 

 

In the dark underworld where Yeon had made dangerous alliances, things were even worse. The dealers, once his staunchest allies, turned against him, threatening him for unpaid debts and missing deliveries that had been intercepted and were now under investigation by the J.S.F.A.T. 

 

 

The raids were a devastating blow, exposing parts of his empire he had kept hidden for years. With shipments seized and the authorities closing in, Yeon found himself cornered. His once vast network of influence was collapsing.

 

 

The weight of it all bore down on him, suffocating him. Solace was teetering on the edge of ruin, and with each passing day, his power and control slipped further away. 

 

 

Worse still, the people of Gandok, who once revered him, were now celebrating the arrival of the new mates, their attention completely diverted from the urges that had once given him leverage over them. The significance of the urges was fading, and with it, so was Yeon’s influence.

 

 

Everywhere he turned, Yeon faced nothing but loss—his business, his reputation, and his family. His empire, once indomitable, was falling apart, and he could feel the noose tightening around his neck with every passing day.

 

 

It might have been manageable if it had ended there, but this was only the beginning. Yeon soon realized he was facing a far more vicious attack like a wild beast methodically cornering its prey. 

 

Jeongguk and Jin became his worst nightmare, relentlessly dismantling everything he had built. These two rivals were seizing everything that once belonged to him, piece by piece, leaving him powerless to stop the inevitable. His company, his loyal allies, his influence—slowly, all of it was slipping through his grasp while he stood by, helplessly watching the empire he had once ruled crumble before his eyes.

 

 

At home, things were no better. Laia, already devastated by their son’s deteriorating condition, became increasingly distraught. Guilt weighed heavily on her, and she blamed both herself and Yeon for their son’s ruin. 

 

 

It wasn't long before she confronted him, demanding a divorce. The once-powerful union between the said "mates" of Gandok—Laia and Yeon—was about to be torn apart, and the media had a field day with the story. News outlets plastered their impending separation across every headline, and their private turmoil became the latest public spectacle.

 

 

Adding insult to injury, Laia’s family didn’t just support her in seeking freedom from Yeon—they actively turned against him. Her family, once his powerful backers, now threatened to strip him of everything they had contributed. They vowed to take back all that belonged to them, leaving Yeon not just disgraced, but completely dispossessed.

 

 

The terror Yeon had once commanded in the political and business circles was slipping through his fingers, leaving him increasingly vulnerable. The fear that had once made others bow to him was fading, and the realization gnawed at him.

 

 

In his frustration, Yeon spent his days chain-smoking and drinking, the smoke curling around him like the remnants of his dwindling power. His mind raced, trying to grasp how everything had spiraled so far out of control. He knew that if he didn’t act soon, everything he had built would collapse around him, leaving him with nothing but ashes.

 

 

Solace, his empire, was still standing, but the foundation was cracking. The two "pillars" that stood against him—Laia’s family and Raphael—were growing more powerful with each passing day. The grip Yeon once held over the situation was slipping, and he seethed with rage at how thoroughly he had been outmaneuvered. He had been duped by Raphael, the man he thought was a reliable business partner. In truth, Raphael had played him, sweeping everything out from under Yeon’s nose with cunning precision.

 

 

Yeon was consumed with thoughts of revenge, his anger festering like an open wound. He paced the halls of his mansion, planning, plotting, ready to strike. His sleepless nights were filled with dark fantasies of retribution. Raphael would pay—along with everyone else who had dared to challenge him. They would all be dragged down to hell, one by one, and Yeon would make sure of it. He no longer cared about saving his crumbling empire; if he couldn’t have it, no one would.

 

 

The once-shrewd businessman had become a man on the edge, driven by a burning need for vengeance. He was no longer thinking in terms of power or profit—only destruction. He was ready to kill, to burn it all to the ground, if it meant taking his enemies down with him.

 

If anyone thought Yeon might have learned his lesson and would finally change, they were gravely mistaken. His thirst for power and dominance remained insatiable. Instead of retreating, Yeon resolved to cause bloodshed once again, convinced that terror was the ultimate weapon. People feared violence, and if they couldn’t be controlled through manipulation or charm, fear was the most effective tool of all. In his mind, terror had always yielded results.

 

 

But this time, the landscape was different. His opponent, Jeongguk, was no less cunning and far more patient. Just like Yeon, Jeongguk was plotting his moves carefully, but with an added layer of precision. Step by step, Jeongguk had already managed to weaken Yeon’s once-mighty grip on his world. 

 

Yeon’s family had splintered, his business was in sharp decline, and he found himself surrounded by enemies. He was drowning in debt, entangled in the very webs he had spun to control others.

 

Jeongguk, however, wasn’t rushing. He had only made a few strategic moves, and already Yeon’s life had begun to fall apart. Jeongguk was patient, waiting for the right moment to deal the final blow. His plan was to leave Yeon utterly broken, to strip him of everything—just as Yeon had done to Taehyung that fateful day. Jeongguk had learned from the best, and now, he would turn the tables.

 

 

While Yeon scrambled to pull together his remaining contacts and gather enough men to unleash his next wave of bloodshed, an unexpected surprise awaited him. This time, his opponents were not just playing defense—they were launching a direct attack.

 

 

It all began with a broadcast, one that shook Yeon to his core. The broadcast wasn’t from some unknown source but from the House of Kim, led by the elder son, Jin.

 

Chapter 87: The unveiling of the Moon-blessed mates

Summary:

The mates reveals themselves

 

Watching Yeon fall slowly and painfully, Taehyung found his thoughts drifting to Jeongguk. The true-blood alpha had immersed himself in work, drafting policies, coordinating plans, and setting up new rules for Gandok’s administration and its many departments. The committee had decided to prepare everything in advance, aiming to implement the changes the moment the formal announcement was made to ensure stability and control. 

 

As the designated mates who would lead Gandok, Taehyung, and Jeongguk both wanted transformative changes in the laws and policies, envisioning a system that would better serve the people. But these ambitions had taken a toll—especially on Jeongguk.

 

 

For the past three days, every time Taehyung woke up, the space beside him in bed was cold and empty, as if Jeongguk hadn’t even considered resting. Dark circles shadowed the eyes of everyone working with him, but they were all relentlessly focused, working tirelessly and without a single complaint. Still, the sight gnawed at Taehyung’s heart. He sighed, unable to take it any longer, and slipped out of their room, making his way to the meeting hall.

 

 

As he entered, the space was thick with the scents of exhaustion—intense pheromones lingering from those too tired to control them. The officers went silent upon his arrival, their gazes quickly falling as if recognizing Taehyung’s silent command. He let his sharp, amethyst eyes settle on each of them, his voice calm yet unyielding. 

 

 

“Get some sleep. We have an important day tomorrow. Don’t overwork yourselves,” he ordered, his tone leaving no room for argument. “Leave the room within a minute, without question.”

 

 

The officers exchanged quick glances before they rose in unison, their expressions almost hypnotized by the command. Jeongguk’s brow furrowed, a protest rising in his throat, but Taehyung cut him off with a firm look. “You too.”

 

With a small sigh, Jeongguk closed his mouth, knowing better than to argue. Within moments, the room emptied, leaving just the two of them alone in the quiet. Jin patted Taehyung’s shoulder on his way out, wishing him a good night, while Namjoon and the others followed, Mr. Han shutting the door gently behind them.

 

The silence that remained felt like a calming wave after a storm. Taehyung stepped closer, reaching out to grab Jeongguk’s collar, and tugging him upright with unexpected strength. “If I wake up and find the bed empty one more time,” Taehyung whispered, voice low, “I’m leaving for my own residence.”

 

 

A faint smile pulled at Jeongguk’s lips. “But isn’t this your residence?”

Taehyung huffed, his eyes narrowing with unspoken frustration. “If I have to be without you, then it’s not home. I’d rather go back.”

 

 

Jeongguk’s expression softened, and he pulled Taehyung close, pressing a kiss to the mark on his neck, letting his lips linger as if to reassure them both. “Don’t even think about leaving my side,” he murmured. His lips trailed slowly down Taehyung’s skin, each kiss infused with a promise, a silent vow to make up for all the moments missed.

 

“Should we take a bath together?” he suggested, his voice thick with unspoken affection.

 

A faint smile tugged at Taehyung’s lips as he finally gave in, nodding. “Alright. But you’ll need to convince me why I should stay.”

 

Without another word, Jeongguk swept Taehyung into his arms, holding him close as he carried him back to their room. As they crossed the threshold, the world outside melted away, leaving only the warmth of each other’s presence and the promise of a quiet, uninterrupted night.

 

 

After their passionate moments, Taehyung and Jeongguk lay entwined on the bed, their breaths steadying as the world outside seemed to fade away. Jeongguk closed his eyes, content, breathing in the familiar, soothing scent of his mate. Taehyung, however, was still restless. Questions lingered at the edge of his mind, breaking through the calm like tiny ripples.

 

 

“Will Yeon let Raphael leave just like that?” he murmured, voice low in the soft darkness of the room.

 

Jeongguk hummed thoughtfully, though he didn’t open his eyes. “I don’t care what Yeon wants. Raphael isn’t walking away with anything that belongs to Gandok. I’ll make sure of it.”

 

 

Taehyung’s eyes widened as he processed Jeongguk’s words, a flicker of worry and curiosity shining in his gaze. “Why?” he whispered, leaning back to look at Jeongguk more fully.

 

 

Jeongguk opens his eyes and is met with the sight of Taehyung’s wide, innocent eyes filled with wonder, Jeongguk feels his heart swell. He wondered how he could fall so deeply in love over and over again, each time more intensely than the last. With a gentle smile, he pulled Taehyung even closer, letting his fingers drift through his mate’s soft hair. 

 

 

“Raphael needs to answer for what he’s done to you,” he said quietly, his voice steady. “Whatever his reasons, he’s been by Yeon’s side all along, scheming against you.”

 

 

Taehyung huffed softly, a hint of playfulness flickering across his face as he reached out and poked Jeongguk’s cheek. “Are you really planning to take them all down?” he asked. “Why stain your hands, or even hold onto this grudge?”

 

 

Jeongguk caught Taehyung’s hand, pressing a gentle kiss to his fingertip before lacing their fingers together. He brought his other hand up to run through Taehyung’s hair, his movements soft and rhythmic, as if trying to lull him to sleep. “Don’t worry,” he murmured. “I won’t be getting my hands dirty. They’re all going to do it to themselves.”

 

 

A shiver ran through Taehyung, his thoughts catching on Jeongguk’s words. He knew exactly what Jeongguk meant: he’d already seen the way Jeongguk moved pieces from the shadows, setting events in motion. Ella had been quietly nudged to question her father, the financial crisis triggered by Jin’s calculated moves in Solace’s subsidiaries, and the stock shares that had plummeted from just a nudge from Jeongguk’s hand. Taehyung suspected even Kayle and his half-brother might have ended up in the same club, involved in that brawl, thanks to the quiet catalysts Jeongguk had placed in their path. 

 

 

Each scheme had been woven with such precision, and Taehyung knew he had no solid evidence—it was all too subtle, too masterful. He had to admit, that his brothers, including Yoongi and Jin, were growing increasingly adept at these methods too, but Jeongguk was reaching a league of his own.

 

 

Taehyung opened his mouth to ask another question, but Jeongguk beat him to it, a faint smile tugging at his lips. “It seems I didn’t tire you out enough,” he teased, his eyes dark with mischief. “Why else would you be thinking about other people when I’m right here next to you? Should we start again from where we left off?”

 

 

Taehyung felt his cheeks flush, excitement tingling through him despite his exhaustion. Jeongguk didn't allow him to make a noise earlier while he kept pleasuring him, telling him that others would hear. It was exhaustive but extremely stimulating and they couldn't help but go for more. But he shook his head, hiding his face in Jeongguk’s chest with a soft, sleepy laugh. “Good night,” he mumbled, his voice barely a whisper.

 

 

Jeongguk chuckled quietly, wrapping his arms around Taehyung and holding him close as he pressed a final, tender kiss to the top of his head. He closed his eyes, and within moments, drifted into a deep, dreamless sleep, content in the warmth of his mate’s embrace.

 

 

The next morning, Taehyung went out in search of his brother, only to find a gathering in the hall. The atmosphere buzzed with anticipation, as they discussed the upcoming broadcast. Jin stood by, focused intently on a document Namjoon held out for him to review.

 

 

Spotting his brother, Taehyung smiled, taking the coat from the waiting attendant and stepping closer. Jin looked up, meeting his gaze, and reached out to ruffle Taehyung’s hair affectionately. “From today onwards, your life won’t be the same,” he said softly. “Are you ready?”

 

 

Taehyung nodded, his expression steady. “As long as you’re all by my side.”

 

 

They fell into a quiet understanding—no more needed to be said. Jin allowed Taehyung to help him into the coat, watching as he carefully fastened each button. Satisfied, Jin glanced back at him. “Where’s Jeongguk?”

 

 

Taehyung chuckled. “He can’t sit still if he misses his morning run." Taehyung’s hand drifted to the coat's badges, fingers tracing over the wolf insignia, a smile tugging at his lips. “We’ve come so far.”

 

From across the room, Isa watched them fondly. “Yes, my little ones have grown up—handsome and brave,” she murmured, her voice thick with pride.

 

 

The two brothers turned to smile at her, and she felt a surge of emotion, almost disbelieving that these remarkable men were her sons. They stood together as a picture of strength and unity, a sight that would instill confidence in anyone who saw them.

 

 

Gareth descended the stairs, pressing a gentle kiss to Isa’s head before he moved to his sons, giving each a brief but heartfelt embrace. Placing a steadying hand on Jin’s shoulder, he asked, “All set?”

 

Jin nodded with quiet resolve.

 

Just then, Jeongguk entered, handing a water bottle and towel to an attendant before greeting Isa and Gareth with a respectful bow. He walked to Taehyung and, without hesitation, slipped his arms around him from behind, resting his head on Taehyung’s shoulder with a warm familiarity. He glanced at Jin. “Ready to go?”

 

 

Jin nodded, smiling slightly. “I’ll head to the location after the broadcast. I’ll meet you both there by evening. Sound good?”

 

 

Jeongguk gave a curt nod. “Let me know if anything comes up.”

 

Jin hesitated, casting a look at Taehyung. “This is his first public address,” he admitted. “He won’t say it, but he’s nervous. He’s always hated public speaking. Keep an eye on him?”

 

Jeongguk turned his gaze to Taehyung, catching his eyes and offering a gentle, reassuring smile. He reached out and ruffled Taehyung’s hair, a silent promise of support.

 

 

Across the room, Jimin rolled his eyes at their affectionate display. “Let’s go get some drinks,” he said, cutting in with a teasing tone. “A bit of liquid courage will roar through your veins.”

 

 

Taehyung started to nod in agreement, but the mischievous spark faded as he noticed the disapproving glares from Jin, Jeongguk, his brothers, and his parents. Clearing his throat, he nudged Jimin with a sheepish look.

 

 

“Let’s skip that for now,” Jimin added hastily, giving Taehyung a knowing grin.

 

Before long, Namjoon approached, informing Jin that the preparations were ready, and it was time to depart. Jin, accompanied by Yoongi and Hoseok, gave a final nod before leaving with the other officers, his stride purposeful and unwavering.

 

 

Taehyung looked back at Jeongguk, who still rested his head on his shoulder, appearing entirely content. “Come on, let’s get ready and eat something,” Taehyung said, his stomach growling in agreement. “I’m starving.”

 

 

Jeongguk straightened, nodding with a smile as he headed off to prepare, leaving Taehyung with Isa and Jimin, who watched him with a mix of pride and fond amusement.

 

 

A few hours later, every citizen in Gandok received a notification from Kim Technologies. Though many were indifferent, others grew curious, wondering what this sudden broadcast might entail. Some waited with skepticism, eager to hear the latest justification from the “Pillars.” The message was brief but clear: in fifteen minutes, Chief Kim would address the people of Gandok.

 

 

Taehyung sat in front of the screen, Jeongguk taking his place beside him, a steady presence. Across from them, Isa and Jimin settled side by side, their eyes on the screen. Taehyung glanced around, half expecting to see the revered Moon Goddess among them, but she was nowhere to be found. Deciding she was likely with Yoongi, he focused again on the broadcast, his heart thudding in anticipation.

 

 

The screen flickered, and Jin’s image appeared. He looked composed, exuding a calm strength that instantly commanded respect. His voice was clear, warm, and unwavering as he began.

 

 

“Dear citizens of Gandok,” he greeted, his tone both professional and sincere. “You may be surprised by my sudden appearance today, especially in light of recent events that have shaken your faith in us, the ‘Pillars.’ I understand this trust has been tested, and I am not here to ask you to choose sides or to sway your beliefs.”

 

 

He paused, letting his words resonate. “Today, my purpose goes beyond persuasion. I am here with a message of hope. As many of you know, we are welcoming our true mates—those destined to lead and protect Gandok. And today, on this auspicious full moon, the chosen mates will address you directly at Moonset Street in Central.”

 

 

Jin’s gaze softened, his voice carrying a touch of reverence. “It is my privilege to share this announcement with you and to invite you all to witness what I believe will be a momentous event—a miracle not seen for centuries. We have not abandoned you, nor will we ever. Our dedication to Gandok’s welfare remains steadfast, and though our efforts may have seemed delayed, I assure you peace is on the horizon.”

 

 

With a gentle smile, Jin concluded, “I encourage you to join us this evening at the Central or tune into the live broadcast. Let this festival mark the beginning of a brighter era for us all. Let the celebrations begin.” Jin bowed deeply, and the screen faded to black.

 

 

As the broadcast ended, Taehyung stared at the screen, his nerves evident in his tightened grip on his hands. Sensing his unease, Jeongguk took his hand in his, his touch grounding. “It will be fine,” Jeongguk murmured, his voice steady and reassuring. “You were born for this. Don’t underestimate yourself, Taehyung. Once you see them waiting for you, you’ll know you belong there.”

 

Taehyung took a steadying breath and nodded, reassured by Jeongguk’s calm confidence.

 

 

Meanwhile, the streets of Gandok erupted with activity. The announcement had sent a ripple of excitement through the city. People poured out of their homes, filling the streets with eager voices. The curfew was lifted, and law enforcement stepped back, allowing the festival spirit to thrive.

 

 

The joyful sound of traditional drums and lively instruments filled the air, and people began to dance, lifting their voices in song to honor the Moon Goddess. Everywhere, Gandok transformed. The once-gloomy streets now bustled with vibrant energy, as people discussed what they would wear for the evening ceremony and how they might catch a glimpse of the mates.

 

 

Banners unfurled, flags adorned the buildings, and celebratory colors brightened every corner. Joy spread like wildfire, with children laughing, families singing, and friends reuniting to share in the festivities. 

 

 

J.S.F.A.T was in place to guide the revelers, ensuring that traffic flowed smoothly and that no disruptions marred the day’s celebration. Music echoed through the city, joined by the sounds of clinking glasses, laughter, and cheers. All of Gandok seemed to come alive, ready to welcome their destined leaders with open arms and renewed hope.

 

 

All eyes were fixed on the broadcast. Crowds gathered eagerly in the square, while many others sat in their homes, glued to their screens with anticipation. Reporters and press teams positioned their cameras and microphones, ready to stream the event across every major channel. Even the radio stations were tuned in, broadcasting the occasion to every corner of Gandok. 

 

The security presence was unmistakable: Watchdog teams patrolled the area, and sharp-eyed snipers took up their posts on rooftops. Anyone present could see the significance of this event, underscored by the extensive security measures.

 

The people, dressed in their finest attire and holding banners and signs, watched with hopeful, bated breaths as the final preparations were completed. Across Gandok, those who couldn’t attend in person gathered around large screens set up in public spaces or watched from the comfort of their homes. Aristocrats, officials, and families of high standing either attended in person or watched from afar, eyes riveted on the proceedings. And in the shadows, those harboring malicious intent eyed the event as well, perhaps plotting to disrupt the peace.

 

 

As the sun began to dip, casting the sky in soft hues of pink and lavender, the broadcast went live. A ripple of awe swept through the crowd as they saw Jeongguk approaching the stage. He greeted Jin with a firm handshake and a friendly hug before taking his place at the podium. Jin stood on one side, while the senior officer of J.S.F.A.T. flanked the other.

 

 

Jeongguk was not in his usual uniform today. Instead, he wore a stately bluish coat with a dignified cloak draped over one shoulder, fastened across his chest with intricate silver clasps. A formal cap crowned his head, and his tall, commanding figure exuded an aura of strength and dignity. The faint markings on his neck glinted subtly under the light—mystical symbols that seemed to pulse with energy. Yet, all eyes were drawn to his presence. The people, even those watching from afar, felt an instinctive urge to bow. Many in the crowd couldn’t help but cry out in joy, recognizing the power of a true-blood mate.

 

 

A reverent silence settled over the crowd. Jeongguk was, indeed, the mate they had long hoped for, the one they believed was destined to stand beside them. He greeted them with a deep bow, his eyes warm yet intense. When he finally spoke, his voice rang out clear and strong, carrying across the gathering.

 

 

“I, Jeongguk Jeon, have served Gandok with all my strength and heart,” he began, “and I have built the best defense squad I could, devoted to your safety and peace of mind. We have faced many hardships together, and through it all, you have stood by my side, placing your trust in the Jeon family. For that, I am endlessly grateful.”

 

 

He paused, his gaze unwavering. “But recently, our trust has been tested. There were moments when I could not be there for you fully, and your faith faltered. You were not alone in your disappointment. My strength was tested as well, in ways I could never have foreseen. The subject of mates in Gandok is a delicate one and with good reason. When I discovered I had a mate, my first thought was fear—for their safety and yours.”

 

Jeongguk’s expression softened, his eyes bright with an emotion that resonated even with those watching from afar. “But it turned out that my mate was no one in need of protection. In truth, my mate was the one protecting us, saving not only me but my family and all of Gandok, countless times. When darkness closed in, my mate became our light, working tirelessly and courageously, even when it meant risking themselves to shield us from harm.”

 

 

The crowd listened in rapt silence, many visibly moved as Jeongguk continued. “This special person of mine has fought battles most of you will never know about, endured trials unimaginable, and yet has emerged stronger each time, the heart still burning with a fierce desire for justice. The strength inspiring those around, including myself. My mate did what had to in the shadows so that Gandok could remain safe and thrive in the light. And when danger came, this special one did not hesitate to stand in its path.”

 

 

Jeongguk took a steadying breath, his voice filled with gratitude and awe. “The Moon Goddess has blessed me in ways I could never have anticipated. She has entrusted me not only with this role but with a mate who is as fierce as much as compassionate. This special one is my greatest strength, and I will be forever grateful for that. Today, we stand here ready to honor the said person as is deserved and to offer the love and respect of the people that my mate has tirelessly protected. With that, I present to you myself as one of the mates destined by the Goddess herself and would want to welcome my mate.”

 

 

The crowd erupted in cheers, voices rising in unison to praise the Moon Goddess and hail Jeongguk as their savior. The air was thick with excitement, sending chills through those present. People were on the edge of their seats, eager to catch their first glimpse of the mate who had earned Jeongguk’s deepest admiration and changed him so profoundly.

 

 

In the midst of the cheers, some onlookers were visibly moved to tears, unable to believe they were witnessing this historic moment. The elders on stage stepped forward, offering their blessings to Jeongguk, while all eyes turned to the path where the second mate would appear, hearts pounding with anticipation.

 

 

The atmosphere shifted suddenly as a powerful wave of pheromones swept through the gathering. Those present felt an undeniable urge to bow as a warm, commanding aura filled the air. It was a sensation that struck like a gentle caress, delicate yet potent. An essence like the softest silk brushed their skin, filling their senses with a sweetness almost tangible as if tasting honey on the tip of their tongues. 

 

 

Their skin tingled, and their eyes closed briefly, caught up in a tranquil, almost intoxicating peace. This presence wasn’t merely powerful—it was nurturing, imbued with a protective warmth akin to a mother’s embrace. 

 

 

Heads instinctively lowered in reverence, as every inner wolf willingly submitted to the presence, paying homage to it in respectful silence.

Those watching on screens from afar couldn’t feel the direct effect of the pheromones, but when the figure appeared on the broadcast, their reaction was immediate and visceral. It was as though an unspoken command compelled them to bow their heads in instinctual submission.

 

 

The stillness held as precious seconds passed. Finally, a rich, clear voice broke the silence, stirring the crowd as if in a trance. “Good evening,” Taehyung said.

 

 

A collective intake of breath rippled through the crowd as they looked up, their eyes wide with shock. Before them stood Taehyung, the once-notorious troublemaker of Gandok, now radiating an unearthly grace. The color drained from many faces, and gasps escaped as the realization sank in. 

 

 

There on the stage stood Taehyung in all his resplendent glory, dressed in a uniform matching Jeongguk’s, his presence commanding yet serene. 

 

 

He bowed to them, mirroring their reverence, and then looked up, allowing the cameras to capture his face in full. A subtle, celestial light shone from the moon-like mark on his forehead, unmistakably marking him as a mate. His long hair cascaded gracefully over his shoulders, and a calm smile played on his lips. He wore elegant glasses, slightly obscuring his gaze, but there was an unmistakable radiance about him.

 

 

For the crowd, the shock was absolute. Taehyung was the other mate. The infamous troublemaker had transformed into something ethereal, dignified beyond measure. Whispers of disbelief started to ripple through the masses, their minds struggling to comprehend what they were witnessing. Some felt a twinge of betrayal, never having anticipated that Taehyung could hold such a revered position. Unsettled murmurs gave way to silence as their gazes shifted back to the center of the stage, to the two mates standing side by side, holding each other's hand with a gentle smile.

 

 

Under the weight of this realization, many could no longer remain standing. Their knees gave way, and one by one, they sank to the ground, heads bowed once again in involuntary submission. All doubts and unspoken grievances dissolved as they took in the regal presence before them, each silent in awe.

 

 

Taehyung watched them, his brows knitted with concern as he noticed the overwhelming impact their presence had on the people. The Moon Goddess, invisible to all but them, stood by his side, a faint smile on her lips, with a knowing look in her eyes.

 

“Their instincts have embraced you, but their minds have yet to catch up.”

 

Chapter 88: The Dawn of Gandok

Summary:

The end of the dark era.

 

Though Taehyung had once hesitated, that uncertainty had faded. Now, he stood with unwavering resolve. Jeongguk and the Moon Goddess were by his side, and his brothers and parents were stationed protectively behind him. The elders, with whom he had consulted earlier, were present to manage any unrest if needed, and officers alongside Jeongguk’s and Jin’s teams vigilantly monitored the surroundings. 

 

 

Every precaution had been taken; this assembly was there for him, alert, on guard, and united. Taehyung was no longer just a name in Gandok—he was now a mate of the realm. This was not a moment for doubt; he needed his people to understand that.

 

 

Taehyung greeted the crowd again, commanding them to rise. The gathered people instinctively obeyed, rising in silent submission to his authority. In the distance, within the shadowed cells, imprisoned thugs watched the scene in astonishment. They hadn't expected Taehyung to be the mate and now buzzed with excitement, hurriedly calling their bald boss. 

 

 

“Boss, the leader is the big leader! You were the first to recognize his potential,” they flattered, while the boss smirked, watching eagerly alongside them. The guards monitoring the broadcast barked at the prisoners to quiet down.

 

 

Addressing the people, Taehyung’s voice rang with sincerity and gravitas. “I know that for many of you, seeing me as Jeongguk’s mate—and one of Gandok’s own long-awaited mates—is shocking, even disappointing. To be honest, it was as much a shock to me as it is to you. I questioned why I, of all people, was chosen. Unlike my brother, diligent and disciplined, or my mate, who is steadfast and resolute, I’ve always been someone driven by a quest for knowledge, by a yearning to live freely and seek justice for the wronged. That path, however, was not easy. Along the way, I lost many—some I could save, others I could not.

 

 

“My reputation is less than ideal, and I’ve never sought to hide that. What I wrote was truthful, even if it was blunt or uncomfortable. I didn’t care to polish my image to appease others’ opinions. The truth is, people often see what they wish to see, and for some, I will always be the rebel. But I will not change myself to fit their expectations. It is not I who must change—it is they who must shift their perspective.”

 

 

"But none of this needs to happen in haste. I understand that you have countless questions—about this arrangement, about us, and about what lies ahead for you and Gandok. This land, once a sanctuary where Gana and Dokja built a family rooted in love and compassion, has now transformed into a place marred by crime, vengeance, brutality, and inequality.

 

 

The legacy of Gandok’s protectors has been tarnished, and the very family that once stood as its foundation—the Ji family—appears to have rusted and crumbled under the weight of time and corruption. You, the people of Gandok, find yourselves caught in doubt, uncertain of where to turn or what to believe in. And I am here to help you see a new path forward."

 

 

"But can you trust me? Do you even want to trust me?" Taehyung paused, letting the question settle. "Some of you may be wondering if this union between our families is just another ploy, a desperate attempt to win back your faith." He could see the hesitant expressions in the crowd, a flicker of uncertainty as if their unspoken doubts had just been voiced.

 

 

Taehyung offered a reassuring smile. "I've always been critical of the actions of the three families. When I disagreed, I didn’t stay silent—I spoke up, I wrote, I challenged. And if there’s one thing I can say with absolute conviction, it’s that I trust Jeongguk and Jin-hyung. I trust their motives, their love for Gandok, and their unwavering commitment to their work. So, if you find it hard to trust me, then place your faith in them. Together, we will lead Gandok toward something worthy of your trust."

 

 

The journalists in the front row leaned forward, tension evident on their faces as they listened to Taehyung’s words. Each one had questions prepared, yet something in Taehyung’s aura—a quiet but commanding strength—held them in silence. It was as if his presence compelled them to listen first, to absorb his words before speaking. When Taehyung and Jeongguk finally invited questions, the first inquiry came swiftly: “What is to become of Yeon? And what exactly is his role in all of this?”

 

 

Jeongguk glanced at Taehyung, then turned to the journalists with a solemn nod. “Yeon’s crimes run deep and are disturbingly extensive. The charges range from money laundering, assaults, torture, smuggling, and trafficking of illegal drugs and humans. He has involved himself in nearly every heinous activity imaginable. Through thorough investigations, we’ve raided his network of subordinates and branch companies, uncovering mountains of evidence. Yeon is a man without remorse, a man who has committed countless atrocities without a hint of shame.”

 

 

A shocked murmur rose from the crowd, blending into a growing chorus of outrage as Taehyung continued. He spoke of the dark side he had witnessed in Yeon over the years, the systematic schemes Yeon had used to target him and others who stood in his way. Each account deepened the crowd’s disbelief, their faces twisting with anger at having trusted a man capable of such horror.

 

Though Taehyung and Jeongguk hid the information on crimes that were triggering only revealing the parts that were already out. It was still triggering and overwhelming for the masses and quite serious and gruesome.

 

 

The questions came quickly now, with the media pressing Jeongguk. “If you knew this, why did you remain silent for so long? Why wasn’t Yeon stopped sooner?”

 

 

Jeongguk’s response was honest and unflinching. “I understand your frustration. Like many of you, I had hoped that these actions weren’t directly linked to Yeon. For years, we worked to trace his network, gathering evidence on those around him. But as our investigation continued, the connections pointed back to him alone. We had to be sure.”

 

 

The crowd’s anger swelled, with some shouting insults at Yeon, demanding justice. Taehyung raised his hands, urging them to calm down, his voice steady and authoritative. “I know your anger—I feel it too. But for now, please hold your peace. There is more you need to know.”

 

 

A journalist’s voice cut through the brief silence. “Where is Yeon now? Has he been detained?”

 

 

The air thickened with anticipation as Jeongguk hesitated, exchanging a glance with the officer beside him. The officer leaned in and whispered something to Jeongguk, who nodded and turned back to the crowd.

 

 

“Yeon managed to escape recently,” Jeongguk admitted, his tone grim. “After a violent confrontation with Raphael and his men, he killed Raphael in the struggle and fled. We had kept close tabs on him, but this...escalated quickly.”

 

 

The crowd erupted into a mixture of shocked gasps and unsettled whispers. Many were hearing Raphael’s name for the first time; others recognized it from recent rumors. Taehyung could sense the people’s confusion and frustration mounting. Gandok was indeed in chaos—a mess woven by deceit and violence, and they had all been caught in the snare.

 

 

“We understand your outrage,” Taehyung said, his voice cutting through the noise with a quiet authority. “We will not rest until Gandok is freed from Yeon’s corruption. This is only the beginning of our fight to restore justice.”

 

 

The crowd quieted, but their anger simmered beneath the surface, lending a tense energy to the square. All eyes were on Taehyung and Jeongguk now, awaiting their next move.

 

 

“Has he truly escaped, or was he allowed to?” one of the journalists challenged, looking skeptically at Taehyung and Jeongguk. Their gaze sharpened, reflecting the crowd’s growing mistrust. “And how can we be sure you’re telling the truth? How can we even know you are truly mates?”

 

 

A ripple of doubt coursed through the crowd, spreading like wildfire. The people looked toward the stage with piercing, skeptical eyes, questioning if this was yet another trick played by the aristocrats. Had they been manipulated once again, misled by a show of unity?

 

 

Taehyung met their gaze calmly, a faint, knowing smile on his lips. “Yeon escaped because he has somewhere to be,” he announced, his voice carrying over the restless murmur. “This time, it won’t be the law that judges his crimes—it will be all of you. And I’d bet anything he’s hiding among you right now with his men, waiting for his moment to strike. After all, Yeon wouldn’t dare miss a gathering like this. Isn’t that right?”

 

 

A collective shiver ran through the crowd as people began to look nervously around, fear and uncertainty spreading like a contagion. Then, somewhere in the center of the masses, a gasp arose as a man discarded a ragged cloak and mask, standing tall. His laughter rang out cold and mocking as the crowd parted around him, leaving him a clear path to the stage.

 

 

It was Yeon.

 

 

His eyes blazed with fury, his expression twisted in contempt as he looked up at Taehyung and Jeongguk. The people shrank back, many instinctively cowering in his presence, afraid to stand too close.

 

 

Immediately, Taehyung and Jeongguk’s team took defensive stances, guns raised and ready, waiting for the order. But Jeongguk raised a hand, signaling them to hold fire. The Moon Goddess, watching intently, spoke softly, instructing them not to attack just yet. 

 

 

Taehyung’s brothers and family members on the stage tensed, prepared to shield the two mates if needed. But Taehyung and Jeongguk remained steadfast, unflinching.

 

 

Yeon threw his head back in a derisive laugh, clapping slowly as he eyed the two mates. “What a joke. You two? Mates?” he sneered, his voice dripping with disdain. 

 

 

“And now you expect Gandok to be led by two men? What future could you possibly bring to this land? Do you think parading your dirty secrets for all to see makes you worthy of ruling? You’ll turn Gandok into a laughingstock. What can you ever offer Gandok? You can't even give them kids? Or would you make them learn your faggots ways of doing the dirty?”

 

 

He sneered, his lip curling with arrogance. “My family has upheld Gandok’s reputation for decades. So what if I did a few things outside the lines? Haven’t I always had the people’s best interest at heart?” He spread his arms wide, glancing at the crowd as if seeking their validation. 

 

 

“Sometimes those who refuse to submit must be brought to their knees. And if it takes a little… ‘bang,’” he mocked, forming his fingers into a gun and pretending to fire, “so be it.”

 

 

He smiled cruelly. “After all, aren’t we all wolves here? Jungle law, survival of the fittest—there’s no rising to power without getting a little blood on your hands. And let’s get one thing clear—there has only been one true mate of Gandok: myself and my wife. No one else should even dare to say otherwise.”

 

 

Yeon’s words left the crowd in tense silence, his arrogance seething through every syllable. The people looked back to Taehyung and Jeongguk, waiting to see how they would respond to Yeon’s ruthless challenge.

 

 

Yeon wasn’t finished; he sneered, his voice laced with venom. “So what if I tried to kill you all? You parasites want to tear down the very pillar laid by the holy family. I know who you are, Taehyung. You’re the Umbra—a coward hiding behind a shadow organization, using it to flaunt your jealousy. But you can never take Gandok from me. If it isn’t mine, then it belongs to no one.”

 

 

His eyes burned with a feverish madness, and blood oozed from his arms, which were scratched and torn as if he had driven sharp objects into them. Hoseok’s sharp gaze caught the detail, and he quickly called out to the mates, “He’s drugged himself with the super-alpha vial! It induces madness, hallucinations—it’ll send him into a violent rage if we don’t act fast!”

 

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk exchanged a glance, about to move, when a scream pierced the air. They turned to see Yeon dragging a young girl from the crowd. His teeth sank into her neck, marking her as he hissed, “You’ll be my bride, my mate.”

 

 

The crowd recoiled in horror as Yeon held a gun to the girl’s head, blood trailing from her neck wound. Tears streamed down her face as she struggled, powerless in his grip. With a manic gleam in his eye, Yeon pulled a vial from his pocket, brandishing it menacingly. “You’ll carry my children, and no one will stop it.”

 

 

Taehyung clenched his fists, fury etched into his face. Above them, the sun dipped below the horizon, casting the sky into half-shadow, half-light. The moon was rising, bathing the scene in a silvery glow. 

 

 

The Moon Goddess, watching from above, fixed Yeon with a look of pure wrath. Her form grew brighter, almost blinding, her light reflecting in Taehyung’s eyes. A surge of energy radiated from her, enveloping the mates, and filling them with a sacred strength.

 

 

“Enough of your madness,” Taehyung’s voice boomed, ringing with a quiet authority that commanded the crowd’s attention. For a moment, their fear shifted from Yeon to Taehyung himself, drawn in by his tone, by the power that seemed to radiate from him.

 

 

Slowly, he removed his glasses, and as the crowd saw the glint of his striking purple eyes, a wave of instinctive submission swept over them. The elders among them, recognizing the significance, knelt immediately.

 

 

A hush fell over the square, every eye on Taehyung as he took a step forward, his presence thick with commanding pheromones, blended with Jeongguk’s own. “You will drop that needle. Now.”

 

 

Yeon’s manic gaze wavered, his eyes darting from Taehyung to the trembling girl he held. His mouth twitched as if he wanted to defy Taehyung’s command, but something in him weakened. His fingers, so tightly clutching the vial, trembled and then lost their strength. The needle clattered to the ground.

 

 

Rage twisted Yeon’s face as he shoved the girl aside and turned the gun on Taehyung. But before he could react, Jeongguk appeared by his side, almost as if materializing from thin air, and with one fluid motion, disarmed him, sending the gun skittering across the pavement.

 

 

Taehyung’s gaze turned from the girl back to the crowd and gasps rippled through them as his eyes, bright with power and intensity, swept over each face. One by one, the people sank to their knees, unable to resist the weight of his presence. His expression was resolute, cold as he looked down at Yeon—no trace of forgiveness in his eyes.

 

 

Unbeknownst to them, the cameras had captured every second of the confrontation. All of Gandok was watching in stunned silence, bearing witness to this extraordinary, terrifying scene as the two mates, strengthened by the Moon Goddess’s blessing, stood against the corrupted figure of Yeon.

 

 

Yeon let out a strangled cry, his face twisted in madness, as he clawed his way towards Taehyung. But before he could reach him, Jeongguk’s pheromones surged, sharp and oppressive, hitting Yeon with such force that he staggered, blood trickling from his mouth and ears. Yet he pushed against it, his eyes wild, inching forward as if possessed. 

 

 

Taehyung looked down at him, unfazed, his gaze cold. Then, as if Yeon were beneath his notice, Taehyung turned to the crowd and spoke calmly. “Do you need more proof of our bond—or of his crimes?”

 

 

The crowd was silent, stunned. Then, a woman, an omega, cried out from the front. Tears streamed down her face as she spoke, her voice trembling but resolute. “I want him to pay. He ruined my family. He destroyed so many lives.” Her words stirred the crowd, and a ripple of agreement moved through them.

 

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk exchanged a glance, then stepped back, leaving Yeon exposed. “He’s all yours,” Taehyung said, voice like steel. Yeon laughed weakly, raising his wrist communicator. “Attack!” he shouted, but there was only silence. 

 

 

His reinforcements were gone, his voice swallowed by the grim stillness. Alone and bleeding, Yeon looked up at the two mates, his eyes full of hatred. “You will not win. You can’t win.”

 

 

The people surged forward, seizing Yeon in their anger. They slapped him, and cursed him, letting years of resentment and betrayal pour out. 

 

 

Officers nearby moved to intervene, but the Moon Goddess, radiant and powerful, signaled for them to stop. “This is his fate,” she declared softly, her words carrying the finality of a divine sentence. The mates passed her message making the officers who have taken care of Yeon's men stand and watch in silence.

 

 

The crowd continued to jeer and strike at Yeon, especially the omegas, who had suffered the most under his rule. He tried to fight them off, stumbling and clawing to escape, but they surrounded him. Just then, the night filled with the distant howling of wolves—a sound that echoed ominously through the square, sending shivers down every spine.

 

 

The crowd froze, turning towards the darkened forest. A sense of eerie anticipation gripped them, each howling louder, joined by more and more until it sounded as if an army was approaching. 

 

 

The Moon Goddess smiled. “The spirits are here,” she announced.

 

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk looked at her in awe, and she explained, “The spirits of the ones he wronged—the miners, the Ji family, and others lost to his cruelty—they have come to claim him.”

 

 

The crowd watched in terror and awe as a large pack of wolves emerged from the shadows, their eyes glowing with a fierce light. They were massive, wild, and utterly silent as they advanced, parting the crowd with their presence. Yet the wolves stopped a short distance from Yeon, lifting their heads to the stage where the Moon Goddess stood, glowing in her divine form. 

 

 

One by one, they lowered their heads in reverence, and soon, Taehyung, Jeongguk, and their family members joined, kneeling in respect to the Moon Goddess. Slowly, understanding dawned on the crowd as they realized they were in the presence of the Goddess herself. Overwhelmed, the elders began chanting her praises, and the people followed, fear and joy mingling in their voices.

 

 

The wolves howled in unison, a chilling, reverberating sound that resonated deep within each heart. Their gaze turned to Yeon, who staggered backward in horror. The lead wolf snarled and lunged, sinking its teeth into his leg. Yeon screamed in agony, trying to push them away, but the rest of the pack followed, dragging him towards the forest. 

 

 

His cries grew fainter, swallowed by the darkness, and finally, silence fell, broken only by the distant sound of flesh being torn as the wolves fed.

 

 

The Moon Goddess lifted her gaze to the sky, and a silvery shower fell upon the wolves, who began to transform. Their ghostly figures shimmered, taking on the transparent, ethereal forms of the miners and families whose lives had been taken. The crowd gasped, recognizing their lost loved ones as they appeared, translucent yet radiant under the moonlight.

 

 

An omega who had helped Jeongguk, Ren pushed forward, crying out as she recognized her fiancé, Liam. She called to him, tears streaming down her cheeks, and he smiled, waving, unable to touch her but sending her one last, loving look. All around, families reunited, elders reaching out in joy and sorrow to the sons they had lost, parents waving to children they would never see grow. Omegas showing their husbands their children who have grown up now. The surprises, smiles, tears were al there.

 

 

On the stage, Yoongi froze, his eyes wide, then sprinted forward, his voice breaking and calling like a child. “Mom! Dad!” he cried. A beautiful woman holding a little girl turned, her face softening with joy and recognition. Yoongi’s mother waved, tears in her eyes, his father standing proudly by her side. Yoongi reached for them, but his hands passed through empty air. He sobbed, his pain raw, and Hoseok moved to his side, holding him close as they watched Yoongi’s family smile at him one last time.

 

 

Those watching on television wept openly, touched by the sight of long-separated families, bound in life and death, finally meeting again. The torment and agony caused by Yeon’s cruelty had finally found closure. He had met an end more brutal than any court could deliver, claimed by the spirits of those he had wronged.

 

 

On the stage, Taehyung glanced out, his eyes misty, seeing the spirit of an old man in the crowd, smiling and waving at him. Taehyung recognized this man from the Dark Grove, he raised his hand. 

 

 

Lily walks forward and waves, showing a peace sign and passing a flying kiss at him, and the beta whom he met on the street, the owner of the dog waves at him with a smile. Tears of joy escaped his eyes as he waved back, grateful for this final reunion.

 

 

As the spirits prepared to depart, Jin started forward but halted, tears spilling as he saw a familiar figure appear in front of him. “Grandad!” he cried. Taehyung shivered at the name, looking up to see his grandfather smiling gently, his gaze filled with pride as he looked at each of them. 

 

Gareth and Isa joined him, all of them transfixed by the sight.

 

Their grandfather’s eyes lingered on each family member, his face filled with warmth. “You’ve done more than I ever dreamed for you. I’m proud of you, Gareth. Isa. Jin, my hardworking boy—you’ve never disappointed me. Proud is a small word to describe what I feel for you.” 

 

 

Finally, he looked at Taehyung and Jeongguk, his eyes glinting with pride. Jeongguk bowed respectfully, and the old man chuckled, his voice rich with approval. “Didn’t I tell you that day that you were special?” he said, smiling at Jeongguk.

 

 

Then he turned to Taehyung. “Taehyung, my brave grandson,” he said softly. Taehyung’s lips quivered as he looked at the man he had lost too soon. “I’m sorry I couldn’t be with you longer. But you’ve never disappointed me. You’ve done what I couldn’t have imagined. You are strong, kind, and above all, a Kim. You’ve brought honor to us. Live freely now, Taehyung. Let the past rest. I’m content.”

 

 

He glanced once at the Moon Goddess, and with a final, gentle smile, he faded away. Jeongguk held Taehyung as he broke down, and the Moon Goddess looked over the crowd one last time. Slowly, the spirits dissolved, disappearing into the moonlight, leaving only memories and tears.

 

 

As the broadcast ended, the people of Gandok watched, teary-eyed and moved, realizing that a dark era had finally come to an end. The crowd dispersed, quiet and reflective, holding onto the memory of those they had lost. 

 

 

Jin walked over to Yoongi, wiping his tears to console the still weeping Yoongi, and sat beside him, offering silent companionship as they remembered their loved ones in peace, staring at the empty street shining with moonlight.

 

 

As the people of Gandok dispersed, hearts heavy yet unburdened, a renewed spirit settled over them. The dark chapter had ended, but the lesson remained: the pursuit of power for selfish gain destroys not only lives but the very soul of a society. Yet, in the face of cruelty and loss, it was courage, unity, and justice that triumphed. 

 

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk stood as symbols of resilience, reminding everyone that true strength lies in defending what is just, not in dominating others. Inspired by the memories of their loved ones and the Moon Goddess’s blessing, they resolved to build a future rooted in compassion and integrity. 

 

 

 

As the first rays of a new dawn touched Gandok, the people looked forward, ready to rebuild, knowing that even the darkest night eventually gives way to light—and that together, they could ensure such darkness would never again cast its shadow.

 

Chapter 89: Epilogue- Harmony under the moonlit sky

Summary:

Gandok finds its peace.

 

The days following the conference were filled with a whirlwind of events. People gathered once again to honor the miners with a solemn memorial service. They laid flowers, observed a moment of silence, and quietly departed, each returning to their own lives. 

 

Meanwhile, the J.S.F.A.T. took swift and decisive action. They seized all properties owned by the Ji family, dismantling the dark network they controlled and shutting it down entirely. With bars and other subsidiary businesses closed the properties were auctioned off once all traces of illicit activity had been removed. Those responsible for running the illegal enterprises were apprehended and taken into custody.

 

 

With Hoseok’s help, the doctors and researchers in Yeon’s labs, who had been developing dangerous drugs that could manipulate secondary genders and induce abnormal states, were captured, and their operations were eradicated from the market. The cleansing of this network continued throughout the year, exposing numerous powerful and influential figures. Each of them was brought in, charged, and faced the full weight of the law. In the end, the remaining Ji family left Gandok, abandoning everything they had once controlled.

 

 

Jimin’s father, too, faced justice and received a lengthy prison sentence. His mother was left devastated, though having Jimin by her side provided some comfort. Taking responsibility for his family’s future, Jimin assumed leadership and began rebuilding in the aftermath of his father’s crimes.

 

 

During this period, the media stumbled upon a mysterious book detailing the horrifying truths behind the Ji family’s deeds written in someone's blood. No one knew where it had come from, but its revelations sent shockwaves through the community, causing a sensation in the media that lasted for weeks. The book was printed in limited copies, and people clamored to own a piece of this haunting history. The book was then preserved in a museum.

 

 

Yet, even as secrets were exposed, one mystery persisted: the identity of Umbra. Despite the relentless efforts of the press to unmask Umbra’s role, officials remained tight-lipped. 

 

 

As time passed, Umbra became something of a legend, a mysterious figure who had ignited the flames of justice only to vanish without a trace. People speculated, whispered, and spun theories, but the truth behind Umbra’s identity remained elusive, shrouded in secrecy.

 

 

As more time passed, people whispered about it like a deity from folklore—a guardian who would rise in times of injustice and darkness. The name became a symbol of hope and mystery, an ever-present reminder of the extraordinary events that had reshaped Gandok.

 

 

With stability restored, a new government was formed, heralding an era of profound change. This government was structured around four major houses. The first, led by the mates, became a beacon of strength and leadership. The second house remained under the stewardship of the Kims, continuing their historic role. The third, to the surprise of many, was entrusted to Hoseok and his small but capable team, a decision that underscored merit and innovation.

 

 

The fourth house, however, was the most groundbreaking of all. The mates announced that it would be composed of a diverse cabinet chosen directly by the people—a group representing omegas, betas, and alphas from various economic backgrounds and professions. This house would serve as the voice of the people, ensuring inclusivity and equity in governance. Its members elected every four to five years, embodied the ideals of representation and accountability, a stark contrast to the past.

 

 

The laws that once governed Gandok were thoroughly overhauled, and replaced by a more progressive and inclusive legal framework aimed at fostering security, privacy, and efficient governance while unlocking opportunities for all. These reforms sought to ensure that every individual, regardless of gender or social standing, could thrive in a fair and supportive environment.

 

The laws pertaining to omegas underwent significant changes, focusing on their freedom, safety, and empowerment. Restrictions like curfews and wearing collars were abolished, allowing omegas to participate in society without the shadow of limitation. Comprehensive education initiatives were introduced to support their growth, and workplace protections ensured they could pursue occupations of their choice without fear of harassment or exploitation. Programs promoting leadership among omegas were also initiated, encouraging them to take on prominent roles in various industries and governance.

 

Betas often considered the backbone of society, were granted tailored benefits based on their income and contributions. These included improved access to healthcare, housing, and education. Their role as mediators between alphas and omegas was formally recognized, with conflict-resolution training and opportunities for leadership development. Betas were also given greater representation in policymaking, ensuring their voices were heard in matters that affected them directly.

 

 

Alpha-centric laws were revised to temper the sometimes domineering influence they held in Gandok’s hierarchy. Measures were implemented to regulate their use of dominance and pheromones, ensuring they could no longer exploit these traits unfairly. Educational programs were introduced to promote emotional intelligence and responsible leadership among alphas, fostering a culture of respect and collaboration.

 

 

The overarching aim of the new laws was to ensure that omegas, betas, and alphas could coexist, compete, and collaborate in a manner that respected their unique traits while minimizing harm. Society was encouraged to embrace healthy competition, with opportunities for individuals from all genders to excel in various fields. A framework of equity rather than equality was established, recognizing the differences between the genders while ensuring fairness and opportunity for all.

 

 

Taehyung, in his role as a leader, soon realized that certain activities deemed illegal or socially unacceptable continued to persist in the shadows of society. Rather than enforcing a hard crackdown, he opted for a pragmatic approach. He engaged directly with workers involved in these activities, understanding their perspectives and motivations. Where the nature of their work posed no immediate harm, he decided to monitor rather than eradicate these practices, implementing strict surveillance to ensure they did not devolve into darker or more harmful territories.

 

 

This nuanced approach reflected Taehyung’s growing understanding of the complexities of governance. He recognized that society was composed of diverse individuals, each driven by varying values and needs and that not every issue could be addressed through black-and-white morality. Jeongguk’s unwavering support provided him with clarity and balance, helping him to navigate these challenges with wisdom and empathy.

 

 

The changes brought excitement and hope to Gandok’s citizens. Though the road ahead was uncertain, the people embraced the reforms, eager to see how the new system would shape their future. These laws symbolized a fresh start for Gandok, one where unity, respect, and progress were prioritized above all else. Taehyung and Jeongguk faced each challenge with resilience, proving that with strong leadership and vision, even the most complex issues could be addressed effectively.

 

 

The lives of everyone around the mates took different turns. Hoseok and Yoongi, now close collaborators, established a medical research lab, laying the groundwork for groundbreaking advancements. 

 

 

Meanwhile, Jimin balanced his business ventures with a newfound passion for culinary arts and cultural expression. Encouraging his mother to join him, he sought to help her rebuild her life. Despite staying in the public eye for his charisma and lavish parties, Jimin remained tight-lipped about his father and the remnants of the Ji family, maintaining a delicate balance between his past and present. His charm continued to captivate the omegas of Gandok, earning him enduring admiration.

 

 

Jin, under mounting pressure from his family to marry, dismissed their concerns with a laugh, claiming he was perfectly content with his single life—and with his handsome secretary always by his side.

 

 

Namjoon worked diligently and with unwavering dedication, always by his boss's side. No matter how small or trivial the request, he responded promptly and efficiently, earning a reputation for reliability and professionalism. His consistent presence and calm demeanor made him an indispensable part of his boss's daily operations.

 

 

A year later, after achieving significant milestones and stabilizing Gandok, Taehyung and Jeongguk officially tied the knot. Their marriage was an intimate affair, attended only by family members. The world caught glimpses of their happiness through exclusive photographs published by Jimin's magazine, which instantly became the talk of the town.

 

 

Following their union, Taehyung and Jeongguk dedicated themselves to their shared mission of rebuilding and uplifting Gandok. Their tireless efforts brought prosperity and trust back to the city, inspiring hope in its citizens. The mates were revered and respected, their bond a symbol of unity and strength. Yet, there was an underlying fear of Taehyung’sformidable wrath—an unspoken warning to anyone who dared disrupt the hard-won peace.

 

 

With time, Gandok began to heal. Lives found stability, and the spirit of the people was reignited. The city, now a beacon of hope, thrived under the leadership of its mates and the inclusive government, ushering in an era of resilience and progress.

 

 

A couple of more years passed, and Gandok flourished under the steady leadership of Taehyung and Jeongguk. The people adored them, often referring to them as Gana and Dokja of the new era—symbols of unity and hope. Their bond inspired admiration and love, though whispers of a shared dream began circulating among their followers. 

 

 

The people secretly wished for the mates to have children, even though they knew it was biologically impossible for two alpha males to conceive. Many pinned their hopes on Hoseok, expecting him to work some scientific miracle.

 

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk were aware of the requests being made to Hoseok, especially by their parents and eager citizens. But the two paid no heed to the growing anticipation, content in each other's presence.

 

 

One quiet evening after a long week, the mates decided to relax with a movie night. Their attendants brought a carefully prepared meal, arranging it for them to enjoy during the film. Seated close together on the couch, they laughed and giggled at the comedic scenes, the light reflecting off their rings—a reminder of their unbreakable bond. The mate marks on their necks and the more passionate ones peeking from their T-shirts spoke volumes about their love and devotion. Feeding each other bites of food had become a normal habit, one of many little ways they expressed their affection.

 

When the movie ended, they decided to take a stroll outside, holding hands as they walked through the quiet gardens. The conversation flowed easily, from family gossip to lighter topics, as they shared moments of humor and reflection.

 

 

They wandered under the dark, moonless sky, the cool wind picked up. Taehyung shivered slightly, and Jeongguk immediately noticed. Wrapping an arm around his mate, Jeongguk suggested they head back inside. They washed up, changed into comfortable clothes, and prepared to retire for the night. The house was still, their attendants having retired to their quarters.

 

 

Just as they snuggled into each other’s warmth, ready to drift into sleep, a sharp knock echoed through the silence. Both of them immediately sat up, their heightened senses picking up the sound. Jeongguk grabbed his tablet to check the security feed, expecting to see someone at the door. To his surprise, the footage showed no one there, though the persistent knocking continued.

 

 

Exchanging puzzled looks, they decided to investigate. Taehyung cautiously opened the door, only to find two small baskets sitting on the doorstep. His sharp eyes quickly caught sight of a hooded figure in white not far away, moving with deliberate slowness as if wanting to be noticed.

 

 

Taehyung sighed, recognition dawning. “Moon Goddess, what are you playing at now?”

 

 

The figure froze, then turned toward them, tears glistening on her cheeks. Her voice trembled as she spoke. “I had no other choice... I’m sorry.” Dialogue of a mother from one of the famous movies they have watched.

 

 

They didn't expect to see Moon Goddess play that role so late at night. The mates exchanged unimpressed looks, their patience clearly tested by the acting. 

 

 

The air stills so does the moment and them in it. The couple and Moon Goddess stare at each other in silence. Her tears still flowing and their unimpressed look was still plastered on their faces. The crickets also become quiet sensing the stillness in the moment.

 

 

The Moon Goddess sighed heavily, dropping her dramatic act. The tears vanish quickly from her face. “You’ve changed, Taehyung. You’re no fun anymore. Someone’s clearly influenced you.”

 

 

Taehyung raised an eyebrow, waiting for her to explain herself. Meanwhile, Jeongguk knelt by the baskets, curiosity piqued. As he lifted the blanket covering one, his breath hitched. Inside lay a beautiful infant, sleeping peacefully. The child’s tiny fist rested near their chubby cheek, their small mouth slightly open. In the second basket, a similar sight greeted him—another infant, equally serene and angelic, swaddled in red.

 

 

“Taehyung…” Jeongguk’s voice wavered as he looked up at his mate. Taehyung, finally noticing the baskets’ contents, stared in disbelief before turning back to the Moon Goddess.

 

 

She stepped closer, her form shimmering as it shifted into her true appearance. Her divine aura was both calming and mysterious as she spoke. 

 

 

“These two insisted on this arrangement. They held high positions in our realm but needed to enter the human cycle for reasons I cannot fully disclose. They asked to be entrusted to you both.”

 

 

Jeongguk and Taehyung instinctively picked up the infants, their arms cradling the tiny bodies as if by instinct. Their awe and love were immediate, the weight of the little ones anchoring them in this surreal moment.

 

 

“They will have no memories of their past,” the Moon Goddess continued, her tone soft but firm. “Their lives now belong to you. This is a gift from the divine. Their present and future are in your hands—guide them, love them, and protect them.”

 

Jeongguk interjected, "But how can we..." He was about to say more but Moon Goddess shuts his mouth. She glances at the babies and then says.

 

"Children should not question the blessings ushered to them. Having grown so big still doubt your worth. Hunh..." 

 

Jeongguk and Taehyung, being scolded so unexpectedly by the Moon Goddess, exchanged amused glances. Their attention soon returned to the two tiny bundles in their arms. Moving closer, they brought the infants together, marveling at the little ones before them.

 

The babies were undeniably adorable, each carrying their own unique charm. The boy had a soft tuft of raven-black hair that curled slightly at the ends, framing his round face. His chubby cheeks were tinged with a faint blush, and his lips formed a delicate pout as if he were lost in a dream. The girl, on the other hand, had a dusting of silken golden-brown hair that seemed to shimmer under the light. Her tiny nose was slightly upturned, and her delicate features radiated an angelic sweetness. 

 

Despite their differences, there was an unmistakable sense of harmony between them, as if they were two halves of the same soul.

 

As Jeongguk and Taehyung observed them closely, the unexpected happened. Slowly, the infants stirred, their tiny fingers curling tightly into delicate fists before their eyes fluttered open.

 

Jeongguk gasped softly. The boy’s eyes were a mesmerizing shade of steel grey, deep and reflective, as though they held a universe of secrets within them.

 

Taehyung’s breath caught as the girl’s eyes came into view—a brilliant blue that glimmered like the clearest summer skies.

 

The two infants stared up at their fathers, their gazes unblinking and filled with strange, unspoken wisdom. Taehyung and Jeongguk, rooted in place, felt an unfamiliar yet powerful sensation course through them. It was as though an invisible thread was being woven, binding them to these tiny beings.

 

 

The warmth began in their chests, spreading outward like the gentle glow of sunlight breaking through clouds. Their hearts seemed to constrict, not in pain, but in an overwhelming surge of love and protectiveness. 

 

 

Jeongguk clutched the boy closer, his fingers trembling slightly. Taehyung’s hold on the girl tightened, his eyes softening as emotions he couldn’t name flooded through him.

 

 

The realization struck them almost simultaneously: they had been imprinted by these babies—not just as caretakers, but as parents.

Jeongguk’s voice was barely a whisper, thick with emotion. “Taehyung… do you feel that?”

 

Taehyung nodded slowly, his eyes never leaving the girl’s face. “It’s like… they’ve chosen us. They’ve bonded with us.”

 

The infants seemed to sense the shift, their tiny mouths twitching in what could only be described as the faintest hint of contentment. Jeongguk pressed a gentle kiss to the boy’s forehead.

 

Before Taehyung could press for more answers, the Moon Goddess smiled, her form fading into a shimmering light.“They are yours now. My blessings are with you.”

 

 

Left standing in stunned silence, the mates looked at each other, holding the two precious bundles close. It wasn’t until Taehyung broke the silence with a bemused chuckle that the realization struck.

 

“Jeongguk… did we just become dads?”

 

Jeongguk glanced at the infants, then back at his mate, a soft smile spreading across his face. “It seems we did.”

 

The two stood there, bathed in the quiet of the night, their hearts full as they embraced their unexpected yet cherished new roles while listening to the heartbeat of these tiny ones in their arms.

 

 

The news of the babies was impossible to contain, and soon it spread like wildfire among the family. Neither the late hour nor the need for sleep deterred them. Hoseok, Yoongi, Jimin, Jin, and the parents rushed to Taehyung and Jeongguk’shome, their minds racing with questions. Had Taehyung secretly been pregnant? Had they adopted? Regardless, their excitement was palpable, and the house came alive with chatter and hurried footsteps. Even the assistants and other close staff members were woken up from their sleep and dragged along.

 

 

The moment they laid eyes on the two infants, their wonder turned to awe. Everyone leaned in, gazing at the tiny bundles wrapped snugly in red blankets. The infants, sensing the commotion, began to stir. Slowly, their eyes fluttered open, revealing stunning irises: the girl’s a captivating blue and the boy’s a striking steel grey.

 

 

Gasps filled the room as the onlookers were mesmerized by the babies’ calm, innocent gaze. But their wonder was short-lived. The little ones not sensing their parents near, trembled. 

 

 

The infants’ faces crinkled, their lips quivering before soft cries escaped. Their small bodies trembled, and soon the cries escalated, filling the room with a heartbreaking melody.

 

 

Panic rippled through the gathering like a rising tide. “What do we do?” someone whispered, their voice trembling with both urgency and awe.

 

“They look so cute, even while crying,” another murmured, their tone softening despite the commotion.

 

“Quick, let me take a photo!” someone else chimed in, already fumbling for their device, as if capturing the moment would somehow calm the chaos.

 

The voices overlapped, a cacophony of concern mixed with admiration, threatening to spiral out of control. Just as the frenzy reached its peak, Taehyung and Jeongguk stepped forward, their commanding presence cutting through the noise like a blade through the fog.

 

 

The moment the babies were lifted into their fathers’ arms, the cries ceased almost instantly. The little ones stared up at their dads, their tiny hands relaxing as if reassured by their presence.

 

Jeongguk, having helped care for Jaehan in the past, cradled the boy with practiced ease. He whispered softly, his voice a soothing balm. “You’re okay now, little one. You’re safe.” Taehyung, though new to all of this, carefully observed Jeongguk’s movements and mimicked them, gently rocking the baby girl in his arms. It didn’t take long for the infants to settle, drifting back to sleep in their father’s embrace.

 

 

The room fell silent once more, the awe of the moment sinking in. Then, like a tidal wave, realization struck the gathered family members.

 

“They’re parents now…” someone murmured, and the sentiment rippled through the group.

 

Excitement burst forth in an instant. “We’re uncles!” Jimin exclaimed, practically bouncing with joy. “And grandmas and grandpas!” Isa and Gareth added, their eyes twinkling.

 

The celebration that followed was as chaotic as it was heartfelt. The babies were passed around, each family member insisting on their turn to hold them. Jeongguk and Taehyung watched with amused smiles as their tiny children were gently cradled, admired, and cooed over. Even Jaehan, now older and more mature, took his turn, holding the boy with surprising tenderness.

 

Amid the frenzy, the family collectively sprang into action, making plans and lists as if on autopilot. “We need to set up a nursery,” someone declared. 

 

“What about toys? Sheets? Clothes?” another added. 

 

“We’ll need staff to help care for them! And guards for protection!”

 

 

Taehyung and Jeongguk sat side by side, their fingers interlaced as they watched the organized chaos unfold. Taehyung leaned his head against Jeongguk’s shoulder, his voice soft. “I don’t know how to take care of a baby. They’re so tiny. What if I make a mistake?”

 

 

Jeongguk turned to him, a reassuring smile on his face as he brushed a hand gently through Taehyung’s hair. “We’ll figure it out together. I’ll arrange for parenting classes tomorrow.”

 

 

Taehyung nodded, though his eyes flickered to the scene in front of them. “But what about all of them? They’ve taken over. And they’ve taken my baby away from me.”

 

Jeongguk chuckled, squeezing Taehyung’s hand. “I love hearing you call them your babies. I thought it might take us time to adjust to this new reality.”

 

 

Taehyung shrugged, a soft smile playing on his lips. “My instincts have already claimed them. I just want to protect them.”

 

 

“Mine too,” Jeongguk admitted. “It’s strange, isn’t it? But maybe that’s the Moon Goddess’s doing. She’s always been a mystery.”

 

Their quiet moment was interrupted by the pinging of multiple notifications. Taehyung and Jeongguk exchanged puzzled glances before turning their attention to the family members, who were all busily typing on their phones.

 

“What’s going on?” Jeongguk asked.

 

Jin grinned sheepishly, holding up his phone. “I just ordered cribs and some baby clothes.”

 

Hoseok chimed in. “Me too.”

 

Their parents nodded in unison. “Us too.”

 

The chorus of “Me too” spread through the room, and Taehyung and Jeongguk couldn’t help but laugh.

 

“Looks like the babies have already stolen the spotlight,” Jeongguk said, shaking his head fondly.

 

Taehyung sighed but couldn’t suppress the warmth in his smile. “They haven’t even been here a full night, and they’realready the center of everyone’s world.”

 

 

As the family continued their whirlwind preparations, the two mates sat back, hands clasped and hearts full, watching their overexcited family go all out for the tiny bundles of joy who had already changed their lives forever.

 

The news of the little ones in the care of Gandok's saviors, Jeongguk and Taehyung, spread quickly—faster than wildfire. Though the origin of the babies remained a mystery, the excitement rippled through the community. Whispers turned to shouts of joy as the people of Gandok eagerly awaited a glimpse of the children now under the care of their beloved mates.

 

The elders, captivated by the news, soon visited the mates’ residence to meet the newest additions to the family. As they gazed at the tiny bundles, their hearts melted. The babies, with their innocent eyes blinking curiously at the elders, seemed to take in the unfamiliar faces before succumbing to sleep once again. Deeply touched, the elders proposed a grand festival to celebrate the arrival of these precious children and to formally bestow their names.

 

The families of Jeongguk and Taehyung enthusiastically agreed, and preparations for the celebration began. When the festival day arrived, Gandok was alive with energy, its streets adorned with decorations symbolizing unity, joy, and hope. Under the blessings of the Moon Goddess, the elders revealed the chosen names for the twins in a heartfelt ceremony that united the entire city.

 

 

"Elior and Elara. The celestial wonders lightning our Gandok."

 

 

 

The crowd erupted in applause, marveling at the beauty and harmony of the names. Finally, the two babies were shown to the people for the first time. Camera lenses captured the enchanting moment as Elior and Elara, nestled in their fathers'arms, gazed out at the world with wide, curious eyes. Their features, adorable and captivating, stole the breath of everyone present.

 

 

As the photographers drew nearer, Elior's lips trembled, his steel-gray eyes glistening with the threat of tears, while Elara's pout deepened as she clutched her tiny fists. The crowd held its collective breath, fearing an impending chorus of wails. But then, as if responding to an unspoken bond, Taehyung and Jeongguk called out gently to their children.

 

 

“Elior, Elara, we’re here.”

 

 

The familiar voices had an immediate effect. Both babies blinked, their expressions softening. In a moment that seemed to transcend time, the little ones smiled. And then, to everyone’s astonishment, they spoke their first words, live on the broadcast.

 

 

“Da-da.”

 

 

The crowd gasped in delight before breaking into uncontainable squeals of adoration. The babies’ sweet voices and joyful smiles melted every heart watching, whether in person or through the broadcast. Jeongguk and Taehyung, equally stunned, pulled their children closer, peppering their tiny faces with kisses as laughter and tears of joy filled the air.

 

 

 

Elior and Elara giggled, their small voices echoing as they repeated, “Da-da, da-da!”

 

 

 

The babies, Elior and Elara, quickly became the pride and joy of Gandok, sparking endless conversations and widespread adoration. Their charm and captivating innocence earned them the top spots on Gandok’s unofficial “Adorable and Beautiful Babies” ranking. Clips of their little antics and mesmerizing gazes went viral, with the citizens of Gandok clamoring for more glimpses of their beloved tiny idols.

 

 

Jeongguk and Taehyung poured their hearts into raising their children, balancing their demanding responsibilities with the joys of parenthood. Every free moment was devoted to their little ones, ensuring that Elior and Elara grew up surrounded by love and care. While the official festival in Gandok had concluded, the celebration continued in the Jeon and Kim families, where the babies were the center of everyone's world.

 

 

Jimin, however, found himself in a comedic plight. No matter how much effort he put into bonding with the twins, fate seemed determined to humble him. Whenever he held one of the babies, they would either wet his clothes or adorably burp up milk on him. Mortified and convinced that Jeongguk and Taehyung had secretly plotted this as a prank, Jimin dramatically lamented his misfortune. The grandparents tried to console him but couldn’t suppress their laughter at his expense.

 

 

The influence of Elior and Elara spread far and wide, inspiring Hoseok and Yoongi to discuss starting a family of their own. Hoseok, ever the proactive one, volunteered to take the first step. Even Jin, normally aloof about the idea of children, began entertaining thoughts of having a child himself. The mere presence of the twins had planted seeds of hope and excitement in the hearts of the entire family.

 

The elders, meanwhile, were overjoyed. They envisioned the mansions of the Jeons and Kims brimming with the laughter of little ones, just like in the old days. They even began to dream about a future where the next generation played together in the sprawling gardens, creating memories of their own.

 

 

As Taehyung's rut approached, Jeongguk made careful arrangements to ensure the twins were well cared for. Both families agreed to stay in a designated wing of the mansion to look after the babies, giving the mates the privacy they needed. However, what they hadn’t anticipated was the entire extended family—and even close friends—arriving as if they had nothing else to do.

 

Taehyung sighed as he spotted Jimin unpacking an entire suitcase filled with spare shirts, all color-coordinated and neatly folded. “This time,” Jimin declared with determination, “I will bond with Elior and Elara, no matter what.”

 

With the twins peacefully sleeping, Jeongguk and Taehyung reluctantly handed over their care to the eager family members. As they left for the other side of the mansion, they exchanged knowing glances and a resigned chuckle.

 

 

“Do you think they’ll survive Jimin’s antics?” Taehyung asked, smirking.

 

 

 

Jeongguk grinned. “If they can handle us, they’ll handle him just fine.”

 

"What about the Grandparents?"

 

Jeongguk laughs, "It is hard to say." 

 

 

With that, the couple stepped away having private and passionate moments of their own after a long time. With the quiet of the mansion around them, the mates found solace in each other's arms. After months of shared responsibilities and the overwhelming joy of parenthood, they had finally stolen this moment for themselves—away from the laughter, the bustle, and the constant company of others. In each other's presence, time seemed to slow. 

 

The weight of their bond, so deep and unwavering, filled the space between them. They needed no words to express their longing—every touch, every caress, spoke volumes.

 

 

Their bodies moved in synchrony as if the world outside had faded entirely. The rhythm of their movements mirrored the intensity of their emotions—raw, honest, and full of devotion. Each touch was a promise, each kiss a vow, reaffirming the love that had only grown stronger over time. As their limbs tangled together, they cherished the warmth of the moment, savoring the intimacy that came with truly knowing one another in the most vulnerable way.

 

The bond they shared—a powerful connection that had always been there, since the moment they first met—was now undeniable. Their love, just like their shared rut, seemed to unite them in a way nothing else could. It wasn't just passion—it was an unspoken language of understanding, a perfect dance of affection and desire that only grew more intense with each passing second.

 

 

As they gave in to each other, there was no room for doubt, no space for fear. Only the certainty that they were meant for one another. The marks they left on each other's skin—gentle and passionate—were symbols of their shared commitment, the reflection of a love that was as much about trust and connection as it was about desire. And as their bond glimmered in the soft glow of the room, it was clear: this was their sanctuary, their place of peace in the chaos of the world. A love that was theirs, forever intertwined, eternal.

 

 

Life was beautiful. They had found love and built a family, and now, with two beautiful babies in their arms, Taehyung and Jeongguk felt truly blessed by the Moon Goddess herself. Every moment with their little ones was filled with joy, their hearts swelling with love as they navigated parenthood together. But just as the parents reveled in their happiness, on the other side of the mansion, Isa and Bella were in the midst of a playful debate.

 

 

Sitting side by side, they carefully fed the babies their bottles, the room filled with quiet awe as the little ones drank, oblivious to the conversations swirling around them. The rest of the family sat nearby, watching with amused but slightly exasperated expressions, waiting for their turn to hold the babies. 

 

The grandmothers had made it clear that no one could hold the babies until they had been fed and put to sleep. The patience of the others was beginning to wear thin.

 

Isa chuckled softly, glancing at Elior as he sipped from his bottle. “You know,” she said with a smile, “even though they’re not blood-related, Elior has the longest lashes, just like Taehyung.”

 

Bella raised an eyebrow, then huffed, her lips curling into a smug smile. “You’re right. But look at her chubby little cheeks! My Jeonggukie was just like this when he was a baby.”

 

Isa, never one to miss a beat, pointed out the baby’s long fingers. “And just look at these little hands. They’re almost identical to Taehyung’s.”

 

Bella’s eyes twinkled with pride. “Her lips, too. Definitely Jeongguk’s.”

 

Isa couldn’t help but laugh. “It seems like she’s got the best of both worlds. Just look at the way she holds the bottle. It’slike she’s already mimicking her fathers.”

 

The onlookers, who had been tolerating the back-and-forth between the grandmothers, could no longer contain themselves. One by one, they groaned, unable to bear the incessant comparisons.

 

“The beauty definitely runs in the Kim family,” Isa muttered, unable to resist a chuckle.

 

Bella waved off the remark with a playful grin. “Do you really think the Jeons are any less? Only my Jeonggukie could be the perfect match for Taehyung.”

 

The two babies, still sucking on their bottles, seemed to grow more weary from the grandmothers’ chatter than from the act of feeding itself. They let out soft, contented sighs and slowly drifted off to sleep, their tiny hands still wrapped around the bottles.

 

 

The other family members, watching the babies finally relax, couldn't help but laugh at the grandmothers' antics. “Maybe they’ve inherited their features from their grandfathers?” Eric and Gareth suggested, trying their luck in an attempt to get a bit of time with the babies.

 

Bella and Isa shot them identical glares, their voices in perfect unison: “Dream on.”

 

Both husbands sighed in surrender, but their playful complaints were not without affection. After all, when it came down to it, they both knew that these two formidable women—despite their bickering—could agree when it mattered most, especially when it came to the little ones.

 

As the bickering continued, Moon Goddess watched from her celestial perch, smiling as she gazed upon the two peaceful infants. With a soft sigh, she leaned back against the crescent moon.

 

 

Far away, by the flickering bonfire, the elder's voice rises in a gentle song, the melody weaving through the night air as the children circle around the bonfire listening to her. The sound drifts, carried by the wind, as if the very breeze itself joins in the harmony, singing alongside him.

 

 

Her smile deepened as she hummed a familiar tune, the same song often sung by Gana in the quiet moments of reflection. The harmony of the world, in all its chaos and peace, felt complete.

 

Oh, Moon Goddess, you light our way,

Guiding the lost through the darkest days,

With your blessings, the land finds its grace,

From your hands, we embrace our place.

In your name, we stand so strong,

Under your glow, we all belong,

Peace and love, a future bright,

Blessed by the moon's eternal light.

 

So we stand, forever blessed,

Under the moon’s light, we find our rest.

Gandok’s song, forever true,

A world reborn, because of you.

 

 

As the final notes of the elder’s song mingled with the soft rustle of the night wind, peace settled over Gandok like a warm, comforting embrace. The stars twinkled brightly above, their light a testament to the blessings of the Moon Goddess, whose presence watched over all. In the distance, the laughter of children echoed, a sound of hope and new beginnings. 

 

 

The mates, once reluctant to embrace their roles, had become symbols of strength and love, guiding the people with wisdom and compassion. And in the hearts of the people, deep gratitude blossomed, for they knew that the prosperity they now enjoyed, the harmony in their lives, were all made possible by the divine blessings that had touched their land. 

 

 

Together, they stood united, a family bound not just by blood, but by the gifts of the goddess, their lives forever intertwined under the same shimmering sky. Gandok was finally at peace, and with that, its story was complete—one of sacrifice, love, justice, and the quiet power of unity, whispered through the winds of time.

 

 

 

 

The End. 💫

 

 

Notes:

Thank you all for being a part of this long journey and patiently waiting for the updates. 🙏🏻 Luv u all 😘❤️